Page Range | 47689-48313 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
81 FR 48311 - Continuation of the National Emergency With Respect to Transnational Criminal Organizations | |
81 FR 47752 - Cost Recovery Fee Schedule for the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework | |
81 FR 47844 - In the Matter of Scanner Technologies Corp., Seville Ventures Corp., StarInvest Group, Inc., and The Digital Development Group Corp.; Order of Suspension of Trading | |
81 FR 47699 - Extension of the Prohibition Against Certain Flights in the Simferopol (UKFV) and Dnipropetrovsk (UKDV) Flight Information Regions (FIRs); Technical Amendment | |
81 FR 48305 - Standard Occupational Classification (SOC) Policy Committee's Recommendations for the 2018 SOC; Notice | |
81 FR 47834 - Notice of Charter Renewal | |
81 FR 47854 - Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws: Vessel AIRLOOM; Invitation for Public Comments | |
81 FR 47853 - Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws: Vessel SANDPIPER; Invitation for Public Comments | |
81 FR 47853 - Requested Administrative Waiver of the Coastwise Trade Laws: Vessel INVICTUS; Invitation for Public Comments | |
81 FR 47799 - Pesticide Product Registration; Receipt of Application for New Active Ingredient | |
81 FR 47795 - Pesticide Product Registration; Receipt of Applications for New Uses | |
81 FR 47849 - 30-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Electronic Diversity Visa Entry Form | |
81 FR 47776 - Marine Fisheries Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 47763 - Endangered and Threatened Wildlife and Plants: Notice of 12-Month Finding on a Petition To List the Caribbean Electric Ray as Threatened or Endangered Under the Endangered Species Act (ESA) | |
81 FR 47848 - Culturally Significant Objects Imported for Exhibition Determinations: “Breaking News: Turning the Lens on Mass Media” Exhibition | |
81 FR 47848 - Culturally Significant Objects Imported for Exhibition Determinations: “Every People Under Heaven: Jerusalem, 1000-1400” Exhibition | |
81 FR 47826 - Mikhayl Soliman, M.D.: Decision and Order | |
81 FR 47835 - Notice of Lodging of Consent Decree Under the Clean Air Act | |
81 FR 47813 - The President's National Security Telecommunications Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 47813 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: Notice of Proposed Information Collection for Public Comment: Evaluation of the Office of Public and Indian Housing's (PIH) Energy Performance Contracting (EPC) Program | |
81 FR 47815 - 60-Day Notice of Proposed Information Collection: HOME Investment Partnership Program | |
81 FR 47778 - Procurement List; Deletions | |
81 FR 47777 - Procurement List; Proposed Deletions | |
81 FR 47841 - Virgil C. Summer Nuclear Station, Units 2 and 3; South Carolina Electric & Gas Company; South Carolina Public Service Authority; Increased Concrete Thickness Tolerance for Column Line J-1 and J-2 Walls Above 66′6″ | |
81 FR 47840 - Virgil C. Summer Nuclear Station, Units 2 and 3 | |
81 FR 47810 - Meeting of the Advisory Group on Prevention, Health Promotion, and Integrative and Public Health | |
81 FR 47758 - Certain Frozen Warmwater Shrimp From the Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Partial Rescission of Antidumping Duty Administrative Reviews (2014-2015; 2015-2016) and Compromise of Outstanding Claims | |
81 FR 47756 - Certain Frozen Warmwater Shrimp From the Socialist Republic of Vietnam: Notice of Implementation of Determination Under Section 129 of the Uruguay Round Agreements Act and Partial Revocation of the Antidumping Duty Order | |
81 FR 47793 - Environmental Impact Statements; Notice of Availability | |
81 FR 47759 - New England Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting | |
81 FR 47760 - Caribbean Fishery Management Council; Public Hearings | |
81 FR 47775 - Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council (MAFMC); Public Meetings | |
81 FR 47762 - Pacific Fishery Management Council; Public Meeting | |
81 FR 47747 - Codex Alimentarius Commission: Meeting of the Codex Committee on Residues of Veterinary Drugs in Food | |
81 FR 47807 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Collection; Comment Request | |
81 FR 47779 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Notice of Intent To Renew Collection 3038-0074, Core Principles and Other Requirements for Swap Execution Facilities | |
81 FR 47750 - Tuolumne and Mariposa Counties Resource Advisory Committee Meeting | |
81 FR 47749 - Tuolumne and Mariposa Counties Resource Advisory Committee Meeting | |
81 FR 47829 - Proposed Adjustments to the Aggregate Production Quotas for Schedule I and II Controlled Substances and Assessment of Annual Needs for the List I Chemicals Ephedrine, Pseudoephedrine, and Phenylpropanolamine for 2016 | |
81 FR 47821 - Proposed Aggregate Production Quotas for Schedule I and II Controlled Substances and Assessment of Annual Needs for the List I Chemicals Ephedrine, Pseudoephedrine, and Phenylpropanolamine for 2017 | |
81 FR 47838 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Comment Request | |
81 FR 47812 - Extension of the Air Cargo Advance Screening (ACAS) Pilot Program | |
81 FR 47714 - Health Information Technology Standards, Implementation Specifications, and Certification Criteria and Certification Programs for Health Information Technology | |
81 FR 47722 - Parts and Accessories Necessary for Safe Operation; Inspection, Repair, and Maintenance; General Amendments | |
81 FR 47860 - Special Medical Advisory Group, Notice of Meeting; Amendment | |
81 FR 47732 - Amendments to Regulatory Guidance Concerning Periodic Inspection of Commercial Motor Vehicles | |
81 FR 47748 - Missoula Resource Advisory Committee Meeting | |
81 FR 47818 - Information Collection Request Sent to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for Approval; National Underground Railroad Network to Freedom Program | |
81 FR 47810 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 47801 - Proposed Agency Information Collection Activities; Comment Request | |
81 FR 47750 - Gogebic Resource Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 47854 - NHTSA Enforcement Guidance Bulletin 2016-03; Procedure for Invoking Paragraph 17 of the May 4, 2016 Amendment to the November 3, 2015 Takata Consent Order | |
81 FR 47751 - Agenda and Notice of Public Meeting of the New York Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 47790 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 47849 - Academy Bus, LLC, and Corporate Coaches, Inc.-Purchase of Certain Assets of Corporate Coaches, Inc. | |
81 FR 47707 - Certifications and Exemptions Under the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 | |
81 FR 47749 - Assessment Report of Ecological, Social and Economic Conditions, Trends and Sustainability for the Ashley National Forest | |
81 FR 47789 - Defense Health Board; Notice of Federal Advisory Committee Meeting | |
81 FR 47802 - Public Availability of General Services Administration Fiscal Year 2015 Service Contract Inventory | |
81 FR 47811 - Center for Substance Abuse Treatment; Notice of Meeting | |
81 FR 47839 - Information Collection: Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery | |
81 FR 47859 - Agency Information Collection (Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD)/Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) Addendum to Uniform Residential Loan Application) (VA Form 26-1802A) Activity Under OMB Review | |
81 FR 47860 - Proposed Information Collection (Availability of Educational, Licensing, and Certification Records); Activity: Comment Request | |
81 FR 47861 - Agency Information Collection (Claim for One Sum Payment Government Life Insurance (VA Form 29-4125) and Claim for Monthly Payments Government Life Insurance (29-4125a)) Activity Under OMB Review | |
81 FR 47861 - Proposed Information Collection (Application for Educational Assistance To Supplement Tuition Assistance) Activity: Comment Request | |
81 FR 47859 - Proposed Information Collection (Acquisition Regulation (VAAR) Clause 852.211-73, Brand Name or Equal) Activity: Comment Request | |
81 FR 47858 - Agency Information Collection (Monthly Certification of Flight Training VA Form 22-6553c) Activity Under OMB Review | |
81 FR 47857 - Agency Information Collection: (Designation of Beneficiary) (29-336) Activity: Under OMB Review | |
81 FR 47858 - Agency Information Collection (Loan Service Report) Activity Under OMB Review | |
81 FR 47856 - Agency Information Collection (Pension Claim Questionnaire for Farm Income, VA Form 21P-4165); Activity Under OMB Review | |
81 FR 47857 - Proposed Information Collection (VA Loan Electronic Reporting Interface (VALERI) System); Activity: Comment Request | |
81 FR 47692 - Federal Reserve Policy on Payment System Risk; Procedures for Measuring Daylight Overdrafts | |
81 FR 47802 - Local Contracting Preference | |
81 FR 47845 - Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P., License No. 04/04-0298; Notice Seeking Exemption Under Section 312 of the Small Business Investment Act, Conflicts of Interest | |
81 FR 47738 - Proposed Establishment of Class E Airspace; Murray, KY | |
81 FR 47737 - Proposed Establishment of Class E Airspace; Camden, AL | |
81 FR 47754 - Certain New Pneumatic Off-the-Road Tires From the People's Republic of China: Notice of Amended Final Determination Pursuant to a Final Court Decision | |
81 FR 47835 - Webinar Meeting of the Federal Advisory Committee on Juvenile Justice | |
81 FR 47762 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 47689 - Procurement Methods; Correction | |
81 FR 47811 - National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 47811 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
81 FR 47798 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; NESHAP for Halogenated Solvent Cleaners/Halogenated Hazardous Air Pollutants (Renewal) | |
81 FR 47799 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; NSPS for Automobile and Light Duty Truck Surface Coating Operations (Renewal) | |
81 FR 47796 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; NSPS for Industrial/Commercial/Institutional Steam Generating Units (Renewal) | |
81 FR 47791 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; NSPS for Lead-Acid Battery Manufacturing (Renewal) | |
81 FR 47792 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; NSPS for Nitric Acid Plants (Renewal) | |
81 FR 47820 - Hardwood Plywood From China | |
81 FR 47793 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Cellulosic Production Volume Projections and Efficient Producer Reporting | |
81 FR 47794 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; NESHAP for Mineral Wool Production (Renewal) | |
81 FR 47800 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; NESHAP for Phosphoric Acid Manufacturing and Phosphate Fertilizers Production (Renewal) | |
81 FR 47797 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; NESHAP for Oil and Natural Gas Production (Renewal) | |
81 FR 47797 - Information Collection Request Submitted to OMB for Review and Approval; Comment Request; NESHAP for Magnetic Tape Manufacturing Operations (Renewal) | |
81 FR 47843 - Self-Regulatory Organizations; BOX Options Exchange LLC; Notice of Filing and Immediate Effectiveness of a Proposed Rule Change To Extend the Pilot Programs That Permit the Exchange to Have No Minimum Size Requirement for Orders Entered Into the PIP and COPIP | |
81 FR 47733 - Fisheries of the Caribbean, Gulf of Mexico, and South Atlantic; Shrimp Fishery of the Gulf of Mexico; Amendment 17A | |
81 FR 47752 - Notice of Public Meeting of the Nevada State Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 47751 - Notice of Public Meeting of the Alaska State Advisory Committee | |
81 FR 47845 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Proposed Request and Comment Request | |
81 FR 47837 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Petition for Finding Under Employee Retirement Income Security Act Section 3(40) | |
81 FR 47836 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; National Longitudinal Survey of Youth 1979 | |
81 FR 47805 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
81 FR 47741 - Coverage for Contraceptive Services | |
81 FR 47854 - Request for Information: Nationally Uniform 911 Data System; Correction | |
81 FR 47708 - Air Plan Approval; RI; Correction, Administrative and Miscellaneous Revisions | |
81 FR 47745 - Air Plan Approval; Rhode Island; Correction, Administrative and Miscellaneous Revisions | |
81 FR 47850 - Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act-Designation of Alternative Fuel Corridors | |
81 FR 47714 - Amendments To Implement Certain Provisions of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act or “FAST Act” | |
81 FR 47817 - Final Environmental Impact Statement for the Pokagon Band of Potawatomi Indians Fee to Trust Transfer for Tribal Village and Casino, City of South Bend, St. Joseph County, Indiana | |
81 FR 47814 - Federal Property Suitable as Facilities To Assist the Homeless | |
81 FR 47694 - Airworthiness Directives; M7 Aerospace LLC Airplanes | |
81 FR 47706 - Certifications and Exemptions Under the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 | |
81 FR 47791 - Notice of Intent To Grant an Exclusive License; SpringStar Inc. | |
81 FR 47696 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Airplanes | |
81 FR 47691 - FCA Organization; Updates and Technical Corrections | |
81 FR 47819 - Draft Environmental Impact Statement for the Cook Inlet Outer Continental Shelf Oil and Gas Lease Sale 244; MMAA104000 | |
81 FR 47746 - Information Collection Request; Registration Form To Request Electronic Access Code Information | |
81 FR 47701 - Income Inclusion When Lessee Treated as Having Acquired Investment Credit Property | |
81 FR 47739 - Income Inclusion When Lessee Treated as Having Acquired Investment Credit Property | |
81 FR 47689 - NRC Enforcement Policy | |
81 FR 48219 - Harmonization of Standards for Fire Protection, Detection, and Extinguishing Equipment | |
81 FR 47781 - Request for Information on Payday Loans, Vehicle Title Loans, Installment Loans, and Open-End Lines of Credit | |
81 FR 47863 - Payday, Vehicle Title, and Certain High-Cost Installment Loans |
Food Safety and Inspection Service
Forest Service
Rural Utilities Service
International Trade Administration
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Navy Department
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services
Children and Families Administration
National Institutes of Health
Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration
Coast Guard
U.S. Customs and Border Protection
Indian Affairs Bureau
National Park Service
Ocean Energy Management Bureau
Drug Enforcement Administration
Justice Programs Office
Employee Benefits Security Administration
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Highway Administration
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration
Maritime Administration
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents LISTSERV electronic mailing list, go to http://listserv.access.thefederalregister.org and select Online mailing list archives, FEDREGTOC-L, Join or leave the list (or change settings); then follow the instructions.
Rural Utilities Service, Agriculture.
Correcting amendment.
The Rural Utilities Service (RUS), an agency of the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA), is correcting its portion of USDA's uniform federal assistance final rule, that was published in the
Ben Shuman, Water and Environmental Programs, Rural Utilities Service, United States Department of Agriculture, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20250-9011, Telephone: 202-720-1784, email:
On December 26, 2013, OMB published
The United States Department of Agriculture finalized its portion of the conforming changes in the
Business and industry, Community development, Community facilities, Grant programs—housing and community development, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Rural areas, Waste treatment and disposal, Water supply, Watersheds.
Accordingly, 7 CFR part 1780 is corrected by making the following correcting amendment:
5 U.S.C. 301; 7 U.S.C. 1989; 16 U.S.C. 1005.
Procurement shall be made by one of the following methods and in accordance with requirements of 2 CFR 200.320: Micro-purchases, procurement by small purchase procedures, procurement by sealed bids (formal advertising), procurement by competitive proposals, or procurement by noncompetitive proposals. The sealed bid method is the preferred method for procuring construction.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Policy revision; issuance.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is issuing a revision to its Enforcement Policy (Enforcement Policy or Policy) to reflect the new maximum civil penalty amount the agency can assess for a violation of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (AEA), or any regulation or order issued under the AEA. By interim final rule, the NRC changed this amount from $140,000 to $280,469 per violation per day, as mandated by the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015 (the 2015 Improvements Act). This action revises the Enforcement Policy so that dollar amounts in the policy correspond to the agency's revised civil penalty amount, and also provides guidance regarding instances where the NRC may exercise discretion in mitigating the amount of a civil penalty.
This revision to the Enforcement Policy is effective on August 1, 2016. The Commission will apply the revised Enforcement Policy to any penalties assessed on and after the effective date; the penalty is not based on the date that the violation occurs.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2016-0134 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Russell Arrighi, Office of Enforcement, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001, telephone: 301-415-0205, email:
On November 2, 2015, the President signed into law the 2015 Improvements Act, which amended the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act of 1990 (FCPIAA) and required all agencies to adjust for inflation their levels of civil monetary penalties via rulemaking by July 1, 2016, to be effective no later than August 1, 2016. In an interim final rule published in the Rules and Regulations section of the
To incorporate the updated maximum civil penalty amount specified in its regulations, the NRC is issuing a revision to its Enforcement Policy (ADAMS Accession No. ML16197A561). Specifically, the NRC is updating Table A in Section 8.0, “Table of Base Civil Penalties,” which currently lists $140,000 as the maximum civil penalty amount the agency may assess for the most significant severity level of violation. To promote regulatory certainty and save NRC staff resources by lessening the chances that the Enforcement Policy will have to be revised on an annual basis alongside 10 CFR 2.205 resulting from minor increases in inflation (less than one half percent), the maximum civil penalty amount in the revised Table A will be calculated by rounding the maximum civil penalty amount in 10 CFR 2.205 down to the nearest multiple of $10,000 (assuming the amount in 10 CFR 2.205 is not already a multiple of $10,000). Therefore, the new maximum civil penalty in Table A is now $280,000, rounded down from $280,469. The 2015 Improvements Act does not limit the Commission's authority to exercise discretion and assess civil penalty levels below the statutory maximum, and the gains to be realized from a more stable table of base civil penalties outweighs any arguable loss of deterrent effect from rounding this maximum figure down, at most, $9,999 in a given year. Additionally (and as stated in the Preface to the Enforcement Policy), this is a statement of policy, not regulation, and the Commission still reserves the right to deviate from the Enforcement Policy where particular circumstances warrant and assess the full statutory maximum.
The revised Table A in Section 8.0 of the Enforcement Policy also now includes a note explaining how the table's maximum civil penalty amount is generated as a result of rounding down from the number in 10 CFR 2.205. The note also explains that other amounts listed in the table have been adjusted to maintain the same proportional relationship between penalties. The revised table also now includes a footnote explaining that the maximum civil penalty is adjusted on an annual basis to put the regulated community on notice that the NRC may periodically update the amount in 10 CFR 2.205 pursuant to the 2015 Improvements Act, which would necessitate a change to the amounts in Table A in Section 8.0 of the Enforcement Policy. In the event of such an update, the NRC may assess civil penalties consistent with the updated amount in 10 CFR 2.205 even if it has not yet performed an update to Table A (though the NRC will strive to provide timely updates of the Enforcement Policy when necessitated by updates to 10 CFR 2.205). Additionally, as stated in Section 6 of the FCPIAA (28 U.S.C. 2461 note), when the NRC increases civil penalty amounts through rulemaking pursuant to the 2015 Improvements Act, it will apply those increased amounts when assessing any penalty after the effective date of that rulemaking, regardless of whether the underlying violation occurred before that effective date.
The NRC is not adjusting the civil penalty amounts in Table A for the “loss, abandonment, or improper transfer of disposal of regulated material, regardless of the use or type of licensee,” other than to note that these values will be periodically reviewed and updated, since these civil penalty amounts are determined by the estimated or actual cost of authorized disposal.
Lastly, because the agency's authority to issue civil penalties for violations of the AEA has more than doubled as a result of the 2015 Improvements Act, the NRC is also including new language in Section 3.6 of the Enforcement Policy, “Use of Discretion in Determining the Amount of a Civil Penalty,” to confirm that, notwithstanding the outcome of the normal civil penalty process, the agency may take into account mitigating factors based on the merits of an individual case, including the ability of various classes of licensees to pay. It is not the NRC's intention that the economic impact of a civil penalty be so severe that it adversely affects a licensee's ability to safely conduct licensed activities or puts a licensee out of business. Section 3.6 now allows NRC staff to consider enforcement discretion for cases where there is a concern that imposition of a base civil penalty would be overly punitive rather than a deterrent for the individual or licensee.
This policy statement is a rule as defined in the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801-808). However, the Office of Management and Budget has not found it to be a major rule as defined in the Congressional Review Act.
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Farm Credit Administration.
Final rule.
The Farm Credit Administration (FCA or Agency) issues a final rule amending its regulations to reflect changes in the Agency's organizational structure and correct the zip code for the field office located in Irving, TX.
This regulation will become effective no earlier than 30 days after publication in the
Mike Wilson, Policy Analyst, Office of Regulatory Policy, Farm Credit Administration, McLean, VA 22102-5090, (703) 883-4124, TTY (703) 883-4434; or Autumn Agans, Attorney-Advisor, Office of General Counsel, Farm Credit Administration, McLean, Virginia 22102-5090, (703) 883-4020, TTY (703) 883-4020.
The objective of this final rule is to reflect changes to the FCA's organizational structure and correct the zip code for the field office located in Irving, TX. In addition, references in our regulations to various FCA offices, which have changed, have been revised. We also are re-ordering the list of FCA offices into a more logical progression that is consistent with FCA's organizational chart.
On April 27, 2016, the FCA Board approved an organizational chart that separated the unrelated functions of the Office of Management Services (OMS) into the Office of Agency Services (OAS) and the Office of the Chief Financial Officer (OCFO). This change will allow the Directors of the new offices to better focus on the core functions and duties of the offices.
The Freedom of Information Act, 5 U.S.C. 552, requires, in part, that each Federal agency publish in the
(1) In § 600.2, changing the zip code for the Irving, TX field office from 75602-3957 to 75062-3906;
(2) In § 600.4,
(a) Including the Office of the Chief Financial Officer in FCA's organization structure;
(b) Including the Office of Agency Services in FCA's organizational structure;
(c) Removing the Office of Management Services from the FCA's organizational structure; and
(d) Re-ordering the list of FCA offices into a more logical progression that is consistent with FCA's organizational chart.
(3) In §§ 602.8, 603.340, and 606.670, changing the Office of Management Services to the Office of Agency Services, and corresponding office name abbreviations, where appropriate;
(4) In § 602.25, removing “Regulation and Policy Division” and changing the Office of Policy and Analysis to the Office of Regulatory Policy.
We have determined that the amendments involve Agency management and personnel and other minor technical changes. Therefore, the amendments do not constitute a rulemaking under the Administrative Procedure Act (APA), 5 U.S.C. 551, 553(a)(2). Under the APA, the public may participate in the promulgation of rules that have a substantial impact on the public. The amendments to our regulations relate to Agency management and personnel and a minor technical change only and have no direct impact on the public and, therefore, do not require public participation.
Even if these amendments were a rulemaking under 5 U.S.C. 551, 553(a)(2) of the APA, we have determined that notice and public comment are unnecessary and contrary to the public interest. Under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(A) and (B) of the APA, an agency may publish regulations in final form when they involve matters of agency organization or where the agency for good cause finds that notice and public comment are impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest. As discussed above, these amendments result from recent office reorganizations. Because the amendments will provide accurate and current information on the organization of the FCA and update the citation to the Act, it would be contrary to the public interest to delay amending the regulations.
Pursuant to section 605(b) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
Organization and functions (Government agencies).
Freedom of information.
Privacy.
Administrative practice and procedure, Civil rights, Equal employment opportunity, Federal buildings and facilities, Individuals with disabilities.
For the reasons stated in the preamble, parts 600, 602, 603, and 606 of chapter VI, title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations are amended as follows:
Secs. 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, 5.17, 8.11 of the Farm Credit Act (12 U.S.C. 2241, 2242, 2243, 2244, 2245, 2252, 2279aa-11).
(a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(b)
(1) In writing at FCA, 1501 Farm Credit Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102-5090;
(2) By email at
(3) By telephone at (703) 883-4056.
Secs. 5.9, 5.17, 5.59 of the Farm Credit Act (12 U.S.C. 2243, 2252, 2277a-8); 5 U.S.C. 301, 552; 12 U.S.C. 1821(t); 52 FR 10012; E.O. 12600; 52 FR 23781, 3 CFR 1987, p. 235.
Secs. 5.9, 5.17 of the Farm Credit Act (12 U.S.C. 2243, 2252); 5 U.S.C. app. 3, 5 U.S.C. 552a(j)(2) and (k)(2).
29 U.S.C. 794.
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Policy statement.
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board) has revised part II of the Federal Reserve Policy on Payment System Risk (PSR policy) related to the procedures for measuring balances intraday in institutions' accounts at the Federal
Jeffrey D. Walker, Assistant Director (202-721-4559), Jason Hinkle, Manager, Financial Risk Management (202-912-7805), or Michelle D. Olivier, Senior Financial Services Analyst (202-452-2404), Division of Reserve Bank Operations and Payment Systems, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System; for users of Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) only, contact 202/263-4869.
The Board's PSR policy establishes the procedures, referred to as posting rules, for the settlement of credits and debits to institutions' Federal Reserve accounts for different payment types.
As announced on September 23, 2015, the Board approved enhancements to the Reserve Banks' FedACH® SameDay Service (FedACH SameDay Service) effective September, 23, 2016.
Under the Reserve Banks' current same-day ACH service, credits and debits for forward same-day ACH transactions post at 5:00 p.m.
The approved enhancements effective this September also alter the settlement of ACH return items processed by the Reserve Banks. Under the current posting rules, credits and debits for returns of future-dated and same-day ACH forward items post either at 8:30 a.m. or in the afternoon at 5:00 p.m. and 5:30 p.m., respectively, with the specific posting time determined by when the item is received by the Reserve Banks. Effective September 23, 2016, all ACH return items, regardless of whether the associated forward item was future-dated or same-day, will post at the next available posting time or following the settlement of the associated forward transaction. Thus, credits and debits for return items will post at 8:30 a.m., 1:00 p.m., 5:00 p.m., or 5:30 p.m., with the specific posting time determined by when the item is received by the Reserve Banks.
The Federal Reserve Policy on Payment System Risk, section II.A, under the heading “Procedures for Measuring Daylight Overdrafts” and the subheadings “Post at 8:30 a.m. eastern time,” “Post at 1:00 p.m. eastern time,” “Post at 5:00 p.m. eastern time,” and “Post at 5:30 p.m. eastern time,” is amended as follows:
Post at 8:30 a.m. eastern time:
The federal government will not participate in the same-day ACH upon initial implementation in September 2016. ACH forward transactions originated or received by the federal government will not be eligible for same-day settlement and will settle on the next business day, or on a future date as indicated by the effective settlement date.
Post by 1:00 p.m. eastern time:
Post at 5:00 p.m. eastern time:
Post at 5:30 p.m. eastern time:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all M7 Aerospace LLC Models SA26-AT, SA26-T, SA226-AT, SA226-T, SA226-T(B), SA226-TC, SA227-AC (C-26A), SA227-AT, SA227-BC (C-26A), SA227-CC, SA227-DC (C-26B), and SA227-TT airplanes. This AD was prompted by reports of multiple cracks in the steel horizontal tube of the cockpit control column. This AD requires inspection of the cockpit control column horizontal tube for cracks and repair or replacement of the cockpit control column as necessary. We are issuing this AD to correct the unsafe condition on these products.
This AD is effective August 26, 2016.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this AD as of August 26, 2016.
For service information identified in this final rule, contact M7 Aerospace LLC, 10823 NE Entrance Road, San Antonio, Texas 78216; phone: (210) 824-9421; fax: (210) 804-7766; Internet:
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Andrew McAnaul, Aerospace Engineer, FAA, ASW-143 (c/o San Antonio MIDO), 10100 Reunion Place, Suite 650, San Antonio, Texas 78216; phone: (210) 308-3365; fax: (210) 308-3370; email:
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to all M7 Aerospace LLC Models SA26-AT, SA26-T, SA226-AT, SA226-T, SA226-T(B), SA226-TC, SA227-AC (C-26A), SA227-AT, SA227-BC (C-26A), SA227-CC, SA227-DC (C-26B), and SA227-TT airplanes. The NPRM published in the
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. The following presents the comment received on the NPRM (81 FR 18804, April 1, 2016) and the FAA's response to the comment.
Michael O'Brien at Bearskin Airlines commented they had been complying with this AD by accomplishing the service bulletins that are listed in the proposed AD. He asked if it would be acceptable to just accomplish a technical records research to see when the required actions were last done.
We agree that credit should be given for actions previously done with the service bulletins called out in the NPRM. The NPRM already allows for this with the phrase “unless already done” in paragraphs (g)(1) and (2) of the NPRM.
Because the requested change is already part of this AD, we have not changed the final rule AD action based on this comment.
We reviewed the relevant data, considered the comment received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD as proposed except for minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM (81 FR 18804, April 1, 2016) for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM (81 FR 18804, April 1, 2016).
We reviewed M7 Aerospace LLC SA26 Series Service Bulletin (SB) 26-27-002, M7 Aerospace LLC SA226 Series SB 226-27-078, M7 Aerospace LLC SA227 Series SB 227-27-058, and M7 Aerospace LLC SA227 Series SB CC7-27-030, all dated October 8, 2015. The service information describes procedures for inspection of the cockpit control column horizontal tube for cracks and repair or replacement of the cockpit control column as necessary. All of the related service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We estimate that this AD affects 350 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:
We estimate the following costs to do any necessary repairs/replacements that would be required based on the results of the inspection. We have no way of determining the number of airplanes that might need these repairs/replacements:
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective August 26, 2016.
None.
This AD applies to M7 Aerospace LLC Models SA26-AT, SA26-T, SA226-AT, SA226-T, SA226-T(B), SA226-TC, SA227-AC (C-26A), SA227-AT, SA227-BC (C-26A), SA227-CC, SA227-DC (C-26B), and SA227-TT airplanes, all serial numbers, certificated in any category.
Joint Aircraft System Component (JASC)/Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 2700, Flight Controls.
This AD was prompted by reports of multiple cracks in the steel horizontal tube of the cockpit control column. We are requiring repetitive inspections of the cockpit control column horizontal tube with repair or replacement, as necessary, of the cockpit control column. We are issuing this AD to
Comply with paragraphs (g)(1) through (2) of this AD using the following service bulletins within the compliance times specified below, unless already done:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(1)
(i)
(ii)
(2)
(1) The Manager, Fort Worth Airplane Certification Office, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the ACO, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (j) of this AD.
(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.
For more information about this AD, contact Andrew McAnaul, Aerospace Engineer, FAA, ASW-143 (c/o San Antonio MIDO), 10100 Reunion Place, Suite 650, San Antonio, Texas 78216; phone: (210) 308-3365; fax: (210) 308-3370; email:
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.
(i) M7 Aerospace LLC Service Bulletin (SB) 26-27-002, dated October 8, 2015;
(ii) M7 Aerospace LLC SB 226-27-078, dated October 8, 2015;
(iii) M7 Aerospace LLC SB 227-27-058, dated October 8, 2015; or
(iv) M7 Aerospace LLC SB CC7-27-030, dated October 8, 2015.
(3) For service information identified in this AD, contact M7 Aerospace LLC, 10823 NE Entrance Road, San Antonio, Texas 78216; phone: (210) 824-9421; fax: (210) 804-7766; Internet:
(4) You may view this referenced service information at the FAA, Small Airplane Directorate, 901 Locust, Kansas City, Missouri 64106. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 816-329-4148.
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for all Airbus Model A300 series airplanes; Model A300 B4-600, B4-600R, F4-600R series airplanes, and Model A300 C4-605R Variant F airplanes (collectively called Model A300-600 series airplanes); and Model A310 series airplanes. This AD was prompted by reports of partial loss of no-back brake (NBB) efficiency on the trimmable horizontal stabilizer actuator (THSA). This AD requires an inspection to determine THSA part numbers, serial numbers, and flight cycles on certain THSAs; and repetitive replacement of certain THSAs. We are issuing this AD to prevent loss of THSA NBB efficiency, which, in conjunction with the inability of the power gear to keep the ball screw in its last commanded position, could lead to an uncommanded movement of the horizontal stabilizer, possibly resulting in loss of control of the airplane.
This AD is effective August 26, 2016.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this AD as of August 26, 2016.
For service information identified in this final rule, contact Airbus SAS, Airworthiness Office—EAW, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone: +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax: +33 5 61 93 44 51; email:
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Dan Rodina, Aerospace Engineer, International Branch, ANM-116, Transport Airplane Directorate, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone: 425-227-2125; fax: 425-227-1149.
We issued a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) to amend 14 CFR part 39 by adding an AD that would apply to all Airbus Model A300 series airplanes; Model A300 B4-600, B4-600R, F4-600R series airplanes, and Model A300 C4-605R Variant F airplanes (collectively called Model A300-600 series airplanes); and Model A310 series airplanes. The NPRM published in the
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA AD 2015-0081, dated May 7, 2015 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition on all Airbus Model A300 series airplanes; Model A300 B4-600, B4-600R, F4-600R series airplanes, and Model A300 C4-605R Variant F airplanes (collectively called Model A300-600 series airplanes); and Model A310 series airplanes. The MCAI states:
During endurance qualification tests on a Trimmable Horizontal Stabilizer Actuator (THSA) concerning another aeroplane type, a partial loss of the no-back brake (NBB) efficiency was experienced. Investigation results concluded that this partial loss of braking efficiency in some specific aerodynamic load conditions was due to polishing and auto-contamination of the NBB carbon friction disks.
Due to design similarity on the A300-600, A300-600ST and A310 fleet, the same tests were initiated by the THSA manufacturer on certain type THSA, sampled from the field. Subject tests confirmed that THSA Part Number (P/N) 47142 series, as installed on the A300-600, A300-600ST and A310 fleet, are also affected by this partial loss of NBB efficiency.
This condition, if not detected and corrected, and in conjunction with the power gear not able to keep the ball screw in its last commanded position, could potentially lead to an uncommanded movement of the Horizontal Stabilizer, possibly resulting in loss of control of the aeroplane.
For the reasons described above, this [EASA] AD requires the removal from service of each affected THSA, with the intent of in-shop NBB carbon disk replacement.
You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
We gave the public the opportunity to participate in developing this AD. The following presents the comments received on the NPRM and the FAA's response to each comment.
The Airline Pilots Association International stated that it fully supports the intent of the NPRM.
Airbus, FedEx Express, and United Parcel Service requested that we revise the compliance date in paragraph (j)(3) of the proposed AD from February 1, 2018, to February 1, 2019. The commenters stated that this revision would match the MCAI.
We agree with the commenters' request. This was a typographical error. Our intent was to match the MCAI. We have revised paragraph (j)(3) of this AD accordingly.
FedEx Express requested that we allow a review of the operator's maintenance records to determine the part number and serial number of the THSA specified in paragraph (h)(1) of the proposed AD. FedEx Express stated that this review would accomplish the same intent as a physical inspection of the THSA.
We agree with the commenter's request. We have revised paragraph (h)(1) of this AD to allow doing a review of airplane maintenance records in lieu of the THSA inspection if the part number and serial number of the THSA can be conclusively determined from that review.
We reviewed the relevant data, considered the comments received, and determined that air safety and the public interest require adopting this AD with the changes described previously and minor editorial changes. We have determined that these minor changes:
• Are consistent with the intent that was proposed in the NPRM for correcting the unsafe condition; and
• Do not add any additional burden upon the public than was already proposed in the NPRM.
We also determined that these changes will not increase the economic burden on any operator or increase the scope of this AD.
Airbus has issued Airbus Service Bulletin A300-27-6070, dated February 17, 2015; and Airbus Service Bulletin A310-27-2106, dated February 17, 2015. This service information describes procedures for inspection and replacement of the THSA.
This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We estimate that this AD affects 152 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We also estimate that it would take about 27 work-hours per product to comply with the basic requirements of this AD. The average labor rate is $85 per work-hour. Required parts would cost about $590,000 per product. Based on these figures, we estimate the cost of this AD on U.S. operators to be $90,028,840, or $592,295 per product.
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
We determined that this AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective August 26, 2016.
None.
This AD applies to the Airbus airplanes identified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(6) of this AD, certificated in any category, all manufacturer serial numbers.
(1) Airbus Model A300 B2-1A, B2-1C, B2K-3C, B2-203, B4-2C, B4-103, and B4-203 airplanes.
(2) Airbus Model A300 B4-601, B4-603, B4-620, and B4-622 airplanes.
(3) Airbus Model A300 B4-605R and B4-622R airplanes.
(4) Airbus Model A300 F4-605R and F4-622R airplanes.
(5) Airbus Model A300 C4-605R Variant F airplanes.
(6) Airbus Model A310-203, -204, -221, -222, -304, -322, -324, and -325 airplanes.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 27, Flight controls.
This AD was prompted by reports of partial loss of no-back brake (NBB) efficiency on the trimmable horizontal stabilizer actuator (THSA). We are issuing this AD to prevent loss of THSA NBB efficiency, which, in conjunction with the inability of the power gear to keep the ball screw in its last commanded position, could lead to an uncommanded movement of the horizontal stabilizer, possibly resulting in loss of control of the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
THSAs affected by the requirements of this AD have part numbers (P/Ns) 47142-403, 47142-413, 47142-414, and 47142-423.
FAA AD 2011-15-08, Amendment 39-16755 (76 FR 42029, July 18, 2011), requires installation of three secondary retention plates for the gimbal bearings on the THSA upper primary attachment, which involved a THSA part number change from the -300 series to the -400 series.
The life limits specified in Part 4 of the airworthiness limitations section are still relevant for the affected THSA. This AD addresses a replacement limit for the NBB disks installed on the THSA, not the life limit for the THSA itself.
Before each date and before exceeding the corresponding THSA flight-cycle limits specified in paragraphs (j)(1), (j)(2), and (j)(3) of this AD, do the actions specified in paragraphs (h)(1) and (h)(2) of this AD; and before exceeding the flight-cycle limit corresponding to each date as specified in paragraphs (j)(1), (j)(2), and (j)(3) of this AD, do the actions specified in paragraph (i) of this AD.
(1) Do an inspection of the THSA to determine the part number and serial number. A review of airplane maintenance records is acceptable in lieu of this inspection if the part number and serial number of the THSA can be conclusively determined from that review.
(2) Do an inspection of the airplane maintenance records to determine the flight cycles accumulated on each affected THSA since first installation on an airplane, or since last NBB replacement, whichever is later. If no maintenance records conclusively identifying the last NBB disk replacement are available, the flight cycles accumulated since first installation of the THSA on an airplane apply.
By each date specified in paragraphs (j)(1), (j)(2), and (j)(3) of this AD, for those affected THSAs having reached or exceeded the corresponding number of flight cycles specified in paragraphs (j)(1), (j)(2), and (j)(3) of this AD, replace the THSA with a serviceable unit, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of Airbus Service Bulletin A300-27-6070, dated February 17, 2015; or Airbus Service Bulletin A310-27-2106, dated February 17, 2015, as applicable.
Paragraphs (j)(1), (j)(2), and (j)(3) of this AD specify compliance dates and THSA flight-cycle limits for accomplishing the actions required by paragraphs (h) and (i) of this AD.
(1)
(2)
(3) As of February 1, 2019: The affected THSA flight-cycle limit is 14,600 flight cycles since first installation of the THSA on an airplane, or since last NBB replacement, whichever is later.
For the purpose of this AD, a serviceable THSA is a unit identified in paragraph (k)(1) or (k)(2) of this AD.
(1) A THSA identified in paragraph (g) of this AD that, as of each date specified in paragraphs (j)(1), (j)(2), and (j)(3) of this AD, has not exceeded the flight-cycle limits specified in paragraphs (j)(1), (j)(2), and (j)(3) of this AD since first installation of the THSA on an airplane, or since the last NBB disk replacement, whichever is later.
(2) A THSA with a different part number (
As of each date and before exceeding the flight-cycle limit corresponding to each date
Before each date specified in paragraphs (j)(1), (j)(2), and (j)(3) of this AD, an operator may install an affected THSA on an airplane, provided that the unit has not exceeded the corresponding number of flight cycles specified in paragraphs (j)(1), (j)(2), and (j)(3) of this AD, since first installation on an airplane, or since last NBB replacement, whichever is later.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) EASA AD 2015-0081, dated May 7, 2015, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless this AD specifies otherwise.
(i) Airbus Service Bulletin A300-27-6070, dated February 17, 2015.
(ii) Airbus Service Bulletin A310-27-2106, dated February 17, 2015.
(3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus SAS, Airworthiness Office—EAW, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone: +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax: +33 5 61 93 44 51; email:
(4) You may view this service information at the FAA, Transport Airplane Directorate, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA. For information on the availability of this material at the FAA, call 425-227-1221.
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Final rule; technical amendment.
On October 27, 2015, the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) published a final rule extending the prohibition against certain flight operations in the Simferopol (UKFV) and Dnipropetrovsk (UKDV) flight information regions (FIRs) by all United States (U.S.) air carriers; U.S. commercial operators; persons exercising the privileges of a U.S. airman certificate, except when such persons are operating a U.S.-registered aircraft for a foreign air carrier; and operators of U.S.-registered civil aircraft, except when such operators are foreign air carriers. The State Aviation Administration of Ukraine conducted and completed an airspace restructuring that altered the Simferopol (UKFV) and Dnipropetrovsk (UKDV) Flight Information Region (FIR) altitude structure specified in the final rule. To address the Ukraine airspace restructuring and provide additional clarity, this technical amendment specifically identifies the prohibited airspace in which Special Federal Aviation Regulation (SFAR) 113, applies, with inclusive altitudes and lateral limitations (latitude and longitude coordinates).
This final rule is effective on July 21, 2016.
Michael Filippell, Air Transportation Division, AFS-220, Flight Standards Service, Federal Aviation Administration, 800 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20591; telephone: 202-267-8166; email:
Section 553(b)(3)(B) of the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C.) authorizes agencies to dispense with notice and comment procedures for rules when the agency for “good cause” finds that those procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” Under this section, an agency, upon finding good cause, may issue a final rule without seeking comment prior to the rulemaking.
The FAA finds that good cause exists under APA section 553(b)(3)(B) for this technical amendment to published without public notice and comment because this amendment is limited to providing additional clarity concerning specific airspace subject to the existing SFAR restriction, by adding latitude and longitude coordinates in lieu of the names for the FIRs.
In addition, section 553(d)(3) of the Administrative Procedure Act requires publication of a substantive rule must be made not less than 30 days before the effective date except when the agency
Good cause exists under section 553(d)(3) of the APA for this technical amendment to become effective on the date of its filing for public inspection. Section 553(d)(3) allows an effective date less than 30 days after publication “as otherwise provided by the agency for good cause found and published with the rule.” 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3). This rule merely provides additional clarity for the specific airspace subject to the existing restriction, by adding latitude and longitude coordinates in lieu of the names for the FIRs. In addition, the public interest is served by avoiding delay in the effective date of this technical amendment because clarity in the coverage of airspace subject to the rule is necessary to address the potential hazard to civil aviation that exists in the Simferopol (UKFV) and Dnepropetrovsk (UKDV) FIRs, as described in the FAA's final rule promulgating the SFAR. 80 FR 65621, 65622. For these reasons, the FAA finds good cause under APA section 553(d)(3) exists for this amendment to become effective on July 21, 2016.
SFAR 113, § 91.1607, Prohibition Against Certain Flights in the Simferopol (UKFV) and Dnipropetrovsk (UKDV) Flight Information Regions (FIRs) was published on December 29, 2014, and subsequently extended on October 27, 2015. As explained in the preamble accompanying the December 29, 2014 rule, the FAA first restricted flights over Simferopol (UKFV) by publishing the SFAR on April 25, 2014. On December 29, 2014, the FAA extended the scope of the airspace covered by the SFAR, based on increased safety concerns. The December 29, 2014, rule was extended on October 27, 2015. During this time period, the State Aviation Administration of Ukraine restructured the airspace. The new configuration altered both the Simferopol (UKFV) and Dnipropetrovsk (UKDV) Flight Information Region (FIR) altitude structures. In order to address the Ukraine airspace restructuring, this technical amendment specifically identifies the prohibited airspace in which SFAR 113, § 91.1607, applies, to provide inclusive altitudes and lateral limitations (latitude and longitude coordinates).
Consistent with the foregoing, the FAA clarifies the lateral limits of the prohibited airspace to include that area previously described as the Simferopol (UKFV) FIR, which is defined as:
The prohibited airspace within the above lateral limits extends in altitude from the surface to unlimited.
Additionally, prohibited airspace includes that area previously described as the Dnipropetrovsk (UKDV) FIR, which is defined as:
The prohibited airspace within the above lateral limits extends in altitude from the surface to unlimited.
Air traffic control, Aircraft, Airmen, Airports, Aviation safety, Freight, Ukraine.
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration amends chapter I of title 14, Code of Federal Regulations, as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g), 1155, 40101, 40103, 40105, 40113, 40120, 44101, 44111, 44701, 44704, 44709, 44711, 44712, 44715, 44716, 44717, 44722, 46306, 46315, 46316, 46504, 46506-46507, 47122, 47508, 47528-47531, 47534, articles 12 and 29 of the Convention on International Civil Aviation (61 Stat. 1180), (126 Stat. 11).
(b)
(1)(i) The lateral limits of the prohibited airspace includes that area currently described as the Simferopol (UKFV) FIR, which is defined as:
(ii) The prohibited airspace within the lateral limits extends in altitude from the surface to unlimited.
(2)(i) The lateral limits of the prohibited airspace includes that area previously described as the Dnipropetrovsk (UKDV) FIR, which is defined as:
(ii) The prohibited airspace within the lateral limits extends in altitude from the surface to unlimited.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Final and temporary regulations.
This document contains temporary regulations that provide guidance regarding the income inclusion rules under section 50(d)(5) of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) that are applicable to a lessee of investment credit property when a lessor of such property elects to treat the lessee as having acquired the property. These temporary regulations also provide rules to coordinate the section 50(a) recapture rules with the section 50(d)(5) income inclusion rules. In addition, these temporary regulations provide rules regarding income inclusion upon a lease termination, lease disposition by a lessee, or disposition of a partner's or S corporation shareholder's entire interest in a lessee partnership or S corporation outside of the recapture period. Accordingly, these regulations will affect lessees of investment credit property when the lessor of such property makes an election to treat the lessee as having acquired the property and an investment credit is determined under section 46 with respect to such lessee. The text of these temporary regulations also serves as the text of the proposed regulations set forth in the Proposed Rules section in this issue of the
Jennifer A. Records, (202) 317-6853 (not a toll-free number).
These temporary regulations amend the Income Tax Regulations (26 CFR part 1) under section 50(d)(5) to provide the income inclusion rules applicable to a lessee of investment credit property when a lessor elects to treat the lessee as having acquired such property. Section 50(d)(5) provides that, for purposes of the investment credit, rules similar to former section 48(d) (as in effect prior to the enactment of Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1990 (Pub. L. 101-508, 104 Stat 1388 (November 5, 1990))) apply.
Former section 48(d)(1) permitted a lessor of new section 38 property to elect to treat that property as having been acquired by the lessee for an amount equal to its fair market value (or, if the lessor and lessee were members of a controlled group of corporations, equal to the lessor's basis). Former section 48(d)(3) provided that if the lessor made the election provided in former section 48(d)(1) with respect to any such property, the lessee would be treated for all purposes of subpart E, part IV, subchapter A, Chapter 1, subtitle A, as having acquired such property. Section 50(a)(5)(A) replaced the term “section 38 property” with the term “investment credit property.”
Under former section 48(q), if a credit was determined under section 46 with respect to section 38 property, the basis of the property was reduced by 50 percent of the amount of the credit determined (or 100 percent of the amount of the credit determined in the case of a credit for qualified rehabilitation expenditures). Former section 48(d)(5) provided specific rules coordinating the effect of the former section 48(d) election with the basis adjustment rules under former section 48(q). Because the lessee would have no basis in the property that the lessee was only deemed to have acquired pursuant to the election, former section 48(d)(5)(A) provided that the basis adjustment rules under former section 48(q) did not apply. Section 50(c) replaced former section 48(q) and provides the current basis adjustment rules.
In lieu of a basis adjustment, former section 48(d)(5)(B) provided that the lessee was required to include ratably in gross income, over the shortest recovery period which could be applicable under section 168 with respect to the property, an amount equal to 50 percent of the amount of the credit allowable under section 38 to the lessee with respect to such property. In the case of the rehabilitation credit, former section 48(q)(3) provided that former section 48(d)(5)(B) was to be applied without the phrase “50 percent of.”
Former section 48(d)(5)(C) provided that, in the case of a disposition of property to which former section 47 (the former recapture rules) applied, the income inclusion rules of former section 48(d)(5) applied in accordance with regulations prescribed by the Secretary. Section 50(a) replaced former section 47 and provides the current recapture rules.
These temporary regulations provide the applicable rules that the Secretary has determined are similar to the rules of former section 48(d)(5). Thus, these temporary regulations are limited in scope to the income inclusion rules that apply when a lessor elects under § 1.48-4 of the Treasury Regulations to treat the lessee as having acquired investment credit property.
Section 1.50-1T(b) provides the general rules for coordinating the basis adjustment rules under section 50(c) (the successor to former section 48(q)) with the rules under § 1.48-4 pursuant to which a lessor may elect to treat the lessee of investment credit property as having acquired such property for purposes of calculating the investment credit. Similar to the rule in former section 48(d)(5)(A), which provided that the basis adjustment rules under former section 48(q) did not apply when a § 1.48-4 election was made, § 1.50-1T(b)(1) provides that section 50(c) does not apply when the election is made. Thus, the lessor is not required to reduce its basis in the property by the amount of the investment credit determined under section 46 (or 50 percent of the amount of the credit in the case of the energy credit under section 48).
Under § 1.50-1T(b)(2), in lieu of a basis adjustment, and similar to the rule contained in former section 48(d)(5)(B), a lessee must include in gross income an amount equal to the amount of the credit (or, in the case of the section 48 energy credit, 50 percent of the amount of the credit) determined under section 46. Generally, the lessee includes such amount ratably over the shortest recovery period applicable under the accelerated cost recovery system provided in section 168, beginning on the date the investment credit property is placed in service and continuing on each one year anniversary date thereafter until the end of the applicable recovery period. The amount required to be included by the lessee is not subject to any limitations under section 38(c) on the amount of the credit allowed based on the amount of the lessee's income tax.
Because section 50(c) replaces the old basis adjustment rules under former section 48(q), the amount the lessee is required to include in gross income under these temporary regulations in
Section 1.50-1T(b)(3) provides that, in the case of a partnership (other than an electing large partnership) or an S corporation for which an election is made under § 1.48-4 to treat such entity as having acquired the investment credit property, each partner or S corporation shareholder that is the “ultimate credit claimant” is treated as the lessee for purposes of the income inclusion rules under § 1.50-1T(b)(2). The term
The Treasury Department and the IRS believe that, because the investment credit and any limitations on the credit itself are determined at the partner or S corporation shareholder level, it is appropriate that the income inclusion occurs at the partner or shareholder level. In the case of a partnership that actually owns the investment credit property, a partner in a partnership is treated as the taxpayer with respect to the partner's share of the basis of partnership investment credit property under § 1.46-3(f)(1) and separately computes the investment credit based on its share of the basis of the investment credit property. Similarly, in the case of a lessee partnership where the lessor makes an election under § 1.48-4 to treat the partnership as having acquired investment credit property, each partner in the lessee partnership is the taxpayer with respect to whom the investment credit is determined under section 46. Each partner in the lessee partnership will separately compute the investment credit based on each partner's share of the investment credit property. The credit is therefore computed at the partner level based on partner level limitations. Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii), which requires allocations with respect to the investment tax credit provided by section 38 to be made in accordance with the partners' interests in the partnership, provides that allocations of cost or qualified investment (as opposed to the investment credit itself, which is not determined at the partnership level) made in accordance with § 1.46-3(f) shall be deemed to be made in accordance with the partners' interests in the partnership.
Under similar principles, in the case of a lessor that makes an election under § 1.48-4 to treat an S corporation as having acquired investment credit property, each shareholder in the lessee S corporation is the taxpayer with respect to whom the investment credit is determined under section 46. The credit is therefore computed at the S corporation shareholder level based on shareholder level limitations.
The Treasury Department and the IRS believe that the burden of income inclusion should match the benefits of the allowable credit. Therefore, because the investment credit and any limitations on the credit are determined at the partner or shareholder level, these temporary regulations in § 1.50-1T(b)(3) provide that the gross income required to be ratably included under § 1.50-1T(b)(2) is not an item of partnership income for purposes of subchapter K or an item of S corporation income for purposes of subchapter S. Accordingly, the rules that would apply were such gross income an item of income under section 702 or section 1366, such as section 705(a) (providing for an increase in the partner's outside basis for items of income) or section 1367(a) (providing for an increase in the S corporation shareholder's stock basis for items of income) do not apply.
The Treasury Department and the IRS are aware that some partnerships and S corporations have taken the position that this income is includible by the partnership or S corporation and that their partners or S corporation shareholders are entitled to increase their bases in their partnership interests or S corporation stock as a result of the income inclusion. The Treasury Department and the IRS believe that such basis increases are inconsistent with Congressional intent as they thwart the purpose of the income inclusion requirement in former section 48(d)(5)(B) and confer an unintended benefit upon partners and S corporation shareholders of lessee partnerships and S corporations that is not available to any other credit claimant.
The investment credit rules operate to allow a taxpayer to claim the immediate benefit of the full amount of the allowable credit in exchange for the recoupment of that amount (or 50 percent of that amount in the case of the section 48 energy credit) over time. Where the taxpayer claiming the credit owns the investment credit property, the basis reduction provided in section 50(c) results in reduced cost recovery deductions over the life of the property or the realization of gain (or a reduction in the amount of loss realized) upon the disposition of the property. In the case of a lessor that elects under § 1.48-4 to treat the lessee of investment credit property as having acquired such property, § 1.50-1T(b)(2) instead requires the lessee to ratably include this amount in gross income over the life of the property.
If that lessee is a partnership or an S corporation, however, some partnerships and S corporations contend that this income inclusion is treated as an item of partnership or S corporation income that entitles their partners or S corporation shareholders to a corresponding basis increase under section 705(a) or section 1367(a). As a result of the basis increase, these partners or S corporation shareholders claim a loss (or reduce the amount of gain realized) upon the disposition of their partnership interests or S corporation shares.
As noted, the Treasury Department and the IRS have concluded that the income inclusion is not properly treated as an item of partnership income or of S corporation income. Nonetheless, had the Treasury Department and the IRS determined otherwise, the Treasury Department and the IRS believe that in addition to being inconsistent with the purpose of section 48(d)(5)(B), allowing a basis increase for the income inclusion would also be inconsistent with the purpose of sections 705 and 1367. The income to be included is a notional amount, which has no current or future economic effect on the basis of assets held by a partnership or S corporation. In general, Congress intended for sections 705 and 1367 to preserve inside and outside basis parity for partnerships and S corporations so as to prevent any unintended tax benefit or detriment to the partners or shareholders. See H.R. Rep. No. 1337, 83d Cong., 2d Sess. A225 (1954); S. Rep. No. 1622, 83d Cong., 2d Sess. 384 (1954); H.R. Rep. No. 97-826, 97th Cong. 2d Sess. p. 17 (1982); S. Rep. No. 97-640, 97th Cong. 2d Sess. 16, 18 (1982); and Rev. Rul. 96-11 (1996-1 CB 140). Ultimately, the Treasury Department and the IRS have concluded that, under any approach, allowing
Section 1.50-1T(c) provides that if the investment credit recapture rules under section 50(a) are triggered (including if there is a lease termination), causing a recapture of the credit or a portion of the credit, an adjustment will be made to the lessee's (or, as applicable, the ultimate credit claimant's) gross income for any discrepancies between the total amount included in gross income under these temporary regulations in § 1.50-1T(b)(2) and the total credit allowable after recapture. The adjustment amount is taken into account in the taxable year in which the property is disposed of or otherwise ceases to be investment credit property.
If the amount of the unrecaptured credit (that is, the allowable credit after taking into account the recapture amount), or 50 percent of the unrecaptured credit in the case of the energy credit, exceeds the amount previously included in gross income under § 1.50-1T(b)(2), the lessee's (or the ultimate credit claimant's) gross income is increased. The lessee (or the ultimate credit claimant) is required to include in gross income an amount equal to the excess of the amount of the credit that is not recaptured (or 50 percent of the amount of the credit that is not recaptured in the case of the energy credit) over the amount of the total increases in gross income previously made under § 1.50-1T(b)(2). This amount is in addition to the amounts previously included in gross income under § 1.50-1T(b)(2).
If the income inclusion prior to recapture under § 1.50-1T(b)(2) exceeds the unrecaptured credit (that is, the allowable credit after taking into account the recapture amount), or 50 percent of the unrecaptured credit in the case of the energy credit, the lessee's (or the ultimate credit claimant's) gross income is reduced. The lessee's or ultimate credit claimant's gross income is reduced by an amount equal to the excess of the total increases in gross income previously made under § 1.50-1T(b)(2) over the amount of the credit that is not recaptured (50 percent of the amount of the credit that is not recaptured in the case of the energy credit).
Section 1.50-1T(d)(1) provides that a lessee or an ultimate credit claimant may make an irrevocable election to include in gross income any remaining income required to be taken into account under § 1.50-1T(b)(2) in the taxable year in which the lease terminates or is otherwise disposed of. Similarly, § 1.50-1T(d)(1) provides that if an ultimate credit claimant disposes of its entire interest, either direct or indirect, in a partnership (other than an electing large partnership) or an S corporation, the ultimate credit claimant may make an irrevocable election to include in gross income any remaining income required to be taken into account under § 1.50-1T(b)(2) in the taxable year in which the ultimate credit claimant no longer owns a direct or indirect interest in the lessee of the investment credit property. The availability of this election allows a lessee or an ultimate credit claimant to account for any remaining required gross income inclusion in the taxable year in which it is exiting its investment.
This election is available only outside of the section 50(a) recapture period, and only if the lessee or the ultimate credit claimant was not already required to accelerate the gross income required to be included under § 1.50-1T(b)(2) because of a recapture event during the recapture period. Additionally, a former partner or S corporation shareholder that owns no direct or indirect interest in the lessee partnership or S corporation may not elect to accelerate the gross income required to be included under § 1.50-1T(b)(2) at the time of a termination or disposition of the lease by the lessee partnership or S corporation. The appropriate time for a former partner or S corporation shareholder that is an ultimate credit claimant to elect income acceleration is the taxable year that it disposes of its entire interest in a lessee partnership or S corporation.
Section 1.50-1T(d)(2) provides that the election to accelerate the income inclusion must be made by the due date (including any extension of time) of the lessee's return, or, in the case of a partnership or S corporation, by the due date (including any extension of time) of the ultimate credit claimant's return for the taxable year in which the relevant event occurs (for example, the lease termination, lease disposition, or disposition of the entire interest in the lessee partnership or S corporation). The election is made by including the remaining gross income required by these temporary regulations in the taxable year of the relevant event (for example, the lease termination, lease disposition, or disposition of the entire interest in the lessee partnership or S corporation).
These temporary regulations apply with respect to investment credit property placed in service on or after the date that is 60 days after the date of filing of these regulations in the
Rev. Proc. 2014-12 (2014-3 IRB 415) establishes the requirements under which the IRS will not challenge partnership allocations of section 47 rehabilitation credits by a partnership to its partners. Section 3 states that Rev. Proc. 2014-12 does not address how a partnership is required to allocate the income inclusion required by section 50(d)(5). Furthermore, section 4.07 provides that, solely for purposes of determining whether a partnership meets the requirements of that section, the partnership's allocation to its partners of the income inclusion required by section 50(d)(5) shall not be taken into account.
Because § 1.704-1(b)(4)(ii) provides that allocations of cost or qualified investment, and not the investment credit itself (which is not determined at the partnership level), made in accordance with § 1.46-3(f) shall be deemed to be made in accordance with the partners' interests in a partnership, this Treasury decision modifies Rev. Proc. 2014-12 by changing all references to allocations of section 47 rehabilitation credits to refer instead to allocations of qualified rehabilitation expenditures under section 47(c)(2). Additionally, because § 1.50-1T(b)(3) provides that the gross income required to be included under section 50(d)(5) is not an item of partnership income to which the rules of subchapter K apply, this Treasury decision modifies Rev. Proc. 2014-12 by deleting the sentences in section 3 and section 4.07 that refer to allocation by a partnership of the income inclusion required under section 50(d)(5).
Rev. Proc. 2014-12 (2014-3 IRB 415) is modified by: (1) Changing all
Rev. Proc. 2014-12 (2014-3 IRB 415) is published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (or Cumulative Bulletin) and is available from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402, or by visiting the IRS Web site at
Certain IRS regulations, including this one, are exempt from the requirements of Executive Order 12866, as supplemented and reaffirmed by Executive Order 13563. Therefore, a regulatory impact assessment is not required. It has also been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to these regulations. For applicability of the Regulatory Flexibility Act, please refer to the Special Analyses section of the preamble to the cross-referenced notice of proposed rulemaking published in the Proposed Rules section in this issue of the
The principal author of these temporary regulations is Jennifer A. Records, Office of the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries), IRS. However, other personnel from the Treasury Department and the IRS participated in their development.
Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is amended as follows:
26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
(a) through (f) [Reserved]. For further guidance, see § 1.50-1T(a) through (f).
(a)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(ii)
(3)
(ii)
(c)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(d)
(2)
(i) Lessees or ultimate credit claimants required by paragraph (c) of this section to account for the remaining amount required to be included in gross income after accounting for recapture in the taxable year in which the property was disposed of or otherwise ceased to be investment credit property under section 50(a); or
(ii) Former partners or S corporation shareholders that own no interest, either direct or indirect, in a lessee partnership or S corporation at the time of a lease termination or disposition.
(3)
(e)
X, a calendar year C corporation, leases nonresidential real property from Y. The property is placed in service on July 1, 2016. Y elects under § 1.48-4 to treat X as having acquired the property. X's investment credit determined under section 46 for 2016 with respect to such property is $9,750. The shortest recovery period that could be available to the property under section 168 is 39 years. Because Y has elected to treat X as having acquired the property, Y does not reduce its basis in the property under section 50(c). Instead, X, the lessee of the property, must include ratably in gross income over 39 years an amount equal to the credit determined under section 46 with respect to such property. Under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, X's increase in gross income for each of the 39 years beginning with 2016 is $250 ($9,750/39 year recovery period).
The facts are the same as in
A and B, calendar year taxpayers, form a partnership, the AB partnership, that leases nonresidential real property from Y. The property is placed in service on July 1, 2016. Y elects under § 1.48-4 to treat the AB partnership as having acquired the property. A's investment credit determined under section 46 for 2016 is $3,900 and B's investment credit determined under section 46 for 2016 is $7,800 with respect to the property. The shortest recovery period that could be available to the property under section 168 is 39 years. Because Y has elected to treat the AB partnership as having acquired the property, Y does not reduce its basis in the building under section 50(c). Instead, A and B, the ultimate credit claimants, must include the amount of the credit determined with respect to A and B under section 46 ratably in gross income over 39 years, the shortest recovery period available with respect to such property. Therefore, A and B must include ratably in gross income over 39 years under paragraph (b)(2) of this section an amount equal to $3,900 and $7,800, respectively. Under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, A's increase in gross income for each of the 39 years beginning with 2016 is $100 ($3,900/39 year recovery period) and B's is $200 ($7,800/39 year recovery period). Because the gross income A and B are required to include under paragraph (b)(2) of this section is not an item of partnership income, the rules under subchapter K applicable to items of partnership income do not apply with respect to such income. In particular, A and B are not entitled to an increase in the outside basis of their partnership interests under section 705(a) and are not entitled to an increase in their capital accounts under section 704(b).
The facts are the same as in
(i) The facts are the same as in
(ii) The January 1, 2019 lease termination requires A's and B's income tax for 2019 to be increased under section 50(a) by $2,340
(i) The facts are the same as in
(ii) At the time that A sold its interest in the AB partnership to C, A had previously included $500 ($100 for each of 2016-2020) in gross income under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, A must continue to include the remaining $3,400 (including $100 in 2021) in gross income ratably over the remaining portion of the applicable recovery period of 39 years. Alternatively, under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, A may irrevocably elect to include the remaining $3,400 in gross income in the taxable year that A sold its entire interest in the AB partnership to C (2021). Pursuant to paragraph (d)(2) of this section, A cannot make this election in the taxable year of the lease termination (2022).
(iii) At the time of the lease termination, B had previously included $1,200 ($200 for each of 2016-2021) in gross income under paragraph (b)(2) of this section. Under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, B must continue to include the remaining $6,600 required in gross income ratably over the remaining portion of the applicable recovery period of 39 years. Alternatively, under paragraph (d)(1) of this section, B may irrevocably elect to include the remaining $6,600 in gross income in the taxable year of the lease termination (2022).
(f)
(g)
Department of the Navy, DoD.
Final rule.
The Department of the Navy (DoN) is amending its certifications and exemptions under the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 (72 COLREGS), to reflect that the Deputy Assistant Judge Advocate General (DAJAG) (Admiralty and Maritime Law) has determined that USS RAFAEL PERALTA (DDG 115) is a vessel of the Navy which, due to its special construction and purpose, cannot fully comply with certain provisions of the 72 COLREGS without interfering with its special function as a naval ship. The intended effect of this rule is to warn mariners in waters where 72 COLREGS apply.
This rule is effective July 22, 2016 and is applicable beginning June 27, 2016.
Commander Theron R. Korsak, (Admiralty and Maritime Law), Office of the Judge Advocate General, Department of the Navy, 1322 Patterson Ave. SE., Suite 3000, Washington Navy Yard, DC 20374-5066, telephone 202-685-5040.
Pursuant to the authority granted in 33 U.S.C. 1605, the DoN amends 32 CFR part 706.
This amendment provides notice that the DAJAG (Admiralty and Maritime Law), under authority delegated by the Secretary of the Navy, has certified that USS RAFAEL PERALTA (DDG 115) is a vessel of the Navy which, due to its special construction and purpose, cannot fully comply with the following specific provisions of 72 COLREGS without interfering with its special function as a naval ship: Annex I, paragraph 3(a), pertaining to the location of the forward masthead light in the forward quarter of the ship, and the horizontal distance between the forward and after masthead lights; Annex I, paragraph 3(c), pertaining to placement of task lights not less than two meters from the fore and aft centerline of the ship in the athwartship direction; and Annex I, paragraph 2(f)(ii), pertaining to the vertical placement of task lights. The DAJAG (Admiralty and Maritime Law) has also certified that the lights involved are located in closest possible compliance with the applicable 72 COLREGS requirements.
Moreover, it has been determined, in accordance with 32 CFR parts 296 and 701, that publication of this amendment for public comment prior to adoption is impracticable, unnecessary, and contrary to public interest since it is based on technical findings that the placement of lights on this vessel in a manner differently from that prescribed herein will adversely affect the vessel's ability to perform its military functions.
Marine safety, Navigation (water), and Vessels.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the DoN amends part 706 of title 32 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1605.
15. * * *
Department of the Navy, DoD.
Final rule.
The Department of the Navy (DoN) is amending its certifications and exemptions under the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 (72 COLREGS), to reflect that the Deputy Assistant Judge Advocate General (DAJAG) (Admiralty and Maritime Law) has determined that USS LITTLE ROCK (LCS 9) is a vessel of the Navy which, due to its special construction and purpose, cannot fully comply with certain provisions of the 72 COLREGS without interfering with its special function as a naval ship. The intended effect of this rule is to warn mariners in waters where 72 COLREGS apply.
This rule is effective July 22, 2016 and is applicable beginning July 6, 2016.
Commander Theron R. Korsak, JAGC, U.S. Navy, Admiralty Attorney, (Admiralty and Maritime Law), Office of the Judge Advocate General, Department of the Navy, 1322 Patterson Ave. SE., Suite 3000, Washington Navy Yard, DC 20374-5066, telephone number: 202-685-5040.
Pursuant to the authority granted in 33 U.S.C. 1605, the DoN amends 32 CFR part 706.
This amendment provides notice that the DAJAG (Admiralty and Maritime Law), under authority delegated by the Secretary of the Navy, has certified that USS LITTLE ROCK (LCS 9) is a vessel of the Navy which, due to its special construction and purpose, cannot fully comply with the following specific provisions of 72 COLREGS without interfering with its special function as a naval ship: Annex I paragraph 2(a)(i), pertaining to the height of the forward masthead light above the hull; Annex I, paragraph 3(a), pertaining to the location of the forward masthead light in the forward quarter of the ship, and the horizontal distance between the forward and after masthead light. The DAJAG (Admiralty and Maritime Law) has also certified that the lights involved are located in closest possible compliance with the applicable 72 COLREGS requirements.
Moreover, it has been determined, in accordance with 32 CFR parts 296 and 701, that publication of this amendment for public comment prior to adoption is impracticable, unnecessary, and contrary to public interest since it is based on technical findings that the placement of lights on this vessel in a manner differently from that prescribed herein will adversely affect the vessel's ability to perform its military functions.
Marine safety, Navigation (water), and Vessels.
For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the DoN amends part 706 of title 32 of the Code of Federal Regulations as follows:
33 U.S.C. 1605.
Environmental Protection Agency.
Direct final rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is approving a State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision submitted by the State of Rhode Island. This SIP revision includes fifteen revised Rhode Island Air Pollution Control Regulations. These regulations have been previously approved into the Rhode Island SIP and the revisions to these regulations currently being approved are mainly administrative in nature, but also include technical corrections and a few substantive changes to several of the rules. In addition, EPA is promulgating a correction to the Rhode Island SIP to remove Rhode Island's odor regulation because it was previously erroneously approved into the SIP. The intended effect of this action is to approve Rhode Island's fifteen revised regulations into the Rhode Island SIP and to correct the Rhode Island SIP by removing Rhode Island's odor regulation. This action is being taken in accordance with the Clean Air Act.
This direct final rule will be effective September 20, 2016, unless EPA receives adverse comments by August 22, 2016. If adverse comments are received, EPA will publish a timely withdrawal of the direct final rule in the
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R01-OAR-2015-0306 at
Susan Lancey, Air Permits, Toxics, and Indoor Programs Unit, Office of Ecosystem Protection, 5 Post Office Square—Suite 100, (Mail code OEP05-2), Boston, MA 02109-3912, telephone 617-918-1656, fax 617-918-0656, email
Throughout this document whenever “we,” “us,” or “our” is used, we mean EPA.
Organization of this document. The following outline is provided to aid in locating information in this preamble.
On September 22, 2008, the Rhode Island Department of Environmental Management (RI DEM) submitted a SIP revision to EPA. This SIP revision includes fifteen revised Rhode Island Air Pollution Control Regulations, with the revisions mainly being administrative in nature, but several rules also included technical corrections and four rules included additional changes. In addition, in a letter dated May 24, 2016, Rhode Island requested that EPA remove Rhode Island's Air Pollution Control Regulation No. 17 “Odors” from the existing SIP, a revision to which was initially included in Rhode Island's September 22, 2008 SIP submittal. Also, on March 25, 2015, Rhode Island submitted a separate SIP revision with revised versions of three regulations that were part of the September 22, 2008 SIP submittal. These three revisions consisted of minor technical corrections. In a letter dated May 25, 2016, Rhode Island submitted another letter, withdrawing from its SIP revision several provisions of the fifteen regulations included in the original September 22, 2008 SIP submittal.
Rhode Island's new “Air Pollution Control General Definitions Regulation” was also included in the September 22, 2008 SIP revision. However, an updated version of that regulation (effective in the state of Rhode Island on September 29, 2010) was subsequently submitted by RI DEM on March 25, 2011, and was approved by EPA on March 1, 2012.
In addition, by letters dated June 27, 2014, March 28, 2016, and May 24, 2016, Rhode Island withdrew seventeen of the regulations originally included in the September 22, 2008 SIP submittal. Consequently, we are taking action only on the following revised regulations from Rhode Island's September 22, 2008 submittal: Rhode Island's Air Pollution Control (APC) Regulation No. 1 “Visible Emissions,” No. 3 “Particulate Emissions from Industrial Processes,” No. 4 “Open Fires,” No. 6 “Continuous Emissions Monitors,” No. 7 “Emissions of Air Contaminants Detrimental to Person or Property,” No. 12 “Incinerators,” No. 14 “Record Keeping and Reporting,” No. 15 “Control of Organic Solvent Emissions,” No. 19 “Control of Volatile Organic Compounds from Surface Coating Operations,” No. 21 “Control of Volatile Organic Compounds from Printing Operations,” No. 26 “Control of Organic Solvent Emissions from Manufacturers of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products,” No. 27 “Control of Nitrogen Oxide Emissions,” No. 30 “Control of Volatile Organic Compounds from Automobile Refinishing Operations,” No. 32 “Control of Volatile Organic Compounds from Marine Vessel Loading Operations,” and No. 35 “Control of Volatile Organic Compounds and Volatile Hazardous Air Pollutants from Wood Product Manufacturing Operations.” All of these regulations were effective in the State of Rhode Island on July 19, 2007.
See section II of this document for details about the correction to Rhode Island's SIP to remove the odor regulation. See section III for details about the rule changes we are taking action on, which were contained in Rhode Island's September 22, 2008 SIP revision. See section IV for a summary of EPA's evaluation of the State's amended September 22, 2008 SIP submittal. Please note that if EPA receives adverse comment(s) on a particular amendment, paragraph, or section of Rhode Island's SIP revision and if that amendment, paragraph, or section is severable from the remainder of the regulation in question, EPA may adopt as final those provisions of the regulation that are not the subject of the adverse comment(s).
A revision to APC Regulation No. 17 “Odors” was initially included in Rhode Island's September 22, 2008 SIP submittal. However, in a letter dated May 24, 2016, Rhode Island withdrew that revision from its SIP submittal and also requested that EPA remove Rhode Island's already existing Air Pollution Control Regulation No. 17 “Odors” from the SIP. EPA has determined that Rhode Island's Air Pollution Control Regulation No. 17 “Odors,” which was originally approved into the SIP in 1981, does not have reasonable connection to the National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) and related air quality goals of the Clean Air Act and thus is not properly part of the SIP. Consequently, pursuant to CAA section 110(k)(6), EPA is correcting the erroneous approval of Rhode Island's odor regulation into the SIP. Section 110(k)(6) of the CAA provides that “[w]henever the Administrator determines that the Administrator's action approving, disapproving, or promulgating any plan or plan revision (or part thereof), area designation, redesignation, classification or reclassification was in error, the Administrator may in the same manner as the approval, disapproval, or promulgation revise any such action as appropriate without requiring any further submission from the State. Such determination and the basis thereof shall be provided to the State and the public.” It should be noted that Section 110(k)(6) has been used by EPA to delete improperly approved odor provisions from the Wyoming SIP and the New York SIP.
For ten of the fifteen regulations included in Rhode Island's amended September 22, 2008 SIP submittal, Rhode Island removed common definitions from each of those individual regulations and recodified them in Rhode Island's Air Pollution Control General Definitions Regulation. As noted above, the “Air Pollution Control General Definitions Regulation” with those added definitions was approved into the SIP on March 1, 2012. In addition, for all of the fifteen regulations included in Rhode Island's amended September 22, 2008 SIP submittal, Rhode Island added General Provisions to each of the regulations. These General Provisions state the purpose of the rule, cite the authority pursuant to which the regulations were promulgated, and provide the effective date of the regulation.
On March 25, 2015, Rhode Island amended the September 22, 2008 SIP submittal by submitting revised versions of Air Pollution Control Regulations No. 15, No. 26, and No. 32, including minor technical corrections. Rhode Island's APC Regulation No. 15 was revised to correct the numbering of subsections 15.4.10(g) and (h) and was revised to correct the references to these sections in subsections 15.2.4(b) and 15.2.5(b). Rhode Island's APC Regulation No. 26 was revised in subsection 26.6.2 to correct a cross reference to another subsection. Rhode Island's APC Regulation No. 32 was revised to correct a typographical error in subsection 32.1.1 and to correct the symbol for degrees in subsection 32.4.3(f).
In addition to the changes noted above, in the amended September 22, 2008 SIP submittal, the following eight regulations added a Table of Contents in each regulation: Rhode Island's APC Regulation No. 15, No. 19, No. 21, No. 26, No. 27, No. 30, No. 32, and No. 35. Furthermore, APC Regulation No. 4, No. 7, No. 12, and No. 14 included additional changes. The following discussion provides a summary of the changes to these four regulations.
Rhode Island's APC Regulation No. 4 “Open Fires” was approved into the SIP in 1981.
Rhode Island's Air Pollution Control Regulation No. 7 “Emissions of Air Contaminants Detrimental to Person or Property” was approved into the SIP in 1981.
Rhode Island's Air Pollution Control Regulation No. 12 “Incinerators” was approved into the SIP in 1982.
Rhode Island's APC Regulation No. 14, Recordkeeping and Reporting, was approved into the SIP in 1999.
We have reviewed the regulations included in Rhode Island's amended September 22, 2008 SIP submittal and have found that all of the regulations currently pending before EPA from that submittal had previously been approved into the Rhode Island SIP (without the revisions included in the amended September 22, 2008 submission).
EPA is removing Rhode Island's APC Regulation No. 17 “Odors” from the approved Rhode Island SIP pursuant to Section 110(k)(6) of the Act. In addition, EPA is approving, and incorporating into the Rhode Island SIP, the following revised Rhode Island Air Pollution Control Regulations, effective in the state of Rhode Island on July 19, 2007:
The EPA is publishing this action without prior proposal because the Agency views this as a noncontroversial amendment and anticipates no adverse comments. However, in the proposed rules section of this
If the EPA receives such comments, then EPA will publish a notice withdrawing the final rule and informing the public that the rule will not take effect. All public comments received will then be addressed in a subsequent final rule based on the proposed rule. The EPA will not institute a second comment period on the proposed rule. All parties interested in commenting on the proposed rule should do so at this time. If no such comments are received, the public is advised that this rule will be effective on September 20, 2016 and no further action will be taken on the proposed rule. Please note that if EPA receives adverse comment on an amendment, paragraph, or section of this rule and if that provision may be severed from the remainder of the rule, EPA may adopt as final those provisions of the rule that are not the subject of an adverse comment.
In this rule, the EPA is finalizing regulatory text that includes incorporation by reference. In accordance with requirements of 1 CFR 51.5, the EPA is finalizing the incorporation by reference of Rhode Island's Air Pollution Control Regulations No. 1 “Visible Emissions” (except section 1.5.3 of the General Provisions which was formally withdrawn from consideration as part of the SIP revision), No. 3 “Particulate Emissions from Industrial Processes” (except section 3.4.3 of the General Provisions and the “director discretion” provisions in section 3.3(a), which were formally withdrawn from consideration as part of the SIP revision), No. 4 “Open Fires” (except section 4.5.3 of the General Provisions which was formally withdrawn from consideration as part of the SIP revision), No. 6 “Continuous Emissions Monitors” (except section 6.4.3 of the General Provisions which was formally withdrawn from consideration as part of the SIP revision), No. 7 “Emissions of Air Contaminants Detrimental to Person or Property” (except section 7.5.3 of the General Provisions and the air toxics provisions in sections 7.4.1(b), (c), and (d), which were formally withdrawn from consideration as part of the SIP revision), No. 12 “Incinerators” (except section 12.8.3 of the General Provisions and the “director discretion” provisions in sections 12.5(a) and (c), which were formally withdrawn from consideration as part of the SIP revision), No. 14 “Record Keeping and Reporting” (except section 14.4.3 of the General Provisions which was formally withdrawn from consideration as part of the SIP revision), No. 15 “Control of Organic Solvent Emissions” (except section 15.5.3 of the General Provisions which was formally withdrawn from consideration as part of the SIP revision, and section 15.2.2 which was not submitted as part of the SIP revision), No. 19 “Control of Volatile Organic Compounds from Surface Coating Operations” (except section 19.9.3 of the General Provisions which was formally withdrawn from consideration as part of the SIP revision, and section 19.2.2 which was not submitted as part of the SIP revision), No. 21 “Control of Volatile Organic Compounds from Printing Operations” (except section 21.8.3 of the General Provisions which was formally withdrawn from consideration as part of the SIP revision, and section 21.2.3 which was not submitted as part of the SIP revision), No. 26 “Control of Organic Solvent Emissions from Manufacturers of Synthesized Pharmaceutical Products” (except section 26.8.3 of the General Provisions which was formally withdrawn from consideration as part of the SIP revision, and section 26.2.3 which was not submitted as part of the SIP revision), No. 27 “Control of Nitrogen Oxide Emissions” (except
Under the Clean Air Act, the Administrator is required to approve a SIP submission that complies with the provisions of the Act and applicable Federal regulations. 42 U.S.C. 7410(k); 40 CFR 52.02(a). Thus, in reviewing SIP submissions, EPA's role is to approve state choices, provided that they meet the criteria of the Clean Air Act. Accordingly, this action merely approves state law as meeting Federal requirements and does not impose additional requirements beyond those imposed by state law. For that reason, this action:
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to review by the Office of Management and Budget under Executive Orders 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011);
• Does not impose an information collection burden under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
• Is certified as not having a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601
• Does not contain any unfunded mandate or significantly or uniquely affect small governments, as described in the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4);
• Does not have Federalism implications as specified in Executive Order 13132 (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999);
• Is not an economically significant regulatory action based on health or safety risks subject to Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997);
• Is not a significant regulatory action subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001);
• Is not subject to requirements of Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) because application of those requirements would be inconsistent with the Clean Air Act; and
• Does not provide EPA with the discretionary authority to address, as appropriate, disproportionate human health or environmental effects, using practicable and legally permissible methods, under Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994).
In addition, the SIP is not approved to apply on any Indian reservation land or in any other area where EPA or an Indian tribe has demonstrated that a tribe has jurisdiction. In those areas of Indian country, the rule does not have tribal implications and will not impose substantial direct costs on tribal governments or preempt tribal law as specified by Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000).
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801
Under section 307(b)(1) of the Clean Air Act, petitions for judicial review of this action must be filed in the United States Court of Appeals for the appropriate circuit by September 20, 2016. Filing a petition for reconsideration by the Administrator of this final rule does not affect the finality of this action for the purposes of judicial review nor does it extend the time within which a petition for judicial review may be filed, and shall not postpone the effectiveness of such rule or action. Parties with objections to this direct final rule are encouraged to file a comment in response to the parallel notice of proposed rulemaking for this action published in the proposed rules section of today's
Environmental protection, Air pollution control, Carbon monoxide, Incorporation by reference, Intergovernmental relations, Lead, Nitrogen dioxide, Ozone, Particulate matter, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Sulfur oxides, Volatile organic compounds.
Part 52 of chapter I, title 40 of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 7401
(c) * * *
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Final rule.
The Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA) adopts, as final, certain regulations required by the Fixing America's Surface Transportation Act (FAST Act) enacted on December 4, 2015. The statutory changes went into effect on October 1, 2015, retroactively, and require that FMCSA make conforming changes to its regulations to ensure they are current and consistent with the statutory requirements. Adoption of these rules is a nondiscretionary, ministerial action that FMCSA may take without issuing a notice of proposed rulemaking and receiving public comment, in accordance with the good cause exception available to Federal agencies under the Administrative Procedure Act (APA).
This final rule is effective July 22, 2016. Petitions for Reconsideration must be received by the Agency no later than August 22, 2016.
Petitions for reconsideration must be submitted to: Administrator, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590-0001.
Kathryn Sinniger, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590; by telephone at (202) 493-0908, or by electronic mail at
This rule makes nondiscretionary, ministerial changes to FMCSA regulations that are required by the FAST Act (Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, December 4, 2015). The FAST Act made several notable changes to the authorities implemented by requirements in the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR). For example, it exempts welding trucks used in the construction and maintenance of pipelines from FMCSA's regulations. It excepts drivers of ready-mixed concrete trucks and hi-rail vehicles, as well as
A full explanation of all changes made in this rule is included below in section III. Fast Act Provisions Implemented by this Rulemaking. A copy of the FAST Act has been placed in the docket for this rulemaking for reference.
The economic impact of this rule's provisions, considered both individually and in the aggregate, does not rise to the level of economic significance, and a cost-benefit analysis is therefore not required.
This rule is based on the FAST Act. Certain provisions of the FAST Act made mandatory, non-discretionary changes to FMCSA programs. The majority of these statutory changes went into effect on October 1, 2015, while others will go into effect on October 1, 2016.
At a later date, before October 1, 2016, the Agency will issue another final rule to implement additional ministerial requirements that will become effective on October 1, 2016.
It is necessary to make conforming changes to ensure that FMCSA's regulations are current and consistent with the applicable statutes. The provisions implemented in this final rule are from the following sections of the FAST Act, which impacted Title 49, United States Code (U.S.C.):
1. Section 5206 Applications.
2. Section 5507 Electronic Logging Device Requirements.
3. Section 5518 Covered Farm Vehicles.
4. Section 5519 Operators of Hi-Rail Vehicles.
5. Section 5521 Ready Mix Concrete Delivery Vehicles.
6. Section 5522 Transportation of Construction Materials and Equipment.
7. Section 5524 Exemptions from Requirements for Certain Welding Trucks Used in Pipeline Industry.
8. Section 7208 Hazardous Materials Endorsement Exemption.
FMCSA is authorized to implement these statutory provisions by delegation from the Secretary of Transportation in 49 CFR 1.87.
Generally, agencies may promulgate final rules only after issuing a notice of proposed rulemaking and providing an opportunity for public comment under procedures required by the APA [5 U.S.C. 553(b) and (c)]. Section 553(b)(3)(B) allows an exception from these requirements when notice and public comment procedures are “impracticable, unnecessary, or contrary to the public interest.” FMCSA finds that prior notice and an opportunity for comment are unnecessary because the changes adopted in this final rule are statutorily mandated, and the Agency is performing a nondiscretionary, ministerial act. For these same reasons, the rule will be effective upon publication, as these statutory changes went into effect on October 1, 2015 [5 U.S.C. 553(d)].
FMCSA is aware of the regulatory reform requirements imposed by section 5202 of the FAST Act concerning public participation in rulemaking (49 U.S.C. 31136(g)). These requirements pertain to certain major rules, but because this final rule is not major, they are not applicable. In any event, the Agency finds that, for the reasons stated below, publication of an advance notice of proposed rulemaking under 49 U.S.C. 31136(g)(1)(A), or a negotiated rulemaking under 49 U.S.C. 31136(g)(1)(B), is unnecessary and contrary to the public interest in accordance with the waiver provision in 49 U.S.C. 31136(g)(3).
This section describes those portions of the FAST Act that require FMCSA to make conforming changes to the regulations, which are also listed here. These regulatory changes are non-discretionary; in other words, the FAST Act provided all of the necessary content of the regulations. As noted in the executive summary, there are additional regulatory changes that will be required by the FAST Act, but those either have a later effective date, will require FMCSA to exercise some degree of discretion, or are required to be subject to notice and comment.
FMCSA has included here a table of affected CFR sections, which will cross-reference corresponding requirements of the FAST Act. This table will make it easier for the reader to move back and forth between the revised regulations and the corresponding section(s) of the FAST Act.
Previously, 49 U.S.C. 31315(b) allowed an exemption from a regulation for no longer than 2 years from its approval date, and allowed an exemption to be renewed upon application to the Secretary for subsequent periods of no more than 2 years. Section 5206(a)(3) of the FAST Act amends section 31315(b) to allow an exemption to be granted for no longer than 5 years and to be renewed, upon request, for subsequent periods no longer than 5 years, if the Secretary finds that such an exemption would likely achieve an equivalent, or greater, level of safety. This rulemaking changes § 381.300(b) to allow exemptions for up to 5 years that may be renewed for subsequent periods of up to 5 years.
Section 5206(a)(3) of the FAST Act also added subsection (b)(3) to 49 U.S.C. 31315 to permit an applicant whose application for exemption has been denied to resubmit the application addressing the reason for denial. FMCSA adds a new § 381.317 describing this process.
Section 5206(b)(1) of the FAST Act made permanent three existing exemptions from the 30-minute rest break requirements in § 395.3(a)(3)(ii). The first was granted to the National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (80 FR 17819, April 2, 2015). In this rulemaking, FMCSA adds new § 395.1(t) allowing a driver of a ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicle to use time spent waiting with the vehicle at a job site or terminal to meet the requirement for a 30-minute rest break. The driver may not perform any other work during this time waiting. FMCSA also adds a definition of “ready mix concrete delivery vehicle” to § 395.2, to reflect the definition in related section 5521 of the FAST Act, Ready Mix Concrete Delivery Vehicles, which is discussed below.
The second exemption, also from the requirements in § 395.3(a)(3)(ii), was granted to the California Farm Bureau Federation (80 FR 35425, June 19, 2015). In this rule, FMCSA adds new § 395.1(u) that provides that the 30-minute rest break requirements do not apply to a driver transporting bees in interstate commerce if there are bees on the vehicle.
The third exemption from the 30-minute rest break was granted to the Agricultural and Food Transporters Conference (AFTC) of the American Trucking Associations (80 FR 33584, June 12, 2015). In this rulemaking, FMCSA implements this requirement of the Act by adding new § 395.1(v) that provides that the 30-minute rest break requirements do not apply to a driver transporting livestock while the livestock are on the vehicle. FMCSA also adds a definition of livestock to § 395.2, to reflect the classification in the regulatory exemption developed in response to the AFTC petition.
Section 5507 of the FAST Act amends 49 U.S.C. 31137(b) to provide an exception for motor carriers transporting a motor home or recreation vehicle trailer in a driveaway-towaway operation, as defined in 49 CFR 390.5. Under this provision, a motor carrier could comply with the HOS requirements by using either a paper record of duty status form or an electronic logging device. FMCSA changes § 395.8(a)(1)(iii)(A) by adding this new exception.
Previously, section 32934(b)(1) of the Moving Ahead for Progress for the 21st Century Act (MAP-21) (Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 830, July 6, 2012; 49 U.S.C. 31136 note) provided that Federal transportation funding to a State could not be terminated, limited, or interfered with because the State exempts a covered farm vehicle, including its operator, from “any State requirement relating to the operation of that vehicle.” The term “covered farm vehicle” is defined in section 32924(c) of MAP-21. Section 5518 of the FAST Act amends section 32934(b)(1) of MAP-21 to specify that the requirements are those in section 32934(a) or any other minimum standard provided by a State relating to the operation of that vehicle. The specific requirements outlined in section 32934(a) of MAP-21 exempt a covered farm vehicle and its driver from any requirement relating to (1) operating with a commercial driver's license (CDL) or drug and alcohol testing established under 49 U.S.C. chapter 313; (2) medical certificates established under 49 U.S.C. chapter 311, subchapter III, or 49 U.S.C. chapter 313; and (3) HOS and vehicle inspection, repair, and maintenance established under 49 U.S.C. chapter 311, subchapter III, or 49 U.S.C. chapter 315. The Agency revises § 390.39(b)(1) to reflect these changes, which should clarify which exemptions found in State laws for covered farm vehicles may not be taken into consideration during Federal grants management.
For the CMV driver of a hi-rail vehicle who is subject to the HOS regulations in 49 CFR part 395, section 5519 of the FAST Act provides that the maximum on-duty time under § 395.3 shall not include certain time in transportation to or from a duty assignment. Time in transportation, to or from a duty assignment, will not be included in the 14 hours on-duty time under § 395.3(a)(2) if (1) it does not exceed 2 hours per calendar day or a total of 30 hours per calendar month, and (2) the motor carrier fully and accurately accounts for this time in the records it maintains and makes such records available to FMCSA or the Federal Railroad Administration upon request. Section 5519(b) defines “hi-rail vehicle” as “an internal rail flaw detection vehicle equipped with flange hi-rails.”
FMCSA adds a new paragraph (w) to § 395.1 to reflect this exception. In addition, FMCSA adds a definition of hi-rail vehicle to § 395.2.
Section 5521 of the FAST Act amends 49 U.S.C. 31502 by adding a new subsection (f) that exempts drivers of ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicles from keeping records of duty status under certain circumstances. The driver of the ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicle must (1) operate within a 100-mile radius of the normal work reporting location; (2) return to the work reporting location and be released from work within 14 consecutive hours; (3) have at least 10 hours off duty following each 14 hours on duty; and (4) not exceed 11 hours of driving time following 10 consecutive hours off duty. The motor carrier that employs the driver must keep accurate time records. This change essentially allows the driver of a ready-mixed concrete truck to use the short-haul exception in § 395.1(e)(1), but with a 14-hour on-duty period. Section 5521 also adds a definition of “driver of a ready mixed concrete delivery vehicle.”
FMCSA revises § 395.1(e)(1) to reflect new 49 U.S.C. 31502(f)(1). The Agency also adds a new definition of “ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicle” to § 395.2. “Driver” is already defined in § 390.5.
Section 5522 of the FAST Act amends section 229(e)(4) of the Motor Carrier Safety Improvement Act of 1999, as transferred and amended (49 U.S.C. 31136 note), which is the definition of transportation of construction materials and equipment. That definition provided that, for a driver who transports construction materials and equipment within a 50 air mile radius of the normal work reporting location of the driver, any period of 7 or 8 consecutive days may end with the beginning of any off-duty period of 24 or more successive hours. The FAST Act increases this to a 75 air mile radius. The Act also allows a State to establish a different air mile radius limitation if such limitation is between 50 and 75 air miles and applies only to movements that take place entirely within the State. FMCSA changes the definition of transportation of construction materials and equipment in § 395.2 to conform to this change.
Section 5524 of the FAST Act defines a welding truck used in the pipeline industry as a pick-up style truck, owned by a welder, equipped with a welding rig that is used in the construction or maintenance of pipelines, and that has a gross vehicle weight and combination weight rating and weight of 15,000 pounds or less. Section 5524 exempts the operator of such a vehicle and the operator's employer from any requirement relating to: (1) Registration as a motor carrier, including obtaining and displaying a U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) number (49 U.S.C. chapters 139 and 311); (2) driver qualifications (49 U.S.C. chapter 311); (3) driving a CMV (49 U.S.C. chapter 311); (4) parts and accessories and inspection, repair, and maintenance of CMVs (49 U.S.C. chapter 311); and HOS of drivers, including maximum driving and on duty time (49 U.S.C. chapter 315). To reflect this section of the FAST Act, FMCSA adds new § 390.38 that excepts welding trucks, equipped with a welding rig used in the construction and maintenance of pipelines, from the requirements in 49 CFR parts 365, 390, 391, 392, 393, 395, and 396. The new § 390.38 also defines “pipeline welding trucks” to conform to the FAST Act.
The Agency also adds specific exemptions in each of the parts listed in new § 390.38, to ensure that the exemption is clear. These new exemptions are found at: §§ 365.101(j) (exemption from requirement to apply for operating authority in part 365); 391.2 (e) (exemption from minimum qualifications for CMV drivers in part 391); 392.1 (b) (exemption from CMV operating rules in part 392); 393.1(e) (exemption from parts and accessories requirements in part 393); 395.1(x) (exemption from the HOS rules in part 395); and 396.1(d) (exemption from inspection, repair, and maintenance requirements in part 396).
Section 7208 of the FAST Act provides that the Secretary allow a State, at its discretion, to waive the requirement for a holder of a Class A CDL to obtain a hazardous materials endorsement to transport 1,000 gallons or less of diesel fuel. A State may waive the requirement if the license holder is (1) acting within the scope of the license holder's employment as an employee of a custom harvester operation, agrichemical business, farm retail outlet and supplier, or livestock feeder; and (2) is operating a service vehicle that is transporting diesel in a quantity of 3,785 liters (1,000 gallons) or less and that is clearly marked with a “flammable” or “combustible” placard, as appropriate. FMCSA adds a new paragraph (i) to § 383.3 to reflect this exemption. Note that if a State exercises this discretion, a driver may still be required to obtain a hazardous materials endorsement if they travel to a State that has not opted to waive the requirement.
This rule adopts as final certain regulations required by the FAST Act. These statutory changes went into effect retroactively on October 1, 2015. Because adoption of these rules is a nondiscretionary, ministerial action, FMCSA did not issue an NPRM or receive public comment.
In § 365.101, paragraph (j) is added to exempt pipeline welding trucks from the rules of part 365.
In § 381.300, paragraph (b) is revised, changing the timeframe from 2 years to 5 years.
Section 381.317 is added to allow an application for exemption to be resubmitted if it has been denied.
In § 383.3, a new paragraph (i) is added to provide that a State may waive the requirement that a driver obtain a hazardous materials endorsement to transport diesel fuel under certain circumstances.
FMCSA adds new § 390.38 to exempt pipeline welding trucks from certain requirements of the FMCSRs. Paragraph (a) describes those parts of the FMCSRs from which the pipeline welding truck is exempt. Paragraph (b) provides a definition of “pipeline welding truck.”
In § 390.39, paragraph (b)(1) is revised to reflect changes in the statutes concerning exemptions found in State laws for covered farm vehicles.
In § 391.2, paragraph (e) is added to exempt drivers of pipeline welding trucks from the rules of part 391.
In § 392.1, the existing text is designated as paragraph (a), and a paragraph (b) is added to exempt drivers of pipeline welding trucks from the rules of part 392.
In § 393.1, paragraph (e) is added to exempt pipeline welding trucks from the rules of part 393.
FMCSA makes a number of changes to § 395.1 to exempt certain operations from aspects of the hours of service rules. Paragraph (e)(1) is changed to provide that drivers of ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicles who are on duty for 14 consecutive hours may be exempt from the requirements of § 395.8.
Section 395.1(t) is added to allow the driver of a ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicle to use 30-minutes or more of time spent waiting with the vehicle to meet the requirement for the 30-minute rest break in § 395.3(a)(3)(ii). Paragraphs (u) and (v) are added to exempt drivers engaged in the interstate transportation of bees or livestock, respectively, from the requirement for a 30-minute rest break. FMCSA adds paragraph (w) to provide that on-duty time for the driver of a hi-rail vehicle does not include time in transportation to or from a duty assignment under certain circumstances. Paragraph (x) exempts drivers of pipeline welding trucks from the rules of part 395.
The definitions in § 395.2 are changed to conform to the changes in the statutes. FMCSA adds definitions of “hi-rail vehicle,” “livestock,” and “ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicle.” FMCSA changes the definition of “transportation of construction material and equipment” to increase the air mile radius to the normal work reporting location. The definition is also changed to allow the States to establish a different air mile radius limitation upon notice to the Administrator.
Section 395.8(a) is changed to allow a motor carrier to require the driver transporting a motor home or recreation vehicle trailer, in a driveaway-towaway operation, to record his or her records of duty status manually.
In § 396.1, paragraph (d) is added to exempt pipeline welding trucks from the rules of part 396.
FMCSA has determined this final rule is not a significant regulatory action within the meaning of Executive Order (E.O.) 12866, as supplemented by E.O. 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011), and is also not significant within the meaning of DOT regulatory policies and procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979). As explained above, this final rule is strictly ministerial in that it incorporates nondiscretionary statutory requirements. These statutory changes went into effect retroactively on October 1, 2015. The regulatory changes included in this rule are necessary to make FMCSA's regulations consistent with the FAST Act and their economic impact will not exceed the $100 million annual threshold. Any costs associated with this action are attributable to the non-discretionary statutory provisions. This final rule is not expected to generate substantial congressional or public interest. Therefore, a full regulatory impact analysis has not been conducted nor has there been a review by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
Although a full regulatory evaluation is unnecessary because of the low economic impact of this rulemaking, FMCSA analyzed the cost impact of the FAST Act provisions implemented by this final rule. This rule's provisions generally provided exemptions to FMCSA regulations and should ease the economic burden on regulated entities. The impacts of these provisions should be small and affect a small number of individuals and businesses.
Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) of 1980 (5 U.S.C. 601
In accordance with section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, FMCSA wants to assist small entities in understanding this rule so that they can better evaluate its effects on themselves and participate in the rulemaking initiative. If the rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please consult the FMCSA point of contact, Kathryn Sinniger, listed in the
Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce or otherwise determine compliance with Federal regulations to the SBA's Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by employees of FMCSA, call 1-888-REG-FAIR (1-888-734-3247). DOT has a policy ensuring the rights of small entities to regulatory enforcement fairness and an explicit policy against retaliation for exercising these rights.
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $155 million (which is the value equivalent of $100,000,000 in 1995, adjusted for inflation to 2014 levels) or more in any 1 year. Though this final rule will not result in such an expenditure, the Agency does discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
This final rule calls for no new collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), nor does it revise any existing approved collections of information.
A rule has implications for Federalism under section 1(a) of Executive Order 13132 if it has “substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.”
FMCSA has determined that this rule would not have substantial direct costs on or for States, nor would it limit the policymaking discretion of States. Nothing in this document preempts any State law or regulation. Therefore, this rule does not have sufficient federalism implications to warrant the preparation of a Federalism summary impact statement.
This final rule meets applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of
E.O. 13045, Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks (62 FR 19885, Apr. 23, 1997), requires agencies issuing “economically significant” rules, if the regulation also concerns an environmental health or safety risk that an agency has reason to believe may disproportionately affect children, to include an evaluation of the regulation's environmental health and safety effects on children. The Agency determined this final rule is not economically significant. Therefore, no analysis of the impacts on children is required. In any event, this regulatory action does not pose an environmental or safety risk that could disproportionately affect children.
FMCSA reviewed this final rule in accordance with E.O. 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights, and has determined it will not effect a taking of private property or otherwise have takings implications.
Section 522 of title I of division H of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2005, enacted December 8, 2004 (Pub. L. 108-447, 118 Stat. 2809, 3268, 5 U.S.C. 552a note), requires the Agency to conduct a privacy impact assessment (PIA) of a regulation that will affect the privacy of individuals. This rule does not require the collection of personally identifiable information (PII), therefore the Agency finds that there will be no impact on the privacy of individuals.
The Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a) applies only to Federal agencies and any non-Federal agency which receives records contained in a system of records from a Federal agency for use in a matching program.
The regulations implementing E.O. 12372 regarding intergovernmental consultation on Federal programs and activities do not apply to this action.
FMCSA analyzed this action under E.O. 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use. FMCSA determined that it is not a “significant energy action” under that E.O. because it is not economically significant and is not likely to have an adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy.
This final rule does not have tribal implications under E.O. 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes.
The National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note) directs agencies to use voluntary consensus standards in their regulatory activities unless the agency provides Congress, through OMB, with an explanation of why using these standards would be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus standards (
FMCSA analyzed this rule in accordance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA) (42 U.S.C. 4321,
In addition to the NEPA requirements to examine impacts on air quality, the Clean Air Act (CAA) as amended (42 U.S.C. 7401,
Additionally, FMCSA evaluated the effects of this final rule in accordance with Executive Order 12898 and determined that there are no environmental justice issues associated with its provisions nor any collective environmental impacts resulting from its promulgation. Environmental justice issues would be raised if there were a “disproportionate” and “high and adverse impact” on minority or low-income populations. This final rule is exempt from analysis under the National Environmental Policy Act. This final rule simply makes ministerial, mandatory changes and would not result in high and adverse environmental impacts.
Administrative practice and procedure, Brokers, Buses, Freight forwarders, Maritime carriers, Mexico, Motor Carriers, Moving of household goods.
Motor carriers.
Administrative practice and procedure, Alcohol abuse, Drug abuse, Highway safety, Motor carriers.
Highway safety, Intermodal transportation, Motor carriers, Motor vehicle safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Alcohol abuse, Drug abuse, Drug testing, Highway safety, Motor Carriers, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Safety, Transportation.
Alcohol abuse, Drug abuse, Highway safety, Motor carriers.
Highway safety, Motor carriers, Motor vehicle safety.
Highway safety, Motor carriers, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Highway safety, Motor carriers, Motor vehicle safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in this preamble, FMCSA amends 49 CFR chapter III as set forth below:
5 U.S.C. 553 and 559; 49 U.S.C. 13101, 13301, 13901-13906, 14708, 31138, and 31144; sec. 5524 of Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1560; and 49 CFR 1.87.
(j) The rules in this part do not apply to “pipeline welding trucks” as defined in 49 CFR 390.38(b).
49 U.S.C. 31136(e) and 31315; and 49 CFR 1.87.
(b) An exemption provides the person or class of persons with relief from the regulations for up to 5 years, and may be renewed, upon request, for subsequent 5-year periods.
If the Administrator denies your application for exemption and you can reasonably address the reasons for denial, you may resubmit your application following the procedures in § 381.310.
49 U.S.C. 521, 31136, 31301
(i)
(1) Acting within the scope of the license holder's employment, and within the State of domicile (or another State with a hazardous materials endorsement exemption) as an employee of a custom harvester operation, agrichemical business, farm retail outlet and supplier, or livestock feeder; and
(2) Operating a service vehicle that is:
(i) Transporting diesel in a quantity of 3,785 liters (1,000 gallons) or less; and
(ii) Clearly marked with a “flammable” or “combustible” placard, as appropriate.
49 U.S.C. 504, 508, 31132, 31133, 31134, 31136, 31137, 31144, 31151, 31502; sec. 114, Pub. L. 103-311, 108 Stat. 1673, 1677-1678; sec. 212, 217, Pub. L. 106-159, 113 Stat. 1748, 1766, 1767; sec. 229, Pub. L. 106-159 (as transferred by sec. 4114 and amended by secs. 4130-4132, Pub. L. 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144, 1726, 1743-1744); sec. 4136, Pub. L. 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144, 1745; sec. 32101(d) and 32934, Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 778, 830; sec. 2, Pub. L. 113-125, 128 Stat. 1388; sec. 5403(d), 5518, 5524, Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1548, 1558, 1560; and 49 CFR 1.81, 1.81a and 1.87.
(a)
(1) Any requirement relating to registration as a motor carrier, including the requirement to obtain and display a Department of Transportation number, in 49 CFR part 365 or 390.
(2) Any requirement relating to driver qualifications in 49 CFR part 391.
(3) Any requirement relating to driving of commercial motor vehicles in 49 CFR part 392.
(4) Any requirement relating to parts and accessories and inspection, repair, and maintenance of commercial motor vehicles in 49 CFR parts 393 and 396.
(5) Any requirement relating to hours of service of drivers, including maximum driving and on duty time, found in 49 CFR part 395.
(b)
(b)
(i) A requirement described in paragraph (a) of this section; or
(ii) Any other minimum standard provided by a State relating to the operation of that vehicle.
49 U.S.C. 504, 508, 31133, 31136, 31149, and 31502; sec. 4007(b) of Pub. L. 102-240, 105 Stat. 1914, 2152; sec. 114 of Pub. L. 103-311, 108 Stat. 1673, 1677; sec. 215 of Pub. L. 106-159, 113 Stat. 1748, 1767; sec. 32934 of Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 830; sec. 5524 of Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1560; and 49 CFR 1.87.
(e)
49 U.S.C. 504, 13902, 31136, 31151, 31502; Section 112 of Pub. L. 103-311, 108 Stat. 1673, 1676 (1994), as amended by sec. 32509 of Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 805 (2012); sec. 5524 of Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1560; and 49 CFR 1.87.
(b) The rules in this part do not apply to drivers of “pipeline welding trucks” as defined in 49 CFR 390.38(b).
49 U.S.C. 31136, 31151, and 31502; sec. 1041(b) of Pub. L. 102-240, 105 Stat. 1914, 1993 (1991); sec. 5524 of Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1560; and 49 CFR 1.87.
(e) The rules in this part do not apply to “pipeline welding trucks” as defined in 49 CFR 390.38(b).
49 U.S.C. 504, 31133, 31136, 31137, and 31502; sec. 113, Pub. L. 103-311, 108 Stat. 1673, 1676; sec. 229, Pub. L. 106-159 (as transferred by sec. 4115 and amended by secs. 4130-4132, Pub. L. 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144, 1726, 1743, 1744); sec. 4133, Pub. L. 109-59, 119 Stat. 1144, 1744; sec. 108, Pub. L. 110-432, 122 Stat. 4860-4866; sec. 32934, Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 830; sec. 5206(b) of Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1537; and 49 CFR 1.87.
(e)
(i) The driver operates within a 100 air-mile radius of the normal work reporting location;
(ii)(A) The driver, except a driver-salesperson or a driver of a ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicle, returns to the work reporting location and is released from work within 12 consecutive hours;
(B) The driver of a ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicle returns to the work reporting location and is released from work within 14 consecutive hours;
(iii)(A) A property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver, except the driver of a ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicle, has at least 10 consecutive hours off duty separating each 12 hours on duty;
(B) A driver of a ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicle has at least 10 consecutive hours off duty separating each 14 hours on duty;
(C) A passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver has at least 8 consecutive hours off duty separating each 12 hours on duty;
(iv)(A) A property-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver, except the driver of a ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicle, does not exceed the maximum driving time specified in § 395.3(a)(3) following 10 consecutive hours off duty; or
(B) A driver of a ready-mixed concrete delivery vehicle does not exceed 11 hours maximum driving time following 10 consecutive hours off duty; or
(C) A passenger-carrying commercial motor vehicle driver does not exceed 10 hours maximum driving time following 8 consecutive hours off duty; and
(v) The motor carrier that employs the driver maintains and retains for a period of 6 months accurate and true time records showing:
(A) The time the driver reports for duty each day;
(B) The total number of hours the driver is on duty each day;
(C) The time the driver is released from duty each day; and
(D) The total time for the preceding 7 days in accordance with § 395.8(j)(2) for drivers used for the first time or intermittently.
(t)
(u)
(v)
(w)
(1) Does not exceed 2 hours per calendar day or a total of 30 hours per calendar month; and
(2) Is fully and accurately accounted for in records to be maintained by the motor carrier and such records are made available upon request of the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration or the Federal Railroad Administration.
(x)
(a)(1) * * *
(iii)(A) A motor carrier may require a driver to record the driver's duty status manually in accordance with this section, rather than require the use of an ELD, if the driver is operating a commercial motor vehicle:
(
(
(3) In a driveaway-towaway operation in which the vehicle being transported is a motor home or a recreation vehicle trailer; or
(
49 U.S.C. 504, 31133, 31136, 31151, and 31502; sec. 32934, Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 830; sec. 5524 of Pub. L. 114-94, 129 Stat. 1312, 1560; and 49 CFR 1.87.
(d) The rules in this part do not apply to “pipeline welding trucks” as defined in 49 CFR 390.38(b).
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Final rule.
FMCSA amends the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Regulations (FMCSRs) in response to several petitions for rulemaking from the Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance (CVSA) and the American Trucking Associations (ATA), and two safety recommendations from the National Transportation Safety Board (NTSB). Specifically, the Agency adds a definition of “major tread groove” and an illustration to indicate the location of tread wear indicators or wear bars on a tire signifying a major tread groove; revises the rear license plate lamp requirement to eliminate the requirement for an operable rear license plate lamp on vehicles when there is no rear license plate present; amends the regulations regarding tires to prohibit the operation of a vehicle with speed-restricted tires at speeds that exceed the rated limit of the tire; provides specific requirements regarding when violations or defects noted on an inspection report must be corrected; amends two appendixes to the FMCSRs to include provisions for the inspection of antilock braking systems (ABS) and automatic brake adjusters, speed-restricted tires, and motorcoach passenger seat mounting anchorages; amends the periodic inspection rules to eliminate the option for a motor carrier to satisfy the annual inspection requirement through a violation-free roadside inspection; and amends the inspector qualification requirements as a result of the amendments to the periodic inspection rules. In addition, the Agency eliminates introductory regulatory text from an appendix to the FMCSRs because the discussion of the differences between the North American Standard Inspection out-of-service criteria and FMCSA's periodic inspection criteria is unnecessary.
The rule is effective July 22, 2016.
Petitions for Reconsideration of this final rule must be submitted to the FMCSA Administrator no later than August 22, 2016.
Mr. Mike Huntley, Vehicle and Roadside Operations Division, Office of Bus and Truck Standards and Operations, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, telephone: 202-366-5370;
If you have questions on viewing or submitting material to the docket, contact Docket Services, telephone (202) 366-9826.
For access to docket FMCSA-2015-0176 to read background documents and comments received, go to
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT accepts comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to
FMCSA is responsible for regulations to ensure that all commercial motor vehicles (CMVs) are systematically inspected, repaired, and maintained and that all parts and accessories necessary for the safe operation of CMVs are in safe and proper operating condition at all times. In response to several petitions for rulemaking from CVSA and ATA and two safety recommendations from the NTSB, FMCSA amends various provisions in parts 393 and 396 of the FMCSRs. The amendments generally do not involve the establishment of new or more stringent requirements, but instead clarify existing requirements to increase consistency of enforcement activities, and therefore the economic impact of these changes is negligible.
Specifically, the Agency (1) adds a definition of “major tread groove” in § 393.5 and an illustration in § 393.75 to
This rulemaking is based on the authority of the Motor Carrier Act of 1935 [1935 Act] and the Motor Carrier Safety Act of 1984 [1984 Act].
The 1935 Act, as amended, provides that “[t]he Secretary of Transportation may prescribe requirements for—(1) qualifications and maximum hours of service of employees of, and safety of operation and equipment of, a motor carrier; and (2) qualifications and maximum hours of service of employees of, and standards of equipment of, a private motor carrier, when needed to promote safety of operation” (49 U.S.C. 31502(b)).
This final rule amends the FMCSRs in response to several petitions for rulemaking. The adoption and enforcement of such rules is specifically authorized by the 1935 Act. This rulemaking rests squarely on that authority.
The 1984 Act provides concurrent authority to regulate drivers, motor carriers, and vehicle equipment. It requires the Secretary to “prescribe regulations on commercial motor vehicle safety.” The regulations shall prescribe minimum safety standards for CMVs. At a minimum, the regulations shall ensure that: (1) CMVs are maintained, equipped, loaded, and operated safely; (2) the responsibilities imposed on operators of CMVs do not impair their ability to operate the vehicles safely; (3) the physical condition of operators of CMVs is adequate to enable them to operate vehicles safely; (4) the operation of CMVs does not have a deleterious effect on the physical condition of the operators; and (5) drivers are not coerced by motor carriers, shippers, receivers, or transportation intermediaries to operate a vehicle in violation of a regulation promulgated under 49 U.S.C. 31136 or 49 U.S.C. chapters 51 or 313 (49 U.S.C. 31136(a)).
This final rule concerns (1) parts and accessories necessary for the safe operation of CMVs, and (2) the inspection, repair, and maintenance of CMVs. It is based primarily on section 31136(a)(1) and (2), and secondarily on section 31136(a)(4). This rulemaking ensures that CMVs are maintained, equipped, loaded, and operated safely by requiring certain vehicle components, systems, and equipment to meet minimum standards such that the mechanical condition of the vehicle is not likely to cause a crash or breakdown. Section 31136(a)(3) is not applicable because this rulemaking does not deal with driver qualification standards. Because the amendments are primarily technical changes that clarify existing requirements and improve enforcement consistency, FMCSA believes they will be welcomed by motor carriers and drivers alike and that coercion to violate them will not be an issue.
Before prescribing any such regulations, FMCSA must consider the “costs and benefits” of any proposal (49 U.S.C. 31136(c)(2)(A) and 31502(d)). As discussed in greater detail in the “Regulatory Analyses” section, FMCSA determined that this final rule is not a significant regulatory action. The economic impact is negligible because the amendments generally do not involve the adoption of new or more stringent requirements, but rather the clarification of existing requirements. As such, the costs of the final rule do not approach the $100 million annual threshold for economic significance.
On October 7, 2015, FMCSA published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) in the
FMCSA proposed to amend § 393.5 to define “major tread groove” as “The space between two adjacent tread ribs or lugs on a tire that contains a tread wear indicator or wear bar. (In most cases, the locations of tread wear indicators are designated on the upper sidewall/shoulder of the tire on original tread tires.)” In addition, FMCSA proposed adding an illustration to § 393.75 to indicate the location of tread wear indicators or wear bars signifying a major tread groove. FMCSA agreed that uniformity and consistency in enforcement and maintenance is critical. By including a definition of “major tread groove” in § 393.5—a term that is currently included in the regulatory text of § 393.75(b) and (c), but not specifically defined—and a corresponding illustration in § 393.75, the Agency expects increased consistency in the application and citation of § 393.75 during roadside inspections.
FMCSA proposed to amend Footnote 11 to Table 1 of § 393.11 to indicate that “No rear license plate lamp is required on truck tractors registered in States that do not require tractors to display a rear license plate.” As noted in both the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration's (NHTSA) Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) No. 108 and the FMCSRs, the only function of the rear license plate lamp is to illuminate the rear license plate. FMCSA agreed with ATA that if a truck tractor is not required to display a rear license plate, then there is no corresponding safety need for a functioning rear license plate light.
FMCSA proposed to amend Appendix G to include a review of ABS and automatic brake adjusters and brake adjustment indicators to maintain consistency between part 393 and Appendix G. FMCSA agreed that the failure of a motor carrier to properly maintain an important safety technology such as ABS should result in the vehicle failing the periodic inspection. Although CVSA did not mention automatic brake adjusters and brake adjustment indicators in its petition to amend Appendix G, FMCSA proposed changes in Appendix G relating to these brake components to ensure that vehicles may not pass the periodic inspection without this important safety equipment.
To clarify the intent of § 396.9(d)(2), FMCSA proposed to amend that section by including a specific cross reference to § 396.11(a)(3). Section 396.11(a)(3) makes it clear that all defects and deficiencies discovered by or reported to a driver—including those identified during a roadside inspection conducted under the authority of § 396.9—must be corrected (or a certification must be provided stating that repair is unnecessary) before a vehicle is operated each day. However, the Agency agreed that the language of § 396.9(d)(2) is not as explicit as it could be, and could lead to uncertainty and/or inconsistency in both the enforcement community and the motor carrier industry regarding when violations and defects noted on roadside inspection reports need to be corrected.
FMCSA proposed to amend § 396.17(f) to remove the words “roadside or” from the current regulatory text. The proposed amendment would eliminate any uncertainties and make clear that a roadside inspection is not equivalent to the periodic/annual inspection required under § 396.17. FMCSA does not believe it is appropriate to continue to allow carriers relief from this responsibility by using a roadside inspection conducted by enforcement officials to meet the periodic inspection requirement. Motor carriers will now be responsible for ensuring the completion of a periodic inspection irrespective of whether a roadside inspection is performed, and amending the regulations will require them to do so at least once every 12 months, irrespective of whether a roadside inspection is performed during that period.
In light of the proposed amendments to § 396.17(f), and to further decrease the possibility of confusion regarding differing requirements of the roadside inspection program and the periodic/annual inspection program, FMCSA proposed to delete the section at the end of Appendix G titled “
Consistent with the proposed amendments to § 396.17, FMCSA also proposed to amend § 396.19(b) by deleting language regarding a “random roadside inspection program.”
FMCSA proposed to add language to section 10 of Appendix G that would prohibit the use of speed-restricted tires on CMVs subject to the FMCSRs unless the use of such tires is specifically designated by the motor carrier. FMCSA agreed that speed-restricted tires should not be used on CMVs operating on highways in excess of 55 mph for extended periods of time.
FMCSA proposed to add a new section to Appendix G that would require an examination of motorcoach seats during the conduct of a periodic inspection in accordance with § 396.17 to ensure that they are securely attached to the vehicle structure. However, given the wide range of seat anchorage designs, coupled with the lack of testing requirements specifically for seat anchorage strength in the FMVSSs, it is not practicable for FMCSA to develop a detailed methodology for the inspection of motorcoach passenger seat mounting anchorages.
In response to the NPRM, the Agency received 16 comments from two motor carriers (Capitol Bus Lines and Southern Company), eight organizations (the Advocates for Highway and Auto Safety (Advocates), the American Bus Association (ABA), ATA, CVSA, the National Automobile Dealers Association (NADA), the Owner-Operator Independent Drivers Association (OOIDA)), the Rubber Manufacturers Association (RMA), and the Transportation Safety Equipment Institute (TSEI), and six individuals (Steve Bixler, Jim Bramm, Richard Crawford, Richard Pingel, Robert Spoon, and Miles Verhoef).
OOIDA stated “. . . state inspectors do not have the authority to write up violations of rules that their state has not adopted. Therefore, inspectors from states that do not require rear license plates (or illumination) do not have the authority to find violations for failing to illuminate a license plate. Nor may such enforcement officials use their observation of lack of a license plate (or illumination) as probable cause to stop a truck for inspection. They only have the authority to use probable cause that there is a violation of their own state law.” In addition, OOIDA noted that FMCSA “should consider what role the requirement for a license plate light plays in highway safety. The requirements for conspicuity systems clearly address night time visibility in a manner which far exceeds a license plate light. The role of a license plate light in vehicle safety should be explained and justified by FMCSA or dropped from the requirements.”
FMCSA agrees with the commenters that any regulatory changes to the requirements for license plate lamps should apply to all CMVs, and not just truck tractors as proposed in the NPRM. However, if adopted, the proposed regulatory changes would have required roadside enforcement officials in each State to know the license plate display requirements of every other State. FMCSA believes that enforcement of the license plate lamp requirement can be simplified—without compromising safety—by requiring an operable rear license plate lamp only when there is a license plate present at the time of inspection. FMCSA believes that this approach will simplify enforcement and avoid enforcement confusion and inconsistency that would likely result from the State-by-State approach outlined in the NPRM. FMCSA does not expect drivers and/or motor carriers to remove license plates to avoid citations in the event that a rear license plate lamp is missing or inoperative, and if they do, they will be subject to the more severe penalties associated with not displaying a license plate when required by law.
In response to OOIDA's concerns about the authority of an inspector to enforce regulations adopted by another State that the inspector's state has not similarly adopted, FMCSA notes that under the Motor Carrier Safety Assistance Program (MCSAP), each State is required to adopt regulations that are compatible with the FMCSRs within 3 years as a condition of receiving Federal grant funding. As such, each State will be required to adopt a regulation consistent with today's final rule requiring an operable rear license plate lamp only when there is a rear license plate present, eliminating the possibility of inconsistent State regulations.
CVSA agrees with FMCSA's proposal to add requirements for automatic brake adjusters to Appendix G, but noted that FMCSA failed to include proposed regulatory text for automatic brake adjusters in the NPRM. In its comments, CVSA (1) provided suggested language for inclusion in Appendix G, and (2) recommended use of the term “self-adjusting brake adjusters” as opposed to “automatic brake adjusters.”
CVSA and Southern Company opposed the need to include requirements for brake adjustment indicators in Appendix G. CVSA states “. . . the requirement is not necessary or practical. If all brakes are in proper adjustment during the inspection, the indicators (pushrod markings) will not be visible and checking for their presence would require disassembly of or a major adjustment/readjustment of the brakes, which is not advisable. To our knowledge, the likelihood of finding a vehicle without pushrod markings is extremely low.” Southern Company states that “Over the last 20 years the industry has adopted automatic slack adjusters, alleviating the concerns which lead to the brake adjustment indicators,” and “This technology [brake adjustment indicators] has proven to be ineffective. After a very short time frame, the tape or plastic wears off and is no longer visible,” and “Manufacturers no longer install the brake adjustment indicator.”
Automatic brake adjusters automatically maintain proper brake adjustment, thus eliminating the need for frequent inspection and manual adjustment of the brakes. CVSA correctly notes that while FMCSA discussed the intent to include requirements for automatic brake adjusters in Appendix G in the preamble to the NPRM, the Agency did not provide corresponding proposed regulatory text in the NPRM. The omission of proposed regulatory text in the NPRM was inadvertent. The language recommended by CVSA in its comments is accurate and complete, and properly complements the requirements for automatic brake adjusters in FMVSS Nos. 105 and 121 that need to be included in Appendix G. FMCSA amends Appendix G to include requirements for automatic brake adjusters as suggested. With respect to CVSA's recommendation to use the term “self-adjusting brake adjusters” as opposed to “automatic brake adjusters,” FMCSA retains the terminology “automatic brake adjusters” to maintain consistency with existing regulatory
FMCSA discussed its intent to add requirements in Appendix G for brake adjustment indicators in the preamble to the NPRM, but did not provide corresponding proposed regulatory text. Brake adjustment indicators can improve brake adjustment by increasing the convenience of checking brake adjusters and their proper functioning. A brake adjustment indicator can reduce the time needed to assess brake adjustment status by providing a visible indication of pushrod stroke as opposed to physically measuring the push rod length before and during brake application.
While brake adjustment indicators can simplify brake inspection, CVSA is correct in noting that if brakes are in proper adjustment during an inspection, the indicators will not be visible. In this case, an inspector would have to either disassemble the brake (unhook the clevis from the slack adjuster and pull out the pushrod), or back the brakes off until they are out of adjustment to confirm that the indicators are present. Further, although both the FMVSSs and the FMCSRs require brake adjustment indicators, FMCSA understands that virtually all evaluations of brake adjustment—both during roadside inspections and periodic inspections—are made by physically measuring pushrod length before and during brake application, and that very few inspections rely solely on brake adjustment indicators. Based on the above, FMCSA has not included any specific requirements for brake adjustment indicators in Appendix G.
FMCSA also requested comments regarding whether the current 15-day requirement in § 396.9(d)(3) for motor carriers to certify that all violations have been corrected by completing and returning the roadside inspection form to the issuing agency remains appropriate, or whether a different time period should be considered. CVSA, OOIDA, and Advocates stated that the 15-day requirement is appropriate. ABA and Capitol Bus Lines noted that, in limited circumstances, the 15-day requirement may not be sufficient when replacement parts are not readily available to conduct repairs, either because the parts need to be ordered from a different country or because the replacement parts are no longer available for older buses.
CVSA agreed with the proposed changes, but also recommended additional changes to § 396.17 to make it clear that inspections conducted by FMCSA inspectors, investigators, and safety auditors are not equivalent to required periodic inspections. Capitol Bus Lines and ABA commented that, while several States permit motor carriers to self-certify the conduct and completion of the annual inspections required under § 396.17, other States that have implemented mandatory annual inspection programs refuse to accept the “self-certified” annual inspections conducted by the motor carrier as “legitimate annual inspections.” ATA commented that “The basis for . . . this rule change appears to be . . . a change in agency philosophy rather than . . . data or factual evidence. ATA has great difficulty supporting a national policy change of this magnitude without factual evidence showing an enhanced safety benefit from this change.”
Four members of OOIDA—Steve Bixler, Richard Pingel, Robert Spoon, and Miles Verhoef—submitted nearly identical comments stating that (1) they “have never seen a copy of how roadside truck inspections are supposed to be conducted;” (2) they “have never seen a copy of CVSA's out of service criteria;” (3) “If FMCSA were to publish roadside inspection and out-of-service criteria standards and procedures, it would help me know what parts of my equipment FMCSA and CVSA think I should focus on in between my periodic inspections;” and (4) “It is my right under the Constitution to be told the scope of any government search of me or my truck.”
OOIDA stated that, “Where the Notice begins to discuss roadside inspection standards and the Commercial Vehicle Safety Alliance's out-of-service criteria however, the Notice is woefully deficient in informing the public what exactly these standards are. It appears that CVSA has proposed, and FMCSA consented, to proposals that remove all references to roadside inspections and the content of the out-of-service criteria in the rules. Without making those standards public, FMCSA has not given the public an adequate opportunity to comment on its proposal. If there is any imperative upon FMCSA to deal with roadside inspections and the out-of-service criteria differently than it does now, that imperative is to give the regulated public notice of their contents and scope.” OOIDA also asked numerous, more specific questions relating to the general concerns noted above.
The scope of a roadside inspection conducted under the North American Standard (NAS) Inspection is quite comprehensive, and covers both (1) critical vehicle inspection items (brake systems; cargo securement; coupling devices; driveline/driveshaft; exhaust systems; frames; fuel systems; lighting devices; steering mechanisms; suspensions; tires; van and open-top trailer bodies; wheels, rims and hubs; windshield wipers; and emergency exits, electrical cables and systems in engine and battery compartments; and seating on passenger-carrying vehicles), and (2) other parts and accessories required under part 393.
However, while a roadside inspection conducted under the NAS Inspection is far-reaching, there are certain limitations to roadside procedures that prevent inspectors from properly examining all of the items in Appendix G. These include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:
•
•
•
•
•
Because not every element of Appendix G is reviewed/inspected during a roadside inspection conducted under the NAS Inspection, most roadside inspections do not meet the periodic (annual) inspection requirements under § 396.17. For this reason, FMCSA does not believe it is appropriate to continue to allow motor carriers to use roadside inspections conducted by enforcement officials to satisfy the annual inspection requirements in § 396.17(f). Motor carriers or their agents will now be required to complete a periodic inspection of every CMV under its control in accordance with Appendix G at least once every 12 months, irrespective of whether a roadside inspection is performed, unless the vehicle is subject to a mandatory State inspection program in accordance with § 396.23(b)(1) which has been determined to be as effective as the requirements of § 396.17.
Section 396.23, Equivalent to periodic inspection, currently outlines two options that are deemed to be equivalent to the periodic inspections required under § 396.17—a roadside inspection program of a State or other jurisdiction, or a mandatory State inspection program which has been determined to be as effective as the Federal requirements. FMCSA did not propose any amendments to § 396.23 in the NPRM. However, and given the amendments to § 396.17(f) discussed above, it is also necessary to remove § 396.23(a) to ensure that the FMCSRs are consistent regarding the determination that a roadside inspection will no longer be considered as meeting the periodic inspection requirements of § 396.17.
In response to the specific comments to the October 2015 NPRM:
FMCSA agrees that inspections conducted by FMCSA inspectors, investigators, and safety auditors are not equivalent to required periodic inspections, and corresponding changes have been made to § 396.17, as suggested by CVSA.
In response to the comments from Capitol Bus Lines and ABA, FMCSA notes that if a motor carrier is located in a State that permits motor carriers to self-certify the conduct and completion of the annual inspections required under § 396.17, section 210 of the Motor Carrier Safety Act of 1984 (49 U.S.C. 31142) establishes the principle that State inspections meeting federally approved criteria must be recognized by every other State. If, as Capitol Bus Lines and ABA contend, States that have implemented mandatory annual inspection programs refuse to accept the “self-certified” annual inspections conducted by motor carriers in other States as legitimate annual inspections, aggrieved motor carriers are encouraged to contact the FMCSA Division Administrator in their State for assistance. FMCSA notes that States may require additional inspections as a condition of issuing some type of permit or license, but additional inspections cannot be required otherwise.
While ATA argued that FMCSA failed to provide “factual evidence” to show an “enhanced safety benefit” of the proposed change, FMCSA has clearly shown that current roadside inspections conducted under the NAS Inspection do not examine every component listed in Appendix G. As such, roadside inspections conducted using the NAS Inspection procedures cannot be considered as meeting the annual inspection requirements of § 396.17. While FMCSA does not track the number of motor carriers that use a violation-free roadside inspection to meet the periodic inspection requirement or the number of roadside inspections so used, the Agency has reason to believe these numbers are small. Roadside inspections are not “scheduled” inspections, and a motor carrier therefore cannot plan to defer its periodic inspections until roadside inspections are conducted. OOIDA also commented that it “is not aware of any truck owners who have used a roadside inspection to comply with the periodic inspection requirement.” Given that the estimated number of roadside inspections used to meet the periodic inspection requirement is very small, today's rule will not significantly affect carriers who relied on such inspections in the past, nor will the number of motor carrier inspection personnel and facilities now needed to perform Appendix G periodic inspections be significantly increased. Eliminating the possibility that roadside inspections can be used as equivalent to periodic inspections in the future will only enhance safety.
In response to the comments from OOIDA members Bixler, Pingel, Spoon, and Verhoef, FMCSA reiterates that all parts and accessories specified in part 393, as well as any additional parts and accessories as allowed by § 393.3, are required to be in safe and proper operating condition at all times. As such, any and all components of a CMV are subject to examination during a roadside inspection, regardless of whether those components are included in any inspection procedure or the CVSA Out-of-Service Criteria (OOSC). Importantly, the amendments made in today's rule do not have anything to do with the OOSC, which are simply a set of enforcement tolerances used by inspectors in determining whether violations discovered during an inspection pose such serious safety risks that they must be corrected immediately before the vehicle is allowed to continue. OOIDA's tangential argument that the scope of a search—its characterization of roadside inspections—“must be widely published in advance so that the regulated parties have notice of it” and that the CVSA OOSC do not meet that standard, is misguided. The Federal courts have long recognized that “[t]he CVSA's OOSC are not themselves
Similar to the discussion above, the questions posed by OOIDA regarding roadside inspections, specific inspection procedures, and the CVSA OOSC are outside the scope of this rulemaking. The amendments made by this rule eliminate the possibility that a roadside inspection can be considered equivalent to an annual inspection, for the simple reason that not every element required to be examined during an annual inspection as identified in Appendix G to the FMCSRs is examined during a roadside inspection conducted under the NAS Inspection.
The utility industry uses speed rated tires on their CMVs for on/off road work. Tires with a lug tread pattern design are typically speed rated and used extensively in the following industries; Utility, Municipalities, Refuse, Logging, Livestock, Farming, Construction, and by Carriers which routinely encounter snow.
Based on review of the proposed changes to Appendix G to Subchapter B of Chapter III—Minimum Periodic Inspection Standards, Section 10. Tires, the intent of the FMCSA was to eliminate speed rated tires for motorcoach CMVs.
SOCO recommends that the FMCSA clarify their proposed language on the modification of the current regulations to prohibit the use of speed rated tires specifically on motorcoach CMVs only.
ABA supported FMCSA's intent to address speed-restricted tires in Appendix G, but stated that “absent a requirement for labeling maximum speeds on all tires, it will be difficult for the law enforcement community to easily determine whether tires on a vehicle in use, are appropriate.” ABA recommended that FMCSA provide additional guidance regarding (1) the intended meaning of “extended periods of time,” (2) how a carrier would designate the appropriate use of speed-restricted tires, and (3) when/where such designation would need to be produced for the purposes of compliance.
RMA supported the proposed amendments to Appendix G. In addition, RMA noted that amendments to (1) FMVSS No. 119 to require all tires to be labeled with a maximum speed rating, and (2) FMVSS No. 120 to include such information on a required label, would “greatly improve the ability of consumers, fleets, tire service personnel, [and] State and Federal inspection personnel to correctly identify appropriate tires for a given vehicle and vehicle operation.”
Although the October 2003 crash in Tallulah, LA, involved a motorcoach, the NTSB Safety Recommendation was not specific only to motorcoach tires, but advised the Agency to “address a tire's speed rating to ensure that it is appropriate for a vehicle's intended use.” As noted above, tires labeled with a specific speed restriction/limit should not be operated at speeds that exceed that specified limit, as doing so could lead to heat build-up and cause premature or sudden tire failure. As such, FMCSA believes that any regulatory requirements regarding speed-restricted tires should apply to all CMVs, and not to just motorcoaches as suggested by Southern Company.
The NPRM proposed to amend Appendix G to prohibit the use of speed-restricted tires on CMVs unless the use of such tires is specifically designated by the motor carrier. FMCSA believes that amending only the periodic (annual) inspection requirements in Appendix G—without a corresponding amendment to § 393.75, “Tires”—will not fully address the potential safety problem of using speed-restricted tires on vehicles that operate at speeds that exceed the rated limit of the tire as specified by the tire manufacturer. By including requirements relating to the appropriate use of speed-restricted tires in both § 393.75 and Appendix G, potential safety issues associated with the improper use of speed-restricted tires can be identified at any time and not just during periodic inspections conducted once a year. However, and because FMVSS No. 119 currently requires only tires that are speed-restricted to 55 mph or less to be labeled on the sidewall of the tire, it is not practicable to apply requirements to all tires (to include those that are rated for above 55 mph) as inspectors would have no way of easily determining the design maximum speed capability of the tire for the specified maximum load rating and corresponding inflation pressure.
Based on the above, FMCSA adopts new language in § 393.75 to prohibit the use of speed-restricted tires labeled for 55 mph or less in accordance with S6.5(e) of FMVSS No. 119 on vehicles that operate at speeds that exceed the rated limit of the tire. In addition, FMCSA amends Appendix G as proposed in the NPRM to prohibit the use of speed-restricted tires unless specifically designated by the motor carrier. This will require every CMV to be examined for the possible improper use of speed-restricted tires at least once a year.
Given that not all tires are currently required to be marked with a maximum speed rating, FMCSA understands ABA's concerns regarding how a motor carrier will adequately “designate the appropriate use of speed-restricted tires” as proposed in the NPRM. NHTSA estimates that speed-restricted tires comprise less than 2 percent of the heavy truck tires, and, as Southern Company notes, these are typically used on utility, refuse, logging, livestock, farming, construction, and similar vehicles that are more often operated in heavy mixed-use service (on/off road operations in lower speed applications). Inspectors conducting roadside inspections will rarely encounter speed-restricted tires, and can generally expect that regional and long haul trucks and motorcoaches should not be equipped with speed-restricted tires. By including a requirement in Appendix G that prohibits the use of speed-restricted tires on vehicles “unless designated by the motor carrier,” motor carrier or other personnel conducting periodic inspections of the limited number of vehicles with speed-restricted tires will be prompted to confirm with the motor carrier that the use of such tires is appropriate for the specific vehicle. FMCSA retains the amendment to Appendix G as proposed in the NPRM.
Today's final rule codifies changes to parts 393 and 396 by adding a definition of “major tread groove” and an illustration to show the location of tread wear indicators or wear bars on a tire signifying a major tread groove; revising the rear license plate lamp requirement to eliminate the requirement for an operable rear license plate lamp on vehicles when there is no rear license plate present; prohibiting the operation of a vehicle with speed-restricted tires at speeds that exceed the rated limit of the tire; providing specific requirements regarding when violations or defects noted on an inspection report must be corrected; amending Appendix G to the FMCSRs, “Minimum Periodic Inspection Standards,” to include provisions for the inspection of antilock braking systems (ABS) and automatic brake adjusters, speed-restricted tires, and motorcoach passenger seat mounting anchorages; amending the periodic inspection rules to eliminate the option for a motor carrier to satisfy the periodic inspection requirement through use of a violation-free roadside inspection; and amending the inspector qualification requirements as a result of the amendments to the periodic inspection rules. In addition, the Agency eliminates introductory regulatory text from Appendix G to the FMCSRs.
FMCSA modifies this section by adding a definition of “major tread groove.”
FMCSA modifies Footnote 11 to Table 1 of § 393.11 dealing with rear license plates lights.
FMCSA adds a new paragraph (f) dealing with speed-restricted tires and tread wear indicators and an illustration of a tread wear indicator.
FMCSA amends paragraph (d)(2) dealing with correction of violations of defects.
FMCSA amends paragraph (f) to bar roadside inspections from serving as annual inspections.
FMCSA amends paragraph (b) to make it consistent with amended § 396.17.
FMCSA removes § 396.23(a) to make it consistent with § 396.17, and renumbers the remainder of the section accordingly.
FMCSA amends Appendix G by adding sections 1.l and 1.m, revising section 10.c, adding section 14, and eliminating introductory regulatory text, as explained in detail above.
Elsewhere in today's issue of the
This final rule is not a significant regulatory action under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866, Regulatory Planning and Review, as supplemented by E.O. 13563 (76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011), and is also not significant within the meaning of DOT regulatory policies and procedures (DOT Order 2100.5 dated May 22, 1980; 44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979) and does not require an assessment of potential costs and benefits under section 6(a)(3) of that Order. The Office of Management and Budget has not reviewed this final rule under that Order.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980 (5 U.S.C. 601
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, as amended by the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996 (SBREFA) (Title II, Pub. L. 104-121, 110 Stat. 857, March 29, 1996), this final rule is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities because the amendments generally do not involve the adoption of new or more stringent requirements, but, instead, the clarification of existing requirements. Therefore, there is no disproportionate burden to small entities.
Consequently, I certify that the action will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities.
In accordance with section 213(a) of the SBREFA, FMCSA wants to assist small entities in understanding this final rule so that they can better evaluate its effects on themselves. If the final rule would affect your small business, organization, or governmental jurisdiction and you have questions concerning its provisions or options for compliance, please consult the FMCSA point of contact, Mike Huntley, listed in the
Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce or otherwise determine compliance with Federal regulations to the Small Business Administration's Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (2 U.S.C. 1531-1538) requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, taken together, or by the private sector, of $155 million (which is the value equivalent of $100 million in 1995, adjusted for inflation to 2014 levels) or more in any 1 year. This final rule would not result in such an expenditure.
This final rule calls for no new collection of information and is therefore not subject to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520).
A rule has implications for Federalism under Section 1(a) of Executive Order 13132 if it has “substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.” FMCSA has determined that this final rule does not have substantial direct effects on or costs to States, nor does it limit the policymaking discretion of States. Nothing in this document preempts any State law or regulation.
This final rule meets applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform, to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden.
E.O. 13045, Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks (62 FR 19885, Apr. 23, 1997), requires agencies issuing “economically significant” rules, if the regulation also concerns an environmental health or safety risk that an agency has reason to believe may disproportionately affect children, to include an evaluation of the regulation's environmental health and safety effects on children. The Agency determined this final rule is not economically significant. Therefore, no analysis of the impacts on children is required. In any event, this regulatory action could not present an environmental or safety risk that would disproportionately affect children.
FMCSA has reviewed this final rule in accordance with Executive Order 12630, Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights, and has determined it will not effect a taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications.
Section 522 of title I of division H of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2005, enacted December 8, 2004 (Pub. L. 108-447, 118 Stat. 2809, 3268, 5 U.S.C. 552a note), requires the Agency to conduct a privacy impact assessment (PIA) of a regulation that will affect the privacy of individuals.
The Privacy Act (5 U.S.C. 552a) applies only to Federal agencies and any non-Federal agency which receives records contained in a system of records from a Federal agency for use in a matching program.
The E-Government Act of 2002, Public Law 107-347, § 208, 116 Stat. 2899, 2921 (Dec. 17, 2002), requires Federal agencies to conduct a PIA for new or substantially changed technology that collects, maintains, or disseminates information in an identifiable form.
This rule does not require a PIA because it does not require the collection of personally identifiable information (PII).
The regulations implementing Executive Order 12372 regarding intergovernmental consultation on Federal programs and activities do not apply to this program.
FMCSA has analyzed this final rule under E.O. 13211, Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use. The Agency has determined that it is not a “significant energy action” under that order because it is not a “significant regulatory action” likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. Therefore, it does not require a Statement of Energy Effects under E.O. 13211.
This rule does not have tribal implications under E.O. 13175, Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments, because it does not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes.
The National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (15 U.S.C. 272 note) directs agencies to use voluntary consensus standards in their regulatory activities unless the agency provides Congress, through OMB, with an explanation of why using these standards would be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus standards (
FMCSA analyzed this final rule for purposes of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (42 U.S.C. 4321
FMCSA also analyzed this rule under the Clean Air Act, as amended (CAA), section 176(c) (42 U.S.C. 7401
Under E.O. 12898 (Federal Actions to Address Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations), each Federal agency must identify and address, as appropriate, “disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental effects of its programs, policies, and activities on minority populations and low-income populations” in the United States, its possessions, and territories. FMCSA has determined that this rule will have no environmental justice effects, nor would its promulgation have any collective environmental impact.
Highway safety, Motor carriers, Motor vehicle safety.
Highway safety, Motor carriers, Motor vehicle safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated above, FMCSA amends 49 CFR chapter III, subchapter B, as follows:
49 U.S.C. 31136, 31151, and 31502; sec. 1041(b) of Pub. L. 102-240, 105 Stat. 1914, 1993 (1991); and 49 CFR 1.87.
Footnote—11 To be illuminated when headlamps are illuminated. No rear license plate lamp is required on vehicles that do display a rear license plate.
(f) No motor vehicle may be operated with speed-restricted tires labeled with a maximum speed of 55 mph or less in accordance with S6.5(e) of FMVSS No. 119 at speeds that exceed the rated limit of the tire.
49 U.S.C. 504, 31133, 31136, 31151, and 31502; sec. 32934, Pub. L. 112-141, 126 Stat. 405, 830; and 49 CFR 1.87.
(d) * * *
(2) Motor carriers and intermodal equipment providers shall examine the report. Violations or defects noted
(f) Vehicles passing periodic inspections performed under the auspices of any State government or equivalent jurisdiction, meeting the minimum standards contained in appendix G of this subchapter, will be considered to have met the requirements of an annual inspection for a period of 12 months commencing from the last day of the month in which the inspection was performed.
(b) Motor carriers and intermodal equipment providers must retain evidence of that individual's qualifications under this section. They must retain this evidence for the period during which that individual is performing annual motor vehicle inspections for the motor carrier or intermodal equipment provider, and for one year thereafter. However, motor carriers and intermodal equipment providers do not have to maintain documentation of inspector qualifications for those inspections performed as part of a State periodic inspection program.
The additions read as follows:
l.
(1) Missing ABS malfunction indicator components (
(2) ABS malfunction indicator that does not illuminate when power is first applied to the ABS controller (ECU) during initial power up.
(3) ABS malfunction indicator that stays illuminated while power is continuously applied to the ABS controller (ECU).
(4) ABS malfunction indicator lamp on a trailer or dolly does not cycle when electrical power is applied:
(a) Only to the vehicle's constant ABS power circuit, or
(b) Only to the vehicle.
(5) With its brakes released and its ignition switch in the normal run position, power unit does not provide continuous electrical power to the ABS on any vehicle it is equipped to tow.
(6) Other missing or inoperative ABS components.
m. Automatic Brake Adjusters
(1) Failure to maintain a brake within the brake stroke limit specified by the vehicle manufacturer.
(2) Any automatic brake adjuster that has been replaced with a manual adjuster.
(3) Damaged, loose, or missing components.
(4) Any brake that is found to be out of adjustment on initial inspection must be evaluated to determine why the automatic brake adjuster is not functioning properly and the problem must be corrected in order for the vehicle to pass the inspection. It is not acceptable to manually adjust automatic brake adjusters without first correcting the underlying problem. For example, there may be other components within the braking system that are distressed or out of specification (
10. Tires
c. Installation of speed-restricted tires unless specifically designated by motor carrier.
14. Motorcoach Seats
a. Any passenger seat that is not securely fastened to the vehicle structure.
b. [Reserved]
Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (FMCSA), DOT.
Amendment of regulatory guidance.
FMCSA amends regulatory guidance, previously published in the
Mr. Mike Huntley, Vehicle and Roadside Operations Division, Office of Bus and Truck Standards and Operations, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, telephone: 202-366-5370;
On November 17, 1993, the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA)
A final rule issued by FMCSA, published elsewhere in today's issue of the
Because not every element of Appendix G is reviewed/inspected during a roadside inspection conducted under the North American Standard Inspection, most roadside inspections do not meet the periodic (annual) inspection requirements under 49 CFR 396.17. For this reason, FMCSA does not believe it is appropriate to continue to allow motor carriers to use roadside inspections conducted by enforcement officials to satisfy the annual inspection requirements in 49 CFR 396.17(f). Motor carriers or their agents will now be required to complete a periodic inspection of every CMV under their control in accordance with Appendix G at least once every 12 months, irrespective of whether a roadside inspection is performed, unless the vehicle is subject to a mandatory State inspection program in accordance with 49 CFR 396.23 which has been determined to be as effective as the requirements of 49 CFR 396.17.
Given the amendments to 49 CFR 396.17(f) discussed above, the final rule also removes 49 CFR 396.23(a), which currently permits a roadside inspection program of a State or other jurisdiction to be considered as meeting the periodic inspection requirements of 49 CFR 396.17.
As a result of the final rule, and to maintain consistency between the amended FMCSRs and the published regulatory guidance, two regulatory guidance questions/answers are amended as follows:
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Final rule.
NMFS issues regulations to implement Amendment 17A to the Fishery Management Plan for the Shrimp Fishery of the Gulf of Mexico (FMP), as prepared and submitted by the Gulf of Mexico (Gulf) Fishery Management Council (Council). This final rule extends the current Gulf commercial shrimp permit moratorium for 10 more years. The intent of this final rule and Amendment 17A is to protect federally managed Gulf shrimp stocks while promoting catch efficiency, economic efficiency, and stability in the fishery.
This rule is effective August 22, 2016.
Electronic copies of Amendment 17A, which includes an environmental assessment, a Regulatory Flexibility Act analysis, and a regulatory impact review, may be obtained from the Southeast Regional Office Web site at
Susan Gerhart, telephone: 727-824-5305, or email:
The shrimp fishery in the Gulf is managed under the FMP. The FMP was prepared by the Council and implemented through regulations at 50 CFR part 622 under the authority of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act).
On April 5, 2016, NMFS published a notice of availability for Amendment 17A and requested public comment (81 FR 19547). On April 14, 2016, NMFS published a proposed rule for Amendment 17A and requested public comment (81 FR 22042). The proposed rule and Amendment 17A outline the rationale for the actions contained in this final rule. A summary of the action implemented by Amendment 17A and this final rule is provided below.
This final rule extends the Gulf shrimp Federal permit moratorium until October 26, 2026. Through Amendment 13 to the FMP, the Council established a 10-year moratorium on the issuance of new Federal commercial shrimp vessel permits (71 FR 56039, September 26, 2006). The moratorium on permits indirectly controls shrimping effort in Federal waters and thereby bycatch levels of juvenile red snapper and sea turtles. The final rule implementing the moratorium became effective October 26, 2006, and the moratorium permits became effective in March 2007. Extending the moratorium for an additional 10 years until October 26, 2026, is expected to maintain the biological, social, and economic benefits to the shrimp fishery achieved under
NMFS received a total of 831 submissions from the public on Amendment 17A and the proposed rule. Of these submissions, 702 expressed general support for an extension of the permit moratorium. Some comments within the submissions addressed issues beyond the scope of Amendment 17A or the proposed rule, such as prohibiting shrimp trawling to reduce the impact on sea turtles and other marine life and modifying the requirements for turtle excluder devices and observers. From the submissions, NMFS has identified six issues related to Amendment 17A and the proposed rule. These comments and NMFS' respective responses are summarized below.
Removing the moratorium would allow an unlimited number of new entrants into the commercial shrimp fishery and could have negative effects if the fishery then became overcapitalized. Overcapitalization or effort increases could lead to increases in sea turtle and red snapper bycatch and could result in additional requirements to reduce bycatch.
Before the moratorium was implemented, increasing fuel costs, decreasing shrimp prices, and increasing foreign shrimp imports were all contributing to the overcapitalization of the commercial shrimp fleet. Since implementation of the moratorium, the catch per unit effort for the offshore shrimp fishery increased and has remained relatively constant. Additional effort in the fishery could negate, or at least lessen, profitability for the Gulf shrimp fleet as a whole.
The Federal Gulf shrimp moratorium permit is renewable for up to 1 year from its date of expiration. NMFS sends a renewal letter and permit application to the permit holder 1 month prior to the permit's expiration date. After a year with no permit renewal, a permit is terminated and permanently removed from the permit pool. However, valid permits are fully transferable, which may allow someone who has lost a permit as a result of non-renewal to obtain a new permit.
The Regional Administrator, Southeast Region, NMFS has determined that this final rule is consistent with Amendment 17A, the FMP, the Magnuson-Stevens Act, and other applicable law.
This final rule has been determined to be not significant for purposes of Executive Order 12866.
The Magnuson-Stevens Act provides the statutory basis for this rule.
The Chief Counsel for Regulation of the Department of Commerce certified to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration (SBA) during the proposed rule stage that this rule, if adopted, would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. NMFS did not receive any comments from SBA's Office of Advocacy or the public on the certification in the proposed rule. NMFS received two comments regarding the economic analysis of Amendment 17A and the proposed rule. One comment suggested that the current market price of moratorium permits is too high and the other comment stated that permit holders who sub-lease shrimp moratorium permits should be required
The current moratorium on Gulf shrimp permits became effective on October 26, 2006 (71 FR 56039, September 26, 2006). This final rule extends the current moratorium on Federal Gulf shrimp permits until October 26, 2026. The purpose of this rule is to maintain the biological, social, and economic benefits to the Gulf shrimp fishery achieved under the current moratorium. The objectives of this rule are to protect federally managed Gulf shrimp stocks, and promote catch efficiency, economic efficiency, and stability in the Gulf shrimp fishery.
This final rule is expected to directly regulate businesses that possess Federal Gulf shrimp moratorium permits. As of September 21, 2015, there were 1,464 vessels with valid or renewable Gulf shrimp moratorium permits. Although some permits are thought to be held by businesses with the same or substantively the same individual owners, and thus would likely be considered affiliated, ownership data for Gulf shrimp permit holders is incomplete and thus it is not currently feasible to accurately determine whether businesses that have these permits are in fact affiliated. NMFS is currently making changes to its permit application forms so that such determinations can be accurately made for future regulatory actions in this fishery. As a result of the incomplete ownership data, for purposes of this analysis, NMFS assumes each vessel is independently owned by a single business, which will result in an overestimate of the actual number of businesses directly regulated by this final rule. Thus, NMFS estimates the number of businesses directly regulated by this final rule to be 1,464.
Based on landings and economic data from 2013, which is the most current year for which complete economic data is available, all of these businesses are thought to be primarily engaged in shellfish harvesting activities (
From 2011 through 2013, the greatest average annual gross revenue earned by a single business was approximately $2.48 million. On average, a business with a Gulf shrimp moratorium permit had an annual gross revenue of approximately $247,000, annual net revenue from operations (commercial fishing activities) of approximately $6,300, and an annual economic profit of approximately $37,000. All monetary estimates are in 2001 dollars. Average annual economic profit was greater between 2011 and 2013 compared to the 2006 through 2009 time period, and greater than net revenue from operations, partly because of non-fishing related income, mostly in the form of payouts from BP (
On December 29, 2015, NMFS issued a final rule establishing a small business size standard of $11 million in annual gross receipts for all businesses primarily engaged in the commercial fishing industry (NAICS 11411) for Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) compliance purposes only (80 FR 81194, December 29, 2015). The $11 million standard became effective on July 1, 2016, and is to be used in place of the SBA's current standards of $20.5 million, $5.5 million, and $7.5 million for the finfish (NAICS 114111), shellfish (NAICS 114112), and other marine fishing (NAICS 114119) sectors of the U.S. commercial fishing industry in all NMFS rules subject to the RFA after July 1, 2016.
Pursuant to the RFA, and prior to July 1, 2016, a certification was developed for this regulatory action using SBA's size standards. NMFS has reviewed the analyses prepared for this regulatory action in light of the new size standard. All of the entities directly regulated by this regulatory action are shellfish commercial fishing businesses and were considered small under the SBA's size standards, and thus they all would continue to be considered small under the new standard. Thus, NMFS has determined that the new size standard does not affect analyses prepared for this regulatory action.
Based on the information above, a reduction in profits for a substantial number of small entities is not expected. The Chief Counsel for Regulation of the Department of Commerce hereby reaffirms that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Because this final rule, if implemented, is not expected to have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, a final regulatory flexibility analysis is not required and none has been prepared.
No duplicative, overlapping, or conflicting Federal rules have been identified. This final rule will not establish any new reporting or record-keeping requirements.
Commercial, Fisheries, Fishing, Gulf, Permits, Shrimp.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, 50 CFR part 622 is amended as follows:
16 U.S.C. 1801
(b)
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
This action proposes to establish Class E airspace at Camden, AL, to accommodate new Area Navigation (RNAV) Global Positioning System (GPS) Standard Instrument Approach Procedures (SIAPs) serving Camden Municipal Airport. Controlled airspace is necessary for the safety and management of instrument flight rules (IFR) operations at the airport.
Comments must be received on or before September 6, 2016.
Send comments on this rule to: U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., West Building Ground Floor, Room 12-140, Washington, DC 20590; Telephone: 1-800-647-5527 or 202-366-9826. You must identify the Docket Number FAA-2012-1308; Airspace Docket No. 12-ASO-44, at the beginning of your comments. You may also submit and review received comments through the Internet at
FAA Order 7400.9Z, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, and subsequent amendments can be viewed on line at
FAA Order 7400.9, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, is published yearly and effective on September 15.
John Fornito, Operations Support Group, Eastern Service Center, Federal Aviation Administration, P.O. Box 20636, Atlanta, Georgia 30320; telephone (404) 305-6364.
The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority. This rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part, A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it would establish Class E airspace at Camden Municipal Airport, Camden, AL.
Interested persons are invited to comment on this proposed rulemaking by submitting such written data, views, or arguments, as they may desire. Comments that provide the factual basis supporting the views and suggestions presented are particularly helpful in developing reasoned regulatory decisions on the proposal. Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, aeronautical, economic, environmental, and energy-related aspects of the proposal.
Communications should identify both docket numbers and be submitted in triplicate to the address listed above. You may also submit comments through the Internet at
Persons wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments on this action must submit with those comments a self-addressed stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: “Comments to Docket No. FAA-2012-1308; Airspace Docket No. 12-ASO-44.” The postcard will be date/time stamped and returned to the commenter.
All communications received before the specified closing date for comments will be considered before taking action on the proposed rule. The proposal contained in this notice may be changed in light of the comments received. A report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel concerned with this rulemaking will be filed in the docket.
An electronic copy of this document may be downloaded from and comments submitted through
You may review the public docket containing the proposal, any comments received, and any final disposition in person in the Dockets Office (see the
This document proposes to amend FAA Order 7400.9Z, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 6, 2015, and effective September 15, 2015. FAA Order 7400.9Z is publicly available as listed in the
The FAA is considering an amendment to Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) Part 71 to establish Class E airspace at Camden, AL., providing the controlled airspace required to support the new RNAV (GPS) standard instrument approach procedures for Camden Municipal Airport. Controlled airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within a 7.7-mile radius of the airport would be established for IFR operations.
Class E airspace designations are published in Paragraph 6005 of FAA Order 7400.9Z, dated August 6, 2015, and effective September 15, 2015, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1. The Class E airspace designation listed in this document will be published subsequently in the Order.
The FAA has determined that this proposed regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore; (1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a Regulatory Evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that will only affect air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this proposed rule, when promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
This proposal will be subject to an environmental analysis in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1F, “Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures” prior to any FAA final regulatory action.
Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (Air).
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 14 CFR part 71 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
This action proposes to establish Class E airspace at Murray, KY, to accommodate new Area Navigation (RNAV) Global Positioning System (GPS) Standard Instrument Approach Procedures (SIAPs) serving Murray Calloway County Hospital Heliport. Controlled airspace is necessary for the safety and management of instrument flight rules (IFR) operations at the heliport.
Comments must be received on or before September 6, 2016.
Send comments on this rule to: U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., West Bldg Ground Floor Rm W12-140, Washington, DC 20590; Telephone: 1-800-647-5527, or 202-647-9826.You must identify the Docket No. FAA-2016-6775; Airspace Docket No. 16-ASO-9, at the beginning of your comments. You may also submit and review received comments through the Internet at
FAA Order 7400.9Z, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, and subsequent amendments can be viewed on line at
FAA Order 7400.9, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, is published yearly and effective on September 15.
John Fornito, Operations Support Group, Eastern Service Center, Federal Aviation Administration, P.O. Box 20636, Atlanta, Georgia 30320; telephone (404) 305-6364.
The FAA's authority to issue rules regarding aviation safety is found in Title 49 of the United States Code. Subtitle I, Section 106 describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. Subtitle VII, Aviation Programs, describes in more detail the scope of the agency's authority. This proposed rulemaking is promulgated under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part, A, Subpart I, Section 40103. Under that section, the FAA is charged with prescribing regulations to assign the use of airspace necessary to ensure the safety of aircraft and the efficient use of airspace. This regulation is within the scope of that authority as it would establish Class E airspace at Murray
Interested persons are invited to comment on this rule by submitting such written data, views, or arguments, as they may desire. Comments that provide the factual basis supporting the views and suggestions presented are particularly helpful in developing reasoned regulatory decisions on the proposal. Comments are specifically invited on the overall regulatory, aeronautical, economic, environmental, and energy-related aspects of the proposal.
Communications should identify both docket numbers and be submitted in triplicate to the address listed above. You may also submit comments through the Internet at
Persons wishing the FAA to acknowledge receipt of their comments on this action must submit with those comments a self-addressed stamped postcard on which the following statement is made: “Comments to Docket No. FAA-2016-6775; Airspace Docket No. 16-ASO-9.” The postcard will be date/time stamped and returned to the commenter.
All communications received before the specified closing date for comments will be considered before taking action on the proposed rule. The proposal contained in this notice may be changed in light of the comments received. A report summarizing each substantive public contact with FAA personnel concerned with this rulemaking will be filed in the docket.
An electronic copy of this document may be downloaded from and comments submitted through
You may review the public docket containing the proposal, any comments received, and any final disposition in person in the Dockets Office (see the
This document proposes to amend FAA Order 7400.9Z, Airspace Designations and Reporting Points, dated August 6, 2015, and effective September 15, 2015. FAA Order 7400.9Z is publicly available as listed in the
The FAA is considering an amendment to Title 14, Code of Federal Regulations (14 CFR) part 71 to establish Class E airspace at Murray, KY, providing the controlled airspace required to support the new Copter RNAV (GPS) standard instrument approach procedures for Murray Calloway County Hospital Heliport. Controlled airspace extending upward from 700 feet above the surface within a 6-mile radius of the heliport would be established for IFR operations.
Class E airspace designations are published in Paragraph 6005 of FAA Order 7400.9Z, dated August 6, 2015, and effective September 15, 2015, which is incorporated by reference in 14 CFR 71.1. The Class E airspace designation listed in this document will be published subsequently in the Order.
The FAA has determined that this proposed regulation only involves an established body of technical regulations for which frequent and routine amendments are necessary to keep them operationally current. It, therefore: (1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866; (2) is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034; February 26, 1979); and (3) does not warrant preparation of a Regulatory Evaluation as the anticipated impact is so minimal. Since this is a routine matter that will only affect air traffic procedures and air navigation, it is certified that this proposed rule, when promulgated, will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
This proposal would be subject to an environmental analysis in accordance with FAA Order 1050.1F, “Environmental Impacts: Policies and Procedures” prior to any FAA final regulatory action.
Airspace, Incorporation by reference, Navigation (Air).
In consideration of the foregoing, the Federal Aviation Administration proposes to amend 14 CFR part 71 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(f), 106(g); 40103, 40113, 40120; E.O. 10854, 24 FR 9565, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 389.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Withdrawal of notice of proposed rulemaking; and notice of
This document withdraws the notice of proposed rulemaking published in the
Written or electronic comments and requests for a public hearing must be received by October 20, 2016.
Send submissions to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-102516-15), Room 5203, Internal Revenue Service, P.O. Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington, DC 20044. Submissions may be hand-delivered Monday through Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-102516-15), Courier's Desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC, or sent electronically via the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Concerning the regulations, Jennifer A. Records at (202) 317-6853; concerning submissions of comments and requests for a public hearing, Regina Johnson of the Publications and Regulations Branch at (202) 317-6901 (not toll-free numbers).
On December 20, 1985, the Treasury Department and the IRS published in the
Temporary regulations in the Rules and Regulations section of this issue of the
Certain IRS regulations, including this one, are exempt from the requirements of Executive Order 12866, as supplemented and reaffirmed by Executive Order 13563. Therefore, a regulatory impact assessment is not required. It also has been determined that section 553(b) of the Administrative Procedure Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 5) does not apply to these regulations, and, because these regulations do not impose a collection of information on small entities, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply. Therefore, a regulatory flexibility analysis is not required. Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Code, these proposed regulations have been submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on their impact on small business.
Before these proposed regulations are adopted as final regulations, consideration will be given to any written (a signed original and eight (8) copies) or electronic comments that are submitted timely to the IRS. The Treasury Department and the IRS request comments on all aspects of these proposed regulations. Specifically, the Treasury Department and the IRS request comments regarding whether guidance is needed to address the applicability of the income inclusion rules under section 50(d)(5) to trusts, estates, and/or electing large partnerships. All comments will be available for public inspection and copying. A public hearing will be scheduled if requested in writing by any person that timely submits written comments. If a public hearing is scheduled, notice of the date, time, and place for the public hearing will be published in the
The principal author of these regulations is Jennifer A. Records, Office of the Associate Chief Counsel (Passthroughs and Special Industries), IRS. However, other personnel from the Treasury Department and the IRS participated in their development.
Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Accordingly, under authority of 26 U.S.C. 7805, the notice of proposed rulemaking (LR-92-73) that was published in the
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is proposed to be amended as follows:
26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
[The text of proposed amendment to § 1.50-1 is the same as the text of § 1.50-1T(a) through (f) published
Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury; Employee Benefits Security Administration, Department of Labor; Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services.
Request for information.
This document is a request for information on whether there are alternative ways (other than those offered in current regulations) for eligible organizations that object to providing coverage for contraceptive services on religious grounds to obtain an accommodation, while still ensuring that women enrolled in the organizations' health plans have access to seamless coverage of the full range of Food and Drug Administration-approved contraceptives without cost sharing. This information is being solicited in light of the Supreme Court's opinion in
Comments must be submitted on or before September 20, 2016.
In commenting, please refer to file code CMS-9931-NC. Because of staff and resource limitations, we cannot accept comments by facsimile (FAX) transmission.
You may submit comments in one of four ways (please choose only one of the ways listed):
1.
2.
3.
4.
a. For delivery in Washington, DC—Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services, Room 445-G, Hubert H. Humphrey Building, 200 Independence Avenue SW., Washington, DC 20201.
(Because access to the interior of the Hubert H. Humphrey Building is not readily available to persons without Federal government identification, commenters are encouraged to leave their comments in the CMS drop slots located in the main lobby of the building. A stamp-in clock is available for persons wishing to retain a proof of filing by stamping in and retaining an extra copy of the comments being filed.)
b. For delivery in Baltimore, MD—Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, Department of Health and Human Services, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, MD 21244-1850.
If you intend to deliver your comments to the Baltimore address, call telephone number (410) 786-9994 in advance to schedule your arrival with one of our staff members.
Comments erroneously mailed to the addresses indicated as appropriate for hand or courier delivery may be delayed and received after the comment period.
For information on viewing public comments, see the beginning of the
David Mlawsky, Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), Department of Health and Human Services, at (410) 786-1565.
Elizabeth Schumacher or Suzanne Adelman, Employee Benefits Security Administration, Department of Labor, at (202) 693-8335.
Karen Levin, Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury, at (202) 317-6846.
Comments received timely will also be available for public inspection as they are received, generally beginning approximately 3 weeks after publication of a document, at the headquarters of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, 7500 Security Boulevard, Baltimore, Maryland 21244, Monday through Friday of each week from 8:30 a.m. to 4 p.m. To schedule an appointment to view public comments, phone 1-800-743-3951.
The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (Pub. L. 111-148) was enacted on March 23, 2010. The Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-152) was enacted on March 30, 2010. These statutes are collectively known as the Affordable Care Act. The Affordable Care Act reorganizes, amends, and adds to the provisions of part A of title XXVII of the Public Health Service Act (PHS Act) relating to group health plans and health insurance issuers in the group and individual markets. The Affordable Care Act adds section 715(a)(1) to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA) and section 9815(a)(1) to the
Section 2713 of the PHS Act, as added by the Affordable Care Act and incorporated into ERISA and the Code, requires that non-grandfathered group health plans and health insurance issuers offering non-grandfathered group or individual health insurance coverage provide coverage of certain specified preventive services without cost sharing. These preventive services include preventive care and screenings for women provided for in comprehensive guidelines supported by the Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA). On August 1, 2011, the Departments amended regulations to cover women's preventive services provided for in HRSA guidelines,
The Departments issued regulations that provide an accommodation for eligible organizations that object on religious grounds to providing coverage for contraceptive services.
Under the Departments' regulations, an eligible organization may invoke the accommodation by self-certifying its eligibility using a form provided by the Department of Labor, EBSA Form 700, and providing the form to its health insurance issuer (to the extent it has an insured plan) or third party administrator (to the extent it has a self-insured plan).
In
As the government explained in its briefs in
The Departments are using the RFI procedure because the issues addressed in the supplemental briefing in
In its request for supplemental briefing in
In response, the government explained:
For employers with insured plans, the Court described an arrangement very similar to the existing accommodation. The accommodation already relieves [employers with religious objections] of any obligation to provide contraceptive coverage and instead requires insurers to provide coverage separately. The only difference is the way the accommodation is invoked. Currently, an employer that chooses to opt out by notifying its insurer (rather than HHS) must use a written form self-certifying its religious objection and eligibility for the accommodation. The Court's order posited an alternative procedure in which the employer could opt out by asking an insurer for a policy that excluded contraceptives to which it objects. That request would not need to take any particular form, but the employer and the insurer would be in the same position as after a self-certification: The employer's obligation to provide contraceptive coverage would be extinguished, and the insurer would instead be required to provide the coverage separately.” Gov't Supp. Brief 2 (citation omitted); see
The government explained that because “[i]nsurers have an independent statutory obligation to provide contraceptive coverage,” “the accommodation for employers with insured plans could be modified to operate in the manner posited in the Court's order while still ensuring that the affected women receive contraceptive coverage seamlessly, together with the rest of their health coverage.”
The Departments seek comments from all interested stakeholders, including all objecting employers, on the procedure for invoking the accommodation described above, including with respect to the following:
1. The Departments ask objecting organizations with insured plans to indicate whether the alternative procedure described above would resolve their RFRA objections to the accommodation. If it would not resolve a particular organization's RFRA objection, the Departments ask the organization to indicate whether its RFRA objection could be resolved by any procedure(s) or system(s) in which the organization's issuer provides contraceptive coverage to the women enrolled in the organization's health plan, and, if so, describe the procedure(s) or system(s) with specificity.
2. The Supreme Court's supplemental briefing order appears to contemplate that, in requesting insurance coverage that excludes contraceptive coverage, an employer would inform its issuer that it objects to providing contraceptive coverage “on religious grounds.”
3. The government's supplemental brief explained that eliminating the written notification requirement in the existing accommodation could impose additional burdens on objecting employers, issuers, and regulators. Gov't Supp. Br. 8-10, 14-15. The Departments seek comment on the extent of those burdens and what steps could be taken
4. What impact would the alternative procedure described above have on the ability of women enrolled in group health plans established by objecting employers to receive seamless coverage for contraceptive services?
In their supplemental brief, the plaintiffs in
The Departments seek comments on this approach, including with respect to the following:
1. The Departments ask objecting organizations with insured plans to indicate whether this alternative procedure would resolve their RFRA objections to the accommodation.
2. What impact would this approach have on the ability of women enrolled in group health plans established by objecting employers to receive seamless coverage for contraceptive services?
3. Is this approach feasible for health insurance issuers?
4. Relying on the record developed in the prior rulemaking proceedings, the government's supplemental reply brief in
5. Are there alternative procedure(s) or systems (without relying on contraceptive-only policies or imposing an affirmative enrollment requirement) that would resolve objecting organizations' RFRA objection to the accommodation? If so, please describe the procedure(s) or system(s) with specificity.
The Supreme Court's supplemental briefing order in
If an employer has a self-insured plan, the statutory obligation to provide contraceptive coverage falls only on the plan—there is no insurer with a preexisting duty to provide coverage. Accordingly, to relieve self-insured employers of any obligation to provide contraceptive coverage while still ensuring that the affected women receive coverage without the employer's involvement, the accommodation establishes a mechanism for the government to designate the employer's TPA as a `plan administrator' responsible for separately providing the required coverage under [ERISA]. That designation is made by the government, not the employer, and the employer does not fund, control, or have any other involvement with the separate portion of the ERISA plan administered by the TPA.
The government's designation of the TPA must be reflected in a written plan instrument. To satisfy that requirement, the accommodation relies on either (1) a written designation sent by the government to the TPA, which requires the government to know the TPA's identity, or (2) the self-certification form, which the regulations treat as a plan instrument in which the government designates the TPA as a plan administrator. There is no mechanism for requiring TPAs to provide separate contraceptive coverage without a plan instrument; self-insured employers could not opt out of the contraceptive-coverage requirement by simply informing their TPAs that they do not want to provide coverage for contraceptives. Gov't Supp. Br. 16-17 (citations omitted).
Although the Departments have not identified any viable alternative to the existing accommodation for self-insured plans, they seek comment on any possible modifications to the accommodation for self-insured plans, including self-insured church plans that would resolve objecting organizations' RFRA objections while still providing seamless access to coverage, including with respect to the following:
1. Are any reasonable alternative means available under existing law by which the Departments could ensure that women enrolled in self-insured plans maintained by objecting employers receive separate contraceptive coverage that is not contracted, arranged, paid, or referred for by the objecting organization but that is provided through the same third party administrators that administer the rest of their health benefits?
2. The Departments ask objecting organizations with self-insured plans to indicate whether their RFRA objections to the existing accommodation could be resolved by any alternative procedure or system in which the objecting organization's third party administrator provides contraceptive coverage to the women enrolled in the organization's health plan, and, if so, to describe the procedure(s) or system(s) with specificity.
This document does not impose information collection requirements, that is, reporting, recordkeeping or third-party disclosure requirements. Consequently, it need not be reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget under the authority of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
Environmental Protection Agency.
Proposed rule.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is proposing to approve a State Implementation Plan (SIP) revision submitted by the State of Rhode Island. This SIP revision includes fifteen revised Rhode Island Air Pollution Control Regulations. These regulations have been previously approved into the Rhode Island SIP and the revisions to these regulations are mainly administrative in nature, but also include technical corrections and a few substantive changes to several of the rules. In addition, EPA is proposing a correction to the Rhode Island SIP to remove Rhode Island's odor regulation because it was previously erroneously approved into the SIP. The intended effect of this action is to propose to approve Rhode Island's fifteen revised regulations into the Rhode Island SIP and correct the Rhode Island SIP by removing Rhode Island's odor regulation. This action is being taken in accordance with the Clean Air Act.
Written comments must be received on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by Docket ID No. EPA-R01-OAR-2015-0306 at
Susan Lancey, Air Permits, Toxics and Indoor Programs Unit, Office of Ecosystem Protection, 5 Post Office Square—Suite 100, (Mail code OEP05-2), Boston, MA 02109-3912, telephone 617-918-1656, fax 617-918-0656, email
In the Rules and Regulations section of this
For additional information, see the direct final rule which is located in the Rules and Regulations section of this
Office of the Chief Information Officer, USDA.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3506), this notice announces and requests comments on the intention of the Office of the Chief Information Officer (OCIO) to request approval for the continuation of and changes to the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Registration Form to Request Electronic Access Code information collection to allow USDA customers to securely and confidently share data and receive services electronically. Authority for obtaining information from customers is included in the Freedom to E-File Act, the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (E-SIGN, the E-Government Act of 2002. Customer information is collected through the USDA eAuthentication Service (eAuth), located at
Comments on this notice must be received on or before September 20, 2016 to be assured of consideration.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments concerning this information collection to Adam Zeimet, 2150 Centre Avenue, Building A-Suite 350, Fort Collins, Colorado 80526. Fax comments should be sent to the attention of Adam Zeimet at fax number (970) 295-5528.
Adam Zeimet by telephone at (970) 295-5678, or via email at
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35), this notice announces the intention of USDA-OCIO-Client Technology Services-Identity Access Branch (Identity, Credential, and Access Management Program) to request approval for an existing collection.
Comments are invited on (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of the information on those who respond, through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, technological or other forms of information technology collection methods. Copies of the information collection may be obtained from Mr. Zeimet by calling or emailing your request to the contact information above in the
Office of the Deputy Under Secretary for Food Safety, USDA.
Notice of public meeting and request for comments.
The Office of the Deputy Under Secretary for Food Safety, U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA), and the Food and Drug Administration (FDA), are sponsoring a public meeting on September 22, 2016. The objective of the public meeting is to provide information and receive public comments on agenda items and draft United States (U.S.) positions to be discussed at the 23rd Session of the Codex Committee on Residues of Veterinary Drugs in Foods (CCRVDF) of the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), taking place in Houston, Texas, October 17-21, 2016. The Deputy Under Secretary for Food Safety and the FDA recognize the importance of providing interested parties the opportunity to obtain background information on the 23rd Session of the CCRVDF and to address items on the agenda.
The public meeting is scheduled for Thursday, September 22, 2016, from 1:00 p.m.-4:00 p.m.
The public meeting will take place at the USDA, Jamie L. Whitten Building, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., Room 107-A, Washington, DC 20250.
Documents related to the 23rd Session of the CCRVDF will be accessible via the Internet at the following address:
Brandi Robinson, U.S. Delegate to the 23rd Session of the CCRVDF, invites U.S. interested parties to submit their comments electronically to the following email address:
If you wish to participate in the public meeting for the 23rd Session of the CCRVDF by conference call, please use the following call-in-number:
The participant code will be posted on the following Web page:
Attendees may register to attend the public meeting by emailing
Brandi Robinson, ONADE International Coordinator, Center for Veterinary Medicine, U.S. Food and Drug Administration, 7500 Standish Place, HFV-100, Rockville, MD 20855. Telephone: (240) 402-0645, Email:
Kenneth Lowery, U.S. Codex Office, 1400 Independence Avenue SW., South Agriculture Building, Room 4861, Washington, DC 20250. Telephone: (202) 690-4042, Fax: (202) 720-3157, Email:
Codex was established in 1963 by two United Nations organizations, the Food and Agriculture Organization and the World Health Organization (FAO/WHO). Through adoption of food standards, codes of practice, and other guidelines developed by its committees, and by promoting their adoption and implementation by governments, Codex seeks to protect the health of consumers and ensure fair practices in the food trade.
The CCRVDF is responsible for determining priorities for the consideration of residues of veterinary drugs in foods, recommending maximum levels of such substances, developing codes of practice as may be required, and considering methods of sampling and analysis for the determination of veterinary drug residues in foods.
The Committee is hosted by the United States.
The following items on the Agenda for the 23rd Session of the CCRVDF will be discussed during the public meeting:
• Matters referred to the Committee by Codex or its subsidiary bodies;
• Matters of interest arising from the FAO/WHO and from the 81st Meeting of the Joint FAO/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives (JECFA);
• Report of the World Organisation for Animal Health activities, including the International Cooperation on Harmonisation of Technical Requirements for Registration of Veterinary Medicinal Products;
• Proposed draft Risk Management Recommendations (RMR) for gentian violet at Step 3;
• Proposed draft Maximum Residue Limits (MRLs) for ivermectin (cattle muscle) and lasalocid sodium (chicken, turkey, quail, and pheasant kidney, liver, muscle, skin and fat) at Step 4;
• Proposed draft MRLs for ivermectin (cattle fat, kidney, muscle),
• Discussion paper on the unintended presence of residues of veterinary drugs in food commodities resulting from the carry-over of drug residues into feed;
• Discussion paper on the establishment of a rating system to establish priority for the CCRVDF work;
• Global survey to provide information to the CCRVDF to move compounds from the database on countries' needs for MRLs to the JECFA Priority List (Report of Environmental Working Group) and Database on countries' needs for MRLs;
• Draft priority list of veterinary drugs requiring evaluation or re-evaluation by JECFA; and
• Other Business & Future Work.
Each issue listed will be fully described in documents distributed, or to be distributed, by the Secretariat before the Meeting. Members of the public may access or request copies of these documents (see
At the September 22, 2016, public meeting, draft U.S. positions on the agenda items will be described and discussed, and attendees will have the opportunity to pose questions and offer comments. Written comments may be offered at the meeting or sent to the U.S. Delegate for the 23rd Session of the CCRVDF, Brandi Robinson (see
Public awareness of all segments of rulemaking and policy development is important. Consequently, FSIS will announce this
FSIS also will make copies of this publication available through the FSIS Constituent Update, which is used to provide information regarding FSIS policies, procedures, regulations,
No agency, officer, or employee of the USDA shall, on the grounds of race, color, national origin, religion, sex, gender identity, sexual orientation, disability, age, marital status, family/parental status, income derived from a public assistance program, or political beliefs, exclude from participation in, deny the benefits of, or subject to discrimination any person in the United States under any program or activity conducted by the USDA.
To file a complaint of discrimination, complete the USDA Program Discrimination Complaint Form, which may be accessed online at
Send your completed complaint form or letter to USDA by mail, fax, or email:
Persons with disabilities who require alternative means for communication (Braille, large print, audiotape, etc.), should contact USDA's TARGET Center at (202) 720-2600 (voice and TDD).
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Missoula Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Frenchtown, Montana. The committee is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with Title II of the Act. RAC information can be found at the following Web site:
The meeting will be held on Wednesday, August 3, 2016, at 6 p.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at Frenchtown Rural Fire Station 1, 16875 Marion Street, Frenchtown, Montana.
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Sari Lehl, RAC Coordinator, by phone at 406-626-5201 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is for RAC project proposal presentations.
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should request in writing by August 1, 2016, to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the committee may file written statements with the committee staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and requests for time to make oral comments must be sent to Sari Lehl, RAC Coordinator, Ninemile Ranger District, 20325 Remount Road, Huson, Montana 59846; by email to
All reasonable accommodation requests are managed on a case by case basis.
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of initiating the assessment phase of the forest plan revision for the Ashley National Forest.
The Ashley National Forest (Forest), located in northeastern Utah and southwestern Wyoming, is initiating the first phase of the forest planning process pursuant to the National Forest System Land Management Planning rule (36 CFR part 219). This process will result in a revised forest land management plan (forest plan) which provides strategic direction for management of resources on the Ashley National Forest for the next ten to fifteen years. The first phase of the planning process involves assessing ecological, social and economic conditions and trends in the planning area and documenting the findings in an assessment report.
The assessment phase is just beginning on the Ashley National Forest and interested parties are invited to contribute to the development of the assessment. The Forest will be hosting public meetings to explain the revision process and invite the public to share information relevant to the assessment, including sources of existing information and local knowledge of current conditions and trends in the natural resources, social values, and goods and services produced by lands within the Ashley National Forest.
Public meetings to discuss development of the assessment will be held in July and August 2016. Dates, locations and agendas will be posted on the Forest Web site (
Written correspondence can be sent to: Ashley National Forest, Attn: Forest Plan, 355 N. Vernal Avenue, Vernal, UT 84078; or emailed to
Kathy Paulin, Forest Plan Revision Team Leader at the mailing address above; or call 435-781-5118. Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8 a.m. and 8 p.m. Eastern Time, Monday through Friday. More information on our plan revision process is available on the Forest's planning Web site at
The National Forest Management Act (NFMA) of 1976 requires that every National Forest System (NFS) unit develop and periodically revise a forest plan. The procedures for doing this are in federal regulation (“Planning Rule,” 36 CFR 219) and in Forest Service directives. Forest plans provide strategic direction for managing forest resources for ten to fifteen years, and are adaptive and amendable as conditions change over time.
Under the Planning Rule, an assessment of ecological, social, and economic conditions and trends in the planning area is the first phase of a 3-phase planning process (36 CFR 219.6). The second phase is guided, in part, by the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). It includes preparation of a draft revised forest plan, one or more alternatives to the draft plan, and a draft environmental impact statement (DEIS) for public review and comment. This is followed by a final environmental impact statement (FEIS) and draft decision. The draft decision is subject to the objection procedures of 36 CFR part 219, subpart B, before it can be finalized. The third stage of the process is monitoring and feedback, which is ongoing over the life of the revised forest plan.
This notice announces the start of the Ashley National Forest's assessment process. The assessment will rapidly evaluate existing information about relevant ecological, economic, cultural and social conditions, trends and sustainability and their relationship to the current forest plan within the context of the broader landscape. The assessment does not include any decisions or require any actions on the ground. Its purpose is to provide a solid base of information that will be used to identify preliminary needs for change in the current forest plan, and to inform development of a revised plan.
With this notice, the Ashley National Forest invites other governments, non-governmental parties, and the public to contribute to assessment development. The intent of public participation during this phase is to identify as much relevant information as possible to inform the plan revision process. We also encourage contributors to share their concerns and perceptions of risk to social, economic, and ecological systems in or connected to the planning area.
As public engagement opportunities are scheduled, public announcements will be made and information will be posted on the Forest's Web site:
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Tuolumne and Mariposa Counties Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Sonora, California. The committee is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with title II of
The meeting will be held on August 22, 2016, from 12 p.m. to 3 p.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at the Stanislaus National Forest Supervisor's Office, Tuolumne Room, 19777 Greenley Road, Sonora, California. A phone line will be available to attend the meeting via conference call; for the conference line information, please contact the person listed under
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Beth Martinez, RAC Coordinator, by phone at 209-532-3671 extension 321 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to:
1. Vote on project proposals; and
2. Make recommendations to the Forest Service from the Tuolumne and Mariposa Counties RAC.
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should request in writing by at least a week in advance to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the committee may file written statements with the committee staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and requests for time for oral comments must be sent to Beth Martinez, RAC Coordinator, Stanislaus National Forest, 19777 Greenley Road, Sonora, California 95370; by email to
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Tuolumne and Mariposa Counties Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in Sonora, California. The committee is authorized under the Secure Rural Schools and Community Self-Determination Act (the Act) and operates in compliance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The purpose of the committee is to improve collaborative relationships and to provide advice and recommendations to the Forest Service concerning projects and funding consistent with title II of the Act. RAC information can be found at the following Web site:
The meeting will be held on August 15, 2016, from 12 p.m. to 3 p.m.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at the Stanislaus National Forest Supervisor's Office, Tuolumne Room, 19777 Greenley Road, Sonora, California. A phone line will be available to attend the meeting via conference call; for the conference line information, please contact the person listed under
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Beth Martinez, RAC Coordinator, by phone at 209-532-3671 extension 321 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8 a.m. and 8 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is for project presentations.
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should request in writing by at least a week in advance to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the committee may file written statements with the committee staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and requests for time for oral comments must be sent to Beth Martinez, RAC Coordinator, Stanislaus National Forest, 19777 Greenley Road, Sonora, California 95370; by email to
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of meeting.
The Gogebic Resource Advisory Committee (RAC) will meet in
The meeting will be held on August 24, 2016, from 9:30 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. Central Standard Time.
All RAC meetings are subject to cancellation. For status of meeting prior to attendance, please contact the person listed under
The meeting will be held at the Watersmeet and Iron River Ranger District Office, E23979 US 2 East (Corner of US 2 and Hwy. 45), Watersmeet, Michigan.
Written comments may be submitted as described under
Lisa Klaus, RAC Coordinator, by phone at 906-932-1330 ext. 328 or via email at
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The purpose of the meeting is to:
1. Identify new RAC committee members,
2. Review and approve the RAC's operating guidelines,
3. Elect a new chairperson, and
4. Review and recommend projects for Title II funding.
The meeting is open to the public. The agenda will include time for people to make oral statements of three minutes or less. Individuals wishing to make an oral statement should request in writing by August 12, 2016, to be scheduled on the agenda. Anyone who would like to bring related matters to the attention of the committee may file written statements with the committee staff before or after the meeting. Written comments and requests for time for oral comments must be sent to Attention: Lisa Klaus, RAC Coordinator, Ottawa National Forest Supervisor's Office, E6248 US Hwy. 2, Ironwood, Michigan 49938; by email to
Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of meeting.
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission), and the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA), that a planning meeting of the New York Advisory Committee to the Commission will convene at 12:30 p.m. (EDT) on Wednesday, August 3, 2016 at the Midtown Conference Center of Sullivan & Cromwell, located at 535 Madison Ave., New York, NY 10022. The purpose of the planning meeting is for staff to conduct an orientation for new and returning members and for the Advisory Committee to discuss project planning for its new appointment term.
Persons needing accessibility services should contact the Eastern Regional Office at least ten (10) working days before the scheduled date of the meeting. Please contact Evelyn Bohor at
Members of the public are invited to submit written comments; the comments must be received in the regional office by Monday, September 5, 2016. Written comments may be mailed to the Eastern Regional Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 1331 Pennsylvania Avenue, Suite 1150, Washington, DC 20425, faxed to (202) 376-7548, or emailed to Evelyn Bohor at
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing as they become available at:
Wednesday, August 3, 2016 at 12:00 p.m. (EDT).
The meeting will be held at: Sullivan & Cromwell, Midtown Conference Center, 535 Madison Ave., New York, NY 10022.
Ivy L. Davis, DFO,
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of public meeting.
Monday, August 1, 2016.
12:00 p.m.-1:00 p.m. (Alaska Time).
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) and the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) that a webinar meeting of the Alaska State Advisory Committee (Committee) to the Commission will be held at 12:00 p.m. (Alaska Time)
Any interested member of the public may call this number and listen to the meeting. Callers can expect to incur charges for calls they initiate over wireless lines, and the Commission will not refund any incurred charges. Callers will incur no charge for calls they initiate over land-line connections to the toll-free telephone number. Persons with hearing impairments may also follow the proceedings by first calling the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-977-8339 and providing the Service with the conference call number and conference ID number. Hearing-impaired persons who will attend the meeting and require the services of a sign language interpreter should contact the Regional Office at least ten (10) working days before the scheduled date of the meeting.
Members of the public are entitled to make comments during the open period at the end of the meeting. Members of the public may also submit written comments within thirty (30) days of the meeting. The comments must be received in the Western Regional Office of the Commission by Monday, August 29, 2016. The address is Western Regional Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 300 N. Los Angeles Street, Suite 2010, Los Angeles, CA 90012. Persons wishing to email their comments may do so by sending them to Angela French-Bell, Regional Director, Western Regional Office, at
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing prior to and after the meeting at
This meeting is available to the public through the following toll-free call-in number: Toll-Free Phone Number: 888-523-1228; when prompted, please provide conference ID number: 4919191.
Angela French-Bell, DFO, at (213) 894-3437 or
U.S. Commission on Civil Rights.
Announcement of public meeting.
Friday, July 29, 2016.
1:00 p.m.-2:30 p.m. (Pacific Time).
Notice is hereby given, pursuant to the provisions of the rules and regulations of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights (Commission) and the Federal Advisory Committee Act (FACA) that a meeting of the Nevada Advisory Committee (Committee) to the Commission will be held on Friday, July 29, 2016, at the Department of Employment, Training and Rehabilitation, 2800 East St. Louis Avenue, Conference Room C, Las Vegas, NV 89104. The meeting is scheduled to begin at 1:00 p.m. and adjourn at approximately 2:30 p.m. The purpose of the meeting is for the Committee to consider and discuss potential topics for their FY17 civil rights project.
Members of the public are entitled to make comments during the open period at the end of the meeting. Members of the public may also submit written comments within thirty (30) days of the meeting. The comments must be received in the Western Regional Office of the Commission by Monday, August 29, 2016. The address is Western Regional Office, U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, 300 N. Los Angeles Street, Suite 2010, Los Angeles, CA 90012. Persons wishing to email their comments may do so by sending them to Angela French-Bell, Regional Director, Western Regional Office, at
Records and documents discussed during the meeting will be available for public viewing prior to and after the meeting at
Please click on the “Meeting Details” and “Documents” links. Records generated from this meeting may also be inspected and reproduced at the Western Regional Office, as they become available, both before and after the meeting. Persons interested in the work of this Committee are directed to the Commission's Web site,
Angela French-Bell, DFO, at (213) 894-3437 or
International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce.
Notice of implementation of a cost recovery program fee with request for comments.
Consistent with the guidelines in OMB Circular A-25, the U.S. Department of Commerce's International Trade Administration (ITA) is implementing a cost recovery program fee to support the operation of the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework (Privacy Shield), which will require that U.S. organizations pay an annual fee to ITA in order to participate in the Privacy Shield. The cost recovery program will support the administration and supervision of the Privacy Shield program and support the provision of
This fee schedule is effective August 1, 2016. Comments must be received by August 22, 2016.
You may submit comments by either of the following methods:
•
• Postal Mail/Commercial Delivery to Grace Harter, Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration, Room 20001, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC and reference “Privacy Shield Fee Structure, ITA-2016-0007” in the subject line.
Commerce Department will accept anonymous comments (enter “N/A” in the required fields if you wish to remain anonymous). Attachments to electronic comments will be accepted in Microsoft Word, Excel, WordPerfect, or Adobe PDF file formats only. Supporting documents and any comments we receive on this docket may be viewed at
Requests for additional information regarding the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework should be directed to David Ritchie or Grace Harter, Department of Commerce, International Trade Administration, Room 20001, 1401 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC, tel. 202-482-4936 or 202-482-1512 or via email at
Consistent with the guidelines in OMB Circular A-25 (
The role of ITA is to strengthen the competitiveness of U.S. industry, promote trade and investment, and ensure fair trade through the rigorous enforcement of our trade laws and agreements. ITA works to promote privacy policy frameworks to facilitate the flow of data across borders to support international trade.
The United States and the European Union (EU) share the goal of enhancing privacy protection but take different approaches to protecting personal data. Given those differences, the Department of Commerce (DOC) developed the Privacy Shield in consultation with the European Commission, as well as with industry and other stakeholders, to provide organizations in the United States with a reliable mechanism for personal data transfers to the United States from the European Union while ensuring the protection of the data as required by EU law.
In July 2016, the European Commission approved the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework. The published Privacy Shield Principles are available at: [insert link]. The DOC has issued the Privacy Shield Principles under its statutory authority to foster, promote, and develop international commerce (15 U.S.C. 1512). ITA will administer and supervise the Privacy Shield, including by maintaining and making publicly available an authoritative list of U.S. organizations that have self-certified to the DOC. U.S. organizations submit information to ITA to self-certify their compliance with Privacy Shield. ITA will accept self-certification submissions beginning on August 1, 2016. At a future date, ITA will publish for public notice and comment information collections as described in the Privacy Shield Framework consistent with the Paperwork Reduction Act.
U.S. organizations considering self-certifying to the Privacy Shield should review the Privacy Shield Framework. In summary, in order to enter the Privacy Shield, an organization must (a) be subject to the investigatory and enforcement powers of the Federal Trade Commission (FTC) or the Department of Transportation; (b) publicly declare its commitment to comply with the Principles through self-certification to the DOC; (c) publicly disclose its privacy policies in line with the Principles; and (d) fully implement them.
Self-certification to the DOC is voluntary; however, an organization's failure to comply with the Principles after its self-certification is enforceable under Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act prohibiting unfair and deceptive acts in or affecting commerce (15 U.S.C. 45(a)) or other laws or regulations prohibiting such acts.
ITA is implementing a cost recovery program to support the operation of the Privacy Shield, which will require U.S. organizations to pay an annual fee to ITA in order to participate in the program. The cost recovery program will support the administration and supervision of the Privacy Shield program and support the provision of Privacy Shield-related services, including education and outreach. The fee a given organization will be charged will be based on the organization's annual revenue:
Organizations will have additional direct costs associated with participating in the Privacy Shield. For example, Privacy Shield organizations must provide a readily available independent recourse mechanism to hear individual complaints at no cost to the individual. Furthermore, organizations will be required to pay contributions in connection with the arbitral model, as described in Annex I to the Principles.
ITA collects, retains, and expends user fees pursuant to delegated authority under the Mutual Educational and Cultural Exchange Act as authorized in its annual appropriations acts.
The EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework was developed to provide organizations in the United States with a reliable mechanism for personal data transfers that underpin the trade and investment relationship between the United States and the EU.
Fees are set taking into account the operational costs borne by ITA to administer and supervise the Privacy Shield program. The Privacy Shield program will require a significant commitment of resources and staff. The Privacy Shield Framework includes commitments from ITA to:
• Maintain a Privacy Shield Web site;
• verify self-certification requirements submitted by organizations to participate in the program;
• expand efforts to follow up with organizations that have been removed from the Privacy Shield List;
• search for and address false claims of participation;
• conduct periodic compliance reviews and assessments of the program;
• provide information regarding the program to targeted audiences;
• increase cooperation with EU data protection authorities;
• facilitate resolution of complaints about non-compliance;
• hold annual meetings with the European Commission and other authorities to review the program, and
• provide an update of laws relevant to Privacy Shield.
In setting the Privacy Shield fee schedule, ITA determined that the services provided offer special benefits to an identifiable recipient beyond those that accrue to the general public. ITA calculated the actual cost of providing its services in order to provide a basis for setting each fee. Actual cost incorporates direct and indirect costs, including operations and maintenance, overhead, and charges for the use of capital facilities. ITA also took into account additional factors, including adequacy of cost recovery, affordability, and costs associated with alternative options available to U.S. organizations for the receipt of personal data from the EU.
ITA is establishing a 5-tiered fee schedule that will promote the participation of small organizations in Privacy Shield. A multiple-tiered fee schedule allows ITA to offer the organizations with lower revenue a lower fee. In setting the 5 tiers, ITA considered, in conjunction with the factors mentioned above: (1) The Small Business Administration's guidance on identifying SMEs in various industries most likely to participate in the Privacy Shield, such as computer services, software and information services; (2) the likelihood that small companies would be expected to receive less personal data and thereby use fewer government resources; and (3) the likelihood that companies with higher revenue would have more customers whose data they process, which would use more government resources dedicated to administering and overseeing Privacy Shield. For example, if a company holds more data it could reasonably produce more questions and complaints from consumers and the European Union's Data Protection Authorities (DPAs). ITA has committed to facilitating the resolution of individual complaints and to communicating with the FTC and the DPAs regarding consumer complaints. Lastly, the fee increases between the tiers are based in part on projected program costs and estimated participation levels among companies within each tier.
Based on the information provided above, ITA believes that its Privacy Shield cost recovery fee schedule is consistent with the objective of OMB Circular A-25 to “promote efficient allocation of the nation's resources by establishing charges for special benefits provided to the recipient that are at least as great as the cost to the U.S. Government of providing the special benefits . . .” OMB Circular A-25(5)(b). ITA is providing the public with the opportunity to comment on the fee schedule, and it will consider these comments when it reassesses the fee schedule. ITA will reassess the fee schedule after the first year of implementation and, in accordance with OMB Circular A-25, at least every two years thereafter.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On October 1, 2010, the United States Court of International Trade (“CIT”) sustained the remand redetermination made by the Department of Commerce (“Department”) pursuant to the CIT's remand of the final determination in the antidumping duty investigation on certain new pneumatic off-the-road tires (“OTR tires”) from the People's Republic of China (“PRC”). This case arises out of the Department's final determination in the antidumping duty (“AD”) investigation on OTR tires from the PRC. See Certain New Pneumatic Off-The-Road-Tires from the People's Republic of China: Final Affirmative Determination of Sales at Less Than Fair Value and Partial Affirmative Determination of Critical Circumstances, 73 FR 40485 (July 15, 2008), as amended by Certain New Pneumatic Off-the-Road Tires from the People's Republic of China: Notice of Amended Final Affirmative Determination of Sales at Less than Fair Value and Antidumping Duty Order, 73 FR 51624 (September 4, 2008) (collectively, “Final Determination”).
The Department notified the public that the final CIT judgment (See GPX Int'l Tire Corp. v. United States, Consol. Ct. No. 08-00285, Slip Op. 10-112 (Ct. Int'l Trade October 1, 2010) (“GPX III”) in this case was not in harmony with the Department's final affirmative determination in the AD investigation of OTR tires from the PRC on October 12, 2010. See Certain New Pneumatic Off-the-Road Tires from the People's Republic of China: Notice of Decision of the Court of International Trade Not in Harmony, 75 FR 62504 (October 12, 2010) (“2010 Timken Notice”). As there is now a final and conclusive decision in this case, the Department is amending its final determination with respect to the antidumping duty rate calculated for the separate rate companies.
Effective March 23, 2015.
Andrew Medley, AD/CVD Operations, Office III, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone (202) 482-4987.
In July 2008, the Department published a final determination in which it found that OTR tires from the PRC are being, or are likely to be, sold in the United States at less-than-fair-value (“LTFV”).
On August 4, 2010, pursuant to the Department's request for a voluntary remand, the CIT remanded the wire input valuation issue to the Department for reconsideration or further explanation.
Since the
This notice is issued and published in accordance with sections 516A(e)(1) and 777(i)(1) of the Act.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
On July 18, 2016, the Department of Commerce (“Department”) issued its final determination under a section 129 proceeding regarding the fourth administrative review of the antidumping duty order on certain frozen warmwater shrimp from the Socialist Republic of Vietnam (“Vietnam”) with respect to the Minh Phu Group. On July 18, 2016, the U.S. Trade Representative (“USTR”) instructed the Department to implement the 129 Final Determination. As a result, the Department is now implementing its determination.
Effective July 18, 2016.
Irene Gorelik, AD/CVD Operations, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-6905.
Section 129 of the Uruguay Rounds Agreement Act (“URAA”)
At the written request of USTR, the Department informed interested parties on May 20, 2016, that it was initiating a proceeding under section 129 of the URAA to implement certain findings of the WTO dispute settlement panel in
On July 6, 2016, the Department solicited comments from interested
On July 18, 2016, the USTR notified the Department that, consistent with section 129(b)(3) of the URAA, consultations with the Department and the appropriate congressional committees with respect to the 129 Final Determination have been completed. As a result, in accordance with section 129(b)(4) of the URAA, USTR directed the Department to implement this determination.
Pursuant to the USTR Implementation Letter, the 129 Final Determination is hereby implemented and adopted by this notice. A list of the issues discussed in the 129 Final Determination are attached as an Appendix to this notice. The 129 Final Determination is a public document and is on file electronically via Enforcement and Compliance's Antidumping and Countervailing Duty Centralized Electronic Service System (“ACCESS”). Access to ACCESS is available to registered users at
As a result of the above, the
Because the Department has re-calculated a weighted-average dumping margin of zero percent for the Minh Phu Group, which results in three consecutive years of no dumping, and the Minh Phu Group has certified
This final determination is issued and published in accordance with section 129(c)(2)(A) of the URAA.
Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce.
The Department of Commerce (“Department”) is rescinding, in part, the antidumping duty administrative reviews for the antidumping duty order (“the Order”) on certain frozen warmwater shrimp from the Socialist Republic of Vietnam (“Vietnam”) for the periods February 1, 2014, through January 31, 2015, and February 1, 2015, through January 31, 2016 with respect to sales made by the Minh Phu Group. Further, the Department is compromising its claims for certain antidumping duties for entries of subject merchandise exported by the Minh Phu Group for the period February 1, 2014, through July 17, 2016.
Effective July 18, 2016.
Irene Gorelik, AD/CVD Operations, Enforcement and Compliance, International Trade Administration, U.S. Department of Commerce, 14th Street and Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20230; telephone: (202) 482-6905.
On February 27, 2015, Vietnamese Association of Shrimp Exporters and Producers (“VASEP”), Ad Hoc Shrimp Trade Action Committee (“AHSTAC”), and American Shrimp Processors Association (“ASPA”) each requested a review of the Order for the period February 1, 2014, through January 31, 2015, with respect to sales made by the Minh Phu Group.
On April 3, 2015, the Department published in the
Section 351.213(d)(1) of the Department's regulations states that the Department will rescind an administrative review if a party requesting the review withdraws the request within 90 days of the publication of the notice of initiation. Further, 19 CFR 351.213(d)(1) allows the Department to extend the 90-day deadline if it considers it reasonable to do so. In the
On February 29, 2016, VASEP, AHSTAC, and ASPA each requested a review of the Order for the period February 1, 2015, through January 31, 2016, with respect to sales made by the Minh Phu Group.
On April 7, 2016, the Department published in the
Because all parties that requested a review of the Minh Phu Group have timely withdrawn their requests, the Department is rescinding the administrative review with respect to the Minh Phu Group for the period February 1, 2015, through January 31, 2016, pursuant to 19 CFR 351.213(d)(1).
On July 18, 2016, the United States and Vietnam entered into an Agreement on the Antidumping Duty Order on Certain Frozen Warmwater Shrimp from Vietnam (“Agreement”) to reach a mutually satisfactory resolution of the WTO disputes,
Effective July 18, 2016, the Agreement compromises the United States' claims for certain outstanding duties on shipments of subject merchandise from the Minh Phu Group that entered, or were withdrawn from warehouse, for consumption during the period February 1, 2014, through July 17, 2016, pursuant to section 617 the Tariff Act of 1930, as amended (“the Act”).
Because there is no further basis for conducting an administrative review of the Order with respect to the Minh Phu Group for the period February 1, 2016, through January 31, 2017, the Department does not intend to initiate an administrative review with respect to the Minh Phu Group for this period.
This notice is issued and published in accordance with 19 CFR 351.213(d)(1) and (4).
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; public meeting.
The New England Fishery Management Council (Council) is scheduling a public meeting of its Scientific & Statistical Committee to consider actions affecting New England fisheries in the exclusive economic zone (EEZ). Recommendations from this group will be brought to the full Council for formal consideration and action, if appropriate.
This meeting will be held on Wednesday, August 10, 2016 beginning at 9 a.m.
The meeting will be held at the Hilton Garden Inn, Boston Logan, 100 Boardman Street, Boston, MA 02128; phone: (617) 567-6789.
Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, New England Fishery Management Council; telephone: (978) 465-0492.
The Committee will develop OFL (overfishing level) and ABC (acceptable biological catch) recommendations for Georges Bank yellowtail flounder for fishing year 2017. They will also develop OFL and ABC recommendations for monkfish for fishing years 2017-19 as well as develop OFL and ABC recommendations for Atlantic deep-sea red crab for fishing years 2017-19. They will discuss other business as needed.
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during this meeting. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically listed in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, provided the public has been notified of the Council's intent to take final action to address the emergency.
This meeting is physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Thomas A. Nies, Executive Director, at (978) 465-0492, at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.
16 U.S.C. 1801
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of public hearings on Amendments to the U.S. Caribbean Reef Fish, Spiny Lobster, and Corals and Reef Associated Plants and Invertebrates Fishery Management Plans: Timing of Accountability Measure-Based Closures in the U.S. Caribbean Draft Document.
The Caribbean Fishery Management Council will hold public hearings on the Amendments to the U.S. Caribbean Reef Fish, Spiny Lobster, and Corals and Reef Associated Plants and Invertebrates Fishery Management Plans: Timing of Accountability Measure-Based Seasonal Closures Including Draft Environmental Assessment: Amendment 8 to the Fishery Management Plan for the Reef Fish Fishery of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, Amendment 7 to the Fishery Management Plan for the Spiny Lobster of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, Amendment 6 to the Fishery Management Plan for the Corals and Reef Associated Plants and Invertebrates of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. The complete document is available upon request and can be found at the Caribbean Council's Web site:
The dates and locations for the public hearings are:
Caribbean Fishery Management Council, 270 Muñoz Rivera Avenue, Suite 401, San Juan, Puerto Rico 00918-1903, telephone (787) 766-5926.
The proposed actions are to modify the timing for the application of accountability measures in the Reef Fish, Spiny Lobster, and Corals and Reef Associated Plants and Invertebrates Fishery Management Plans of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. The Amendment contains the following Actions and Alternatives:
Sub-Alternative 4a. Closure to end the last day of the month that has the highest landings based on monthly average landings through time, using 2012-2014 as the most recent three years of available landings data.
Sub-Alternative 4b. Closure to end the last day of the month with lowest landings based on monthly average landings through time, using 2012-2014 as the most recent three years of available landings data.
Sub-Alternative 4c. Closure to end the last day of the second month that has the highest landings based on bi-monthly average landings through time, using 2012-14 as the most recent three years of available landings data.
Sub-Alternative 4d. Closure to end the last day of the second month with lowest landings based on bi-monthly average landings through time, using 2012-14 as the most recent three years of available landings data.
Sub-Alternative 4e. Closure to end the last day of the month that has the highest landings based on monthly average landings through time, using 2012-14 as the most recent three years of available landings data.
Sub-Alternative 4f. Closure to end the last day of the month with the lowest landings based on monthly average landings through time, using 2012-14 as the most recent three years of available landings data.
Sub-Alternative 4g. Closure to end the last day of the month that has the highest landings based on monthly average landings through time, using 2012-2014 as the most recent three years of available landings data.
Sub-Alternative 4h. Closure to end the last day of the month with the lowest landings based on monthly average landings through time, using 2012-2014 as the most recent three years of available landings data.
Sub-Alternative 4i. Closure to end the last day of the month that has the highest landings based on monthly average landings through time, using 2012-14 as the most recent three years of available landings data.
Sub-Alternative 4j. Closure to end the last day of the month with the lowest landings based on monthly average landings through time using 2012-14 as the most recent three years of available landings data.
Alternative 1. No action. Do not specify how often the approach chosen should be revisited.
Alternative 2 (Preferred). Revisit the approach selected no longer than 2 years from implementation and every 2 years thereafter.
Alternative 3. Revisit the approach selected no longer than 5 years from implementation and every 5 years thereafter.
These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. For more information or request for sign language interpretation and other auxiliary aids, please contact Mr. Miguel A. Rolón, Executive Director, Caribbean Fishery Management Council, 270 Muñoz Rivera Avenue, Suite 401, San Juan, Puerto Rico, 00918-1903, telephone (787) 766-5926, at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; public meeting.
The Pacific Fishery Management Council's (Council) Highly Migratory Species Management Team (HMSMT) will hold a meeting, which is open to the public.
The HMSMT will meet Monday, August 8 through Thursday, August 11, 2016. The meeting will begin at 1:30 p.m. on August 8 and at 8:30 a.m. on August 9-11. On each day the meeting will end at 5 p.m. or when business for the day is concluded.
Dr. Kit Dahl, Pacific Council; telephone: (503) 820-2422.
The Council assigned several tasks to the HMSMT for completion by the September 2016 Council meeting. At this meeting, the HMSMT plans to draft reports for these tasks that can be included in the advanced briefing materials for the September Council meeting. These tasks include: (1) An update on international HMS management, including outcomes of the 80th Inter-American Tropical Tuna Commission meeting; (2) If available, reviewing exempted fishing permit (EFP) applications; (3) Developing recommendations for updates to the Fishery Management Plan for U.S. West Coast Fisheries for Highly Migratory Species (HMS FMP) to correct errors, revise out of date descriptions, and clarify descriptive passages; (4) Drafting a framework for reporting estimates of reference points for HMS FMP management unit species; (5) Developing recommendations responding to the referral to the Council by National Marine Fisheries Service of requests for rulemaking contained in the agency's response to the Center for Biological Diversity's petition for rulemaking to address the relative impacts of the U.S. fleet on the Pacific bluefin tuna stock (81 FR 39213); (6) Identifying data gaps and research needs for deep-set buoy gear (DSBG) to inform future Council recommendations on issuance of EFPs to test this gear for the objectives of developing a Federal fishing permit system for DSBG and regulatory authorizing use of the gear; (7) Identifying incentives for EFPs to test DSBG; (8) Developing a range of alternatives for a Federal permit for the California large mesh driftnet fishery for swordfish and sharks; and (9) Making recommendations on indicators to be included in the Annual State of the California Current Ecosystem Report delivered to the Council each March. The HMSMT may also discuss other matters related to HMS management besides the assignments enumerated above.
Although non-emergency issues not contained in the meeting agenda may be discussed, those issues may not be the subject of formal action during these meetings. Action will be restricted to those issues specifically listed in this document and any issues arising after publication of this document that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, provided the public has been notified of the intent to take final action to address the emergency.
The meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aids should be directed to Mr. Kris Kleinschmidt at (503) 820-2280 at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.
The Department of Commerce will submit to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for clearance the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35).
NOAA's National Weather Service would like to add a TsunamiReady Supporter Application Form to its currently approved collection, which includes StormReady, TsunamiReady, StormReady/TsunamiReady, and StormReady Supporter application forms. The title would then change to “StormReady, TsunamiReady, StormReady/TsunamiReady, StormReady Supporter and TsunamiReady Supporter Application Forms”. This new application would be used by entities such as businesses and not-for-profit institutions that may not have the resources necessary to fulfill all the eligibility requirements to achieve the full TsunamiReady recognition. The form will be used to apply for initial TsunamiReady Supporter recognition and renewal of that recognition every five years. The federal government will use the information collected to determine whether an entity has met all of the criteria to receive TsunamiReady Supporter recognition.
This information collection request may be viewed at
Written comments and recommendations for the proposed information collection should be sent within 30 days of publication of this notice to
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of 12-month finding and availability of status review document.
We, NMFS, announce a 12-month finding and listing determination on a petition to list the Caribbean electric ray (
This finding was made on July 22, 2016.
The Caribbean electric ray status review document associated with this determination and its references are available by submitting a request to the Species Conservation Branch Chief, Protected Resources Division, NMFS Southeast Regional Office, 263 13th Avenue South, St. Petersburg, FL 33701-5505, Attn: Caribbean Electric Ray 12-month Finding. The report and references are also available electronically at:
Jennifer Lee, NMFS, Southeast Regional Office (727) 551-5778; or Marta Nammack, NMFS, Office of Protected Resources (301) 427-8469.
On September 7, 2010, we received a petition from WildEarth Guardians to list the Caribbean electric ray as threatened or endangered throughout its historical and current range and to designate critical habitat within the territory of the United States concurrently with listing the species under the ESA. On March 22, 2011 (76 FR 15947), we made a 90-day finding that the petition did not present substantial scientific or commercial information indicating that the petitioned action may be warranted.
On March 22, 2012, we received a 60-day notice of intent to sue from WildEarth Guardians on the negative 90-day finding. On February 26, 2013, WildEarth Guardians filed a Complaint for Declaratory and Injunctive Relief in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida, Tampa Division, on the negative 90-day finding. On October 1, 2013, the Court approved a settlement agreement under which we agreed to accept a supplement to the 2010 petition, if any was provided, and to make a new 90-day finding based on the 2010 petition, the supplement, and any additional information readily available in our files.
On October 31, 2013, we received a supplemental petition from WildEarth Guardians and Defenders of Wildlife. On January 30, 2014, we published a 90-day finding with our determination that the petition presented substantial scientific and commercial information indicating that the petitioned action may be warranted (79 FR 4877). In our 90-day finding, we requested scientific and commercial information from the public to inform the status review on the species. Specifically, we requested information on the status of the Caribbean electric ray throughout its range including: (1) Historical and current distribution and abundance of this species throughout its range; (2) historical and current population trends; (3) life history and habitat requirements; (4) population structure information, such as genetics data; (5) past, current and future threats specific to the Caribbean electric ray, including any current or planned activities that may adversely impact the species, especially information on destruction, modification, or curtailment of habitat and on bycatch in commercial and artisanal fisheries worldwide; (6) ongoing or planned efforts to protect and restore the species and its habitat; and (7) management, regulatory, and enforcement information on the species and its habitats. We received information from the public in response to the 90-day finding and incorporated relevant information in the species status review.
We are responsible for determining whether the Caribbean electric ray is threatened or endangered under the ESA (16 U.S.C. 1531
To be considered for listing under the ESA, a group of organisms must constitute a “species,” which is defined in section 3 of the ESA to include taxonomic species and “any subspecies of fish, or wildlife, or plants, and any distinct population segment of any species of vertebrate fish or wildlife which interbreeds when mature.” In our 90-day finding we found that the petitioned species constitutes a valid species eligible for listing under the ESA based on the information presented in the petition, along with information readily available in our files. To determine whether the Caribbean electric ray warrants listing under the ESA, we convened a Status Review Team (SRT). The SRT was comprised of NMFS Southeast Fisheries Science Center and NMFS Southeast Regional Office biologists. The SRT reviewed an unpublished dissertation that separated the genus
When we consider whether a species might qualify as threatened under the ESA, we must consider the meaning of the term “foreseeable future.” It is appropriate to interpret “foreseeable future” as the horizon over which predictions about the conservation status of the species can be reasonably relied upon. The foreseeable future considers the life history of the species, habitat characteristics, availability of data, particular threats, ability to predict threats, and the ability to forecast the effects of these threats and future events on the status of the species under consideration. Because a species may be susceptible to a variety of threats for which different data are available, or which operate across different time scales, the foreseeable future is not necessarily reducible to a particular number of years or a single timeframe.
Under section 4(a) of the ESA, we must determine whether any species is endangered or threatened due to any of the following five factors: (A) The present or threatened destruction, modification, or curtailment of its habitat or range; (B) overutilization for commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational purposes; (C) disease or predation; (D) the inadequacy of existing regulatory mechanisms; or (E) other natural or manmade factors affecting its continued existence (sections 4(a)(1)(A) through (E)).
The SRT completed a status review report, which summarized the best available information on the taxonomy, distribution, abundance, life history and biology of the species, analyzed the threats identified as potentially impacting the status of the species, and conducted an extinction risk analysis (ERA) to determine the status of the species. The results of the ERA are discussed below under “Extinction Risk Analysis.” The status review report incorporates relevant information received from the public in response to our request for information (79 FR 4877; January 30, 2014). The draft status review report was submitted to 3 independent peer reviewers and comments and information received from the peer reviewers were addressed and incorporated as appropriate into the draft report before finalizing it. The peer review report is available at
Section 3 of the ESA defines an endangered species as “any species which is in danger of extinction throughout all or a significant portion of its range” and a threatened species as one “which is likely to become an endangered species within the foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range.” Thus, we interpret an “endangered species” to be one that is presently in danger of extinction. A “threatened species” is not currently in danger of extinction but is likely to become so within the foreseeable future. The key statutory difference between a threatened and endangered species is the timing of when a species may be in danger of extinction, either presently (endangered) or in the foreseeable future (threatened).
In determining whether the species meets the standard of endangered or threatened, we considered the specific life history and ecology of the species, the nature of threats, the species' response to those threats, and population numbers and trends. We considered information summarized in the status review report (Carlson
The following sections provide key information presented in the status review report (Carlson
Rays within the genus
The SRT noted that “the taxonomy of
The Caribbean electric ray is a small, shallow-water batoid characterized by a flattened, oval-shaped disc, large pelvic fins, and oversized dorsal and caudal fins that cover most of its tapering tail (Tricas
The Caribbean electric ray is widely distributed in warm temperate to tropical waters of the western Atlantic from North Carolina, through the GOM, the Caribbean, the Lesser and Greater Antilles, and the north coast of South America (McEachran and de Carvalho 2002). Bigelow and Schroeder (1953) wrote: “This Electric Ray has been reported from localities so widely distributed, and it is so well represented in the larger museums of both America and Europe, that it is expected anywhere in the American littoral [zone], provided that the type of bottom and depth be suitable . . .” The southern extent of the range of Caribbean electric rays is uncertain. De Carvalho (1999) reported specimens taken from the southern hemisphere off the State of Bahia, Brazil, however, McEachran and de Carvalho (2002) later placed the southern extent of the range within the northern hemisphere off Venezuela.
The Caribbean electric ray exhibits a patchy distribution throughout its range and is locally abundant in areas that contain specific habitat characteristics. Fishery independent trawl surveys in the Gulf of Mexico show that the species is patchily distributed (see
Further, data indicate seasonal variation in their local distributions. Rudloe (1989a) suggested that “rays are localized in their habitats during the warm months at least, and move directly from one preferred locality to another or remain in one area over a period of weeks to months.” The species is evidently migratory but its movements are poorly known. Existing information suggests at least some Caribbean electric ray seasonal migrations are likely associated with water temperature. Bigelow and Schroeder (1953) stated: “Captures of
The Caribbean electric ray inhabits relatively shallow waters, often within the surf zone (Coles 1910; Fowler 1910; Bigelow and Schroeder 1953; Hoese and Moore 1998; Rudloe 1989a). The Caribbean electric ray generally occupies depths ranging from the intertidal zone to approximately 37 m (Bigelow and Schroeder 1953, Rudloe 1989a); however, there is at least one report of a Caribbean electric ray being captured at a depth of 340 m (Schwartz 2010). Fisheries independent data collected by NMFS verify that the Caribbean electric ray is primarily a shallow water species. From 2002-2013, 5,137 trawls were conducted in the northern GOM at randomly selected stations ranging in depth from 4.7-326 m. A total of 127 Caribbean electric rays were collected, and the mean depth of capture was 9.29 m (range 5.20-17.50 m; S.D. 2.93). Environmental data were collected during these surveys demonstrating that this species inhabits waters ranging in temperature from 21.9-30.2 °C (mean = 27.18 °C; S.D. = 1.57), salinity from 27.7-36.9 ppt (mean = 34.10 ppt; S.D. 2.32), dissolved oxygen from 2.0-3.7 mg/l (mean = 2.85 mg/l; S.D. = 0.99) and turbidity from 0.6-94.0 percent transmissivity (mean = 37.77 percent transmissivity; S.D. = 28.23). These data are consistent with past reports of environmental conditions associated with the presence of Caribbean electric rays (
The best available information on the species indicates that it occurs predominately in sand bottom habitats. While Caribbean electric rays have a relatively broad distribution in the western Atlantic Ocean, the species is reported to occur almost exclusively on sand bottom habitats (Coles 1910, Bigelow and Schroeder 1953, Rudloe 1989a). For example, Rudloe (1989a) determined that “barrier beach surf zones and on [sand]bars adjacent to passes between barrier islands” are the preferred habitat for Caribbean electric rays. Both of these habitats are dominated by sand. Anecdotal reports also document Caribbean electric rays exclusively in high energy beach and sandbar habitats. In NMFS fisheries-independent trawl survey data, all Caribbean electric ray specimens recorded in the GOM were collected over sand bottom habitats. The SRT found only one study of Caribbean electric rays occurring in mud and fine silt habitats (
Caribbean electric rays are generally nocturnal and spend daylight hours buried under the sand. Rudloe (1989a)
There are no age and growth studies for this species. McEachran and de Carvalho (2002) report size at birth at 9-10 cm with maximum growth to 58 cm TL. Observations of Rudloe (1989a) suggest rapid growth during the first year. Rudloe (1989a) estimated that newborn rays less than 14 cm total length (TL) in late summer attain a size of 15-19 cm TL by fall. Rudloe (1989a) reported growth was dormant January and February and then resumed in March, with young attaining a size of 20-29.9 cm TL by the end of their first year.
Estimates of size at reproductive maturity for male Caribbean electric rays range from 20 to 26 cm TL (Bigelow and Schroeder 1953, Funicelli 1975, de Carvalho 1999, Moreno
Rudloe (1989a) observed that all the females larger than 29 cm TL, both in captivity and collected from the field off Florida, were gravid in July. This indicates that the reproductive cycle is annual, and adult females in the population are capable of reproducing each year. Moreno
The brood size of female Caribbean electric rays has been reported as 14 by Bean and Weed (1911), 4-15 by Bigelow and Schroeder (1953), 5-13 by de Carvalho (1999), and 1-14 by Moreno
Caribbean electric rays are reported to feed on small, benthic organisms (Moreno
Dean and Motta (2004a and b) characterize Caribbean electric ray feeding behavior and kinematics. The Caribbean electric ray is a benthic suction feeder with highly protrusible jaws. The Caribbean electric ray has the ability to protrude its jaws by nearly 100 percent of its head length to excavate buried polychaetes.
Almost nothing is known of natural predation on the Caribbean electric ray. Presumably its electric organs deter potential predators, such as sharks and dolphins. Rudloe (1989a) reported that tagged rays released off trawlers were repeatedly observed to be actively avoided by both sharks and dolphins that fed heavily on other rays and bony fishes as they were culled overboard. A researcher reported observed consumption of Caribbean electric rays by large red drum that were captured on bottom longlines and dissected. It was not clear to the researcher whether the rays were discarded bycatch that were opportunistically consumed or not (M. Ajemian, Texas A&M-Corpus Christi, pers. comm. to Jennifer Lee, NMFS, June 19, 2015). Similarly, there is scant information on disease within the species. Tao (2013) reported that bacteria, such as
The International Union for the Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List Assessment classifies the Caribbean electric ray as Critically Endangered (de Carvalho
To fully evaluate the above purported declines in abundance and rarity of the species, the SRT attempted to find any and all abundance data related to the species. This included a review of the known scientific literature, internet searches, and communication with state and Federal resource agencies that monitor fisheries. There are no population size estimates available for Caribbean electric rays. The SRT acquired the original data sets used for the IUCN assessment and conducted an independent analysis of these data. The SRT also considered a variety of other smaller datasets and encounter reports it acquired in forming its conclusions about the abundance and trends of the species. While some of these other data were anecdotal in nature and couldn't be used to statistically assess trends in abundance, the SRT believed they were useful in illustrating recent encounters of the species. Below we provide a summary of each data source considered and of the SRT's associated findings.
The primary source of fishery independent data reviewed was Gulf of Mexico SEAMAP data. The NMFS Southeast Fisheries Science Center Mississippi Laboratories have conducted trawl surveys in the northern GOM dating back to the 1950s. Early work was exploratory and often only recorded catch of target species. In 1972 a standardized fall trawl survey began as a part of a resource assessment program.
Shepherd and Myers (2005) examined trends in elasmobranch abundance from SEAMAP data using the longest continuous temporal coverage (1972-2002) for the areas between 10 and 110 m in depth near Alabama, Mississippi and Louisiana (
The SRT also used a generalized linear model approach in its re-analysis of the Gulf SEAMAP data. In statistics, a covariate is a variable that is possibly predictive of the outcome under study. Covariates considered in the analysis that may have affected abundance include year, area, water depth, and time-of-day. Irrespective of statistical methodology, the major difference between Shepherd and Myers (2005) and the analysis conducted by the SRT is the former did not take into account major changes in survey design and how they would affect the relative abundance of electric ray. There also was an apparent misunderstanding of how the catch was sorted.
Because there were major changes in survey design and survey coverage between 1972-1986 and 1987-2013 (Pollack and Ingram 2014), the SRT determined that using one continuous time series as Shepherd and Myers (2005) did was inappropriate. Instead, the SRT used three separate time series: Fall SEAMAP 1972-1986, Fall SEAMAP 1988-2013, and Summer SEAMAP 1982-2013. The Fall SEAMAP 1987 trawl survey was omitted from analysis because the cruise track differed from that of all the other surveys (counter-clockwise around the northern GOM and missed half of the area off Texas due to weather). The SRT extended the analysis of these survey data 11 years beyond the analysis by Shepherd and Myers (2005), to reflect the best available data and the most complete representation of abundance over time in the survey. Similar to Shepherd and Myers (2005), all
The abundance index constructed for Fall SEAMAP 1972-1986 was limited to NMFS statistical zones 11, 13, 14 and 15 (Figure 1). Sampling outside of these zones was inconsistent; therefore, the analysis was limited to this core area. In addition, all stations deeper than 75 m were removed from the dataset since there were no records of Caribbean electric ray occurring at those depths from any year of the survey. There are, in actuality, only two records in the entire SEAMAP data set of Caribbean electric ray occurring beyond 36.5 m, one in 1972 at 42 m and one in 1975 at 64 m (depths for these stations were verified by the NOAA National Geophysical Data Center,
There were no discernable trends in relative abundance (CPUEs) of Caribbean electric ray in any of the three Gulf of Mexico SEAMAP indices. All three time series analyzed were relatively flat with peaks in abundance scattered throughout the abundance trend. Within the northern Gulf of Mexico 9,876 tows were included in the analysis, with 624 Caribbean electric rays captured. Most captures occurred off the coast of Louisiana and Texas. Shepherd and Myers (2005) indicated that only 78 individuals were captured from 1972-2002. However, the SRT identified 351 individuals recorded from the same time period, more than four times as many. Shepherd and Myers' (2005) exclusion of data off Texas explains this partly, but the discrepancy also reflects their lack of understanding of how the data were sampled (See “sampled versus select” discussion in Carlson
The SRT also reviewed South Atlantic SEAMAP data. A similar SEAMAP survey occurs in the Atlantic Ocean off the southeastern U.S. East Coast. Samples are collected by trawl from the coastal zone of the South Atlantic Bight between Cape Hatteras, North Carolina, and Cape Canaveral, Florida. Multi-legged cruises are conducted in spring (early April-mid-May), summer (mid-July-early August), and fall (October-mid-November). Stations are randomly selected from a pool of stations within each stratum. The number of stations sampled in each stratum is determined by optimal allocation. From 1990-2000, the survey sampled 78 stations each season within 24 shallow water strata. Beginning in 2001, the number of stations sampled each season in the 24 shallow water strata increased to 102, and strata were delineated by the 4-m depth contour inshore and the 10-m depth contour offshore. In previous years (1990-2000), stations were sampled in deeper strata with station depths ranging from 10 to 19 m in order
Neither we nor the SRT could find a reference or analysis to support the IUCN Red List assessment's statement regarding high rates of decline in Caribbean electric rays in U.S. coastal areas between Cape Canaveral, Florida and Cape Hatteras, North Carolina. The SRT used a generalized linear modeling approach to correct for factors unrelated to abundance to standardize the South Atlantic SEAMAP data following methods similar to the GOM SEAMAP data. Covariates considered in this analysis that may have affected abundance include year, season, area, and sampling statistical zone. Time of day was not included as a covariate as data were discontinuous due to most participating vessels not conducting 24-hour operations. The abundance trend for this time series was flat with peaks in abundance of different magnitudes found every 5-10 years. The data showed high inter-annual variability in Caribbean electric ray catches in the survey, and catches were very low throughout, but there was no trend in the catch rates suggestive of a decline in Caribbean electric rays.
The REEF (
The IUCN had cursorily reviewed 1994-2004 REEF data for apparent trends, but had not conducted a thorough analysis. Because these visual surveys vary in duration, location and diver skill level (experience, including experience in species identification), the SRT applied a generalized linear model to examine standardized rates of change in sighting frequency as an index of abundance. The SRT considered area as a covariate based on 8 major sampling areas from the REEF database: Gulf of Mexico, east coast of Florida, the Florida Keys, the Bahamas (including Turks and Caicos), and the northwestern Caribbean (including Cuba, the Cayman Islands, Jamaica, Haiti/Dominican Republic), Greater Antilles (Puerto Rico to Grenada), Continental Caribbean (Belize-Panama), and Netherland Antilles. The SRT also considered skill level of the diver (experienced or novice), the bottom type, year, season, water temperature and water visibility as covariates.
In the REEF database, Caribbean electric rays were observed on 476 out of 119,620 surveys (0.4 percent). Caribbean electric rays were observed throughout the survey area with sighting records averaging 10-18 percent of the total number of fish in the Antilles, Bahamas, Florida and Central America. Positive occurrences were lowest in the northwest Caribbean Sea and Gulf of Mexico. The average depth where diver sightings occurred was about 5 meters generally over a habitat where a diver recorded a variety of individual habitats. The final covariates included in the model were year, area and bottom type. The trend in number of occurrences was relatively flat and similar to the other data series that showed high fluctuation across years. Due to the low encounter rate, there was high uncertainty in the abundance trend.
The SRT found that relative abundance fluctuated dramatically between years, but found no trend. The final model selected contained year, area and bottom type as covariates with the trend in occurrences relatively flat with the number of encounters rapidly fluctuating over the time series.
As noted earlier, the SRT sought additional datasets that were not included in the IUCN Red list Assessment or the petition. Fishery independent data sets with Caribbean electric ray records were obtained from Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD) and Florida Fish and Wildlife Research Institute (FFWRI). The North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources (NCDENR) also provided the SRT with the 6 records it had from all of its fishery-dependent and -independent programs combined.
The TPWD fishery-independent nearshore Gulf trawl survey is the only TPWD program that catches
TPWD provided trawl data for the three Gulf areas that encounter Caribbean electric rays,
The FFWRI's fisheries independent monitoring program uses a stratified-random sampling design to monitor fish populations of specific rivers and estuaries throughout Florida. They use a variety of gears to sample, including small seines, large seines, and otter trawls. The program has long-term data sets for Apalachicola (since 1998), Cedar Key (since 1996), Tampa Bay (since 1989), and Charlotte Harbor (since 1989) along the GOM and Tequesta (since 1997) and Indian River Lagoon (since 1990) on the Atlantic Coast.
Despite the large geographic area sampled and the extensive sampling efforts over time, the FFWRI fisheries independent monitoring program has collected very few Caribbean electric rays to date (
The SRT also considered the NCDENR data. The SRT determined it was not appropriate to analyze these data points further due to the extreme rarity of this species' occurrence (
The Southeast Fisheries Science Center, Galveston Laboratory, began placing at-sea observers on commercial shrimping vessels in 1992 in the U.S. southeastern region through a
Data associated with commercial trawl bycatch of Caribbean electric rays (recorded as
In addition to the datasets reviewed above, the SRT found anecdotal accounts of Caribbean electric rays through various other sources. Many of these additional anecdotal accounts are from YouTube videos by beach goers or forum discussions by boaters and fishermen who encountered the species along the northern Gulf Coast. There are also anecdotal reports by divers around south Florida, along the Atlantic coast, and throughout parts of the Caribbean. A researcher at Auburn University provided anecdotal accounts of Caribbean electric rays along the Fort Morgan Peninsula in Alabama. The researcher observed large numbers of Caribbean electric rays during late summer to early fall over 3 years (2011-2013) of sampling in that particular area during that particular time of year (Dr. Ash Bullard, to Jennifer Lee, NMFS, pers. com, August 15, 2014). The most common anecdotal encounters are sightings. The sightings typically describe the number of Caribbean electric rays observed at one time as very abundant (
Based on all times series analyzed by the SRT, including those used to support the listing petition, the SRT found no evidence of a decline in Caribbean electric ray. Differences in reported trends are related to the more robust analysis used by the SRT in the status review. Moreover, the preliminary analyses in our 90-day finding used only ratio estimators, and we did not have the raw data to derive the confidence interval. No discernable trends in abundance of the Caribbean electric ray were detected in any of the three Gulf of Mexico SEAMAP indices or the South Atlantic SEAMP index. The SRT noted the number of encounters did dramatically fluctuate over each time series, but that it was not surprising based on the species' apparent clustered but patchy distribution over shallow, sandy habitats as documented repeatedly in the literature. As additional support for this characterization, the SRT noted that recent encounters documented through anecdotes indicate the Caribbean electric ray is fairly abundant in specific habitats while consistently absent from others. The SRT was unable to find any historical or current abundance information outside of U.S. waters for the Caribbean electric ray. A non-commercial species, there are no statistics on Caribbean commercial fishery catches or on efforts that would enable an assessment of the population.
The SRT concluded that man-made activities that have the potential to impact shallow sandy habitats include dredging, beach nourishment, and shoreline hardening projects
The SRT determined that coastal habitats in the United States are being impacted by urbanization. Coastal habitats in the southern United States, including both the areas along the Atlantic and GOM, have experienced and continue to experience losses due to urbanization. For example, wetland losses in the GOM region of the United States averaged annual net losses of 60,000 acres (24,281 hectares) of coastal and freshwater habitat from 1998 to 2004 (Stedman and Dahl 2008). Although wetland restoration activities are ongoing in this region of the United States, the losses outweigh the gains, significantly (Stedman and Dahl 2008). These losses have been attributed to commercial and residential development, port construction (
The oil and gas industry may affect marine resources in a variety of ways, including increased vessel traffic, the discharge of pollutants, noise from seismic surveys, and decommissioning charges. Although routine oil and gas drilling activities generally occur outside of the known depth range of the species, miles of pipelines associated with oil and gas activities may run through Caribbean electric ray habitat. The SRT concluded that the effect or magnitude of effects on Caribbean electric ray habitat from oil and gas activities is unknown. The largest threat is the release of oil from accidental spills. While safety precautions are in place to prevent the probability of spills and to decrease the duration of spills, these events still occur. In the GOM, the Deepwater Horizon oil spill was an unprecedented disaster, both in terms of the area affected and the duration of the spill. The Deepwater Horizon incident resulted in injuries to a wide array of
The SRT reported on NOAA's Restoration Center's involvement in ongoing coastal restoration activities throughout the southeastern United States. In 2010, NOAA funded coastal restoration activities in Texas and Louisiana using appropriations from The American Recovery and Investment Act of 2009. In Louisiana, where 25 square miles (64.7 square kilometers) of wetlands are lost per year, funding from the Coastal Wetlands Planning, Protection and Restoration Act helps to implement large-scale wetlands restoration projects, including barrier island restoration and terrace and channel construction.
The SRT anticipated an increase in large-scale restoration projects in the GOM to mitigate the adverse effects of the Deepwater Horizon oil spill and foster restoration of coastal habitat, including those used by the Caribbean electric ray. Numerous large coastal restoration projects in the GOM are expected to be funded by the Resources and Ecosystems Sustainability, Tourist Opportunities and Revived Economies of the Gulf Coast States Act, Natural Resource Damage Assessment, and Clean Water Act settlement agreements related to the Deepwater Horizon oil spill. Many additional restoration projects will also be funded by the Gulf of Mexico Energy Security Act, beginning in Fiscal Year 2017.
While fewer in number, restoration efforts are also expected along coastal areas of the South Atlantic states. For example, funding is expected to be available to support comprehensive and cooperative habitat conservation projects in Biscayne Bay located in south Florida, as one of NOAA's three Habitat Focus Areas.
The SRT concluded the geographic areas in which the Caribbean electric ray occurs are being impacted by human activities. Despite ongoing and anticipated efforts to restore coastal habitats of the GOM and Atlantic off the Southeastern United States, coastal habitat losses will continue to occur in these regions as well as throughout the Caribbean electric ray's entire range. However, the SRT could find no information on specific effects to the Caribbean electric ray beyond broad statements on the impacts to coastal habitat resulting from development and oil and gas exploration. Data are lacking on impacts to habitat features related to the Caribbean electric ray and/or threats that result in curtailment of the Caribbean electric ray's range. In October 2015, NOAA published a Programmatic Damage Assessment and Restoration Plan (PDARP) and Draft Programmatic Environmental Impact Statement, which considers programmatic alternatives to restore natural resources, ecological services, and recreational use services injured or lost as a result of the Deepwater Horizon oil spill. The PDARP presents data on impacts to nearshore habitats and resources, but there are no data specific to Caribbean electric rays.
As discussed above, anthropogenic impacts to shallow, soft bottom habitats have been occurring for decades and are expected to continue into the future indefinitely. However, there is no available information that indicates that the Caribbean electric ray has been adversely affected by impacts to the coastal soft bottom habitats they prefer. Sand substrate is not limiting throughout the Caribbean electric ray's range, and the limited data available on the species' movements indicate they do travel between areas with suitable habitat. The SRT concluded that predictions of coastal habitat losses adversely impacting the Caribbean ray in the future would be speculative.
The SRT details how McEachran and Carvalho (2002) reported for the Narcinidae family that “flesh of the tail region may be marketed after removal of the electric organs in the larger species, but is generally considered to be mediocre in quality.” The SRT notes that in the species-specific account for Caribbean electric ray, McEachran and Carvalho (2002) reported that “the tail region may be consumed as food and considered of good quality, but it is not targeted regularly by fisheries in the Western Central Atlantic.”
The SRT found no evidence of commercial or recreational harvest of the species. Interest in the species by those who detect it in the surf zone is largely one of curiosity. As Caribbean electric rays are generally nocturnal and spend daylight hours buried under the sand, they likely go undetected by the general public. Recreational fishermen who are gigging for flounder at night are most likely to encounter this species. The SRT noted there are some anecdotal reports of recreational surf fishermen capturing them in dip-nets; however, available data indicate that captured individuals are released.
Scientific research on Caribbean electric rays has been sparse. Rudloe (1989a) collected and studied the ecology of Caribbean electric rays from March 1985 to March 1987, to assess the feasibility of its use in biochemical and neurophysiological research. Rudloe (1989a) reported catching 3,913 rays at several stations from Cape San Blas to Alligator Point, Florida, during this time period. Of these, 3,229 were retained, 455 were tagged and released, and 229 were released untagged due to small size. Funding for research was discontinued after these 2 years of sampling.
The SRT uncovered only a few additional studies involving the Caribbean electric ray that post-date the Rudloe study (Dean and Motta 2004a, b; Dean
Captive display of Caribbean electric rays in public aquaria is extremely rare. Due to their selective food habits (
The Gulf Marine Specimens Laboratory sells 6-24 cm wild caught Caribbean electric rays for $126 (
The species has apparent fidelity for specific, localized habitats, thus targeting Caribbean electric rays could adversely affect the population. However, the SRT found no information to indicate that commercial, recreational, scientific, or educational overutilization of Caribbean electric rays has occurred or is occurring. Further, based on the information presented above, the SRT did not expect overutilization by any specific industry in the future.
The available data reviewed by the SRT on competition for Caribbean electric ray prey species or other resources, and disease of and predation on Caribbean electric rays, are summarized in the Life History, Biology, and Ecology Section. The SRT found no information to indicate that competition for Caribbean electric ray prey species or other resources (
The SRT evaluated this factor in terms of whether existing regulations may be inadequate to address potential threats to the species. The SRT concluded that although there were no species-specific regulations, there is no evidence that the lack of such is having a detrimental effect on the Caribbean electric ray.
There are a variety of other natural and manmade factors that may affect the Caribbean electric ray and thus the continued existence of this species. Factors reviewed by the SRT included the species' life history and habitat use, natural events such as extreme tidal or red tide events, bycatch in commercial fisheries, and climate change.
Rudloe (1989a) believed the species was potentially vulnerable to overharvest as a result of its low rate of reproduction and localized distribution. Caribbean electric rays reproduce annually (Rudloe 1989a, Moreno
Red tide (
There are a couple of reports of mass strandings of electric rays resulting from extremely low tides. The National Park Service at Padre National Seashore reported documenting a dozen or so dead electric rays in the tidal zone of Padre Island, Texas, after an extremely low tide event in the fall. Showing no signs of trauma or disease, officials at the National Park Service at Padre National Seashore attributed the mortalities to the extreme low tide leaving them stranded. The SRT concluded that such events have always occurred occasionally and are expected to continue to occur in the future without affecting overall population abundance.
Caribbean electric rays have been incidentally captured by commercial fisheries targeting other species, specifically those fisheries using trawl gear. The likelihood and frequency of exposure to bycatch in fisheries is generally a function of (1) the extent of spatial and temporal overlap of the species and fishing effort, and (2) the likelihood of an interaction resulting in capture and the extent of injury from capture.
As stated earlier, data associated with commercial trawl bycatch of Caribbean electric ray in the eastern GOM and off the east coast of the United States are available from the NMFS Observer Program. During 2001, 2002, 2005 and 2007, 1,150 trawls were observed and the catch was sorted in its entirety to the species level. Across all years, 28 Caribbean electric rays were captured during 4,016.6 hours of trawl effort. NMFS observed 387 trawls off the east coast and 763 trawls in the northern GOM over this time period. Trawl duration ranged from 0.1 to 11 hours (mean = 3.48 hours, S.D. = 1.41) and occurred at depths ranging from 0.6 to 71.1 m (mean = 15.08, S.D. = 9.04). In the combined areas there were 0.0070 individuals caught per hour of trawling. Examining area specific Caribbean electric ray catch rates, there were 0.0171 and 0.0015 individuals caught per hour off the east coast and in the GOM, respectively. For trawls with positive catch, there was no significant relationship between trawl duration and the number of individuals captured (F = 0.01, P = 0.92), consistent with what would be expected for a species with a patchy distribution. Based on the number of trawls associated with Caribbean electric ray captures (n = 10) and the total number of trawls observed (n = 1150), the probability of capturing Caribbean electric rays off the east coast and in the GOM is 0.0087 (C.V. = 0.3148).
Acevedo
The SRT believes the capture of six Caribbean electric rays is likely the result of their patchy distribution and not reflective of overall Colombian fleet annual catch per unit of effort levels. The SRT noted that there are few areas of suitable habitat for the species off northern Colombia because the bottoms are rocky or coralline, and that this also makes most areas in that area unsuitable for trawling. Based on that information, the SRT concluded that it did not believe the documented bycatch is particularly notable or cause for concern.
The lack of sandy bottom habitat in northern Colombia could also mean that Caribbean electric rays and trawling effort may overlap more in that particular area. However, the SRT did not conclude that documented bycatch in Colombia raises concerns about the status of the species.
Overall, the SRT concluded there is no evidence that the bycatch of Caribbean electric ray occurring in U.S. or foreign fisheries, including the Colombia trawl fisheries, has had any past impact on Caribbean electric rays. Given that declines have not been documented in U.S. waters where data are available, there is no reason to suspect that declines are occurring elsewhere in the species' range. The SRT further found there is no basis to conclude that operations of these fisheries indefinitely into the future would result in a decline in Caribbean electric ray abundance.
The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change has stated that global climate change is unequivocal (IPCC 2007) and its impacts to coastal resources may be significant. There is a large and growing body of literature on past, present, and future impacts of global climate change induced by human activities,
The SRT concluded that climate change impacts on Caribbean electric rays cannot currently be predicted with any degree of certainty. Climate change can potentially affect the distribution and abundance of marine fish species. Distributional changes are believed to be highly dependent on the biogeography of each species, but changes in ocean temperature are believed likely to drive poleward movement of ranges for tropical and lower latitude organisms (Nye
In addition to reviewing the best available data on potential threats to Caribbean electric rays, the SRT considered demographic risks to the species similar to approaches described by Wainwright and Kope (1999) and McElhany
Because the information on Caribbean electric ray demographics and threats is largely sparse and non-quantitative, the SRT used qualitative reference levels for its analysis to the extent consistent with the best available information. The three qualitative `reference levels' of extinction risk relative to the demographic criteria used were high risk, moderate risk, and low risk as defined in NMFS' Guidance on Responding to Petitions and Conducting Status Reviews under the ESA. A species or distinct population segment (DPS) with a high risk of extinction was defined as being at or near a level of abundance, productivity, spatial structure, and/or diversity that places its continued persistence in question. The demographics of a species or DPS at such a high level of risk may be highly uncertain and strongly influenced by stochastic or depensatory processes. Similarly, a species or DPS may be at high risk of extinction if it faces clear and present threats (
A species or DPS was defined as being at moderate risk of extinction if it is on a trajectory that puts it at a high level of extinction risk in the foreseeable future (see description of “High risk” above). A species or DPS may be at moderate risk of extinction due to projected threats or declining trends in abundance, productivity, spatial structure, or diversity.
A species or DPS was defined as being at low risk of extinction if it is not at moderate or high level of extinction risk (see “Moderate risk” and “High risk” above). A species or DPS may be at low risk of extinction if it is not facing threats that result in declining trends in abundance, productivity, spatial structure, or diversity. A species or DPS at low risk of extinction is likely to show stable or increasing trends in abundance and productivity with connected, diverse populations.
The SRT evaluated the current extent of extinction risk based on Caribbean electric ray relative abundance trends data and the likelihood the species will respond negatively in the future to potential threats. The foreseeable future is linked to the ability to forecast population trends. The SRT considered the degree of certainty and foreseeability that could be gleaned concerning each potential threat, whether the threat was temporary or permanent in nature, how the various threats affect the life history of the species, and whether observations concerning the species' response to the threat are adequate to establish a trend.
The SRT's ability to analyze many of the specific criteria embedded in the risk definitions for demographic factors was limited. There are no data available on age-at maturity or natural mortality that would be necessary to determine population growth rates. Population structure and levels of genetic diversity in Caribbean electric rays are completely unknown, with no genetic studies ever conducted, even for the species' taxonomy.
The SRT determined that the relative abundance trend information for Caribbean electric rays represents a low risk to the species' continued existence now and into the future. The Caribbean electric ray has a broad range in warm temperate to tropical waters of the western Atlantic from North Carolina to Florida (its presence in the Bahamas is unknown, however), the Gulf of Mexico and the Caribbean Sea to the northern coast of South America. Within its range, it has a patchy distribution within relatively shallow waters, often within the surf zone. There are no estimates of absolute population size over the species' range; however, analyses of available long-term datasets indicate that the trend in relative abundance is relatively flat with abundance dramatically fluctuating over each time series. The SRT did not find this surprising given the patchy distribution over specific habitat types.
The SRT found very little information available on the life history of Caribbean electric ray. There are no age and growth studies for this species but anecdotal studies suggest rapid growth. Size at maturity for females is estimated at about 26 cm TL (Funicelli 1975). Caribbean electric rays are estimated to reach reproductive size by the end of their first year, and the reproductive cycle is annual (Rudloe 1989a). The brood size ranges from 1-14 depending on the study. While it is generally regarded that elasmobranchs exhibit life history traits (
The SRT found no evidence that Caribbean electric rays are at risk of extinction due to a change or loss of variation in genetic characteristics or gene flow among populations currently or into the future. This species is found over a broad range and appears to be opportunistic and well adapted to its environment. In addition, the risk of extinction due to the loss of spatial structure and connectivity for the Caribbean electric ray is low. Caribbean electric rays have a relatively broad distribution in the western Atlantic Ocean generally in habitats dominated by sand bottom substrate. Sand substrate is not limiting throughout the range, and the limited data available on species movements indicate individuals do travel between areas with suitable habitat.
Regarding habitat threats to the species, the SRT concluded that man-made activities that have the potential to impact shallow sandy habitats include dredging, oil and gas pipelines and pipeline development, beach nourishment, and shoreline hardening projects (
The SRT determined impacts from overutilization are unlikely to cause the species to be at heightened risk of extinction. There is little to no direct harvest for the species. The SRT considered bycatch in commercial fisheries as one of the natural or manmade factors it reviewed. Caribbean electric rays are very uncommon as bycatch in trawl and gillnet fisheries. Moreover, many states throughout their U.S. range (
In this section we evaluate the overall risk of extinction to the Caribbean electric ray throughout its range. In determining the overall risk of extinction to the species throughout its range, we considered available data on the specific life history and ecology of
The SRT determined it could not define a foreseeable future for their extinction risk. However, we think the available information on abundance trends can provide an appropriate horizon over which to consider how the species may respond to potential impacts into the future. The fisheries-independent datasets from which we evaluated abundance trends span time periods of 11 to 34 years, during which abundance trends were flat, with scattered and varied peaks in abundance. All of the potential threats evaluated by the SRT were occurring at the same time that the fishery independent surveys were performed. All of the activities that constitute potential threats were also projected by the SRT to continue at their current levels into the future. Therefore, we feel it is appropriate to consider the foreseeable future to be the next few decades, or 20 to 30 years, for Caribbean electric ray. Although the lifespan of Caribbean electric ray is not known, based on their early size of maturity and apparent annual reproduction, 20 to 30 years would encompass several generations of the species and thus any adverse responses to threats would be discernible over this timeframe.
We concur with the SRT's analysis and risk conclusions for potential threats and for demographic factors. The threat and demographic factors identified present either no risk or at most low risk to Caribbean electric ray, now and over the foreseeable future. There is no information indicating that any potential threats have adversely impacted Caribbean electric ray in the past, and there is no basis to predict that potential threats will adversely impact the species over the next 20 to 30 years. The species has not faced threats in the past, and is not expected to face any over the foreseeable future, that would result in declining trends in abundance, spatial structure, or diversity.
Based on all time series of data analyzed by the SRT, including those used to support the listing petition, there is no evidence of a decline in relative abundance of Caribbean electric rays. No discernable trends in abundance of Caribbean electric ray were detected in any of the available datasets. Number of encounters did dramatically fluctuate over each time series, but we believe this reflects the species' apparent clustered but patchy distribution over shallow, sandy habitats. Anecdotal accounts of recent encounters indicate they are abundant in specific habitats while consistently absent from others. Our 90-day determination that the petitioned action may be warranted due to impacts from incidental take in fisheries was based on one study (Shepherd and Myers 2005) indicating that nearshore shrimp trawl fisheries operating in the northern Gulf of Mexico may be negatively impacting the species in that region. However, further examination of the dataset by the SRT revealed that Shepherd and Myers (2005) did not take into account major changes in survey design and how they would affect the relative abundance of Caribbean electric rays, and did not understand how the catch was sorted, thus Shepherd and Myers (2005) underestimated the number of individual reports in the data. The SRT's analysis showed no discernable trends in abundance of Caribbean electric ray in any of the three Gulf of Mexico Southeast Area Monitoring and Assessment Program indices.
There is no evidence that potential threats comprising ESA section (4)(a)(1) factors (A)-(C) or (E) have contributed to heightened extinction risk and endangerment of the species. Incidental take in fisheries was the only activity we initially believed might be resulting in adverse impacts to the species due to the decline presented in Shepherd and Myers (2005). However, after further review we believe there is no evidence indicating that nearshore shrimp trawl fisheries operating in the northern Gulf of Mexico or in foreign waters (
Neither we nor the SRT identified any threats under the other Section 4(a)(1) factors that may be causing or contributing to heightened extinction risk of this species. Therefore, we conclude that inadequate regulatory mechanisms (Section (4)(a)(1)(D)) are also not a factor affecting the status of Caribbean electric ray.
So to summarize, we did not find that any of the demographic factors or Section 4(a)(1) factors contribute significantly to the extinction risk of this species throughout its range, now or in the foreseeable future. Based on our consideration of the best available data, as summarized here and in Carlson
Because we found that listing the species as endangered or threatened throughout its range was not warranted, we then conducted a “significant portion of its range analysis.” The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) and NMFS—together, “the Services”—have jointly finalized a policy interpreting the phrase “significant portion of its range” (SPOIR) (79 FR 37578; July 1, 2014). The SPOIR policy provides that: (1) If a species is found to be endangered or threatened in only a significant portion of its range, the entire species is listed as endangered or threatened, respectively, and the Act's protections apply across the species' entire range; (2) a portion of the range of a species is “significant” if the species is not currently endangered or threatened throughout its range, but the portion's contribution to the viability of the species is so important that, without the members in that portion, the species would be in danger of extinction or likely to become so in the foreseeable future, throughout all of its range; and (3) the range of a species is considered to be the general geographical area within which that species can be found at the time we make any particular status determination.
We evaluated whether substantial information indicated that (i) portions of the Caribbean electric ray's range are significant and (ii) the species occupying those portions is in danger of extinction or likely to become so within the foreseeable future (79 FR 37578; July 1, 2014). Under the SPOIR policy, both considerations must apply to warrant listing a species as threatened or endangered throughout its range based upon its status within a portion of the range.
The historical range of the Caribbean electric ray is in western Atlantic shallow coastal waters, from North Carolina through the northern coast of Brazil (Carvalho
Section 4(b)(1) of the ESA requires that NMFS make listing determinations based solely on the best scientific and commercial data available after conducting a review of the status of the species and taking into account those efforts, if any, being made by any state or foreign nation, or political subdivisions thereof, to protect and conserve the species. We have independently reviewed the best available scientific and commercial information including the petitions, public comments submitted on the 90-day finding (79 FR 4877; January 30, 2014), the status review report (Carlson
We conclude that the Caribbean electric ray is not presently in danger of extinction, nor is it likely to become so in the foreseeable future throughout all of its range. Accordingly, the Caribbean electric ray does not meet the definition of a threatened species or an endangered species and our listing determination is that the Caribbean electric ray does not warrant listing as threatened or endangered at this time.
A complete list of all references cited herein is available upon request (see
The authority for this action is the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of public meetings.
The Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council (Council) will hold public meetings of the Council and its Committees.
The meetings will be held Monday, August 8, 2016 through Thursday, August 11, 2016. For agenda details, see
The meeting will be held at: Hilton Virginia Beach Oceanfront, 3001 Atlantic Avenue, Virginia Beach, VA 23451, telephone: (757) 213-3000.
Christopher M. Moore, Ph.D., Executive Director, Mid-Atlantic Fishery Management Council; telephone: (302) 526-5255. The Council's Web site,
The following items are on the agenda, though agenda items may be addressed out of order (changes will be noted on the Council's Web site when possible.)
The Executive Committee will hold a closed session and then open to review the letter regarding governance of summer flounder, scup, and black sea bass and coordination of research with SAFMC.
Review comments received during public hearings, review Ecosystem and Ocean Planning Advisory Panel and Committee recommendations for final action, and select preferred alternatives.
Review, finalize, and approve EAFM Guidance Document and review and discuss potential framework for integrating ecosystem interactions into fisheries assessment and management.
A presentation will be received on the summer flounder allocation model and initial findings.
Review and provide feedback on the list of amendment issues and Fishery Management Action Team recommendations.
Review SSC, Monitoring Committee, Advisory Panel, and staff recommendations regarding 2017-2018 specifications and recommend any changes if necessary.
Review SSC, Monitoring Committee, Advisory Panel, and staff recommendations regarding 2017 specifications and recommend any changes if necessary.
Review SSC, Monitoring Committee, Advisory Panel, and staff recommendations regarding 2017-18 specifications and recommend any changes if necessary.
Review SSC, Monitoring Committee, Advisory Panel, and staff recommendations regarding 2017-18 specifications and recommend any changes if necessary.
Review and consider approval of draft policy.
Review Framework document and analyses to address issues raised at the June Council meeting, summary of constituent input, and summarize revisions made. Also, select final alternative(s), and discuss the implementation process.
Reports will be received from the NOAA Office of Law Enforcement and the U.S. Coast Guard.
Organization Reports; Liaison Reports; Executive Director's Report; Science Report; Committee Reports; and Continuing and New Business.
Although non-emergency issues not contained in this agenda may come before this group for discussion, in accordance with the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act), those issues may not be the subject of formal action during these meetings. Actions will be restricted to those issues specifically identified in this notice and any issues arising after publication of this notice that require emergency action under section 305(c) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act, provided the public has been notified of the Council's intent to take final action to address the emergency.
These meetings are physically accessible to people with disabilities. Requests for sign language interpretation or other auxiliary aid should be directed to M. Jan Saunders, (302) 526-5251, at least 5 days prior to the meeting date.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; request for nominations.
Nominations are being sought for appointment to a new task force of the Marine Fisheries Advisory Committee (MAFAC) to support its advisory work for the Secretary of Commerce on living marine resource matters. The task force will focus on providing information and advice on the establishment of long-term goals for salmon and steelhead in the Columbia River Basin. National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) will appoint the members in consultation with MAFAC and they will serve for a term of up to two (2) years. The terms would begin in December 2016.
Nominations must be postmarked or have an email date stamp on or before September 6, 2016.
Nominations should be sent to Katherine Cheney, NMFS West Coast Region, 1201 Northeast Lloyd Boulevard, Suite 1100, Portland, OR 97232 or to
Katherine Cheney, (503) 231-6730; email:
MAFAC is the only Federal advisory committee with the responsibility to advise the Secretary of Commerce (Secretary) on all matters concerning living marine resources that are the responsibility of the Department of Commerce. MAFAC is establishing a Columbia Basin Partnership Task Force to assist it in the development of long-term goals for salmon and steelhead in the Columbia River Basin, which is critical to the mission and goals of the NMFS.
This Columbia Basin Partnership Task Force is being created for state, tribal and stakeholder input to MAFAC to support development of quantitative goals for Columbia River Basin salmon and steelhead at the species, stock, major population group (MPG), and population levels. The goals will be collaboratively developed to meet conservation needs while also providing harvest (including those necessary to satisfy tribal treaty rights). Shared goals will enhance engagement and understanding by providing a concise, common definition of success, consistent means to measure progress, and improved public support for work across the Columbia River Basin.
The scope of the Columbia Basin Partnership Task Force will fall within the objectives and scope of the MAFAC; is more comprehensive than any prior goal-setting effort in the Basin; and will encompass:
• All Endangered Species Act-listed and non-listed salmon and steelhead in the Columbia Basin, above and below Bonneville Dam.
• Ocean, mainstem, and tributary fisheries that harvest Columbia Basin stocks, including commercial, recreational, and tribal fisheries.
• Multiple geographic scales (Basin-wide, species, and major population group).
• All impacts across the salmon and steelhead life-cycle (
• Consideration of ecological conditions and of current and future habitat capacity.
The Task Force will report to MAFAC and will not provide advice or work product directly to NMFS. Recommendations generated by this Task Force's efforts will not result in any regulatory decision, obligate any party to undertake certain activities, or diminish treaty/trust obligations. The input of the Task Force will support efforts that seek common solutions that work for all sovereigns and stakeholders. The strength of the Task Force will hinge on the breadth of regional participation, collaboration, and commitment.
This Task Force will consist of 25-35 individuals who have demonstrated subject matter expertise regarding salmon and steelhead biology and management in the Columbia River Basin, as well as the interest and ability to work collaboratively and respectfully with other sovereigns and stakeholders
It is intended that the Task Force be established for an initial period of two (2) years with a possibility of extending that term if deemed necessary by NMFS and MAFAC. Task Force members should be able to fulfill the time commitments required for quarterly meetings (mostly by webinar or teleconference and potentially in-person). Members of the Task Force are not compensated for their services, but will upon request be allowed to travel and per diem expenses as authorized by 5 U.S.C. 5701
Each nomination submission must include: resume or curriculum vitae of the nominee and a cover letter, not to exceed 3 pages, that describes the nominee's qualifications and interest in serving on the Task Force and how the nominee meets the following criteria:
• Is able to broadly represent his or her interests and constituency that he/she affiliates with as they are affected by salmon and steelhead management in the Columbia River Basin.
• Has organizational and/or subject matter expertise regarding salmon and steelhead management in the Columbia River Basin.
• Has demonstrated a willingness and ability to work collaboratively and respectfully with other stakeholders to find solutions.
• Contributes to representation of the geographic diversity of the Columbia River Basin.
Self-nominations are acceptable. The following contact information should accompany each nominee's submission: full name, address, telephone number, fax number, and email address. Nominations should be sent to (see
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.
Proposed Deletions from the Procurement List.
The Committee is proposing to delete products and services from the Procurement List that was furnished by nonprofit agencies employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities.
Comments must be received on or before: 8/21/2016.
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 1401 S. Clark Street, Suite 715, Arlington, Virginia, 22202-4149.
Barry S. Lineback, Telephone: (703) 603-7740, Fax: (703) 603-0655, or email
This notice is published pursuant to 41 U.S.C. 8503 (a)(2) and 41 CFR 51-2.3. Its purpose is to provide interested persons an opportunity to submit comments on the proposed actions.
The following products and services are proposed for deletion from the Procurement List:
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled.
Deletions from the Procurement List.
The Committee is proposing to delete services from the Procurement List that were previously furnished by nonprofit agencies employing persons who are blind or have other severe disabilities.
Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled, 1401 S. Clark Street, Suite 715, Arlington, Virginia 22202-4149.
Barry S. Lineback, Telephone: (703) 603-7740, Fax: (703) 603-0655, or email
On 6/17/2016 (81 FR 39630), the Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or Severely Disabled published notice of proposed deletions from the Procurement List.
After consideration of the relevant matter presented, the Committee has determined that the services listed below are no longer suitable for procurement by the Federal Government under 41 U.S.C. 8501-8506 and 41 CFR 51-2.4.
I certify that the following action will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. The major factors considered for this certification were:
1. The action will not result in additional reporting, recordkeeping or other compliance requirements for small entities.
2. The action may result in authorizing small entities to provide the services to the Government.
3. There are no known regulatory alternatives which would accomplish the objectives of the Javits-Wagner-O'Day Act (41 U.S.C. 8501-8506) in connection with the services deleted from the Procurement List.
Accordingly, the following services are deleted from the Procurement List:
Commodity Futures Trading Commission.
Notice.
The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Commission) is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the renewal of the collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Comments must be submitted on or before September 20, 2016.
You may submit comments, identified by “Renewal of Collection Pertaining to Core Principles and Other Requirements for Swap Execution Facilities” by any of the following methods:
• The Agency's Web site, at
•
•
•
Please submit your comments using only one method.
Steven A. Haidar, Attorney-Advisor, Division of Market Oversight, Commodity Futures Trading Commission, (202) 418-5611; email:
Under the PRA, Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. “Collection of Information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3 and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA, 44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A), requires Federal agencies to provide a 60-day notice in the
With respect to these information collections, the Commission invites comments on:
• Whether the collections of information are necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information will have a practical use;
• The accuracy of the Commission's estimate of the burden of the collections of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Ways to enhance the quality, usefulness, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Ways to minimize the burden of collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology;
All comments must be submitted in English, or if not, accompanied by an English translation. Comments will be posted as received to
The Commission reserves the right, but shall have no obligation, to review, pre-screen, filter, redact, refuse or remove any or all of your submission from
Furthermore, in its initial PRA analysis, the Commission did not explicitly distinguish the non-recurring burden hours related to the registration process from the Commission's estimate of the recurring, annual burden hours, but rather provided an aggregated number.
44 U.S.C. 3501
Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
Request for information.
Congress established the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Bureau or CFPB) in the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (Dodd-Frank Act). As set forth in section 1021 of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bureau's purpose is to implement and, where applicable, enforce Federal consumer financial law consistently for the purpose of ensuring that all consumers have access to markets for consumer financial products and services and that markets for consumer financial products and services are fair, transparent, and competitive. In discharging this obligation, the CFPB seeks feedback on practices and products that are related to but may not be addressed in the Bureau's concurrently published Notice of Proposed Rulemaking on Payday, Vehicle Title, and Certain High-Cost Installment Loans (Concurrent Proposal). Specifically, in this Request for Information (RFI), the Bureau seeks comment on: Potential consumer protection concerns with loans that fall outside the scope of the Bureau's Concurrent Proposal but are designed to serve similar populations and needs as those loans covered by the proposal; and business practices concerning loans falling within the Bureau's Concurrent Proposal's coverage that raise potential consumer protection concerns that are not addressed by the Concurrent Proposal. The Bureau seeks comment from the public about these consumer lending practices to increase the Bureau's understanding of and support for potential future efforts, including but not limited to future rulemakings, supervision, enforcement, or consumer education initiatives. Where the Bureau requests evidence, data, or other information regarding a particularly concern about consumer protections, the Bureau does not seek information that directly identifies an individual consumer.
Comments must be received on or before October 14, 2016.
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CFPB-2016-0026 or RIN 3170-AA40, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
All comments, including attachments and other supporting materials, will become part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. Sensitive personal information, such as account numbers or Social Security numbers, should not be included. Comments will not be edited to remove any identifying or contact information.
For general inquiries, submission process questions, or any additional information, please contact Monica Jackson, Office of the Executive Secretary, at 202-435-7275.
12 U.S.C. 5511(c).
Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) that established the Bureau, part of the Bureau's mission is to empower consumers to take control over their economic lives. Section 1021(c)(3) of the Dodd-Frank Act provides that one of the primary functions of the Bureau is collecting, researching, monitoring, and publishing information relevant to the function of markets for consumer financial products and services.
The Bureau is concerned that lenders that make these loans have developed business models that deviate substantially from the practices in other credit markets by failing to assess consumers' ability to repay their loans and by engaging in harmful practices in the course of seeking to withdraw payments from consumers' accounts. The Bureau believes that there may be a high likelihood of consumer harm in connection with these covered loans because many consumers struggle to repay their loans. In particular, many consumers who take out covered loans appear to lack the ability to repay them and face one of three options when an unaffordable loan payment is due: Take out additional covered loans, default on the covered loan, or make the payment on the covered loan and fail to meet other major financial obligations or basic living expenses. Many lenders may seek to obtain repayment of covered loans directly from consumers' accounts. The Bureau is concerned that consumers may be subject to multiple fees and other harms when lenders make repeated unsuccessful attempts to withdraw funds from consumers' accounts.
The Concurrent Proposal generally would cover two categories of loans. First, the proposal generally would cover loans with a term of 45 days or less or loans with multiple advances if each advance is required to be repaid within 45 days. Second, the proposal
The Bureau is also engaged in pre-rulemaking activity concerning debt collection practices generally and on checking account overdraft services, which some consumers may use in lieu of small-dollar loans. Those practices are not the focus of this RFI. Finally, the Bureau has also proposed to regulate certain credit products offered in conjunction with prepaid accounts, which is also not the focus of this RFI.
The Bureau is aware that the Concurrent Proposal may not address all potential concerns in these markets. Most particularly, while the Bureau has chosen to issue a proposed rule on payday loans and similar forms of credit for public comment, the Bureau is aware that the Concurrent Proposal does not cover all loans made to consumers facing liquidity shortfalls. Such loans may include other high-cost products, where the risks to consumers from making unaffordable payments may be similar to the types of harms detailed in the Concurrent Proposal. The Bureau is specifically seeking to learn more about the scope, use, underwriting, and impact of such products for purposes of determining what types of Bureau action may be appropriate. To protect consumers from unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices, the Bureau is expressly empowered to use all of its authorities, not just rulemaking. Therefore, in this RFI the Bureau is seeking information about certain consumer lending practices to increase the Bureau's understanding of whether there is a need and basis for potential future efforts, including but not limited to future rulemakings, supervisory examinations, or enforcement investigations.
Similarly, the Bureau is aware that the Concurrent Proposal may not address all potentially harmful practices with regard to products that would be covered by the Concurrent Proposal. Specifically, the proposal focuses on lenders' practices with regard to underwriting and attempts to withdraw loan payments from consumers' bank accounts. The Bureau is thus seeking information on other potentially problematic lender practices and consumer protection concerns regarding products that would be covered by the proposal, in order to determine whether additional Bureau actions are warranted.
Accordingly, the Bureau is interested in learning more about potential consumer protection concerns that may not be addressed by the Bureau's Concurrent Proposal. The Bureau encourages comments from the public, including:
• Borrowers and their families;
• Lenders and their investors or employees;
• Debt collectors, payment processors, and other service providers;
• Financial counselors and social workers;
• Pastors, priests, nuns, rabbis, imams, and other clergy or faith leaders;
• Accountants;
• Journalists;
• Consumer advocates;
• Banks, thrifts, and credit unions;
• State, local, and tribal governments;
• Academics including but not limited to psychologists, economists, sociologists, geographers, and historians; as well as
• Any other interested parties.
Throughout American history, the Federal government and the States have taken varied approaches to regulating payday and similar forms of credit. Early on, the 13 original American States adopted interest rate limits of between 5 percent and 12 percent per annum in the early years of the Republic.
In the 1960s, Congress began passing a wave of consumer protection laws focused on financial products, beginning with the Consumer Credit Protection Act (CCPA) in 1968.
In addition, in the early 20th Century many States began to adopt small loan laws that allowed licensed lenders to make small consumer loans at interest rates of between 2 and 4 percent per month, or 24 to 48 percent per year
In the 1960s, States began passing their own consumer protection statutes modeled on the FTC Act to prohibit unfair and deceptive practices. The FTC encouraged the adoption of consumer protection statutes at the State level and worked directly with the Council of State Governments to draft model legislation that influenced many state consumer protection statutes.
As discussed in greater detail in the Concurrent Proposal, some states and municipalities have set other limits on payday and similar lending. For example, Washington and Delaware have restricted repeat borrowing by imposing limits on the number of payday loans consumers may obtain. Through 2010 amendments to its payday loan law, Colorado no longer permits short-term single-payment payday loans. Instead, in order to charge fees in excess of the 36 percent APR cap for most other consumer loans, the minimum loan term must be six months.
In the wake of the financial crisis, Congress adopted the Dodd-Frank Act. Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau to regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products and services under the Federal consumer financial laws.
In addition to establishing the Bureau, Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act also prohibits any unfair, deceptive or abusive act or practice in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service or the offering of such product or service.
The Bureau is aware that the Concurrent Proposal may not address all potential concerns relating to loans made to consumers facing liquidity shortfalls. Most particularly, while the Bureau has chosen to issue a proposed rule on payday, vehicle title, and certain high-cost installment loans, the Bureau is aware that the Concurrent Proposal does not cover all loans made to consumers facing liquidity shortfalls. Such loans may include other high-cost products, where the risks to consumers from making unaffordable payments may be similar to the types of harms detailed in the Concurrent Proposal. The Bureau is specifically seeking to learn more about the scope, use, underwriting, and impact of such products for purposes of determining what types of Bureau action may be appropriate. To protect consumers from unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices, the Bureau is expressly empowered to use all of its authorities, not just rulemaking. Therefore, in this RFI the Bureau is seeking information about certain consumer lending practices to increase the Bureau's understanding of whether there is a need and basis for potential future efforts, including but not limited to future rulemakings, supervisory examinations, or enforcement investigations.
Similarly, the Bureau is aware that the Concurrent Proposal may not address all potentially harmful practices with regard to products that would be covered by the Concurrent Proposal. Specifically, the proposal focuses on lenders' practices with regard to underwriting and attempts to withdraw loan payments from consumers' bank accounts. The Bureau is thus seeking information on other potentially problematic lender practices and consumer protections concerns regarding products that would be covered by the proposal, in order to determine whether additional Bureau actions are warranted.
Accordingly, the Bureau is interested in learning more about potential consumer protection concerns that may not be addressed by the Bureau's Concurrent Proposal.
As detailed in the Concurrent Proposal, the Bureau believes that there may be a high likelihood of consumer harm in connection with loans that would be covered by the Concurrent Proposal. As noted above, the Concurrent Proposal generally would cover loans with a term of 45 days or less or loans with multiple advances if each advance is required to be repaid within 45 days. Second, the Concurrent Proposal generally would cover loans with a term greater than 45 days, provided that they (1) have an all-in annual percentage rate greater than 36 percent; and (2) either are repaid directly from the consumer's account or income (
Thus, the Bureau's Concurrent Proposal would not cover either closed-end installment loans or open-end lines of credit with durations longer than 45 days with no vehicle title or leveraged payment mechanisms, regardless of the total cost of credit. The Bureau's Concurrent Proposal also would not cover loans that fall within the proposed exceptions, including non-recourse pawn loans, certain money purchase loans, real-estate secured credit, student loans, and credit card loans. In this RFI, the Bureau refers to loans that fall outside the scope of the proposal as “non-covered products.”
The Bureau believes that most loans made to consumers facing liquidity shortfalls would fall within the scope of the proposal. As discussed further in the Concurrent Proposal, these consumers tend to have low or non-existent credit scores and limited access to mainstream sources of credit. The loans that are made to them tend to be at a high interest rate and the Bureau believes that, with most of these loans, lenders generally obtain either a security interest in the borrower's vehicle or the ability to secure repayment directly from the consumer's deposit account or paycheck. On the other hand, the Bureau also has identified a limited number of lenders offering non-covered longer duration loans with high annual percentage rates that lack a vehicle security interest or leveraged payment mechanism and that may raise consumer protection concerns.
The Bureau believes that some non-covered products may be different in significant ways from loans that would be covered under the Concurrent Proposal. For example, in bona fide pawn transactions, borrowers grant a possessory security interest in personal property in exchange for a non-recourse loan. Because these loans are non-recourse and because the consumer turns over physical possession of the collateral to the lender at the outset, the Bureau believes the consumer risks posed by these loans are somewhat different from the consumer risks posed by other high-cost products. In a bona fide pawn loan, the borrower has the option to either repay the loan or permit the pawnbroker to retain and sell the pledged collateral at the end of the loan term, relieving the borrower of any additional financial obligation, and the process of surrendering the item may reinforce to the consumer what the consequences will be if the consumer is later unable to repay the pawn loan.
The Bureau is seeking additional information about forms of non-covered credit offered to the types of consumers who use covered loans to deal with cash shortfalls, including the types and volume of installment and open-end credit products that would not be covered by the Concurrent Proposal and are offered in this market segment, their pricing structures, and lenders' practices with regard to marketing, underwriting, servicing and collections. For example, an installment loan or open-end line of credit without a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security interest would be beyond the scope of the Bureau's Concurrent Proposal even if the agreement calls for non-amortizing, interest-only payments and without regard to the cost. Such loans could raise substantial consumer protection concerns and might potentially be unfair, deceptive, or abusive depending on the circumstances, including instances where there are long-term financial hardships imposed by such loans or where consumers fail to understand the payment structure of the loans. Since such loans lack vehicle security or leveraged payment mechanisms, the Bureau is also particularly interested in any other mechanisms or practices that lenders may use with regard to such loans to mitigate the risk that consumers would be unable to repay their loans.
Because Congress has charged the Bureau with protecting consumers from unfair, deceptive, or abusive credit practices, the Bureau is interested in learning more about the potential consumer protection concerns that may arise in high-cost loans that are not covered by the Bureau's Concurrent Proposal. The Bureau is also looking ahead to anticipate potential changes in the consumer lending market in response to both the Concurrent Proposal and other regulatory and economic developments. Accordingly, the Bureau seeks public feedback to better understand the prevalence of problematic business practices in this market.
While the Bureau invites all comments relevant to this general topic, the Bureau specifically invites commenters to address the following questions. With respect to these non-covered, high-cost, longer-duration installment loans and open-end lines of credit that lack vehicle security or leveraged payment features:
1. Is there a viable business model in extending high-cost, non-covered loans for terms longer than 45 days without regard to the borrower's ability to repay the loan as scheduled? If so, what are the essential characteristics of this business model or models and what consumer protection concerns, if any, are associated with such practices? For example:
a. Are there non-covered loan products with particular payment structures that make it viable for a lender to extend loans without regard to the consumer's ability to repay?
b. Are there non-covered loan products with security or possessory interests in products or documents other than the consumer's vehicle (and without leveraged access to the consumer's transaction account) that make it viable for a lender to extend loans without regard to the consumer's ability to repay?
c. Are there particular collection practices that make it viable for lenders to make high-cost, non-covered loans without regard to the consumer's ability to repay?
d. Are there other loan features or practices that make it viable for lenders to extend loans without regard to the consumer's ability to repay?
e. To the extent there are loans made in categories a through d, how prevalent are such practices? How easy is it for consumers to find and obtain such products? To what extent are these loans leading to injury to consumers? To what extent are consumers aware of the costs and risks of such loans?
f. Are there changes in technology or the market that make such practices more likely to develop or spread in the future?
2. To the extent that certain business models enable lenders to extend non-covered loans to consumers facing liquidity shortfalls without regard to the consumer's ability to repay, what factors might limit or encourage growth of these business models going forward?
a. What are the State and Federal regulations that affect their viability and growth?
b. What effect, if any, would the Bureau's Concurrent Proposal, if finalized, have on their viability and growth?
c. Are technology, investment, and other market factors affecting their viability and growth?
d. What factors affect competition in these markets, particularly the emergence of new market players and development of new product alternatives?
3. To what extent are consumers able to protect themselves in the selection or use of products identified in response to questions number 1(a) through 1(d)? For example:
a. What evidence, data, or other information exists with respect to the ability of consumers to shop effectively for products of the type described above and for alternative products that may better serve consumers' needs? Are there currently Web sites or other digital tools that facilitate effective price comparison among lenders offering products designed to serve the needs of liquidity-constrained borrowers, including comparison of prices, prior to surrendering personal information such as names, email addresses, and bank account numbers? Are consumers in search of a loan to meet a liquidity shortfall able to avail themselves of common internet search engines to effectively shop for loans to meet their needs?
b. Are new business entrants in the market for high-cost, non-covered loans able to offer loans at a lower cost than those offered by established lenders? What factors enhance or inhibit the ability of new market entrants to do so? Are new business entrants with lower pricing able to effectively raise customer awareness about the benefits of their products in comparison to established covered or non-covered loans?
c. Are there cognitive, behavioral, or psychological limitations that make it
d. Are there marketing practices or loan features that take advantage of these cognitive, behavioral, or psychological limitations?
e. What evidence, data, or other information exists with respect to the existence and prevalence of any such limitations, marketing practices, or loan features?
As discussed above, the Bureau's Concurrent Proposal would cover high-cost, longer-term loans that include a leveraged payment mechanism or a vehicle security interest and would generally require lenders making such loans to first reasonably determine whether the consumer has the ability to repay the loan.
The Bureau's Concurrent Proposal does not address the collection practices of lenders making covered loans. The Bureau anticipates that at a future date it will be issuing a proposal to regulate debt collection practices that will apply to the collection of covered and non-covered loans alike. But the Bureau is concerned that there may be certain practices that are more prevalent with respect to high-cost loans made to consumers facing cash shortfalls and that pose serious risks for such consumers. The Bureau is concerned that these practices could become more prevalent with covered or non-covered high-cost loans if the Bureau finalizes the Concurrent Proposal.
In particular, the Bureau seeks information about possible alternatives to leveraged payment mechanisms and vehicle security interests that may exist currently or develop in response to the Bureau's Concurrent Proposal and market or technology changes. For example, the laws of some States allow creditors to sue borrowers over a debt, and subsequently obtain garnishment orders that permit lenders to seize borrowers' wages, bank account funds, or vehicles under some circumstances. The Federal CCPA and implementing regulations issued by the Department of Labor provide some protection for consumers by limiting the amount of wages that can be garnished during a pay period.
Class member, D.W., took out a $100 loan from CSI. A judgment was entered against him for $705.18; the garnishment is still pending. So far, $3.174.81 has been collected, and a balance of $4.105.77 remains
Class member, S.S., took out an $80 loan from CSI. A judgment was entered against her for $2.137.68; the garnishment is still pending. So far, $5.346.41 has been collected, and a balance of $19,643.48 remains.
Class member, C.R., took out a $155 loan from CSI. A judgment was entered against her for $1.686.93; the garnishment is still pending. So far, $9.566.15 has been collected, and a balance of $2.162.07 remains.
Class member, C.N., took out a $155 loan from CSI. A judgment was entered against him for $1.627.44. There is now a lien on C.N.'s property.
Class member, S.L., took out a $360 loan from CSI. A judgment was entered against her for $1.305.17; the garnishment is still pending. So far, $6.021.80 has been collected, and a balance of $2.182.90 remains.
Class member, F.H., took out a $100 loan from CSI. A judgment was entered against her for $380.82; the garnishment is still pending. So far, $3.935.54 has been collected, and a balance of $707.98 remains.
Class member, B.D., took out a $200 loan from CSI. A judgment was entered against her for $853.05; the garnishment is still pending. So far, $4.692.31 has been collected, and a balance of $1.531.57 remains.
The Bureau believes that business practices of this nature, which might be referred to as enhanced collections practices, may raise substantial consumer protection concerns. Therefore, the Bureau requests information about methods creditors may use in connection with loans covered under the Concurrent Proposal or with non-covered loans to seize wages, funds, vehicles or other forms of personal property from borrowers that face liquidity crisis and obtain loans outside mainstream credit systems.
4. Are there practices in obtaining or using wage garnishment orders to collect covered or non-covered loans that raise consumer protection concerns? If so, what data, evidence, or other information tends to show these concerns exist or are likely to emerge in the future?
5. Are there practices in obtaining or using attachment or garnishment orders to seize funds from deposit accounts, prepaid cards, or other consumer assets to collect covered or non-covered loans that raise consumer protection concerns? If so, what data, evidence, or other information tends to show these concerns exist or are likely to emerge in the future?
6. Are there practices in obtaining or using judgment liens on vehicles or other consumer goods that raise consumer protection concerns? If so, what data, evidence, or other information tends to show these concerns exist or are likely to emerge in the future?
7. With respect to each of these questions, what is the prevalence of these practices in the current market? And, can the Bureau reasonably anticipate that these practices would increase or decrease if the Bureau were to finalize a rule along the lines of the
8. Do particular Federal, State, or local laws affect consumer protection concerns associated with enhanced collection practices that would not be addressed by the Concurrent Proposal?
The Bureau's research into high-cost installment loans indicates that a substantial percentage of consumers refinance their loans during the term of their loans. Under the Concurrent Proposal, where consumers reborrow because their loan payments have proven to be unaffordable, a presumption would apply that a new loan with similar payment terms would likewise be unaffordable. However, that presumption would not apply in circumstances in which there is not an indication of financial distress or evidence that the refinancing was masking unaffordability of the outstanding loan.
The Bureau is concerned, however, that under certain circumstances lenders may have an incentive to encourage borrowers to refinance their loans in a way that creates extended patterns of payment that do not serve consumers' interests. These patterns of extended repayment may be caused or exacerbated by marketing or business practices that tend to frustrate the ability of borrowers to understand their loan terms. For example, some lenders may structure their loans such that a refinancing generates additional revenue for the lender, beyond the incremental finance charges, as a result of prepayment penalties, rebates calculated under the Rule of 78s, new origination fees, or new fees to purchase ancillary products associated with the refinancing. Moreover, because, in some high-cost loans, repayment of loan principal does not occur until the final few payments of the borrower's payment schedule, refinancing can deprive borrowers of the opportunity to make substantial progress in escaping their debts. The Bureau seeks to better understand the use of incentives and sales practices that might encourage borrowers to refinance high-cost loans, including practices that encourage refinancing after the consumer has made multiple payments allocated to interest and fees, but before making substantial progress reducing the loan principal.
The Bureau also requests information about the nature of consumer protection concerns associated with the imposition of prepayment penalties in longer-duration, high-cost covered loans and also whether comparable concerns exist in non-covered loan products. In the Concurrent Proposal, the Bureau has noted that penalizing consumers for prepaying loans with durations of less than 24 months is likely to be inconsistent with consumers' expectations for their loans and may prevent consumers from repaying debts that they otherwise would be able to retire. Accordingly the proposal would prohibit lenders from imposing a prepayment penalty in connection with certain covered longer duration loans that are made under a conditional exemption from the proposed ability-to-repay requirements. While the Bureau believes there is a basis for proposing to prohibit prepayment penalties from conditionally exempt covered loans, the Bureau requests further information about whether consumer protection concerns may exist more generally with respect to prepayment penalties incorporated into longer duration covered and non-covered loans marketed to consumers facing liquidity crises. In particular, the Bureau seeks to explore whether there may be informal methods of imposing prepayment penalties, such as denial of a promised rebate, which could make it more costly for borrowers in either covered or non-covered longer duration high-cost loans to repay those loans. The Bureau also seeks to obtain more information about the prevalence of prepayment penalties and potential consumer protection concerns associated with non-covered, longer duration, high-cost loans.
The Bureau is also concerned that, for borrowers facing cash shortfalls that lack access to the mainstream credit system, loans could be structured in such a way that even if borrowers have the ability to make their payments, doing so could cause borrowers to suffer undue, long-term hardships. These hardships could be caused or exacerbated by marketing, business practices, or contract terms that tend to frustrate the ability of borrowers to understand their payment obligations or otherwise interfere with their ability to protect their interests. For example, a lender might aggressively market a payment-option, adjustable-rate installment loan that allows borrowers to temporarily make negatively amortizing payments until a later recast date. After the recast date, borrowers facing larger, adjusted installment payment obligations could be vulnerable to payment shock because their income may be insufficient to cover the adjusted payment along with their other obligations and basic living expenses at that time.
Similarly, a lender might offer a fully amortizing loan with a sufficiently long term and high interest rate and apply most payments to interest for a large portion of the loan's life. Consider, for example, a $500 consumer loan with a 450 percent APR and a two-year duration payable in equal monthly installments. This borrower would face 24 monthly payments of about $188 each. After the first three months, a successfully repaying borrower would have repaid more than the initial amount financed, but reduced that balance by less than 50 cents. After 18 of 24 payments, the successfully repaying borrower would still owe over $400 of the $500 originally borrowed. Under the Bureau's Concurrent Proposal, if the loan included a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security interest, the lender would be required to reach a reasonable determination of the borrower's ability to repay each $188 monthly payment. On the other hand, a lender making this loan without a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security interest would not be subject to the proposed ability-to-repay requirement. In either case, the Bureau requests information about whether loans along the lines of these or similar examples currently exist or could be anticipated to evolve if the Bureau finalizes the Concurrent Proposal.
With respect to these potential concerns:
9. Are there marketing or other business practices with respect to lender incentives or encouragement of loan refinancing that raise consumer protection concerns?
a. If so, what specific business practices or contractual terms are associated with consumer harm?
b. What data, evidence, or other information tends to show the current or likely future prevalence of consumer harm associated with these practices?
10. Are there circumstances in which the imposition of prepayment penalties raises consumer protection concerns in non-covered loans marketed to consumers facing a liquidity crisis?
a. If so, what specific contractual terms or business activities are associated with consumer harm?
b. What evidence, data, or other information tends to show the current or likely future prevalence of consumer harm associated with prepayment penalties in non-covered loans?
11. Are there methods of imposing informal penalties for prepayment, such as withholding a promised rebate, which raise consumer protection
a. If so, specifically what contractual terms or business activities are associated with consumer harm?
b. What evidence, data, or other information tends to show the current or likely future prevalence of consumer harm associated with such informal penalties for prepayment.
12. Are there circumstances in which excessively slow amortization of high-cost installment loans or open-end lines of credit raise consumer protection concerns?
a. If so, what specific contractual terms or business activities are associated with consumer harm?
b. To what extent are consumers aware of the costs and risks of such loans? Are there other factors that might frustrate the ability of consumers to protect their interests in using such loans?
c. Is there consumer harm from loan payment schedules where the bulk of repayment allocated to principal occurs in the final few payments of an even-payment loan? What specific criteria should the Bureau consider in identifying such consumer harm, if any?
d. What data, evidence, or other information tends to show the current or likely future prevalence of consumer harm, if any, associated with payment schedules of this type?
e. What evidence exists that consumers who make an even-payment understand that the lower principal is not being evenly paid down?
13. With respect to each of these questions, what is the prevalence of these practices in the current market? And, can the Bureau reasonably anticipate that these practices would increase or decrease if the Bureau were to issue a final rule along the lines of the Bureau's notice of proposed rulemaking? If so, why?
In the Bureau's experience, post-delinquency or default revenue terms such as late fees, default interest rates, or other contractual remedies can lead to consumer protection concerns. For example, in 2009 Congress adopted the Credit Card Accountability, Responsibility, and Disclosure Act (CARD Act) to curb excessive or unfair late fees by generally requiring card issuers to refrain from imposing a late fee unless the creditor has adopted reasonable policies and procedures to ensure that consumers are given at least 21 days to pay their bill and by limiting late fees to an amount that is “reasonable and proportional” to the violation of the account terms in question.
Unlike credit card markets, there are currently no broadly applicable Federal rules comparable to the CARD Act's late payment provisions for consumers of high-cost payday, vehicle title, installment loans, or open-end lines of credit. The Bureau seeks information about whether post-delinquency or default revenue terms such as late fees, default interest rates, or other back-end pricing practices may create a mismatch between borrowers' expectations and their actual experiences with their loans over time. For example, some consumers may have the ability to repay at origination but changes in their circumstances such as illness, loss of employment, family disruptions such as divorce or separation, or unexpected expenses could nevertheless lead to delinquency or default. Similarly, some consumers may fall into arrears due to inattention to detail, miscommunication, payment system delay, or clerical error. The Bureau seeks to learn whether revenue generation provisions imposed on consumers in these and similar situations may raise consumer protection concerns.
The Bureau is also aware that teaser rate products can, under some circumstances, give rise to consumer protection concerns. With a teaser rate, the initial interest rate and payment may remain in effect for a limited period of time. For some such loans, the initial rate and payment can vary considerably from the rate and payment obligations later on. Teaser rate loans can lead to unexpected “payment shock” when borrowers face payments associated with a recast interest rate that increases borrower payments.
With respect to these issues:
14. Other than circumstances identified in the Concurrent Proposal, as discussed above, under what circumstances do lenders' use of post-delinquency or default revenue terms such as late fees, default interest rates, or other contractual provisions or remedies in either covered or non-covered loans marketed to consumers facing liquidity crisis raise consumer protection concerns?
a. To what extent do lenders making covered loans or non-covered, high-cost loans to consumers facing cash shortfalls consider post-delinquency or default revenue generating terms such as late fees, default interest rates, or other contractual provisions or remedies when they perform underwriting? If they do so, how do they do it?
b. If lenders' current underwriting practices do not include consideration of the borrower's ability to repay post-delinquency or default revenue generating terms, what would be a reasonable method of underwriting for this factor?
c. What evidence, data, or other information shows the current or likely future prevalence of consumer harm, if any, associated with post-delinquency or default revenue terms in covered or non-covered high-cost consumer loans?
15. Are there circumstances in which the use of teaser rates which reset to high-cost loans made to consumers facing liquidity crisis raise consumer protection concerns?
a. If so, what specific contractual terms or business activities are associated with consumer harm?
b. Do teaser rate products, to the extent any exist, create a mismatch between borrowers' repayment expectations and their actual experiences in either covered or non-covered loans?
c. If lenders offer teaser rate products in loans to consumers facing liquidity needs, do they consider recast interest rates in underwriting? If they do so, how do they do it?
d. What data, evidence, or other information tends to show the current or likely future prevalence of consumer harm, if any, associated with adjustable interest rates products in covered or non-covered high-cost loans?
16. Are there other circumstances in which “back-end” pricing impedes the
a. If so, what specific back-end pricing fees, contractual terms, or other business activities exist in the marketplace or are likely to evolve in the future?
b. If so, what back-end pricing fees, contractual terms, or other business activities are associated with consumer harm?
c. What data, evidence, or other information tends to show the current or likely future prevalence of consumer harm, if any, associated with such back-end pricing in covered or non-covered high-cost loans?
In the Bureau's experience, the marketing of ancillary products, sometimes called “add-ons,” can lead to consumer protection concerns.
Moreover, ancillary products can affect the affordability of consumer credit. The Bureau's Concurrent Proposal includes the cost of credit insurance, debt suspension agreements, and credit-related ancillary products sold in originating a loan in calculating the total cost of credit for purposes of determining whether a longer duration loan is covered by the proposed rule. The Bureau's Concurrent Proposal also would require that creditors consider the cost of these products in determining borrowers' ability to repay. Nevertheless, the Bureau seeks to obtain more information about the prevalence and affordability of add-on products in non-covered loans made to consumers facing liquidity crisis.
With respect to these potential issues:
17. Aside from affordability, are there consumer protection concerns arising out of the marketing of ancillary products in covered payday, vehicle title, or similar loans? If so, what evidence, data, or other information shows the current or likely future prevalence of these concerns?
18. To what extent do lenders making non-covered, high-cost loans consider the cost of ancillary products in determining whether borrowers have the ability to repay?
a. If they do so, how do they do it?
b. If lenders do not currently consider the affordability of such products, what would be a reasonable method of underwriting for this component of the loan?
c. What evidence, data, or other information shows the current or likely future prevalence of unaffordable ancillary products in non-covered loans?
19. Are there other consumer protection concerns associated with the marketing or use of ancillary products in combination with covered or non-covered, high-cost credit? If so, what evidence, data, or other information shows the current or likely future prevalence of such consumer protection concerns?
The market for high-cost consumer credit is currently in transition due to regulatory and technological change. Many lenders are developing new technological channels for delivering consumer financial products to the market place. State, local and tribal laws are continually evolving in response to these forces. The Bureau seeks to apprise itself of current and expected changes in the marketplace for high-cost loans that could present consumer protection concerns. Moreover, the Bureau is mindful that, in the past, markets supplying credit to borrowers facing cash shortfalls have evolved in response to regulatory action, thereby causing the government considerable difficulty in addressing some consumer protection issues.
Bearing in mind the potential for future evolution in this market and in lender practices:
20. Are there other marketing, origination, underwriting, or collection practices that currently exist or, if the Bureau issues a final rule along the lines of the Concurrent Proposal, are likely to emerge, that pose risk to consumers and may warrant Bureau regulatory, supervisory, enforcement, or consumer educational action?
21. Are there arrangements with brokers, credit service organizations, or other intermediaries in the marketing, origination, underwriting, collection or information-sharing practices associated with non-covered high-cost credit markets that pose risk to consumers and may warrant Bureau regulatory, supervisory, enforcement, or consumer educational action?
22. If so, what specific actions or policies should the Bureau consider in addressing such consumer harm? Other than usury limits applicable to an extension of credit, which Congress has not authorized the Bureau to establish, are there examples of existing law, regulations, or other policy interventions that the Bureau should consider?
Department of Defense (DoD).
Notice of Federal Advisory Committee meeting.
The Department of Defense is publishing this notice to announce that the following Federal Advisory Committee meeting of the Defense Health Board will take place.
The St. Anthony, San Antonio—Peraux Room, 300 East Travis Street, San Antonio, TX 78205 (Pre-meeting registration required; see guidance in
The Executive Director of the Defense Health Board is Ms. Christine Bader, 7700 Arlington Boulevard, Suite 5101, Falls Church, Virginia 22042, (703) 681-6653, Fax: (703) 681-9539,
This meeting is being held under the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act of 1972 (5 U.S.C., Appendix, as amended), the Government in the Sunshine Act of 1976 (5 U.S.C. 552b, as amended), and 41 CFR 102-3.150. Additional information, including the agenda and electronic registration, is available at the DHB Web site,
The purpose of the meeting is to provide progress updates on specific taskings before the DHB. In addition, the DHB will receive information briefings on current issues or lessons learned related to military medicine, health policy, health research, disease/injury prevention, health promotion, and health care delivery.
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552b and 41 CFR 102-3.140 through 102-3.165 and subject to availability of space, the DHB meeting is open to the public from 9:00 a.m. to 11:30 a.m. and 12:30 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. on August 9, 2016. The DHB anticipates receiving progress updates from the Health Care Delivery Subcommittee on the pediatric clinical preventive services tasking, Public Health Subcommittee on its review of improving Defense Health Program medical research processes, and a subset of the Board on the Deployment Health Centers review. In addition, the DHB anticipates receiving information briefings on the Military Health System Population Health Portal; the Army Medical Home; a review of recommendations from the 2014 DHB report
Pursuant to 5 U.S.C. 552b, and 41 CFR 102-3.140 through 102-3.165 and subject to availability of space, this meeting is open to the public. Seating is limited and is on a first-come basis. All members of the public who wish to attend the public meeting must contact Ms. Kendal Brown at the number listed in the section
Individuals requiring special accommodations to access the public meeting should contact Ms. Kendal Brown at least five (5) business days prior to the meeting so that appropriate arrangements can be made.
Any member of the public wishing to provide comments to the DHB may do so in accordance with section 10(a)(3) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 41 CFR 102-3.105(j) and 102-3.140, and the procedures described in this notice.
Individuals desiring to provide comments to the DHB may do so by submitting a written statement to the DHB Designated Federal Officer (DFO) (see
If the written statement is not received at least five (5) business days prior to the meeting, the DFO may choose to postpone consideration of the statement until the next open meeting.
The DFO will review all timely submissions with the DHB President and ensure they are provided to members of the DHB before the meeting that is subject to this notice. After reviewing the written comments, the President and the DFO may choose to invite the submitter to orally present their issue during an open portion of this meeting or at a future meeting. The DFO, in consultation with the DHB President, may allot time for members of the public to present their issues for review and discussion by the Defense Health Board.
Notice.
The Department of Defense has submitted to OMB for clearance, the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act.
Consideration will be given to all comments received by August 22, 2016.
Fred Licari, 571-372-0493.
Comments and recommendations on the proposed information collection should be emailed to Ms. Jasmeet Seehra, DoD Desk Officer, at
You may also submit comments and recommendations, identified by Docket ID number and title, by the following method:
•
Written requests for copies of the information collection proposal should be sent to Mr. Licari at WHS/ESD Directives Division, 4800 Mark Center Drive, East Tower, Suite 02G09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.
Department of the Navy, DoD.
Notice.
The Department of the Navy hereby gives notice of its intent to grant SpringStar Inc. a revocable, nonassignable, exclusive license to practice worldwide the Government owned inventions described in U.S. Patent Application 14/693,615 filed April 22, 2015 and entitled “Insect control formulation with improved auto-dissemination characteristics,” as well as any issued patent, divisional or continuation from that and related foreign filings in the field of insect control.
Anyone wishing to object to the grant of this license has fifteen (15) days from the date of this notice to file written objections along with supporting evidence, if any, not later than August 8, 2016.
Written objections are to be filed with Attn: Naval Medical Research Center, Code 1URO/OPBD, 503 Robert Grant Avenue, Silver Spring, MD 20910-7500.
Dr. T.A. Ponzio, Director, Partnerships & Business Development, Naval Medical Research Center, 503 Robert Grant Ave., Silver Spring, MD 20910-7500;
35 U.S.C. 207, 37 CFR part 404.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “NSPS for Lead-Acid Battery Manufacturing (40 CFR part 60, subpart KK) (Renewal)” (EPA ICR No. 1072.11, OMB Control No. 2060-0081), to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OECA-2012-0656, to: (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI), or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Patrick Yellin, Monitoring, Assistance, and Media Programs Division, Office of Compliance, Mail Code 2227A, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 564-2970; fax number: (202) 564-0050; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “NSPS for Nitric Acid Plants (40 CFR part 60, subparts G and Ga) (Renewal)” (EPA ICR No. 1056.12, OMB Control No. 2060-0019), to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OECA-2015-0190, to: (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI), or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Patrick Yellin, Monitoring, Assistance, and Media Programs Division, Office of Compliance, Mail Code 2227A, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 564-2970; fax number: (202) 564-0050; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “Cellulosic Production Volume Projections and Efficient Producer Reporting” (EPA ICR No. 2551.01, OMB Control No. 2060-NEW) to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OAR-2015-0207, to (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Jon Monger, Policy Advisor, Office of Transportation and Air Quality, Mail Code: 6401A, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: 202-564-0628; fax number: 202-564-1177; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Section 309(a) of the Clean Air Act requires that EPA make public its comments on EISs issued by other Federal agencies. EPA's comment letters on EISs are available at:
Revision to FR Notice Published 06/10/2016; Extending Comment Period from 07/29/2016 to 08/12/2016.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “NESHAP for Mineral Wool Production (40 CFR part 63, subpart DDD) (Renewal)” (EPA ICR No. 1799.09, OMB Control No. 2060-0362), to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OECA-2012-0678, to: (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI), or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Patrick Yellin, Monitoring, Assistance, and Media Programs Division, Office of Compliance, Mail Code 2227A, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 564-2970; fax number: (202) 564-0050; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
EPA has received applications to register pesticide products containing active ingredients not included in any currently registered pesticide products. Pursuant to the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), EPA is hereby providing notice of receipt and opportunity to comment on these applications.
Comments must be received on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2015-0022 and the File Symbol of interest as shown in the body of this document, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
Susan Lewis, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
1.
2.
EPA has received applications to register pesticide products containing active ingredients not included in any currently registered pesticide products. Pursuant to the provisions of FIFRA section 3(c)(4) (7 U.S.C. 136a(c)(4)), EPA is hereby providing notice of receipt and opportunity to comment on these applications. Notice of receipt of these applications does not imply a decision by the Agency on these applications.
7 U.S.C. 136
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “NSPS for Industrial/Commercial/Institutional Steam Generating Units (40 CFR part 60, subpart Db) (Renewal)” (EPA ICR No. 1088.14, OMB Control No. 2060-0072), to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OECA-2012-0499, to: (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI), or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Patrick Yellin, Monitoring, Assistance, and Media Programs Division, Office of Compliance, Mail Code 2227A, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 564-2970; fax number: (202) 564-0050; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “NESHAP for Oil and Natural Gas Production (40 CFR part 63, subpart HH) (Renewal)” (EPA ICR No. 1788.11, OMB Control No. 2060-0417), to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OECA-2012-0669, to: (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI), or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Patrick Yellin, Monitoring, Assistance, and Media Programs Division, Office of Compliance, Mail Code 2227A, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 564-2970; fax number: (202) 564-0050; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “NESHAP for Magnetic Tape Manufacturing Operations (40 CFR part 63, subpart EE) (Renewal)” (EPA ICR No. 1678.09, OMB Control No. 2060-0326), to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OECA-2012-0665, to: (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI), or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Patrick Yellin, Monitoring, Assistance, and Media Programs Division, Office of Compliance, Mail Code 2227A, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 564-2970; fax number: (202) 564-0050; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “NESHAP for Halogenated Solvent Cleaners/Halogenated Hazardous Air Pollutants (40 CFR part 63, subpart T) (Renewal)” (EPA ICR No. 1652.09, OMB Control No. 2060-0273), to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OECA-2012-0660, to: (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI), or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Patrick Yellin, Monitoring, Assistance, and Media Programs Division, Office of Compliance, Mail Code 2227A, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 564-2970; fax number: (202) 564-0050; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “NSPS for Automobile and Light Duty Truck Surface Coating Operations (40 CFR part 60, subpart MM) (Renewal)” (EPA ICR No. 1064.18, OMB Control No. 2060-0034), to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OECA-2012-0654, to: (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI), or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Patrick Yellin, Monitoring, Assistance, and Media Programs Division, Office of Compliance, Mail Code 2227A, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 564-2970; fax number: (202) 564-0050; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
EPA has received an application to register pesticide a product containing an active ingredient not included in any currently registered pesticide products. Pursuant to the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA), EPA is hereby providing notice of receipt and opportunity to comment on this application.
Comments must be received on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit your comments, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2015-0022 and the File Symbol of interest as shown in the body of this document, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
Steve Knizner, Antimicrobials Division (7510P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
1.
2.
EPA has received an application to register a pesticide product containing an active ingredient not included in any currently registered pesticide products. Pursuant to the provisions of FIFRA section 3(c)(4) (7 U.S.C. 136a(c)(4)), EPA is hereby providing notice of receipt and opportunity to comment on this application. Notice of receipt of this application does not imply a decision by the Agency on these applications.
7 U.S.C. 136
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
The Environmental Protection Agency has submitted an information collection request (ICR), “NESHAP for Phosphoric Acid Manufacturing and Phosphate Fertilizers Production (40 CFR part 63, subparts AA and BB) (Renewal)” (EPA ICR No. 1790.08, OMB Control No. 2060-0361), to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (44 U.S.C. 3501
Additional comments may be submitted on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit your comments, referencing Docket ID Number EPA-HQ-OECA-2012-0676, to: (1) EPA online using
EPA's policy is that all comments received will be included in the public docket without change, including any personal information provided, unless the comment includes profanity, threats, information claimed to be Confidential Business Information (CBI), or other information whose disclosure is restricted by statute.
Patrick Yellin, Monitoring, Assistance, and Media Programs Division, Office of Compliance, Mail Code 2227A, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone number: (202) 564-2970; fax number: (202) 564-0050; email address:
Supporting documents which explain in detail the information that the EPA will be collecting are available in the public docket for this ICR. The docket can be viewed online at
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Notice for comment regarding the Federal Reserve proposal to extend with revision, the clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act for the following information collection activity.
The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board or Federal Reserve) invites comment on a proposal to revise the FR H-(b)11, an information collection submitted by Savings and Loan Holding Companies (SLHCs).
On June 15, 1984, the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) delegated to the Board authority under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) to approve of and assign OMB control numbers to collection of information requests and requirements conducted or sponsored by the Board. In exercising this delegated authority, the Board is directed to take every reasonable step to solicit comment. In determining whether to approve a collection of information, the Board will consider all comments received from the public and other agencies.
Comments must be submitted on or before September 20, 2016.
You may submit comments, identified by
•
•
•
•
•
All public comments are available from the Board's Web site at
Additionally, commenters may send a copy of their comments to the OMB Desk Officer—Shagufta Ahmed—Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, New Executive Office Building, Room 10235 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503 or by fax to (202) 395-6974.
A copy of the PRA OMB submission, including the proposed reporting form and instructions, supporting statement, and other documentation will be placed into OMB's public docket files, once approved. These documents will also be made available on the Federal Reserve Board's public Web site at:
Federal Reserve Board Clearance Officer—Nuha Elmaghrabi—Office of the Chief Data Officer, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551 (202) 452-3829. Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (TDD) users may contact (202) 263-4869, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551.
The Board invites public comment on the following information collection, which is being reviewed under authority delegated by the OMB under the PRA. Comments are invited on the following:
a. Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the Federal Reserve's functions; including whether the information has practical utility;
b. The accuracy of the Federal Reserve's estimate of the burden of the proposed information collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
c. Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected;
d. Ways to minimize the burden of information collection on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology; and
e. Estimates of capital or startup costs and costs of operation, maintenance, and purchase of services to provide information.
At the end of the comment period, the comments and recommendations received will be analyzed to determine the extent to which the Federal Reserve should modify the proposed revisions prior to giving final approval.
The obligation to respond to the FR H-(b)11 is mandatory. The FR H-(b)11 covers 6 different items. Item 1 consists of SEC filings made by the SLHC that are not publicly traded companies and item 2 consists of reports provided by nationally recognized statistical rating organizations and securities analysts on any company in the SLHC's consolidated organization. The Board's Legal Division has determined that neither of these items should raise any issue of confidentiality.
Item 3 consists of supplemental information for any questions on the FR 2320 to which the SLHC answered “yes.” The Board's Legal Division has determined that supplemental information in response to a “yes” answer for the FR 2320's questions 24, 25, and 26 may be protected from disclosure under exemption 4 of the Freedom of Information Act (FOIA), which covers “trade secrets and commercial or financial information obtained from a person [that is] privileged or confidential” (5 U.S.C. 522(b)(4)). These questions concern any new or changed pledges of capital stock of any subsidiary savings association that secures short-term or long-term debt or other borrowings of the SLHC; changes to any class of securities of the SLHC or any of its subsidiaries that would negatively impact investors; and any default of the SLHC or any of its subsidiaries during the quarter. Disclosure of this type of information is likely to cause substantial competitive harm to the SLHC providing the information and thus this information may be protected from disclosure under FOIA exemption 4 (5 U.S.C. 522(b)(4)).
With regard to the supplemental information for other FR 2320 questions that would be provided in item 3 of the FR H-(b)11, as well as item 4 (Other Materially Important Events), item 5 (Financial Statements) and item 6 (Exhibits—essentially copies not previously filed of its charter or bylaws), the respondent may request confidential treatment of such information under one or more of the exemptions in the FOIA. The most likely case for confidential treatment will be exemption 4 (5 U.S.C. 522(b)(4)). However, all such requests for confidential treatment would need to be reviewed on a case-by-case basis and in response to a specific request for disclosure.
General Services Administration (GSA).
Notice of public availability of GSA Fiscal Year 2015 Service Contract Inventories.
In accordance with The Fiscal Year (FY) 2010 Consolidated Appropriations Act, GSA is publishing this notice to advise the public of the availability of the FY 2015 Service Contract Inventories.
July 22, 2016.
Questions regarding the Service Contract Inventory should be directed to Mr. James Tsujimoto, Office of Acquisition Policy, at 202-206-3585, or
In accordance with section 743 of Division C of the FY 2010 Consolidated Appropriations Act (Pub. L. 111-117), GSA is publishing this notice to advise the public of the availability of the FY 2015 Service Contract Inventories. These inventories provide information on service contract actions over $25,000 that were made in FY 2015. The information is organized by component to show how contracted resources are distributed throughout the agency. The inventory has been developed in accordance with the guidance issued on December 19, 2011, by the Office of Management and Budget's Office of Federal Procurement Policy (OFPP). OFPP's guidance is available at:
Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council.
Notice of final policy.
The Gulf Coast Ecosystem Restoration Council (Council) hereby issues notice of its final policy for implementing the local contracting preference requirement of the Resources and Ecosystems Sustainability, Tourist Opportunities, and Revived Economies of the Gulf Coast States Act of 2012 (RESTORE Act).
Mark Bisgeier, General Counsel, via email at
The RESTORE Act, Public Law 112-141 (July 6, 2012), codified at 33 U.S.C. 1321(t) and
Two of the five components, the Comprehensive Plan Component (sometimes referred to as the Council-Selected Restoration Component) and the Spill Impact Component, are administered by the Council, an independent federal entity created by the RESTORE Act. Under the Comprehensive Plan Component (33 U.S.C. 1321(t)(2)), the subject of this policy, 30 percent of the amount in the Trust Fund will be used to fund the operations of the Council and to carry out projects and programs adopted in the Council's Comprehensive Plan. An Initial Comprehensive Plan was adopted by the Council in August 2013 and is available at
Pursuant to the RESTORE Act at 33 U.S.C. 1321(t)(2)(D)(ii)(IV)(dd), on December 9, 2015, the Council finalized a Funded Priorities List (FPL) to be included as part of the Initial Comprehensive Plan, setting forth programs and projects to be funded and prioritized for further review. These programs and projects will help to restore and protect the natural resources, ecosystems, fisheries, marine and wildlife habitats, beaches and coastal wetlands of the Gulf Coast region. The FPL is available at
Programs and projects selected for funding in the FPL will be funded either through grants to the State members of the Council (the Governors of the States of Alabama, Florida, Louisiana, Mississippi, and Texas) (State or States) or interagency agreements with the Federal members of the Council (the Secretaries of the Departments of Agriculture, the Army, Commerce, the Interior and the Department in which the Coast Guard is operating, and the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency). Those State and Federal members of the Council may in turn award grants or contracts to carry out the funded programs and projects.
The RESTORE Act requires the Council to “develop standard terms to include in contracts for projects and programs awarded pursuant to the Comprehensive Plan that provide a preference to individuals and companies that reside in, are headquartered in, or are principally engaged in business in a Gulf Coast State.” 33 U.S.C. 1321(t)(2)(C)(vii)(V). On May 22, 2015, the Council published in the
Preliminarily, due to differing legal requirements in the various jurisdictions, the Council will apply the local contracting requirement at the Federal level (see comment topic 2 below) while permitting each State to apply any local contracting preference in conformity with local requirements. The Council will therefore not impose on the States any special grant award conditions requiring a local contracting preference or related contractual certifications. Each of the States has enacted laws pertaining to local contracting preferences, most of which do not address preferences for another State's local firms; in some cases such laws prohibit preferences for another State's local firms. If the Council were to require the States to provide preferences for another State's local firms, those States with prohibitions against such preferences would be unable to participate in the grant program. Having one or more of the States ineligible to receive grants under the Comprehensive Plan Component would be inconsistent with the intent and purposes of the RESTORE Act. Council policy for State contracting action using RESTORE Act funds is therefore to have each State act in conformance with its laws with respect to contracting preferences, with no further requirements. This policy is consistent with 2 CFR part 200.319(b), which permits grant recipients to apply state or local geographic preferences in the evaluation of bids or proposals only where a Federal statute, such as the RESTORE Act, expressly mandates or encourages geographical preference.
Instead of assigning a specific weight or otherwise changing the two foregoing options, the Council has instead decided to provide Federal member contracting agencies with a third option of including in contracts a financial incentive that rewards contractors for specific local hiring thresholds. Because this third option provides an explicit financial incentive, the Council believes that it may actually make achieving a local hiring objective more likely than either of the other options. The Council thanks the commenters for encouraging the Council to devise a more robust and creative option to encourage local contracting.
The two comments also included suggestions to include various certifications and contractual clauses to require offerors to develop and submit local workforce development plans and train local workers, and various mechanisms to process job opportunities through state and local hiring agencies. The Council declines to add these additional requirements for two reasons: First, the Council believes that requiring local training is beyond the scope of the RESTORE Act provision for a local contracting preference; and second, the Council is concerned that adding such additional requirements may actually discourage or inhibit local contractors from offering to undertake the work. It is the Federal members' collective experience that additional requirements can be burdensome to the point that potential offerors are discouraged from even participating in the contract proposal process. This is especially true with small, possibly local firms. Potentially discouraging local firms from participating would be inconsistent with the purpose of the local contracting preference.
The Council believes that offering the choice of one of the three options discussed above would provide Federal agencies with sufficient discretion to make an award to an offeror whose proposal provides the best value to the Government. Furthermore, in order to prevent a Gulf Coast firm from serving as merely a pass-through for a firm outside the Gulf Coast region or other avoidance the objective of the preference, to be considered a “local firm” an offeror must certify that it resides, is headquartered or is principally engaged in business in a State. The offeror must also agree that it will perform at least a minimum percentage of the work under the contract with either local employees or local manufacturing, as the case may be. The method for determining whether an offeror meets these tests is adapted from the Small Business Administration's regulation found at 13 CFR 125.6.
The text below will therefore be included in all solicitations by federal Council members for Comprehensive Plan Component contracts, and will be incorporated into all awards for such contracts.
Additionally, one of the three options, generally in the form set forth below, will be included in all solicitations for Comprehensive Plan Component contracts by federal Council members. This term notifies prospective offerors that the Federal member contracting agency will either prefer Gulf Coast Firms in awarding Comprehensive Plan Component contracts or will include an incentive for contractors that perform the contracts using a certain percentage of residents of a Gulf Coast state.
Option 1 provides a preference to Gulf Coast Firms if proposals are determined to be equivalent under all other evaluation factors.
Option 2 provides a weighted evaluation factor providing a preference to Gulf Coast Firm offers. The solicitation should identify the relative weight of the local contracting preference to the other stated evaluation criteria.
Option 3 provides a financial incentive to contractors that perform the contract using a certain percentage of residents of a Gulf Coast state.
[Option 1]
[Option 2—to be assigned relative weight by the contracting agency]
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, HHS.
Notice.
The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) is announcing an opportunity for the public to comment on CMS' intention to collect information from the public. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Comments on the collection(s) of information must be received by the OMB desk officer by August 22, 2016.
When commenting on the proposed information collections, please reference the document identifier or OMB control number. To be assured consideration, comments and recommendations must be received by the OMB desk officer via one of the following transmissions: OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attention: CMS Desk Officer, Fax Number: (202) 395-5806
To obtain copies of a supporting statement and any related forms for the proposed collection(s) summarized in this notice, you may make your request using one of following:
1. Access CMS' Web site address at
2. Email your request, including your address, phone number, OMB number, and CMS document identifier, to
3. Call the Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. The term “collection of information” is defined in 44 U.S.C. 3502(3) and 5 CFR 1320.3(c) and includes agency requests or requirements that members of the public submit reports, keep records, or provide information to a third party. Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)) requires federal agencies to publish a 30-day notice in the
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, HHS.
Notice.
The Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) is announcing an opportunity for the public to comment on CMS' intention to collect information from the public. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (the PRA), federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Comments must be received by September 20, 2016.
When commenting, please reference the document identifier or OMB control number. To be assured consideration, comments and recommendations must be submitted in any one of the following ways:
1.
2.
To obtain copies of a supporting statement and any related forms for the proposed collection(s) summarized in this notice, you may make your request using one of following:
1. Access CMS' Web site address at
2. Email your request, including your address, phone number, OMB number, and CMS document identifier, to
3. Call the Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
Reports Clearance Office at (410) 786-1326.
This notice sets out a summary of the use and burden associated with the following information collections. More detailed information can be found in each collection's supporting statement and associated materials (see
Under the PRA (44 U.S.C. 3501-3520), federal agencies must obtain
1.
2.
3.
4.
To encourage responsible and appropriate use of ICDs, we issued a “Decision Memo for Implantable Defibrillators” on January 27, 2005, indicating that ICDs will be covered for primary prevention of sudden cardiac death if the beneficiary is enrolled in either an FDA-approved category B IDE clinical trial (42 CFR 405.201), a trial under the CMS Clinical Trial Policy (NCD Manual § 310.1) or a qualifying prospective data collection system (either a practical clinical trial or prospective systematic data collection, which is sometimes referred to as a registry).
5.
6.
7.
This request does not propose any new or revised information collection requirements or burden estimates outside of what is currently approved by OMB. Rather, it seeks to extend the collection's current expiration date of September 30, 2016 (approved under the emergency PRA process on March 21, 2016; see 81 FR 17460 dated March 29, 2106, and 81 FR 26798 dated May 4, 2016). Since the collection has already been subject to the public comment process for collection activities taking place through September 30, 2016, this “Extension of a currently approved collection” will only consider comments for activities taking place from October 1, 2016, through the end of the revised expiration date. The revised expiration date will be made available upon OMB approval at
8.
The form provides specific data regarding claims and provides a mechanism for States to request Child Care grant awards and to certify the availability of State matching funds. Failure to collect this data would seriously compromise ACF's ability to monitor Child Care and Development Fund expenditures. This information is also used to estimate outlays and may be used to prepare ACF budget submissions to Congress.
The previous information collection requirements related to the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (ARRA) of 2009, (Pub. L. 111-5) have been deleted from this reporting form.
Department of Health and Human Services, Office of the Secretary, Office of the Assistant Secretary for Health, Office of the Surgeon General of the United States Public Health Service.
Notice.
In accordance with Section 10(a) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, Public Law 92-463, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given that a meeting is scheduled for the Advisory Group on Prevention, Health Promotion, and Integrative and Public Health (the “Advisory Group”). This meeting will be open to the public. Information about the Advisory Group and the agenda for this meeting can be obtained by accessing the following Web site:
The meeting will be held on September 26, 2016, from 8:45 a.m. to 5 p.m. EST.
This meeting will be held at the CDC Washington Office, Room 9000, 395 E Street SW., Washington DC 20201. Space to accommodate public in-person attendance is very limited. Therefore, arrangements are being made for the public to have access to the meeting by teleconference. Teleconference information will be published closer to the meeting date at:
Office of the Surgeon General, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, 200 Independence Ave. SW., Washington, DC 20201; 202-205-9517;
The Advisory Group is a non-discretionary federal advisory committee that was initially established under Executive Order 13544, dated June 10, 2010, to comply with the statutes under Section 4001 of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, Public Law 111-148. The Advisory Group was terminated on September 30, 2012, by Executive Order 13591, dated November 23, 2011. Authority for the Advisory Group to be re-established was given under Executive Order 13631, dated December 7, 2012. Authority for the Advisory Group to continue to operate until September 30, 2017, was given under Executive Order 13708, dated September 30, 2015.
The Advisory Group was established to assist in carrying out the mission of the National Prevention, Health Promotion, and Public Health Council (the Council). The Advisory Group provides recommendations and advice to the Council.
It is authorized for the Advisory Group to consist of no more than 25 non-federal members. The Advisory Group currently has 21 members who were appointed by the President. The membership includes a diverse group of licensed health professionals, including integrative health practitioners who have expertise in (1) worksite health promotion; (2) community services, including community health centers; (3) preventive medicine; (4) health coaching; (5) public health education; (6) geriatrics; and (7) rehabilitation medicine.
A meeting description and relevant materials will be published closer to the meeting date at:
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of a meeting of the Board of Scientific Counselors, NIAAA.
The meeting will be closed to the public as indicated below in accordance with the provisions set forth in section 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended for the review, discussion, and evaluation of individual intramural programs and projects conducted by the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, including consideration of personnel qualifications and performance, and the competence of individual investigators, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. App.), notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
This notice is being published less than 15 days prior to the meeting due to the timing limitations imposed by the review and funding cycle.
Pursuant to Public Law 92-463, notice is hereby given that the Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration's (SAMHSA) Center for Substance Abuse Treatment (CSAT) National Advisory Council (NAC) will meet on August 24, 2016, 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m. (EDT) and will include a session that is closed to the public.
The open session of the meeting will be held from 9:00 a.m.-4:00 p.m. and will include consideration of minutes from the SAMHSA CSAT NAC meeting of February 24, 2016, the Director's report, discussions of SAMHSA's role regarding treatment of mental illness, substance use disorders, and a budget update.
The closed meeting will include the review of grant applications, which contain budget information, including the description of how an agency prices its services, information on proposed business relationships and subcontracts. Grant applications also contain personal information and contact information on agency principles. Since the closed meeting will include discussion and evaluation of grant applications reviewed by Initial Review Groups and involve an examination of confidential financial and business information as well as personal information concerning the applicants, it will be closed to the public from 4:05 p.m. to 5:00 p.m. as determined by the Principal Deputy SAMHSA Administrator, in accordance
The meeting will be held at the SAMHSA 5600 Fishers Lane, Conference Room 5 E29, Rockville, MD 20857. Attendance by the public will be limited to space available and will be limited to the open sessions of the meeting. Interested persons may present data, information, or views, orally or in writing, on issues pending before the Council. Written submissions should be forwarded to the contact person on or before August 15, 2016. Oral presentations from the public will be scheduled at the conclusion of the meeting. Individuals interested in making oral presentations are encouraged to notify the contact person on or before August 15, 2016. Five minutes will be allotted for each presentation.
The open meeting session may be accessed via telephone. To attend on site, obtain the call-in number and access code, submit written or brief oral comments, or request special accommodations for persons with disabilities, please register on-line at
Meeting information and a roster of Council members may be obtained by accessing the SAMHSA Committee Web site at
U.S. Customs and Border Protection, DHS.
General notice.
On October 24, 2012, U.S. Customs and Border Protection (CBP) published a notice in the
CBP is extending the ACAS pilot program through July 26, 2017. Comments concerning any aspect of the announced test may be submitted at any time during the test period.
Written comments concerning program, policy, and technical issues may be submitted via email to
Craig Clark, Cargo and Conveyance Security, Office of Field Operations, U.S. Customs & Border Protection, via email at
On October 24, 2012, CBP published a general notice in the
The ACAS pilot is a voluntary test in which participants agree to submit a subset of the required 19 CFR 122.48a data elements (ACAS data) at the earliest point practicable prior to loading of the cargo onto the aircraft destined to or transiting through the United States. The ACAS data is used to target high-risk air cargo. CBP is considering possible amendments to the regulations regarding advance information for air cargo. The results of the ACAS pilot will help determine the relevant data elements, the time frame within which data must be submitted to permit CBP to effectively target, identify and mitigate any risk with the least practicable impact on trade operations, and any other related procedures and policies.
The October 2012 notice announced that the ACAS pilot would run for six months. The notice provided that if CBP determined that the pilot period should be extended, CBP would publish another notice in the
Each extension of the pilot period and reopening of the application period has allowed for a significant increase in the diversity and number of pilot participants. The current pilot participants now represent a strong sample size of the air cargo community and new pilot participants will not be accepted.
CBP intends to issue a notice of proposed rulemaking to incorporate ACAS as an ongoing regulatory program taking into account the results of the pilot and has begun work on that process. CBP would like the pilot to continue during the rulemaking process. This will provide continuity in the flow of advance air cargo security information and serve as a stop-gap measure to address the vulnerability of the air cargo supply chain identified by the October 2010 Yemen cargo plot. CBP would also like to provide pilot participants with the additional opportunity to adjust and test business procedures and operations in preparation for the forthcoming rulemaking.
For these reasons, CBP is extending the ACAS pilot period through July 26, 2017.
Department of Homeland Security.
Committee management; Notice of Federal Advisory Committee meeting.
The President's National Security Telecommunications Advisory Committee (NSTAC) will meet via teleconference on Wednesday, August 10, 2016. The meeting will be open to the public.
The NSTAC will meet on Wednesday, August 10, 2016, from 2:00 p.m. to 2:40 p.m. Eastern Daylight Time (EDT). Please note that the meeting may close early if the committee has completed its business.
The meeting will be held via conference call. For access to the conference call bridge, information on services for individuals with disabilities, or to request special assistance to attend, please email
Members of the public are invited to provide comment on the issues that will be considered by the committee as listed in the
•
•
•
•
A public comment period will be held during the conference call on August 10, 2016, from 2:30 p.m. to 2:40 p.m. EDT. Speakers who wish to participate in the public comment period must register in advance by no later than August 9, 2016, at 5:00 p.m. EDT by emailing NSTAC at
Ms. Helen Jackson, NSTAC Designated Federal Officer, Department of Homeland Security, 703-235-5321.
Notice of this meeting is given under the
Office of Policy Development and Research, HUD.
Notice.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Colette Pollard, Reports Management
Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Colette Pollard at
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comment in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and Development, HUD.
Notice.
This Notice identifies unutilized, underutilized, excess, and surplus Federal property reviewed by HUD for suitability for possible use to assist the homeless.
Juanita Perry, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 Seventh Street SW., Room 7266, Washington, DC 20410; telephone (202) 402-3970; TTY number for the hearing- and speech-impaired (202) 708-2565 (these telephone numbers are not toll-free), call the toll-free Title V information line at 800-927-7588 or send an email to
In accordance with the December 12, 1988 court order in
Office of Community Planning and Development, HUD.
Notice of proposed information collection.
HUD is seeking approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for the information collection described below. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act, HUD is requesting comment from all interested parties on the proposed collection of information. The purpose of this notice is to allow for 60 days of public comment.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments regarding this proposal. Comments should refer to the proposal by name and/or OMB Control Number and should be sent to: Colette Pollard, Reports Management Officer, QDAM, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Room 4176, Washington, DC 20410-5000; telephone (202) 402-3400 (this is not a toll-free number) or email at
Peter Huber, Deputy Director, Office of Affordable Housing Program, Department of Housing and Urban Development, 451 7th Street SW., Washington, DC 20410; email Peter Huber at
Copies of available documents submitted to OMB may be obtained from Ms. Pollard.
This notice informs the public that HUD is seeking approval from OMB for the information collection described in Section A.
Management reports required in conjunction with the Annual Performance Report (§ 92.509) are used by HUD Field Offices to assess the effectiveness of locally designed programs in meeting specific statutory requirements and by Headquarters in preparing the Annual Report to Congress. Specifically, these reports permit HUD to determine compliance with the requirement that PJs provide a 25 percent match for HOME funds expended during the Federal fiscal year (Section 220 of the Act) and that program income be used for HOME eligible activities (Section 219 of the Act), as well as the Women and Minority Business Enterprise requirements (§ 92.351(b)).
Financial, project, tenant and owner documentation is used to determine compliance with HOME Program cost limits (Section 212(e) of the Act), eligible activities (§ 92.205), and eligible costs (§ 92.206), as well as to determine whether program participants are achieving the income targeting and affordability requirements of the Act (Sections 214 and 215). Other information collected under Subpart H (Other Federal Requirements) is primarily intended for local program management and is only viewed by HUD during routine monitoring visits. The written agreement with the owner for long-term obligation (§ 92.504) and tenant protections (§ 92.253) are required to ensure that the property owner complies with these important elements of the HOME Program and are also reviewed by HUD during monitoring visits. HUD reviews all other data collection requirements during monitoring to assure compliance with the requirements of the Act and other related laws and authorities.
HUD tracks PJ performance and compliance with the requirements of 24 CFR parts 91 and 92. PJs use the required information in the execution of their program, and to gauge their own performance in relation to stated goals.
This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected parties concerning the collection of information described in Section A on the following:
(1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
(2) The accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information;
(3) Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
(4) Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
HUD encourages interested parties to submit comments in response to these questions.
Section 3507 of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. Chapter 35.
Bureau of Indian Affairs, Interior.
Notice of availability.
The Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) as the lead Federal agency, with the Pokagon Band of Potawatomi Indians, the Environmental Protection Agency, and U.S. Army Corps of Engineers as cooperating agencies, has prepared a Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) for the proposed approval of the fee-to-trust transfer of land located within the municipal limits of the City of South Bend, Indiana, for the construction of tribal housing, government facilities, and a Class III gaming facility. This notice also announces the FEIS is now available for public review. Copies are available upon request or may be found at the addresses indicted in the
The Record of Decision (ROD) on the proposed action will be issued no sooner than 30 days after the release of the FEIS.
You may request a copy of the FEIS by contacting Ms. Diane Rosen, Regional Director, Midwest Region, Bureau of Indian Affairs, 5600 West American Boulevard, Suite 500, Bloomington, MN 55437, telephone (612) 725-4500, fax (612) 713-4401. Please see the
Mr. Scott Doig, Regional Environmental Scientist, Midwest Region, Bureau of Indian Affairs, 5600 West American Boulevard, Suite 500, Bloomington, MN 55437, telephone (612) 725-4514, fax (612) 713-4401.
The Pokagon Band of Potawatomi Indians (Tribe) has requested BIA to take 165.81 acres, more or less, into trust on behalf of the Tribe, on which the Tribe proposes to develop a casino-hotel complex. The proposed project is located within the municipal limits of the City of South Bend, in St. Joseph County, Indiana. The BIA serves as lead agency for compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA). The Tribe, Environmental Protection Agency, and U.S. Army Corps of
The purpose of the proposed action is to improve access to essential tribal government services, and provide housing, employment opportunities and economic development for the tribal community residing in northern Indiana. The Tribe proposes to develop 44 housing units, a multi-purpose facility, health service, and other tribal government facilities. The Tribe also proposes to develop a Class III gaming facility with a hotel, restaurants, meeting space, and a parking garage. A range of project alternatives is considered in the FEIS, including: (1) Preferred Alternative-South Bend tribal housing, government facilities, and casino; (2) Elkhart site with same uses as the preferred alternative; (3) South Bend site with government facilities and commercial development; and (4) no action. Alternative 1, the Preferred Alternative, reflects the Tribe's proposed project and has been selected as the Preferred Alternative as discussed in the FEIS. The information and analysis contained in the EIS, as well as its evaluation and assessment of the Preferred Alternative, are intended to assist the review of the issues presented in the Tribe's fee-to-trust application. The Preferred Alternative does not necessarily reflect the Department of the Interior's (Department) final decision, because the Department must evaluate all of the criteria in 25 CFR part 151. The Department's consideration and analysis of the applicable criteria may lead to a final decision that selects an alternative other than the Preferred Alternative. Environmental issues addressed in the FEIS include land and water resources, air quality, biological resources, cultural and paleontological resources, socioeconomic conditions, transportation and circulation, land use, public services, noise, hazardous materials, visual resources, environmental justice, cumulative effects, indirect effects, and mitigation.
The BIA has afforded other government agencies and the public opportunity to participate in the preparation of this FEIS. The BIA published a Notice of Intent to Prepare an EIS (NOI) for the proposed action in the
Locations where the FEIS is Available for Review: The FEIS will be available at the South Bend Public Library, Main Branch, 304 S. Main St., South Bend, IN 46601, and the Elkhart Public Library, Main Branch, 300 S 2nd St, Elkhart, IN 46516. An electronic version of the FEIS can be viewed at the following Web site:
This notice is published pursuant to Sec. 1503.1 of the Council of Environmental Quality Regulations (40 CFR parts 1500 through 1508) and Sec. 46.305 of the Department of the Interior Regulations (43 CFR part 46), implementing the procedural requirements of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4321
National Park Service, Interior.
Notice; request for comments.
We (National Park Service, NPS) have sent an Information Collection Request (ICR) to OMB for review and approval. We summarize the ICR below and describe the nature of the collection and the estimated burden and cost. This information collection is scheduled to expire on July 31, 2016. We may not conduct or sponsor and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. However, under OMB regulations, we may continue to conduct or sponsor this information collection while it is pending at OMB.
You must submit comments on or before August 22, 2016.
Send your comments and suggestions on this information collection to the Desk Officer for the Department of the Interior at OMB-OIRA at (202) 395-5806 (fax) or
To request additional information about this ICR, contact Diane Miller, National Manager, National Underground Railroad Network to Freedom Program, National Park Service, National Park Service, c/o Blackwater National Wildlife Refuge, 2145 Key Wallace Drive, Cambridge, Maryland 21613; or via email at
The National Underground Railroad Network to Freedom Act of 1998 (54 U.S.C. 308301,
Individuals; businesses; organizations; State, tribal and local governments; and Federal agencies that want to join the Network must complete NPS Form 10-946 (National Underground Railroad Network to Freedom Application). The application and instructions are available on our Web site at
One of the principal components of the Network to Freedom Program is to validate the efforts of local and regional organizations, and to make it easier for them to share expertise and communicate with us and each other. The vehicle through which this can happen is for these local entities to become Network Partners. Partners of the Network to Freedom Program work alongside and often in cooperation with us to fulfill the program's mission. Prospective partners must submit a letter with the following information:
• Name and address of the agency, company or organization;
• Name, address, and phone, fax, and email information of principal contact;
• Abstract not to exceed 200 words describing the partner's activity or mission statement; and
• Brief description of the entity's association to the Underground Railroad.
On January 15, 2016, we published in the
We again invite comments concerning this information collection on:
• Whether or not the collection of information is necessary, including whether or not the information will have practical utility;
• The accuracy of our estimate of the burden for this collection of information;
• Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents.
Please note that the comments submitted in response to this notice are a matter of public record. Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comment, you should be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask OMB or us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that it will be done.
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM), Interior.
Notice of Availability (NOA) of a Draft Environmental Impact Statement.
BOEM is announcing the availability of the Draft Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the proposed Cook Inlet Outer Continental Shelf Oil and Gas Lease Sale 244. This notice marks the start of the public review and comment period and serves to announce public hearings on the Draft EIS. After the public hearings and written comments on the Draft EIS have been reviewed and considered, a Final EIS will be prepared.
The proposed action addressed in this Draft EIS is to conduct an oil and gas lease sale on portions of the Cook Inlet Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) Planning Area. Lease Sale 244 would provide qualified bidders the opportunity to bid on OCS blocks in Cook Inlet to gain conditional rights to explore, develop, and produce oil and natural gas.
The Draft EIS analyzes the potential direct, indirect, and cumulative environmental impacts of the proposed lease sale on the physical, biological, and human environments in the Cook Inlet area. The EIS describes a hypothetical scenario of exploration, development, production, and decommissioning activities that could result from the proposed lease sale, and analyzes the potential impacts of those activities on the environment.
This Notice of Availability for the Draft EIS is in compliance with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended (42 U.S.C. 4231
Comments should be submitted no later than September 6, 2016. See public hearing dates in the
On August 27, 2012, the Secretary of the Interior approved the June 2012
The proposed Lease Sale 244 area defined in the Area Identification (Area ID) is located offshore of the State of Alaska in the northern portion of the Federal waters of Cook Inlet. The Area ID is comprised of 224 OCS blocks, which encompass an area of approximately 442,875 hectares (1.09 million acres). This area is close to infrastructure needed to support
The Area ID includes areas identified by industry in their responses to a March 27, 2012, Request for Interest. The proposed lease sale area also defers certain areas from consideration due to potential conflicts with areas of high ecological and subsistence value. These include: (1) The majority of the designated critical habitat areas for beluga whale and northern sea otter, and all of the critical habitat areas for Stellar sea lions and the North Pacific right whale, that are located within the Planning Area; (2) a buffer between the area considered for leasing and the Katmai National Park and Preserve, the Kodiak National Wildlife Refuge, and the Alaska Maritime National Wildlife Refuge; and (3) many of the subsistence use areas for the Native Villages of Nanwalek, Seldovia, and Port Graham identified during the Cook Inlet Lease Sale 191 process.
On October 23, 2014, BOEM published in the
In this Draft EIS, BOEM has examined the potential environmental effects of activities that could result from the Lease Sale 244 proposed action, along with several alternatives. The Draft EIS is based on BOEM estimates of the potential oil and gas resources in the proposed lease sale area and an associated scenario that estimates a range of potential oil and gas activities, including exploration seismic surveying, on-lease ancillary activities, exploration and delineation drilling, development, production, and decommissioning.
BOEM does not consider anonymous comments; please include your name and address as part of your submittal. Individual respondents may request that BOEM withhold their names and/or addresses from the public record; however, BOEM cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so. If you wish your name and/or address to be withheld, you must state your preference prominently at the beginning of your comment. All submissions from organizations, businesses, and identified individuals will be available for public viewing on
• Monday, August 15, 2016; Dena'ina Civic and Convention Center, Anchorage, Alaska; 5:00-8:00 p.m.
• Wednesday, August 17, 2016; Alaska Maritime National Wildlife Refuge Islands and Ocean Visitor Center, Homer, Alaska; 5:00-8:00 p.m.
• Thursday, August 18, 2016; Alaska National Guard Armory, Kenai/Soldotna, Alaska; 5:00-8:00 p.m.
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management, Alaska OCS Region, 3801 Centerpoint Drive, Suite 500, Anchorage, Alaska 99503-5823; or Caron McKee, Lease Sale 244 Environmental Coordinator, (907) 334-5200.
United States International Trade Commission.
Notice of remand proceedings.
The U.S. International Trade Commission (“Commission”) hereby gives notice of the court-ordered remand of its final determinations in the countervailing and antidumping duty investigations of hardwood plywood from China. For further information concerning the conduct of these remand proceedings and rules of general application, consult the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, part 201, subparts A through E (19 CFR part 201), and part 207, subpart A (19 CFR part 207).
Fred Ruggles (202-205-3187), Office of Investigations, or Robin L. Turner (202-205-3103), Office of the General Counsel, U.S. International Trade Commission, 500 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20436. Hearing-impaired persons can obtain information on this matter by contacting the Commission's TDD terminal on 202-205-1810. Persons with mobility impairments who will need special assistance in gaining access to the Commission should contact the Office of the Secretary at 202-205-2000. General information concerning the Commission may also be obtained by accessing its internet server (
The comments must be based solely on the information in the Commission's record. The Commission will reject submissions containing additional factual information or arguments pertaining to issues other than those on which the Court has remanded this matter. The deadline for filing comments is August 1, 2016. Comments shall be limited to no more than fifteen (15) double-spaced and single-sided pages of textual material.
Parties are advised to consult with the Commission's Rules of Practice and Procedure, part 201, subparts A through E (19 CFR part 201), and part 207, subpart A (19 CFR part 207) for provisions of general applicability concerning written submissions to the Commission. All written submissions must conform with the provisions of section 201.8 of the Commission's rules; any submissions that contain BPI must also conform with the requirements of sections 201.6, 207.3, and 207.7 of the Commission's rules. The Commission's
Additional written submissions to the Commission, including requests pursuant to section 201.12 of the Commission's rules, shall not be accepted unless good cause is shown for accepting such submissions or unless the submission is pursuant to a specific request by a Commissioner or Commission staff.
In accordance with sections 201.16(c) and 207.3 of the Commission's rules, each document filed by a party to the investigation must be served on all other parties to the investigation (as identified by either the public or BPI service list), and a certificate of service must be timely filed. The Secretary will not accept a document for filing without a certificate of service.
By order of the Commission.
Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice.
Notice with request for comments.
The Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) proposes to establish the 2017 aggregate production quotas for controlled substances in schedules I and II of the Controlled Substances Act and assessment of annual needs for the list I chemicals ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine.
Interested persons may file written comments on this notice in accordance with 21 CFR 1303.11(c) and 1315.11(d). Electronic comments must be submitted, and written comments must be postmarked, on or before August 22, 2016. Commenters should be aware that the electronic Federal Docket Management System will not accept comments after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the last day of the comment period.
Based on comments received in response to this notice, the Administrator may hold a public hearing on one or more issues raised. In the event the Administrator decides in his sole discretion to hold such a hearing, the Administrator will publish a notice of any such hearing in the
To ensure proper handling of comments, please reference “Docket No. DEA-443N” on all correspondence, including any attachments. The Drug Enforcement Administration encourages that all comments be submitted electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal which provides the ability to type short comments directly into the comment field on the Web page or attach a file for lengthier comments. Please go to
Michael J. Lewis, Office of Diversion Control, Drug Enforcement Administration; Mailing Address: 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152, Telephone: (202) 598-6812.
Please note that all comments received in response to this docket are considered part of the public record. They will, unless reasonable cause is given, be made available by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) for public inspection online at
The Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) applies to all comments received. If you want to submit personal identifying information (such as your name, address, etc.) as part of your comment, but do not want it to be made publicly available, you must include the phrase “PERSONAL IDENTIFYING INFORMATION” in the first paragraph of your comment. You must also place all the personal identifying information
If you want to submit confidential business information as part of your comment, but do not want it to be made publicly available, you must include the phrase “CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS INFORMATION” in the first paragraph of your comment. You must also prominently identify confidential business information to be redacted within the comment.
Comments containing personal identifying information or confidential business information identified and located as directed above will generally be made available in redacted form. If a comment contains so much confidential business information or personal identifying information that it cannot be effectively redacted, all or part of that comment may not be made publicly available. Comments posted to
An electronic copy of this document is available at
Section 306 of the Controlled Substances Act (CSA) (21 U.S.C. 826) requires the Attorney General to establish aggregate production quotas for each basic class of controlled substance listed in schedules I and II and for the list I chemicals ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine. The Attorney General has delegated this function to the Administrator of the DEA pursuant to 28 CFR 0.100.
The proposed year 2017 aggregate production quotas and assessment of annual needs represent those quantities of schedule I and II controlled substances, and the list I chemicals ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine, to be manufactured in the United States in 2017 to provide for the estimated medical, scientific, research, and industrial needs of the United States, lawful export requirements, and the establishment and maintenance of reserve stocks. These quotas include imports of ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine, but do not include imports of controlled substances for use in industrial processes.
In determining the proposed 2017 aggregate production quotas and assessment of annual needs, the Acting Administrator has taken into account the criteria pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 826(a) and in accordance with 21 CFR 1303.11 (aggregate production quotas for controlled substances) and 21 CFR 1315.11 (assessment of annual needs for ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine). The DEA proposes the aggregate production quotas and assessment of annual needs for 2017 by considering: (1) Total net disposal of each class or chemical by all manufacturers and chemical importers during the current and two preceding years; (2) trends in the national rate of net disposal of the class or chemical; (3) total actual (or estimated) inventories of the class or chemical and of all substances manufactured from the class or chemical, and trends in inventory accumulation; (4) projected demand for each class or chemical as indicated by procurement and import quotas requested in accordance with 21 CFR 1303.12, 1315.32, and 1315.34; and (5) other factors affecting medical, scientific, research, and industrial needs of the United States and lawful export requirements, as the Acting Administrator finds relevant. These quotas do not include imports of controlled substances for use in industrial processes.
Other factors the Acting Administrator considered in calculating the aggregate production quotas, but not the assessment of annual needs, include product development requirements of both bulk and finished dosage form manufacturers, and other pertinent information. In determining the proposed 2017 assessment of annual needs, the DEA used the calculation methodology previously described in the 2010 and 2011 assessment of annual needs (74 FR 60294, Nov. 20, 2009, and 75 FR 79407, Dec. 20, 2010, respectively).
During the calendar years 2013-2016, the DEA included an additional 25% of the estimated medical, scientific, and research needs for the United States as part of the amount necessary to ensure the establishment and maintenance of reserve stocks for all schedule II aggregate production quotas, and certain schedule I aggregate production quotas (difenoxin, gamma-hydroxybutyric acid, and tetrahydrocannabinols). Based on interagency discussions beginning in November 2015, and after reviewing all relevant quota applications received, published FDA drug shortage lists, and subsequent reports required under 21 U.S.C. 826a for those calendar years, the Acting Administrator has determined that inclusion of the additional 25% of the estimated medical, scientific, and research needs for the United States is unnecessary. Instead, the Acting Administrator determined that 21 U.S.C. 826(c) and 21 U.S.C. 952(a)(2)(A) provide sufficient ability for the DEA to mitigate adverse public effects should a natural disaster or other unforeseen event result in substantial disruption to the amount of controlled substances available for legitimate public need. As such, DEA proposes to remove the additional 25% from the aggregate production quotas. The resulting proposed established aggregate production quotas reflect these reduced amounts.
The Acting Administrator, therefore, proposes to establish the 2017 aggregate production quotas for certain schedule I and II controlled substances and assessment of annual needs for the list I chemicals ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine, expressed in grams of anhydrous acid or base, as follows:
The Acting Administrator further proposes that aggregate production quotas for all other schedule I and II controlled substances included in 21 CFR 1308.11 and 1308.12 remain at zero. In accordance with 21 CFR 1303.13 and 21 CFR 1315.13, upon consideration of the relevant factors, the Acting Administrator may adjust the 2017 aggregate production quotas and assessment of annual needs as needed.
After consideration of any comments or objections, or after a hearing, if one is held, the Acting Administrator will issue and publish in the
On March 27, 2015, the Deputy Assistant Administrator, Office of Diversion Control, Drug Enforcement Administration, issued an Order to Show Cause to Mikhayl Soliman, M.D. (hereinafter, Applicant), of both Wayne, Michigan and Los Angeles, California. The Show Cause Order proposed the denial of Applicant's applications for DEA Certificates of Registration in the States of Michigan and California on multiple grounds. GX 7, at 1.
First, the Show Cause Order alleged that Applicant had previously been registered to handle controlled substances in only Schedule III and IIIN, at the registered address of 3152 South Wayne Road, Wayne, Michigan.
The Show Cause Order alleged that on September 24, 2012, Applicant applied for a new DEA practitioner's registration at his previous registered location in Wayne, Michigan, and that on October 2, 2012, he applied for a new practitioner's registration at a proposed location in Los Angeles, California.
Second, the Show Cause Order alleged that as a result of actions taken by the medical boards of California and Michigan, Applicant is “without authority to practice in the States . . . in which [he] applied for” DEA registrations.
Finally, the Show Cause Order alleged that on May 16, 2012, DEA Investigators had seized 323 patient files which Applicant had discarded in the trash at his residence, and that the files showed that Applicant had prescribed both hydrocodone (then a Schedule III controlled substance) and alprazolam (a Schedule IV drug) “to the majority of these patients.”
Thereafter, the Government attempted to serve the Show Cause Order by FedEx delivered to the proposed business address Applicant used when he applied for a registration in Los Angeles. GX 9, at 1. The Government did not, however, require a signature.
The Government also noted that it emailed a lawyer who was representing Applicant “in a pending criminal matter” and asked him if he could confirm Applicant's current address or accept service on Applicant's behalf. GX 10. The lawyer, however, did not respond. Request for Final Agency Action, at 3. Moreover, according to the Government, a Supervisory Diversion Investigator phoned the attorney and asked for Applicant's address in order to serve the Show Cause Order.
The Government then mailed the Show Cause Order by certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to Applicant at his proposed business address in Wayne, Michigan. GX 11, 12, and 13. Several weeks later the mailing was returned unclaimed, with the Post Office indicating that it was “unable to forward” the mailing. GX 13. The Government did not, however, send the Show Cause Order to Applicant by First Class Mail.
Subsequently, the Government submitted a Request for Final Agency Action along with the Investigative File. Upon review of the record, I found that service was inadequate and directed that the Request for Final Agency Action be returned.
On November 9, 2015, the Government again mailed the Show Cause Order by certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to Applicant at his proposed registered location. Here again, several weeks later the mailing was returned by the Post Office as undeliverable. GX 18.
Also on November 9, 2015, the same day the Government had re-mailed the Show Cause Order, it emailed the Order to Applicant at the email address he had provided to the Agency on his applications. According to an affidavit submitted by the Government, it “did not receive any bounce-back email or other indication that the email . . . was undeliverable or otherwise not received.” GX 19.
Upon re-submission of its Request for Final Agency Action, the Government advised that on September 24, 2015, Applicant was found guilty in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Michigan on multiple counts of health care fraud and aiding and abetting the unlawful distribution of controlled substances. Request for Final Agency Action, at 4;
Based on the above, I find that the Government has satisfied its obligation under the Due Process Clause “to provide `notice reasonably calculated, under all the circumstances, to apprise interested parties of the pendency of the action and afford them an opportunity to present their objections.' ”
Here, I conclude that Applicant's secreting himself rendered the Government's use of the traditional means of service futile, and that therefore, the Government was entitled to attempt to serve the Show Cause Order by emailing it to him at the email address he had previously provided to the Agency.
To be sure, courts have recognized that the use of email to serve process has “its limitations,” including that “[i]n most instances, there is no way to confirm receipt of an email message.”
Having found that the service of the Show Cause Order was constitutionally adequate, I turn to whether Applicant has waived his right to a hearing or to submit a written statement in lieu of a hearing. According to the Government, since the re-service of the Show Cause Order, neither Applicant, nor anyone purporting to represent him, has requested a hearing or submitted a written statement of position. Accordingly, as more than 30 days have now passed since the date of service, I find that Applicant has waived his right to a hearing or to submit a written statement. 21 CFR 1301.43(d). I therefore issue this Decision and Final Order based on relevant evidence contained in the Investigative Record submitted by the Government.
Applicant previously held DEA Certificate of Registration BS9471309, pursuant to which he was authorized to dispense controlled substances in Schedules III and IIIN, at the registered address of Soliman Medical Center, 3152 South Wayne Road, Wayne, Michigan. GX 2, at 1. However, on September 14, 2012, the former Administrator issued an Order to Show Cause and Immediate Suspension of Registration to Applicant, based on allegations that he was prescribing controlled substances in Schedules II, IV, and V, for which he lacked authority, and that he also issued prescriptions for drug cocktails of hydrocodone (then Schedule III) and alprazolam (Schedule IV) which lacked a legitimate medical purpose. GX 3, at 1-2. The former Administrator also noted that of the 323 patient files DEA Investigators found in his trash, 143 of the patients had “criminal histories involving controlled substance violations.”
Four days later, on September 21, 2012, Applicant submitted an application for a new registration as a practitioner in Schedules IIN, III, IIIN and IV at the registered address of 3152 South Wayne Road, Wayne, Michigan. The DEA Chief of Registration certified that on his application, Applicant answered “No” to question 3, which asks: “[h]as the applicant ever surrendered (for cause) or had a federal controlled substance registration revoked, suspended, restricted or denied, or is any such action pending?” GX 1, at 1, 3. This application remains pending before the Agency.
On October 1, 2012, Applicant submitted a second application for registration as a practitioner in Schedules III, IIIN, IV, and V, at the registered address of 3844 Wasatch Ave #4, Los Angeles, California. GX 8. The DEA Chief of Registration certified that on his application, Applicant answered “No” to the question, “Has the applicant ever surrendered (for cause) or had a federal controlled substance registration revoked, suspended, restricted or denied, or is any such action pending?” GX 8, at 2, 4.
On February 25, 2013, the Michigan Board of Medicine's Disciplinary Subcommittee filed an Administrative Complaint against Applicant. GX 5, at 13. Based on a review of 20 patient charts, the Board alleged that his charting was lacking:
(1) “information pertaining to past medical history or current treating clinicians”;
(2) “any findings pertaining to pain assessment, level of dysfunction from pain, treatment plan, or diagnostic testing”;
(3) “any documentation pertaining to patient informed consents, prescribing agreements, pain assessments, clinical documentation, drug analysis screens, lab test results, patient risk assessments, copies of previous medical records, or the implementation of a pain management program”; and
(4) “any documentation that [he] monitored the patients' use of the controlled substances for drug dependency or diversion, or that he verified the efficacy of the long term use of the controlled substances in treating the diagnoses of the patients.”
On January 15, 2014, Applicant stipulated with the Board to the entry of a Consent Order, pursuant to which his medical license was suspended for six months and one day, effective February
To date, Applicant has not been reinstated. I therefore find that Applicant is currently without authority to dispense controlled substances in Michigan, one of the States in which he seeks registration.
Applicant also formerly held a Physician's and Surgeon's Certificate issued by the Medical Board of California. However, on October 10, 2014, the Medical Board revoked his Physician's and Surgeon's Certificate based on the Michigan Board of Medicine's suspension of his Michigan medical license.
In its Request for Final Agency Action, the Government notes that the Order to Show Cause also sought to deny Applicant's application for a DEA registration in California on the basis that the California Medical Board had revoked his medical license. Request for Final Agency Action, at 2 n.1. The Government, however, now advises that “subsequent to the issuance of the [Show Cause Order], the undersigned counsel learned that the . . . Los Angeles Field Division . . . withdrew [Applicant]'s application pursuant to 21 CFR 1301.16(b), which provides that `failure of the applicant to respond to official correspondence regarding the application, when sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed to be a withdrawal of the application.' ”
The Agency's registration records (of which I take official notice,
Pursuant to section 303(f) of the Controlled Substances Act, “[t]he Attorney General shall register practitioners . . . to dispense . . . controlled substances . . . if the applicant is authorized to dispense controlled substances under the laws of the State in which he practices.” 21 U.S.C. 823(f). Section 303(f) further provides that an application for a practitioner's registration may be denied upon a determination “that the issuance of such registration . . . would be inconsistent with the public interest.”
(1) The recommendation of the appropriate State licensing board or professional disciplinary authority.
(2) The Applicant's experience in dispensing . . . controlled substances.
(3) The Applicant's conviction record under Federal or State laws relating to the manufacture, distribution, or dispensing of controlled substances.
(4) Compliance with applicable State, Federal, or local laws relating to controlled substances.
(5) Such other conduct which may threaten the public health and safety.
“These factors are . . . considered in the disjunctive.”
In this case, I conclude that the record supports two independent grounds for denying Applicant's application for a DEA registration. First, Applicant does not possess authority under the laws of Michigan, the State in which he seeks registration with the Agency. Second, Applicant materially falsified his application for a DEA registration.
Under the Controlled Substances Act (CSA), a practitioner must be currently authorized to handle controlled substances in “the jurisdiction in which he practices” in order to obtain a DEA registration.
Based on these provisions, DEA has long and repeatedly held that the possession of state authority is a prerequisite for obtaining and maintaining a practitioner's registration.
Here, the investigative file establishes that the Michigan Board suspended applicant's medical license on February 15, 2014. Moreover, as found above, Applicant's Michigan medical license remains suspended as of the date of this Decision and Order. I therefore find that Applicant is without authority to dispense controlled substances in
Pursuant to section 304(a)(1), the Attorney General is also authorized to suspend or revoke a registration “upon a finding that the registrant . . . has materially falsified any application filed pursuant to or required by this subchapter.” 21 U.S.C. 824(a)(1). It is well established that the various grounds for revocation or suspension of an existing registration that Congress enumerated in section 304(a), 21 U.S.C. 824(a), are also properly considered in deciding whether to grant or deny an application under section 303.
Thus, the allegation that Applicant materially falsified his application is properly considered in this proceeding.
Here, the Government's evidence shows that upon being served with an Order to Show Cause and Immediate Suspension of Registration which alleged that he had prescribed controlled substances in violation of the CSA, Applicant surrendered his registration. GXs 3 & 4. Moreover, on the Voluntary Surrender form, Applicant acknowledged that he was doing so “[i]n view of my alleged failure to comply with the Federal requirements pertaining to controlled substances.” GX 4. Yet days later, Applicant applied for a new registration and provided a “no” answer to the question: “[h]as the applicant ever surrendered (for cause) or had a federal controlled substance registration revoked, suspended, restricted or denied, or is any such action pending?” GX 1, at 1, 3.
Applicant's answer was false as he had clearly surrendered his registration for cause. His false answer was also material as “it `ha[d] a natural tendency to influence, or was capable of influencing, the decision of' the decisionmaking body to which it was addressed.”
Applicant's false answer to the question of whether he had ever surrendered his federal registration was clearly “capable of affecting” the decision of whether to grant his application. As the evidence shows, Applicant surrendered his registration in response to allegations that he violated the CSA and DEA regulations by prescribing controlled substances that were in schedules for which he lacked authorization, as well as allegations that he issued prescriptions that lacked a legitimate medical purpose. GX 3, at 2 (Sept. 24, 2012 Immediate Suspension Order) (citing 21 U.S.C. 822(b) and 841(a)(1); 21 CFR 1301.12(a) and 1306.04(a)). Notably, under the public interest standard, the Agency is required to consider both the Applicant's “experience in dispensing . . . controlled substances” and his “[c]ompliance with applicable State, Federal, or local laws relating to controlled substances.” 21 U.S.C. 823(f)(2) & (4).
Thus, notwithstanding that the Agency did not grant his application, his false answer was still material as it was capable of influencing the decision as to whether to grant his application.
Pursuant to the authority vested in me by 21 U.S.C. 823(f) and 28 CFR 0.100(b), I order that the application of Mikhayl Soliman, M.D., for a DEA Certificate of Registration as a practitioner, be, and it hereby is, denied. This Order is effective immediately.
Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice.
Notice with request for comments.
The Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) proposes to adjust the 2016 aggregate production quotas for several controlled substances in schedules I and II of the Controlled Substances Act and assessment of annual needs for the list I chemicals ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine.
Interested persons may file written comments on this notice in accordance with 21 CFR 1303.13(c) and 1315.13(d). Electronic comments must be submitted, and written comments must be postmarked, on or before August 22, 2016. Commenters should be aware that the electronic Federal Docket Management System will not accept comments after 11:59 p.m. Eastern Time on the last day of the comment period.
Based on comments received in response to this notice, the Administrator may hold a public hearing on one or more issues raised. In the event the Administrator decides in his sole discretion to hold such a hearing, the Administrator will publish a notice of any such hearing in the
To ensure proper handling of comments, please reference “Docket No. DEA-420P” on all correspondence, including any attachments. The Drug Enforcement Administration encourages that all comments be submitted electronically through the Federal eRulemaking Portal which provides the ability to type short comments directly into the comment field on the Web page or attach a file for lengthier comments. Please go to
Michael J. Lewis, Office of Diversion Control, Drug Enforcement Administration; Mailing Address: 8701 Morrissette Drive, Springfield, Virginia 22152, Telephone: (202) 598-6812.
Please note that all comments received in response to this docket are considered part of the public record. They will, unless reasonable cause is given, be made available by the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) for public inspection online at
The Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) applies to all comments received. If you want to submit personal identifying information (such as your name, address, etc.) as part of your comment, but do not want it to be made publicly available, you must include the phrase “PERSONAL IDENTIFYING INFORMATION” in the first paragraph of your comment. You must also place all the personal identifying information you do not want made publicly available in the first paragraph of your comment and identify what information you want redacted.
If you want to submit confidential business information as part of your comment, but do not want it to be made publicly available, you must include the phrase “CONFIDENTIAL BUSINESS INFORMATION” in the first paragraph of your comment. You must also prominently identify confidential business information to be redacted within the comment.
Comments containing personal identifying information or confidential business information identified and located as directed above will generally be made available in redacted form. If a comment contains so much confidential business information or personal identifying information that it cannot be effectively redacted, all or part of that comment may not be made publicly available. Comments posted to
An electronic copy of this document is available at
Section 306 of the Controlled Substances Act (CSA) (21 U.S.C. 826) requires the Attorney General to establish aggregate production quotas for each basic class of controlled substance listed in schedules I and II and for the list I chemicals ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine. The Attorney General has delegated this function to the Administrator of the DEA pursuant to 28 CFR 0.100.
The DEA established the 2016 aggregate production quotas for substances in schedules I and II and the assessment of annual needs for the list I chemicals ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine on October 6, 2015 (80 FR 60400). That notice stipulated that, in accordance with 21 CFR 1303.13 and 1315.13, all aggregate production quotas and assessments of annual need are subject to adjustment.
The DEA proposes to adjust the established 2016 aggregate production quotas and assessment of annual needs for certain schedule I and II controlled substances, and the list I chemicals ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine, to be manufactured in the United States in 2016 to provide for the estimated medical, scientific, research, and industrial needs of the United States, for lawful export requirements, and for the establishment and maintenance of reserve stocks. These quotas do not include imports of controlled substances for use in industrial processes.
In determining the proposed adjustment, the Acting Administrator has taken into account the criteria in accordance with 21 CFR 1303.13 (adjustment of aggregate production quotas for controlled substances) and 21 CFR 1315.13 (adjustment of the assessment of annual needs for ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine). The DEA determined whether to propose an adjustment of the aggregate production quotas and assessment of annual needs for 2016 by considering: (1) Changes in the demand for that class or chemical, changes in the national rate of net disposal of the class or chemical, and changes in the rate of net disposal of the class or chemical by registrants holding individual manufacturing quotas for the class; (2) whether any increased demand for that class or chemical, the national and/or individual rates of net disposal of that class or chemical are temporary, short term, or long term; (3) whether any increased demand for that class or chemical can be met through existing inventories, increased individual manufacturing quotas, or increased importation, without increasing the aggregate production quota; (4) whether any decreased demand for that class or chemical will result in excessive inventory accumulation by all persons registered to handle that class or chemical; and (5) other factors affecting medical, scientific, research, and industrial needs in the United States and lawful export requirements, as the Acting Administrator finds relevant. These quotas do not include imports of controlled substances for use in industrial processes.
The Acting Administrator also considered updated information obtained from 2015 year-end inventories, 2015 disposition data submitted by quota applicants,
As described in the previously published notice establishing the 2016 aggregate production quotas and assessment of annual needs, the DEA has specifically considered that inventory allowances granted to individual manufacturers, 21 CFR 1303.24, may not always result in the availability of sufficient quantities to maintain an adequate reserve stock pursuant to 21 U.S.C. 826(a), as intended. This would be concerning if a natural disaster or other unforeseen event resulted in substantial disruption to the amount of controlled substances available to provide for legitimate public need. As such, the DEA has included in all proposed adjusted schedule II controlled substance aggregate production quotas, and certain proposed adjusted schedule I controlled substance aggregate production quotas, an additional 25% of the estimated medical, scientific, and research needs as part of the amount necessary to ensure the establishment and maintenance of reserve stocks. The resulting adjusted established aggregate production quotas will reflect these included amounts. This action will not affect the ability of manufacturers to maintain inventory allowances as specified by regulation. The DEA expects that maintaining this reserve in certain established aggregate production quotas will mitigate adverse public effects if an unforeseen event resulted in substantial disruption to the amount of controlled substances available to provide for legitimate public need, as determined by the DEA. The DEA does not anticipate utilizing the reserve in the absence of these circumstances.
The Acting Administrator, therefore, proposes that the year 2016 aggregate production quotas for the two temporarily scheduled substances be established, and to adjust the 2016 aggregate production quotas for certain schedule I and II controlled substances and assessment of annual needs for the list I chemicals ephedrine, pseudoephedrine, and phenylpropanolamine, expressed in grams of anhydrous acid or base, as follows:
The Acting Administrator further proposes that aggregate production quotas for all other schedule I and II controlled substances included in 21 CFR 1308.11 and 1308.12 remain at zero. In accordance with 21 CFR 1303.13 and 21 CFR 1315.13, upon consideration of the relevant factors, the Acting Administrator may adjust the 2016 aggregate production quotas and assessment of annual needs as needed.
After consideration of any comments or objections, or after a hearing, if one is held, the Acting Administrator will issue and publish in the
Justice Department.
Notice of Charter Renewal of the Executive Advisory Board of the National Domestic Communications Assistance Center.
In accordance with the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, title 5, United States Code, Appendix, and title 41 of the U.S. Code of Federal Regulations, section 101-6.1015, notice is hereby given that the Charter of the National Domestic Communications Assistance Center (NDCAC) Executive Advisory Board (EAB) has been renewed. The Charter is on file with the General Services Administration. The Attorney General determined that the NDCAC EAB is in the public interest and is necessary in connection with the performance of duties of the United States Department of Justice. These duties can best be performed through the advice and counsel of this group.
The purpose of the EAB is to provide advice and recommendations to the
The EAB functions solely as an advisory body in compliance with the provisions of the Federal Advisory Committee Act. The Charter has been filed in accordance with the provisions of the Act.
On July 18, 2016, the Department of Justice lodged a proposed Consent Decree with the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas in
The Consent Decree settles claims brought by the United States, states of Alaska and Hawaii, and the Northwest Clean Air Agency against Tesoro Refining & Marketing Co. LLC, Tesoro Alaska Co. LLC, Tesoro Logistics L.P., and Par Hawaii Refining, LLC for violations of the Clean Air Act, federal regulations promulgated thereunder, and various state regulations and permits at six petroleum refineries located in Kenai, Alaska; Martinez, California; Kapolei, Hawaii; Mandan, North Dakota; Salt Lake City, Utah; and Anacortes, Washington. Under the Consent Decree, Defendants will undertake extensive measures to correct the alleged violations, pay a civil penalty of $10,450 to the United States and state co-plaintiffs, and perform three projects to mitigate excess emissions associated with the violations.
The publication of this notice opens a period for public comment on the proposed Consent Decree. Comments should be addressed to the Assistant Attorney General, Environment and Natural Resources Division, and should refer to
During the public comment period, the Consent Decree may be examined and downloaded at this Justice Department Web site:
Please enclose a check or money order for $59.75 (25 cents per page reproduction cost) payable to the United States Treasury.
Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention, Justice.
Notice of webinar meeting.
The Office of Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention (OJJDP) has scheduled a webinar meeting of the Federal Advisory Committee on Juvenile Justice (FACJJ).
The webinar meeting will take place online on Tuesday, August 2, 2016, at 1:00 p.m. ET.
Jeff Slowikowski, Designated Federal Official, OJJDP,
FACJJ, established pursuant to Section 3(2)A of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. App.2), will meet to carry out its advisory functions under Section 223(f)(2)(C-E) of the Juvenile Justice and Delinquency Prevention Act of 2002. The FACJJ is composed of representatives from the states and territories. FACJJ member duties include: Reviewing Federal policies regarding juvenile justice and delinquency prevention; advising the OJJDP Administrator with respect to particular functions and aspects of OJJDP; and advising the President and Congress with regard to State perspectives on the operation of OJJDP and Federal legislation pertaining to juvenile justice and delinquency prevention. More information on the FACJJ may be found at
To participate in or view the webinar meeting, FACJJ members and the public must pre-register online. Members and interested persons must link to the webinar registration portal through
An on-site room is available for members of the public interested in viewing the webinar in person. If members of the public wish to view the webinar in person, they must notify Melissa Kanaya by email message at
FACJJ members will not be physically present in Washington, DC for the webinar. They will participate in the webinar from their respective home jurisdictions.
Notice.
The Department of Labor (DOL) is submitting the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) sponsored information collection request (ICR) revision titled, “National Longitudinal Survey of Youth 1979,” to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval for use in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
The OMB will consider all written comments that agency receives on or before August 22, 2016.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation; including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free of charge from the RegInfo.gov Web site at
Submit comments about this request by mail or courier to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for DOL-BLS, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503; by Fax: 202-395-5806 (this is not a toll-free number); or by email:
Contact Michel Smyth by telephone at 202-693-4129, TTY 202-693-8064, (these are not toll-free numbers) or sending an email to
44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D).
This ICR seeks approval under the PRA for revisions to the National Longitudinal Survey of Youth 1979 (NLSY79). The NLSY79 is a representative national sample of persons who were born in the years 1957 to 1964 and lived in the U.S. in 1978. These respondents were ages 14 to 22 when the first round of interviews began in 1979; they will be ages 51 to 58 when the planned round twenty-seven of interviews is conducted in 2016 and 2017. The NLSY79 was conducted annually from 1979 to 1994 and has been conducted biennially since 1994. The longitudinal focus of this survey requires information to be collected from the same individuals over many years in order to trace their education, training, work experience, fertility, income, and program participation. In addition to the main NLSY79, the biological children of female NLSY79 respondents have been surveyed since 1986. A battery of child cognitive, socio-emotional, and physiological assessments has been administered biennially since 1986 to NLSY79 mothers and their children. Starting in 1994, children who had reached age 15 by December 31, of the survey year (the Young Adults) were interviewed about their work experiences, training, schooling, health, fertility, self-esteem, and other topics. By 2016, the sample includes very few children age 14 and under and so we will no longer conduct a separate child survey; children age 12 and older will join the Young Adults. The Young Adult group will include 1,492 respondents ages 12-22 and 5,178 respondents age 23 and older in Round 27. One DOL goal is to produce and disseminate timely, accurate, and relevant information about the U.S. labor force. The BLS contributes to this goal by gathering information about the labor force and labor market and disseminating it to policymakers and the public so that participants in those markets can make more informed, and thus more efficient, choices. Research based on the NLSY79 contributes to the formation of national policy in the areas of education, training, employment programs, and school-to-work transitions. The BLS has undertaken a continuing redesign effort to examine the current content of the NLSY79 and provide direction for changes that may be appropriate as the respondents age. The 2016 instrument reflects a number of changes recommended by experts in various fields of social science and by our own internal review of the survey's content. Additions to the questionnaire are accompanied by deletions of previous questions that largely offset the burden as compared to 2014. The BLS Authorizing Statute authorizes this information collection.
This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid Control Number.
Interested parties are encouraged to send comments to the OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs at the address shown in the
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology,
Notice.
The Department of Labor (DOL) is submitting the Employee Benefits Security Administration (EBSA) sponsored information collection request (ICR) titled, “Petition for Finding Under Employee Retirement Income Security Act Section 3(40),” to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval for continued use, without change, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501
The OMB will consider all written comments that agency receives on or before August 22, 2016.
A copy of this ICR with applicable supporting documentation; including a description of the likely respondents, proposed frequency of response, and estimated total burden may be obtained free of charge from the RegInfo.gov Web site at
Submit comments about this request by mail or courier to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attn: OMB Desk Officer for DOL-EBSA, Office of Management and Budget, Room 10235, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503; by Fax: 202-395-5806 (this is not a toll-free number); or by email:
Contact Michel Smyth by telephone at 202-693-4129, TTY 202-693-8064, (these are not toll-free numbers) or by email at
44 U.S.C. 3507(a)(1)(D).
This ICR seeks to extend PRA authority for the Petition for Finding Under Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) section 3(40) (29 U.S.C. 1002(40)) information collection. Regulations 29 CFR 2570.150
This information collection is subject to the PRA. A Federal agency generally cannot conduct or sponsor a collection of information, and the public is generally not required to respond to an information collection, unless it is approved by the OMB under the PRA and displays a currently valid OMB Control Number. In addition, notwithstanding any other provisions of law, no person shall generally be subject to penalty for failing to comply with a collection of information that does not display a valid Control Number.
OMB authorization for an ICR cannot be for more than three (3) years without renewal, and the current approval for this collection is scheduled to expire on July 31, 2016. The DOL seeks to extend PRA authorization for this information collection for three (3) more years, without any change to existing requirements. The DOL notes that existing information collection requirements submitted to the OMB receive a month-to-month extension while they undergo review. For additional substantive information about this ICR, see the related notice published in the
Interested parties are encouraged to send comments to the OMB, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs at the address shown in the
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used;
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who
National Science Foundation.
Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request.
The National Science Foundation (NSF) has submitted the following information collection requirement to OMB for review and clearance under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, Public Law 104-13. This is the second notice for public comment; the first was published in the
Comments regarding these information collections are best assured of having their full effect if received within 30 days of this notification. Copies of the submission(s) may be obtained by calling 703-292-7556.
NSF may not conduct or sponsor a collection of information unless the collection of information displays a currently valid OMB control number and the agency informs potential persons who are to respond to the collection of information that such persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
MRSECs enable and foster excellent education, integrate research and education, and create bonds between learning and inquiry so that discovery and creativity more fully support the learning process. MRSECs capitalize on diversity through participation in center activities and demonstrate leadership in the involvement of groups underrepresented in science and engineering.
MRSECs are required to submit annual reports on progress and plans, which are used as a basis for performance review and determining the level of continued funding. To support this review and the management of a Center, MRSECs are required to develop a set of management and performance indicators for submission annually to NSF via the Research Performance Project Reporting module in
Each Center's annual report will address the following categories of activities: (1) Research, (2) education, (3) knowledge transfer, (4) partnerships, (5) shared experimental facilities, (6) diversity, (7) management, and (8) budget issues.
For each of the categories the report will describe overall objectives for the year, problems the Center has encountered in making progress towards goals, anticipated problems in the following year, and specific outputs and outcomes.
MRSECs are required to file a final report through the RPPR and external technical assistance contractor. Final reports contain similar information and metrics as annual reports, but are retrospective.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Extension of existing information collection; request for comment.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) invites public comment on the extension of Office of Management and Budget's (OMB) approval for an existing collection of information. The information collection is entitled, “Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery.”
Submit comments by September 20, 2016. Comments received after this date will be considered if it is practical to do so, but the Commission is able to ensure consideration only for comments received on or before this date.
You may submit comments by any of the following methods:
•
•
For additional direction on obtaining information and submitting comments, see “Obtaining Information and Submitting Comments” in the
David Cullison, Office of the Chief Information Officer, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-2084; email:
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2016-0140 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information for this action. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this action by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Please include Docket ID NRC-2016-0140 in your comment submission.
The NRC cautions you not to include identifying or contact information that you do not want to be publicly disclosed in your comment submission. The NRC will post all comment submissions at
If you are requesting or aggregating comments from other persons for submission to the NRC, then you should inform those persons not to include identifying or contact information that they do not want to be publicly disclosed in their comment submission. Your request should state that the NRC does not routinely edit comment submissions to remove such information before making the comment submissions available to the public or entering the comment into ADAMS.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chapter 35), the NRC is requesting public comment on its intention to request OMB's approval for the information collection summarized below.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
The NRC is seeking comments that address the following questions:
1. Is the proposed collection of information necessary for the NRC to properly perform its functions? Does the information have practical utility?
2. Is the estimate of the burden of the information collection accurate?
3. Is there a way to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected?
4. How can the burden of the information collection on respondents be minimized, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology?
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Determination of the successful completion of inspections, tests, and analyses.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) staff has determined that the inspections, tests, and analyses have been successfully completed, and that the specified acceptance criteria are met for multiple inspections, tests, analyses, and acceptance criteria (ITAAC) for the Virgil C. Summer Nuclear Station (VCSNS), Units 2 and 3.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2008-0441 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
Billy Gleaves, Office of New Reactors, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-5848; email:
South Carolina Electric & Gas (SCE&G), on behalf of itself and the South Carolina Public Service Authority, (both hereafter called the licensee) has submitted ITAAC closure notifications (ICNs) under § 52.99(c)(1) of title 10 of the
The ITAAC for VCSNS Unit 2 are in Appendix C of the VCSNS Unit 2 combined license (ADAMS Accession No. ML14100A092). The ITAAC for VCSNS Unit 3 are in Appendix C of VCSNS Unit 3 combined license (ADAMS Accession No. ML14100A101).
The NRC staff has determined that the specified inspections, tests, and analyses have been successfully completed, and that the specified acceptance criteria are met. The documentation of the NRC staff's determination is in the ITAAC Closure Verification Evaluation Form (VEF) for each ITAAC. The VEF is a form that represents the NRC staff's structured process for reviewing ICNs. Each ICN presents a narrative description of how the ITAAC was completed. The NRC's ICN review process involves a determination on whether, among other things: (1) Each ICN provides sufficient information, including a summary of the methodology used to perform the ITAAC, to demonstrate that the inspections, tests, and analyses have been successfully completed; (2) each ICN provides sufficient information to demonstrate that the acceptance criteria of the ITAAC are met; and (3) any NRC inspections for the ITAAC have been completed and any ITAAC findings associated with that ITAAC have been closed.
The NRC staff's determination of the successful completion of these ITAAC is based on information available at this time and is subject to the licensee's ability to maintain the condition that the acceptance criteria are met. If the staff receives new information that suggests the staff's determination on any of these ITAAC is incorrect, then the staff will determine whether to reopen
This notice fulfills the staff's obligations under 10 CFR 52.99(e)(1) to publish a notice in the
A complete list of the review status for VCSNS Unit 2 ITAAC, including the submission date and ADAMS accession number for each ICN received, the ADAMS accession number for each VEF, and the ADAMS accession numbers for the inspection reports associated with these specific ITAAC, can be found on the NRC's Web site at
A complete list of the review status for VCSNS Unit 3 ITAAC, including the submission date and ADAMS accession number for each ICN received, the ADAMS accession number for each VEF, and the ADAMS accession numbers for the inspection reports associated with these specific ITAAC, can be found on the NRC's Web site at
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Exemption and combined license amendment; issuance.
The U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC) is granting an exemption to allow a change to the certification information of Tier 1 of the generic design control document (DCD) and issuing License Amendment No. 47 to Combined Licenses (COL), NPF-93 and NPF-94. The COLs were issued to the South Carolina Electric & Gas Company (SCE&G) and the South Carolina Public Service Authority (together called the licensee) in March 2012, for the construction and operation of the Virgil C. Summer Nuclear Station (VCSNS), Units 2 and 3, located in Fairfield County, South Carolina. The granting of the exemption allows the changes to Tier 1 information requested in the license amendment request. Because the acceptability of the exemption was determined in part by the acceptability of the amendment, the exemption and amendment are being issued concurrently.
The exemption and combined license amendment referenced in this document are available on July 22, 2016.
Please refer to Docket ID NRC-2008-0441 when contacting the NRC about the availability of information regarding this document. You may obtain publicly-available information related to this document using any of the following methods:
•
•
•
William (Billy) Gleaves, Sr. Project Manager, Office of New Reactors, U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission, Washington, DC 20555-0001; telephone: 301-415-5848; email:
In a letter dated January 14, 2016, and revised on February 22, 2016, the licensee requested a license amendment and exemption (ADAMS Accession Nos. ML16015A058 and ML16053A405). The NRC is granting an exemption from Tier 1 information in the certified DCD incorporated by reference in part 52 of title 10 of the
Part of the justification for granting the exemption was provided by the review of the amendment. Because the exemption is necessary in order to issue the requested license amendment, the NRC granted the exemption and issued the amendment concurrently, rather than in sequence. This included issuing a combined safety evaluation containing the NRC staff's review of both the exemption request and the license amendment. The exemption met all applicable regulatory criteria set forth in 10 CFR 50.12, 10 CFR 52.7, and 10 CFR 52.63(b)(1). The license amendment was found to be acceptable as well. The combined safety evaluation is available in ADAMS under Accession No. ML16099A189.
Identical exemption documents (except for referenced unit numbers and license numbers) were issued to the licensee for VCSNS Units 2 and 3 (COLs NPF-93 and NPF-94). These documents can be found in ADAMS under Accession Nos. ML16099A308 and ML16099A311, respectively. The exemption is reproduced (with the exception of abbreviated titles and additional citations) in Section II of this document. The amendment documents for COLs NPF-93 and NPF-94 are available in ADAMS under Accession Nos. ML16099A304 and ML16099A257, respectively. A summary of the amendment documents is provided in Section III of this document.
The following is the exemption document issued to VCSNS, Units 2 and 3. It makes reference to the combined safety evaluation that provides the reasoning for the findings made by the NRC (and listed under Item 1) in order to grant the exemption:
1. In a letter dated January 14, 2016, and revised by letter dated February 11, 2016, the South Carolina Electric & Gas Company (SC&G/licensee) requested from the Nuclear Regulatory Commission (NRC/Commission) an exemption to allow changes from Tier 1 information in the plant-specific Tier 1 to the certified AP1000 Design, Tier 1 information, incorporated by reference in title 10 of the
For the reasons set forth in Section 3.1 of the NRC staff's Safety Evaluation that supports this license amendment, which can be found at Agencywide Documents Access and Management System (ADAMS) Accession Number ML16099A189, the Commission finds that:
A. The exemption is authorized by law;
B. the exemption presents no undue risk to public health and safety;
C. the exemption is consistent with the common defense and security;
D. special circumstances are present in that the application of the rule in this circumstance is not necessary to serve the underlying purpose of the rule;
E. the special circumstances outweigh any decrease in safety that may result from the reduction in standardization caused by the exemption, and
F. the exemption will not result in a significant decrease in the level of safety otherwise provided by the design.
2. Accordingly, the licensee is granted an exemption from the certified AP1000 Design Control Document Tier 1 information, as described in the licensee's request dated January 14, 2016, and revised by letter dated February 11, 2016. This exemption is related to, and necessary for, the granting of License Amendment No. 47, which is being issued concurrently with this exemption.
3. As explained in Section 5 of the NRC staff's Safety Evaluation that supports this license amendment (ADAMS Accession Number ML16099A189), this exemption meets the eligibility criteria for categorical exclusion set forth in 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9). Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment needs to be prepared in connection with the issuance of the exemption
4. This exemption is effective as of the date of its issuance.
The request for the amendment and exemption was submitted by the letter dated January 14, 2016, and supplemented by letter dated February 11, 2016. The proposed amendment is described in Section I.
The Commission has determined for these amendments that the application complies with the standards and requirements of the Atomic Energy Act of 1954, as amended (the Act), and the Commission's rules and regulations. The Commission has made appropriate findings as required by the Act and the Commission's rules and regulations in 10 CFR chapter I, which are set forth in the license amendment.
A notice of consideration of issuance of amendment to facility operating license or combined license, as applicable, proposed no significant hazards consideration determination, and opportunity for a hearing in connection with these actions, was published in the
The NRC staff has found that the amendment involves no significant hazards consideration. The Commission has determined that these amendments satisfy the criteria for categorical exclusion in accordance with 10 CFR 51.22(c)(9). Therefore, pursuant to 10 CFR 51.22(b), no environmental impact statement or environmental assessment need be prepared for these amendments. The supplement, dated February 11, 2016, provided additional information that clarified the application, did not expand the scope of the application as originally noticed, and did not change the staff's original proposed no significant hazards consideration determination as published in the
Using the reasons set forth in the combined safety evaluation, the staff granted the exemption and issued the amendment that the licensee requested on January 14, 2016, and supplemented by letter dated February 11, 2016. The exemption and amendment were issued on March 31, 2015, as part of a combined package to the licensee (ADAMS Accession No. ML16099A153).
For the Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
Pursuant to Section 19(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (“Act”),
The Exchange proposes to extend the pilot programs that permit the Exchange to have no minimum size requirement for orders entered into the PIP (“PIP Pilot Program”) and COPIP (“COPIP Pilot Program”). The text of the proposed rule change is available from the principal office of the Exchange, at the Commission's Public Reference Room and also on the Exchange's Internet Web site at
In its filing with the Commission, the self-regulatory organization included statements concerning the purpose of, and basis for, the proposed rule change and discussed any comments it received on the proposed rule change. The text of these statements may be examined at the places specified in Item IV below. The self-regulatory organization has prepared summaries, set forth in Sections A, B, and C below, of the most significant aspects of such statements.
The purpose of the proposed rule change is to extend the PIP and COPIP Pilot Programs for an additional six months or until the date on which the pilot programs are approved on a permanent basis, whichever is earlier. The PIP and COPIP Pilot Programs are currently set to expire on July 18, 2016. The PIP and COPIP Pilot Programs allow the Exchange to have nominimum size requirement for orders entered into the PIP
The Exchange notes that the PIP and COPIP Pilot Programs permit Participants to trade with their customer orders that are less than 50 contracts. In particular, any order entered into the PIP is guaranteed an execution at the end of the auction at a price at least equal to the national best bid or offer. Any order entered into the COPIP is guaranteed an execution at the end of the auction at a price at least equal to or better than the cNBBO,
The Exchange believes that extending the pilot period is appropriate because it will allow the Exchange the Commission additional time to analyze data regarding the PIP and COPIP Pilot Programs that the Exchange has committed to provide. As such, the Exchange believes that it is appropriate to extend the current operation of the Pilot Programs. The Exchange continues to believe that there remains meaningful competition for all size orders and there is significant price improvement for all orders executed through the PIP and COPIP; and that there is an active and liquid market functioning on the Exchange outside the PIP and COPIP auctions.
The Exchange believes that the proposal is consistent with the requirements of Section 6(b) of the Act,
The Exchange does not believe that the proposed rule change will impose any burden on competition not necessary or appropriate in furtherance of the purposes of the Act. Specifically, the Exchange believes that, by extending the expiration of the PIP and COPIP Pilot Programs, the proposed rule change will allow additional time to analyze data regarding the PIP and COPIP Pilot Programs that the Exchange has committed to provide.
The Exchange has neither solicited nor received comments on the proposed rule change.
Because the foregoing proposed rule change does not: (i) Significantly affect the protection of investors or the public interest; (ii) impose any significant burden on competition; and (iii) become operative for 30 days from the date on which it was filed, or such shorter time as the Commission may designate, it has become effective pursuant to Section 19(b)(3)(A) of the Act
A proposed rule change filed under Rule 19b-4(f)(6)
The Commission believes that waiving the 30-day operative delay is consistent with the protection of investors and the public interest, as it will allow the PIP and COPIP Pilot Programs to continue uninterrupted, thereby avoiding any potential investor confusion that could result from a temporary interruption in the pilot. Therefore, the Commission designates the proposed rule change to be operative on July 18, 2016.
At any time within 60 days of the filing of the proposed rule change, the Commission summarily may temporarily suspend such rule change if it appears to the Commission that such action is necessary or appropriate in the public interest, for the protection of investors, or otherwise in furtherance of the purposes of the Act.
Interested persons are invited to submit written data, views and arguments concerning the foregoing, including whether the proposed rule change is consistent with the Act. Comments may be submitted by any of the following methods:
• Use the Commission's Internet comment form (
• Send an email to
• Send paper comments in triplicate to Secretary, Securities and Exchange Commission, 100 F Street NE., Washington, DC 20549-1090.
For the Commission, by the Division of Trading and Markets, pursuant to delegated authority.
It appears to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“Commission”)
It appears to the Commission that there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of Seville Ventures Corp. (“SVLE”) (CIK No. 1527424), a revoked Nevada corporation located in Byron, Illinois with a class of securities registered with the Commission pursuant to Exchange Act Section 12(g) because it is delinquent in its periodic filings with the Commission, having not filed any periodic reports since it filed a Form 10-Q for the period ended April 30, 2014. On October 19, 2015, Corporation Finance sent a delinquency letter to SVLE requesting compliance with its periodic filing requirements but SVLE did not receive the delinquency letter due to its failure to maintain a valid address on file with the Commission as required by Commission Issuer Address Rules. As of July 14, 2016, the common stock of SVLE was quoted on OTC Link, had one market makers, and was eligible for the “piggyback” exception of Exchange Act Rule 15c2-11(f)(3).
It appears to the Commission that there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of StarInvest Group, Inc. (“STIV”) (CIK No. 810270), a revoked Nevada corporation located in Long Beach, New York with a class of securities registered with the Commission pursuant to Exchange Act Section 12(g) because it is delinquent in its periodic filings with the Commission, having not filed any periodic reports since it filed a Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2010. On March 3, 2014, Corporation Finance sent a delinquency letter to STIV requesting compliance with its periodic filing requirements but STIV did not receive the delinquency letter due to its failure to maintain a valid address on file with the Commission as required by Commission Issuer Address Rules. As of July 14, 2016, the common stock of STIV was quoted on OTC Link, had five market makers, and was eligible for the “piggyback” exception of Exchange Act Rule 15c2-11(f)(3).
It appears to the Commission that there is a lack of current and accurate information concerning the securities of The Digital Development Group Corp. (“DIDG”) (CIK No. 1379699), a Nevada corporation located in Los Angeles, California with a class of securities registered with the Commission pursuant to Exchange Act Section 12(g) because it is delinquent in its periodic filings with the Commission, having not filed any periodic reports since it filed a Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2014. On November 30, 2015, Corporation Finance sent a delinquency letter to DIDG requesting compliance with its periodic filing requirements but DIDG did not receive the delinquency letter due to its failure to maintain a valid address on file with the Commission as required by Commission Issuer Address Rules. As of July 14, 2016, the common stock of DIDG was quoted on OTC Link, had five market makers, and was eligible for the “piggyback” exception of Exchange Act Rule 15c2-11(f)(3).
The Commission is of the opinion that the public interest and the protection of investors require a suspension of trading in the securities of the above-listed companies. Therefore, it is ordered, pursuant to Section 12(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, that trading in the securities of the above-listed companies is suspended for the period from 9:30 a.m. EDT on July 20, 2016, through 11:59 p.m. EDT on August 2, 2016.
By the Commission.
Notice is hereby given that Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P., 2100 Third Avenue North, Suite 600, Birmingham, AL 35203, a Federal Licensee under the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended (“the Act”), in connection with the financing of CDA, Inc., 8500 South Tyron Street, Charlotte, NC 28273, has sought an exemption under Section 312 of the Act and 13 CFR 107.730 financings which constitute conflicts of interest of the Small Business Administration (“SBA”) Rules and Regulations. Harbert Mezzanine Partners II SBIC, L.P. proposes to provide debt financing to CDA, Inc., owned by Harbinger Mezzanine Partners, L.P., an associate as defined in 13 CFR 107.50 of the SBA Rules and Regulations. Therefore this transaction is considered a conflict of interest requiring SBA's prior written exemption.
Notice is hereby given that any interested person may submit written comments on the transaction, within fifteen days of the date of this publication, to the Associate Administrator for Investment, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 Third Street SW., Washington, DC 20416.
The Social Security Administration (SSA) publishes a list of information collection packages requiring clearance by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) in compliance with Public Law 104-13, the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, effective October 1, 1995. This notice includes revisions and one extension of OMB-approved information collections.
SSA is soliciting comments on the accuracy of the agency's burden estimate; the need for the information;
I. The information collections below are pending at SSA. SSA will submit them to OMB within 60 days from the date of this notice. To be sure we consider your comments, we must receive them no later than September 20, 2016. Individuals can obtain copies of the collection instruments by writing to the above email address.
II. SSA submitted the information collections below to OMB for clearance. Your comments regarding the information collections would be most useful if OMB and SSA receive them 30 days from the date of this publication. To be sure we consider your comments, we must receive them no later than August 22, 2016 Individuals can obtain copies of the OMB clearance package by writing to
Notice is hereby given of the following determinations: Pursuant to the authority vested in me by the Act of October 19, 1965 (79 Stat. 985; 22 U.S.C. 2459), Executive Order 12047 of March 27, 1978, the Foreign Affairs Reform and Restructuring Act of 1998 (112 Stat. 2681,
For further information, including a list of the imported objects, contact the Office of Public Diplomacy and Public Affairs in the Office of the Legal Adviser, U.S. Department of State (telephone: 202-632-6471; email:
Notice is hereby given of the following determinations: Pursuant to the authority vested in me by the Act of October 19, 1965 (79 Stat. 985; 22 U.S.C. 2459), Executive Order 12047 of March 27, 1978, the Foreign Affairs Reform and Restructuring Act of 1998 (112 Stat. 2681,
For further information, including a list of the imported objects, contact the Office of Public Diplomacy and Public Affairs in the Office of the Legal Adviser, U.S. Department of State (telephone: 202-632-6471; email:
Notice of request for public comment and submission to OMB of proposed collection of information.
The Department of State has submitted the information collection described below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for approval. In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 we are requesting comments on this collection from all interested individuals and organizations. The purpose of this Notice is to allow 30 days for public comment.
Submit comments directly to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) up to August 22, 2016.
Direct comments to the Department of State Desk Officer in the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs at the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). You may submit comments by the following methods:
•
•
Direct requests for additional information regarding the collection listed in this notice, including requests for copies of the proposed collection instrument and supporting documents, to Andrea Lage, who may be reached at
We are soliciting public comments to permit the Department to:
• Evaluate whether the proposed information collection is necessary for the proper functions of the Department.
• Evaluate the accuracy of our estimate of the time and cost burden for this proposed collection, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used.
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected.
• Minimize the reporting burden on those who are to respond, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Please note that comments submitted in response to this Notice are public record. Before including any detailed personal information, you should be aware that your comments as submitted, including your personal information, will be available for public review.
The Department of State utilizes the Electronic Diversity Visa Lottery (EDV) Entry Form to elicit information necessary to ascertain the applicability of the legal provisions of the diversity immigrant visa program. The 2 primary requirements are: the applicant is from a low admission country and is a high school graduate, or has two years of experience in a job that requires two years of training. The foreign nationals complete the electronic entry forms and then applications are randomly selected for further participation in the program. Department of State regulations pertaining to diversity immigrant visas under the INA are published in 22 CFR 42.33.
The EDV Entry Form is available online at
Surface Transportation Board.
Notice Tentatively Approving and Authorizing Finance Transaction.
On June 23, 2016, Academy Bus, LLC (Florida) (Academy), a motor carrier of passengers, and Corporate Coaches, Inc. (Corporate Coaches), also a motor carrier of passengers, jointly filed an application under 49 U.S.C. 14303 for Academy to acquire certain properties of Corporate Coaches. The Board is tentatively approving and authorizing the transaction, and, if no opposing comments are timely filed, this notice will be the final Board action. Persons wishing to oppose the application must follow the rules at 49 CFR 1182.5 and 1182.8.
Comments must be filed by September 6, 2016. The applicants may file a reply by September 20, 2016. If no opposing comments are filed by September 6, 2016, this notice shall be effective on September 7, 2016.
Send an original and 10 copies of any comments referring to Docket No. MCF 21069 to: Surface Transportation Board, 395 E Street SW., Washington, DC 20423-0001. In addition, send one copy of comments to Academy's representatives: Peter A. Pfohl and Bradford J. Kelley, Slover and Loftus, LLP, 1224 Seventeenth Street NW., Washington, DC 20036.
Nathaniel Bawcombe (202) 245-0376. Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) for the hearing impaired: 1-800-877-8339.
Academy is a motor carrier licensed by the Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration (MC-646780) and provides charter bus operations in Florida. The applicants state that Academy is owned by Academy Bus (Florida) EST Trust (Academy Trust), a non-carrier controlled by Francis Tedesco, sole trustee. According to the applicants, Franmar Leasing, LLC (Franmar) is a non-carrier controlled by the Tedesco Family ESB Trust (Tedesco Trust), also a non-carrier, exclusively engaged in the ownership and leasing of passenger motor coaches.
Corporate Coaches proposes to sell all the assets used in its motor coach passenger transportation business pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement (APA), dated May 16, 2016. According to the applicants, this transaction is a result of the business determination made by the owners of Corporate Coaches to permanently withdraw from the motor coach transportation business and direct all of its future efforts and activities to the company's black car sedan and limo services. Under the terms of the APA, the applicants state, Franmar will acquire the motor coach assets of Corporate Coaches, and Academy will acquire Corporate Coaches' motor coach customer lists, charter contracts, telephone numbers, Web site, charter contract deposits, and related assets and intangibles.
Under 49 U.S.C. 14303(b), the Board must approve and authorize a transaction that it finds consistent with the public interest, taking into consideration at least: (1) The effect of the proposed transaction on the adequacy of transportation to the public; (2) the total fixed charges that result; and (3) the interest of affected carrier employees. Academy has submitted information required by 49 CFR 1182.2, including information to demonstrate that the proposed transaction is consistent with the public interest under 49 U.S.C. 14303(b) and a statement that Academy and its motor carrier affiliated companies exceeded $2 million in gross operating revenues for the preceding 12-month period.
Academy and Corporate Coaches assert that this acquisition is in the public interest because the transaction will not have a materially detrimental impact on the adequacy of transportation services available to the public. The applicants also assert that the transaction would promote more efficiencies and greater economic use of existing transportation capital resources, and offer the general public continued service options to the customers of Corporate Coaches in need of such service. They also state that the proposed transaction would not result in an increase to fixed charges as the proposed transaction by the carriers is expected to be for cash. In addition, according to the applicants, the proposed transaction would also have no adverse effect on qualified Corporate Coaches employees at the locations from which Corporate Coaches operates because Academy will interview and offer employment opportunities to those employees, a necessity to permit Academy to continue to operate the acquired motor coach assets. Finally, the applicants state that the proposed transaction is unlikely to exert any anticompetitive impact because none of the operable motor vehicles will be scrapped by the seller, and no new buses will need to be purchased by Franmar at this time. Thus, the applicants state that the public would not lose service because the same number of buses would continue to operate.
On the basis of the application, the Board finds that the proposed acquisition is consistent with the public interest and should be tentatively approved and authorized. If any opposing comments are timely filed, these findings will be deemed vacated, and, unless a final decision can be made on the record as developed, a procedural schedule will be adopted to reconsider the application.
Board decisions and notices are available on our Web site at
This action is categorically excluded from environmental review under 49 CFR 1105.6(c).
1. The proposed transaction is approved and authorized, subject to the filing of opposing comments.
2. If opposing comments are timely filed, the findings made in this notice will be deemed as having been vacated.
3. This notice will be effective September 7, 2016, unless opposing comments are filed by September 6, 2016.
4. A copy of this notice will be served on: (1) The U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Motor Carrier Safety Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590; (2) the U.S. Department of Justice, Antitrust Division, 10th Street & Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20530; and (3) the U.S. Department of Transportation, Office of the General Counsel, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590.
By the Board, Chairman Elliott, Vice Chairman Miller, and Commissioner Begeman.
Federal Highway Administration (FHWA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice; solicitation of nominations.
Section 1413 of the Fixing America's Surface Transportation (FAST) Act requires the Secretary of Transportation to designate national electric vehicle (EV) charging, hydrogen, propane, and natural gas fueling corridors. The FHWA is issuing this
Submissions must be received on or before August 22, 2016. Late submissions will be considered to the extent practicable.
You may submit comments identified by the docket number FHWA-2016-0017 by any one of the following methods:
Diane Turchetta, Office of Natural Environment, (202) 493-0158, or via email at
Section 1413 of the FAST Act (Section 1413), signed into law on December 4, 2015, requires the Secretary to designate national EV charging, hydrogen, propane, and natural gas fueling corridors within 1 year from the date of enactment (December 4, 2016). (23 U.S.C. 151). In accordance with 23 U.S.C. 151(a), corridor designations must identify near-and long-term need for, and location of, EV charging infrastructure, hydrogen fueling infrastructure, propane fueling infrastructure, and natural gas fueling infrastructure at strategic locations along major national highways to improve mobility of passenger and commercial vehicles that employ electric, hydrogen fuel cell, propane, and natural gas fueling technologies across the United States.
The FHWA must solicit nominations for corridors from State and local officials and involve a range of stakeholders. (23 U.S.C. 151(b) and (c)). Within 5 years of establishing the corridors, and every 5 years thereafter, DOT must update and re-designate the corridors. During the designation and re-designation of the corridors, the FHWA is to issue a report that identifies EV charging infrastructure, hydrogen fueling infrastructure, propane fueling infrastructure, and natural gas fueling infrastructure and standardization needs for electricity providers, industrial gas providers, natural gas providers, infrastructure providers, vehicle manufacturers, electricity purchases, and natural gas purchases. The report must also establish aspirational goals of achieving strategic deployment of EV charging infrastructure, hydrogen fueling infrastructure, propane fueling infrastructure, and natural gas fueling infrastructure in those corridors by the end of fiscal year 2020. The FHWA held two national Webinars (May 12, 2016, and May 16, 2016) at which stakeholders were invited to provide input to FHWA on the process, timeline, and specific topics related to the implementation of Section 1413. The presentation, transcript of chat pods, and Webinar recordings can be found at:
Any State or local agency is invited to nominate an alternative fuel corridor for designation. For the purposes of this solicitation, an eligible corridor is defined as a segment of the National Highway System (NHS).
• Corridor being proposed for designation (include the official name of the NHS segment and beginning and end points of the proposed corridor);
• Name of lead State or local agency originating the nomination;
• Name of the entity (or entities) with jurisdiction over the proposed corridor (
• Description of corridor, including the major metropolitan areas and/or intermodal facilities located along the corridor, how the corridor contributes to the national network, and why it is being proposed for designation;
• Corridor use (
• Approximate population along proposed corridor or in general area/region, including median income and basic demographic information;
• Benefits to disadvantaged groups and/or communities, which may include low-income groups, persons with visible or hidden disabilities, elderly individuals, and minority persons and populations;
• Existing and projected usage of the corridor (
• Goals for increasing the use of alternative fuels;
• Type of alternative fuel(s) currently used and/or projected to be used along the corridor;
• Estimated/projected cost of planned alternative fuel facilities on proposed corridor, if known;
• Type, number, and distance between existing and planned alternative fuel facilities by fuel type located along proposed corridor (
• Demonstrated interest and support for alternative fuel facilities from stakeholders;
• Standardization needs for fuel/charging providers, manufacturers, and purchasers; and
• Goals for strategic deployment of refueling/recharging infrastructure along corridor and/or network for short-term (by the end of fiscal year 2020), and long-term (by the end of fiscal year 2040).
The FHWA plans to designate alternative fuel corridors based on the criteria outlined in this solicitation. Corridor designations will be selected based on the following criteria, which are listed in
• Number of existing alternative fuel facilities on corridor;
• Number of additional planned/projected alternative fuel facilities on corridor;
• Distance between existing and planned/projected alternative fuel facilities on corridor;
• Visibility, convenience, and accessibility to the users on the corridor; and
• Explanation of successfully developing new alternative fuel facilities along the corridor based on past activity/success.
• Connections to other segments of the NHS in order to create/develop a national network of alternative fuel infrastructure;
• Whether the corridor connects to one or more major metropolitan areas and/or multiple States (multiple States that submit a joint application must identify a lead applicant as the primary point of contact); and/or
• Whether the corridor connects to one or more major intermodal facilities (
• Estimated reductions in greenhouse gas and/or criteria pollutant emissions along the corridor, or in the area, due to existing and projected alternative fuel facilities.
• Degree of collaboration, and formation of partnerships, regarding alternative fuel vehicles and infrastructure with both public and private sector entities, which should include:
State and local officials (nomination must include support from the transportation agency or agencies with jurisdiction over the proposed corridor such as the State, local government, Indian tribe, and/or Federal land management agency;
Other Federal agencies;
Department of Energy's (DOE) Clean Cities Program, as well as its associated network of coalitions and stakeholders); and
Representatives of energy utilities; electric, fuel cell electric, propane, and natural gas vehicle industries; equipment manufacturers; fuel suppliers; Original Equipment Manufacturers; public or private fleets; auto dealerships; energy marketers; utilities/energy companies; alternative fuel and clean air advocacy organizations; local and regional planning entities; freight and shipping industry; clean technology firms; hospitality industry; highway rest stop vendors; industrial gas and hydrogen manufacturers; and
• Demonstrated interest and support. For example, support demonstrated through past work in the area on alternative fuels, support from local elected officials, public support, stakeholder support, development of incentives, etc.
• Whether the proposed corridor is an existing electric vehicle charging, hydrogen fueling, propane fueling or natural gas corridor been designated by a State or group of States.
• Consideration of Clean Cities coalition
• Whether the corridor or segments of the corridor are located in in ozone, carbon monoxide, or particulate matter nonattainment or maintenance areas;
• Goals for greenhouse gas and/or criteria pollutant emission reductions;
• Available State and/or local alternative fuel vehicle incentives/programs;
• Current and future demand for alternative fuel facilities based on current and predicted usage patterns (passenger, freight, and other commercial vehicles). The analysis of future demand/alternative fuel facilities should include description of how the corridor will be extended and/or how distances between stations will be shortened (
• Other alternative fuels included under the Energy Policy Act of 2005 but not included in Section 1413, or vehicle technologies such as Truck Stop Electrification used along corridor that contribute to greenhouse gas or criteria air pollutant emission reductions;
• Availability of alternative fuel vehicle support services in the vicinity/region (
• Potential of designation to serve as a national case to document lessons learned/best practices.
Although Section 1413 does
Furthermore, it is FHWA's goal and intent to create and expand a national network of alternative fueling and charging infrastructure along NHS corridors by developing a process that provides the opportunity for a formal corridor designation once the criteria set forth in the solicitation are met, and on a rolling basis, without a cap on the number of corridors; ensures that corridor designations are selected based on criteria that promote the “build out” of a national network; develops national signage and branding to help catalyze applicant and public interest; encourages multistate and regional cooperation and collaboration; and, brings together a consortium of stakeholders including State agencies, utilities, alternative fuel providers, and car manufacturers to promote and advance alternative fuel corridor designations in conjunction with the DOE.
In support of this goal, the FHWA intends to develop appropriate signage that may be placed on designated corridors in accordance with the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).
The deadline for this initial solicitation is August 22, 2016. After this deadline, FHWA will establish a process for future nominations and designations on a rolling basis.
Section 1413 of the FAST Act (Pub. L. 114-94).
Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.
Notice.
As authorized by 46 U.S.C. 12121, the Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below.
Submit comments on or before August 22, 2016.
Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2016-0074. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the Internet at
Bianca Carr, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W23-453, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-9309, Email
As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel INVICTUS is:
The complete application is given in DOT docket MARAD-2016-0074 at
Anyone is able to search the electronic form of all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may review DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement in the
By Order of the Maritime Administrator
Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.
Notice.
As authorized by 46 U.S.C. 12121, the Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below.
Submit comments on or before August 22, 2016.
Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2016-0072. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the Internet at
Bianca Carr, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Room W23-453, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-9309, Email
As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel Sandpiper is:
Anyone is able to search the electronic form of all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation.
Notice.
As authorized by 46 U.S.C. 12121, the Secretary of Transportation, as represented by the Maritime Administration (MARAD), is authorized to grant waivers of the U.S.-build requirement of the coastwise laws under certain circumstances. A request for such a waiver has been received by MARAD. The vessel, and a brief description of the proposed service, is listed below.
Submit comments on or before August 22, 2016
Comments should refer to docket number MARAD-2016-0073. Written comments may be submitted by hand or by mail to the Docket Clerk, U.S. Department of Transportation, Docket Operations, M-30, West Building Ground Floor, Room W12-140, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. You may also send comments electronically via the Internet at
Bianca Carr, U.S. Department of Transportation, Maritime Administration, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE, Room W23-453, Washington, DC 20590. Telephone 202-366-9309, Email
As described by the applicant the intended service of the vessel AIRLOOM is:
The complete application is given in DOT docket MARAD-2016-0073 at
Anyone is able to search the electronic form of all comments received into any of our dockets by the name of the individual submitting the comment (or signing the comment, if submitted on behalf of an association, business, labor union, etc.). You may review DOT's complete Privacy Act Statement in the
By Order of the Maritime Administrator.
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice; correction.
NHTSA published a document in the
Laurie Flaherty, 202-366-2705.
In the
a. In the third column, correct the
Laurie Flaherty, National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Office of Emergency Medical Services, (202) 366-2705,
b. In the third column, correct the second sentence of the second paragraph of the
Models for a nationally uniform data system exist in other disciplines, for example, the National Fire Incident Reporting System (N-FIRS),
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Department of Transportation.
Notice.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) is issuing this Enforcement Guidance Bulletin to inform the public of the process and procedure the Agency has established in connection with Paragraph 17 of the May 4, 2016 Amendment to the November 3, 2015 Consent Order with TK Holdings Inc., and the standards and criteria that will guide Agency decision-making.
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA or Agency) is issuing this Enforcement Guidance Bulletin (the “Bulletin”) to inform the public of the circumstances under which NHTSA would consider invoking Paragraph 17 of the Agency's May 4, 2016 Amendment to the November 3, 2015 Consent Order with TK Holdings Inc. (“Takata”)
On June 11, 2014, NHTSA opened a formal defect investigation (Preliminary Evaluation, PE14-016) into certain Takata air bag inflators (“inflators”) that may become over-pressurized and/or rupture during air bag deployment, resulting in death or injury to the driver and/or passenger. On February 24, 2015, NHTSA upgraded and expanded this investigation (Engineering Analysis, EA15-001).
Subsequently, Takata agreed to submit four Defect Information Reports (DIRs) on May 18, 2014, declaring that a defect existed in certain inflator types that were manufactured by Takata during certain periods of time.
On November 3, 2015, NHTSA issued, and Takata agreed to, a Consent Order, which among other things established conditions upon which Takata would be required to expand the scope of the defective inflator population by filing future DIRs. Again, the filing of such DIRs by Takata triggered an obligation by the motor vehicle manufacturers to submit DIRs covering the affected motor vehicles and to conduct a recall of motor vehicles in which the defective inflators are installed.
On May 4, 2016, NHTSA and Takata agreed to an Amendment to the November 3, 2015 Consent Order (the “Amendment”), under which Takata agreed to declare a defect in all driver and passenger inflators that contain an ammonium nitrate-based propellant, and do not contain a moisture-absorbing desiccant. The Amendment was based upon the findings of three independent research organizations that most of the inflator ruptures are associated with long-term propellant degradation caused by years of exposure to temperature fluctuations and intrusion of moisture present in the ambient atmosphere.
As set forth in Paragraph 7.a. of the Amendment, Zone A comprises the states and U.S. territories with the greatest temperature cycling and absolute humidity. It includes the following states and U.S. territories: Alabama, California, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Louisiana, Mississippi, South Carolina, Texas, Puerto Rico, American Samoa, Guam, the Northern Mariana Islands (Saipan), and the U.S. Virgin Islands.
Zone B comprises states with moderate temperature cycling and absolute humidity. It includes the following states: Arizona, Arkansas, Delaware, District of Columbia, Illinois, Indiana, Kansas, Kentucky, Maryland, Missouri, Nebraska, Nevada, New Jersey, New Mexico, North Carolina, Ohio, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Tennessee, Virginia, and West Virginia.
Zone C comprises states with lower temperature cycling and absolute humidity. It includes the following states: Alaska, Colorado, Connecticut, Idaho, Iowa, Maine, Massachusetts, Michigan, Minnesota, Montana, New Hampshire, New York, North Dakota, Oregon, Rhode Island, South Dakota, Utah, Vermont, Washington, Wisconsin, and Wyoming.
The Amendment also sets forth a procedure under which the DIR schedule above may be modified or amended. More specifically, Paragraph 17 provides:
Based on the presentation of additional test data, analysis, or other relevant and appropriate evidence, by Takata, an automobile manufacturer, or any other credible source, NHTSA may, after consultation with Takata, alter the schedule set forth in Paragraph 14 to modify or amend a DIR or to defer certain inflator types or vehicles, or a portion thereof, to a later DIR filing date. Any such evidence must be submitted to NHTSA no later than one-hundred-twenty (120) days before the relevant DIR filing date. This paragraph applies only to the DIRs scheduled to be issued on or after December 31, 2016 under the schedule established by Paragraph 14 of this Amendment.
The Agency believes it is important to provide additional guidance on the process and conditions under which NHTSA would consider altering the recall schedule to modify or amend a DIR or defer the filing of a DIR, as well as guidance on the standards and criteria that would guide such decision-making. This process shall not be used to expedite or expand the DIR schedule, nor shall it be used to eliminate a population of vehicles from the recall.
A.
B.
C.
D.
NHTSA may grant the petition if the Agency finds that the written data, information, and arguments regarding the petition and other available information demonstrate, by a preponderance of the evidence, that either: (i) There has not yet been, nor will be for some period of years in the future, sufficient propellant degradation to render the inflators contained in the particular class of vehicles unreasonably dangerous in terms of susceptibility to rupture; or (ii) the service life expectancy of the inflators installed in the particular class of vehicles is sufficiently long that they will not pose an unreasonable risk to motor vehicle safety if recalled at a later date.
The Agency may rely on any relevant criteria in determining whether the available evidence satisfies the standard of proof. Generally, a petitioner may satisfy the standard of proof by submitting evidence concerning the physical attributes of the category of inflators at issue. Such evidence may include, but is not limited to, inflator diffusion rates, booster and propellant moisture content (over time), wafer diameter, and closed-bomb test data. In evaluating this evidence, the Agency will closely scrutinize the number of inflators tested, the age of the inflators tested, and the history of the vehicles from which the inflators were removed. A petitioner may also satisfy the standard of proof through robust predictive modeling, which modeling shall be independently verified by NHTSA's expert, Dr. Harold Blomquist. In all instances, a petition will be denied if there has been a rupture incident in the field or in testing that involves the inflator type contained in the particular class of vehicles at issue.
49 U.S.C. 30101,
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), this notice announces that the Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), Department of
Comments must be submitted on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor, Enterprise Records Service (005R1B), Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, (202) 632-7474 or email
38 U.S.C. 1521 establishes a pension benefit for Veterans of a period of war who are permanently and totally disabled. 38 U.S.C. 1541 and 38 U.S.C. 1542 establish a survivor's pension benefit for the surviving dependents of Veterans of a period of war. Entitlement to pension benefits for Veterans and their surviving dependents is based on the family's countable annual income as required by 38 U.S.C. 1503 and net worth as required by 38 U.S.C. 1522.
The information collected on VA Form 21P-4165 will be used by VA to evaluate a claimant's income and net worth related to the operation of a farm for the purpose of establishing entitlement to pension benefits and to evaluate a beneficiary's ongoing entitlement to pension benefits.
By direction of the Secretary:
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), this notice announces that the Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), Department of Veterans Affairs, will submit the collection of information abstracted below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and comment. The PRA submission describes the nature of the information collection and its expected cost and burden; it includes the actual data collection instrument.
Comments must be submitted on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor, Enterprise Records Service (005R1B), Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, (202) 461-5870 or email
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The
By direction of the Secretary.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
The Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before September 20, 2016.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor at (202) 461-5870.
Under the PRA of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
With respect to the following collection of information, VBA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VBA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of VBA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
By direction of the Secretary:
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), this notice announces that the Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), Department of Veterans Affairs, will submit the collection of information abstracted below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and comment. The PRA submission describes the nature of the information collection and its expected cost and burden; it includes the actual data collection instrument.
Comments must be submitted on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor, Enterprise Records Service (005R1B), Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW, Washington, DC 20420, (202) 461-5870 or email
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The
By direction of the Secretary.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), this notice announces that the Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), Department of Veterans Affairs, will submit the collection of information abstracted below to the Office of Management and
Comments must be submitted on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor, Enterprise Records Service (005R1B), Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, (202) 461-5870 or email
By direction of the Secretary.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), this notice announces that the Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), Department of Veterans Affairs, will submit the collection of information abstracted below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and comment. The PRA submission describes the nature of the information collection and its expected cost and burden; it includes the actual data collection instrument.
Comments must be submitted on or before August 22, 2016.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor, Enterprise Records Service (005R1B), Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, (202) 461-5870 or email
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The
By direction of the Secretary.
Office of Management, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
The Office of Management (OM), Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before September 20, 2016.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through the Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Ricky Clark at (202) 632-5400, Fax (202) 343-1434.
Under the PRA of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
By direction of the Secretary.
The Department of Veterans Affairs (VA) gives notice under the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App. 2, that the Special Medical Advisory Group will meet on September 1, 2016, at the VHA National Conference Center, 2011 Crystal Drive, Arlington, VA 22202 from 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. EST in the Potomac A Room. The meeting is open to the public.
The purpose of the Group is to advise the Secretary of Veterans Affairs and the Under Secretary for Health on the care and treatment of Veterans, and other matters pertinent to the Department's Veterans Health Administration (VHA).
The agenda for the meeting will include a review of Commission on Care, Center for Compassionate Innovation (CCI), VA Innovation Center & Innovation Fellows, Strategic Partnerships and Rebuilding Relationships with IBM Watson and Google Deep Mind.
Thirty (30) minutes will be allocated for receiving oral presentations from the public. Members of the public may submit written statements for review by the Committee to Dr. Donna Wells-Taylor, Department of Veterans Affairs, Office of Patient Care Services (10P4), Veterans Health Administration, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, or by email at
Because the meeting is being held in the VHA National Conference Center, a photo I.D. is required at the entrance as a part of the clearance process. Therefore, you should plan to arrive 15 minutes before the meeting begins to allow time for the clearance process. Any member of the public wishing to attend the meeting or seeking additional information should contact Dr. Donna Wells-Taylor at (202) 461-1025 or by email.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
The Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before September 20, 2016.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Nancy J. Kessinger at (202) 632-8924 or FAX (202) 632-8925.
Under the PRA of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3501-21), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
With respect to the following collection of information, VBA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VBA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of VBA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the
By direction of the Secretary.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521), this notice announces that the Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), Department of Veterans Affairs, will submit the collection of information abstracted below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and comment. The PRA submission describes the nature of the information collection and its expected cost and burden; it includes the actual data collection instrument.
Comments must be submitted on or before
Submit written comments on the collection of information through
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor, Enterprise Records Service (005R1B), Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, (202) 461-5870 or email
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The
By direction of the Secretary.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
The Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before September 20, 2016.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Nancy J. Kessinger at (202) 632-8924 or FAX (202) 632-8925.
Under the PRA of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3501-21), Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
With respect to the following collection of information, VBA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VBA's
By direction of the Secretary.
Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection.
Proposed rule with request for public comment.
The Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Bureau or CFPB) is proposing to establish 12 CFR 1041, which would contain regulations creating consumer protections for certain consumer credit products. The proposed regulations would cover payday, vehicle title, and certain high-cost installment loans.
Comments must be received on or before October 7, 2016.
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CFPB-2016-0025 or RIN 3170-AA40, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
All comments, including attachments and other supporting materials, will become part of the public record and subject to public disclosure. Sensitive personal information, such as account numbers or Social Security numbers, should not be included. Comments will not be edited to remove any identifying or contact information.
Eleanor Blume, Sarita Frattaroli, Casey Jennings, Sandeep Vaheesan, Steve Wrone, Counsels; Daniel C. Brown, Mark Morelli, Michael G. Silver, Laura B. Stack, Senior Counsels, Office of Regulations, at 202-435-7700.
The Bureau is issuing this notice to propose consumer protections for payday loans, vehicle title loans, and certain high-cost installment loans (collectively “covered loans”). Covered loans are typically used by consumers who are living paycheck to paycheck, have little to no access to other credit products, and seek funds to meet recurring or one-time expenses. The Bureau has conducted extensive research on these products, in addition to several years of outreach and review of the available literature. The Bureau is proposing to issue regulations primarily pursuant to authority under section 1031 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) to identify and prevent unfair, deceptive, and abusive acts and practices.
The Bureau is concerned that lenders that make covered loans have developed business models that deviate substantially from the practices in other credit markets by failing to assess consumers' ability to repay their loans and by engaging in harmful practices in the course of seeking to withdraw payments from consumers' accounts. The Bureau believes that there may be a high likelihood of consumer harm in connection with these covered loans because many consumers struggle to repay their loans. In particular, many consumers who take out covered loans appear to lack the ability to repay them and face one of three options when an unaffordable loan payment is due: take out additional covered loans, default on the covered loan, or make the payment on the covered loan and fail to meet other major financial obligations or basic living expenses. Many lenders may seek to obtain repayment of covered loans directly from consumers' accounts. The Bureau is concerned that consumers may be subject to multiple fees and other harms when lenders make repeated unsuccessful attempts to withdraw funds from consumers' accounts.
The Bureau's proposal would apply to two types of covered loans. First, it would apply to short-term loans that have terms of 45 days or less, including typical 14-day and 30-day payday loans, as well as short-term vehicle title loans that are usually made for 30-day terms. Second, the proposal would apply to longer-term loans with terms of more than 45 days that have (1) a total cost of credit that exceeds 36 percent; and (2) either a lien or other security interest in the consumer's vehicle or a form of “leveraged payment mechanism” that gives the lender a right to initiate transfers from the consumer's account or to obtain payment through a payroll deduction or other direct access to the consumer's paycheck. Included among covered longer-term loans is a subcategory loans with a balloon payment, which require the consumer to pay all of the principal in a single payment or make at least one payment that is more than twice as large as any other payment.
The Bureau is proposing to exclude several types of consumer credit from the scope of the proposal, including: (1) Loans extended solely to finance the purchase of a car or other consumer good in which the good secures the loan; (2) home mortgages and other loans secured by real property or a dwelling if recorded or perfected; (3) credit cards; (4) student loans; (5) non-recourse pawn loans; and (6) overdraft services and lines of credit.
The proposed rule would identify it as an abusive and unfair practice for a lender to make a covered short-term loan without reasonably determining that the consumer will have the ability
• Verify the consumer's net income;
• verify the consumer's debt obligations using a national consumer report and a consumer report from a “registered information system” as described below;
• verify the consumer's housing costs or use a reliable method of estimating a consumer's housing expense based on the housing expenses of similarly situated consumers;
• forecast a reasonable amount of basic living expenses for the consumer—expenditures (other than debt obligations and housing costs) necessary for a consumer to maintain the consumer's health, welfare, and ability to produce income;
• project the consumer's net income, debt obligations, and housing costs for a period of time based on the term of the loan; and
• determine the consumer's ability to repay the loan based on the lender's projections of the consumer's income, debt obligations, and housing costs and forecast of basic living expenses for the consumer.
A lender would also have to make, under certain circumstances, additional assumptions or presumptions when evaluating a consumer's ability to repay a covered short-term loan. The proposal would specify certain assumptions for determining the consumer's ability to repay a line of credit that is a covered short-term loan. In addition, if a consumer seeks a covered short-term loan within 30 days of a covered short-term loan or a covered longer-term loan with a balloon payment, a lender generally would be required to presume that the consumer is not able to afford the new loan. A lender would be able to overcome the presumption of unaffordability for a new covered short-term loan only if it could document a sufficient improvement in the consumer's financial capacity. Furthermore, a lender would be prohibited from making a covered short-term loan to a consumer who has already taken out three covered short-term loans within 30 days of each other.
A lender would also be allowed to make a covered short-term loan, without making an ability-to-repay determination, so long as the loan satisfies certain prescribed terms and the lender confirms that the consumer met specified borrowing history conditions and provides required disclosures to the consumer. Among other conditions, a lender would be allowed to make up to three covered short-term loans in short succession, provided that the first loan has a principal amount no larger than $500, the second loan has a principal amount at least one-third smaller than the principal amount on the first loan, and the third loan has a principal amount at least two-thirds smaller than the principal amount on the first loan. In addition, a lender would not be allowed to make a covered short-term loan under the alternative requirements if it would result in the consumer having more than six covered short-term loans during a consecutive 12-month period or being in debt for more than 90 days on covered short-term loans during a consecutive 12-month period. A lender would not be permitted to take vehicle security in connection with these loans.
The proposed rule would identify it as an abusive and unfair practice for a lender to make a covered longer-term loan without reasonably determining that the consumer will have the ability to repay the loan. The proposed rule would prescribe requirements to prevent the practice. A lender, before making a covered longer-term loan, would have to make a reasonable determination that the consumer has the ability to make all required payments as scheduled. The proposed ability-to-repay requirements for covered longer-term loans closely track the proposed requirements for covered short-term loans with an added requirement that the lender, in assessing the consumer's ability to repay a longer term loan, reasonably account for the possibility of volatility in the consumer's income, obligations, or basic living expenses during the term of the loan.
A lender would also have to make, under certain circumstances, additional assumptions or presumptions when evaluating a consumer's ability to repay a covered longer-term loan. The proposal would specify certain assumptions for determining the consumer's ability to repay a line of credit that is a covered longer-term loan. In addition, if a consumer seeks a covered longer-term loan within 30 days of a covered short-term loan or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan, the lender would, under certain circumstances, be required to presume that the consumer is not able to afford a new loan. A presumption of unaffordability also generally would apply if the consumer has shown or expressed difficulty in repaying other outstanding covered or non-covered loans made by the same lender or its affiliate. A lender would be able to overcome the presumption of unaffordability for a new covered longer-term loan only if it could document a sufficient improvement in the consumer's financial capacity.
A lender would also be permitted to make a covered longer-term loan without having to satisfy the ability-to-repay requirements by making loans under a conditional exemption modeled on the National Credit Union Administration's (NCUA) Payday Alternative Loan (PAL) program. Among other conditions, a covered longer-term loan under this exemption would be required to have a principal amount of not less than $200 and not more than $1,000, fully amortizing payments, and a term of at least 46 days but not longer than six months. In addition, loans made under this exemption could not have an interest rate more that is more than the interest rate that is permitted for Federal credit unions to charge under the PAL regulations and an application fee of more than $20.
A lender would also be permitted to make a covered longer-term loan, without having to satisfy the ability-to-repay requirements, so long as the covered longer-term loan meets certain structural conditions. Among other conditions, a covered longer-term loan under this exemption would be required to have fully amortizing payments and a term of at least 46 days but not longer than 24 months. In addition, to qualify for this conditional exemption, a loan must carry a modified total cost of credit of less than or equal to an annual rate of 36 percent, from which the lender could exclude a single origination fee that is no more than $50 or that is reasonably proportionate to the lender's costs of underwriting. The projected annual default rate on all loans made pursuant to this conditional exemption must not exceed 5 percent. The lender would have to refund all of the origination fees paid by all borrowers in
The proposed rule would identify it as an abusive and unfair practice for a lender to attempt to withdraw payment from a consumer's account in connection with a covered loan after the lender's second consecutive attempt to withdraw payment from the account has failed due to a lack of sufficient funds, unless the lender obtains from the consumer a new and specific authorization to make further withdrawals from the account. This prohibition on further withdrawal attempts would apply whether the two failed attempts are initiated through a single payment channel or different channels, such as the automated clearinghouse system and the check network. The proposed rule would require that lenders provide notice to consumers when the prohibition has been triggered and follow certain procedures in obtaining new authorizations.
In addition to the requirements related to the prohibition on further payment withdrawal attempts, a lender would be required to provide a written notice at least three business days before each attempt to withdraw payment for a covered loan from a consumer's checking, savings, or prepaid account. The notice would contain key information about the upcoming payment attempt, and, if applicable, alert the consumer to unusual payment attempts. A lender would be permitted to provide electronic notices so long as the consumer consents to electronic communications.
The Bureau is proposing to require lenders to furnish to registered information systems basic information for most covered loans at origination, any updates to that information over the life of the loan, and certain information when the loan ceases to be outstanding. The registered information systems would have to meet certain eligibility criteria prescribed in the proposed rule. The Bureau is proposing a sequential process that it believes would ensure that information systems would be registered and lenders ready to furnish at the time the furnishing obligation in the proposed rule would take effect. For most covered loans, registered information systems would provide a reasonably comprehensive record of a consumer's recent and current borrowing. Before making most covered loans, a lender would be required to obtain and review a consumer report from a registered information system.
A lender would be required to establish and follow a compliance program and retain certain records. A lender would be required to develop and follow written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure compliance with the requirements in this proposal. Furthermore, a lender would be required to retain the loan agreement and documentation obtained for a covered loan, and electronic records in tabular format regarding origination calculations and determinations for a covered loan, for a consumer who qualifies for an exception to or overcomes a presumption of unaffordability for a covered loan, and regarding loan type and terms. The proposed rule also would include an anti-evasion clause.
The Bureau is proposing that, in general, the final rule would become effective 15 months after publication of the final rule in the
For most consumers, credit provides a means of purchasing goods or services and spreading the cost of repayment over time. This is true of the three largest consumer credit markets: The market for mortgages ($9.99 trillion in outstanding balances), for student loans ($1.3 trillion), and for auto loans ($1 trillion). This is also one way in which certain types of open-end credit—including home equity loans ($0.14 trillion) and lines of credit ($0.51 trillion)—and at least some credit cards and revolving credit ($0.9 trillion)—can be used.
Consumers living paycheck to paycheck and with little to no savings have also used credit as a means of coping with shortfalls. These shortfalls can arise from mismatched timing between income and expenses, misaligned cash flows, income volatility, unexpected expenses or income shocks, or expenses that simply exceed income.
Credit cards and deposit account overdraft services are each already subject to specific Federal consumer protection regulations and requirements. The Bureau generally considers these markets to be outside the scope of this rulemaking as discussed further below. The Bureau is also separately engaged in research and evaluation of potential rulemaking actions on deposit account overdraft.
This rulemaking is focused on two general categories of liquidity loan products: Short-term loans and certain higher-cost longer-term loans. The largest category of short-term loans are “payday loans,” which are generally required to be repaid in a lump-sum single-payment on receipt of the borrower's next income payment, and short-term vehicle title loans, which are also almost always due in a lump-sum single-payment, typically within 30 days after the loan is made. The second general category consists of certain higher-cost longer-term loans. It includes both what are often referred to as “payday installment loans”—that is, loans that are repaid in multiple installments with each installment typically due on the borrower's payday or regularly-scheduled income payment and with the lender generally having the ability to automatically collect payments from an account into which the income payment is deposited—and vehicle title installment loans. In addition, the latter category includes higher cost, longer-term loans in which the principal is not amortized but is scheduled to be paid off in a large lump sum payment after a series of smaller, often interest-only, payments. Some of these loans are available at storefront locations, others are available on the internet, and some loans are available through multiple delivery channels. This rulemaking is not limited to closed-end loans but includes open-end lines of credit as well.
As described in more detail in part III, the Bureau has been studying these markets for liquidity loans for over four years, gaining insights from a variety of sources. During this time the Bureau has conducted supervisory examinations of a number of payday lenders and enforcement investigations of a number of different types of liquidity lenders, which have given the Bureau insights into the business models and practices of such lenders. Through these processes, and through market monitoring activities, the Bureau also has obtained extensive loan-level data that the Bureau has studied to better understand risks to consumers.
This Background section provides a brief description of the major components of the markets for both short-term loans and certain higher-cost longer-term loans, describing the product parameters, industry size and structure, lending practices, and business models of each component. It then goes on to describe recent State and Federal regulatory activity in connection with these product markets. Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans and Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans below, provide a more detailed description of consumer experiences with short-term loans and certain higher-cost longer-term loans, describing research about which consumers use the products, why they
At around the beginning of the twentieth century, concern arose with respect to companies that were responding to liquidity needs by offering to “purchase” a consumer's paycheck in advance of it being paid. These companies charged fees that, if calculated as an annualized interest rate, were as high as 400 percent.
New forms of short-term small-dollar lending appeared in several States in the 1990s,
Around the same time, a number of State legislatures amended their usury laws to allow lending by a broader group of both depository and non-depository lenders by increasing maximum allowable State interest rates or eliminating State usury laws, while other States created usury carve-outs or special rules for short-term loans.
These markets as they have evolved over the last two decades are not strictly segmented. There is substantial overlap between market products and the borrowers who use them. For example, in a 2013 survey, almost 18 percent of U.S. households that had used a payday loan in the prior year had also used a vehicle title loan.
The market that has received the greatest attention among policy makers, advocates, and researchers is the market for single-payment payday loans. These payday loans are short-term small-dollar loans generally repayable in a single payment due when the consumer is scheduled to receive a paycheck or other inflow of income (
Payday loan sizes vary depending on State law limits, individual lender credit models, and borrower demand. Many States set a limit on payday loan size; $500 is a common loan limit although the limits range from $300 to $1,000.
The fee for a payday loan is generally structured as a percentage or dollar amount per $100 borrowed, rather than a periodic interest rate based on the amount of time the loan is outstanding. Many State laws set a maximum amount for these fees, with 15 percent ($15 per $100 borrowed) being the most common limit.
On the loan's due date, the terms of the loan obligate the borrower to repay the loan in full. Although the States that created exceptions to their usury limits for payday lending generally did so on the theory these were short-term loans to which the usual usury rules did not easily apply, in 19 of the States that authorize payday lending the lender is permitted to roll over the loan when it comes due. A rollover occurs when, instead of repaying the loan in full at maturity, the consumer pays only the fees due and the lender agrees to extend the due date.
In some States in which rollovers are permitted they are subject to certain limitations such as a cap on the number of rollovers or requirements that the borrower amortize—repay part of the original loan amount—on the rollover. Other States have no restrictions on rollovers. Specially, seventeen of the States that authorize single-payment payday lending prohibit lenders from rolling over loans and twelve more States impose some rollover limitations.
Twenty States require payday lenders to offer extended repayment plans to borrowers who encounter difficulty in repaying payday loans.
There are several ways to gauge the size of the storefront payday loan industry. Typically, the industry has been measured by counting the total dollar value of each loan made during the course of a year, counting each rollover, back-to-back loan or other reborrowing as a new loan that is added to the total. By this metric, one analyst estimated that from 2009 to 2014, storefront payday lending generated approximately $30 billion in new loans per years and that by 2015 the volume had declined to $23.6 billion,
About ten large firms account for half of all payday storefront locations.
There were an estimated 15,766 payday loan stores in 2014 within the 36 States in which storefront payday lending occurs.
The average number of payday loan stores in a county with a payday loan store is 6.32.
Research and the Bureau's own market outreach indicate that payday loan stores tend to be relatively small with, on average, three full-time equivalent employees.
The evidence of price competition among payday lenders is mixed. In their financial reports, publicly traded payday lenders have reported their key competitive factors to be non-price related. For instance, they cite location, customer service, and convenience as some of the primary factors on which payday lenders compete with one another, as well as with other financial service providers.
The application process for a payday loan is relatively simple. For a storefront payday loan, a borrower must generally provide some verification of income (typically a pay stub) and evidence of a personal deposit account.
From market outreach, the Bureau is aware that the specialty consumer reporting agencies contractually require any lender that obtains data to also report data to them, although compliance may vary. Reporting usually occurs on a real-time or same-day basis. Separately, 14 States require lenders to check statewide databases before making each loan in order to ensure that their loans comply with various State restrictions.
Although a consumer is generally required when obtaining a loan to provide a post-dated check or authorization for an electronic debit of the consumer's account which could be presented to the consumer's bank, consumers are in practice strongly encouraged and in some cases required by lenders to return to the store when the loan is due to “redeem” the check.
The Bureau is aware, from confidential information gathered in the course of statutory functions and from market outreach, that lenders routinely make reminder calls to borrowers a few days before loan due dates to encourage borrowers to return to the store. One large lender reported this practice in a public filing.
Encouraging or requiring borrowers to return to the store on the due date provides lenders an opportunity to offer borrowers the option to roll over the loan or, where rollovers are prohibited by State law, to reborrow following repayment or after the expiration of any cooling-off period. Most storefront lenders examined by the Bureau employ monetary incentives that reward employees and store managers for loan volumes. Since as discussed below, a majority of loans result from rollovers of existing loans or reborrowing shortly after loans have been repaid, rollovers and reborrowing contribute substantially to employees' compensation. From confidential information gathered in the course of statutory functions, the Bureau is aware that rollover and reborrowing offers are made when consumers log into their accounts online, during “courtesy calls” made to remind borrowers of upcoming due dates, and when borrowers repay in person at storefront locations. In addition, some lenders train their employees to offer rollovers during courtesy calls even when borrowers responded that they had lost their jobs or suffered pay reductions.
Store personnel often encourage borrowers to roll over their loans or to reborrow, even when consumers have demonstrated an inability to repay their existing loans. In an enforcement action, the Bureau found that one lender maintained training materials that actively directed employees to encourage reborrowing by struggling borrowers. It further found that if a borrower did not repay or pay to roll over the loan on time, store personnel would initiate collections. Store personnel or collectors would then offer the option to take out a new loan to pay off their existing loan, or refinance or extend the loan as a source of relief from the potentially negative outcomes (
In addition, though some States require lenders to offer extended repayment plans and some trade associations have designated provision of such plans as a best practice, individual lenders may often be reluctant to offer them. In Colorado, for instance, some payday lenders reported prior to a regulatory change in 2010 that they had implemented practices to restrict borrowers from obtaining the number of loans needed to be eligible for State-mandated extended payment plans under the previous regime or banned borrowers on plans from taking new loans.
From confidential information gathered in the course of statutory functions and market outreach, the Bureau is aware that if a borrower fails to return to the store when a loan is due, the lender may attempt to contact the consumer and urge the consumer to make a cash payment before depositing the post-dated check that the consumer had provided at origination or electronically debiting the account. The Bureau is aware, from confidential information gathered in the course of its statutory functions and market outreach, that lenders may take various other actions to try to ensure that a payment will clear before presenting a check or ACH. These efforts may range from storefront lenders calling the borrower's bank to ask if a check of a particular size would clear the account or through the use of software offered by a number of vendors that attempts to model likelihood of repayment (“predictive ACH”).
Collection activity may involve further in-house attempts to collect from the borrower's bank account.
Eventually, the lender may attempt other means of collection. The Bureau is aware of in-house collections activities, either by storefront employees or by employees at a centralized collections division, including calls, letters, and visits to consumers and their workplaces,
Some payday lenders sue borrowers who fail to repay their loans. A study of small claims court cases filed in Utah from 2005 to 2010 found that 38 percent of cases were attributable to payday loans.
Additionally, the loss rates on storefront payday loans—the percentage or amounts of loans that are charged off by the lender as uncollectible—are relatively high. Loss rates on payday loans often are reported on a per-loan basis but, given the frequency of rollovers and renewals, that metric understates the amount of principal lost to borrower defaults. For example, if a lender makes a $100 loan that is rolled over nine times, at which point the consumer defaults, the per-loan default rate would be 10 percent whereas the lender would have in fact lost 100 percent of the amount loaned. In this example, the lender would still have received substantial revenue, as the lender would have collected fees for each rollover prior to default. The Bureau estimates that during the 2011-2012 timeframe, charge-offs (
To sustain these significant costs, the payday lending business model is dependent upon a large volume of reborrowing—that is, rollovers, back-to-back loans, and reborrowing within a short period of paying off a previous loan—by those borrowers who do not default on their first loan. The Bureau's research found that over the course of a year, 90 percent of all loan fees comes from consumers who borrowed seven or more times and 75 percent comes from consumers who borrowed ten or more times.
Other studies are broadly consistent. For example, a 2013 report based on
Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans below discusses the impact of these outcomes for consumers who are unable to repay and either default or reborrow.
Since 2000, it has been clear from commentary added to Regulation Z, that payday loans constitute “credit” under the Truth in Lending Act (TILA) and that cost of credit disclosures are required to be provided in payday loan transactions, regardless of how State law characterizes payday loan fees.
In 2006, Congress enacted the Military Lending Act (MLA) to address concerns that servicemembers and their families were becoming over-indebted in high-cost forms of credit.
As a result, effective October 2015 the Department of Defense expanded its definition of covered credit to include open-end credit and longer-term loans so that the MLA protections generally apply to all credit subject to the requirements of Regulation Z of the Truth in Lending Act, other than certain products excluded by statute.
At the State level, the last States to enact legislation authorizing payday lending, Alaska and Michigan, did so in 2005.
In 2008, the Ohio legislature adopted the Short Term Lender Act with a 28 percent APR cap, including all fees and charges, for short-term loans and repealed the existing Check-Cashing Lender Law that authorized higher rates and fees.
In 2010, Colorado's legislature banned short-term single-payment balloon loans in favor of longer-term, six-month loans. Colorado's regulatory framework is described in more detail in the discussion of payday installment lending below.
As of July 1, 2010, Arizona effectively prohibited payday lending after the authorizing statute expired and a statewide referendum that would have continued to permit payday lending failed to pass.
In 2009, Virginia amended its payday lending law. It extended the minimum loan term to the length of two income periods, added a 45-day cooling-off period after substantial time in debt (the fifth loan in a 180-day period) and a 90-day cooling-off period after completing an extended payment plan, and implemented a database to enforce limits on loan amounts and frequency. The payday law applies to closed-end loans. Virginia has no interest rate regulations or licensure requirements for open-end credit.
Washington and Delaware have restricted repeat borrowing by imposing limits on the number of payday loans consumers may obtain. In 2009, Washington made several changes to its payday lending law. These changes, effective January 1, 2010, include a cap of eight loans per borrower from all lenders in a rolling 12-month period where there had been no previous limit on the number of total loans, an extended repayment plan for any loan, and a database to which that lenders are required to report all payday loans.
At least 35 Texas municipalities have adopted local ordinances setting business regulations on payday lending (and vehicle title lending).
With the growth of the internet, a significant online payday lending industry has developed. Some storefront lenders use the internet as an additional method of originating payday loans in the States in which they are licensed to do business. In addition, there are now a number of lenders offering payday, and what are referred to as “hybrid” payday loans, exclusively through the internet. Hybrid payday loans are structured so that rollovers occur automatically unless the consumer takes affirmative action to pay off the loan, thus effectively creating a series of interest-only payments followed by a final balloon payment of the principal amount and an additional fee.
With these caveats, a frequently cited industry analyst has estimated that by 2012 online payday loans had grown to generate nearly an equivalent amount of fee revenue as storefront payday loans on roughly 62 percent of the origination volume, about $19 billion, but originations had then declined somewhat to roughly $15.9 billion during 2015.
Whatever its precise size, the online industry can broadly be divided into two segments: online lenders licensed in the State in which the borrower resides and lenders that are not licensed in the borrower's State of residence.
The first segment consists largely of storefront lenders with an online channel to complement their storefronts as a means of originating loans, as well as a few online-only payday lenders who lend only to borrowers in States where they have obtained State lending licenses. Because this segment of online lenders is State-licensed, State administrative payday lending reports include this data but generally do not differentiate loans originated online from those originated in storefronts. Accordingly, this portion of the market is included in the market estimates summarized above, and the lenders consider themselves to be subject to, or generally follow, the relevant State laws discussed above.
The second segment consists of lenders that claim exemption from State lending laws. Some of these lenders claim exemption because their loans are made from a physical location outside of the borrower's State of residence, including from an off-shore location outside of the United States. Other lenders claim exemption because they are lending from tribal lands, with such lenders claiming that they are regulated by the sovereign laws of federally recognized Indian tribes.
• Although the mean and median loan size among the payday borrowers in this data set are only slightly higher than the information reported above for storefront payday loans,
• More than half of the payday loans made by these online lenders are hybrid payday loans. As described above, a hybrid loan involves automatic rollovers with payment of the loan fee until a final balloon payment of the principal and fee.
• Unlike storefront payday loan borrowers who generally return to the same store to reborrow, the credit reporting data may suggest that online borrowers tend to move from lender to
From the Bureau's market outreach activities, it is aware that large payday and small-dollar installment lenders using lead generators for high quality, “first look” or high-bid leads have paid an average cost per new account of between $150 and $200. Indeed, the cost to a lender simply to purchase such leads can be $100 or more.
Online lenders view fraud (
Typically, proceeds from online payday loans are disbursed electronically to the consumer's bank account. The consumer authorizes the lender to debit her account as payments are due. If the consumer does not agree to authorize electronic debits, lenders generally will not disburse electronically, but instead will require the consumer to wait for a paper loan proceeds check to arrive in the mail.
Unlike storefront lenders that seek to bring consumers back to the stores to make payments, online lenders collect via electronic debits. Online payday lenders, like their storefront counterparts, use various models and software, described above, to predict when an electronic debit is most likely to succeed in withdrawing funds from a borrower's bank account. As discussed further below, the Bureau has observed lenders seeking to collect multiple payments on the same day. Lenders may be dividing the payment amount in half and presenting two debits at once, presumably to reduce the risk of a larger payment being returned for nonsufficient funds. Indeed, the Bureau found that about one-third of presentments by online payday lenders occur on the same day as another request by the same lender. The Bureau also found that split presentments almost always result in either payment of all presentments or return of all presentments (in which event the consumer will likely incur multiple nonsufficient funds (NSF) fees from the bank). The Bureau's study indicates that when an online payday lender's first attempt to obtain a payment from the consumer's account is unsuccessful, it will make a second attempt 75 percent
There is limited information on the extent to which online payday lenders that are unable to collect payments through electronic debits resort to other collection tactics.
Accordingly, it is not surprising that online lenders—like their storefront counterparts—are dependent upon repeated reborrowing. Indeed, even at a cost of $25 or $30 per $100 borrowed, a typical single online payday loan would generate fee revenue of under $100, which is not sufficient to cover the typical origination costs discussed above. Consequently, as discussed above, hybrid loans that roll over automatically in the absence of affirmative action by the consumer account for a substantial percentage of online payday business. These products effectively build a number of rollovers into the loan. For example, the Bureau has observed online payday lenders whose loan documents suggest that they are offering a single-payment loan but whose business model is to collect only the finance charges due, roll over the principal, and require consumers to take affirmative steps to notify the lender if consumers want to repay their loans in full rather than allowing them to roll over. The Bureau recently initiated an action against an online lender alleging that it engaged in deceptive practices in connection with such products.
As discussed above, a number of online payday lenders claim exemption from State laws and the limitations established under those laws. As reported by a specialty consumer reporting agency with data from that market, more than half of the payday loans for which information is furnished to it are hybrid payday loans with the most common fee being $30 per $100 borrowed, twice the median amount for storefront payday loans.
Similar to associations representing storefront lenders as discussed above, a national trade association representing online lenders includes loan repayment plans as one of its best practices, but does not provide many details in its public material.
Vehicle title loans—also known as “automobile equity loans”—are another form of liquidity lending permitted in certain States. In a title loan transaction, the borrower must provide identification and usually the title to the vehicle as evidence that the borrower owns the vehicle “free and clear.”
The lender retains the vehicle title or some other form of security interest during the duration of the loan, while the borrower retains physical possession of the vehicle. In some States the lender files a lien with State officials to record and perfect its interest in the vehicle or the lender may charge a fee for non-filing insurance. In a few States, a clear vehicle title is not required and vehicle title loans may be made as secondary liens against the title or against the
Single-payment vehicle title loans are typically due in 30-days and operate much like payday loans: The consumer is charged a fixed price per $100 borrowed and when the loan is due the consumer is obligated to repay the full amount of the loan plus the fee but is typically given the opportunity to roll over or reborrow.
Some States that authorize vehicle title loans limit the rates lenders may charge to a percentage or dollar amount per one hundred dollars borrowed, similar to some State payday lending pricing structures. A common fee limit is 25 percent of the loan amount per month, but roughly half of the authorizing States have no restrictions on rates or fees.
There are approximately 8,000 title loan storefront locations in the United States, about half of which also offer payday loans.
State loan data also show vehicle title loans are growing rapidly. The number of borrowers in Illinois taking vehicle title loans increased 78 percent from 2009 to 2013, the most current year for which data are available.
Vehicle title loan storefront locations serve a relatively small number of customers. One study estimates that the average vehicle title loan store made 227 loans per year, not including rollovers.
The underwriting policies and practices that vehicle title lenders use vary and may depend on such factors as State law requirements and individual lender practices. As noted above, some vehicle title lenders do not require borrowers to provide information about their income and instead rely on the vehicle title and the underlying collateral that may be repossessed and sold in the event the borrower defaults—a practice known as asset-based lending.
One large title lender stated that it competes on factors such as location, customer service, and convenience, and also highlights its pricing as a competitive factor.
Loan amounts are typically for less than half the wholesale value of the consumer's vehicle. Low loan-to-value ratios reduce lenders' risk. A survey of title lenders in New Mexico found that the lenders typically lend between 25 and 40 percent of a vehicle's wholesale value.
When a borrower defaults on a vehicle title loan, the lender may repossess the vehicle. The Bureau believes, based on market outreach, that the decision whether to repossess a vehicle will depend on factors such as the amount due, the age and resale value of the vehicle, the costs to locate and repossess the vehicle, and State law requirements to refund any surplus amount remaining after the sale proceeds have been applied to the remaining loan balance.
Some vehicle title lenders have installed electronic devices on the vehicles, known as starter interrupt devices, automated collection technology, or more colloquially as “kill switches,” that can be programmed to transmit audible sounds in the vehicle before or at the payment due date. The devices may also be programmed to prevent the vehicle from starting when the borrower is in default on the loan, although they may allow a one-time re-start upon the borrower's call to obtain a code.
Based on data analyzed by the Bureau, the default rate on single-payment vehicle title loans is six percent and the sequence-level default rate is 33 percent, compared with a 20 percent sequence-level default rate for storefront payday loans. One-in-five single-payment vehicle title loan borrowers has their vehicle repossessed by the lender.
Similarly, the rate of vehicle title reborrowing appears high. In the Bureau's data analysis, more than half, 56 percent, of single-payment vehicle title loan sequences stretched for at least four loans; over a third, 36 percent, were seven or more loans; and 23 percent of loan sequences consisted of ten or more loans. While other sources on vehicle title lending are more limited than for payday lending, the Tennessee Department of Financial Institutions publishes a biennial report on vehicle title lending. Like the single-payment vehicle title loans the Bureau has analyzed, the vehicle title loans in Tennessee are 30-day single-payment loans. The most recent report shows similar patterns to those the Bureau found in its research, with a substantial number of consumers rolling over their loans multiple times. According to the report, of the total number of loan agreements made in 2014, about 15 percent were paid in full after 30 days without rolling over. Of those loans that are rolled over, about 65 percent were at least in their fourth rollover, about 44 percent were at least in their seventh rollover, and about 29 percent were at least in their tenth, up to a maximum of 22 rollovers.
The impact of these outcomes for consumers who are unable to repay and either default or reborrow is discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans.
As noted above, within the banking system, consumers with liquidity needs rely primarily on credit cards and overdraft services. Some institutions have experimented with short-term payday-like products or partnering with payday lenders, but such experiments have had mixed results and in several cases have prompted prudential regulators to take action discouraging certain types of activity.
In 2000, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) issued an advisory letter alerting national banks that the OCC had significant safety and soundness, compliance, and consumer protection concerns with banks entering into contractual arrangements with vendors seeking to avoid certain State lending and consumer protection laws. The OCC noted it had learned of nonbank vendors approaching federally chartered banks urging them to enter into agreements to fund payday and title loans. The OCC also expressed concern about unlimited renewals (what the Bureau refers to as reborrowing), and multiple renewals without principal reduction.
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) has also expressed concerns with similar agreements between payday lenders and the depositories under its purview. In 2003, the FDIC issued Guidelines for Payday Lending applicable to State-chartered FDIC-insured banks and savings associations; the guidelines were revised in 2005 and most recently in 2015. The guidelines focus on third-party relationships between the chartered institutions and other parties, and specifically address rollover limitations. They also indicate that banks should ensure borrowers exhibit both a willingness and ability to repay when rolling over a loan. Among other things, the guidelines indicate that institutions should: (1) ensure that payday loans are not provided to customers who had payday loans outstanding at any lender for a total of three months during the previous 12 months; (2) establish appropriate cooling-off periods between loans; and (3) provide that no more than one payday loan is outstanding with the bank at a time to any one borrower.
The NCUA has taken some steps to encourage federally chartered credit unions to offer “payday alternative loans,” which generally have a longer term than traditional payday products. This program is discussed in more detail in part II.C.
As the payday lending industry grew, a handful of banks decided to offer their deposit customers a similar product termed a deposit advance product (DAP). While one bank started offering deposit advances in the mid-1990s, the product began to spread more rapidly in the late 2000s and early 2010s. DAP could be structured a number of ways but generally involved a line of credit offered by depository institutions as a feature of an existing consumer deposit account with repayment automatically deducted from the consumer's next qualifying deposit. Deposit advance products were available to consumers who received recurring electronic deposits if they had an account in good standing and, for some banks, several months of account tenure, such as six months. When an advance was requested, funds were deposited into the consumer's account. Advances were automatically repaid when the next qualifying electronic deposit, whether recurring or one-time, was made to the consumer's account rather than on a fixed repayment date. If an outstanding advance was not fully repaid by an incoming electronic deposit within about 35 days, the consumer's account was debited for the amount due and could result in a negative balance on the account.
The Bureau estimates that at the product's peak from mid-2013 to mid-2014, banks originated roughly $6.5 billion of advances, which represents about 22 percent of the volume of storefront payday loans issued in 2013. The Bureau estimates that at least 1.5 million unique borrowers took out one or more DAP loans during that same time period.
DAP fees, like payday loan fees, did not vary with the amount of time that the advance was outstanding but rather were set as dollars per amount advanced. A typical fee was $2 per $20 borrowed, the equivalent of $10 per $100. Research undertaken by the Bureau using a supervisory dataset found that the median duration for a DAP advance was 12 days, yielding an effective APR of 304 percent.
The Bureau further found that while the average draw on a DAP was $180, users typically took more than one draw before the advance was repaid. The multiple draws resulted in a median average daily DAP balance of $343, which is similar to the size of a typical payday loan. With the typical DAP fee of $2 per $20 advanced, the fees for $343 in advances equate to about $34.30. The median DAP user was indebted for 112 days over the course of a year and took advances in seven months. Fourteen percent of borrowers took advances totaling over $9,000 over the course of the year; these borrowers had a median number of days in debt of 254.
In 2010, the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) issued a supervisory directive ordering one bank to terminate its DAP program, which the bank offered in connection with prepaid accounts, after determining the bank engaged in unfair or deceptive acts or practices and violated the OTS' Advertising Regulation.
In November 2013, the FDIC and OCC issued final supervisory guidance on DAP.
Following the issuance of the FDIC and OCC guidance, banks supervised by the FDIC and OCC ceased offering DAP. Of two DAP-issuing banks supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board) and therefore not subject to either the FDIC or OCC guidance, one eliminated its DAP program while another continues to offer a modified version of DAP to its existing DAP borrowers.
As discussed above, beginning in the 1990s, a number of States created carve-outs from their usury laws to permit single-payment payday loans at annualized rates of between 300 percent and 400 percent. Although this lending initially focused primarily on loans lasting for a single income cycle, lenders have introduced newer, longer forms of liquidity loans over time. These longer loan forms include the “hybrid payday loans” discussed above, which are high-cost loans where the consumer is automatically scheduled to make a number of interest or fee only payments followed by a balloon payment of the entire amount of the principal and any remaining fees. They also include “payday installment loans,” described in more detail below. In addition, as discussed above, a number of States have authorized longer term vehicle title loans that extend beyond 30 days. Some longer-term, high cost installment loans likely were developed in response to the Department of Defense's 2007 rules implementing the Military Lending Act. As discussed above in part II.B, those rules applied to payday loans of 91 days or less (with an amount financed of $2,000 or less) and to vehicle title loans of 180 days of less. The Department of Defense recently expanded the scope of the rules due to its belief that creditors were structuring products to avoid the MLA's application.
Two States, Colorado and Illinois, have authorized payday installment loans. A number of other States have adopted usury laws that payday lenders use to offer payday installment loans in addition to more traditional payday loans. For example, a recent report found that eight States have no rate or fee limits for closed-end loans of $500 and that 11 States have no rate or fee limits for closed-end loans of $2,000.
In addition, as discussed above, a substantial segment of the online payday industry operates outside of the constraints of State law, and this segment, too, has migrated towards payday installment loans. For example, a study commissioned by a trade association for online lenders surveyed seven lenders and concluded that, while single-payment loans are still a significant portion of these lenders' volume, they are on the decline while installment loans are growing. Several of the lenders represented in the report had either eliminated single-payment products or were migrating to installment products while still offering single-payment loans.
There is less public information available about payday installment loans than about single-payment payday loans. Publicly traded payday lenders that make both single-payment and installment loans often report all loans in aggregate and do not report separately on their installment loan products or do not separate their domestic installment loan products from their international installment loan product lines, making sizing the market difficult. However, one analyst suggests that the continuing trend is for installment loans to take market share—both volume and revenue—away from single-payment payday loans.
More specifically, data on payday installment lending is available, however, from the two States that expressly authorize it. Through 2010 amendments to its payday loan law, Colorado no longer permits short-term single-payment payday loans. Instead, in order to charge fees in excess of the 36 percent APR cap for most other consumer loans, the minimum loan term must be six months.
In Illinois, lenders have been permitted to make payday installment loans since 2011 for terms of 112 to 180 days and amounts up to the lesser of $1,000 or 22.5 percent of gross monthly income.
In Illinois, payday installment loans have grown rapidly. In 2013, the volume of payday installment loans made was 113 percent of the 2011 volume. From 2010 to 2013, however, the volume of single-payment payday loans decreased by 21 percent.
Beyond the data from these two States, several studies shed additional light on payday installment lending. A research paper based on a dataset from several payday installment lenders, consisting of over 1.02 million loans made between January 2012 and September 2013, provides some information on payday installment loans.
Similarly, a report using data from a specialty consumer reporting agency that included data primarily from online payday lenders that claim exemption from State lending laws examined the pricing and structure of their installment loans.
A third study commissioned by an online lender trade association surveyed a number of online lenders. The survey found that the average payday installment loan was for $667 with an average term of five months. The average fees for these loans were $690. The survey did not provide any APRs but the Bureau estimates that the average APR for a loan with these terms (and bi-weekly payments, the most common payment frequency seen) is about 373 percent.
In a few States, such as Virginia discussed above in part II.B, and Kansas,
The Bureau likewise believes that the customer acquisition costs for online payday installment loans are likely similar to the costs to acquire a customer for an online single-payment payday loan. For example, one large licensed online payday installment lender reported that its 2014 customer acquisition cost per new loan was $297.
Regulatory reports from Colorado and Illinois provide evidence of repeat borrowing on payday installment loans. In Colorado, in 2012, two years after the State's amendments to its payday lending law, 36.7 percent of new loans were taken out on the same day that a previous loan was paid off, an increase from the prior year; for larger loans, nearly 50 percent were taken out on the same day that a previous loan was
One feature of Illinois' database is that it tracks applications declined due to ineligibility. In 2013, of those payday installment loan applications declined, 54 percent were declined because the applicants would have exceeded the permissible six months of consecutive days in debt and 29 percent were declined as they would have violated the prohibition on more than two concurrently open loans.
In a study of high-cost unsecured installment loans, the Bureau has found that 37 percent of these loans are refinanced. For a subset of loans made at storefront locations, 94 percent of refinances involved cash out (meaning the consumer received cash from the loan refinance); for a subset of loans made online, nearly 100 percent of refinanced loans involved cash out. At the loan level, for unsecured installment loans in general, 24 percent resulted in default; for those made at storefront locations, 17 percent defaulted, compared to a 41 percent default rate for online loans.
A report based on data from several payday installment lenders was generally consistent. It found that nearly 34 percent of these payday installment loans ended in charge-off. Charge-offs were more common for loans in the sample that had been made online (42 percent) compared to those made at storefront locations (27 percent).
As with single-payment vehicle title loans, the State laws applicable to installment vehicle title loans vary. Illinois requires vehicle title loans to be repaid in equal installments, limits the maximum loan amount to the lesser of $4,000 or 50 percent of the borrower's monthly income, has a 15-day cooling-off period except for refinances (defined as extensions or renewals) but does not limit fees. A refinance may be made only when the original principal of the loan is reduced by at least 20 percent.
Some States do not specify loan terms for vehicle title loans, thereby authorizing both single-payment and installment title loans. These States include Arizona, New Mexico, and Utah. Arizona limits fees to between 10 and 17 percent per month depending on the loan amount; fees do not vary by loan duration.
State regulator data from two States track loan amounts, APRs, and loan terms for installment vehicle title loans. Illinois reported that in 2013, the average installment vehicle title loan amount was over $950 to be repaid in 442.7 days along with total fees of $2,316.43, and the average APR was 201 percent.
The Bureau obtained anonymized multi-year data from seven lenders offering either or both vehicle title and payday installment loans. The vehicle title installment loan data are from 2010 through 2013; the payday installment data are from 2007 through 2014. The Bureau reported that the average vehicle title installment loan amount was $1,098 and the median loan amount was $710; the average was 14 percent higher, and the median was two percent higher, than for single-payment vehicle title loans. The average APR was 250 percent and the median 259 percent compared to 291 percent and 317 percent for single-payment vehicle title loans.
The Bureau has also analyzed installment vehicle lending data. The Bureau found that 20 percent of vehicle title installment loans were refinanced, with about 96 percent of refinances involving cash out. The median cash-out amount was $450, about 35 percent of the new loan's principal. At the loan level, 22 percent of installment vehicle title loans resulted in default and 8 percent in repossession; at the loan sequence level, 31 percent resulted in default and 11 percent in repossession.
According to a report from a consulting firm using data derived from a nationwide consumer reporting agency, in 2015, finance companies originated 8.2 million personal loans (unsecured installment loans) totaling $37.6 billion in originations, of which approximately 6.8 million loans worth $24.3 billion were made to nonprime consumers (categorized as near prime, subprime, and deep subprime, with VantageScores of 660 and below), with an average loan size of about $3,593.
APRs at storefront locations in States that do not cap rates on installment loans can be 50 to 90 percent for subprime and deep subprime borrowers; APRs in States with rate caps are about 36 percent APR for near prime and subprime borrowers.
Finance companies generally hold State lending licenses in each State in which they lend money and are subject to each State's usury caps. Finance companies operate primarily from storefront locations, but some of them now offer complete online loan platforms.
Given the range of loan sizes of personal loans made by finance companies, and the range of credit scores of some finance company borrowers, it is likely that some of these loans are used to address liquidity shortfalls while others are used either to finance new purchases or to consolidate and pay off other debt.
Finance companies suggest that loans may be used for bill consolidation, home repairs or improvements, or unexpected expenses such as medical bills and automobile repairs.
Finance companies secure some of their loans with vehicle titles or with a legal security interest in borrowers' vehicles, although the Bureau believes based on market outreach that these loans are generally underwritten based on an assessment of the consumer's income and expenses and are not based primarily on the value of the vehicle in which the interest is provided as collateral. The portfolio of finance company loans collateralized by security interests in vehicles varies by lender and some do not separately report this data from overall portfolio metrics that include direct larger loans, automobile purchase loans, real estate loans, and retail sales finance loans.
Finance companies typically engage in underwriting that includes a monthly net income and expense budget, a review of the consumer's credit report,
From market monitoring activities, the Bureau is aware that there is an emerging group of online installment lenders entering the market with products that in some ways resemble the types of loans made by finance companies rather than payday installment loans. Some of these online installment lenders engage in sophisticated underwriting that involves substantial use of analytics and technology. These lenders utilize systems to verify application information including identity, bank account, and contact information focused on identifying fraud and borrowers intending to not repay. These lenders also review nationwide credit report information as well as data sources that provide payment and other information from wireless, cable, and utility company payments. The Bureau is aware that some online installment lenders obtain authorization to view borrowers' bank and credit card accounts to validate their reported income, assess income stability, and identify major recurring expenses.
One of the indicators that underscores this contrast is default rates. In contrast to the high double digit charge-off rates discussed for some industry segments discussed above, reporting to a national consumer reporting agency indicates that during each quarter of 2015, between 2.9 and 3.4 percent of finance company loan balances were charged off. However, these figures include loans made to prime and superprime consumers that would likely not be covered loans under the total cost of credit threshold in proposed § 1041.2(a)(18).
Reborrowing in this market is relatively common, but finance companies refinance many existing loans before the loan maturity date, in contrast to the payday lending practice of rolling over debt on the loan's due date. The three publicly traded finance companies refinance 50 to 70 percent of all of their installment loans before the loan's due date.
Although as discussed above depository institutions over the last several decades have increasingly emphasized credit cards and overdraft services to meet customers short-term credit needs, they remain a major source of installment loans. According to an industry report, in 2015 banks and credit unions originated 3.8 million unsecured installment loans totaling $22.3 billion to nonprime consumers (defined as near prime, subprime, and deep subprime consumers with VantageScores below 660), with an average loan size of approximately $5,867.
National banks, most State-chartered banks, and State credit unions are permitted under existing Federal law to charge interest on loans at the highest rate allowed by the laws of the State in which the lender is located (lender's home State).
The Bureau believes that the vast majority of the personal loans made by banks and credit unions have a total cost of credit of 36 percent or less, and thus would not be covered loans under the Bureau's proposal. However, through market outreach the Bureau is also aware that many community banks make small personal loans to existing customers who face liquidity shortfalls, at least on an ad hoc basis at relatively low interest rates but some with an origination fee that would bring the total cost of credit to more than 36 percent. These products are generally offered to existing customers as an accommodation and are not mass marketed.
Two bank trade associations recently surveyed their members about their personal loan programs.
•
•
The community bank survey provided some information about the lending practices of banks that offer small-dollar loans.
•
The two bank trade association surveys also provided information relative to repeat use and losses.
•
•
There is little data available on the demographic characteristics of borrowers who take liquidity loans from banks. The Bureau's market monitoring indicates that a number of banks offering these loans are located in small towns and rural areas. Further, market outreach with bank trade associations indicates that it is not uncommon for borrowers to be in non-traditional employment and have seasonal or variable income.
As noted above, Federal credit unions may not charge more than 18 percent interest. However, as described below, they are authorized to make some small-dollar loans at rates up to 28 percent interest plus an applicable fee.
Through market monitoring and outreach, the Bureau is aware that a significant number of credit unions, both Federal and State chartered, offer liquidity loans to their members, at least on an accommodation basis. As with banks, these are small programs and may not be widely advertised. The credit unions generally engage in some sort of underwriting for these loans, including verifying borrower income and its sufficiency to cover loan payments, reviewing past borrowing history with the institution, and verifying major financial obligations. Many credit unions report these loans to a consumer reporting agency. On a hypothetical $500, 6-month loan, many credit unions would charge a 36 percent or less total cost of credit.
Some Federal credit unions offer small-dollar loans aimed at consumers with payday loan debt to pay off these loans at interest rates of 18 percent or less with application fees of $50 or less.
Federal credit unions are also authorized to offer “payday alternative loans.” In 2010, the NCUA adopted an exception to the interest rate limit under the Federal Credit Union Act that permitted Federal credit unions to make payday alternative loans at an interest rate of up to 28 percent plus an application fee, “that reflects the actual costs associated with processing the application” up to $20.
In 2015, over 700 Federal credit unions (nearly 20 percent of all Federal credit unions) offered PALs, with originations at $123.3 million, representing a 7.2 percent increase from 2014.
As discussed above, payday and payday installment lenders nearly universally obtain at origination one or more authorizations to initiate withdrawal of payment from the consumer's account. There are a variety of payment options or channels that they use to accomplish this goal, and lenders frequently obtain authorizations for multiple types. Different payment channels are subject to different laws and, in some cases, private network rules, leaving lenders with broad control over the parameters of how a particular payment will be pulled from a consumer's account, including the date, amount, and payment method.
A variety of payment methods enable lenders to use a previously-obtained authorization to initiate a withdrawal from a consumer's account without further action from the consumer. These methods include paper signature checks, remotely created checks (RCCs) and remotely created payment orders (RCPOs),
Payday and payday installment lenders often take authorization for multiple payment methods, such as taking a post-dated check along with the consumer's debit card information.
For storefront payday loans, providing a post-dated check is typically a requirement to obtain a loan. Under the Electronic Fund Transfer Act (EFTA) lenders cannot condition credit on obtaining an authorization from the consumer for “preauthorized” (recurring) electronic fund transfers,
Banks and credit unions have additional payment channel options when they lend to consumers who have a deposit account at the same institution. As a condition of certain types of loans, many financial institutions require consumers to have a deposit account at that same institution.
For different types of loans that would be covered under the proposed rule, lenders use their authorizations to collect payment differently. As discussed above, most storefront lenders encourage or require consumers to return to their stores to pay in cash, roll over, or otherwise renew their loans. The lender often will deposit a post-dated check or initiate an electronic fund transfer only where the lender considers the consumer to be in “default” under the contract or where the consumer has not responded to the lender's communications.
In contrast, online lenders typically use the authorization to collect all payments, not just those initiated after there has been some indication of distress from the consumer. Moreover, as discussed above, online lenders offering “hybrid” payday loan products structure them so that the lender is authorized to collect a series of interest-only payments—the functional equivalent of paying finance charges to roll over the loan—before full payment or amortizing payments are due.
As a result of these distinctions, storefront and online lenders have different success rates in exercising such payment authorizations. Some large storefront lenders report that they initiate payment attempts in less than 10 percent of cases, and that 60 to 80 percent of those attempts are returned for non-sufficient funds.
Lenders typically charge fees for these returned payments, sometimes charging both a returned payment fee and a late fee.
The Bureau found that if an electronic payment attempt failed, online lenders try again three-quarters of the time. However, after an initial failure the lender's likelihood of failure jumps to 70 percent for the second attempt and 73 percent for the third. Of those that succeed, roughly a third result in an overdraft.
Both storefront and online lenders also frequently change the ways in which they attempt to exercise authorizations after one attempt has failed. For example, many typically make additional attempts to collect initial payment due.
As noted above, banks and credit unions that lend to their account holders can use their internal system to transfer funds from the consumer accounts and do not need to utilize the payment networks. Deposit advance products and their payment structures are discussed further in part II B. The Bureau believes that many small dollar loans with depository institutions are paid through internal transfers.
Due to the fact that lenders obtain authorizations to use multiple payment
Moreover, the checks provided by consumers during origination often are not processed as checks. Rather than sending these payments through the check clearing network, lenders often process these payments through the ACH network. They are able to use the consumer account number and routing number on a check to initiate an ACH transaction. When lenders use the ACH network in a first attempt to collect payment, the lender has used the check as a source document and the payment is considered an electronic fund transfer under EFTA and Regulation E,
Different payment mechanisms are subject to different laws and, in some cases, private network rules that affect how lenders can exercise their rights to initiate withdrawals from consumers' accounts and how consumers may attempt to limit or stop certain withdrawal activity after granting an initial authorization. Because ACH payments and post-dated checks are the most common authorization mechanisms used by payday and payday installment lenders, this section briefly outlines applicable Federal laws and National Automated Clearinghouse Association (NACHA) rules concerning stop payment rights, prohibitions on unauthorized payments, notices where payment amounts vary, and rules governing failed withdrawal attempts.
NACHA recently adopted several changes to the ACH network rules in response to complaints about problematic behavior by payday and payday installment lenders, including a rule that allows it to more closely scrutinize originators who have a high rate of returned payments.
Checks are also subject to a stop payment right under the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC).
Although EFTA, the UCC, and NACHA Rules provide consumers with stop payment rights, financial institutions typically charge a fee of approximately $32 for consumers to exercise those rights.
Based on outreach and market research, the Bureau does not believe that most payday and payday installment lenders making loans that would be covered under the proposed rule are providing a notice of transfers varying in amount. However, the Bureau is aware that many of these lenders take authorizations for a range of amounts. As a result, lenders use these broad authorizations rather than fall under the Regulation E requirement to send a notice of transfers varying in amount even when collecting for an irregular amount (for example, by adding fees or a past due amount to a regularly-scheduled payment). Some of these contracts provide that the consumer is authorizing the lender to initiate payment for any amount up to the full amount due on the loan.
The range of ACH debit entries will be from the amount applied to finance charge for the payment due on the payment date as detailed in the repayment schedule in your loan agreement to an amount equal to the entire balance due and payable if you default on your loan agreement, plus a return item fee you may owe as explained in your loan agreement. You further authorize us to vary the amount of any ACH debit entry we may initiate to your account as needed to pay the payment due on the payment date as detailed in the repayment schedule in your loan agreement as modified by any prepayment arrangements you may make, any modifications you and we agree to regarding your loan agreement, or to pay any return item fee you may owe as explained in your loan agreement.
Ex. 1 at 38, Labajo v. First International Bank & Trust, No. 14-00627 (C.D. Cal. May 23, 2014), ECF No. 26-3 (SFS Inc, dba One Click Cash, Authorization to Initiate ACH Debit and Credit Entries).
The Bureau has undertaken extensive research and conducted broad outreach with a multitude of stakeholders in the years leading up to the release of this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking. All of the input and feedback the Bureau received from this outreach has assisted the Bureau in the development of this notice.
That process began in January 2012 when the Bureau held its first public field hearing in Birmingham, Alabama, focused on small dollar lending. At the field hearing, the Bureau heard testimony and received input from consumers, civil rights groups, consumer advocates, religious leaders, industry and trade association representatives, academics, and elected representatives and other governmental officials about consumers' experiences with small dollar loan products. The Bureau transcribed that field hearing and posted the transcript on its Web site.
At the Birmingham field hearing, the Bureau announced the launch of a program to conduct supervisory examinations of payday lenders pursuant to the Bureau's authority under Dodd-Frank Act section 1024. As part of the initial set of supervisory exams, the Bureau obtained loan-level records from a number of large payday lenders.
In April 2013 and March 2014, the Bureau issued two research publications reporting on findings by Bureau staff
The Bureau has conducted extensive outreach to industry, including national trade associations and member businesses, to gain knowledge of small dollar lending operations, underwriting processes, State laws, and the anticipated regulatory impact of the approaches proposed in the Small Business Review Panel Outline. Industry meetings have included non-depository lenders of different sizes, publicly traded and privately held, that offer single-payment payday loans through storefronts and online, multi-payment payday loans, vehicle title loans, open-end credit, and installment loans. The Bureau's outreach with depository lenders has likewise been extensive and included meetings with retail banks, community banks, and credit unions of varying sizes, both Federally and State-chartered. In addition, the Bureau has held extensive outreach on multiple occasions with the trade associations that represent these lenders. The Bureau's outreach also extended to specialty consumer reporting agencies utilized by some of these lenders. On other occasions, Bureau staff met to hear recommendations on responsible lending practices from a voluntarily-organized roundtable made up of lenders, advocates, and representatives of a specialty consumer reporting agency and a research organization.
As part of the process under the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement and Fairness Act (SBREFA process), which is discussed in more detail below, the Bureau released in March 2015 a summary of the rulemaking proposals under consideration in the Small Business Review Panel Outline. At the same time that the Bureau published the Small Business Review Panel Outline, the Bureau held a field hearing in Richmond, Virginia, to begin the process of gathering feedback on the proposals under consideration from a broad range of stakeholders. Immediately after the Richmond field hearing, the Bureau held separate roundtable discussions with consumer advocates and with industry members and trade associations to hear feedback on the Small Business Review Panel Outline. On other occasions, the Bureau met with members of two trade associations representing storefront payday lenders to discuss their feedback on issues presented in the Small Business Review Panel Outline.
At the Bureau's Consumer Advisory Board meeting in June 2015 in Omaha, Nebraska, a number of meetings and field events were held about payday, vehicle title, and similar loans. The Consumer Advisory Board advises and consults with the Bureau in the exercise of its functions under the Federal consumer financial laws, and provides information on emerging practices in the consumer financial products and services industry, including regional trends, concerns, and other relevant information. The Omaha events included a visit to a payday loan store and a day-long public session that focused on the Bureau's proposals in the Small Business Review Panel Outline and trends in payday and vehicle title lending. The Consumer Advisory Board has convened six other discussions on consumer lending. Two of the Bureau's other advisory bodies also discussed the proposals outlined in the Small Business Review Panel Outline: The Community Bank Advisory Council held two subcommittee discussions in March 2015 and November 2015, and the Credit Union Advisory Council conducted one Council discussion in March 2016 and held two subcommittee discussions in April 2015 and October 2015.
Bureau leaders, including its director, and staff have also spoken at events and conferences throughout the country. These meetings have provided additional opportunities to gather insight and recommendations from both industry and consumer groups about how to formulate a proposed rule. In addition to gathering information from meetings with lenders and trade associations and through regular supervisory and enforcement activities, Bureau staff has made fact-finding visits to at least 12 non-depository payday and vehicle title lenders, including those that offer single-payment and installment loans.
In conducting research, the Bureau has used not only the data obtained from the supervisory examinations previously described but also data obtained through orders issued by the Bureau pursuant to section 1022(c)(4) of the Dodd-Frank Act, data obtained through civil investigative demands made by the Bureau pursuant to section 1052 of the Dodd-Frank Act, and data voluntarily supplied to the Bureau by several lenders. Using these additional data sources, the Bureau in April and May 2016 published two research reports on how online payday lenders use access to consumers' bank accounts to collect loan payments and on consumer usage and default patterns on short-term vehicle title loans.
The Bureau also has engaged in consultation with Indian tribes regarding this rulemaking. The Bureau's Policy for Consultation with Tribal Governments provides that the Bureau “is committed to regular and meaningful consultation and collaboration with tribal officials, leading to meaningful dialogue with Indian tribes on Bureau policies that would be expressly directed to tribal governments or tribal members or that would have direct implications for Indian tribes.”
The Bureau's outreach also has included meetings and calls with individual State Attorneys General, State financial regulators, and municipal governments, and with the organizations representing the officials charged with enforcing applicable Federal, State, and local laws. In particular, the Bureau, in developing the proposed registered information system requirements, consulted with State agencies from States that require lenders to provide information about certain covered loans to statewide databases
As discussed in connection with section 1022 of the Dodd-Frank Act below, the Bureau has consulted with other Federal consumer protection and also Federal prudential regulators about these issues. The Bureau has provided other regulators with information about the proposals under consideration, sought their input, and received feedback that has assisted the Bureau in preparing this proposed rule.
In addition to these various forms of outreach, the Bureau's analysis has also been informed by supervisory examinations of a number of payday lenders, enforcement investigations of a number of different types of liquidity lenders, market monitoring activities, three additional research reports drawing on extensive loan-level data, and complaint information. Specifically, the Bureau has received, as of January 1, 2016, 36,200 consumer complaints relating to payday loans and approximately 10,000 more complaints relating to vehicle title and installment loan products that, in some cases, would be covered by the proposed rule.
In April 2015, the Bureau convened a Small Business Review Panel with the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the SBA and the Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs within the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
Prior to formally convening, the Panel participated in teleconferences with small groups of the small entity representatives (SERs) to introduce the Small Business Review Panel Outline and to obtain feedback. The Small Business Review Panel gathered information from representatives of 27 small entities, including small payday lenders, vehicle title lenders, installment lenders, banks, and credit unions. The meeting participants represented storefront and online lenders, in addition to State-licensed lenders and lenders affiliated with Indian tribes. The Small Business Review Panel held a full-day meeting on April 29, 2015, to discuss the proposals under consideration. The 27 small entities also were invited to submit written feedback, and 24 of them provided written comments. The Small Business Review Panel made findings and recommendations regarding the potential compliance costs and other impacts of those entities. These findings and recommendations are set forth in the Small Business Review Panel Report, which will be made part of the administrative record in this rulemaking.
As discussed above, the Bureau has continued to conduct extensive outreach and engagement with stakeholders on all sides since the SBREFA process concluded.
In developing this notice, the Bureau engaged a third-party vendor, Fors Marsh Group (FMG), to coordinate qualitative consumer testing for disclosures under consideration in this rulemaking. The Bureau developed several prototype disclosure forms to test with participants in one-on-one interviews. Three categories of forms were developed and tested: (1) Origination disclosures that informed consumers about limitations on their ability to receive additional short-term loans; (2) upcoming payment notices that alerted consumers about lenders' future attempts to withdraw money from consumers' accounts; and (3) expired authorization notices that alerted consumers that lenders would no longer be able to attempt to withdraw money from the consumers' accounts. Observations and feedback from the testing were incorporated into the model forms proposed by the Bureau.
Through this testing, the Bureau sought to observe how consumers would interact with and understand prototype forms developed by the Bureau. In late 2015, FMG facilitated two rounds of one-on-one interviews. Each interview lasted 60 minutes and included fourteen participants. The first round was conducted in September 2015 in New Orleans, Louisiana, and the second round was conducted in October 2015 in Kansas City, Missouri. In conjunction with the release of this notice, the Bureau is making available a report prepared by FMG on the consumer testing (“FMG Report”).
A total of 28 individuals participated in the interviews. Of these 28 participants, 20 self-identified as having used a small dollar loan within the past two years.
For the origination forms, the questions focused on whether participants understood that their ability to rollover this loan or take out additional loans may be limited. Each participant reviewed one of two different prototype forms: either one for loans that would require an ability-to-
During Round 2, participants reviewed two new versions of the ATR Form. One adjusted the “30 days” phrasing and the other completely removed the “30 days” language, replacing it with the phrase “shortly after this one.” The Alternative Loan Form was updated with similar rephrasing of the “30 days” language. To simplify the table, the “loan date” column was removed.
The results in Round 2 were similar to Round 1. Participants reviewing the ATR forms focused on the language notifying them they should not take out this loan if they're unable to pay the full balance by the due date. Information about restrictions on future loans went largely unnoticed. The edits appeared to positively impact comprehension since no participants interpreted either form as providing information on their loan term. There did not seem to be a difference in comprehension between the group with the “30 days” version and the group with the “shortly” version. As in Round 1, participants who reviewed the Alternative Loan Form noticed and understood the schedule detailing maximum borrowable amounts. These participants understood that the purpose of the Alternative Loan Form was to inform them that any subsequent loans must be smaller.
Questions for the payment notices focused on participants' ability to identify and understand information about the upcoming payment. Participants reviewed one of two payment notices: an Upcoming Withdrawal Notice or an Unusual Withdrawal Notice. Both forms provided details about the upcoming payment attempt and a payment breakdown table. The Unusual Withdrawal Notice also indicated that the withdrawal was unusual because the payment was higher than the previous withdrawal amount. To obtain feedback on participants' likelihood to open notices delivered in an electronic manner, these notices were presented as a sequence to simulate an email message.
In Round 1, all participants, based on seeing the subject line in the email inbox, said that they would open the Upcoming Withdrawal email and read it. Nearly all participants said they would consider the email legitimate. They reported having no concerns about the email because they would have recognized the company name, and because it included details specific to their account along with the lender contact information. When shown the full Upcoming Withdrawal Notice, participants understood that the lender would be withdrawing $40 from their account on a particular date. Several participants also pointed out that the notice described an interest-only payment. Round 1 results were similar for the Unusual Withdrawal Notice; all participants who viewed this notice said they would open the email, and all but one participant—who was deterred due to concerns with the appearance of the link's URL—would click on the link leading to additional details. The majority of participants indicated that they would want to read the email right away, because the words “alert” and “unusual” would catch their attention, and would make them want to determine what was going on and why a different amount was being withdrawn.
For Round 2, the payment amount was increased because some participants found it too low and would not directly answer questions about what they would do if they could not afford payment. The payment breakdown tables were also adjusted to address feedback about distinguishing between principal, finance charges, and loan balance. The results for both the Upcoming Payment and Unusual Payment Notices were similar to Round 1 in that the majority of participants would open the email, thought it was legitimate and from the lender, and understood the purpose.
For the consumer rights notice (referred to an “expired authorization notice” in the report), FMG asked questions about participant reactions to the notice, participant understanding of why the notice was being sent, and what participants might do in response to the notice information. As with the payment notices, these notices were presented as a sequence to simulate an email message.
In Round 1, participants generally understood that the lender had tried twice to withdraw money from their account and would not be able to make any additional attempts to withdraw payment. Most participants expressed disappointment with themselves for being in a position where they had two failed payments and interpreted the notice to be a reprimand from the lender.
For Round 2, the notice was edited to clarify that the lender was prohibited by Federal law from making additional withdrawals. For example, the email subject line was changed from “Willow Lending can no longer withdraw loan payments from your account” to “Willow Lending is no longer permitted to withdraw loan payments from your account.” Instead of simply saying “federal law prohibits us from trying to withdraw payment again,” language was added to both the email message and the full notice saying, “In order to protect your account, federal law prohibits us from trying to withdraw payment again.” More information about consumer rights and the CFPB was also added. Some participants in Round 2 still reacted negatively to this notice and viewed it as reflective of something they did wrong. However, several reacted more positively to this prototype and viewed the notice as protection.
To obtain feedback regarding consumer preferences on receiving notices through text message, participants were also presented with an image of a text of the consumer rights notice and asked how they would feel about getting this notice by text. Overall, the majority of participants in Round 1 (8 of 13) disliked the idea of receiving notices via text. One of the main concerns was privacy; many mentioned that they would be embarrassed if a text about their loan situation displayed on their phone screen while they were in a social setting. In Round 2, the text image was updated to match the new subject line of the consumer rights notice. The majority (10 of the 14) of participants had a negative reaction to the notification delivered via text message. Despite this, the majority of
Most participants (25 out of 28) also listened to a mock voice message of a lender contacting the participant to obtain renewed payment authorization after two payment attempts had failed. In Round 1, most participants reported feeling somewhat intimidated by the voicemail message and were inclined to reauthorize payments or call back based on what they heard. Participants had a similar reaction to the voicemail message in Round 2.
The Bureau is issuing this proposed rule pursuant to its authority under the Dodd-Frank Act. The proposed rule relies on rulemaking and other authorities specifically granted to the Bureau by the Dodd-Frank Act, as discussed below.
Section 1031(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act provides the Bureau with authority to prescribe rules to identify and prevent unfair, deceptive, and abusive acts or practices, or UDAAPs. Specifically, Dodd-Frank Act section 1031(b) authorizes the Bureau to prescribe rules “applicable to a covered person or service provider identifying as unlawful unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices in connection with any transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service.” Section 1031(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act further provides that, “Rules under this section may include requirements for the purpose of preventing such acts or practice.”
Given similarities between the Dodd-Frank Act and the Federal Trade Commission Act (FTC Act) provisions relating to unfair and deceptive acts or practices, case law and Federal agency rulemakings relying on the FTC Act provisions inform the scope and meaning of the Bureau's rulemaking authority with respect to unfair and deceptive acts or practices under section 1031(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act.
Section 1031(c)(1) of the Dodd-Frank Act provides that the Bureau “shall have no authority under this section to declare an act or practice in connection with a transaction with a consumer for a consumer financial product or service, or the offering of a consumer financial product or service, to be unlawful on the grounds that such act or practice is unfair,” unless the Bureau “has a reasonable basis” to conclude that: “(A) the act or practice causes or is likely to cause substantial injury to consumers which is not reasonably avoidable by consumers; and (B) such substantial injury is not outweighed by countervailing benefits to consumers or to competition.”
The unfairness standard under section 1031(c) of the Dodd-Frank Act—requiring primary consideration of the three elements of substantial injury, not reasonably avoidable by consumers, and countervailing benefits to consumers or to competition, and permitting secondary consideration of public policy—reflects the unfairness standard under the FTC Act.
The first element for a determination of unfairness under section 1031(c)(1) of the Dodd-Frank Act is that the act or practice causes or is likely to cause substantial injury to consumers. As discussed above, the FTC Act unfairness standard, the FTC Policy Statement on Unfairness, FTC and other Federal agency rulemakings, and related case law inform the meaning of the elements
The second element for a determination of unfairness under section 1031(c)(1) of the Dodd-Frank Act is that the substantial injury is not reasonably avoidable by consumers. As discussed above, the FTC Act unfairness standard, the FTC Policy Statement on Unfairness, FTC and other Federal agency rulemakings, and related case law inform the meaning of the elements of the unfairness standard under Dodd-Frank Act section 1031(c)(1). The FTC has provided that knowing the steps for avoiding injury is not enough for the injury to be reasonably avoidable; rather, the consumer must also understand and appreciate the necessity of taking those steps.
The third element for a determination of unfairness under section 1031(c)(1) of the Dodd-Frank Act is that the act or practice's countervailing benefits to consumers or to competition do not outweigh the substantial consumer injury. As discussed above, the FTC Act unfairness standard, the FTC Policy Statement on Unfairness, FTC and other Federal agency rulemakings, and related case law inform the meaning of the elements of the unfairness standard under Dodd-Frank Act section 1031(c)(1). In applying the FTC Act's unfairness standard, the FTC has stated that generally it is important to consider both the costs of imposing a remedy and any benefits that consumers enjoy as a result of the practice.
As noted above, section 1031(c)(2) of the Dodd-Frank Act provides that, “In determining whether an act or practice is unfair, the Bureau may consider established public policies as evidence to be considered with all other evidence. Such public policy considerations may not serve as a primary basis for such determination.”
The Dodd-Frank Act, in section 1031(b), authorizes the Bureau to identify and prevent abusive acts and practices. The Bureau believes that Congress intended for the statutory phrase “abusive acts or practices” to encompass conduct by covered persons that is beyond what would be prohibited as unfair or deceptive acts or practices, although such conduct could overlap and thus satisfy the elements for more than one of the standards.
Under Dodd-Frank Act section 1031(d), the Bureau “shall have no
Although the legislative history on the meaning of the Dodd-Frank Act abusiveness standard is fairly limited, it suggests that Congress was particularly concerned about the widespread practice of lenders making unaffordable loans to consumers. A primary focus was on unaffordable home mortgages.
Dodd-Frank Act section 1032(a) provides that the Bureau may prescribe rules to ensure that the features of any consumer financial product or service, “both initially and over the term of the product or service,” are “fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the product or service, in light of the facts and circumstances.”
Dodd-Frank Act section 1032(b)(1) provides that “any final rule prescribed by the Bureau under this section requiring disclosures may include a model form that may be used at the option of the covered person for provision of the required disclosures.”
Section 1022(b)(1) of the Dodd-Frank Act provides that the Bureau's director “may prescribe rules and issue orders and guidance, as may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Bureau to administer and carry out the purposes and objectives of the Federal consumer financial laws, and to prevent evasions thereof.”
Section 1022(b)(2) of the Dodd-Frank Act prescribes certain standards for rulemaking that the Bureau must follow in exercising its authority under section 1022(b)(1) of the Dodd-Frank Act.
Section 1022(b)(3)(A) of the Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the Bureau to, by rule, “conditionally or unconditionally exempt any class of covered persons, service providers, or consumer financial products or services” from any provision of Title X or from any rule issued under Title X as the Bureau determines “necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives” of Title X, “taking into consideration the factors” set forth in section 1022(b)(3)(B) of the Dodd-Frank Act.
Proposed §§ 1041.16 and 1041.17 would also be authorized by additional Dodd-Frank Act authorities, such as Dodd-Frank Act sections 1021(c)(3),
Section 1041(a)(1) of the Dodd-Frank Act provides that Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, other than sections 1044 through 1048, “may not be construed as annulling, altering, or affecting, or exempting any person subject to the provisions of [Title X] from complying with,” the statutes, regulations, orders, or interpretations in effect in any State (sometimes hereinafter, State laws), “except to the extent that any such provision of law is inconsistent with the provisions of [Title X], and then only to the extent of the inconsistency.”
The requirements of the proposed rule would set minimum standards at the Federal level for regulation of covered loans. The Bureau believes that the requirements of the proposed rule would coexist with State laws that pertain to the making of loans that the proposed rule would treat as covered loans (hereinafter, applicable State laws). Consequently, any person subject to the proposed rule would be required to comply with both the requirements of the proposed rule and applicable State laws, except to the extent the applicable State laws are inconsistent with the requirements of the proposed rule.
As noted above, Dodd-Frank Act section 1041(a)(2) provides that State laws that afford greater consumer protections than provisions under Title X are not inconsistent with the provisions under Title X. As discussed in part II, different States have taken different approaches to regulating loans that would be covered loans, with some States electing to permit the making of such loans and other States choosing not to do so. The Bureau believes that the requirements of the proposed rule would coexist with these different approaches, which are reflected in applicable State laws.
Proposed § 1041.1 provides that the rule is issued pursuant to Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act (12 U.S.C. 5481,
Proposed § 1041.2 contains definitions of terms that are used across a number of sections in this rule. There are additional definitions in proposed §§ 1041.3, 1041.5, 1041.9, 1041.14, and 1041.17 of terms used in those respective individual sections.
In general, the Bureau is proposing to incorporate a number of defined terms under other statutes or regulations and related commentary, particularly Regulation Z and Regulation E as they implement TILA and EFTA, respectively. The Bureau believes that basing this proposal's definitions on previously defined terms may minimize regulatory uncertainty and facilitate compliance, particularly where the other regulations are likely to apply to the same transactions in their own right. However, as discussed further below, the Bureau is in certain definitions proposing to expand or modify the existing definitions or the concepts enshrined in such definitions for purposes of this proposal to ensure that the rule has its intended scope of effect particularly as industry practices may evolve. As reflected below with regard to individual definitions, the Bureau solicits comment on the appropriateness of this general approach and whether alternative definitions in statute or regulation would be more useful for these purposes.
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(1) would define account by cross-referencing the same term as defined in Regulation E, 12 CFR part 1005. Regulation E generally defines account to include demand deposit (checking), savings, or other
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(2) would define affiliate by cross-referencing the same term as defined in the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. 5481(1). The Dodd-Frank Act defines affiliate as any person that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another person. Proposed §§ 1041.6 and 1041.10 would impose certain limitations on lenders making loans to consumers who have outstanding covered loans with an affiliate of the lender. The section-by-section analyses of proposed §§ 1041.6 and 1041.10 discuss in more detail the particular requirements related to affiliates.
The Bureau believes that defining this term consistently with the Dodd-Frank Act would reduce the risk of confusion among consumers, industry, and regulators. The Bureau solicits comment on whether the Dodd-Frank Act definition of affiliate is appropriate in the context of this part and whether any additional guidance on the definition is needed.
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(3) would define closed-end credit as an extension of credit to a consumer that is not open-end credit under proposed § 1041.2(a)(14). This term is used in various parts of the rule where the Bureau is proposing to tailor provisions specifically for closed-end and open-end credit in light of their different structures and durations. Most notably, proposed § 1041.2(a)(18) would prescribe slightly different methods of calculating the total cost of credit of closed-end and open-end credit. Proposed § 1041.16(c) also would require lenders to report whether a covered loan is closed-end or open-end credit to registered information systems. The Bureau solicits comment on whether this definition of closed-end credit is appropriate in the context of proposed part 1041 and whether any additional guidance on the definition is needed.
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(4) would define consumer by cross-referencing the same term as defined in in the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. 5481(4). The Dodd-Frank Act defines consumer as an individual or an agent, trustee, or representative acting on behalf of an individual. The term is used in numerous provisions across proposed part 1041to refer to applicants for and borrowers of covered loans.
The Bureau believes that this definition, rather than the arguably narrower Regulation Z definition of consumer—which defines consumer as “a cardholder or natural person to whom consumer credit is offered or extended”—is appropriate to capture the types of transactions that may implicate the concerns addressed by this proposal. In particular, the Dodd-Frank Act definition expressly defines the term consumer to include agents and representatives of individuals rather than just individuals themselves. The Bureau believes that this definition may more comprehensively foreclose possible evasion of the specific consumer protections imposed by proposed part 1041 than would the Regulation Z definition. The Bureau solicits comment on whether the Dodd-Frank Act definition of consumer is appropriate in the context of proposed part 1041 and whether any additional guidance on the definition is needed.
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(5) would define consummation as the time a consumer becomes contractually obligated on a new loan, which is consistent with the definition of the term in Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(13), or the time a consumer becomes contractually obligated on a modification of an existing loan that increases the amount of the loan. The term is used both in defining certain categories of covered loans and in defining the timing of certain proposed requirements. The time of consummation is important for the purposes of several proposed provisions. For example, under proposed § 1041.3(b)(1), whether a loan is a covered short-term loan would depend on whether the consumer is required to repay substantially all of the loan within 45 days of consummation. Under proposed § 1041.3(b)(3), the determination of whether a loan is subject to a total cost of credit exceeding 36 percent per annum would be made at the time of consummation. Pursuant to proposed §§ 1041.6 and 1041.10, certain limitations would potentially apply to lenders making covered loans based on the consummation dates of those loans. Pursuant to § 1041.15(f), lenders would have to furnish certain disclosures before a loan subject to the requirements of that section is consummated.
The Bureau believes that defining the term consistently with Regulation Z with respect to new loans would reduce the risk of confusion among consumers, industry, and regulators. The Bureau believes it is also necessary to define the term, with respect to loan modifications, in a way that would further the intent of proposed §§ 1041.3(b)(1), 1041.3(b)(2), 1041.5(b), and 1041.9(b), all of which would impose requirements on lenders at the time the loan amount increases. The Bureau believes defining these events as consummations would improve clarity for consumers, industry, and regulators. The above-referenced sections would impose no duties or limitations on lenders when a loan modification decreases the amount of the loan. Accordingly, in addition to incorporating Regulation Z commentary as to the general definition of consummation for new loans, proposed comment 2(a)(5)-2 explains the time at which certain modifications of existing loans are consummated. Proposed comment 2(a)(5)-2 explains that a modification is consummated if the modification increases the amount of the loan. Proposed comment 2(a)(5)-2 also explains that a cost-free repayment plan, or “off-ramp” as it is commonly
The Bureau considered expressly defining the term “new loan” in order to clarify when lenders would need to make the ability-to-repay determinations prescribed in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.9. The definition that the Bureau considered would have defined a new loan as a consumer-purpose loan made to a consumer that (a) is made to a consumer who is not indebted on an outstanding loan, (b) replaces an outstanding loan, or (c) modifies an outstanding loan, except when a repayment plan, or “off-ramp” extends the term of the loan and imposes no additional fees. The Bureau solicits comment on whether this approach would provide additional clarification, and if so, whether this particular definition of “new loan” would be appropriate.
Proposed § 1041.3(b)(1) would describe covered short-term loans as loans in which the consumer is required to repay substantially the entire amount due under the loan within 45 days of consummation. Some provisions in proposed part 1041 would apply only to covered short-term loans described in proposed § 1041.3(b)(1). For example, proposed § 1041.5 prescribes the ability-to-repay determination that lenders are required to perform when making covered short-term loans. Proposed § 1041.6 imposes limitations on lenders making sequential covered short-term loans to consumers. The Bureau proposes to use a defined term for the loans described in § 1041.3(b)(1) for clarity. The Bureau solicits comment on whether this definition is appropriate in the context of proposed part 1041 and whether any additional guidance on the definition is needed.
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(7) would define covered longer-term balloon-payment loan as a loan described in proposed § 1041.3(b)(2) that requires the consumer to repay the loan in a single payment or repay the loan through at least one payment that is more than twice as large as any other payment under the loan. Proposed § 1041.9(b)(2) contains certain rules that lenders would have to follow when determining whether a consumer has the ability to repay a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan. Moreover, some of the restrictions imposed in proposed § 1041.10 would apply to covered longer-term balloon-payment loans in certain situations.
The term covered longer-term balloon-payment loan would include loans that are repayable in a single payment notwithstanding the fact that a loan with a “balloon” payment is often understood in other contexts to mean a loan repayable in multiple payments with one payment substantially larger than the other payments. The Bureau believes that both structures pose similar risks to consumers, and is proposing to treat both longer-term single-payment loans and multi-payment loans with a balloon payment the same for the purposes of proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10. Accordingly, the Bureau is proposing to use a single defined term for both loan types to improve the proposal's readability.
Apart from including single-payment loans within the definition of covered longer-term balloon-payment loans, the term substantially tracks the definition of balloon payment contained in Regulation Z § 1026.32(d)(1), with one additional proviso. The Regulation Z definition requires the larger loan payment to be compared to other “regular periodic payments,” whereas proposed § 1041.2(a)(7) requires the larger loan payment to be compared to any other payment(s) under the loan, regardless of whether the payment is a “regular periodic payment.” Proposed comments 2(a)(7)-2 and 2(a)(7)-3 explain that “payment” in this context means a payment of principal or interest, and excludes certain charges such as late fees and payments accelerated upon the consumer's default.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether this definition is appropriate in the context of this proposal and whether any additional guidance on the definition is needed. As discussed further in proposed § 1041.3(b)(2), the Bureau also seeks comment on whether longer-term single-payment loans and longer-term loans with balloon payments should be covered regardless of whether the loans are subject to a total cost of credit exceeding a rate of 36 percent per annum, or regardless of whether the lender or service provider obtains a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security in connection with the loan.
Some restrictions in proposed part 1041 would apply to covered longer-term loans described in proposed § 1041.3(b)(2). Proposed § 1041.3(b)(2) describes covered longer-term loans as loans with a term of longer than 45 days, which are subject to a total cost of credit exceeding a rate of 36 percent per annum, and in which the lender or service provider obtains a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle title. Some provisions in proposed part 1041 would apply only to covered longer-term loans described in proposed § 1041.3(b)(2). For example, proposed § 1041.9 prescribes the ability to repay determination that lenders are required to perform when making covered longer-term loans. Proposed § 1041.10 imposes limitations on lenders making covered longer-term loans to consumers in certain circumstances that may indicate the consumer lacks the ability to repay. The Bureau proposes to use a defined term for the loans described in proposed § 1041.3(b)(2) for clarity. The Bureau solicits comment on whether this definition is appropriate in the context of proposed part 1041 and whether any additional guidance on the definition is needed.
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(9) would define credit by cross-referencing the same term as defined in Regulation Z, 12 CFR part 1026. Regulation Z defines credit as the right to defer payment of debt or to incur debt and defer its payment. This term is used in numerous places throughout this proposal to refer generically to the types of consumer financial products that would be subject to the requirements of proposed part 1041.
The Bureau believes that defining this term consistently with an existing regulation would reduce the risk of confusion among consumers, industry, and regulators. The Bureau also believes that the Regulation Z definition is appropriately broad so as to capture the various types of transaction structures that implicate the concerns addressed by proposed part 1041. The Bureau solicits comment on whether the Regulation Z definition of credit is appropriate in the context of proposed part 1041 and whether any additional guidance on the definition is needed.
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(10) would define electronic fund transfer by cross-referencing the same term as defined in Regulation E, 12 CFR part 1005. Proposed § 1041.3(c) provides that a loan may be a covered longer-term loan if the lender or service provider obtains a leveraged payment mechanism, which can include the ability to withdraw payments from a consumer's account through an electronic fund transfer. Proposed § 1041.14 would impose
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(11) would define lender as a person who regularly makes loans to consumers primarily for personal, family, or household purposes. This term is used throughout this proposal to refer to parties subject to the requirements of proposed part 1041. This proposed definition is broader than the general definition of creditor under Regulation Z in that, under this proposed definition, the credit that the lender extends need not be subject to a finance charge as that term is defined by Regulation Z, nor must it be payable by written agreement in more than four installments.
The Bureau is proposing a broader definition than in Regulation Z for many of the same reasons discussed in the section-by-section analyses of proposed §§ 1041.2(a)(14) and 1041.3(b)(2)(ii) for using the total cost of credit as a threshold for covering longer-term loans rather than the traditional definition of APR as defined by Regulation Z. In both cases, the Bureau is concerned that lenders might otherwise shift their fee structures to fall outside traditional Regulation Z concepts and thus outside the coverage of proposed part 1041. For example, the Bureau believes that some loans that otherwise would meet the requirements for coverage under proposed § 1041.3(b) could potentially be made without being subject to a finance charge as that term is defined by Regulation Z. If the Bureau adopted that particular Regulation Z requirement in the definition of lender, a person who regularly extended closed-end credit subject only to an application fee or open-end credit subject only to a participation fee would not be deemed to have imposed a finance charge. In addition, many of the loans that would be subject to coverage under proposed § 1041.3(b)(1) are repayable in a single payment, so those same lenders might also fall outside the Regulation Z trigger for loans payable in fewer than four installments. Thus, the Bureau is proposing to use a definition that is broader than the one contained in Regulation Z to ensure that proposed part 1041 applies as intended. The Bureau solicits comment on whether there are any alternative approaches that might be more appropriate given the concerns set forth above.
At the same time, the Bureau recognizes that some newly formed companies are providing services that, in effect, allow consumers to draw on money they have earned but not yet been paid. Some of these services do not require the consumer to pay any fees or finance charges. Some rely instead on voluntary “tips” to sustain the business, while others are compensated through electronic fund transfers from the consumer's account. Some current or future services may use other business models. The Bureau is also aware of some newly formed companies providing financial management services to low- and moderate-income consumers which include features to smooth income. The Bureau solicits comments on whether such entities are, or should be, excluded from the definition of lender, and if so, whether the definition should be revised. For example, the Bureau solicits comment on whether companies that impose no charge on the consumer, or companies that charge a regular membership fee which is unrelated to the usage of credit, should be considered lenders under the rule.
The Bureau proposes to carry over from the Regulation Z definition of creditor the requirement that a person “regularly” makes loans to a consumer primarily for personal, family, or household purposes in order to be considered a lender under proposed part 1041. As proposed comment 2(a)(11)-1 explains, the test for determining whether a person regularly makes loans is the same as in Regulation Z, and thus depends on the overall number of loans originated, not just covered loans. The Bureau believes it is appropriate to exclude from the definition of lender persons who make loans for personal, family, or household purposes on an infrequent basis so that persons who only occasionally make loans would not be subject to the requirements of proposed part 1041. Such persons could include charitable, religious, or other community institutions that make loans very infrequently or individuals who occasionally make loans to family members.
Some stakeholders have suggested to the Bureau that the definition of lender should be narrowed so as to exclude financial institutions that predominantly make loans that would not be covered loans under the proposed rule. These stakeholders have suggested that some financial institutions only make loans that would be covered loans as an accommodation to existing customers, and that providing such loans is such a small part of these institutions' overall business such that it would not be practical for the institutions to develop the required procedures for making covered loans. The Bureau solicits comment on whether to so narrow the definition of lender based on the quantity of covered loans an entity offers, and, if so, how to define such a de minimis test. The Bureau also solicits more general comment on whether this definition is appropriate in the context of proposed part 1041 and whether any additional guidance on the definition is needed.
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(12) would generally define a loan sequence or sequence as a series of consecutive or concurrent covered short-term loans in which each of the loans (other than the first loan) is made while the consumer currently has an outstanding covered short-term loan or within 30 days after the consumer ceased to have a covered short-term loan outstanding. Proposed § 1041.2(a)(12) defines both loan sequence and sequence the same because the terms are used interchangeably in various places throughout this proposal. Proposed § 1041.2(a)(12) also sets forth how a lender must determine a given loan's place within a sequence (for example, whether a loan is a first, second, or third loan in a sequence). Proposed § 1041.6 would also impose certain presumptions that lenders must take into account when making a second or third loan in a sequence, and would prohibit lenders from making a loan sequence with more than three covered short-term loans. Pursuant to proposed § 1041.6, a lender's extension of a non-covered bridge loan as defined in proposed § 1041.2(a)(13) could affect the calculation of time periods for purposes of determining whether a loan is within a loan sequence, as discussed in more detail in proposed comments 6(h)-1 and 6(h)-2.
The Bureau's rationale for proposing to define loan sequence in this manner is discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of proposed §§ 1041.4 and 1041.6. The Bureau solicits comment on whether a definition of loan sequence or sequence based on a 30-day period is appropriate or whether longer or shorter periods would better address the Bureau's concerns about a consumer's inability to repay a covered loan causing the need
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(13) would define the term non-covered bridge loan as a non-recourse pawn loan described in proposed § 1041.3(e)(5) that (a) is made within 30 days of the consumer having an outstanding covered short-term loan or outstanding covered longer-term balloon-payment loan made by the same lender or affiliate; and (b) the consumer is required to repay substantially the entire amount due within 90 days of its consummation. Although non-recourse pawn loans would be excluded from coverage under proposed § 1041.3(e)(5), the Bureau has provided rules in proposed §§ 1041.6(h) and § 1041.10(f) to prevent this from becoming a route for evading the rule.
Specifically, proposed §§ 1041.6 and 1041.10 would impose certain limitations on lenders making covered short-term loans and covered longer-term balloon-payment in some circumstances. The Bureau is concerned that if a lender made a non-covered bridge loan between covered loans, the non-covered bridge loan could mask the fact that the consumer's need for a covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan reflected the spillover effects of a prior such covered loan, suggesting that the consumer did not have the ability to repay the prior loan and that the consumer may not have the ability to repay the new covered loan. If the consumer took out a covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan immediately following the non-covered pawn loan, but more than 30 days after the last such covered loan, the pawn loan effectively would have “bridged” the gap in what was functionally a sequence of covered loans. The Bureau is concerned that a lender might be able to use such a “bridging” arrangement to evade the requirements of proposed §§ 1041.6 and 1041.10. To prevent evasions of this type, the Bureau is therefore proposing that the days on which a consumer has a non-covered bridge loan outstanding must not be considered in determining whether 30 days had elapsed between covered loans.
Many lenders offer both loans that would be covered and pawn loans; thus, the Bureau believes that pawn loans are the type of non-covered loan that most likely could be used to bridge covered short-term loans or covered longer-term balloon-payment loans. Proposed § 1041.2(a)(13) would limit the definition of non-covered bridge loan to non-recourse pawn loans that consumers must repay within 90 days of consummation. The Bureau believes that loans with terms of longer than 90 days are less likely to be used as a bridge between covered short-term loans or covered longer-term balloon-payment loans.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether pawn loans can be used as a bridge between covered loans, and further solicits comment on whether other types of loans—including, specifically, balloon-payment loans with terms of longer than 45 days but that do not meet the requirements to be covered longer-term loans under proposed section 1041.3(b)(2)—are likely to be used as bridge loans and therefore should be added to the definition of “non-covered bridge loan.” The Bureau also solicits more general comment on whether this definition is appropriate in the context of proposed part 1041 and whether any additional guidance on the definition is needed.
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(14) would define open-end credit by cross-referencing the same term as defined in Regulation Z, 12 CFR part 1026, but without regard to whether the credit is consumer credit, as that term is defined in Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(12), is extended by a creditor, as that term is defined in Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(17), or is extended to a consumer, as that term is defined in Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(11). In general, Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(20) provides that open-end credit is consumer credit in which the creditor reasonably contemplates repeated transactions, the creditor may impose a finance charge from time to time on an outstanding unpaid balance, and the amount of credit that may be extended to the consumer during the term of the plan (up to any limit set by the creditor) is generally made available to the extent that any outstanding balance is repaid. For the purposes of defining open-end credit under proposed part 1041, the term credit, as defined in proposed § 1041.2(a)(9), would be substituted for the term consumer credit in the Regulation Z definition of open-end credit; the term lender, as defined in proposed § 1041.2(a)(11), would be substituted for the term creditor in the Regulation Z definition of open-end credit; and the term consumer, as defined in proposed § 1041 2(a)(4), would be substituted for the term consumer in the Regulation Z definition of open-end credit.
The term open-end credit is used in various parts of the rule where the Bureau is proposing to tailor requirements separately for closed-end and open-end credit in light of their different structures and durations. Most notably, proposed § 1041.2(a)(18) would require lenders to employ slightly different methods when calculating the total cost of credit of closed-end versus open-end loans. Proposed § 1041.16(c) also would require lenders to report whether a covered loan is a closed-end or open-end loan.
The Bureau believes that generally defining this term consistently across regulations would reduce the risk of confusion among consumers, industry, and regulators. With regard to the definition of “consumer,” however, the Bureau believes that, for the reasons discussed above, it is more appropriate to incorporate the definition from the Dodd-Frank Act rather than the arguably narrower Regulation Z definition. Similarly, the Bureau believes that it is more appropriate to use the broader definition of “lender” contained in proposed § 2(a)(11) that the Regulation Z definition of “creditor.”
The Bureau solicits comment on whether the Regulation Z definition of account is appropriate in the context of proposed part 1041 and whether any additional guidance on the definition is needed, particularly as to the substitution of the definitions for “consumer” and “lender” as described above.
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(15) would define outstanding loan as a loan that the consumer is legally obligated to repay so long as the consumer has made at least one payment on the loan within the previous 180 days. Under this proposed definition, a loan is an outstanding loan regardless of whether the loan is delinquent or the loan is subject to a repayment plan or other workout arrangement if the other elements of the definition are met. Under proposed § 1041.2(a)(12), a covered short-term loan would be considered to be within the same loan sequence as a previous such loan if it is made within 30 days of the consumer having the previous outstanding loan. Proposed §§ 1041.6 and 1041.7 would impose certain limitations on lenders making covered short-term loans within loan sequences, including a prohibition on making additional covered short-term loans for 30 days after the third loan in a sequence.
The Bureau believes that if the consumer has not made any payment on the loan for an extended period of time
The Bureau is proposing a 180-day threshold as striking an appropriate balance. The Bureau notes that this would generally align with the policy of the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council, which generally requires depository institutions to charge-off open-end credit at 180 days of delinquency. Although that policy also requires that closed-end loans be charged off after 120 days, the Bureau believes that a uniform 180-day rule for both closed- and open-end loans may be more appropriate given the underlying policy considerations discussed above as well as for simplicity. Proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2 would clarify that a loan ceases to be an outstanding loan as of the earliest of the date the consumer repays the loan in full, the date the consumer is released from the legal obligation to repay, the date the loan is otherwise legally discharged, or the date that is 180 days following the last payment that the consumer has made on the loan. Additionally, proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2 would explain that any payment the consumer makes restarts the 180-day period, regardless of whether the payment is a scheduled payment or in a scheduled amount. Proposed comment 2(a)(15)-2 would further clarify that once a loan is no longer an outstanding loan, subsequent events cannot make the loan an outstanding loan. The Bureau is proposing this one-way valve to ease compliance burden on lenders and to reduce the risk of consumer confusion.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether 180 days is the most appropriate period of time or whether a shorter or longer time period should be used. The Bureau solicits comment on whether a loan should be considered an outstanding loan if it has in fact been charged off by the lender prior to 180 days of delinquency. The Bureau solicits comment on whether a loan should be considered an outstanding loan if there has been activity on a loan more than 180 days after the consumer has made a payment, such as a collections lawsuit brought by the lender or a third-party. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether a loan should be considered an outstanding loan if there has been activity on the loan with the previous 180 days regardless of whether the consumer has made a payment on the loan within the previous 180 days. The Bureau further solicits comment on whether any additional guidance on this definition is needed.
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(16) defines prepayment penalty as any charge imposed for paying all or part of the loan before the date on which the loan is due in full. Proposed §§ 1041.11(e) and 1041.12(f) would prohibit lenders from imposing prepayment penalties in connection with certain loans that are conditionally excluded from the ability-to-repay determination required under proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10. This definition is similar to the definition of prepayment penalty in Regulation Z § 1026.32(b)(6), which generally defines prepayment penalty for closed-end transactions as a charge imposed for paying all or part of the transaction's principal before the date on which the principal is due. However, the definition of prepayment penalty in proposed § 1041.2(a)(16) does not restrict the definition of prepayment penalty to charges for paying down the loan principal early, but also includes charges for paying down non-principal amounts due under the loan. The Bureau believes that this broad definition of prepayment penalty is necessary to capture all situations in which a lender may attempt to penalize a consumer for repaying a loan more quickly than a lender would prefer. As proposed comment 2(a)(16)-1 explains, whether a charge is a prepayment penalty depends on the circumstances around the assessment of the charge. The Bureau solicits comment on whether this definition is appropriate in the context of proposed part 1041 and whether any additional guidance on the definition is needed.
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(17) would define service provider by cross-referencing the same term as defined in the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. 5481(26). In general, the Dodd-Frank Act defines service provider as any person that provides a material service to a covered person in connection with the offering or provision of a consumer financial product or service. Proposed § 1041.3(c) and (d) would provide that a loan is covered under proposed part 1041 if a service provider obtains a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle title and the other coverage criteria are otherwise met.
The definition of service provider and the provisions in proposed § 1041.3(c) and (d) are designed to reflect the fact that in some States, covered short-term loans and covered longer-term loans are extended to consumers through a multi-party transaction. In these transactions, one entity will fund the loan, while a separate entity, often called a credit access business or a credit services organization, will interact directly with, and obtain a fee or fees from, the consumer. This separate entity will often service the loan and guarantee the loan's performance to the party funding the loan. In the context of covered longer-term loans, the credit access business or credit services organization, and not the party funding the loan, will in many cases obtain the leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security. In these cases, the credit access business or credit services organization is performing the responsibilities normally performed by a party funding the loan in jurisdictions where this particular business arrangement is not used. Despite the formal division of functions between the nominal lender and the credit access business, the loans produced by such arrangement are functionally the same as those covered loans issued by a single entity and appear to present the same set of consumer protection concerns. Accordingly, the Bureau believes it is appropriate to bring loans made under these arrangements within the scope of coverage of proposed part 1041.
The Bureau believes that defining the term service provider consistently with the Dodd-Frank Act would reduce the risk of confusion among consumers, industry, and regulators. The Bureau solicits comment on whether the Dodd-Frank Act definition of service provider is appropriate in the context of proposed part 1041 and whether any additional guidance on the definition is needed. More broadly, and as further discussed in proposed § 1041.3(c) and
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(18) would set forth the method by which lenders would calculate the total cost of credit for determining whether a loan would be a covered loan under proposed § 1041.3(b)(2). Proposed § 1041.2(a)(18) would generally define the total cost of credit as the total amount of charges associated with a loan expressed as a per annum rate, including various charges that do not meet the definition of finance charge under Regulation Z. The charges would be included even if they are paid to a party other than the lender. Under proposed § 1041.3(b)(2), a loan with a term of longer than 45 days must have a total cost of credit exceeding a rate of 36 percent per annum in order to be a covered loan.
The Bureau is proposing to use an all-in measure of the cost of credit rather than the definition of APR under Regulation Z for many of the same reasons discussed in § 1041.2(a)(11) for proposing a broader definition of lender than Regulation Z uses in defining creditor. In both cases, the Bureau is concerned that lenders might otherwise shift their fee structures to fall outside traditional Regulation Z concepts and outside of this proposal. Specifically, lenders may impose a wide range of charges in connection with a loan that are not included in the calculation of APR under Regulation Z. If these charges were not included in the calculation of the total cost of credit threshold for determining coverage under proposed part 1041, a lender would be able to avoid the threshold by shifting the costs of a loan by lowering the interest rate and imposing (or increasing) one or more fees that are not included in the calculation of APR under Regulation Z. To prevent this result, and more accurately capture the full financial impact of the credit on the consumer's finances, the Bureau proposes to include any application fee, any participation fee, any charge imposed in connection with credit insurance, and any fee for a credit-related ancillary product as charges that lenders must include in the total cost of credit.
Specifically, proposed § 1041.2(a)(18) would define the total cost of credit as the total amount of charges associated with a loan expressed as a per annum rate, determined as specified in the regulation. Proposed § 1041.2(a)(18)(i) and related commentary describes each of the charges that must be included in the total cost of credit calculation. Proposed § 1041.2(a)(18)(ii) provides that, even if a charge set forth in proposed § 1041.2(a)(18)(i)(A) through (E) would be excluded from the finance charge under Regulation Z, that charge must nonetheless be included in the total cost of credit calculation.
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(18)(i)(A) and (B) provide that charges the consumer pays in connection with credit insurance and credit-related ancillary products and services must be included in the total cost of credit calculation to the extent the charges are incurred (regardless of when the charge is actually paid) at the same time as the consumer receives the entire amount of funds that the consumer is entitled to receive under the loan or within 72 hours thereafter. Proposed § 1041.2(a)(18)(i)(A) and (B) would impose the 72-hour provision to ensure that lenders could not evade coverage under proposed § 1041.3(b)(2)(ii) conditioning the timing of loan proceeds disbursement on whether the consumer purchases credit insurance or other credit related ancillary products or services after consummation. The Bureau believes that the lender's leverage will have diminished by 72 hours after the consumer receives the entirety of the funds available under the loan, and thus it is less likely that any charge for credit insurance or other credit-related ancillary products and services that the consumer agrees to assume after that date is an attempt to avoid coverage under proposed § 1041.3(b)(2)(ii).
Proposed § 1041.2(a)(18)(iii) and related commentary would prescribe the rules for computing the total cost of credit based on those charges. Proposed § 1041.2(a)(18)(iii) contains two provisions for computing the total cost of credit, both of which track the methods already established in Regulation Z. First, for closed-end credit, proposed § 1041.2(a)(18)(iii)(A) would require a lender to follow the rules for calculating and disclosing the APR under Regulation Z, based on the charges required for the total cost of credit, as set forth in proposed § 1041.2(a)(18)(i). In general, the requirements for calculating the APR for closed-end credit under Regulation Z are found in § 1026.22(a)(1), and include the explanations and instructions for computing the APR set forth in appendix J to 12 CFR part 1026.
Second, for open-end credit, proposed § 1041.2(a)(18)(iii)(B) generally would require a lender to calculate the total cost of credit using the methods prescribed in § 1026.14(c) and (d) of Regulation Z, which describe an “optional effective annual percentage rate” for certain open-end credit products. While Regulation Z provides that these calculation methods are optional, these calculation methods would be required to determine coverage of loans under proposed § 1041.3(b)(2) (though a lender may still choose not to disclose the optional effective annual percentage rate in accordance with Regulation Z). Section 1026.14(c) of Regulation Z provides for the methods of computing the APR under three scenarios: (1) When the finance charge is determined solely by applying one or more periodic rates; (2) when the finance charge is or includes a minimum, fixed, or other charge that is not due to application of a periodic rate, other than a charge with respect to a specific transaction; and (3) when the finance charge is or includes a charge relating to a specific transaction during the billing cycle.
This approach mirrors the approach taken by the Department of Defense in defining the MAPR in 32 CFR 232.4(c). The Bureau believes this measure both includes the necessary types of charges that reflect the actual cost of the loan to the consumer and is familiar to many lenders that must make the MAPR calculation, thus reducing the compliance challenges that would result from a new computation.
At the same time, the Bureau recognizes that the total cost of credit or MAPR is a relatively unfamiliar concept for many lenders compared to the APR, which is built into many State laws and which is the cost that will be disclosed to consumers under Regulation Z. The Bureau solicits comment on whether the trigger for coverage should be based upon the total cost of credit rather than the APR. If so, the Bureau solicits comment on whether the elements listed in proposed § 1041.2(a)(18) capture the total cost of credit to the consumer and should be included in the calculation required by proposed § 1041.2(a)(18) and whether there are any additional elements that should be included or any listed elements that should be excluded. For example, some stakeholders have suggested that the amounts paid for voluntary products purchased prior to consummation, or the portion of that amount paid to unaffiliated third parties, should be excluded from the definition of total cost of credit. The Bureau solicits comments on those suggestions.
The Bureau also solicits comment on whether there are operational issues with the use of the total cost of credit
The primary purpose of proposed part 1041 is to identify and adopt rules to prevent unfair and abusive practices as defined in section 1031 of the Dodd-Frank Act in connection with certain consumer credit transactions. Based upon its research, outreach, and analysis of available data, the Bureau is proposing to identify such practices with respect to two categories of loans to which the Bureau proposes to apply this rule: (1) Consumer loans that have a duration of 45 days or less; and (2) consumer loans that have a duration of more than 45 days that have a total cost of credit above a certain threshold and that are either secured by the consumer's motor vehicle, as set forth in proposed § 1041.3(d), or are repayable directly from the consumer's income stream, as set forth in proposed § 1041.3(c).
As described below in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.4, the Bureau tentatively concludes that it is an unfair and abusive practice for a lender to make a covered short-term loan without making a reasonable determination that the consumer has the ability to repay the loan. The Bureau likewise tentatively concludes that it is an unfair and abusive practice for a lender to make a covered longer-term loan without making a reasonable determination of the consumer's ability to repay the loan. Accordingly, the Bureau proposes to apply the protections of proposed part 1041 to both categories of loans.
Proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.9 would require that, before making a covered loan, a lender must determine that the consumer has the ability to repay the loan. Proposed §§ 1041.6 and 1041.10 would impose certain limitations on repeat borrowing, depending on the type of covered loan. Proposed §§ 1041.7, 1041.11, and 1041.12 would provide for alternative requirements that would allow lenders to make covered loans, in certain limited situations, without first determining that the consumer has the ability to repay the loan. Proposed § 1041.14 would impose consumer protections related to repeated lender-initiated attempts to withdraw payments from consumers' accounts in connection with covered loans. Proposed § 1041.15 would require lenders to provide notices to consumers before attempting to withdraw payments on covered loans from consumers' accounts. Proposed §§ 1041.16 and 1041.17 would require lenders to check and report borrowing history and loan information to certain information systems with respect to most covered loans. Proposed § 1041.18 would require lenders to keep certain records on the covered loans that they make. Finally, proposed § 1041.19 would prohibit actions taken to evade the requirements of proposed part 1041.
The Bureau is not proposing to extend coverage to several other types of loans and is specifically proposing to exclude, to the extent they would otherwise be covered under proposed § 1041.3, certain purchase money security interest loans, certain loans secured by real estate, credit cards, student loans, non-recourse pawn loans, and overdraft services and lines of credit. The Bureau likewise proposes not to cover loans that have a term of longer than 45 days if they are not secured by a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security, or loans that have a total cost of credit below a rate of 36 percent per annum.
By focusing this proposed rule on the types of loans described above, and by proposing to exclude certain types of loans that might otherwise meet the definition of a covered loan from the reach of the proposed rule, the Bureau does not mean to signal any conclusions as to whether it is an unfair or abusive practice to make any other types of loans, such as loans that are not covered by proposed part 1041, without assessing a consumer's ability to repay. Moreover, the proposed rule is not intended to supersede or limit protections imposed by other laws, such as the Military Lending Act and implementing regulations. The coverage limits in this proposal reflect the fact that these are the types of loans the Bureau has studied in depth to date and has chosen to address within the scope of this proposal. Indeed, the Bureau is issuing concurrently with this proposal a Request for Information (the Accompanying RFI) which solicits information and evidence to help assess whether there are other categories of loans for which lenders do not determine the consumer's ability to repay that may pose risks to consumers. The Bureau is also seeking comment in response to the Accompanying RFI as to whether there are additional lender practices with regard to covered loans that may warrant further action by the Bureau.
The Bureau notes that all “covered persons” within the meaning of the Dodd-Frank Act have a duty not to engage in unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices. The Bureau may consider on a case-by-case basis, through its supervisory or enforcement activities, whether practices akin to those addressed here are unfair, deceptive, or abusive in connection with loans not covered by this proposal. The Bureau also may engage in future rulemaking with respect to other types of loans or practices on covered loans at a later date.
Proposed § 1041.3(a) would provide that proposed part 1041 applies to a lender that makes covered loans.
Section 1031(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act empowers the Bureau to prescribe rules to identify and prevent unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices associated with consumer financial products or services. Section 1002(5) of the Dodd-Frank Act defines such products or services as those offered or provided for use by consumers primarily for personal, family, or household purposes or, in certain circumstances, those delivered, offered, or provided in connection with a consumer financial product or service. Proposed § 1041.3(b) would provide generally that a covered loan means closed-end or open-end credit that is extended to a consumer primarily for personal, family, or household purposes that is not excluded by § 1041.3(e).
By specifying that the rule would apply only to loans that are extended to consumers primarily for personal, family, or household purposes, the Bureau intends to exclude loans that are made primarily for a business, commercial, or agricultural purpose. But a lender would violate proposed part 1041 if it extended a loan ostensibly for a business purpose and failed to comply with the requirements of proposed part 1041 if the loan in fact is primarily for personal, family, or household purposes. See the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.19 for further discussion of evasion issues.
Proposed comment 3(b)-1 would clarify that whether a loan is covered is generally based on the loan terms at the time of consummation. Proposed comment 3(b)-2 clarifies that a loan could be a covered loan regardless of whether it is structured as open-end or closed-end credit. Proposed comment 3(b)-3 explains that the test for determining the primary purpose of a loan is the same as the test prescribed
Proposed § 1041.3(b)(1) would bring within the scope of proposed part 1041 loans in which the consumer is required to repay substantially the entire amount due under the loan within 45 days of either consummation or the advance of loan proceeds. Loans of this type, as they exist in the market today, typically take the form of single-payment loans, including “payday” loans, vehicle title loans, and deposit advance products. However, coverage under proposed § 1041.3(b)(1) would not be limited to single-payment products, but rather would include any single-advance loan with a term of 45 days or less and any multi-advance loan where repayment is required within 45 days of a credit draw.
Specifically, proposed § 1041.3(b)(1) prescribes different tests for determining whether a loan is a covered short-term loan based on whether or not the loan is closed-end credit that does not provide for multiple advances to consumers. For closed-end credit that does not provide for multiple advances to consumers, a loan would be a covered short-term loan if the consumer is required to repay substantially the entire amount of the loan within 45 days of consummation. For all other types of loans, a loan would not be a covered short-term loan if the consumer is required to repay substantially the entire amount of an advance within 45 days of the advance under the loan. As proposed comments 3(b)(1)-1 explains, a loan does not provide for multiple advances to a consumer if the loan provides for full disbursement of the loan proceeds only through disbursement on a single specific date. The Bureau believes that a different test to determine whether a loan is a covered short-term loan is appropriate for loans that provide for multiple advances to consumers because open-end credit and closed-end credit providing for multiple advances may be consummated long before the consumer incurs debt that must be repaid. If, for example, the consumer waited more than 45 days after consummation to draw on an open-end line, but the loan agreement required the consumer to repay the full amount of the draw within 45 days of the draw, the loan would not be practically different than a closed-end loan repayable within 45 days of consummation. The Bureau believes it is appropriate to treat the loans the same for the purposes of proposed § 1041.3(b)(1). The Bureau solicits comment on whether these differential coverage criteria for single-advance and multiple-advance loans are appropriate, particularly in light of unique or emerging loan structures that may pose special challenges or risks.
As described in part II, the terms of short-term loans are often tied to the date the consumer receives his or her paycheck or benefits payment. While pay periods typically vary from one week to one month, and expense cycles are typically one month, the Bureau is proposing 45 days as the upper bound for covered short-term loans in order to accommodate loans that are made shortly before a consumer's monthly income is received and that extend beyond the immediate income payment to the next income payment. These circumstances could result in loans that are somewhat longer than a month in duration but nonetheless pose similar risks of harm to consumers as loans with a duration of a month or less.
The Bureau also considered proposing to define these short-term loans as loans that are substantially repayable within either 30 days of consummation or advance, 60 days of consummation or advance, or 90 days of consummation or advance. The Bureau is not proposing the 30-day period because, as described above, some loans for some consumers who are paid on a monthly basis can be slightly longer than 30 days, and yet still essentially constitute a one-pay-cycle, one-expense-cycle loan. The Bureau is not proposing either the 60-day or 90-day period because loans with those terms encompass multiple income and expense cycles, and thus may present somewhat different risks to consumers, though such loans would be covered longer-term loans if they meet the criteria set forth in proposed § 1041.3(b)(2). The Bureau solicits comment on whether covered short-term loans should be defined to include all loans in which the consumer is required to repay substantially the entire amount due under the loan within 45 days of consummation or advance, or whether another loan term is more appropriate.
As discussed further below, the Bureau proposes to treat longer-term loans, as defined in proposed § 1041.3(b)(2), as covered loans only if the total cost of credit exceeds a rate of 36 percent per annum and if the lender or service provider obtains a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security as defined in proposed § 1041.3(c) and (d). The Bureau is not proposing similar limitations with respect to the definition of covered short-term loans because the evidence available to the Bureau suggests that the structure and short-term nature of these loans give rise to consumer harm even in the absence of costs above the 36 percent threshold or particular means of repayment.
Proposed comment 3(b)(1)-3 would explain that a determination of whether a loan is substantially repayable within 45 days requires assessment of the specific facts and circumstances of the loan. Proposed comment 3(b)(1)-4 provides guidance on determining whether loans that have alternative, ambiguous, or unusual payment schedules would fall within the definition. The key principle in determining whether a loan would be a covered short-term loan or a covered longer-term loan is whether, under applicable law, the consumer would be considered to be in breach of the terms of the loan agreement if the consumer failed to repay substantially the entire amount of the loan within 45 days of consummation. The Bureau solicits comment on whether the approach explained in proposed comment 3(b)(1)-3 appropriately delineates the distinction between the types of covered loans.
Proposed § 1041.3(b)(2) would bring within the scope of proposed part 1041 several types of loans for which, in contrast to loans covered under proposed § 1041.3(b)(1), the consumer is not required to repay substantially the entire amount of the loan or advance within 45 days of consummation or advance. Specifically, proposed § 1041.3(b)(2) would extend coverage to
As described in more detail in proposed § 1041.8, it appears to the Bureau to be an unfair and abusive practice for a lender to make covered longer-term loans without determining that the consumer has the ability to repay the loan. The Bureau discusses the thresholds that would trigger the definition of covered longer-term loan and seeks related comment below. The Bureau recognizes that the criteria set forth in proposed § 1041.3(b)(2) may encompass some loans that are not used for the same types of liquidity needs that have been the primary focus of the Bureau's study. For example, some lenders make unsecured loans to finance purchases of household durable goods or to enable consumers to consolidate preexisting debt. Such loans are typically for larger amounts or longer terms than, for example, a typical payday loan. On the other hand, larger and longer-term loans that have a higher cost, if secured by a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security, may pose enhanced risk to consumers in their own right, and an exclusion for larger or longer-term loans could provide an avenue for lender evasion of the consumer protections imposed by proposed part 1041. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether coverage under proposed § 1041.3(b)(2) should be limited by a maximum loan amount and, if so, what the appropriate amount would be. The Bureau further solicits comment on whether any such limitation should apply only with respect to fully amortizing loans in which payments are not timed to coincide with the consumer's paycheck or other expected receipt of income, and whether any other protective conditions, such as the absence of a prepayment penalty or restrictions on methods of collection in the event of a default, should accompany and such limitation.
As noted above, the Bureau is publishing an Accompanying RFI concurrent with this notice of proposed rulemaking soliciting information and evidence to help assess whether there are other categories of loans that are generally made without underwriting and as to which the failure to assess the consumer's ability to repay is unfair or abusive. Further, as the Accompanying RFI indicates, the Bureau may, in an individual supervisory or enforcement action, assess whether a lender's failure to make such an assessment is unfair or abusive. As reflected in the Accompanying RFI, the Bureau is particularly interested to seek information to determine whether loans involving a non-purchase money security in personal property or holding consumers' personal identification documents create the same lender incentives and increased risk of consumer harms as described below with regard to leveraged payment mechanisms and vehicle security.
Proposed § 1041.3(b)(2)(i) would bring within the scope of proposed part 1041 the above-described longer-term loans only to the extent that they are subject to a total cost of credit, as defined in proposed § 1041.2(a)(18), exceeding a rate of 36 percent per annum. This total cost of credit demarcation would apply only to those types of loans listed in § 1041.3(b)(2); the types of loans listed in proposed § 1041.3(b)(1) would be covered even if their total cost of credit is below 36 percent per annum. The total cost of credit measure set forth in proposed § 1041.2(a)(18) includes a number of charges that are not included in the APR measure set forth in Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.4 in order to more fully reflect the true cost of the loan to the consumer.
Proposed § 1041.3(b)(2)(i) would bring within the scope of proposed part 1041 only longer-term loans with a total cost of credit exceeding a rate of 36 percent per annum in order to focus regulatory treatment on the segment of the longer-term credit market on which the Bureau has significant evidence of consumer harm. As explained in proposed comment 3(b)(2)-1, using a cost threshold excludes certain loans with a term of longer than 45 days and for which lenders may obtain a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security, but which the Bureau is not proposing to cover in this rulemaking. For example, the cost threshold would exclude from the scope of coverage low-cost signature loans even if they are repaid through the lender's access to the consumer's deposit account.
The Bureau's research has focused on loans that are typically priced with a total cost of credit exceeding a rate of 36 percent per annum. Further, the Bureau believes that as the cost of a loan increases, the risk to the consumer increases, especially where the lender obtains a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security. When higher-priced loans are coupled with the preferred payment position derived from a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security, the Bureau believes that lenders have a reduced incentive to underwrite carefully since the lender will have the ability to extract payments even from some consumers who cannot afford to repay and will in some instances be able to profit from the loan even if the consumer ultimately defaults. As discussed above in connection with proposed § 1041.2(a)(18), the Bureau believes that it may be more appropriate to use a total cost of credit threshold rather than traditional APR.
The Bureau recognizes that numerous State laws impose a 36 percent APR usury limit, meaning that it is illegal under those laws to charge an APR higher than 36 percent. That 36 percent APR ceiling reflects the judgment of those States that loans with rates above that limit are per se harmful to consumers and should be prohibited. Congress made a similar judgment in the Military Lending Act in creating a 36 percent all-in APR usury limit with respect to credit extended to servicemembers and their families. Congress, in section 1027(o) of the Dodd-Frank Act,
The Bureau believes for the reasons set forth above and in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.9, that it is appropriate to focus regulatory attention on the segment of longer-term lending that poses the greatest risk of causing the types of harms to consumers
The Bureau recognizes that a number of States impose a usury threshold lower than 36 percent per annum for various types of covered loans. Like all State usury limits, and, indeed, like all State laws and regulations that provide additional protections to consumers over and above those contained in the proposed rule, those limits would not be affected by this rule. At the same time, the Bureau is conscious that other States have set other limits and notes that the total cost of credit threshold is not meant to restrict the ability of lenders to offer higher-cost loans. The total cost of credit threshold is intended solely to demarcate loans that—when they include certain other features such as a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security—pose an increased risk of causing the type of harms to consumers that this proposal is meant to address. The protections imposed by this proposal would operate as a floor across the country, while leaving State and local jurisdictions to adopt additional regulatory requirements (whether a usury limit or another form of protection) above that floor as they judge appropriate to protect consumers in their respective jurisdictions.
Thus, the Bureau believes that a total cost of credit exceeding 36 percent per annum provides a useful line of demarcation. The Bureau solicits comment on whether a total cost of credit of 36 percent per annum is an appropriate measurement for the purposes of proposed § 1041.3(b)(2)(i) or whether a lower or higher measure would be more appropriate. In the discussion of proposed § 1041.2(a)(18), the Bureau has solicited comment on the components of the total cost of credit metric and the tradeoffs involved in using this metric relative to annual percentage rate.
Proposed § 1041.3(b)(2)(ii) would bring within the scope of proposed part 1041 loans in which the lender or a service provider obtains a leveraged payment mechanism, as defined by proposed § 1041.3(c), or vehicle security, as defined by proposed § 1041.3(d), before, at the same time, or within 72 hours after the consumer receives the entire amount of funds that the consumer is entitled to receive under the loan. A leveraged payment mechanism gives a lender the right to initiate a transfer of money from a consumer's account to satisfy an obligation. The Bureau believes that loans in which the lender obtains a leveraged payment mechanism may pose an increased risk of harm to consumers, especially where payment schedules are structured so that payments are timed to coincide with expected income flows into the consumer's account. As detailed in the section-by-section analyses of proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.13, the Bureau believes that the practice of extending higher-cost credit that has a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security without reasonably determining the consumer's ability to repay the loan appears to constitute an unfair and abusive act or practice.
The loans that would be covered under the proposal vary widely as to the basis for leveraged payment mechanism as well as cost, structure, and level of underwriting. Through its outreach, the Bureau is aware that some stakeholders have expressed concern that certain loans that might be considered less risky for consumers would be swept into coverage by virtue of a lien against the consumer's account granted to the depository lender by Federal statute. The Bureau is not proposing an exemption for select bases for leveraged payment mechanism but is proposing, as is set forth in §§ 1041.11 and 1041.12, conditional exemptions from certain requirements for covered loans made by any lender, including depositories, with certain features that would present less risk to consumers.
The proposed rule would not prevent a lender from obtaining a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security when originating a loan. The Bureau recognizes that consumers may find it a convenient or a useful form of financial management to authorize a lender to deduct loan payments automatically from a consumer's account or paycheck. The proposal would not prevent a consumer from doing so. The Bureau also recognizes that obtaining a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security generally reduces the lender's risk. The proposal would not prohibit a lender from doing so. Rather, the proposal would impose a duty on lenders to determine the consumer's ability to repay when a lender obtains a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security. As discussed above with regard to proposed § 1041.2(a)(17), the requirement would apply where either the lender or its service provider obtains a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security in order to assure comprehensive coverage.
The Bureau is not proposing to cover longer-term loans made without a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security in part because if a lender is not assured of obtaining a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security as of the time the lender makes the loan, the Bureau believes the lender has a greater incentive to determine the consumer's ability to repay. If, however, the lender is essentially assured of obtaining a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security as of the time the lender makes the loan, the Bureau believes the lender has less of an incentive to determine the consumer's ability to repay.
For this reason, as proposed comment 3(b)(2)(ii)-1 explains, a lender or service provider obtaining a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security would trigger coverage under proposed part 1041 only if the lender or service provider obtains the leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security before, at the same time as, or within 72 hours after the consumer receives the entire amount of funds that the consumer is entitled to receive under the loan. A loan would not be covered under proposed § 1041.3(b)(2)(ii) if the lender or service provider obtains a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security more than 72 hours after the consumer receives the entire amount of funds that the consumer is entitled to receive under the loan.
The Bureau is proposing this 72-hour timeframe rather than focusing solely on obtaining leveraged payment mechanisms or vehicle security taken at consummation because the Bureau is concerned that lenders could otherwise consummate loans in reliance on the lenders' ability to exert influence over the customer and extract a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security while the funds are being disbursed and shortly thereafter. As discussed below, the Bureau is concerned that if the lender is confident it can obtain a leveraged payment mechanism or a vehicle security interest, the lender is less likely to evaluate carefully whether the consumer can afford the loan. The Bureau believes that the lender's leverage will ordinarily have diminished by 72 hours after the consumer receives the entirety of the
However, even with this general approach, the Bureau is concerned that lenders might seek to evade the intended scope of the rule if they were free to offer incentives or impose penalties on consumers after the 72-hour period in an effort to secure a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security. Accordingly, as described below in connection with the anti-evasion provisions proposed in § 1041.19, the Bureau is proposing comment 19(a)-2.i.B to state that it is potentially an evasion of proposed part 1041 for a lender to offer an incentive to a consumer or create a detriment for a consumer in order to induce the consumer to grant the lender a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle title in connection with a longer-term loan with total cost of credit exceeding a rate of 36 percent per annum unless the lender determines that the consumer has the ability to repay.
Proposed comment 3(b)(2)(ii)-2 further explains how to determine whether a consumer has received the entirety of the loan proceeds. For closed-end loans, a consumer receives the entirety of the loan proceeds if the consumer can receive no further funds without consummating another loan. For open-end loans, a consumer receives the entirety of the loan proceeds if the consumer fully draws down the entire credit plan and can receive no further funds without replenishing the credit plan, increasing the amount of the credit plan, repaying the balance, or consummating another loan. Proposed comment 3(b)(2)(ii)-3 explains that a contract provision granting the lender or service provider a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security contingent on some future event is sufficient to bring the loan within the scope of coverage.
The approach taken in proposed § 1041.3(b)(2)(ii) differs from the approach considered in the Small Business Review Panel Outline. Under the approach in the Small Business Review Panel Outline, a loan with a term of more than 45 days would be covered if a lender obtained a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security before the first payment was due on the loan. Upon further consideration, however, the Bureau believes that the approach in proposed § 1041.3(b)(2)(ii) is appropriate to ensure coverage of situations in which lenders obtain a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security in connection with a new extension on an open-end credit plan that was not a covered loan at original consummation, or prior to a modification or refinancing of an existing open- or closed-end credit plan that was not a covered loan at original consummation. The Bureau believes that this approach has the benefit of ensuring adequate consumer protections in origination situations in which lenders may not have an incentive to determine the consumer's ability to repay, while at the same time allowing for consumers to set up automatic repayment as a matter of convenience at a later date.
The Bureau solicits comment on the criteria for coverage set forth in proposed § 1041.3(b)(2)(ii), including whether the criteria should be limited to cover loans where the scheduled payments are timed to coincide with the consumer's expected inflow of income. In addition, the Bureau seeks comment on the basis on which, and the timing at which, a determination should be made as to whether a lender has secured a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security. For example, in outreach, some consumer advocates have suggested that a loan should be treated as a covered loan if the lender reasonably anticipates that it will obtain a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security at any time while the loan is outstanding based on the lender's experience with similar loans. The Bureau invites comments on the workability of such a test and, if adopted, where to draw the line to define the point at which the lender's prior success in obtaining a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security would trigger coverage for future loans.
The Bureau also notes that while consumers may elect to provide a leveraged payment mechanism post-consummation for their own convenience, it is more difficult to envision circumstances in which a consumer would choose to grant vehicle security post-consummation. One possible scenario would be that a consumer is having trouble repaying the loan and provides a security interest in the consumer's vehicle in exchange for a concession by the lender. The Bureau is concerned that a consumer who provides a vehicle security under such circumstances may face a significant risk of harm. The Bureau therefore solicits comment on whether a loan with an all-in cost of credit above 36 percent should be deemed a covered loan if, at any time, the lender obtains vehicle security. However, given the limited circumstances in which a consumer would grant vehicle security after consummation, the Bureau also seeks comment on whether, for a loan with an all-in cost of credit above 36 percent, lenders should be prohibited from taking a security interest in a vehicle after consummation.
Proposed § 1041.3(c) would set forth three ways that a lender or a service provider could obtain a leveraged payment mechanism that would bring the loan within the proposed coverage of proposed part 1041. A lender would obtain a leveraged payment mechanism if the lender has the right to initiate a transfer of money from the consumer's account to repay the loan, if the lender has the contractual right to obtain payment from the consumer's employer or other payor of expected income, or if the lender requires the consumer to repay the loan through payroll deduction or deduction from another source of income. In all three cases, the consumer is required, under the terms of an agreement with the lender, to cede autonomy over the consumer's account or income stream in a way that the Bureau believes changes that lender's incentives to determine the consumer's ability to repay the loan and can exacerbate the harms the consumer experiences if the consumer does not have the ability to repay the loan and still meet the consumer's major financial obligations and basic living expenses. As explained in the section-by-section analysis of proposed §§ 1041.8 and 1041.9, the Bureau believes that it is an unfair and abusive practice for a lender to make such a loan without determining that the consumer has the ability to repay.
Proposed § 1041.3(c)(1) would generally provide that a lender or a service provider obtains a leveraged payment mechanism if it has the right to initiate a transfer of money, through any means, from a consumer's account (as defined in proposed § 1041.2(a)(1)) to satisfy an obligation on a loan. For example, this would occur with a post-dated check or preauthorization for recurring electronic fund transfers. However, the proposed regulation would not define leveraged payment mechanism to include situations in which the lender or service provider initiates a one-time electronic fund
As proposed comment 3(c)(1)-1 explains, the key principle that makes a payment mechanism “leveraged” is whether the lender has the ability to “pull” funds from a consumer's account without any intervening action or further assent by the consumer. In those cases, the lender's ability to pull payments from the consumer's account gives the lender the ability to time and initiate payments to coincide with expected income flows into the consumer's account. This means that the lender may be able to continue to obtain payment (as long as the consumer receives income and maintains the account) even if the consumer does not have the ability to repay the loan while meeting his or her major financial obligations and basic living expenses. In contrast, a payment mechanism in which the consumer “pushes” funds from his or her account to the lender does not provide the lender leverage over the account in a way that changes the lender's incentives to determine the consumer's ability to repay the loan or exacerbates the harms the consumer experiences if the consumer does not have the ability to repay the loan.
Proposed comment 3(c)(1)-2 provides examples of the types of authorizations for lender-initiated transfers that constitute leveraged payment mechanisms. These include checks written by the consumer, authorizations for electronic fund transfers (other than immediate one-time transfers as discussed further below), authorizations to create or present remotely created checks, and authorizations for certain transfers by account-holding institutions (including a right of set-off). Proposed comment 3(c)(1)-3 explains that a lender does not obtain a leveraged payment mechanism if a consumer authorizes a third party to transfer money from the consumer's account to a lender as long as the transfer is not made pursuant to an incentive or instruction from, or duty to, a lender or service provider. The Bureau solicits comment on whether this definition of leveraged payment mechanism appropriately captures payment methods that are likely to produce the risks to consumers identified by the Bureau in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.8.
As noted above, proposed § 1041.3(c)(1) would provide that a lender or service provider does not obtain a leveraged payment mechanism by initiating a one-time electronic fund transfer immediately after the consumer authorizes the transfer. This provision is similar to what the Bureau is proposing in § 1041.15(b), which exempts lender from providing the payment notice when initiating a single immediate payment transfer at the consumer's request, as that term is defined in § 1041.14(a)(2), and is also similar to what the Bureau is proposing in § 1041.14(d), which permits lenders to initiate a single immediate payment transfer at the consumer's request even after the prohibition in proposed § 1041.14(b) on initiating further payment transfers has been triggered.
Accordingly, proposed comment 3(c)(1)-3 would clarify that if the loan agreement between the parties does not otherwise provide for the lender or service provider to initiate a transfer without further consumer action, the consumer may authorize a one-time transfer without causing the loan to be a covered loan. Proposed comment 3(c)(1)-3 further clarifies that the phrase “immediately” means that the lender initiates the transfer after the authorization with as little delay as possible, which in most circumstances will be within a few minutes.
The Bureau anticipates that scenarios involving authorizations for immediate one-time transfers will only arise in certain discrete situations. For closed-end loans, a lender is permitted to obtain a leveraged payment mechanism more than 72 hours after the consumer has received the entirety of the loan proceeds without the loan becoming a covered loan. Thus, in the closed-end context, this exception would only be relevant if the consumer was required to make a payment within 72 hours of receiving the loan proceeds—a situation which is unlikely to occur. However, the situation may be more likely to occur with open-end credit. Longer-term open-end can be covered loans if the lender obtains a leveraged payment mechanism within 72 hours of the consumer receiving the full amount of the funds which the consumer is entitled to receive under the loan. Thus, if a consumer only partially drew down the credit plan, but the consumer was required to make a payment, a one-time electronic fund transfer could trigger coverage without the one-time immediate transfer exception. The Bureau believes it is appropriate for these transfers not to trigger coverage because there is a reduced risk that such transfers will re-align lender incentives in a similar manner as other types of leveraged payment mechanisms.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether this exclusion from the definition of leveraged payment mechanism is appropriate and whether additional guidance is needed. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether any additional exceptions to the general principle of proposed § 1041.3(c)(1) are appropriate.
Proposed § 1041.3(c)(2) would provide that a lender or a service provider obtains a leveraged payment mechanism if it has the contractual right to obtain payment directly from the consumer's employer or other payor of income. This scenario typically involves a wage assignment, which, as described by the FTC, is “a contractual transfer by a debtor to a creditor of the right to receive wages directly from the debtor's employer. To activate the assignment, the creditor simply submits it to the debtor's employer, who then pays all or a percentage of debtor's wages to the creditor.”
As discussed further in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, the Bureau is concerned that where loan agreements provide for assignments of income, the lender incentives and potential consumer risks can be very similar to those presented by other forms of leveraged payment mechanism defined in proposed § 1041.3(c). In particular, a lender—as when it has the right to initiate transfers from a consumer's account—can continue to obtain payment as long as the consumer receives income, even if the consumer does not have the ability to repay the loan while meeting her major financial obligations and basic living expenses. And—as when a lender has the right to initiate transfers from a consumer's account—an assignment of income can change the lender's incentives to determine the consumer's ability to repay the loan and exacerbate the harms the consumer experiences if the consumer does not have the ability to repay the loan. Thus, the Bureau believes that loan agreements that provide for assignments of income may present the same risk of harm to consumers as other types of leveraged payment mechanisms. The Bureau seeks comment on the proposed definition and whether additional guidance is needed.
The Bureau recognizes that some consumers may find it a convenient or useful form of financial management to
Proposed § 1041.3(c)(3) would provide that a lender or a service provider obtains a leveraged payment mechanism if the loan requires the consumer to repay through a payroll deduction or deduction from another source of income. As proposed comment 3(c)(3)-1 explains, a payroll deduction involves a direction by the consumer to the consumer's employer (or other payor of income) to pay a portion of the consumer's wages or other income to the lender or service provider, rather than a direction by the lender to the consumer's employer as in a wage assignment. The Bureau is concerned that if an agreement between the lender and consumer requires the consumer to have his or her employer or other payor of income pay the lender directly, the consumer would be in the same situation and face the same risk of harm as if the lender had the ability to initiate a transfer from the consumer's account or had a right to a wage assignment.
The Bureau recognizes that just as some consumers may find it a convenient or useful form of financial management to authorize a lender to deduct loan payments automatically from a consumer's account, so, too, may some consumers find it a convenient or useful form of financial management to authorize their employer to deduct loan payments automatically from the consumer's paycheck and remit the money to the lender. The proposed rule would not prevent a consumer from doing so. Rather, the proposed rule would impose a duty on lenders to determine the consumer's ability to repay only when a lender requires the consumer to authorize such payroll deduction as a condition of the loan thereby imposing a contractual obligation on the consumer to continue such payroll deduction during the term of the loan. The Bureau solicits comment on whether a lender should have a duty to determine the consumer's ability to repay only when the lender requires payroll deduction, or whether such a duty should also apply when the lender incentivizes payroll deduction.
Proposed § 1041.3(d) would provide that a lender or service provider obtains vehicle security if the lender or service provider obtains an interest in a consumer's motor vehicle, regardless of how the transaction is characterized under State law. Under proposed § 1041.3(d), a lender or service provider could obtain vehicle security regardless of whether the lender or service provider has perfected or recorded the interest. A lender or service provider also would obtain vehicle security under proposed § 1041.3(d) if the consumer pledges the vehicle to the lender or service provider in a pawn transaction and the consumer retains possession of the vehicle during the loan. In each case, a lender or service provider would obtain vehicle security under proposed § 1041.3(d) if the consumer is required, under the terms of an agreement with the lender or service provider, to grant an interest in the consumer's vehicle to the lender in the event that the consumer does not repay the loan.
However, as noted above and discussed further below, proposed § 1041.3(e) would exclude loans made solely and expressly for the purpose of financing a consumer's initial purchase of a motor vehicle in which the lender takes a security interest as a condition of the credit, as well as non-recourse pawn loans in which the lender has sole physical possession and use of the property for the entire term of the loan. Proposed comment 3(d)(1)-1 also clarifies that mechanic liens and other situations in which a party obtains a security interest in a consumer's motor vehicle for a reason that is unrelated to an extension of credit do not trigger coverage.
The Bureau believes that when a lender obtains vehicle security in connection with the consummation of a loan, the lender effectively achieves a preferred payment position similar to the position that a lender obtains with a leveraged payment mechanism. If the loan is unaffordable, the consumer will face the difficult choice of either defaulting on the loan and putting the consumer's automobile (and potentially the consumer's livelihood) at risk or repaying the loan even if doing so means defaulting on major financial obligations or foregoing basic living needs. As a result, the lender has limited incentive to assure that the consumer has the ability to repay the loan. For these reasons, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to include within the definition of covered longer-term loans those loans for which the lender or service provider obtains vehicle security before, at the same time as, or within 72 hours after the consumer receives all the funds the consumer is entitled to receive under the loan. However, as noted above, the Bureau solicits comment on whether a longer-term loan with an all-in cost of credit above 36% should be deemed a covered loan if, at any time, the lender obtains vehicle security.
Proposed § 1041.3(d)(1) would provide that any security interest that the lender or service provider obtains as a condition of the loan would constitute vehicle security for the purpose of determining coverage under proposed part 1041. The term security interest would include any security interest that the lender or service provider has in the consumer's vehicle, vehicle title, or vehicle registration. As proposed comment 3(d)(1)-1 clarifies, a party would not obtain vehicle security if that person obtains a security interest in the consumer's vehicle for a reason unrelated to the loan.
The security interest would not need to be perfected or recorded in order to trigger coverage under proposed § 1041.3(d)(1). The consumer may not be aware that the security interest is not perfected or recorded, nor would it matter in many cases. Perfection or recordation protects the lender's interest in the vehicle against claims asserted by other creditors, but does not necessarily affect whether the consumer's interest in the vehicle is at risk if the consumer does not have the ability to repay the loan. Even if the lender or service provider does not perfect or record its security interest, the security interest can still change a lender's incentives to determine the consumer's ability to repay the loan and exacerbate the harms the consumer experiences if the consumer does not have the ability to repay the loan.
Proposed § 1041.3(d)(2) would provide that pawn transactions generally would constitute vehicle security for the purpose of determining coverage under proposed part 1041 if the consumer pledges the vehicle in connection with the transaction and the consumer retains use of the vehicle during the term of the pawn agreement. However, pawn transactions would not trigger coverage if they fell within the scope of proposed § 1041.3(e)(5), which would exclude bona fide non-recourse pawn transactions where the lender obtains custody of the vehicle and there is no recourse against the consumer for
The proposed language is designed to account for the fact that, in response to laws in several jurisdictions, lenders have structured higher-cost, vehicle-secured loans as pawn agreements,
Proposed § 1041.3(e) would exclude purchase money security interest loans extended solely for the purchase of a good, real estate secured loans, certain credit cards, student loans, non-recourse pawn loans in which the consumer does not possess the pledged collateral, and overdraft services and lines of credit. The Bureau believes that notwithstanding the potential term, cost of credit, repayment structure, or security of these loans, they arise in distinct markets that the Bureau believes may pose a somewhat different set of concerns for consumers. At the same time, as discussed further below, the Bureau is concerned that there may be a risk that these exclusions would create avenues for evasion of the proposed rule.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether any of these excluded types of loans should also be covered under proposed part 1041. The Bureau further solicits comment on whether there are reasons for excluding other types of products from coverage under proposed part 1041. As noted above, the Bureau is also soliciting in the Accompanying RFI information and additional evidence to support in further assessment of whether there are other categories of loans for which lenders do not determine the consumer's ability to repay that may pose risks to consumers. The Bureau emphasizes that it may determine in a particular supervisory or enforcement matter or in a subsequent rulemaking in light of evidence available at the time that the failure to assess ability to repay when making a loan excluded from coverage here may nonetheless be an unfair or abusive act or practice.
Proposed § 1041.3(e)(1) would exclude from coverage under proposed part 1041 loans extended for the sole and express purpose of financing a consumer's initial purchase of a good when the good being purchased secures the loan. Accordingly, loans made solely to finance the purchase of, for example, motor vehicles, televisions, household appliances, or furniture would not be subject to the consumer protections imposed by proposed part 1041 to the extent the loans are secured by the good being purchased. Proposed comment 3(e)(1)-1 explains the test for determining whether a loan is made solely for the purpose of financing a consumer's initial purchase of a good. If the item financed is not a good or if the amount financed is greater than the cost of acquiring the good, the loan is not solely for the purpose of financing the initial purchase of the good. Proposed comment 3(e)(1)-1 further explains that refinances of credit extended for the purchase of a good do not fall within this exclusion and may be subject to the requirements of proposed part 1041.
Purchase money loans are typically treated differently than non-purchase money loans under the law. The FTC's Credit Practices Rule generally prohibits consumer credit in which a lender takes a nonpossessory security interest in household goods but makes an exception for purchase money security interests.
Proposed § 1041.3(e)(2) would exclude from coverage under proposed part 1041 loans that are secured by real property, or by personal property used as a dwelling, and in which the lender records or perfects the security interest. The Bureau believes that even without this exemption, very few real estate secured loans would meet the coverage criteria set forth in proposed § 1041.3(b). Nonetheless, the Bureau believes a categorical exclusion is appropriate. For the most part, these loans are already subject to Federal consumer protection laws, including, for most closed-end loans, ability-to-repay requirements under Regulation Z § 1026.43. The proposed requirement that the security interest in the real estate be recorded or perfected also strongly discourages attempts to use this exclusion for sham or evasive purposes. Recording or perfecting a security interest in real estate is not a cursory exercise for a lender—recording fees are often charged and documentation is required. As proposed comment 3(e)(2)-1 explains, if the lender does not record or otherwise perfect the security interest in the property during the term of the loan, the loan does not fall under this exclusion and may be subject to the requirements of proposed part 1041. The Bureau solicits comment on this exclusion and whether there are particular types of real-estate secured loans that pose sufficient risk to consumers to warrant coverage under the proposed rule.
Proposed § 1041.3(e)(3) would exclude from coverage under proposed part 1041 credit card accounts meeting the definition of “credit card account under an open-end (not home-secured) consumer credit plan” in Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(15)(ii), rather than products meeting the more general definition of credit card accounts under Regulation Z § 1026.2(a)(15). By focusing on the narrower category, the exemption would apply only to credit card accounts that are subject to the Credit CARD Act of 2009, Public Law 111-24, 123 Stat. 1734 (2009) (CARD Act), which provides various heightened safeguards for consumers. These protections include a limitation that card issuers cannot open a credit card account or increase a credit line on a card account unless the card issuer considers the ability of the consumer to make the required payments under the terms of the
The Bureau believes that, even without this exemption, few traditional credit card accounts would meet the coverage criteria set forth in proposed § 1041.3(b) other than some secured credit card accounts which may have a total cost of credit above 36 percent and provide for a leveraged payment mechanism in the form of a right of set-off. These credit card accounts are subject to the CARD Act protections discussed above. The Bureau believes that potential consumer harms related to credit card accounts are more appropriately addressed by the CARD Act, implementing regulations, and other applicable law. At the same time, if the Bureau were to craft a broad general exemption for all credit cards as generally defined under Regulation Z, the Bureau would be concerned that a lender seeking to evade the requirements of the rule might seek to structure a product in a way designed to take advantage of this exclusion.
The Bureau has therefore proposed a narrower definition focusing only on those credit cards accounts that are subject to the full range of protections under the CARD Act and its implementing regulations. Among other requirements, the regulations imposing the CARD Act prescribe a different ability-to-repay standard that lenders must follow, and the Bureau believes that the combined consumer protections governing credit card accounts subject to the CARD Act are sufficient for that type of credit. To further mitigate potential consumer risk, the Bureau considered adding a requirement that to be eligible for this exclusion, a credit card would have to be either (i) accepted upon presentation by multiple unaffiliated merchants that participate in a widely-accepted payment network, or (ii) accepted upon presentation solely for the bona fide purchase of goods or services at a particular retail merchant or group of merchants. The Bureau solicits comments on whether to exclude credit cards and, if so, whether the criteria proposed to define the exclusion are appropriate, or whether additional criteria should be added to limit the potential evasion risk identified above.
Proposed § 1041.3(e)(4) would exclude from coverage under proposed part 1041 loans made, insured, or guaranteed pursuant to a Federal student loan program, and private education loans. The Bureau believes that even without this exemption, very few student loans would meet the coverage criteria set forth in proposed § 1041.3(b). Nonetheless, the Bureau believes a categorical exclusion is appropriate. Federal student loans are provided to students or parents meeting eligibility criteria established by Federal law and regulation such that the protections afforded by this proposed rule would be unnecessary. Private student loans are sometimes made to students based upon their future potential ability to repay (as distinguished from their current ability), but are typically co-signed by a party with financial capacity. These loans raise discrete issues that may warrant Bureau attention at a future time, but the Bureau believes that they are not appropriately considered along with the types of loans at issue in this rulemaking. The Bureau continues to monitor the student loan servicing market for trends and developments, unfair, deceptive, or abusive practices, and to evaluate possible policy responses, including potential rulemaking. The Bureau solicits comment on whether this exclusion is appropriate.
Proposed § 1041.3(e)(5) generally would exclude from coverage under proposed part 1041 loans secured by pawned property in which the lender has sole physical possession and use of the pawned property for the entire term of loan, and for which the lender's sole recourse if the consumer does not redeem the pawned property is the retention and disposal of the property. Proposed comment 3(e)(5)-1 explains that if any consumer, including a co-signor or guarantor, is personally liable for the difference between the outstanding loan balance and the value of the pawned property, the loan does not fall under this exclusion and may be subject to the requirements of proposed part 1041. As discussed above in connection with proposed § 1041.2(a)(13) and below in connection with proposed §§ 1041.6, 1041.7, and 1041.10, however, a non-recourse pawn loan can, in certain circumstances, be a non-covered bridge loan that could impact restrictions on the lender with regard to a later covered short-term loans.
The Bureau believes that bona fide, non-recourse pawn loans generally pose somewhat different risks to consumers than loans covered under proposed part 1041. As described in part II, non-recourse pawn loans involve the consumer physically relinquishing control of the item securing the loan during the term of the loan. The Bureau believes that consumers may be more likely to understand and appreciate the risks associated with physically turning over an item to the lender when they are required to do so at consummation. Moreover, in most situations, the loss of a non-recourse pawned item over which the lender has sole physical possession during the term of the loan is less likely to affect the rest of the consumer's finances than is either a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security. For instance, a pawned item of this nature may be valuable to the consumer, but the consumer most likely does not rely on the pawned item for transportation to work or to pay other obligations. Otherwise, the consumer likely would not have pawned the item under these terms. Finally, because the loans are non-recourse, in the event that a consumer is unable to repay the loan, the lender must accept the pawned item as fully satisfying the debt, without further collections activity on any remaining debt obligation.
In all of these ways, pawn transactions appear to differ significantly from the secured loans that would be covered under proposed part 1041. While the loans described in proposed § 1041.3(e)(5) would not be covered loans, lenders may, as described in proposed §§ 1041.6, 1041.7, and 1041.10 be subject to restrictions on making covered loans shortly following certain non-recourse pawn loans that meet certain conditions. The Bureau solicits comment on this exclusion and whether these types of pawn loans should be subject to the consumer protections imposed by proposed part 1041.
Proposed § 1041.3(e)(6) would exclude from coverage under proposed part 1041 overdraft services on deposit accounts as defined in 12 CFR 1005.17(a), as well as payments of overdrafts pursuant to a line of credit subject to Regulation Z, 12 CFR part 1026. Overdraft services generally operate on a consumer's deposit account as a negative balance, where the consumer's bank processes and pays certain payment transactions for which the consumer lacks sufficient funds in the account and imposes a fee for the
As discussed above in part II, the Bureau is engaged in research and other activity in anticipation of a separate rulemaking regarding overdraft products and practices.
In proposed § 1041.4, the Bureau proposes to identify an unfair and abusive act or practice with respect to the making of covered short-term loans pursuant to its authority to “prescribe rules . . . identifying as unlawful unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices.”
The predicate for the proposed identification of an unfair and abusive act or practice in proposed § 1041.4—and thus for the prevention requirements contained in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6—is a set of preliminary findings with respect to the consumers who use storefront and online payday loans, single-payment auto title loans, and other short-term loans, and the impact on those consumers of the practice of making such loans without assessing the consumers' ability to repay.
.
The Bureau is concerned that lending practices in the markets for storefront and online payday lending, single-payment vehicle title, and other short-term loans are causing harm to many consumers who use these products, including extended sequences of reborrowing, delinquency and defaults, and certain collateral harms from making unaffordable payments. This section reviews the available evidence with respect to the consumers who use payday and short-term auto title loans, their reasons for doing so, and the outcomes they experience. It also reviews the lender practices that cause these outcomes. The Bureau preliminarily finds:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The following discussion reviews the evidence underlying each of these preliminary findings.
Borrowers who take out payday and single-payment vehicle title loans are typically low-to-moderate income consumers who are looking for quick access to cash, who have little to no savings, who often have poor credit histories, and who have limited access to other forms of credit. The desire for immediate cash may be the result of an emergency expense or an unanticipated drop in income, but many who take out payday or vehicle title loans are consumers whose living expenses routinely exceed their income.
A number of studies have focused on the characteristics of payday borrowers. For instance, the FDIC and the U.S. Census Bureau have undertaken several special supplements to the Current Population Survey (CPS Supplement); the most recent available data come from 2013.
The demographic profiles of vehicle title loan borrowers appear to be roughly comparable to the
Similarly, a survey of borrowers in three States conducted by academic researchers found that vehicle title borrowers were disproportionately female and minority. Over 58 percent of title borrowers were female. African-Americans were over-represented among borrowers compared to their share of the States' population at large. Hispanic borrowers were over-represented in two of the three states; however, these borrowers were underrepresented in Texas, the State with the highest proportion of Hispanic residents in the study.
Studies of payday borrowers' credit histories show both poor credit histories and recent credit-seeking activity. An academic paper that matched administrative data from one storefront payday lender to credit bureau data found that the median credit score for a payday applicant was in the bottom 15 percent of credit scores overall.
Reports using data from a specialty consumer reporting agency indicate that online borrowers have comparable credit scores to storefront borrowers (a mean VantageScore 3.0 score of 525 versus 532 for storefront).
Other surveys of payday borrowers add to the picture of consumers in financial distress. For example, in a survey of payday borrowers published in 2009, fewer than half reported having any savings or reserve funds. Almost a third of borrowers (31.8 percent) reported monthly debt to income payments of 30 percent or higher, and more than a third (36.4 percent) of borrowers reported that they regularly spend all the income they receive.
Similarly, a 2010 survey found that over 80 percent of payday borrowers reported making at least one late payment on a bill in the preceding three months, and approximately one quarter reported frequently paying bills late. Approximately half reported bouncing at least one check in the previous three months, and 30 percent reported doing so more than once.
Likewise, a 2012 survey found that 58 percent of payday borrowers report that they struggled to pay their bills on time. More than a third (37 percent) said they would have taken out a loan on any terms offered. This figure rises to 46 percent when the respondent rated his or her financial situation as particularly poor.
Several surveys have asked borrowers why they took out their loans or for what purpose they used the loan proceeds. These are challenging questions to study. Any survey that asks about past behavior or events runs some risk of recall errors. In addition, the fungibility of money makes this question more complicated. For example, a consumer who has an unexpected expense may not feel the effect fully until weeks later, depending on the timing of the unexpected expense relative to other expenses and the receipt of income. In that circumstance, a borrower may say either that she took
In a 2007 survey of payday borrowers, the most common reason cited for taking out a loan was “an unexpected expense that could not be postponed,” with 71 percent of respondents strongly agreeing with this reason and 16 percent somewhat agreeing.
A 2012 survey of payday loan borrowers, on the other hand, found that 69 percent of respondents took their first payday loan to cover a recurring expense, such as utilities, rent, or credit card bills, and only 16 percent took their first loan for an unexpected expense.
Another 2012 survey of over 1,100 users of alternative small-dollar credit products, including pawn, payday, auto title, deposit advance products, and non-bank installment loans, asked separate questions about what borrowers used the loan proceeds for and what precipitated the loan. Responses were reported for “very short term” and “short term” credit; very short term referred to payday, pawn, and deposit advance products. Respondents could report up to three reasons for what precipitated the loan; the most common reason given for very short term borrowing (approximately 37 percent of respondents) was “I had a bill or payment due before my paycheck arrived,” which the authors of the report on the survey results interpret as a mismatch in the timing of income and expenses. Unexpected expenses were cited by 30 percent of very short term borrowers, and approximately 27 percent reported unexpected drops in income. Approximately 34 percent reported that their general living expenses were consistently more than their income. Respondents could also report up to three uses for the funds; the most common answers related to paying for routine expenses, with over 40 percent reporting the funds were used to “pay utility bills,” over 40 percent reporting the funds were used to pay “general living expenses,” and over 20 percent saying the funds were used to pay rent. Of all the reasons for borrowing, consistent shortfalls in income relative to expenses was the response most highly correlated with consumers reporting repeated usage or rollovers.
A recent survey of 768 online payday users drawn from a large administrative database of payday borrowers looked at similar questions, and compared the answers of heavy and light users of online loans.
The business model of lenders who make payday and single-payment vehicle title loans is predicated on the lenders' ability to secure extensive reborrowing. As described in the Background section, the typical storefront payday loan has a principal amount of $350, and the consumer pays a typical fee of 15 percent of the principal amount. That means that if a consumer takes out such a loan and repays the loan when it is due without reborrowing, the typical loan would produce roughly $50 in revenue to the lender. Lenders would thus require a large number of “one-and-done” consumers to cover their overhead and acquisition costs and generate profits. However, because lenders are able to induce a large percentage of borrowers to repeatedly reborrow, lenders have built a model in which the typical store has, as discussed in part II, two or three employees serving around 500 customers per year. Online lenders do not have the same overhead costs, but they have been willing to pay substantial acquisition costs to lead generators and to incur substantial fraud losses because of their ability to secure more than a single fee from their borrowers.
The Bureau uses the term “reborrow” to refer to situations in which consumers either roll over a loan (which means they pay a fee to defer payment of the principal for an additional period of time), or take out a new loan within a short period time following a previous loan. Reborrowing can occur concurrently with repayment in back-to-back transactions or can occur shortly thereafter. The Bureau believes that reborrowing often indicates that the previous loan was beyond the consumer's ability to repay and meet the consumer's other major financial obligations and basic living expenses. As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.6, the Bureau believes it is appropriate to consider loans to be reborrowings when the second loan is taken out within 30 days of the consumer being indebted on a previous loan. While the Bureau's 2014 Data Point used a 14-day period and the Small Business Review Panel Outline used a 60-day period, the Bureau is using a 30-day period in this proposal to align with consumer expense cycles, which are typically a month in length. This is designed to account for the fact that where repaying a loan causes a shortfall, the consumer may seek to return during the same expense cycle to get funds to cover downstream expenses. Unless otherwise noted, this section, Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, uses a 30-day period to determine whether a loan is part of a loan sequence.
The majority of lending revenue earned by storefront payday lenders and lenders that make single-payment vehicle title loans comes from borrowers who reborrow multiple times and become enmeshed in long loan sequences. Based on the Bureau's data analysis, more than half of payday loans are in sequences that contain 10 loans or more.
As discussed below, the Bureau believes that both the short term and the single-payment structure of these loans contributes to the long sequences the
The single-payment structure and short duration of these loans makes them difficult to repay: within the space of a single income or expense cycle, a consumer with little to no savings cushion and who has borrowed to meet an unexpected expense or income shortfall, or who chronically runs short of funds, is unlikely to have the available cash needed to repay the full amount borrowed plus the finance charge on the loan when it is due and to cover other ongoing expenses. This is true for loans of a very short duration regardless of how the loan may be categorized. Loans of this type, as they exist in the market today, typically take the form of single-payment loans, including payday loans, and vehicle title loans, though other types of credit products are possible.
The size of single-payment loan repayment amounts (measured as loan principal plus finance charges owed) relative to the borrower's next paycheck gives some sense of how difficult repayment may be. The Bureau's storefront payday loan data shows that the average borrower being paid on a bi-weekly basis would need to devote 37 percent of her bi-weekly paycheck to repaying the loan. Single-payment vehicle title borrowers face an even greater challenge. In the data analyzed by the Bureau, the median borrower's payment on a 30-day loan is equal to 49 percent of monthly income.
The general positioning of short-term products in marketing and advertising materials as a solution to an immediate liquidity challenge attracts consumers facing these problems, encouraging them to focus on short-term relief rather than the likelihood that they are taking on a new longer-term debt. Lenders position the purpose of the loan as being for use “until next payday” or to “tide over” the consumer until she receives her next paycheck.
In addition to presenting loans as short-term solutions, rather than potentially long-term obligations, lender advertising often focuses on how quickly and easily consumers can obtain a loan. A recent academic paper reviewing the advertisements of Texas storefront and online payday and vehicle title lenders found that speed of getting a loan is the most frequently advertised feature in both online (100 percent) and storefront (50 percent) payday and title loans.
As discussed in part II, storefront payday, online payday, and vehicle title lenders generally gather some basic information about borrowers before making a loan. They normally collect income information, although that may just be self-reported or “stated” income. Payday lenders collect information to ensure the borrower has a checking account, and vehicle title lenders need information about the vehicle that will provide the security for the loan. Some lenders access consumer reports prepared by specialty consumer reporting agencies and engage in sophisticated screening of applicants, and at least some lenders turn down the majority of applicants to whom they have not previously made loans.
One of the primary purposes of this screening, however, is to avoid fraud and other “first payment defaults,”
After lenders attract borrowers in financial crisis, encourage them to think of the loans as a short-term solution, and fail to screen out those for whom the loans are likely to become a long-term debt cycle, lenders then actively encourage borrowers to reborrow and continue to be indebted rather than pay down or pay off their loans. Although storefront payday lenders typically take a post-dated check which could be presented in a manner timed to coincide with deposit of the borrower's paycheck or government benefits, lenders usually encourage or even require borrowers to come back to the store to redeem the check and pay in cash.
The Bureau's research shows that payday borrowers rarely reborrow a smaller amount than the initial loan, which would effectively amortize their loans by reducing the principal amount owed over time, thereby reducing their costs and the likelihood that they will need to take seven or ten loans out in a loan sequence. Lenders contribute to this outcome when they encourage borrowers to pay the minimum amount and roll over or reborrow the full amount of the earlier loan. In fact, as discussed in part II, some online payday loans automatically roll over at the end of the loan term unless the consumer takes affirmative action in advance of the due date such as notifying the lender in writing at least 3 days before the due date. Single-payment vehicle title borrowers, or at least those who ultimately repay rather than default, are more likely than payday borrowers to reduce the size of loans taken out in quick succession.
Lenders also actively encourage borrowers who they know are struggling to repay their loans to roll over and continue to borrow. In supervisory examinations and in an enforcement action, the Bureau has found evidence that lenders maintain training materials that promote borrowing by struggling borrowers.
It also appears that lenders do little to affirmatively promote the use of “off ramps” or other alternative repayment options, when those are required by law to be available. Such alternative repayment plans could help at least some borrowers avoid lengthy cycles of reborrowing. By discouraging the use of repayment plans, lenders can make it more likely that such consumers will instead reborrow. Lenders that are members of one of the two national trade associations for storefront payday lenders have agreed to offer an extended payment plan to borrowers but only if the borrower makes a request at least one day prior to the date on which the loan is due.
Where lenders collect payments through post-dated checks, ACH authorizations, and/or obtain security interests in borrowers' vehicles, these mechanisms also can be used to encourage borrowers to reborrow to avoid negative consequences for their transportation or bank account. For example, consumers may feel significantly increased pressure to return to a storefront to roll over a payday or vehicle title loan that includes such features rather than risk suffering vehicle repossession or fees in connection with an attempt to deposit the consumer's post-dated check, such as an overdraft fee or an NSF fees from the bank and returned item fee from the lender if the check were to bounce. The pressure can be especially acute when the lender obtains vehicle security.
And in cases in which consumers do ultimately default on their loans, these mechanisms often increase the degree of harm suffered due to consumers losing their transportation, from account and lender fees, and sometimes from closure of their bank accounts. As discussed in more detail below in Market Concerns—Payments, in its research the Bureau has found that 36 percent of borrowers who took out online payday or payday installment loans and had at least one failed payment during an eighteen-month period had their checking accounts closed by the bank by the end of that period.
The characteristics of the borrowers, the circumstances of borrowing, the structure of the short-term loans, and the practices of the lenders together lead to dramatic negative outcomes for many payday and vehicle title borrowers. There is strong evidence that a meaningful share of borrowers who take out payday and single-payment vehicle title loans end up with very long sequences of loans, and the loans made to borrowers with these negative outcomes make up a majority of all the loans made by these lenders.
Long loan sequences lead to very high total costs of borrowing. Each single-payment loan carries the same cost as the initial loan that the borrower took out. For a storefront borrower who takes out the average-sized payday loan of $350 with a typical fee of $15 per $100, each reborrowing means paying fees of $45. After just three reborrowings, the borrower will have paid $140 simply to defer payment of the original principal amount by an additional six weeks to three months.
The cost of reborrowing for auto title borrowers is even more dramatic given the higher price and larger size of those loans. The Bureau's data indicates that the median loan size for single-payment vehicle title loans is $694. One study found that the most common APR charged on the typical 30-day title loan is 300 percent, which equates to a rate $25 per $100 borrowed, which is a common State limit.
Evidence for the prevalence of long sequences of payday and auto title loans comes from the Bureau's own work, from analysis by independent researchers and analysts commissioned by industry, and from statements by industry stakeholders. The Bureau has published several analyses of storefront payday loan borrowing.
These findings are mirrored in other analyses. During the SBREFA process, a SER submitted an analysis prepared by Charles River Associates (CRA) of loan data from several small storefront payday lenders.
Similarly, in an analysis funded by an industry research organization, researchers found a mean sequence length, using a 30-day sequence definition, of nearly seven loans.
Analysis of a multi-lender, multi-year dataset by a research group affiliated with a specialty consumer reporting agency found that over a period of approximately four years the average borrower had at least one sequence of 9 loans; that 25 percent of borrowers had at least one loan sequence of 11 loans; and that 10 percent of borrowers had at least one loan sequence of 22 loans.
The Bureau has also analyzed single-payment vehicle title loans using the same basic methodology.
In addition to direct measures of the length of loan sequences, there is ample indirect evidence from the cumulative number of loans that borrowers take out that borrowers are often getting stuck in a long-term debt cycle. The Bureau has measured total borrowing by payday borrowers in two ways. In one study, the Bureau took a snapshot of borrowers in lenders' portfolios at a point in time (measured as borrowing in a particular month) and tracked them for an additional 11 months (for a total of 12 months) to assess overall loan use. This
Given differences in the regulatory context and the overall nature of the market, less information is available on online lending than storefront lending. Borrowers who take out payday loans online are likely to change lenders more frequently than storefront borrowers, which makes measuring the duration of loan sequences much more challenging. The limited information that is available suggests that online borrowers take out fewer loans than storefront borrowers, but that borrowing is highly likely to be under-counted. A report commissioned by an online lender trade association, using data from three online lenders making single-payment payday loans, reported an average loan length of 20 days and average days in debt per year of 73 days.
Additional analysis is available based on the records of a specialty consumer reporting agency. These show similar loans per borrower, 2.9, but over a multi-year period.
Extended sequences of loans raise concerns about the market for short-term loans. This concern is exacerbated by the available empirical evidence regarding consumer understanding of such loans, which strongly indicates that borrowers who take out long sequences of payday loans and vehicle title loans do not anticipate those long sequences.
Measuring consumers' expectations about reborrowing is inherently challenging. When answering survey questions about loan repayment, there is the risk that borrowers may conflate repaying an individual loan with completing an extended sequence of borrowing. Asking borrowers retrospective questions about their expectations at the time they started borrowing is likely to suffer from recall problems, as people have difficulty remembering what they expected at some time in the past. The recall problem is likely to be compounded by respondents tending to want to avoid saying that they made a mistake. Asking about expectations for future borrowing may also be imperfect, as some consumers may not be thinking explicitly about how many times they will roll a loan over when taking out their first loan. Asking the question may cause people to think about it more than they otherwise would have.
Two studies have asked payday and vehicle title borrowers at the time they took out their loans about their expectations about reborrowing, either the behavior of the average borrower or their own borrowing, and compared their responses with actual repayment behavior of the overall borrower population. One 2009 survey of payday borrowers found that over 40 percent of borrowers thought that the average borrower would have a loan outstanding for only two weeks. Another 25 percent responded with four weeks. Translating weeks into loans, the four-week response likely reflects borrowers who believe the average number of loans a borrower take out before repaying is one loan or two loans, depending on the mix of respondents paid bi-weekly or monthly. The report did not provide data on actual reborrowing, but based on analysis by the Bureau and others, this suggests that respondents were, on average, somewhat optimistic about reborrowing behavior.
In a study of vehicle title borrowers, researchers surveyed borrowers about their expectations about how long it would take to repay the loan.
The two studies just described compared borrowers' predictions of average borrowing with overall average borrowing levels, which is only informative about how accurate borrowers' predictions are on average. A 2014 study by Columbia University Professor Ronald Mann
First, borrowers are very poor at predicting long sequences of loans. Fewer borrowers expected to experience long sequences of loans than actually did experience long sequences. Only 10 percent of borrowers expected to be in debt for more than 70 days (five two-week loans), and only five percent expected to be in debt for more than 110 days (roughly eight two-week) loan, yet the actual numbers were substantially higher. Indeed, approximately 12 percent of borrowers remained in debt after 200 days (14 two-week loans).
Second, Mann's analysis shows that many borrowers do not appear to learn from their past borrowing experience. Those who had borrowed the most in the past did not do a better job of predicting their future use; they were actually more likely to underestimate how long it would take them to repay fully. As Mann noted in his paper, “heavy users of the product tend to be those that understand least what is likely to happen to them.”
Finally, Mann found that borrowers' predictions about the need to reborrow at least once versus not at all were optimistic, with 60 percent of borrowers predicting they would not roll over or reborrow within one pay cycle and only 40 percent actually not doing so.
A trade association commissioned two surveys which suggest that consumers are able to predict their borrowing patterns.
There are several factors that may contribute to consumers' lack of understanding of the risk of reborrowing that will result from loans that prove unaffordable. As explained above in the section on lender practices, there is a mismatch between how these products are marketed and described by industry and how they operate in practice. Although lenders present the loans as a temporary bridge option, only a minority of payday loans are repaid without any reborrowing. These loans often produce lengthy cycles of rollovers or new loans taken out shortly after the prior loans are repaid. Not surprisingly, many borrowers are not able to tell when they take out the first loan how long their cycles will last and how much they will ultimately pay for the initial disbursement of cash. Even borrowers who believe they will be unable to repay the loan immediately—and therefore expect some amount of reborrowing—are generally unable to predict accurately how many times they will reborrow and at what cost. As noted above, this is especially true for borrowers who reborrow many times.
Moreover, research suggests that financial distress could also be a factor in borrowers' decision making. As discussed above, payday and vehicle title loan borrowers are often in financial distress at the time they take out the loans. Their long-term financial condition is typically very poor. For example, as described above, studies find that both storefront and online payday borrowers have little to no savings and very low credit scores, which is a sign of overall poor financial condition. They may have credit cards but likely do not have unused credit, are often delinquent on one or more cards, and have often experienced multiple overdrafts and/or NSFs on their checking accounts.
Research has shown that when people are under pressure they tend to focus on
Each of these behavioral biases, which are exacerbated when facing a financial crisis, contribute to consumers who are considering taking out a payday loan or single-payment vehicle title loan failing to assess accurately the likely duration of indebtedness, and, consequently, the total costs they will pay as a result of taking out the loan. Tunneling may cause consumers not to focus sufficiently on the future implications of taking out a loan. To the extent that consumers do comprehend what will happen when the loan comes due, underestimation of future expenditures and optimism bias will cause them to misunderstand the likelihood of repeated reborrowing due to their belief that they are more likely to be able to repay the loan without defaulting or reborrowing than they actually are. And consumers who recognize at origination that they will have difficulty paying back the loan and that they may need to roll the loan over or reborrow may still underestimate the likelihood that they will wind up rolling over or reborrowing multiple times and the high cost of doing so.
Regardless of the underlying explanation, the empirical evidence indicates that borrowers do not expect to be in very long sequences and are overly optimistic about the likelihood that they will avoid rolling over or reborrowing their loans at all.
In addition to the harm caused by unanticipated loan sequences, the Bureau is concerned that many borrowers suffer other harms from unaffordable loans in the form of the costs that come from being delinquent or defaulting on the loans. Many borrowers, when faced with unaffordable payments, will be late in making loan payments, and may ultimately cease making payments altogether and default on their loans.
While the Bureau is not aware of any data directly measuring the number of late payments across the industry, studies of what happens when payments are so late that the lenders deposit the consumers' original post-dated checks suggest that late payment rates are relatively high. For example, one study of payday borrowers in Texas found that in 10 percent of all loans, the post-dated checks were deposited and bounced.
Bounced checks and failed ACH payments can be quite costly for borrowers. The median bank NSF fee is $34,
In addition to incurring NSF fees from a bank, in many cases when a check bounces the consumer can be charged a returned check fee by the lender; late fees are restricted in some but not all States.
Default can also be quite costly for borrowers. These costs vary with the type of loan and the channel through which the borrower took out the loan. As noted, default may come after a lender has made repeated attempts to collect from the borrower's deposit account, such that a borrower may ultimately find it necessary to close the account, or the borrower's bank or credit union may close the account if the balance is driven negative and the borrower is unable for an extended period of time to return the balance to positive. And borrowers of vehicle title loans stand to suffer the greatest harm from default, as it may lead to the repossession of their vehicle. In addition to the direct costs of the loss of an asset, this can seriously disrupt people's lives and put at risk their ability to remain employed.
Default rates on individual payday loans appear at first glance to be fairly low. This figure is three percent in the data the Bureau has analyzed.
Other researchers have found similarly high levels of default at the borrower level. One study of Texas borrowers found that 4.7 percent of loans were charged off, while 30 percent of borrowers had a loan charged off in their first year of borrowing.
Default rates on single-payment vehicle title loans are higher than those on storefront payday loans. In the data analyzed by the Bureau, the default rate on all vehicle title loans is 6 percent, and the sequence-level default rate is 33 percent.
Borrowers of all types of covered loans are also likely to be subject to collection efforts. The Bureau observed in its consumer complaint data that from November 2013 through December 2015 approximately 24,000 debt collection complaints had payday loan as the underlying debt. More than 10 percent of the complaints the Bureau has received about debt collection stem from payday loans.
Even if a vehicle title borrower does not have her vehicle repossessed, the threat of repossession in itself may cause harm to borrowers. It may cause them to forgo other essential expenditures in order to make the payment and avoid repossession.
The potential impacts of the loss of a vehicle depend on the transportation needs of the borrower's household and the available transportation alternatives. According to two surveys of vehicle title loan borrowers, 15 percent of all borrowers report that they would have no way to get to work or school if they lost their vehicle to repossession.
The Bureau analyzed online payday and payday installments lenders' attempts to withdraw payments from borrowers' deposit accounts, and found that six percent of payment attempts
The risk that they will default and the costs associated with default are likely to be under-appreciated by borrowers when obtaining a payday or vehicle title loan. Consumers are unlikely, when deciding whether to take out a loan, to be thinking about what will happen if they were to default or what it will take to avoid default. They may be overly focused on their immediate needs relative to the longer-term picture. The lender's marketing materials may have succeeded in convincing the consumer of the value of a loan to bridge until their next paycheck. Some of the remedies a lender might take, such as repeatedly attempting to collect from a borrower's checking account or using remotely created checks, may be unfamiliar to borrowers. Realizing that this is even a possibility would depend on the borrower investigating what would happen in the case of an event they do not expect to occur, such as a default.
In addition to the harms associated with delinquency and default, borrowers who take out these loans may experience other financial hardships as a result of making payments on unaffordable loans. These may arise if the borrower feels compelled to prioritize payment on the loan and does not wish to reborrow. This course may result in defaulting on other obligations or forgoing basic living expenses. If a lender has taken a security interest in the borrower's vehicle, for example, the borrower is likely to feel compelled to prioritize payments on the title loan over other bills or crucial expenditures because of the leverage that the threat of repossession gives to the lender.
The repayment mechanisms for other short-term loans can also cause borrowers to lose control over their own finances. If a lender has the ability to withdraw payment directly from a borrower's checking account, especially when the lender is able to time the withdrawal to align with the borrower's payday or the day the borrower receives periodic income, the borrower may lose control over the order in which payments are made and may be unable to choose to make essential expenditures before repaying the loan.
The Bureau is not able to directly observe the harms borrowers suffer from making unaffordable payments. The rates of reborrowing and default on these loans indicate that many borrowers do struggle to repay these loans, and it is therefore reasonable to infer that many borrowers are suffering harms from making unaffordable payments particularly where a leveraged payment mechanism and vehicle security strongly incentivize consumers to prioritize short-term loans over other expenses.
Based on Bureau analysis and outreach, the harms the Bureau perceives from payday loans, single-payment vehicle title loans, and other short-term loans persist in these markets despite existing regulatory frameworks. In particular, the Bureau believes that existing regulatory frameworks in those States that have authorized payday and/or vehicle title lending have still left many consumers vulnerable to the specific harms discussed above relating to reborrowing, default, and collateral harms from making unaffordable payments.
Several different factors have complicated State efforts to effectively apply their regulatory frameworks to payday loans and other short-term loans. For example, lenders may adjust their product offerings or their licensing status to avoid State law restrictions, such as by shifting from payday loans to vehicle title or installment loans or open-end credit or by obtaining licenses under State mortgage lending laws.
As discussed above in part II, States have adopted a variety of different approaches for regulating payday loans and other short-term loans. For example, fourteen States and the District of Columbia have interest rate caps or other restrictions that, in effect, prohibit payday lending. Although consumers in these States may still be exposed to potential harms from short-term lending, such as online loans made by lenders that claim immunity from these State laws or from loans obtained in neighboring States, these provisions provide strong protections for consumers by substantially reducing their exposure to the harms from payday loans.
The 36 States that permit payday loans in some form have taken a variety of different approaches to regulating such loans. Some States have restrictions on rollovers or other reborrowing. Among other things, these restrictions may include caps on the total number of permissible loans in a given period, or cooling-off periods between loans. Some States prohibit a lender from making a payday loan to a borrower who already has an outstanding payday loan. Some States have adopted provisions with minimum income requirements. For example, some States provide that a payday loan cannot exceed a percentage (most commonly 25 percent) of a consumer's gross monthly income. Some State payday or vehicle title lending statutes require that the lender consider a consumer's ability to repay the loan, though none of them specify what steps lenders must take to determine whether the consumer has the ability to repay a loan. Some States require that consumers have the opportunity to repay a short-term loan through an extended payment plan over the course of a longer period of time. Additionally, some jurisdictions require lenders to provide specific disclosures to alert borrowers of potential risks.
While these provisions may have been designed to target some of the same or
Likewise, the Bureau believes that disclosures are insufficient to adequately reduce the harm that consumers suffer when lenders do not determine consumers' ability to repay, for two primary reasons.
Second, empirical evidence suggests that disclosures have only modest impacts on consumer borrowing patterns for short-term loans generally and negligible impacts on whether consumers reborrow. Evidence from a field trial of several disclosures designed specifically to warn of the risks of reborrowing and the costs of reborrowing showed that these disclosures had a marginal effect on the total volume of payday borrowing.
During the SBREFA process, many of the SERs urged the Bureau to reconsider the proposals under consideration and defer to existing regulation of these credit markets by the States or to model Federal regulation on the laws or regulations of certain States. In the Small Business Review Panel Report, the Panel recommended that the Bureau continue to consider whether regulations in place at the State level are sufficient to address concerns about unaffordable loan payments and that the Bureau consider whether existing State laws and regulations could provide a model for elements of the Federal regulation. The Bureau has examined State laws closely in connection with preparing the proposed rule, as discussed in part II. Moreover, based on the Bureau's data analysis as noted above, the regulatory frameworks in most States do not appear to have had a significant impact on reducing reborrowing and other harms that confront consumers of short-term loans. For these and the other reasons discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, the Bureau believes that Federal intervention in these markets is warranted at this time.
In most consumer lending markets, it is standard practice for lenders to assess whether a consumer has the ability to repay a loan before making the loan. In certain markets, Federal law requires this.
Under § 1031(d)(2)(A) and (B) of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bureau may find an act or practice to be abusive in connection with a consumer financial product or service if the act or practice takes unreasonable advantage of (A) a lack of understanding on the part of the consumer of the material risks, costs, or conditions of the product or service or of (B) the inability of the consumer to protect the interests of the consumer in selecting or using a consumer financial product or service. It appears to the Bureau that consumers generally do not understand the material risks and costs of taking out a payday, vehicle title, or other short-term loan, and further lack the ability to protect their interests in selecting or using such loans. It also appears to the Bureau that lenders take unreasonable advantage of these consumer vulnerabilities by making loans of this type without reasonably determining that the consumer has the ability to repay the loan.
As discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, short-term payday and vehicle title loans can and frequently do lead to a number of negative consequences for consumers, which range from extensive reborrowing to defaulting to being unable to pay other obligations or basic living expenses as a result of making an unaffordable payment. All of these—including the direct costs that may be payable to lenders and the collateral consequences that may flow from the loans—are risks or costs of these loans, as the Bureau understands and reasonably interprets that phrase.
The Bureau recognizes that consumers who take out a payday, vehicle title, or other short-term loan understand that they are incurring a debt which must be repaid within a prescribed period of time and that if they are unable to do so, they will either have to make other arrangements or suffer adverse consequences. The Bureau does not believe, however, that such a generalized understanding suffices to establish that consumers understand the material costs and risks of these products. Rather, the Bureau believes that it is reasonable to interpret “understanding” in this context to mean more than a mere awareness that it is within the realm of possibility that a particular negative consequence may follow or cost may be incurred as a result of using the product. For example, consumers may not understand that a risk is very likely to materialize or that—though relatively rare—the impact of a particular risk would be severe.
As discussed above in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, the single largest risk to a consumer of taking out a payday, vehicle title, or similar short-term loan is that the initial loan will lead to an extended cycle of indebtedness. This occurs in large part because the structure of the loan usually requires the consumer to make a lump-sum payment within a short period of time, typically two weeks, or a month, which would absorb such a large share of the consumer's disposable income as to leave the consumer unable to pay the consumer's major financial obligations and basic living expenses. Additionally, in States where it is permitted, lenders often offer borrowers the enticing, but ultimately costly, alternative of paying a smaller fee (such as 15 percent of the principal) and rolling over the loan or making back-to-back repayment and reborrowing transactions rather than repaying the loan in full—and many borrowers choose this option. Alternatively, borrowers may repay the loan in full when due but find it necessary to take out another loan a short time later because the large amount of cash needed to repay the first loan relative to their income leaves them without sufficient funds to meet their other obligations and expenses. This cycle of indebtedness affects a large segment of borrowers: As described in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, 50 percent of storefront payday loan sequences contain at least four loans. One-third contain seven loans or more, by which point consumers will have paid charges equal to 100 percent of the amount borrowed and still owe the full amount of the principal. Almost one-quarter of loan sequences contain at least 10 loans in a row. And looking just at loans made to borrowers who are paid weekly, biweekly, or semi-monthly, 21 percent of loans are in sequences consisting of at least 20 loans. For loans made to borrowers who are paid monthly, 46 percent of loans are in sequences consisting of at least 10 loans.
The evidence summarized in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans also shows that consumers who take out these loans typically appear not to understand when they first take out a loan how long they are likely to remain in debt and how costly that will be for them. Payday borrowers tend to overestimate their likelihood of repaying without reborrowing and underestimate the likelihood that they will end up in an extended loan sequence. For example, one study found that while 60 percent of borrowers predict they would not roll over or reborrow their payday loan, only 40 percent actually did not roll over or reborrow. The same study found that consumers who end up reborrowing numerous times—
The Bureau has observed similar outcomes for borrowers of single-payment vehicle title loans. For example, 83 percent of vehicle title loans being reborrowed on the same day that a previous loan was due, and 85 percent of vehicle title loans are reborrowed within 30 days of a previous vehicle title loan. Fifty-six percent of vehicle title loan sequences consist of more than three loans, 36 percent consist of at least seven loans, and almost one quarter—23 percent—consist of more than 10 loans. While there is no comparable research on the expectations of vehicle title borrowers, the Bureau believes that the research in the payday context can be extrapolated to these other products given the significant similarities in the product structures, the characteristics of the borrowers, and the outcomes borrowers experience, as detailed in part II and Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans.
Consumers are also exposed to other material risks and costs in connection with covered short-term loans. As discussed in more detail in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, the unaffordability of the payments for
The Bureau does not believe that many consumers who take out payday, vehicle title, or other short-term loans understand the magnitude of these additional risks—for example, that they have at least a one in five (or for auto title borrowers a one in three) chance of defaulting. Nor are payday borrowers likely to factor into their decision on whether to take out the loan the many collateral consequences of default, including expensive bank fees, aggressive collections, or the costs of having to get to work or otherwise from place to place if their vehicle is repossessed.
As discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, several factors can impede consumers' understanding of the material risks and costs of payday, vehicle title, and other short-term loans. To begin with, there is a mismatch between how these loans are structured and how they operate in practice. Although the loans are presented as standalone short-term products, only a minority of payday loans are repaid without any reborrowing. These loans often instead produce lengthy cycles of rollovers or new loans taken out shortly after the prior loans are repaid. Empirical evidence shows that consumers are not able to accurately predict how many times they will reborrow, and thus are not able to tell when they take out the first loan how long their cycles will last and how much they will ultimately pay for the initial disbursement of loan proceeds. Even consumers who believe they will be unable to repay the loan immediately and therefore expect some amount of reborrowing are generally unable to predict accurately how many times they will reborrow and at what cost. This is especially true for consumers who reborrow many times.
In addition, consumers in extreme financial distress tend to focus on their immediate liquidity needs rather than potential future costs in a way that makes them particularly susceptible to lender marketing, and payday and vehicle title lenders often emphasize the speed with which the lender will provide funds to the consumer.
Under section 1031(d)(2)(B) of the Dodd-Frank Act, an act or practice is abusive if it takes unreasonable advantage of the inability of the consumer to protect the interests of the consumer in selecting or using a consumer financial product or service. Consumers who lack an understanding of the material risks and costs of a consumer financial product or service often will also lack the ability to protect their interests in selecting or using that consumer financial product or service. For instance, as discussed above, the Bureau believes that consumers are unlikely to be able to protect their interests in selecting or using payday, vehicle title, and other short-term loans because they do not understand the material risks and costs associated with these products.
But it is reasonable to also conclude from the structure of section 1031(d), which separately declares it abusive to take unreasonable advantage of consumer lack of understanding or of consumers' inability to protect their interests in using or selecting a product or service that, in some circumstances, consumers may understand the risks and costs of a product, but nonetheless be unable to protect their interests in selecting or using the product. The Bureau believes that consumers who take out an initial payday loan, vehicle title loan, or other short-term loan may be unable to protect their interests in selecting or using such loans, given their immediate need for credit and their inability in the moment to search out or develop alternatives that would either enable them to avoid the need to borrow or to borrow on terms that are within their ability to repay.
As discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, consumers who take out payday or short-term vehicle title loans typically have exhausted other sources of credit such as their credit card(s). In the months leading up to their liquidity shortfall, they typically have tried and failed to obtain other forms of credit. Their need is immediate. Moreover, consumers facing an immediate liquidity shortfall may believe that a short-term loan is their only choice; one study found that 37 percent of borrowers say they have been in such a difficult financial situation that they would take a payday loan on any terms offered.
The Bureau also believes that once consumers have commenced a loan sequence they may be unable to protect their interests in the selection or use of subsequent loans. After the initial loan in a sequence has been consummated, the consumer is legally obligated to repay the debt. Consumers who do not have the ability to repay that initial loan are faced with making a choice among three bad options: They can either default on the loan, skip or delay payments on major financial obligations or living expenses in order to repay the
Under section 1031(d)(2) of the Dodd-Frank Act, a practice is abusive if it takes unreasonable advantage of consumers' lack of understanding or inability to protect their interests. The Bureau believes that the lender practice of making covered short-term loans without determining that the consumer has the ability to repay may take unreasonable advantage both of consumers' lack of understanding of the material risks, costs, and conditions of such loans, and consumers' inability to protect their interests in selecting or using the loans.
The Bureau recognizes that in any transaction involving a consumer financial product or service there is likely to be some information asymmetry between the consumer and the financial institution. Often, the financial institution will have superior bargaining power as well. Section 1031(d) of the Dodd-Frank Act does not prohibit financial institutions from taking advantage of their superior knowledge or bargaining power to maximize their profit. Indeed, in a market economy, market participants with such advantages generally pursue their self-interests. However, section 1031 of the Dodd-Frank Act makes plain that there comes a point at which a financial institution's conduct in leveraging its superior information or bargaining power becomes unreasonable advantage-taking and thus is abusive.
The Dodd-Frank Act delegates to the Bureau the responsibility for determining when that line has been crossed. The Bureau believes that such determinations are best made with respect to any particular act or practice by taking into account all of the facts and circumstances that are relevant to assessing whether such an act or practice takes unreasonable advantage of consumers' lack of understanding or of consumers' inability to protect their interests. Several interrelated considerations lead the Bureau to believe that the practice of making payday, vehicle title, and other short-term loans without regard to the consumer's ability to repay may cross the line and take unreasonable advantage of consumers' lack of understanding and inability to protect their interests.
The Bureau first notes that the practice of making loans without regard to the consumer's ability to repay stands in stark contrast to the practice of lenders in virtually every other credit market, and upends traditional notions of responsible lending enshrined in safety-and-soundness principles as well as in a number of other laws.
In the markets for payday, vehicle title, and similar short-term loans, however, lenders have built a business model that—unbeknownst to borrowers—
Also relevant in assessing whether the practice at issue here involves unreasonable advantage-taking is the vulnerability of the consumers seeking these types of loans. As discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, payday and vehicle title borrowers—and by extension borrowers of similar short-term loans—generally have modest incomes, little or no savings, and have tried and failed to obtain other forms of credit. They generally turn to these products in times of need as a “last resort,” and when the loan comes due and threatens to take a large portion of their income, their situation becomes, if anything, even more desperate.
In addition, the evidence described in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans suggests that lenders engage in practices that further exacerbate the risks and costs to the interests of consumers. Lenders market these loans as being for use “until next payday” or to “tide over” consumers until they receive income, thus encouraging overly optimistic thinking about how the consumer is likely to use the product. Lender advertising also focuses on immediacy and speed, which may increase consumers' existing sense of urgency. Lenders make an initial short-term loan and then roll over or make new loans to consumers in close proximity to the prior loan, compounding the consumer's initial inability to repay. Lenders make this reborrowing option easy and salient to consumers in comparison to repayment
By not determining that consumers have the ability to repay their loans, lenders potentially take unreasonable advantage of a lack of understanding on the part of the consumer of the material risks of those loans and of the inability of the consumer to protect the interests of the consumer in selecting or using those loans.
Under section 1031(c)(1) of the Dodd-Frank Act, an act or practice is unfair if it causes or is likely to cause substantial injury to consumers which is not reasonably avoidably by consumers and such injury is not outweighed by countervailing benefits to consumers or to competition. Under section 1031(c)(2), the Bureau may consider established public policies as evidence in making this determination. The Bureau believes that it may be an unfair act or practice for a lender to make a covered short-term loan without reasonably determining that the consumer has the ability to repay the loan.
As noted in part IV, the Bureau's interpretation of the various prongs of the unfairness test is informed by the FTC Act, the FTC Policy Statement on Unfairness, and FTC and other Federal agency rulemakings and related case law.
The Bureau believes that the practice of making a covered short-term loan without assessing the consumer's ability to repay may cause or be likely to cause substantial injury. When a loan is structured to require repayment within a short period of time, the payments may outstrip the consumer's ability to repay since the type of consumers who turn to these products cannot absorb large loan payments on top of their major financial obligations and basic living expenses. If a lender nonetheless makes such loans without determining that the loan payments are within the consumer's ability to repay, then it appears the lender's conduct causes or is likely to cause the injuries described below.
In the aggregate, the consumers who suffer the greatest injury are those consumers who have exceedingly long loan sequences. As discussed above in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, consumers who become trapped in long loan sequences pay substantial fees for reborrowing, and they usually do not reduce the principal amount owed when they reborrow. For example, roughly half of payday loan sequences consist of at least three rollovers, at which point, in a typical two-week loan, a storefront payday borrower will have paid over a period of eight weeks charges equal to 60 percent or more of the loan amount—and will still owe the full amount borrowed. Roughly one-third of consumers roll over or renew their loan at least six times, which means that, after three and a half months with a typical two-week loan, the consumer will have paid to the lender a sum equal to 100 percent of the loan amount and made no progress in repaying the principal. Almost one-quarter of loan sequences consist of at least 10 loans in a row, and 50 percent of all loans are in sequences of 10 loans or more. And looking just at loans made to borrowers who are paid weekly, biweekly, or semi-monthly, approximately 21 percent of loans are in sequences consisting of at least 20 loans. For loans made to borrowers who are paid monthly, 42 percent of loans are in sequences consisting of at least 10 loans. In many instances, such consumers also incur bank penalty fees (such as NSF fees) and lender penalty fees (such as late fees and/or returned check fees) before rolling over a loan. Similarly, for vehicle title loans, the Bureau found that more than half, 56 percent, of single-payment vehicle title sequences consist of at least four loans in a row; over a third, 36 percent, consist of seven or more loans in a row; and 23 percent had 10 or more loans.
Moreover, consumers whose loan sequences are shorter may still suffer meaningful injury from reborrowing beyond expected levels, albeit to a lesser degree than those in longer sequences. Even a consumer who reborrows only once or twice—and, as described in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, 22 percent of payday and 23 percent of vehicle title loan sequences show this pattern—will still incur substantial costs related to reborrowing or rolling over the loans.
The injuries resulting from default on these loans also appear to be significant in magnitude. As described in section Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, 20 percent of payday loan sequences end in default, while 33 percent of vehicle title sequences end in default. Because short-term loans (other than vehicle title loans) are usually accompanied by some means of payment collection—typically a postdated check for storefront payday loans and an authorization to submit electronic debits to the consumer's account for online payday loans—a default means that the lender was unable to secure payment despite using those tools. That means that a default is preceded by failed payment withdrawal attempts which generate bank fees (such as NSF fees), that can put the consumer's account at risk and lender fees (such as late fees or returned check fees) which add to the consumer's
For consumers with a short-term vehicle title loan, the injury from default can be even greater. In such cases lenders do not have access to the consumers' bank account but instead have the ability to repossess the consumer's vehicle. As discussed above, almost one in five vehicle title loan sequences end with the consumer's vehicle being repossessed. Consumers whose vehicles are repossessed may end up either wholly dependent upon public transportation, or family, or friends to get to work, to shop, or to attend to personal needs, or in many areas of the country without any effective means of transportation at all.
Moreover, the Bureau believes that many consumers, regardless of whether they ultimately manage to pay off the loan, suffer collateral consequences as they struggle to make payments that are beyond their ability to repay. For instance, they may be unable to meet their other major financial obligations or be forced to forgo basic living expenses as a result of prioritizing a loan payment and other loan charges—or having it prioritized for them by the lender's exercise of its leveraged payment mechanism.
As previously noted in part IV, under the FTC Act unfairness standard, the FTC Policy Statement on Unfairness, FTC and other Federal agency rulemakings, and related case law, which inform the Bureau's interpretation and application of the unfairness test, an injury is not reasonably avoidable where “some form of seller behavior . . . unreasonably creates or takes advantage of an obstacle to the free exercise of consumer decision-making,”
As discussed above in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, a confluence of factors creates obstacles to the free exercise of consumers' decision-making, preventing them from reasonably avoiding injury caused by unaffordable short-term loans. Such loans involve a basic mismatch between how they appear to function as short term credit and how they are actually designed to function in long sequences of reborrowing. Lenders present short-term loans as short-term, liquidity-enhancing products that consumers can use to bridge an income shortfall until their next paycheck. But in practice, these loans often do not operate that way. The disparity between how these loans appear to function and how they actually function creates difficulties for consumers in estimating with any accuracy how long they will remain in debt and how much they will ultimately pay for the initial extension of credit. Consumer predictions are often overly optimistic, and consumers who experience long sequences of loans often do not expect those long sequences when they make their initial borrowing decision. As detailed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, empirical evidence demonstrates that consumer predictions of how long the loan sequence will last tend to be inaccurate, with many consumers underestimating the length of their loan sequence. Consumers are particularly poor at predicting long sequences of loans, and many do not appear to improve the accuracy of their predictions as a result of past borrowing experience.
Likewise, consumers are unable to reasonably anticipate the likelihood and severity of the consequences of being unable to repay the loan. The consequences include, for example, the risk of accumulating numerous penalty fees on their bank account and on their loan, and the risk that their vehicle will be repossessed, leading to numerous direct and indirect costs. The typical consumer does not have the information to understand the frequency with which these adverse consequences do occur or the likelihood of such consequences befalling a typical consumer of such a loan.
In analyzing reasonable avoidability under the FTC Act unfairness standard, the Bureau notes that the FTC and other agencies have at times focused on factors such as the vulnerability of affected consumers,
Not only are consumers unable to reasonably anticipate potential harms before entering into a payday, vehicle title, or other short-term loan, once they have entered into a loan, they do not have the means to avoid the injuries should the loan prove unaffordable. Consumers who obtain a covered short-term loan beyond their ability to repay face three options: Either reborrow, default, or repay the loan but defer or skip payments on their major financial obligations and for basic living expenses. In other words, for a consumer facing an unaffordable payment, some form of substantial injury is almost inevitable regardless of what actions are taken by the consumer. And as discussed above, lenders engage in a variety of practices that further increase the degree of harm, for instance by encouraging additional reborrowing even among consumers who are already experiencing substantial difficulties and engaging in payment collection practices that are likely to cause consumers to incur substantial additional fees beyond what they already owe.
As noted in part IV, the Bureau's interpretation of the various prongs of the unfairness test is informed by the FTC Act, the FTC Policy Statement on Unfairness, and FTC and other Federal agency rulemakings and related case law. Under those authorities, it generally is appropriate for purposes of the countervailing benefits prong of the unfairness standard to consider both the costs of imposing a remedy and any benefits that consumers enjoy as a result of the practice, but the determination does not require a precise quantitative analysis of benefits and costs.
It appears to the Bureau that the current practice of making payday, vehicle title, and other short-term loans without determining that the consumer has the ability to repay does not result in benefits to consumers or competition that outweigh the substantial injury that consumers cannot reasonably avoid. As discussed above, the amount of injury that is caused by the unfair practice, in the aggregate, appears to be extremely high. Although some individual consumers may be able to avoid the injury, as noted above, a significant number of consumers who end up in very long loan sequences can incur extremely severe financial injuries that were not reasonably avoidable. Moreover, some consumers whose short-term loans become short- to medium-length loan sequences incur various degrees of injury ranging from modest to severe depending on the particular consumer's circumstances (such as the specific loan terms, whether and how much the consumer expected to reborrow, and the extent to which the consumer incurred collateral harms from making unaffordable payments). In addition, many borrowers also experience substantial injury that is not reasonably avoidable as a result of defaulting on a loan or repaying a loan but not being able to meet other obligations and expenses.
Against this very significant amount of harm, the Bureau must weigh several potential countervailing benefits to consumers or competition of the practice in assessing whether it is unfair. The Bureau believes it is helpful to divide consumers into several groups of different borrowing experiences when analyzing whether the practice of extending covered short-term loans without determining that the consumer has the ability to repay yields countervailing benefits to consumers.
The first group consists of borrowers who repay their loan without reborrowing. The Bureau refers to these borrowers as “repayers” for purposes of this countervailing benefits analysis. As discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, 22 percent of payday loan sequences and 12 percent of vehicle title loan sequences end with the consumer repaying the initial loan in a sequence without reborrowing. Many of these consumers may reasonably be determined, before getting a loan, to have the ability to repay their loan, such that the ability-to-repay requirement in proposed § 1041.5 would not have a significant impact on their eligibility for this type of credit. At most, it would reduce somewhat the speed and convenience of applying for a loan under the current practice. Under the status quo, the median borrower lives five miles from the nearest payday store. Consumers generally can obtain payday loans simply by traveling to the store and showing a paystub and evidence of a checking account; online payday lenders may require even less. For vehicle title loans, all that is generally required is that the consumer owns their vehicle outright without any encumbrance.
As discussed in more detail in part VI, there could be a significant contraction in the number of payday stores if lenders were required to assess consumers' ability to pay in the manner required by the proposal, but the Bureau projects that 93 to 95 percent of borrowers would not have to travel more than five additional miles. Lenders likely would require more information and documentation from the consumer. Indeed, under the proposed rule consumers may be required in certain circumstances to provide documentation of their income for a longer period of time than their last paystub and may be required to document their rental expenses. Consumers would also be required to complete a written statement with respect to their expected future income and major financial obligations.
Additionally, when a lender makes a loan without determining a consumer's ability to repay, the lender can make the loan instantaneously upon obtaining a consumer's paystub or vehicle title. In contrast, if lenders assessed consumers' ability to repay, they might secure extrinsic data, such as a consumer report from a national consumer reporting agency, which could slow the process down. Indeed, under the proposed rule lenders would be required to review the consumer's borrowing history using the lender's own records and a report from a registered information system, and lenders would also be required to review a credit report from a national credit reporting agency. Using this information, along with verified income, lenders would have to project the consumer's residual income.
As discussed below in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.5, the proposed rule has been designed to enable lenders to obtain electronic income verification, to use a model to estimate rental expenses, and to automate the process of securing additional information and assessing the consumer's ability to repay. If the proposed ability-to-repay requirements are finalized, the Bureau anticipates that consumers who are able to demonstrate the ability to repay under proposed § 1041.5 would be able to obtain credit to a similar extent as they do in the current market. While the speed and convenience fostered by the current practice may be reduced for these consumers under the proposed rule's requirements, the Bureau does not believe that the proposed requirements will be overly burdensome in this respect. As described in part VI, the Bureau estimates that the required ability-to-repay determination would
While the Bureau believes that most repayers would be able to demonstrate the ability to repay under proposed § 1041.5, the Bureau recognizes that there is a sub-segment of repayers who could not demonstrate their ability to repay if required to do so by a lender. For them, the current lender practice of making loans without determining their ability to repay enables these consumers to obtain credit that, by hypothesis, may actually be within their ability to repay. The Bureau acknowledges that for this group of “false negatives” there may be significant benefits of being able to obtain covered loans without having to demonstrate their ability to repay in the way prescribed by proposed § 1041.5.
However, the Bureau believes that under the proposed rule lenders will generally be able to identify consumers who are able to repay and that the size of any residual “false negative” population will be small. This is especially true to the extent that this class of consumers is disproportionately drawn from the ranks of those whose need to borrow is driven by a temporary mismatch in the timing between their income and expenses rather than those who have experienced an income or expense shock or those with a chronic cash shortfall. It is very much in the interest of these borrowers to attempt to demonstrate their ability to repay in order to receive the loan and for the same reason lenders will have every incentive to err on the side of finding such an ability. Moreover, even if these consumers could not qualify for the loan they would have obtained absent an ability-to-pay requirement, they may still be able to get different credit within their demonstrable ability to repay, such as a smaller loan or a loan with a longer term.
Finally, some of the repayers may not actually be able to afford the loan, but choose to repay it nonetheless, rather than reborrow or default—which may result in their incurring costs in connection with another obligation, such as a late fee on a utility bill. Such repayers would not be able to obtain under proposed § 1041.5 the same loan that they would have obtained absent an ability-to-repay requirement, but any benefit they receive under the current practice would appear to be small, at most.
The second group consists of borrowers who eventually default on their loan, either on the first loan or later in a loan sequence after having reborrowed. The Bureau refers to these borrowers as “defaulters” for purposes of this countervailing benefits analysis. As discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, borrowers of 20 percent of payday and 33 percent of vehicle title loan sequences fall within this group. For these consumers, the current lender practice of making loans without regard to their ability to repay may enable them to obtain what amounts to a temporary “reprieve” from their current situation. They can obtain some cash which may enable them to pay a current bill or current expense. However, for many consumers, the reprieve can be exceedingly short-lived: 31 percent of payday loan sequences that default are single loan sequences, and an additional 27 percent of loan sequences that default are two or three loans long (meaning that 58 percent of defaults occur in loan sequences that are one, two, or three loans long). Twenty-nine percent of single-payment vehicle title loan sequences that default are single loan sequences, and an additional 26 percent of loan sequences that default are two or three loans long.
These consumers thus are merely substituting a payday lender or vehicle title lender for a preexisting creditor, and in doing so, end up in a deeper hole by accruing finance charges, late fees, or other charges at a high rate. Vehicle title loans can have an even more dire consequence for defaulters: 20 percent have their vehicle repossessed. The Bureau thus does not believe that defaulters obtain benefits from the current lender practice of not determining ability to repay.
The final and largest group of consumers consists of those who neither default nor repay their loans without reborrowing but who, instead, reborrow before eventually repaying. The Bureau refers to consumers with such loan sequences as “reborrowers” for purposes of this countervailing benefits discussion. These consumers represent 58 percent of payday loan sequences and 56 percent of auto title loan sequences. For these consumers, as for the defaulters, the practice of making loans without regard to their ability to repay enables them to obtain a temporary reprieve from their current situation. But for this group, that reprieve can come at a greater cost than initially expected, sometimes substantially greater.
Some reborrowers are able to end their borrowing after a relatively small number of additional loans; for example, approximately 22 percent of payday loan sequences and 23 percent of vehicle title loan sequences are repaid after the initial loan is reborrowed once or twice. But even among this group, many consumers do not anticipate before taking out a loan that they will need to reborrow. These consumers cannot reasonably avoid their injuries, and while their injuries may be somewhat less severe than the injuries suffered by consumers with extremely long loan sequences, their injuries can nonetheless be substantial, particularly in light of their already precarious finances. Conversely, some of these consumers may expect to reborrow and may accurately predict how many times they will have to reborrow. For consumers who accurately predict their reborrowing, the Bureau is not counting their reborrowing costs as substantial injury that should be placed on the “injury” side of the countervailing benefits scale.
While some reborrowers end their borrowing after a relatively small number of additional loans, a large percentage of reborrowers end up in significantly longer loan sequences. Of storefront payday loan sequences, for instance, one-third percent contain seven or more loans, meaning that consumers pay finance charges equal to or greater than 100 percent of the amount borrowed. About a quarter percent of loan sequences contain 10 or more loans in succession. For vehicle title borrowers, the picture is similarly dramatic: Only 23 percent of loan sequences taken out by vehicle title reborrowers are repaid after two or three successive loans whereas 23 percent of sequences are for 10 or more loans in succession. The Bureau does not believe any significant number of consumers anticipate such lengthy sequences.
Thus, the Bureau believes that the substantial injury suffered by the defaulters and reborrowers—the categories that represent the vast majority of overall short-term payday and vehicle title borrowers—dwarfs any benefits these groups of borrowers may
Turning to benefits of the practice for competition, the Bureau acknowledges, as discussed further in part II, that the current practice of lending without regard to consumers' ability to repay has enabled the payday industry to build a business model in which 50 percent or more of the revenue comes from consumers who borrow 10 or more times in succession. This, in turn, has enabled a substantial number of firms to extend such loans from a substantial number of storefront locations. As discussed in part II, the Bureau estimates that the top ten storefront payday lenders control only about half of the market, and that there are 3,300 storefront payday lenders that are small entities as defined by the SBA. The Bureau also acknowledges that, as discussed above and further in part VI, the anticipated effect of limiting lenders to loans that consumers can afford to repay will be to substantially shrink the number of loans per consumer which may, in turn, result in a more highly concentrated markets in some geographic areas. Moreover, the current practice enables to lenders to avoid the procedural costs that the proposed rule would impose.
However, the Bureau does not believe the proposed rule will reduce the competitiveness of the payday or vehicle title markets. As discussed in part II, most States in which such lending takes place have established a maximum price for these loans. Although in any given State there are a large number of lenders making these loans, typically in close proximity to one another, research has shown that there is generally no meaningful price competition among these firms. Rather, in general, the firms currently charge the maximum price allowed in any given State. Lenders who operate in multiple States generally vary their prices from State to State to take advantage of whatever local law allows. Thus, for example, lenders operating in Florida are permitted to charge $10 per $100 loaned,
In sum, it appears that the benefits of the identified unfair practice for consumers and competition do not outweigh the substantial, not reasonably avoidable injury caused or likely to be cause by the practice. On the contrary, it appears that the very significant injury caused by the practice outweighs the relatively modest benefits of the practice to consumers.
Section 1031(c)(2) of the Dodd-Frank Act allows the Bureau to “consider established public policies as evidence to be considered with all other evidence” in determining whether a practice is unfair as long as the public policy considerations are not the primary basis of the determination. In addition to the evidence described above and in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, established public policy supports the proposed finding that it is an unfair act or practice for lenders to make covered short-term loans without determining that the consumer has the ability to repay.
Specifically, as noted above, several consumer financial statutes, regulations, and guidance documents require or recommend that covered lenders assess their customers' ability to repay before extending credit. These include the Dodd-Frank Act with regard to closed-end mortgage loans,
The Bureau seeks comment on the evidence and proposed findings and conclusions in proposed § 1041.4 and Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans above. As discussed further below in connection with proposed § 1041.7, the Bureau also seeks comment on whether making loans with the types of consumer protections contained in proposed § 1041.7(b) through (e) should not be included in the practice identified in proposed § 1041.4.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1041.4 above, the Bureau has tentatively concluded that it is an unfair and abusive act or practice to
Proposed § 1041.5 sets forth the prohibition against making a covered short-term loan (other than a loan that satisfies the protective conditions in proposed § 1041.7) without first making a reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the covered short term loan according to its terms. It also, in combination with proposed § 1041.6, specifies minimum elements of a baseline methodology that would be required for determining a consumer's ability to repay, using a residual income analysis and an assessment of the consumer's prior borrowing history. In crafting the baseline ability-to-repay methodology established in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6, the Bureau is attempting to balance carefully several considerations, including the need for consumer protection, industry interests in regulatory certainty and manageable compliance burden, and preservation of access to credit.
Proposed § 1041.5 would generally require the lender to make a reasonable determination that a consumer will have sufficient income, after meeting major financial obligations, to make payments under a prospective covered short-term loan and to continue meeting basic living expenses. However, based on feedback from a wide range of stakeholders and its own internal analysis, as well as the Bureau's belief that consumer harm has resulted despite more general standards in State law, the Bureau believes that merely establishing such a general requirement would provide insufficient protection for consumers and insufficient certainty for lenders.
Many lenders have informed the Bureau that they conduct some type of underwriting on covered short-term loans and assert that it should be sufficient to meet the Bureau's standards. However, as discussed above, such underwriting often is designed to screen primarily for fraud and to assess whether the lender will be able to extract payments from the consumer. It typically makes no attempt to assess whether the consumer might be forced to forgo basic necessities or to default on other obligations in order to repay the covered loan. Moreover, such underwriting essentially treats reborrowing as a neutral or positive outcome, rather than as a sign of the consumer's distress, because reborrowing does not present a risk of loss or decreased profitability to the lender. On the contrary, new fees from each reborrowing contribute to the lender's profitability. In the Bureau's experience, industry underwriting typically goes no further than to predict the consumer's
The Bureau believes that to prevent the abusive and unfair practices that appear to be occurring in the market, it would be appropriate not only to require lenders to make a reasonable determination of a consumer's ability to repay before making a covered short term loan but also to specify minimum elements of a baseline methodology for evaluating consumers' individual financial situations, including their borrowing history. The baseline methodology is not intended to be a substitute for lender screening and underwriting methods, such as those designed to screen out fraud or predict and avoid other types of lender losses. Accordingly, lenders would be permitted to supplement the baseline methodology with other underwriting and screening methods.
The baseline methodology in proposed § 1041.5 rests on a residual income analysis—that is, an analysis of whether, given the consumer's projected income and major obligations, the consumer will have sufficient remaining (
In addition, in contrast with other markets in which there are long-established norms for DTI levels that are consistent with sustainable indebtedness, the Bureau does not believe that there exist analogous norms for sustainable DTI levels for consumers taking covered short-term loans. Thus, the Bureau believes that residual income is a more direct test of ability to repay than DTI and a more appropriate test with respect to the types of products covered in this rulemaking and the types of consumers to whom these loans are made.
The Bureau has designed the residual income methodology requirements specified in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 in an effort to ensure that ability-to-repay determinations can be made through scalable underwriting models. The Bureau is proposing that the most critical inputs into the determination rest on documentation but the Bureau's proposed methodology would allow for various means of documenting major financial obligations and also establishes alternatives to documentation where appropriate. It recognizes that rent, in particular, often cannot be readily documented and therefore would allow for estimation of rental expense. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii)(D), below. The Bureau's proposed
Finally, the Bureau's proposed methodology would not dictate a formulaic answer to whether, in a particular case, a consumer's residual income is sufficient to make a particular loan affordable. Instead, the proposed methodology would allow lenders to exercise discretion in arriving at a reasonable determination with respect to that question. Because this type of underwriting is so different from what many lenders currently engage in, the Bureau is particularly conscious of the need to leave room for lenders to innovate and refine their methods over time, including by building automated systems to assess a consumer's ability to repay so long as the basic elements are taken into account.
Proposed § 1041.5 outlines the methodology for assessing the consumer's residual income as part of the assessment of ability to repay. Proposed § 1041.5(a) would set forth definitions used throughout proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6. Proposed § 1041.5(b) would establish the requirement for a lender to determine that a consumer will have the ability to repay a covered short-term loan and would set forth minimum standards for a reasonable determination that a consumer will have the ability to repay such a covered loan. The standards in proposed § 1041.5(b) would generally require a lender to determine that the consumer's income will be sufficient for the consumer to make payments under a covered short-term loan while accounting for the consumer's payments for major financial obligations and the consumer's basic living expenses. Proposed § 1041.5(c) would establish standards for verification and projections of a consumer's income and major financial obligations on which the lender would be required to base its determination under proposed § 1041.5. Proposed § 1041.6 would impose certain additional presumptions, prohibitions, and requirements where the consumer's reborrowing during the term of the loan or shortly after having a prior loan outstanding suggests that the prior loan was not affordable for the consumer, so that the consumer may have particular difficulty in repaying a new covered short-term loan with similar repayment terms.
In explaining the requirements of the various provisions of proposed § 1041.5, the Bureau is mindful that substantially all of the loans being made today which would fall within the definition of covered short-term loans are single-payment loans, either payday loans or single-payment vehicle title loans. The Bureau recognizes, however, that the definition of covered short-term loan could encompass loans with multiple payments and a term of 45 days or less, for example, a 30-day loan payable in two installments. Accordingly, in the discussion that follows, the Bureau generally refers to payments in the plural and uses phrases such as the “highest payment due.” For most covered short-term loans the highest payment would be the only payment and the determinations required by proposed § 1041.5 would be made only for a single payment and the 30 days following such payment.
As an alternative to the proposed ability-to-repay requirement, the Bureau considered whether lenders should be required to provide disclosures to borrowers warning them of the costs and risks of reborrowing, default, and collateral harms from unaffordable payments associated with taking out covered short-term loans. However, the Bureau believes that such a disclosure remedy would be significantly less effective in preventing the consumer harms described above, for three reasons.
First, disclosures do not address the underlying incentives in this market for lenders to encourage borrowers to reborrow and take out long sequences of loans. As discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, the prevailing business model involves lenders deriving a very high percentage of their revenues from long loan sequences. While enhanced disclosures would provide additional information to consumers, the loans would remain unaffordable for consumers, lenders would have no greater incentive to underwrite more rigorously, and lenders would remain dependent on long-term loan sequences for revenues.
Second, empirical evidence suggests that disclosures have only modest impacts on consumer borrowing patterns for short-term loans generally and negligible impacts on whether consumers reborrow. Evidence from a field trial of several disclosures designed specifically to warn of the risks of reborrowing and the costs of reborrowing showed that these disclosures had a marginal effect on the total volume of payday borrowing.
Third, as discussed in part VI, the Bureau believes that behavioral factors make it likely that disclosures to consumers taking out covered short-term loans would be ineffective in warning consumers of the risks and preventing the harms that the Bureau seeks to address with the proposal. Due to the potential for tunneling in their decision-making and general optimism bias, as discussed in more detail in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans,
The Bureau requests comment on the appropriateness of all aspects of the proposed approach. For example, the Bureau requests comment on whether a simple prohibition on making covered short-term loans without determining ability to repay, without specifying the elements of a minimum baseline methodology, would provide adequate protection to consumers and clarity to industry about what would constitute compliance. Similarly, the Bureau requests comment on the adequacy of a less prescriptive requirement for lenders to “consider” specified factors, such as payment amount under a covered short-term loan, income, debt service payments, and borrowing history, rather than a requirement to determine that residual income is sufficient. (Such an approach could be similar to that of the Bureau's ability-to-repay requirements for residential mortgage loans.) Specifically, the Bureau requests comment on whether there currently exist sufficient norms around the levels of such factors that are and are not consistent with a consumer's ability to repay, such that a requirement for a lender to “consider” such factors would provide adequate consumer protection, as well as adequate certainty for lenders regarding what determinations of ability to repay would and would not reflect sufficient consideration of those factors.
Also during outreach, some stakeholders suggested that the Bureau should adopt underwriting rules of thumb—for example, a maximum payment-to-income (PTI) ratio—to either presumptively or conclusively demonstrate compliance with the rule. The Bureau solicits comment on whether the Bureau should define such rules of thumb and, if so, what metrics should be included in a final rule and what significance should be given to such metrics.
Proposed § 1041.5(a) would provide definitions of several terms used in proposed § 1041.5 in assessing the consumer's financial situation and proposed § 1041.6 in assessing consumers' borrowing history before determining whether a consumer has the ability to repay a new covered short-term loan. In particular, proposed § 1041.5(a) includes definitions for various categories of income and expenses that are used in proposed § 1041.5(b), which would establish the methodology that would generally be required for assessing consumers' ability to repay covered short-term loans. The substantive requirements for making the calculations for each category of income and expenses, as well as the overall determination of a consumer's ability to repay, are provided in proposed § 1041.5(b) and (c), and in their respective commentary. These proposed definitions are discussed in detail below.
Proposed § 1041.5(a)(1) would define the basic living expenses component of the ability-to-repay determination that would be required in proposed § 1041.5(b). It would define basic living expenses as expenditures, other than payments for major financial obligations, that a consumer makes for goods and services necessary to maintain the consumer's health, welfare, and ability to produce income, and the health and welfare of members of the consumer's household who are financially dependent on the consumer. Proposed § 1041.5(b) would require the lender to reasonably determine a dollar amount that is sufficiently large so that the consumer would likely be able to make the loan payments and meet basic living expenses without having to default on major financial obligations or having to rely on new consumer credit during the applicable period.
Accordingly, the proposed definition of basic living expenses is a principle-based definition and does not provide a comprehensive list of the expenses for which a lender must account. Proposed comment 5(a)(1)-1 provides illustrative examples of expenses that would be covered by the definition. It provides that food and utilities are examples of goods and services that are necessary for maintaining health and welfare, and that transportation to and from a place of employment and daycare for dependent children, if applicable, are examples of goods and services that are necessary for maintaining the ability to produce income.
The Bureau recognizes that provision of a principle-based definition leaves some ambiguity about, for example, what types and amounts of goods and services are “necessary” for the stated purposes. Lenders would have flexibility in how they determine dollar amounts that meet the proposed definition, provided that they do not rely on amounts that are so low that they are not reasonable for consumers to pay for the types and level of expenses in the definition.
The Bureau's proposed methodology also would not mandate verification or detailed analysis of every individual consumer expenditure. In contrast to major financial obligations (see below), a consumer's recent expenditures may not necessarily reflect the amounts a consumer needs for basic living expenses during the term of a prospective loan, and the Bureau is concerned that such a requirement could substantially increase costs for lenders and consumers while adding little protection for consumers.
The Bureau solicits comment on its principle-based approach to defining basic living expenses, including whether limitation of the definition to “necessary” expenses is appropriate, and whether an alternative, more prescriptive approach would be preferable. For example, the Bureau solicits comment on whether the definition should include, rather than expenses of the types and in amounts that are “necessary” for the purposes specified in the proposed definition, expenses of the types that are likely to recur through the term of the loan and in amounts below which a consumer cannot realistically reduce them. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether there are standards used in other contexts that could be relied upon by the Bureau. For example, the Bureau is aware that the Internal Revenue Service and bankruptcy courts have their own respective standards for calculating amounts an individual needs for expenses while making payments toward a delinquent tax liability or under a bankruptcy-related repayment plan.
Proposed § 1041.5(a)(2) would define the major financial obligations component of the ability-to-repay determination specified in proposed § 1041.5(b). Proposed § 1041.5(b) would generally require a lender to determine that a consumer will have sufficient residual income, which is net income after subtracting amounts already committed for making payments for major financial obligations, to make payments under a prospective covered short term loan and to meet basic living expenses. Payments for major financial obligations would be subject to the consumer statement and verification
Specifically, proposed § 1041.5(a)(2) would define the term to mean a consumer's housing expense, minimum payments and any delinquent amounts due under debt obligations (including outstanding covered loans), and court- or government agency-ordered child support obligations. Comment 5(a)(2)-1 would further clarify that housing expense includes the total periodic amount that the consumer applying for the loan is responsible for paying, such as the amount the consumer owes to a landlord for rent or to a creditor for a mortgage. It would provide that minimum payments under debt obligations include periodic payments for automobile loan payments, student loan payments, other covered loan payments, and minimum required credit card payments.
Expenses that the Bureau has included in the proposed definition are expenses that are typically recurring, that can be significant in the amount of a consumer's income that they consume, and that a consumer has little or no ability to change, reduce or eliminate in the short run, relative to their levels up until application for a covered short-term loan. The Bureau believes that the extent to which a particular consumer's net income is already committed to making such payments is highly relevant to determining whether that consumer has the ability to make payments under a prospective covered short-term loan. As a result, the Bureau believes that a lender should be required to inquire about such payments, that they should be subject to verification for accuracy and completeness to the extent feasible, and that a lender should not be permitted to rely on consumer income already committed to such payments in determining a consumer's ability to repay. Expenses included in the proposed definition are roughly analogous to those included in total monthly debt obligations for calculating monthly debt-to-income ratio and monthly residual income under the Bureau's ability-to-repay requirements for certain residential mortgage loans. (
The Bureau has adjusted its approach to major financial obligations based on feedback from SERs and other industry stakeholders on the Small Business Review Panel Outline. In the SBREFA process, the Bureau stated that it was considering including within the category of major financial obligations “other legally required payments,” such as alimony, and that the Bureau had considered an alternative approach that would have included utility payments and regular medical expenses. However, the Bureau now believes that it would be unduly burdensome to require lenders to make individualized projections of a consumer's utility or medical expenses. With respect to alimony, the Bureau believes that relatively few consumers seeking covered loans have readily verifiable alimony obligations and that, accordingly, inquiring about alimony obligations would impose unnecessary burden. The Bureau also is not including a category of “other legally required payments” because the Bureau believes that category, which was included in the Small Business Review Panel Outline, would leave too much ambiguity about what other payments are covered. For further discussion of burden on small businesses associated with verification requirements, see the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.5(c)(3), below.
The Bureau invites comment on whether the items included in the proposed definition of major financial obligations are appropriate, whether other items should be included and, if so, whether and how the items should be subject to verification. For example, the Bureau invites comment on whether there are other obligations that are typically recurring, significant, and not changeable by the consumer, such as, for example, alimony, daycare commitments, health insurance premiums (other than premiums deducted from a consumer's paycheck, which are already excluded from the proposed definition of net income), or unavoidable medical expenses. The Bureau likewise invites comment on whether there are types of payments to which a consumer may be contractually obligated, such as payments or portions of payments under contracts for telecommunication services, that a consumer is unable to reduce from their amounts as of consummation, such that the payments should be included in the definition of major financial obligations. The Bureau also invites comment on the inclusion in the proposed definition of delinquent amounts due, such as on the practicality of asking consumers about delinquent amounts due on major financial obligations, of comparing stated amounts to any delinquent amounts that may be included in verification evidence (
Proposed § 1041.5(a)(3) would define national consumer report to mean a consumer report, as defined in section 603(d) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act (FCRA), 15 U.S.C. 1681a(d), obtained from a consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis, as defined in section 603(p) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. 1681a(p). Proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii) would require a lender to obtain a national consumer report as verification evidence for a consumer's required payments under debt obligations and required payments under court- or government agency-ordered child support obligations. Reports that meet the proposed definition are often referred to informally as a credit report or credit history from one of the three major credit reporting agencies or bureaus. A national consumer report may be furnished to a lender from a consumer reporting agency that is not a nationwide consumer reporting agency, such as a consumer reporting agency that is a reseller.
Proposed § 1041.5(a)(4) would define the net income component of the ability-to-repay determination calculation specified in proposed § 1041.5(b). Specifically, it would define the term as the total amount that a consumer receives after the payer deducts amounts for taxes, other obligations, and voluntary contributions that the consumer has directed the payer to deduct, but before deductions of any amounts for payments under a prospective covered short term loan or for any major financial obligation. Proposed § 1041.5(b) would generally require a lender to determine that a consumer will have sufficient residual income to make payments under a prospective covered short-term loan and to meet basic living expenses. Proposed § 1041.5(a)(6), discussed below, would define residual income as the sum of net income that the lender projects the consumer will receive during a period, minus the sum of amounts that the lender projects will be payable by the consumer for major financial obligations during the period. Net income would be
The proposed definition is similar to what is commonly referred to as “take-home pay” but is phrased broadly to apply to income received from employment, government benefits, or other sources. It would exclude virtually all amounts deducted by the payer of the income, whether deductions are required or voluntary, such as voluntary insurance premiums or union dues. The Bureau believes that the total dollar amount that a consumer actually receives after all such deductions is the amount that is most instructive in determining a consumer's ability to repay. Certain deductions (
The Bureau invites comment on the proposed definition of net income and whether further guidance would be helpful.
Proposed § 1041.5(a)(5) would define payment under the covered short-term loan, which is a component of the ability-to-repay determination calculation specified in proposed § 1041.5(b). Proposed § 1041.5(b) would generally require a lender to determine that a consumer will have sufficient residual income to make payments under a covered short-term loan and to meet basic living expenses. Specifically, the definition of payment under the covered short-term loan in proposed § 1041.5(a)(5)(i) and (ii) would include all costs payable by the consumer at a particular time after consummation, regardless of how the costs are described in an agreement or whether they are payable to the lender or a third party. Proposed § 1041.5(a)(5)(iii) provides special rules for projecting payments under the covered short-term loan on lines of credit for purposes of the ability to repay test, since actual payments for lines of credit may vary depending on usage.
Proposed § 1041.5(a)(5)(i) would apply to all covered short-term loans. It would define payment under the covered short-term loan broadly to mean the combined dollar amount payable by the consumer in connection with the covered short-term loan at a particular time following consummation. Under proposed § 1041.5(b), the lender would be required to reasonably determine the payment amount under this proposed definition as of the time of consummation. The proposed definition would further provide that, for short-term loans with multiple payments, in calculating each payment under the covered loan, the lender must assume that the consumer has made preceding required payments and that the consumer has not taken any affirmative act to extend or restructure the repayment schedule or to suspend, cancel, or delay payment for any product, service, or membership provided in connection with the covered loan. Proposed § 1041.5(a)(5)(ii) would similarly apply to all covered short-term loans and would clarify that payment under the covered loan includes all principal, interest, charges, and fees.
The Bureau believes that a broad definition, such as the one proposed, is necessary to capture the full dollar amount payable by the consumer in connection with the covered short-term loan, including amounts for voluntary insurance or memberships and regardless of whether amounts are due to the lender or another person. It is the total dollar amount due at each particular time that is relevant to determining whether or not a consumer has the ability to repay the loan based on the consumer's projected net income and payments for major financial obligations. The amount of the payment is what is important, not whether the components of the payment include principal, interest, fees, insurance premiums, or other charges. The Bureau recognizes, however, that under the terms of some covered short-term loans, a consumer may have options regarding how much the consumer must pay at any given time and that the consumer may in some cases be able to select a different payment option. The proposed definition would include any amount payable by a consumer in the absence of any affirmative act by the consumer to extend or restructure the repayment schedule, or to suspend, cancel, or delay payment for any product, service, or membership provided in connection with the covered short-term loan. Proposed comment 5(a)(5)(i) and 5(a)(5)(ii)-1 includes three examples applying the proposed definition to scenarios in which the payment under the covered short-term loan includes several components, including voluntary fees owed to a person other than the lender, as well as scenarios in which the consumer has the option of making different payment amounts.
Proposed § 1041.5(a)(5)(iii) would include additional provisions for calculating the projected payment amount under a covered line of credit for purposes of assessing a consumer's ability to repay the loan. As explained in proposed comment 5(a)(5)(iii)-1, such rules are necessary because the amount and timing of the consumer's actual payments on a line of credit after consummation may depend on the consumer's utilization of the credit (
The Bureau believes these assumptions about a consumer's utilization and repayment are important to ensure that the lender makes its ability-to-repay determination based on the most challenging loan payment that a consumer may face under the covered loan. They also reflect what the Bureau believes to be the likely borrowing and repayment behavior of many consumers who obtain covered loans with a line of credit. Such consumers are typically
The Bureau invites comment on the proposed definition of payment under the covered short-term loan. Specifically, the Bureau invites comment on whether the provisions of proposed § 1041.5(a)(5) are sufficiently comprehensive and clear to allow for determination of payment amounts under covered short-term loans, especially for lines of credit.
Proposed § 1041.5(a)(6) would define the residual income component of the ability-to-repay determination calculation specified in proposed § 1041.5(b). Specifically, it would define the term as the sum of net income that the lender projects the consumer obligated under the loan will receive during a period, minus the sum of amounts that the lender projects will be payable by the consumer for major financial obligations during the period, all of which projected amounts must be based on verification evidence, as provided under proposed § 1041.5(c). Proposed § 1041.5(b) would generally require a lender to determine that a consumer will have sufficient residual income to make payments under a covered short-term loan and to meet basic living expenses.
The proposed definition would ensure that a lender's ability-to-repay determination cannot rely on the amount of a consumer's net income that, as of the time a prospective loan would be consummated, is already committed to pay for major financial obligations during the applicable period. For example, a consumer's net income may be greater than the amount of a loan payment, so that the lender successfully obtains the loan payment from a consumer's deposit account once the consumer's income is deposited into the account. But if the consumer is then left with insufficient funds to make payments for major financial obligations, such as a rent payment, then the consumer may be forced to choose between failing to pay rent when due, forgoing basic needs, or reborrowing.
Proposed § 1041.5(b) would prohibit lenders from making covered short-term loans without first making a reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the loan according to its terms, unless the loans are made in accordance with proposed § 1041.7. Specifically, proposed § 1041.5(b)(1) would require lenders to make a reasonable determination of ability to repay before making a new covered short-term loan, increasing the credit available under an existing loan, or before advancing additional credit under a covered line of credit if more than 180 days have expired since the last such determination. Proposed § 1041.5(b)(2) specifies minimum elements of a baseline methodology that would be required for determining a consumer's ability to repay, using a residual income analysis and an assessment of the consumer's prior borrowing history. It would require the assessment to be based on projections of the consumer's net income, major financial obligations, and basic living expenses that are made in accordance with proposed § 1041.5(c). It would require that, using such projections, the lender must reasonably conclude that the consumer's residual income will be sufficient for the consumer to make all payments under the loan and still meet basic living expenses during the term of the loan. It would further require that a lender must conclude that the consumer, after making the highest payment under the loan (typically, the last payment), will continue to be able to meet major financial obligations as they fall due and meet basic living expenses for a period of 30 additional days. Finally, proposed § 1041.5(b)(2) would require that, in situations in which the consumer's recent borrowing history suggests that she may have difficulty repaying a new loan as specified in proposed § 1041.6, a lender must satisfy the requirements in proposed § 1041.6 before extending credit.
Proposed § 1041.5(b)(1) would provide generally that, except as provided in § 1041.7, a lender must not make a covered short-term loan or increase the credit available under a covered short-term loan unless the lender first makes a reasonable determination of ability to repay for the covered short-term loan. The provision would also impose a requirement to determine a consumer's ability to repay before advancing additional funds under a covered short-term loan that is a line of credit if such advance would occur more than 180 days after the date of a previous required determination.
Proposed § 1041.5(b)(1)(i) would provide that a lender is not required to make the determination when it makes a covered short-term loan under the conditions set forth in § 1041.7. The conditions that apply under § 1041.7 provide alternative protections from the harms caused by covered short-term loan payments that exceed a consumer's ability to repay, such that the Bureau is proposing to allow lenders to make such loans in accordance with the regulation without engaging in an ability-to-repay determination under §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6. (See the discussions of § 1041.7, below.)
The Bureau notes that proposed § 1041.5(b)(1) would require the ability-to-repay determination before a lender actually takes one of the triggering actions. The Bureau recognizes that lenders decline covered loan applications for a variety of reasons, including to prevent fraud, avoid possible losses, and to comply with State law or other regulatory requirements. Accordingly, the requirements of § 1041.5(b)(1) would not require a lender to make the ability-to-repay determination for every covered short-term loan application it receives, but rather only before taking one of the enumerated actions with respect to a covered short-term loan. Similarly, nothing in proposed § 1041.5(b)(1) would prohibit a lender from applying screening or underwriting approaches in addition to those required under proposed § 1041.5(b) prior to making a covered short-term loan.
Proposed § 1041.5(b)(1)(ii) would provide that, for a covered short-term loan that is a line of credit, a lender must not permit a consumer to obtain an advance under the line of credit more than 180 days after the date of a prior required determination, unless the lender first makes a new reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the covered short-term loan. Under a line of credit, a consumer typically can obtain advances up to the maximum available credit at the consumer's discretion, often long after the covered loan was
Proposed § 1041.5(b) would require a lender to make a reasonable determination that a consumer will be able to repay a covered short-term loan according to its terms. As discussed above and as reflected in the provisions of proposed § 1041.5(b), a consumer has the ability to repay a covered short-term loan according to its terms only if the consumer is able to make all payments under the covered loan as they fall due while also making payments under the consumer's major financial obligations as they fall due and continuing to meet basic living expenses without, as a result of making payments under the covered loan, having to reborrow.
Proposed comment 5(b)-1 provides an overview of the baseline methodology that would be required as part of a reasonable determination of a consumer's ability to repay in proposed §§ 1041.5(b)(2) and (c) and 1041.6.
Proposed comment 5(b)-2 would identify standards for evaluating whether a lender's ability-to-repay determinations under proposed § 1041.5 are reasonable. It would clarify minimum requirements of a reasonable ability-to-repay determination; identify assumptions that, if relied upon by the lender, render a determination not reasonable; and establish that the overall performance of a lender's covered short-term loans is evidence of whether the lender's determinations for those covered loans are reasonable.
The proposed standards would not impose bright line rules prohibiting covered short-term loans based on fixed mathematical ratios or similar distinctions. Moreover, the Bureau does not anticipate that a lender would need to perform a manual analysis of each prospective loan to determine whether it meets all of the proposed standards. Instead, each lender would be required under proposed § 1041.18 to develop and implement policies and procedures for approving and making covered loans in compliance with the proposed standards and based on the types of covered loans that the lender makes. A lender would then apply its own policies and procedures to its underwriting decisions, which the Bureau anticipates could be largely automated for the majority of consumers and covered loans.
Proposed comment 5(b)-2.i would also provide that to be reasonable, a lender's ability-to-repay determination must be grounded in reasonable inferences and conclusions in light of information the lender is required to obtain or consider. As discussed above, each lender would be required under proposed § 1041.18 to develop policies and procedures for approving and making covered loans in compliance with the proposal. The policies and procedures would specify the conclusions that the lender makes based on information it obtains, and lenders would then be able to largely automate application of those policies and procedures for most consumers. For example, proposed § 1041.5(c) would require a lender to obtain verification evidence for a consumer's net income and payments for major financial obligations, but it would provide for lender discretion in resolving any ambiguities in the verification evidence to project what the consumer's net income and payments for major financial obligations will be following consummation of the covered short-term loan.
Finally, proposed comment 5(b)-2.i would provide that for a lender's ability-to-repay determination to be reasonable, the lender must appropriately account for information known by the lender, whether or not the lender is required to obtain the information under proposed § 1041.5, that indicates that the consumer may not have the ability to repay a covered short-term loan according to its terms. The provision would not require a lender to obtain information other than information specified in proposed § 1041.5. However, a lender might become aware of information that casts doubt on whether a particular consumer would have the ability to repay a particular prospective covered short-term loan. For example, proposed § 1041.5 would not require a lender to inquire about a consumer's individual transportation or medical expenses, and the lender's ability-to-repay method might comply with the proposed requirement to estimate consumers' basic living expenses by factoring into the estimate of basic living expenses a normal allowance for expenses of this type. But if the lender learned that a particular consumer had a transportation or recurring medical expense dramatically in excess of an amount the lender used in estimating basic living expenses for consumers generally, proposed comment 5(b)-2.i would clarify that the lender could not simply ignore that fact. Instead, it would have to consider the transportation or medical expense and then reach a reasonable determination that the expense does not negate the lender's otherwise reasonable ability-to-repay determination.
Similarly, in reviewing borrowing history records a lender might learn that the consumer completed a three-loan sequence of covered short-term loans made either under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 or under proposed § 1041.7, waited for 30 days before seeking to reborrow as required by proposed § 1041.6 or proposed § 1041.7 and then sought to borrow on the first permissible day under those sections, and that this has been a recurring pattern for the consumer in the past. While the fact that the consumer on more than one occasion has sought a loan on the first possible day that the consumer is free to do so may be attributable to new needs that arose following the conclusion of each prior sequence, an alternative—and perhaps more likely explanation—is that the consumer's consistent need to borrow as soon as possible is attributable to spillover effects from having repaid the last loan sequence. In these circumstances, a lender's decision
The Bureau invites comments on the minimum requirements for making a reasonable determination of ability to repay, including whether additional specificity should be provided in the regulation text or in the commentary with respect to circumstances in which a lender is required to take into account information known by the lender.
The Bureau invites comment on whether it would be useful to articulate additional specific examples of ability-to-repay determinations that are not reasonable, and if so which specific examples should be listed. In this regard, the Bureau has considered whether there are any circumstances under which basing an ability-to-repay determination for a covered short-term loan on assumed future borrowing or assumed future accumulation of savings would be reasonable, particularly in light of the nature of consumer circumstances when they take out such loans. The Bureau seeks comment on this question.
In other cases the reasonableness or unreasonableness of a lender's determinations might be less clear. Accordingly, proposed comment 5(b)-2.iii would provide that evidence of whether a lender's determinations of ability to repay are reasonable may include the extent to which the lender's determinations subject to proposed § 1041.5 result in rates of delinquency, default, and reborrowing for covered short-term loans that are low, equal to, or high, including in comparison to the rates of other lenders making similar covered loans to similarly situated consumers.
As discussed above, the Bureau recognizes that the affordability of loan payments is not the only factor that affects whether a consumer repays a covered loan according to its terms without reborrowing. A particular consumer may obtain a covered loan with payments that are within the consumer's ability to repay at the time of consummation, but factors such as the consumer's continual opportunity to work, willingness to repay, and financial management may affect the performance of that consumer's loan. Similarly, a particular consumer may obtain a covered loan with payments that exceed the consumer's ability to repay at the time of consummation, but factors such as a lender's use of a leveraged payment mechanism, taking of vehicle security, and collection tactics, as well as the consumer's ability to access informal credit from friends or relatives, might result in repayment of the loan without indicia of harm that are visible through observations of loan performance and reborrowing. However, if a lender's determinations subject to proposed § 1041.5 regularly result in rates of delinquency, default, or reborrowing that are significantly higher than those of other lenders making similar short-term covered loans to similarly situated consumers, that fact is evidence that the lender may be systematically underestimating amounts that consumers generally need for basic living expenses, or is in some other way overestimating consumers' ability to repay.
Proposed comment 5(b)-2.iii would not mean that a lender's compliance with the requirements of proposed § 1041.5 for a particular loan could be determined based on the performance of that loan. Nor would proposed comment 5(b)-2.iii mean that comparison of the performance of a lender's covered short-term loans with the performance of covered short-term loans of other lenders could be the sole basis for determining whether that lender's determinations of ability to repay comply or do not comply with the requirements of proposed § 1041.5. For example, one lender may have default rates that are much lower than the default rates of other lenders because it uses aggressive collection tactics, not because its determinations of ability to repay are reasonable. Similarly, the fact that one lender's default rates are similar to the default rates of other lenders does not necessarily indicate that the lenders' determinations of ability to repay are reasonable; the similar rates could also result from the fact that the lenders' respective determinations of ability to repay are similarly unreasonable. The Bureau believes, however, that such comparisons will provide important evidence that, considered along with other evidence, would facilitate evaluation of whether a lender's ability-to-repay determinations are reasonable.
For example, a lender may use estimates for a consumer's basic living expenses that initially appear unrealistically low, but if the lender's determinations otherwise comply with the requirements of proposed § 1041.5 and otherwise result in covered short-term loan performance that is materially better than that of peer lenders, the covered short-term loan performance may help show that the lender's determinations are reasonable. Similarly, an online lender might experience default rates significantly in excess of those of peer lenders, but other
The Bureau invites comment on whether and, if so, how the performance of a lender's portfolio of covered short-term loans should be factored in to an assessment of whether the lender has complied with its obligations under the rule, including whether the Bureau should specify thresholds which presumptively or conclusively establish compliance or non-compliance and, if so, how such thresholds should be determined.
Proposed comment 5(b)-3 notes that a lender is responsible for calculating the timing and amount of all payments under the covered short-term loan. The timing and amount of all loan payments under the covered short-term loan are an essential component of the required reasonable determination of a consumer's ability to repay under proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(i), (ii), and (iii). Calculation of the timing and amount of all payments under a covered loan is also necessary to determine which component determinations under proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(i), (ii), and (iii) apply to a particular prospective covered loan. Proposed comment 5(b)-3 cross references the definition of payment under a covered short-term loan in proposed § 1041.5(a)(5), which includes requirements and assumptions that apply to a lender's calculation of the amount and timing of all payments under a covered short-term loan.
A lender's ability-to-repay determination under proposed § 1041.5(b) would be required to account for a consumer's need to meet basic living expenses during the applicable period while also making payments for major financial obligations and payments under a covered short-term loan. As discussed above, proposed § 1041.5(a)(1) would define basic living expenses as expenditures, other than payments for major financial obligations, that the consumer must make for goods and services that are necessary to maintain the consumer's health, welfare, and ability to produce income, and the health and welfare of members of the consumer's household who are financially dependent on the consumer. If a lender's ability-to-repay determination did not account for a consumer's need to meet basic living expenses, and instead merely determined that a consumer's net income is sufficient to make payments for major financial obligations and for the covered short-term loan, the determination would greatly overestimate a consumer's ability to repay a covered short-term loan and would be unreasonable. Doing so would be the equivalent of determining, under the Bureau's ability-to-repay rule for residential mortgage loans, that a consumer has the ability to repay a mortgage from income even if that mortgage would result in a debt-to-income ratio of 100 percent. The Bureau believes there would be nearly universal consensus that such a determination would be unreasonable.
However, the Bureau recognizes that in contrast with payments under most major financial obligations, which the Bureau believes a lender can usually ascertain and verify for each consumer without unreasonable burden, it would be extremely challenging to determine a complete and accurate itemization of each consumer's basic living expenses. Moreover, a consumer may have somewhat greater ability to reduce in the short-run some expenditures that do not meet the Bureau's proposed definition of major financial obligations. For example, a consumer may be able for a period of time to reduce commuting expenses by ride sharing.
Accordingly, the Bureau is not proposing to prescribe a particular method that a lender would be required to use for estimating an amount of funds that a consumer requires to meet basic living expenses for an applicable period. Instead, proposed comment 5(b)-4 would provide the principle that whether a lender's method complies with the proposed § 1041.5 requirement for a lender to make a reasonable ability-to-repay determination depends on whether it is reasonably designed to determine whether a consumer would likely be able to make the loan payments and meet basic living expenses without defaulting on major financial obligations or having to rely on new consumer credit during the applicable period.
Proposed comment 5(b)-4 would provide a non-exhaustive list of methods that may be reasonable ways to estimate basic living expenses. The first method is to set minimum percentages of income or dollar amounts based on a statistically valid survey of expenses of similarly situated consumers, taking into consideration the consumer's income, location, and household size. This example is based on a method that several lenders have told the Bureau they currently use in determining whether a consumer will have the ability to repay a loan and is consistent with the recommendations of the Small Dollar Roundtable. The Bureau notes that the Bureau of Labor Statistics conducts a periodic survey of consumer expenditures which may be useful for this purpose. The Bureau invites comment on whether the example should identify consideration of a consumer's income, location, and household size as an important aspect of the method.
The second method is to obtain additional reliable information about a consumer's expenses other than the information required to be obtained under proposed § 1041.5(c), to develop a reasonably accurate estimate of a consumer's basic living expenses. The example would not mean that a lender is required to obtain this information but would clarify that doing so may be one effective method of estimating a consumer's basic living expenses. The method described in the second example may be more convenient for smaller lenders or lenders with no experience working with statistically valid surveys of consumer expenses, as described in the first example.
The third example is any method that reliably predicts basic living expenses. The Bureau is proposing to include this broadly phrased example to clarify that lenders may use innovative and data-driven methods that reliably estimate consumers' basic living expenses, even if the methods are not as intuitive as the methods in the first two examples. The Bureau would expect to evaluate the reliability of such methods by taking into account the performance of the lender's covered short-term loans in absolute terms and relative to other lenders, as discussed in proposed comment 5(b)-3.iii.
Proposed comment 5(b)-4 would provide a non-exhaustive list of unreasonable methods of determining basic living expenses. The first example is a method that assumes that a consumer needs no or implausibly low amounts of funds to meet basic living expenses during the applicable period and that, accordingly, substantially all of a consumer's net income that is not required for payments for major
The Bureau solicits comment on all aspects of the proposed requirements for estimating basic living expenses, including the methods identified as reasonable or unreasonable, whether additional methods should be specified, or whether the Bureau should provide either a more prescriptive method for estimating basic living expenses or a safe harbor methodology (and, if so, what that methodology should be). The Bureau also solicits comment on whether lenders should be required to ask consumers to identify, on a written questionnaire that lists common types of basic living expenses, how much they typically spend on each type of expense. The Bureau further solicits comment on whether and how lenders should be required to verify the completeness and correctness of the amounts the consumer lists and how a lender should be required to determine how much of the identified or verified expenditures is necessary or, under the alternative approach to defining basic living expenses discussed above, is recurring and not realistically reducible during the term of the prospective loan.
Proposed § 1041.5(b)(2) would set forth the Bureau's specific proposed methodology for making a reasonable determination of a consumer's ability to pay a covered short-term loan. Specifically, it would provide that a lender's determination of a consumer's ability to repay is reasonable only if, based on projections in accordance with proposed § 1041.5(c), the lender reasonably makes the applicable determinations provided in proposed §§ 1041.5(b)(2)(i), (ii), and (iii). Proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(i) would require an assessment of the sufficiency of the consumer's residual income during the term of the loan, and proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(ii) would require assessment of an additional period in light of the special harms associated with loans with short-term structures. Proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(iii) would require compliance with additional requirements in proposed § 1041.6 in situations in which the consumer's borrowing history suggests that he or she may have difficulty repaying additional credit.
Proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(i) would provide that for any covered short-term loan subject to the ability-to-repay requirement of proposed § 1041.5, a lender must reasonably conclude that the consumer's residual income will be sufficient for the consumer to make all payments under the covered short-term loan and to meet basic living expenses during the term of covered short-term loan. As defined in proposed § 1041.5(a)(6), residual income is the amount of a consumer's net income during a period that is not already committed to payments under major financial obligations during the period. If the payments for a covered short-term loan would consume so much of a consumer's residual income that the consumer would be unable to meet basic living expenses, then the consumer would likely suffer injury from default or reborrowing, or suffer collateral harms from unaffordable payments.
In proposing § 1041.5(b)(2)(i) the Bureau recognizes that, even when lenders determine at the time of consummation that consumers will have the ability to repay a covered short-term loan, some consumers may still face difficulty making payments under covered short-term loans because of changes that occur after consummation. For example, some consumers would experience unforeseen decreases in income or increases in expenses that would leave them unable to repay their loans. Thus, the fact that a consumer ended up in default is not, in and of itself, evidence that the lender failed to make a reasonable assessment of the consumer's ability to repay ex ante. Rather, proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(i) looks to the facts as reasonably knowable prior to consummation and would mean that a lender is prohibited from making a covered short-term loan subject to proposed § 1041.5 if there is not a reasonable basis at consummation for concluding that the consumer will be able to make payments under the covered loan while also meeting the consumer's major financial obligations and meeting basic living expenses.
While some consumers may have so little (or no) residual income as to be unable to afford any loan, for other consumers the ability to repay will depend on the amount and timing of the required repayments. Thus, even if a lender concludes that there is not a reasonable basis for believing that a consumer can pay a particular prospective loan, proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(i) would not prevent a lender from making a different covered loan with more affordable payments to such a consumer, provided that the more affordable payments would not consume so much of a consumer's residual income that the consumer would be unable to meet basic living expenses and provided further that the alternative loan is consistent with applicable State law.
As discussed above, under proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(i) a lender must reasonably conclude that the consumer's residual income will be sufficient for the consumer to make all payments under the covered short-term loan and to meet basic living expenses during the term of the covered short-term loan. To provide greater certainty, facilitate compliance, and reduce burden, the Bureau is proposing a comment to explain how lenders could comply with proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(i).
Proposed comment 5(b)(2)(i)-1 would provide that a lender complies with the requirement in § 1041.5(b)(2)(i) if it reasonably determines that the consumer's projected residual income during the shorter of the term of the loan or the period ending 45 days after consummation of the loan will be greater than the sum of all payments under the covered short-term loan plus an amount the lender reasonably estimates will be needed for basic living expenses during the term of the covered short-term loan. The method of compliance would allow the lender to make one determination based on the sum of all payments that would be due during the term of the covered short-term loan, rather than having to make a separate determination for each respective payment and payment period in isolation, in cases where the short-term loan provide for multiple payments. However, the lender would have to make the determination for the actual term of the loan, accounting for residual income (
The Bureau believes that for a covered loan with short duration, a lender should make the determination based on net income the consumer will actually receive during the term of the loan and payments for major financial obligations that will actually be payable during the term of the covered short-term loan, rather than, for example, based on a monthly period that may or may not coincide with the loan term.
The Bureau is proposing to clarify that the determination must be based on residual income “during the shorter of the term of the loan or the period ending 45 days after consummation of the loan” because the definition of a covered short-term loan includes a loan under which the consumer is required to repay “substantially” the entire amount of the loan within 45 days of consummation. The clarification would ensure that, if an unsubstantial amount were due after 45 days following consummation, the lender could not rely on residual income projected to accrue after the forty-fifth day to determine that the consumer would have sufficient residual income as required under proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(i). Proposed comment 5(b)(2)(i)-1.i includes an example applying the method of compliance to a covered short-term loan payable in one payment 16 days after the lender makes the covered short-term loan.
The Bureau invites comment on its proposed applicable time period for assessing residual income.
As discussed above, under proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(i) a lender must reasonably conclude that the consumer's residual income will be sufficient for the consumer to make all payments under the covered short-term loan and to meet basic living expenses during the shorter of the term of the loan or the period ending 45 days after consummation of the loan. Proposed comment 5(b)(2)(i)-2 would clarify what constitutes “sufficient” residual income for a covered short-term loan. For a covered short-term loans, comment 5(b)(2)(i)-2.i would provide that residual income is sufficient so long as it is greater than the sum of payments that would be due under the covered loan plus an amount the lender reasonably estimates will be needed for basic living expenses.
Proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(ii) would provide that for a covered short-term loan subject to the ability-to-repay requirement of proposed § 1041.5, a lender must reasonably conclude that the consumer will be able to make payments required for major financial obligations as they fall due, to make any remaining payments under the covered short-term loan, and to meet basic living expenses for 30 days after having made the highest payment under the covered short-term loan on its due date. Proposed comment 5(b)(2)(ii)-1 notes that a lender must include in its determination under proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(ii) the amount and timing of net income that it projects the consumer will receive during the 30-day period following the highest payment, in accordance with proposed § 1041.5(c). Proposed comment 5(b)(2)(ii)-1 also includes an example of a covered short-term loan for which a lender could not make a reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay under proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(ii).
The Bureau proposes to include the requirement in § 1041.5(b)(2)(ii) for covered short-term loans because the Bureau's research has found that these loan structures are particularly likely to result in reborrowing shortly after the consumer repays an earlier loan. As discussed above in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, when a covered loan's terms provide for it to be substantially repaid within 45 days following consummation the fact that the consumer must repay so much within such a short period of time makes it especially likely that the consumer will be left with insufficient funds to make subsequent payments under major financial obligations and to meet basic living expenses. The consumer may then end up falling behind on payments under major financial obligations, being unable to meet basic living expenses, or borrowing additional consumer credit. Such consumers may be particularly likely to borrow new consumer credit in the form of a new covered loan.
This shortfall in a consumer's funds is most likely to occur following the highest payment under the covered short-term loan (which is typically but not necessarily the final payment) and before the consumer's subsequent receipt of significant income. However, depending on regularity of a consumer's income payments and payment amounts, the point within a consumer's monthly expense cycle when the problematic covered short-term loan payment falls due, and the distribution of a consumer's expenses through the month, the resulting shortfall may not manifest until a consumer has attempted to meet all expenses in the consumer's monthly expense cycle, or even longer. Indeed, many payday loan borrowers who repay a first loan and do not reborrow during the ensuing pay cycle (
In the Small Business Review Panel Outline, the Bureau described a proposal to require lenders to determine that a consumer will have the ability to repay a covered short-term loan without needing to reborrow for 60 days, consistent with the proposal in the same document to treat a loan taken within 60 days of having a prior covered short-term loan outstanding as part of the same sequence. Several consumer advocates have argued that consumers may be able to juggle expenses and financial obligations for a time, so that an unaffordable loan may not result in reborrowing until after a 30-day period. For the reasons discussed further below in the section-by-section analyses of § 1041.6, the Bureau is now proposing a 30-day period for both purposes.
The Bureau believes that the incidence of reborrowing caused by such loan structures would be somewhat ameliorated simply by determining that a consumer will have residual income during the term of the loan that exceeds the sum of covered loan payments plus an amount necessary to meet basic living expenses during that period. But if the loan payments consume all of a consumer's residual income during the period beyond the amount needed to meet basic living expenses during the period, then the consumer will be left with insufficient funds to make payments under major financial obligations and meet basic living expenses after the end of that period, unless the consumer receives sufficient net income shortly after the end of that period and before the next set of expenses fall due. Often, though, the opposite is true: A lender schedules the due dates of loan payments under covered short-term loans so that the loan payment due date coincides with dates of the consumer's receipts of income. This practice maximizes the probability that the lender will timely receive the payment under the covered short-term loan, but it also means the term of the loan (as well as the relevant period for the lender's determination that the consumer's residual income will be sufficient under proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(i)) ends on the date of the consumer's receipt of income, with the result that the time between the end of the loan term and the consumer's subsequent receipt of income is maximized.
Thus, even if a lender made a reasonable determination under proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(i) that the consumer would have sufficient residual income during the loan term to make loan payments under the covered short-term loan and meet basic living expenses during the period, there would remain a significant risk that, as a result of an unaffordable highest payment (which may be the only payment, or the last of equal payments), the consumer would be forced to reborrow or suffer collateral harms from unaffordable payments. The example included in proposed comment 5(b)(2)(ii)-1 illustrates just such a result.
The Bureau invites comment on the necessity of the requirement in proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(ii) to prevent consumer harms and on any alternatives that would adequately prevent consumer harm while reducing burden for lenders. The Bureau also invites comment on whether the 30-day period in proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(ii) is the appropriate period of time to use or whether a shorter or longer period of time, such as the 60-day period described in the Small Business Review Panel Outline, would be appropriate. The Bureau also invites comment on whether the time period chosen should run from the date of the final payment, rather than the highest payment, in cases where the highest payment is other than the final payment.
Proposed § 1041.5(b)(2)(iii) would provide that for a covered short-term loan for which a presumption of unaffordability applies under proposed § 1041.6, the lender determine that the requirements of proposed § 1041.6 are satisfied. As discussed below, proposed § 1041.6 would apply certain presumptions, requirements, and prohibitions when the consumer's borrowing history indicates that he or she may have particular difficulty in repaying a new covered loan with certain payment amounts or structures.
Proposed § 1041.5(c) provides requirements that would apply to a lender's projections of net income and major financial obligations, which in turn serve as the basis for the lender's reasonable determination of ability to repay. Specifically, it would establish requirements for obtaining information directly from a consumer as well as specified types of verification evidence. It would also provide requirements for reconciling ambiguities and inconsistencies in the information and verification evidence.
As discussed above, proposed § 1041.5(b)(2) would provide that a lender's determination of a consumer's ability to repay is reasonable only if the lender determines that the consumer will have sufficient residual income during the term of the loan and for a period thereafter to repay the loan and still meet basic living expenses. Proposed § 1041.5(b)(2) thus carries with it the requirement for a lender to make projections with respect to the consumer's net income and major financial obligations—the components of residual income—during the relevant period of time. And, proposed § 1041.5(b)(2) further provides that to be reasonable such projections must be made in accordance with proposed § 1041.5(c).
Proposed § 1041.5(c)(1) would provide that for a lender's projection of the amount and timing of net income or payments for major financial obligations to be reasonable, the lender must obtain both a written statement from the consumer as provided for in proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(i), and verification evidence as provided for in proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii), each of which are discussed below. Proposed § 1041.5(c)(1) further provides that for a lender's projection of the amount and timing of net income or payments for major financial obligations to be reasonable it may be based on a consumer's statement of the amount and timing only to the extent the stated amounts and timing are consistent with the verification evidence.
The Bureau believes verification of consumers' net income and payments for major financial obligations is an important component of the reasonable ability-to-repay determination. Consumers seeking a loan may be in financial distress and inclined to overestimate net income or to underestimate payments under major financial obligations to improve their chances of being approved. Lenders have an incentive to encourage such misestimates to the extent that as a result consumers find it necessary to reborrow. This result is especially likely if a consumer perceives that, for any given loan amount, lenders offer only one-size-fits-all loan repayment structure and will not offer an alternative loan with payments that are within the consumer's ability to repay. An ability-to-repay determination that is based on unrealistic factual assumptions will yield unrealistic and unreliable results, leading to the consumer harms that the Bureau's proposal is intended to prevent.
Accordingly, proposed § 1041.5(c)(1) would permit a lender to base its projection of the amount and timing of a consumer's net income or payments under major financial obligations on a consumer's written statement of amounts and timing under proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(i) only to the extent the stated amounts and timing are consistent with verification evidence of the type specified in proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii). Proposed § 1041.5(c)(1) would further provide that in determining whether and the extent to which such stated amounts and timing are consistent with verification evidence, a lender may reasonably consider other reliable evidence the lender obtains from or about the consumer, including any explanations the lender obtains from the consumer. The Bureau believes the proposed approach would appropriately ensure that the projections of a consumer's net income and payments for major financial obligations will generally be supported by objective, third-party documentation or other records.
However, the proposed approach also recognizes that reasonably available verification evidence may sometimes contain ambiguous, out-of-date, or missing information. For example, the net income of consumers who seek covered loans may vary over time, such as for a consumer who is paid an hourly wage and whose work hours vary from week to week. In fact, a consumer is more likely to experience financial distress, which may be a consumer's reason for seeking a covered loan, immediately following a temporary decrease in net income from their more typical levels. Accordingly, the proposed approach would not require a lender to base its projections exclusively on the consumer's most recent net income receipt shown in the verification evidence. Instead, it allows the lender reasonable flexibility in the inferences the lender draws about, for example, a consumer's net income during the term of the covered loan, based on the consumer's net income payments shown in the verification evidence, including net income for periods earlier than the most recent net income receipt. At the same time, the proposed approach would not allow a lender to mechanically assume that a consumer's immediate past income as shown in the verification evidence will continue into the future if, for example, the lender has reason to believe that the consumer has been laid off or is no longer employed.
In this regard, the proposed approach recognizes that a consumer's own statements, explanations, and other evidence are important components of a reliable projection of future net income and payments for major financial obligations. Proposed comment 5(c)(1)-1 includes several examples applying the proposed provisions to various scenarios, illustrating reliance on consumer statements to the extent they are consistent with verification evidence and how a lender may reasonably consider consumer explanations to resolve ambiguities in the verification evidence. It includes examples of when a major financial obligation in a consumer report is greater than the amount stated by the consumer and of when a major financial obligation stated by the consumer does not appear in the consumer report at all.
The Bureau anticipates that lenders would develop policies and procedures, in accordance with proposed § 1041.18, for how they project consumer net income and payments for major financial obligations in compliance with proposed § 1041.5(c)(1) and that a lender's policies and procedures would reflect its business model and practices, including the particular methods it uses to obtain consumer statements and verification evidence. The Bureau believes that many lenders and vendors would develop methods of automating projections, so that for a typical consumer, relatively little labor would be required.
The Bureau invites comments on the proposed approach to verification and to making projections based upon verified evidence, including whether the Bureau should permit projections that vary from the most recent verification evidence and, if so, whether the Bureau should be more prescriptive with respect to the permissible range of such variances.
Proposed § 1041.5(c)(2) would provide an exception to the requirement in proposed § 1041.5(c)(1) that projections must be consistent with the verification evidence that a lender would be required to obtain under proposed 1041.5(c)(3)(ii). As discussed below, the required verification evidence will normally consist of third-party documentation or other reliable records of recent transactions or of payment amounts. Proposed § 1041.5(c)(2) would permit a lender to project a net income amount that is higher than an amount that would otherwise be supported under proposed § 1041.5(c)(1), or a payment amount under a major financial obligation that is lower than an amount that would otherwise be supported under proposed § 1041.5(c)(1), only to the extent and for such portion of the term of the loan that the lender obtains a written statement from the payer of the income or the payee of the consumer's major financial obligation of the amount and timing of the new or changed net income or payment.
The exception would accommodate situations in which a consumer's net income or payment for a major financial obligation will differ from the amount supportable by the verification evidence. For example, a consumer who has been unemployed for an extended period of time but who just accepted a new job may not be able to provide the type of verification evidence of net income generally required under proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii)(A). Proposed § 1041.5(c)(2) would permit a lender to project a net income amount based on, for example, an offer letter from the new employer stating the consumer's wage, work hours per week, and frequency of pay. The lender would be required to retain the statement in accordance with proposed § 1041.18.
The Bureau invites comments as to whether lenders should be permitted to rely on such evidence in projecting residual income.
Proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(i) would require a lender to obtain a consumer's written statement of the amount and timing of the consumer's net income, as well as of the amount and timing of payments required for categories of the consumer's major financial obligations (
Proposed comment 5(c)(3)(i)-1 clarifies that a consumer's written statement includes a statement the consumer writes on a paper application or enters into an electronic record, or an oral consumer statement that the lender records and retains or memorializes in writing and retains. It further clarifies that a lender complies with a requirement to obtain the consumer's statement by obtaining information sufficient for the lender to project the dates on which a payment will be received or paid through the period required under proposed § 1041.5(b)(2). Proposed comment 5(c)(3)(i)-1 includes the example that a lender's receipt of a consumer's statement that the consumer is required to pay rent every month on the first day of the month is sufficient for the lender to project when the consumer's rent payments are due. Proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(i) would not specify any particular form or even particular questions or particular words that a lender must use to obtain the required consumer statements.
The Bureau invites comments on whether to require a lender to obtain a written statement from the consumer with respect to the consumer's income and major financial obligations, including whether the Bureau should establish any procedural requirements with respect to securing such a statement and the weight that should be given to such a statement. The Bureau also invites comments on whether a written memorialization by the lender of a consumer's oral statement should not be considered sufficient.
Proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii) would require a lender to obtain verification evidence for the amounts and timing of the consumer's net income and payments for major financial obligations for a period of time prior to consummation. It would specify the type of verification evidence required for net income and each component of major financial obligations. The proposed requirements are intended to provide reasonable assurance that the lender's projections of a consumer's net income and payments for major financial obligations are based on accurate and objective information, while also allowing lenders to adopt innovative, automated, and less burdensome methods of compliance.
Proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii)(A) would specify that for a consumer's net
Proposed comment 5(c)(3)(ii)(A)-1 would clarify that a reliable transaction record includes a facially genuine original, photocopy, or image of a document produced by or on behalf of the payer of income, or an electronic or paper compilation of data included in such a document, stating the amount and date of the income paid to the consumer. It would further clarify that a reliable transaction record also includes a facially genuine original, photocopy, or image of an electronic or paper record of depository account transactions, prepaid account transactions (including transactions on a general purpose reloadable prepaid card account, a payroll card account, or a government benefits card account), or money services business check-cashing transactions showing the amount and date of a consumer's receipt of income.
The Bureau believes that the proposed requirement would be sufficiently flexible to provide lenders with multiple options for obtaining verification evidence for a consumer's net income. For example, a paper paystub would generally satisfy the requirement, as would a photograph of the paystub uploaded from a mobile phone to an online lender. In addition, the requirement would also be satisfied by use of a commercial service that collects payroll data from employers and provides it to creditors for purposes of verifying a consumer's employment and income. Proposed comment 5(c)(3)(ii)(A)-1 would also allow verification evidence in the form of electronic or paper bank account statements or records showing deposits into the account, as well as electronic or paper records of deposits onto a prepaid card or of check-cashing transactions. Data derived from such sources, such as from account data aggregator services that obtain and categorize consumer deposit account and other account transaction data, would also generally satisfy the requirement. During outreach, service providers informed the Bureau that they currently provide such services to lenders.
Several SERs expressed concern during the SBREFA process that the Bureau's approach to income verification described in the Small Business Review Panel Outline was too burdensome and inflexible. Several other lender representatives expressed similar concerns during the Bureau's outreach to industry. Many perceived that the Bureau would require outmoded or burdensome methods of obtaining verification evidence, such as always requiring a consumer to submit a paper paystub or transmit it by facsimile (fax) to a lender. Others expressed concern about the Bureau requiring income verification at all, stating that many consumers are paid in cash and therefore have no employer-generated records of income.
The Bureau's proposed approach is intended to respond to many of these concerns by providing for a wide range of methods for obtaining verification evidence for a consumer's net income, including electronic methods that can be securely automated through third-party vendors with a consumer's consent. In developing this proposal, Bureau staff met with more than 30 lenders, nearly all of which stated they already use some method—though not necessarily the precise methods the Bureau is proposing—to verify consumers' income as a condition of making a covered loan. The Bureau's proposed approach thus would accommodate most of the methods they described and that the Bureau is aware of from other research and outreach. It is also intended to provide some accommodation for making covered loans to many consumers who are paid in cash. For example, under the Bureau's proposed approach, a lender may be able to obtain verification evidence of net income for a consumer who is paid in cash by using deposit account records (or data derived from deposit account transactions), if the consumer deposits income payments into a deposit account. Lenders often require consumers to have deposit accounts as a condition of obtaining a covered loan, so the Bureau believes that lenders would be able to obtain verification evidence for many consumers who are paid in cash in this manner.
The Bureau recognizes that there are some consumers who receive a portion of their income in cash and also do not deposit their cash income into a deposit account or prepaid card account. For such consumers, a lender may not be able to obtain verification evidence for that portion of a consumer's net income, and therefore generally could not base its projections and ability-to-repay determinations on that portion of such consumers' income. The Bureau, however, does not believe it is appropriate to make an ability-to-repay determination for a covered loan based on income that cannot be reasonably substantiated through any verification evidence. When there is no verification evidence for a consumer's net income, the Bureau believes the risk is too great that projections of net income would be overstated and that payments under a covered short-term loan consequently would exceed the consumer's ability to repay, resulting in the harms targeted by this proposal.
For similar reasons, the Bureau is not proposing to permit the use of predictive models designed to estimate a consumer's income or to validate the reasonableness of a consumer's statement of her income. Given the risks associated with unaffordable short-term loans, the Bureau believes that such models—which the Bureau believes typically are used to estimate annual income—lack the precision required to reasonably project an individual consumer's net income for a short period of time.
The Bureau notes that it has received recommendations from the Small Dollar Roundtable, comprised of a number of lenders making loans the Bureau proposes to cover in this rulemaking and a number of consumer advocates, recommending that the Bureau require income verification.
The Bureau invites comment on the types of verification evidence permitted by the proposed rule and what, if any, other types of verification evidence should be permitted, especially types of verification evidence that would be at least as objective and reliable as the types provided for in proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii)(A) and comment 5(c)(3)(ii)(A)-1. For example, the Bureau is aware of service providers who are seeking to develop methods to verify a consumer's stated income based upon extrinsic data about the consumer or the area in which the consumer lives. The Bureau invites comment on the reliability of such methods, their ability to provide information that is sufficiently current and granular to
Proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii)(B) would specify that for a consumer's required payments under debt obligations, the applicable verification evidence would be a national consumer report, the records of the lender and its affiliates, and a consumer report obtained from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or § 1041.17(d)(2), if available. The Bureau believes that most typical consumer debt obligations other than covered loans would appear in a national consumer report. Many covered loans are not included in reports generated by the national consumer reporting agencies, so the lender would also be required to obtain, as verification evidence, a consumer report from a currently registered information system. As discussed above, proposed § 1041.5(c)(1) would permit a lender to base its projections on consumer statements of amounts and timing of payments for major financial obligations (including debt obligations) only to the extent the statements are consistent with the verification evidence. Proposed comment 5(c)(1)-1 includes examples applying that proposed requirement in scenarios when a major financial obligation shown in the verification evidence is greater than the amount stated by the consumer and of when a major financial obligation stated by the consumer does not appear in the verification evidence at all.
Proposed comment 5(c)(3)(ii)(B)-1 would clarify that the amount and timing of a payment required under a debt obligation are the amount the consumer must pay and the time by which the consumer must pay it to avoid delinquency under the debt obligation in the absence of any affirmative act by the consumer to extend, delay, or restructure the repayment schedule. The Bureau anticipates that in some cases, the national consumer report the lender obtains will not include a particular debt obligation stated by the consumer, or that the national consumer report may include, for example, the payment amount under the debt obligation but not the timing of the payment. Similar anomalies could occur with covered loans and a consumer report obtained from a registered information system. To the extent the national consumer report and consumer report from a registered information system omit information for a payment under a debt obligation stated by the consumer, the lender would simply base its projections on the amount and timing stated by the consumer.
The Bureau notes that proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii)(B) does not require a lender to obtain a credit report unless the lender is otherwise prepared to make a loan to a particular consumer, Because obtaining a credit report will add some cost, the Bureau expects that lenders will order such reports only after determining that the consumer otherwise satisfies the ability-to-repay test so as to avoid incurring these costs for applicants who would be declined without regard to the contents of the credit report. For the reasons previously discussed, the Bureau believes that verification evidence is critical to ensuring that consumers in fact have the ability to repay a loan, and that therefore the costs are justified to achieve the objectives of the proposal.
The Bureau invites comment on whether to require lenders to obtain credit reports from a national credit reporting agency and from a registered information system. In particular, and in accordance with the recommendation of the Small Business Review Panel, the Bureau invites comments on ways of reducing the operational burden for small businesses of verifying consumers' payments under major financial obligations.
Proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii)(C) would specify that for a consumer's required payments under court- or government agency-ordered child support obligations, the applicable verification evidence would be a national consumer report, which also serves as verification evidence for a consumer's required payments under debt obligations, in accordance with proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii)(B). The Bureau anticipates that some required payments under court- or government agency-ordered child support obligations will not appear in a national consumer report. To the extent the national consumer report omits information for a required payment, the lender could simply base its projections on the amount and timing stated by the consumer, if any. The Bureau intends this clarification to address concerns from some lenders, including from SERs, that a requirement to obtain verification evidence for payments under court- or government agency-ordered child support obligations from sources other than a national consumer report would be onerous and create great uncertainty.
Proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii)(D) would specify that for a consumer's housing expense (other than a payment for a debt obligation that appears on a national consumer report obtained by the lender), the applicable verification evidence would be either a reliable transaction record (or records) of recent housing expense payments or a lease, or an amount determined under a reliable method of estimating a consumer's housing expense based on the housing expenses of consumers with households in the locality of the consumer.
Proposed comment 5(c)(3)(ii)(D)-1 explains that the proposed provision means a lender would have three methods that it could choose from for complying with the requirement to obtain verification evidence for a consumer's housing expense. Proposed comment 5(c)(3)(ii)(D)-1.i explains that under the first method, which could be used for a consumer whose housing expense is a mortgage payment, the lender may obtain a national consumer report that includes the mortgage payment. A lender would be required to obtain a national consumer report as verification evidence of a consumer's payments under debt obligations generally, pursuant to proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii)(B). A lender's compliance with that requirement would satisfy the requirement in proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii)(D), provided the consumer's housing expense is a mortgage payment and that mortgage payment appears in the national consumer report the lender obtains.
Proposed comment 5(c)(3)(ii)(D)-1.ii explains that the second method is for the lender to obtain a reliable transaction record (or records) of recent housing expense payments or a rental or lease agreement. It clarifies that for purposes of this method, reliable transaction records include a facially genuine original, photocopy or image of a receipt, cancelled check, or money order, or an electronic or paper record of depository account transactions or prepaid account transactions (including transactions on a general purpose reloadable prepaid card account, a payroll card account, or a government
Proposed comment 5(c)(3)(ii)(D)-1.iii explains that the third method is for a lender to use an amount determined under a reliable method of estimating a consumer's share of housing expense based on the individual or household housing expenses of similarly situated consumers with households in the locality of the consumer seeking a covered loan. Proposed comment 5(c)(3)(ii)(D)-1.iii provides, as an example, that a lender may use data from a statistical survey, such as the American Community Survey of the United States Census Bureau, to estimate individual or household housing expense in the locality (
Several SERs expressed concern during the SBREFA process that the Bureau's approach to housing expense verification described in the Small Business Review Panel Outline was burdensome and impracticable for many consumers and lenders. Several lender representatives expressed similar concerns during the Bureau's outreach to industry. The Small Business Review Panel Outline referred to lender verification of a consumer's rent or mortgage payment using, for example, receipts, cancelled checks, a copy of a lease, and bank account records. But some SERs and other lender representatives stated many consumers would not have these types of documents readily available. Few consumers receive receipts or cancelled checks for rent or mortgage payments, they stated, and bank account statements may simply state the check number used to make a payment, providing no way of confirming the purpose or nature of the payment. Consumers with a lease would not typically have a copy of the lease with them when applying for a covered loan, they stated, and subsequently locating and transmitting or delivering a copy of the lease to a lender would be unduly burdensome, if not impracticable, for both consumers and lenders.
The Bureau believes that many consumers would have paper or electronic records that they could provide to a lender to establish their housing expense. In addition, as discussed above, information presented to the Bureau during outreach suggests that data aggregator services may be able to electronically and securely obtain and categorize, with a consumer's consent, the consumer's deposit account or other account transaction data to reliably identify housing expenses payments and other categories of expenses.
Nonetheless, the Bureau intends its proposal to be responsive to these concerns by providing lenders with multiple options for obtaining verification evidence for a consumer's housing expense, including by using estimates based on the housing expenses of similarly situated consumers with households in the locality of the consumer seeking a covered loans. The Bureau's proposal also is intended to facilitate automation of the methods of obtaining the verification evidence, making projections of a consumer's housing expense, and calculating the amounts for an ability-to-repay determination, such as residual income.
A related concern raised by SERs is that a consumer may be the person legally obligated to make a rent or mortgage payment but may receive contributions toward it from other household members, so that the payment the consumer makes, even if the consumer can produce a record of it, is much greater than the consumer's own housing expense. Similarly, a consumer may make payments in cash to another person, who then makes the payment to a landlord or mortgage servicer covering the housing expenses of several residents. During outreach with industry, one lender stated that many of its consumers would find requests for documentation of housing expense to be especially intrusive or offensive, especially consumers with informal arrangements to pay rent for a room in someone else's home.
To address these concerns, the Bureau is proposing the option of estimating a consumer's housing expense based on the individual or apportioned household housing expenses of similarly situated consumers with households in the locality. The Bureau believes the proposed approach would address the concerns raised by SERs and other lenders while also reasonably accounting for the portion of a consumer's net income that is consumed by housing expenses and, therefore, not available for payments under a prospective loan. The Bureau notes that if the method the lender uses to obtain verification evidence of housing expense for a consumer—including the estimated method—indicates a higher housing expense amount than the amount in the consumer's statement under proposed § 1041.5(c)(3)(i), then proposed § 1041.5(c)(1) would generally require a lender to rely on the higher amount indicated by the verification evidence. Accordingly, a lender may prefer use one of the other two methods for obtaining verification evidence, especially if doing so would result in verification evidence indicating a housing expense equal to that in the consumer's written statement of housing expense.
The Bureau recognizes that in some cases the consumer's actual housing expense may be lower than the estimation methodology would suggest but may not be verifiable through documentation. For example, some consumers may live for a period of time rent-free with a friend or relative. However, the Bureau does not believe it is possible to accommodate such situations without permitting lenders to rely solely on the consumer's statement of housing expenses, and for the reasons previously discussed the Bureau believes that doing so would jeopardize the objectives of the proposal. The Bureau notes that the approach it is proposing is consistent with the recommendation of the Small Dollar Roundtable which recommended that the Bureau permit rent to be verified
The Bureau invites comment on whether the proposed methods of obtaining verification evidence for housing expense are appropriate and adequate.
Proposed § 1041.6 would augment the basic ability-to-repay determination required by proposed § 1041.5 in circumstances in which the consumer's recent borrowing history or current difficulty repaying an outstanding loan provides important evidence with respect to the consumer's financial capacity to afford a new covered short-term loan. In these circumstances, proposed § 1041.6 would require the lender to factor this evidence into the ability-to-repay determination and, in certain instances, would prohibit a lender from making a new covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.5 to the consumer for 30 days. The Bureau proposes the additional requirements in § 1041.6 for the same basic reason that it proposes § 1041.5: To prevent the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.4, and the consumer injury that results from it. The Bureau believes that these additional requirements may be needed in circumstances in which proposed § 1041.5 alone may not be sufficient to prevent a lender from making a covered short-term loan that the consumer might not have the ability to repay.
Proposed § 1041.6 would generally impose a presumption of unaffordability on continued lending where evidence suggests that the prior loan was not affordable for the consumer such that the consumer may have particular difficulty repaying a new covered short-term loan. Specifically, such a presumption would apply when a consumer seeks a covered short-term loan during the term of a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.5 or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan made under proposed § 1041.9 and for 30 days thereafter, or seeks to take out a covered short-term loan when there are indicia that an outstanding loan with the same lender or its affiliate is unaffordable for the consumer. Proposed § 1041.6 would also impose a mandatory cooling-off period prior to a lender making a fourth loan covered short-term loan in a sequence and would prohibit lenders from making a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.5 during the term of and for 30 days thereafter a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.7.
A central component of the preventive requirements in proposed § 1041.6 is the concept of a reborrowing period—a period following the payment date of a prior loan during which a consumer's borrowing of a covered short-term loan is deemed evidence that the consumer is seeking additional credit because the prior loan was unaffordable. When consumers have the ability to repay a covered short-term loan, the loan should not cause consumers to have the need to reborrow shortly after repaying the loan. As discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, however, the Bureau believes that the fact that covered short-term loans require repayment so quickly after consummation makes such loans more difficult for consumers to repay the loan consistent with their other major financial obligations and basic living expenses without needing to reborrow. Moreover, most covered short-term loans—including payday loans and short-term vehicle title loans—also require payment in a single lump sum, thus exacerbating the challenge of repaying the loan without needing to reborrow.
For these loans, the Bureau believes that the fact that a consumer returns to take out another covered short-term loan shortly after having a previous covered short-term loan outstanding frequently indicates that the consumer did not have the ability to repay the prior loan and meet the consumer's other major financial obligations and basic living expenses. This also may provide strong evidence that the consumer will not be able to afford a new covered short-term loan. A second covered short-term loan shortly following a prior covered short-term loan may result from a financial shortfall caused by repayment of the prior loan.
Frequently, reborrowing occurs on the same day that a loan is due, either in the form of a rollover (where permitted by State law) or a new loan taken out on the same day that the prior loan was repaid. Some States require a cooling-off period between loans, typically 24 hours, and the Bureau has found that in those States, if consumers take out successive loans, they generally do so at the earliest time that is legally permitted.
Whether a particular loan taken after a consumer has repaid a prior loan (and after the expiration of any mandated cooling-off period) is a reborrowing prompted by unaffordability of the prior payment is less facially evident. The fact that consumers may cite a particular income or expense shock is not dispositive since a prior unaffordable loan may be the reason that the consumer cannot absorb the new change. On balance, the Bureau believes that for new loans taken within a short period of time after a prior loan ceases to be outstanding, the most likely explanation is the unaffordability of the prior loan,
To provide a structured process that accounts for the likelihood that the unaffordability of an existing or prior loan is driving reborrowing and that ensures a rigorous analysis of consumers' individual circumstances, the Bureau believes that the most appropriate approach may be a presumptions framework rather than an open-ended inquiry. The Bureau is thus proposing to delineate a specific reborrowing period—
In determining the appropriate length of the reborrowing period, the Bureau considered several time periods. In particular, in addition to the 30-day period being proposed, the Bureau considered periods of 14, 45, 60, or 90 days in length. The Bureau also considered an option that would tie the length of the reborrowing period to the term of the preceding loan. In evaluating the alternative options for defining the reborrowing period (and in turn the loan
The Bureau's 2014 Data Point analyzed repeated borrowing on payday loans using a 14-day reborrowing period reflecting a bi-weekly pay cycle, the most common pay cycle for consumers in this market.
Upon further consideration of what benchmarks would sufficiently protect consumers from reborrowing harm, the Bureau turned to the typical consumer expense cycle, rather than the typical income cycle, as the most appropriate metric.
The proposals under consideration in the Small Business Review Panel Outline relied on a 60-day reborrowing period based upon the premise that consumers for whom repayment of a loan was unaffordable may nonetheless be able to juggle their expenses for a period of time so that the spillover effects of the loan may not manifest until the second expense cycle following repayment. Upon additional analysis and extensive feedback from a broad range of stakeholders, the Bureau has now tentatively concluded that the 30-day definition incorporated into the Bureau's proposal may strike a more appropriate balance between competing considerations.
Because so many expenses are paid on a monthly basis, the Bureau believes that loans obtained during the same expense cycle are relatively likely to indicate that repayment of a prior loan may have caused a financial shortfall. Additionally, in analysis of supervisory data, the Bureau has found that a considerable segment of consumers who repay a loan without an immediate rollover or reborrowing nonetheless return within the ensuing 30 days to reborrow.
On the other hand, the Bureau believes that for loans obtained more than 30 days after a prior loan, there is an increased possibility that the loan is prompted by a new need on the part of the borrower, not directly related to potential financial strain from repaying the prior loan. While a previous loan's unaffordability may cause some consumers to need to take out a new loan as many as 45 days or even 60 days later, the Bureau believes that the effects of the previous loan are more likely to dissipate once the consumer has completed a full expense cycle following the previous loan's conclusion. Accordingly, the Bureau believes that a 45-day or 60-day definition may be too broad. A reborrowing period which varies with the length of the preceding loan term would be operationally complex for lenders to implement and, for consumers paid weekly or bi-weekly, may also be too narrow.
Accordingly, using this 30-day reborrowing window, the Bureau is proposing a presumption of unaffordability in situations in which the Bureau believes that the fact that the consumer is seeking to take out a new covered short-term loan during the term of, or shortly after repaying, a prior loan generally suggests that the new loan, like the prior loan, will exceed the consumer's ability to repay. The presumption is based on concerns that the prior loan may have triggered the need for the new loan because it exceeded the consumer's ability to repay, and that, absent a sufficient improvement of the consumer's financial capacity, the new loan will also be unaffordable for the consumer.
The presumption can be overcome, however, in circumstances that suggest that there is sufficient reason to believe that the consumer would, in fact, be able to afford the new loan even though he or she is seeking to reborrow during the term of or shortly after a prior loan. The Bureau recognizes, for example, that there may be situations in which the prior loan would have been affordable but for some unforeseen disruption in income that occurred during the prior expense cycle and which is not reasonably expected to recur during the term of the new loan. The Bureau also recognizes that there may be circumstances, albeit less common, in which even though the prior loan proved to be unaffordable, a new loan would be affordable because of a reasonably projected increase in net income or decrease in major financial obligations—for example, if the consumer has obtained a second job that will increase the consumer's residual income going forward or the consumer has moved since obtaining the prior loan and will have lower housing expenses going forward.
Proposed § 1041.6(b) through (d) define a set of circumstances in which the Bureau believes that a consumer's recent borrowing history makes it unlikely that the consumer can afford a new covered short-term loan, including concurrent loans.
The Bureau believes that it is extremely unlikely that a consumer who twice in succession returned to reborrow during the reborrowing period and who seeks to reborrow again within 30 days of having the third covered short-term loan outstanding would be able to afford another covered short-term loan. Because of lenders' strong incentives to facilitate reborrowing that is beyond the consumer's ability to repay, the Bureau believes it is appropriate, in proposed § 1041.6(f), to impose a mandatory 30-day cooling-off period after the third covered short-term loan in a sequence, during which time the lender cannot make a new covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.5 to the consumer. This period would ensure that after three consecutive ability-to-repay determinations have proven inconsistent with the consumer's actual experience, the lender could not further worsen the consumer's financial situation by encouraging the consumer to take on additional unaffordable debt. Additionally, proposed § 1041.6(g) would prohibit a lender from combining sequences of covered short-term loans made under proposed § 1041.5 with loans made under the conditional exemption in proposed § 1041.7, as discussed further below.
The Bureau notes that this overall proposed approach is fairly similar to the framework included in the Small Business Review Panel Outline. There, the Bureau included a presumption of inability to repay for the second and third covered short-term loan and covered longer-term balloon-payment loan in a loan sequence and a mandatory cooling-off period following the third loan in a sequence. The Bureau considered a “changed circumstances” standard for overcoming the presumption that would have required lenders to obtain and verify evidence of a change in consumer circumstances indicating that the consumer had the ability to repay the new loan according to its terms. The Bureau also, as noted above, included a 60-day reborrowing period (and corresponding definition of loan sequence) in the Small Business Review Panel Outline.
SERs and other stakeholders that offered feedback on the Outline urged the Bureau to provide greater flexibility with regard to using a presumptions framework to address concerns about repeated borrowing despite the contemplated requirement to determine ability to repay. The SERs and other stakeholders also urged the Bureau to provide greater clarity and flexibility in defining the circumstances that would permit a lender to overcome the presumption of unaffordability.
The Small Business Review Panel Report recommended that the Bureau request comment on whether a loan sequence could be defined with reference to a period shorter than the 60 days under consideration during the SBREFA process. The Small Business Review Panel Report further recommended that the Bureau consider additional approaches to regulation, including whether existing State laws and regulations could provide a model for elements of the Bureau's proposed interventions. In this regard, the Bureau notes that some States have cooling-off periods of one to seven days, as well as longer periods that apply after a longer sequence of loans. The Bureau's prior research has examined the effectiveness of these cooling-off periods
The Bureau has made a number of adjustments to the presumptions framework in response to this feedback. For instance, the Bureau is proposing a 30-day definition of loan sequence and 30-day cooling-off period rather than a 60-day definition of loan sequence and 60-day cooling-off period. The Bureau has also provided greater specificity and flexibility about when a presumption of unaffordability would apply, for example, by proposing certain exceptions to the presumption of unaffordability for a sequence of covered short-term loans. The proposal also would provide somewhat more flexibility about when a presumption of unaffordability could be overcome by permitting lenders to determine that there would be sufficient improvement in financial capacity for the new loan because of a one-time drop in income since obtaining the prior loan (or during the prior 30 days, as applicable). The Bureau has also continued to assess potential alternative approaches to the presumptions framework, discussed below.
The Bureau solicits comment on all aspects of the proposed presumptions of unaffordability and mandatory cooling-off periods, and other aspects of proposed § 1041.6, including the circumstances in which the presumptions apply (
The Bureau has considered a number of alternative approaches to address reborrowing on covered short-term loans in circumstances indicating the consumer was unable to afford the prior loan.
The Bureau has also considered an alternative approach under which, instead of defining the circumstances in which a formal presumption of unaffordability applies and the determinations that a lender must make when such a presumption applies to a transaction, the Bureau would identify circumstances indicative of a consumer's inability to repay that would be relevant to whether a lender's determination under proposed § 1041.5 is reasonable. This approach would likely involve a number of examples of indicia requiring greater caution in underwriting and examples of countervailing factors that might support the reasonableness of a lender's determination that the consumer could repay a subsequent loan despite the presence of such indicia. This alternative approach would be less prescriptive than the proposed framework, and thus leave more discretion to lenders to make such a determination. However, it would also provide less certainty as to when a lender's particular ability-to-repay determination is reasonable.
In addition, the Bureau has considered whether there is a way to account for unusual expenses within the presumptions framework without creating an exception that would swallow the rule. In particular, the Bureau considered permitting lenders to overcome the presumptions of unaffordability in the event that the consumer provided evidence that the reason the consumer was struggling to repay the outstanding loan or was seeking to reborrow was due to a recent unusual and non-recurring expense. For example, under such an approach, a lender could overcome the presumption of unaffordability by finding that the reason the consumer was seeking a new covered short-term loan was as a result of an emergency car repair or furnace replacement or an unusual medical expense during the term of the prior loan or the reborrowing period, so long as the expense is not reasonably likely to recur during the period of the new loan. The Bureau considered including such circumstances as an additional example of sufficient improvement in financial capacity, as described with regard to proposed § 1041.6(e) below.
While such an addition could provide more flexibility to lenders and to consumers to overcome the presumptions of unaffordability, an unusual and non-recurring expense test would also present several challenges. To effectuate this test, the Bureau would need to define, in ways that lenders could implement, what would be a qualifying “unusual and non-recurring expense,” a means of assessing whether a new loan was attributable to such an expense rather than to the unaffordability of the prior loan, and standards for how such an unusual and non-recurring expense could by documented (
In light of these competing considerations, the Bureau has chosen to propose the approach of supplementing the proposed § 1041.5 determination with formal presumptions. The Bureau is, however, broadly seeking comment on alternative approaches to addressing the issue of repeat borrowing in a more flexible manner, including the alternatives described above and on any other framework for assessing consumers' borrowing history as part of an overall determination of ability to repay. The Bureau specifically seeks comment on whether to apply a presumption of unaffordability or mandatory cooling-off period based on the total number of loans that a consumer has obtained or the total amount of time in which a consumer has been in debt during a specified period of time. The Bureau also solicits comment on the alternative of defining indicia of unaffordability, as described above. For such alternatives, the Bureau solicits comment on the appropriate time periods and on the manner in which such frameworks would address reborrowing on loans of different lengths. In addition, the Bureau specifically seeks comment on whether to permit lenders to overcome a presumption of unaffordability by finding that the consumer had experienced an unusual and non-recurring expense and, if so, on measures to address the challenges described above.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.4 above, the Bureau believes that it may be an unfair and abusive practice to make a covered
As with proposed § 1041.5, the Bureau proposes the requirements in § 1041.6 to prevent the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.4, and the consumer injury that results from it. The Bureau believes that the additional requirements of proposed § 1041.6 may be needed in circumstances in which proposed § 1041.5 alone may not be sufficient to prevent a lender from making a covered short-term loan that would exacerbate the impact of an initial unaffordable loan. Accordingly, the Bureau believes that the requirements set forth in proposed § 1041.6 bear a reasonable relation to preventing the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.4. In addition, as further discussed in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.6(h), the Bureau proposes that provision pursuant to both the Bureau's authority under section 1031(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act and the Bureau's authority under section 1022(b)(1) of the Dodd-Frank Act to prevent evasions of the purposes and objectives of Federal consumer financial laws, including Bureau rules issued pursuant to rulemaking authority provided by Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act.
Proposed § 1041.6(a) would set forth the general additional limitations on making a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.5. Proposed § 1041.6(a) would provide that when a consumer is presumed not to have the ability to repay a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.6(b), (c), or (d), a lender's determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the loan is not reasonable, unless the lender can overcome the presumption of unaffordability. Proposed § 1041.6(a) would further provide that a lender is prohibited from making a covered short-term loan to a consumer if the mandatory cooling-off periods in proposed § 1041.6(f) or (g) apply. In order to determine whether the presumptions and prohibitions in proposed § 1041.6 apply to a particular transaction, proposed § 1041.6(a)(2) would require a lender to obtain and review information about the consumer's borrowing history from its own records, the records of its affiliates, and a consumer report from an information system currently registered under proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2), if one is available.
The Bureau notes that, as drafted, the proposed presumptions and prohibitions in § 1041.6 would apply only to making specific additional covered short-term loans. The Bureau solicits comment on whether a presumption of unaffordability, mandatory cooling-off periods, or other additional limitations on lending also would be appropriate for transactions involving an increase in the credit available under an existing covered loan, making an advance on a line of credit under a covered short-term loan, or other circumstances that may evidence repeated borrowing. If such limitations would be appropriate, the Bureau requests comment on how they should be tailored in light of relevant considerations.
In this regard, the Bureau further notes that the presumptions of unaffordability depend on the definition of outstanding loan in proposed § 1041.2(a)(15) and therefore would not cover circumstances in which the consumer is more than 180 days delinquent on the prior loan. The Bureau solicits comment on whether additional requirements should apply to the ability-to-repay determination for a covered short-term loan in these circumstances; for instance, whether to generally prohibit lenders from making a new covered short-term loan to a consumer for the purposes of satisfying a delinquent obligation on an existing loan with the same lender or its affiliate. In addition, the Bureau solicits comment on whether additional requirements should apply to covered short-term loans that are lines of credit; for instance, whether a presumption of unaffordability should apply at the time of the ability-to-repay determination required under § 1041.5(b)(1)(ii) for a consumer to obtain an advance under a line of credit more than 180 days after the date of a prior ability-to-repay determination.
The Bureau also solicits comment on the proposed standard in § 1041.6(a) and on any alternative approaches to the relationship between proposed § 1041.5 and proposed § 1041.6 that would prevent consumer harm while reducing the burden on lenders. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether the formal presumption and prohibition approach in § 1041.6 is an appropriate supplement to the § 1041.5 determination.
Proposed § 1041.6(a)(1) would provide that if a presumption of unaffordability applies, a lender's determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay a covered short-term loan is not reasonable unless the lender makes the additional determination set forth in proposed § 1041.6(e), and discussed in detail below, and the requirements set forth in proposed § 1041.5 are satisfied. Under proposed § 1041.6(e), a lender can make a covered short-term loan notwithstanding the presumption of unaffordability if the lender reasonably determines, based on reliable evidence, that there will be sufficient improvement in the consumer's financial capacity such that the consumer would have the ability to repay the new loan according to its terms despite the unaffordability of the prior loan. Proposed § 1041.6(a)(1) would further provide that a lender must not make a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.5 to a consumer during the mandatory cooling-off periods specified in proposed § 1041.6(f) and (g).
Proposed comment 6(a)(1)-1 clarifies that the presumptions and prohibitions would apply to making a covered short-term loan and are triggered, if applicable, at the time of consummation of the new covered short-term loan. Proposed comment 6(a)(1)-2 clarifies that the presumptions and prohibitions would apply to rollovers and renewals of a covered short-term loan when such transactions are permitted under State
Proposed § 1041.6(a)(2) would require a lender to obtain and review information about a consumer's borrowing history from the records of the lender and its affiliates, and from a consumer report obtained from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2), if available, and to use this information to determine a potential loan's compliance with the requirements of proposed § 1041.6. Proposed comment 6(a)(2)-1 clarifies that a lender satisfies its obligation under § 1041.6(a)(2) to obtain a consumer report obtained from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2), if available, when it complies with the requirement in § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii)(B) to obtain this same consumer report. Proposed comment 6(a)(2)-2 clarifies that if no information systems currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2) are currently available, the lender is nonetheless required to obtain information about a consumer's borrowing history from the records of the lender and its affiliates.
Based on outreach to lenders, including feedback from SERs, the Bureau believes that lenders already generally review their own records for information about a consumer's history with the lender prior to making a new loan to the consumer. The Bureau understands that some lenders in the market for covered short-term loans also pull a consumer report from a specialty consumer reporting agency as part of standardized application screening, though practices in this regard vary widely across the market.
As detailed below in the section-by-section analysis of proposed §§ 1041.16 and 1041.17, the Bureau believes that information regarding the consumer's borrowing history is important to facilitate reliable ability-to-repay determinations. If the consumer already has a relationship with a lender or its affiliates, the lender can obtain some historical information regarding borrowing history from its own records. However, without obtaining a report from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2), the lender will not know if its existing customers or new customers have obtained covered short-term loans or a prior covered longer-term balloon-payment loan from other lenders, as such information generally is not available in national consumer reports. Accordingly, the Bureau is proposing in § 1041.6(a)(2) to require lenders to obtain a report from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2), if one is available.
The section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.16 and 1041.17, and part VI below explain the Bureau's attempts to minimize burden in connection with furnishing information to and obtaining a consumer report from an information system currently registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2). Specifically, the Bureau estimates that each report would cost approximately $0.50. Consistent with the recommendations of the Small Business Review Panel Report, the Bureau requests comment on the cost to small entities of obtaining information about consumer borrowing history and on potential ways to further reduce the operational burden of obtaining this information.
Proposed § 1041.6(b)(1) would provide that a consumer is presumed not to have the ability to repay a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.5 during the time period in which the consumer has a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.5 outstanding and for 30 days thereafter. Proposed comment 6(b)(1)-1 clarifies that a lender cannot make a covered short-term loan under § 1041.5 during the time period in which the consumer has a covered short-term loan made under § 1041.5 outstanding and for 30 days thereafter unless the exception to the presumption applies or the lender can overcome the presumption. A lender would be permitted to overcome the presumption of unaffordability in accordance with proposed § 1041.6(e) for the second and third loan in a sequence, as defined in proposed § 1041.2(a)(12); as noted in proposed comment 6(b)(1)-1, prior to the fourth covered short-term loan in a sequence, proposed § 1041.6(f) would impose a mandatory cooling-off period, as discussed further below.
Proposed § 1041.6(b)(1) would apply to situations in which, notwithstanding a lender's determination prior to consummating an earlier covered short-term loan that the consumer would have the ability to repay the loan according to its terms, the consumer seeks to take out a new covered short-term loan during the term of the prior loan or within 30 days thereafter.
As discussed above in the background to the section-by-section analysis of § 1041.6, the Bureau believes that when a consumer seeks to take out a new covered short-term loan during the term of or within 30 days of having a prior covered short-term loan outstanding, there is substantial reason for concern that the need to reborrow is caused by the unaffordability of the prior loan. The Bureau proposes to use the 30-day reborrowing period discussed above to define the circumstances in which a new loan would be considered a reborrowing. The Bureau believes that even in cases where the determination of ability to repay was reasonable based upon what was known at the time that the prior loan was originated, the fact that the consumer is seeking to reborrow in these circumstances is relevant in assessing whether a new and similar loan—or rollover or renewal of the existing loan—would be affordable for the consumer. For example, the reborrowing may indicate that the consumer's actual basic living expenses exceed what the lender projected for the purposes of § 1041.5 for the prior loan. In short, the Bureau believes that when a consumer seeks to take out a new covered short-term loan that would be part of a loan sequence, there is substantial reason to conduct a particularly careful review to determine whether the consumer can afford to repay the new covered short-term loan.
In addition, the fact that the consumer is seeking to reborrow in these circumstances may indicate that the initial determination of affordability was unreasonable when made. Indeed, the Bureau believes that if, with respect to a particular lender making covered short-term loans pursuant to proposed § 1041.5, a substantial percentage of
Given these considerations, to prevent the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.4, proposed § 1041.6(b) would create a presumption of unaffordability for a covered short-term loan during the time period in which the consumer has a covered short-term loan made under § 1041.5 outstanding and for 30 days thereafter unless the exception in proposed § 1041.6(b)(2) applies. As a result of this presumption, it would not be reasonable for a lender to determine that the consumer will have the ability to repay the new covered short-term loan without taking into account the fact that the consumer did need to reborrow after obtaining a prior loan and making a reasonable determination that the consumer will be able to repay the new covered short-term loan without reborrowing. Proposed § 1041.6(e), discussed below, defines the elements for such a determination.
The Bureau solicits comment on the appropriateness of the proposed presumption to prevent the unfair and abusive practice and on any alternatives that would adequately prevent consumer harm while reducing the burden on lenders. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on alternative approaches to preventing consumer harm from repeat borrowing on covered short-term loans, including other methods of supplementing the basic ability-to-repay determination required for a covered short-term loan shortly following a prior covered short-term loan.
The Bureau also solicits comment on whether there are other circumstances—such as a pattern of heavy usage of covered short-term loans that would not meet the proposed definition of a loan sequence or the overall length of time in which a consumer is in debt on covered short-term loans over a specified period of time—that would also warrant a presumption of unaffordability.
Proposed § 1041.6(b)(2) would provide an exception to the presumption in proposed § 1041.6(b)(1) where the subsequent covered short-term loan would meet specific conditions. The conditions under either proposed § 1041.6(b)(2)(i)(A) or (B) must be met, along with the condition under proposed § 1041.6(b)(2)(ii). First, under proposed § 1041.6(b)(2)(i)(A), the consumer must have paid the prior covered short-term loan in full and the amount that would be owed by the consumer for the new covered short-term loan could not exceed 50 percent of the amount that the consumer paid on the prior loan. Second, under proposed § 1041.6(b)(2)(i)(B), in the event of a rollover the consumer would not owe more on the new covered short-term loan (
The rationale for the presumption defined in proposed § 1041.6(b)(1) is generally that the consumer's need to reborrow in the specified circumstances evidences the unaffordability of the prior loan and thus warrants a presumption that the new loan will likewise be unaffordable for the consumer.
But when a consumer is seeking to reborrow no more than half of the amount that the consumer has already paid on the prior loan, including situations in which the consumer is seeking to roll over no more than the amount the consumer repays, the Bureau believes that the predicate for the presumption may no longer apply. For example, if a consumer paid off a prior $400, 45-day duration loan and later returns within 30 days to request a new $100, 45-day duration loan, the lender may be able to reasonably infer that such second $100 loan would be affordable for the consumer, even if a second $400 loan would not be. Given that result, assuming that the lender satisfies the requirements of proposed § 1041.5, the lender may be able to reasonably infer that the consumer will have the ability to repay the new loan for $100. Thus, the Bureau believes that an exception to the presumption of unaffordability may be appropriate in this situation.
However, this is not the case when the amount owed on the new loan would be greater than 50 percent of the amount paid on the prior loan, the consumer would roll over an amount greater than he or she repays, or the term of the new loan would be shorter than the term of the prior loan. For example, if the consumer owes $450 on a covered short-term loan, pays only $100 and seeks to roll over the remaining $350, this result would not support an inference that the consumer will have the ability to repay $350 for the new loan. Accordingly, the new loan would be subject to the presumption of unaffordability. Similarly, with the earlier example, the lender could not infer based on the payment of $400 over 45 days that a consumer could afford $200 in one week. Rather, the Bureau believes that it would be appropriate in such circumstances for the lender to go through the process to overcome the presumption in the manner set forth in proposed § 1041.6(e).
On the basis of the preceding considerations, the Bureau is proposing this exception to the presumption in proposed § 1041.6(b). The Bureau's rationale is the same for the circumstances in both proposed § 1041.6(b)(2)(i)(A) and (B); as explained below, the formula is slightly modified in order to account for the particular nature of the rollover transaction when permitted under applicable State law (termed a renewal in some States).
The Bureau solicits comment on the appropriateness of the proposed exception to the presumption of unaffordability and on any other circumstances that would also warrant an exception to the presumption. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on the specific thresholds in proposed § 1041.6(b)(2)(i)(A) and (B). In addition, the Bureau solicits comment on the timing requirement in proposed § 1041.6(b)(2)(ii) and whether alternative formulations of the timing requirement would be appropriate; for instance, whether an exception should be available if the new covered short-term loan would be repayable over a period that is proportional to the prior payment history.
Proposed § 1041.6(b)(2)(i)(A) would set out the formula for transactions in which the consumer has paid off the prior loan in full and is then returning for a new covered short-term loan during the reborrowing period. Proposed § 1041.6(b)(2)(i)(A) would define paid in full to include the amount financed, charges included in the total cost of credit, and charges excluded from the total cost of credit such as late fees. Proposed § 1041.6(b)(2)(i)(A) would further specify that to be eligible for the exception, the consumer would not owe, in connection with the new covered short-term loan, more than 50 percent of the amount that the consumer paid on the prior covered short-term loan (including the amount financed
Proposed § 1041.6(b)(2)(i)(B) would set out the formula for transactions in which the consumer provides partial payment on a covered short-term loan and is seeking to roll over the remaining balance into a new covered short-term loan. Proposed § 1041.6(b)(2)(i)(B) would specify that to be eligible for the exception, the consumer would not owe more on the new covered short-term loan than the consumer paid on the prior covered short-term loan that is being rolled over (including the amount financed and charges included in the total cost of credit, but excluding any charges that are excluded from the total cost of credit such as late fees). Proposed comment 6(b)(2)(i)(B)-1 clarifies that rollovers are subject to applicable State law (sometimes called renewals) and cross-references proposed comment 6(a)(1)-2. Proposed comment 6(b)(2)(i)(B)-1 also clarifies that the prior covered short-term loan is the outstanding loan being rolled over, the new covered short-term loan is the rollover, and that for the conditions of § 1041.6(b)(2)(i)(B) to be satisfied, the consumer will repay at least 50 percent of the amount owed on the loan being rolled over. Proposed comment 6(b)(2)(i)(B)-2 provides an illustrative example.
As discussed above with regard to the reborrowing period, the Bureau considers rollovers and other forms of reborrowing within 30 days of the prior loan outstanding to be the same. Given the particular nature of the rollover transaction when permitted by State law, slightly different calculations are needed for the exception to effectuate this equal treatment.
Proposed § 1041.6(b)(2)(ii) would set forth the condition that the new covered short-term loan be repayable over a period that is at least as long as the period over which the consumer made payment or payments on the prior covered short-term loan. The Bureau believes that both the amount of the new loan and the duration of the new loan relative to the prior loan are important to determining whether there is a risk that the second loan would be unaffordable and thus whether a presumption should be applied. Absent this condition, situations could arise in which the 50 percent condition were satisfied but where the Bureau would still have concern about not applying the presumption. As noted above, from the fact that the consumer paid in full a $450 loan with a term of 45 days, it does not follow that the consumer can afford a $200 loan with a term of one week, even though $200 is less than 50 percent of $450. In that instance, the consumer would owe $200 in only a week, which may be very difficult to repay.
Proposed § 1041.6(c) would provide that a consumer is presumed not to have the ability to repay a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.5 during the time period in which the consumer has a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan made under proposed § 1041.9 outstanding and for 30 days thereafter. The presumption in proposed § 1041.6(c) uses the same 30-day reborrowing period used in proposed § 1041.6(b) and discussed in the background to the section-by-section analysis of § 1041.6 to define when there is sufficient risk that the need for the new loan was triggered by the unaffordability of the prior loan and, as a result, warrants a presumption that the new loan would be unaffordable.
The Bureau believes that when a consumer seeks to take out a new covered short-term loan that would be part of a loan sequence, there is substantial reason for concern that the need to reborrow is being triggered by the unaffordability of the prior loan. Similarly, covered longer-term balloon-payment loans, by definition, require a large portion of the loan to be paid at one time. As discussed below in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, the Bureau's research suggests that the fact that a consumer seeks to take out another covered longer-term balloon-payment loan shortly after having a previous covered longer-term balloon-payment loan outstanding will frequently indicate that the consumer did not have the ability to repay the prior loan and meet the consumer's other major financial obligations and basic living expenses. The Bureau found that the approach of the balloon payment coming due is associated with significant reborrowing.
Unlike the presumption in § 1041.6(b), the Bureau does not propose an exception to the presumption based on the amount to be repaid on each loan. The rationale for that exception relies on the consumer repaying the new covered short-term loan over a period of time that is at least as long as the time that the consumer repaid the prior covered short-term loan. By definition, a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan has a longer duration than a covered short-term loan, so the circumstances for which the Bureau believes an exception is appropriate in § 1041.6(b)(2) would not be applicable to the transactions governed by proposed § 1041.6(c).
The Bureau solicits comment on the appropriateness of the proposed presumption to prevent the unfair and abusive practice and on any alternatives that would adequately prevent consumer harm while reducing the burden on lenders. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether proposed § 1041.6(c) and the provisions of proposed § 1041.6 more generally would adequately protect against the potential for lenders to make covered loans of different lengths (
While the Bureau's research suggests that reborrowing harms are most acute when consumers take out a series of covered short-term loans or covered longer-term balloon-payment loans, the Bureau also has concerns about other reborrowing scenarios. In particular, no matter the loan types involved, the Bureau is concerned about the potential for abuse when a lender or its affiliate offers to make a new loan to an existing customer in circumstances that suggest that the consumer may lack the ability to repay an outstanding loan. The Bureau believes that in addition to the robust residual income analysis that would be required by proposed § 1041.5, applying a presumption may be appropriate in order to specify in more detail how lenders should evaluate whether such consumers have the ability to repay a new loan in certain situations.
Accordingly, the Bureau is proposing to apply a presumption of unaffordability when a lender or its affiliate seeks to make a covered short-term loan to an existing consumer in which there are indicia that the consumer cannot afford an outstanding loan with that same lender or its affiliate. If the outstanding loan does not trigger the presumption of unaffordability in proposed § 1041.6(b) or (c) and is not subject to the prohibitions in § 1041.6(f) or (g), the presumption in proposed § 1041.6(d) would apply to a new covered short-term loan if, at the time of the lender's determination under § 1041.5, one or more of the indicia of unaffordability are present.
The triggering conditions would include a delinquency of more than seven days within the preceding 30 days, expressions by the consumer within the preceding 30 days that he or she cannot afford the outstanding loan, certain circumstances indicating that the new loan is motivated by a desire to skip one or more payments on the outstanding loan, and certain circumstances indicating that the new loan is solely to obtain cash to cover upcoming payment or payments on the outstanding loan.
Unlike the presumptions applicable to covered longer-term loans in proposed § 1041.10(c), proposed § 1041.6(d) would not provide an exception to the presumption for cases in which the new loan would result in substantially smaller payments or would substantially lower the total cost of credit for the consumer relative to the outstanding loan. This distinction reflects the Bureau's concerns discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans about the unique risk of consumer injury posed by covered short-term loans because of the requirement that a covered short-term loan be repaid shortly after consummation.
The proposed regulatory text and commentary are very similar for § 1041.6(d) and for § 1041.10(c)(1): The main difference is that proposed § 1041.6(d) would apply where the new loan would be a covered short-term loan, whereas proposed § 1041.10(c)(1) would apply where the new loan would be a covered longer-term loan. A detailed explanation of each element of the presumption and of related commentary is provided below in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.10(c)(1); because of the similarity between the sections, the discussion is not repeated in this section-by-section analysis.
The Bureau believes that the analysis required by proposed § 1041.6(d) may provide greater protection to consumers and certainty to lenders than simply requiring that such transactions be analyzed under proposed § 1041.5 alone. Proposed § 1041.5 would require generally that the lender make a reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the contemplated covered short-term loan, taking into account existing major financial obligations that would include the outstanding loan from the same lender or its affiliate. However, the presumption in proposed § 1041.6(d) would provide a more detailed roadmap as to when a new covered short-term loan would not meet the reasonable determination test.
The Bureau solicits comment on the appropriateness of the proposed presumption to prevent the unfair and abusive practice, on each of the particular circumstances indicating unaffordability as proposed in § 1041.6(d)(1) through (4), and on any alternatives that would adequately prevent consumer harm while reducing the burden on lenders. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether the specified conditions sufficiently capture circumstances in which consumers indicate distress in repaying an outstanding loan and on whether there are additional circumstances in which it may be appropriate to trigger the presumption of unaffordability. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether to include a specific presumption of unaffordability in the event that the lender or its affiliate has recently contacted the consumer for collections purposes, received a returned check or payment attempt, or has an indication that the consumer's account lacks funds prior to making an attempt to collect payment. The Bureau also solicits comment on the timing elements of the proposed indications of unaffordability, such as whether to trigger the presumption after seven days of delinquency and whether to consider the prior 30 days, and on whether alternative timing conditions, such as considering the consumer's performance over the prior 60 days, would better prevent consumer harm. In addition, the Bureau solicits comment on whether the presumption should be modified in particular ways with regard to covered short-term loans that would not be appropriate for covered longer-term loans.
Proposed § 1041.6(e) would set forth the elements required for a lender to overcome the presumptions of unaffordability in proposed § 1041.6(b), (c), or (d). Proposed § 1041.6(e) would provide that a lender can overcome the presumption of unaffordability only if the lender reasonably determines, based on reliable evidence, that the consumer will have sufficient improvement in financial capacity such that the consumer will have the ability to repay the new loan according to its terms despite the unaffordability of the prior loan. Proposed § 1041.6(e) would require lenders to assess sufficient improvement in financial capacity by comparing the consumer's financial capacity during the period for which the lender is required to make an ability-to-repay determination for the new loan pursuant to § 1041.5(b)(2) to the consumer's financial capacity since obtaining the prior loan or, if the prior loan was not a covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan, during the 30 days prior to the lender's determination.
The Bureau proposes several comments to clarify the requirements for a lender to overcome a presumption of unaffordability. Proposed comment 6(e)-1 clarifies that proposed § 1041.6(e) would permit the lender to overcome the presumption in limited circumstances evidencing a sufficient improvement in the consumer's financial capacity for the new loan relative to the prior loan or, in some circumstances, during the prior 30 days. Proposed comments 6(e)-2 and -3 provide illustrative examples of these circumstances. Proposed comment 6(e)-2 clarifies that a lender may overcome a presumption of unaffordability where there is reliable evidence that the need to reborrow is prompted by a decline in income since obtaining the prior loan (or, if the prior loan was not a covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan, during the 30 days prior to the lender's determination) that is not reasonably expected to recur for the period during which the lender is underwriting the new covered short-term loan. Proposed comment 6(e)-3 clarifies that a lender may overcome a presumption of unaffordability where there is reliable evidence that the consumer's financial capacity has sufficiently improved since the prior loan (or, if the prior loan was not a covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan, during the 30 days prior to the lender's determination) because of an increase in net income or a decrease in major financial obligations for the period during which the lender is underwriting the new covered short-term loan. Proposed comment 6(e)-4 clarifies that reliable evidence consists of verification evidence regarding the consumer's net income and major financial obligations sufficient to make the comparison required under § 1041.6(e). Proposed comment 6(e)-4 further clarifies that a self-certification by the consumer does not constitute reliable evidence unless the lender verifies the facts certified by the consumer through other reliable means.
With respect to comment 6(e)-2, the Bureau believes that if the reborrowing is prompted by a decline in income since obtaining the prior loan (or during the prior 30 days, as applicable) that is not reasonably expected to recur during the period for which the lender is underwriting the new covered short-term loan, the unaffordability of the prior loan, including difficulty repaying an outstanding loan, may not be probative as to the consumer's ability to repay a new covered short-term loan. Similarly, with respect to comment 6(e)-3, the Bureau believes that permitting a lender to overcome the presumption of unaffordability in these circumstances would be appropriate because an increase in the consumer's expected net income or decrease in the consumer's expected payments on major financial obligations since obtaining the prior loan may materially impact the consumer's financial capacity such that a prior unaffordable loan, including difficulty repaying an outstanding loan, may not be probative as to the consumer's ability to repay a new covered short-term loan. The Bureau notes, however, that if, with respect to any given lender, a substantial percentage of consumers who obtain a loan pursuant to proposed § 1041.5 return for a new loan during the reborrowing period, that pattern may provide persuasive evidence that the lender's determinations to make initial loans were not consistent with the ability-to-repay determinations under proposed § 1041.5. As discussed above, the presumptions in proposed § 1041.6 supplement the basic ability-to-repay requirements in proposed § 1041.5 in certain circumstances where a consumer's recent borrowing indicates that a consumer would not have the ability to repay a new covered short-term loan. Accordingly, the procedure in proposed § 1041.6(e) for overcoming the presumption of unaffordability would address only the presumption; lenders would still need to determine ability to repay in accordance with proposed § 1041.5 before making the new covered short-term loan.
Under proposed § 1041.6(e), the same requirement would apply with respect to both the second and third covered short-term loan in a sequence subject to the presumption in proposed § 1041.6(b). However, the Bureau expects that if, with respect to any given lender, a substantial percentage of consumers who obtain a second loan in a sequence return for a third loan, that pattern may provide persuasive evidence that the lender's determinations to make second loans notwithstanding the presumption were not consistent with proposed § 1041.6(e) and the ability-to-repay determinations were not reasonable under proposed § 1041.5. The Bureau further expects that even when a lender determines that the presumption of unaffordability can be overcome pursuant to proposed § 1041.6(e) for the second loan in a sequence, it will be a relatively unusual case in which the consumer will encounter multiple rounds of unexpected income or major financial obligation disruptions such that the lender will be able to reasonably determine that the consumer will have the ability to repay a third covered short-term loan notwithstanding the consumer's need to reborrow after each of the prior loans.
The Bureau recognizes that the standard in proposed § 1041.6(e) would permit a lender to overcome a presumption of unaffordability only in a narrow set of circumstances that are reflected in certain aspects of a consumer's financial capacity and can be verified through reliable evidence. As discussed above with regard to alternatives considered for proposed § 1041.6, the Bureau considered including an additional set of circumstances permitting lenders to overcome the presumptions of unaffordability in the event that the lender determined that the need to reborrow was prompted by an unusual and non-recurring expense rather than by the unaffordability of the prior loan. In light of the challenges with such an approach, described above, the Bureau elected instead to propose § 1041.6(e) without permitting an unusual and non-recurring expense to satisfy the conditions of the test. However, the Bureau solicits comment on including an unusual and non-recurring expense as a third circumstance in which lenders could overcome the presumptions of unaffordability.
The Bureau solicits comment on all aspects of the proposed standard for overcoming the presumptions of unaffordability. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on the circumstances that would permit a lender to overcome a presumption of unaffordability; on whether other or additional circumstances should be included in the standard; and, if so, how to define such circumstances. In addition, the Bureau solicits comment on the appropriate time period for comparison of the consumer's financial capacity between the prior and prospective loans, including, specifically, the different requirements for prior loans of different types. The Bureau solicits comment on the types of information that lenders would be permitted to use as reliable evidence to make the determination in proposed § 1041.6(e).
The Bureau also solicits comment on any alternatives that would adequately prevent consumer injury while reducing the burden on lenders, including any additional circumstances that should be deemed sufficient to overcome a presumption of unaffordability. The Bureau also solicits comment on how to address unexpected and non-recurring increases in expenses, such as major
Proposed § 1041.6(f) would prohibit lenders from making a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.5 to a consumer during the time period in which the consumer has a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.5 outstanding and for 30 days thereafter if the new covered short-term loan would be the fourth loan in a sequence of covered short-term loans made under proposed § 1041.5.
As discussed above, the ability-to-repay determination required by proposed § 1041.5 is intended to protect consumers from what the Bureau believes may be the unfair and abusive practice of making a covered short-term loan without making a reasonable determination of the consumer's ability to repay the loan. If a consumer who obtains such a loan seeks a second loan when, or shortly after, the payment on the first loan is due, that suggests that the prior loan payments were not affordable and triggered the new loan application, and that a new covered short-term loan will lead to the same result. The Bureau believes that if a consumer has obtained three covered short-term loans in quick succession and seeks to obtain yet another covered short-term loan when or shortly after payment on the last loan is due, the fourth loan will almost surely be unaffordable for the consumer.
The Bureau's research underscores the risk that consumers who reach the fourth loan in a sequence of covered short-term loans will wind up in a long cycle of debt. Most significantly, the Bureau found that 66 percent of loan sequences that reach a fourth loan end up having at least seven loans, and 47 percent of loan sequences that reach a fourth loan end up having at least 10 loans.
Further, the opportunity to overcome the presumption for the second and third loan in a sequence means that by the time that the mandatory cooling-off period in proposed § 1041.6(f) would apply, three prior ability-to-repay determinations will have proven inconsistent with the consumer's actual experience, including two determinations that the consumer had overcome the presumption of unaffordability. If the consumer continues reborrowing during the term of or shortly after repayment of each loan, the pattern suggests that the consumer's financial circumstances do not lend themselves to reliable determinations of ability to repay a covered short-term loan. After three loans in a sequence, the Bureau believes it would be all but impossible under the proposed framework for a lender to accurately determine that a fourth covered short-term loan in a sequence would be affordable for the consumer. The Bureau believes this is particularly the case because the presumption of unaffordability under proposed § 1041.6(b) would escalate the scrutiny for each subsequent loan in a three-loan sequence. The consumer keeps returning to reborrow in spite of a lender or lenders having determined on two prior occasions that the consumer's financial capacity had sufficiently improved to overcome the presumption of unaffordability, further evidencing a pattern of reborrowing that could spiral into a debt cycle.
In light of the data described above, the Bureau believes that by the time a consumer reaches the fourth loan in a sequence of covered short-term loans, the likelihood of the consumer returning for additional covered short-term loans within a short period of time warrants additional measures to mitigate the risk that the lender is not furthering a cycle of debt on unaffordable covered short-term loans. To prevent the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.4, the Bureau believes that it may be appropriate to impose a mandatory cooling-off period for 30 days following the third covered short-term loan in a sequence. Accordingly, proposed § 1041.6(f) would prohibit lenders from making a covered short-term loan under § 1041.5 during the time period in which the consumer has a covered short-term loan made under § 1041.5 outstanding and for 30 days thereafter if the new covered short-term loan would be the fourth loan in a sequence of covered short-term loans made under § 1041.5.
The Bureau believes that given the requirements set forth in proposed § 1041.5 to determine ability to repay before making an initial covered short-term loan (other than a loan made under the conditional exemption in proposed § 1041.7), and given the further requirements set forth in proposed § 1041.6(b) with respect to additional covered short-term loans in a sequence, few consumers will actually reach the point where they have obtained three covered short-term loans in a sequence and even fewer will reach that point and still need to reborrow. Such a three-loan sequence can occur only if the consumer turned out to not be able to afford a first loan, despite a lender's determination of ability to repay, and that the same occurred for the second and third loans as well, despite a second and third determination of ability to repay, including a determination that the presumption of unaffordability for the second loan and then the third loan could be overcome. However, to provide a backstop in the event that the consumer does obtain three covered short-term loans made under § 1041.5 within a short period of time proposed § 1041.6(f) would impose a prohibition on continued lending to protect consumers from further unaffordable loans. For consumers who reach that point, the Bureau believes that terminating a loan sequence after three loans may enable the consumer to escape from the cycle of indebtedness. At the same time, if any such consumers needed to continue to borrow, they could obtain a covered longer-term loan, provided that a lender reasonably determined that such a loan was within the consumer's ability to repay, pursuant to §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10, or a covered longer-term loan under either of the conditional exemptions in proposed §§ 1041.11 and 1041.12.
During the SBREFA process, the Bureau received substantial feedback about the proposal under consideration to impose a conclusive presumption of unaffordability following the third covered short-term loan in a sequence.
As explained with regard to proposed § 1041.6(b)(1) above, the Bureau believes that, even without the mandatory cooling-off period under proposed § 1041.6(f), there would be relatively few instances in which lenders could reasonably determine that a consumer had the ability to repay successive loans in a sequence. As discussed in part VI, the Bureau believes that the primary impact on loan volume and lender revenue from the ability-to-repay requirements would be the decline in initial covered short-term loans made under the ability-to-repay requirements. Moreover, the fact that the proposal would have such a disruptive impact on these lenders' current source of revenue does not, in the Bureau's view, detract from the appropriateness of these provisions to prevent the unfair and abusive practice that the Bureau has preliminarily identified. Indeed, the Bureau believes that the lenders' concern about the revenue impact of limiting extended cycles of reborrowing confirms the Bureau's reasons for believing that these provisions may be appropriate to prevent the unfair and abusive practice. The proposed cooling-off period would last 30 days for the same reason that the Bureau is using that time frame to draw the line as to when a new loan is likely the result of the unaffordability of the prior loan.
The Small Business Review Panel Report recommended that the Bureau request comment on whether permitting a sequence of more than three covered short-term loans would enable the Bureau to fulfill its stated objectives for the rulemaking while reducing the revenue impact on small entities. Conversely, during the SBREFA process and associated outreach following publication of the Small Business Review Panel Report, other stakeholders suggested that the mandatory cooling-off period should apply in additional circumstances, such as based on a pattern of sustained usage of covered short-term loans or covered longer-term balloon-payment loans over a period of time, even if the usage pattern did not involve three-loan sequences.
The Bureau solicits comment on the necessity of the proposed prohibition and on any alternatives that would adequately prevent consumer harm while reducing the burden on lenders. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether a presumption of unaffordability rather than a mandatory cooling-off period would be sufficient to prevent the targeted harms and, if so, whether such presumptions should be structured to match proposed § 1041.6(b) and (e), or should be tailored in some other way. Additionally, consistent with the Small Business Review Panel Report, the Bureau solicits comment on whether three loans is the appropriate threshold for the prohibition or whether permitting lenders to overcome the presumption of unaffordability for a greater number of loans before the mandatory cooling-off period would provide the intended consumer protection while mitigating the burden on lenders. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether the mandatory cooling-off period should extend for a period greater than 30 days or should apply in any other circumstances, such as based on the total number of covered short-term loans a consumer has obtained during a specified period of time or the number of days the consumer has been in debt during a specified period of time. Additionally, the Bureau solicits comment on whether there is a pattern of reborrowing on a mix of covered short-term loans and covered longer-term balloon-payment loans for which a mandatory cooling-off period would be appropriate and, if so, what refinements to the prohibition in proposed § 1041.6(f) would be appropriate for such an approach.
Proposed § 1041.6(g) would prohibit a lender from making a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.5 during the time period in which the consumer has a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.7 outstanding and for 30 days thereafter. The proposed prohibition corresponds to the condition in proposed § 1041.7(c)(2) that would prohibit making a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.7 during the time period in which the consumer has a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.5 (or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan made under proposed § 1041.9) outstanding and for 30 days thereafter. The Bureau is including this provision in proposed § 1041.6 for ease of reference for lenders so that they can look to a single provision of the rule for a list of prohibitions and presumptions that affect the making of covered short-term loans under proposed § 1041.5, but discusses the underlying rationale in additional detail in the section-by-section analysis for proposed § 1041.7(c)(2) below.
Proposed § 1041.7 sets forth numerous protective conditions for a covered short-term loan conditionally exempt from the ability-to-repay requirements of proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6; these conditions are discussed in depth in connection with that section. As a parallel provision to proposed § 1041.7(c)(2), the Bureau proposes the prohibition in proposed § 1041.6(g) in order to prevent undermining the protections of proposed § 1041.7, most significantly, the principal reduction requirements of proposed § 1041.7(b)(1). As discussed with regard to that provision, the Bureau believes that the principal reduction requirements of proposed § 1041.7(b)(3) are an essential component of the proposed conditional exemption. Additionally, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.7(c)(2), the Bureau believes that providing separate “paths” for making covered short-term loans under proposed § 1041.5 and proposed § 1041.7 would facilitate a more consistent framework for regulation in this market and make the rule simpler for both consumers and lenders.
The Bureau solicits comment on the necessity of the proposed prohibition and on any alternatives that would achieve the Bureau's objectives here while reducing the burden on lenders.
Proposed § 1041.6(h) would define how a lender must determine the number of days between covered loans for the purposes of proposed § 1041.6(b), (c), (f), and (g). In particular, proposed § 1041.6(h) would specify that days on which a consumer had a non-covered bridge loan outstanding do not count toward the determination of time periods specified by proposed § 1041.6(b), (c), (f), and (g). Proposed comment 6(h)-1 clarifies that § 1041.6(h) would apply if the lender or its affiliate makes a non-covered bridge loan to a
As discussed in more detail in the section-by-section of proposed § 1041.2(a)(13), defining non-covered bridge loan, the Bureau is concerned that there is some risk that lenders might seek to evade the proposed rule designed to prevent unfair and abusive practices by making certain types of loans that fall outside the scope of the proposed rule during the 30-day period following repayment of a covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan. Since the due date of such a loan would be beyond that 30-day period, the lender would be free to make another covered short-term loan subsequent to the non-covered bridge loan without having to comply with proposed § 1041.6. Proposed § 1041.2(a)(13) would define non-covered bridge loan as a non-recourse pawn loan made within 30 days of an outstanding covered short-term loan and that the consumer is required to repay within 90 days of its consummation. The Bureau is seeking comment under that provision as to whether additional non-covered loans should be added to the definition.
As with all of the provisions of proposed § 1041.6, in proposing § 1041.6(g) and its accompanying commentary, the Bureau is relying on its authority to prevent unfair, deceptive, and abusive acts and practices under the Dodd-Frank Act.
Accordingly, the Bureau proposes to exclude from the period of time between affected loans, those days on which a consumer has a non-covered bridge loan outstanding. The Bureau believes that defining the period of time between covered loans in this manner may be appropriate to prevent lenders from making covered short-term loans for which the consumer does not have the ability to repay.
The Bureau solicits comment on the appropriateness of the standard in proposed § 1041.6(h) and on any alternatives that would adequately prevent consumer harm while reducing burden on lenders.
For the reasons discussed below, the Bureau is proposing to exempt covered short-term loans under proposed § 1041.7 (also referred to herein as a Section 7 loan) from proposed §§ 1041.4, 1041.5, and 1041.6. Proposed § 1041.7 includes a number of screening and structural protections for consumers who are receiving loans not subject to the proposed ability-to-repay determination. These provisions would reduce the likelihood and magnitude of consumer harms from unaffordable payments on covered short-term loans, including addressing the common occurrence that such loans lead to sequences of reborrowing by consumers.
Based on its own and outside research, the Bureau recognizes that, even without ability-to-repay assessments, some consumers repay a short-term loan when due without further reborrowing. These consumers avoid some, if not all, of the harms with which the Bureau is concerned. For example, as described in the CFPB Report on Supplemental Findings, approximately 22 percent of new payday loan sequences do not result in any reborrowing within the ensuing 30 days.
Some of these consumers may take out a payday loan, repay it on the contractual due date, and never again use a payday loan. Others may return on another occasion, when a new need arises, likely for another short sequence.
In addition, the Bureau's research suggests that even consumers who reborrow many times might have shorter loan sequences if they were offered the option of taking out smaller loans each time they returned to reborrow—instead of being presented only with the option of rolling over the loan (in States where it is permitted) or repaying the full amount of the loan plus the finance
Finally, the Bureau recognizes that the verification and ability-to-repay requirements in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 would impose compliance costs that some lenders, especially smaller lenders, may find difficult to absorb for covered short-term loans, particularly those relatively small in amount.
In light of these considerations, the Bureau believes that it would further the purposes and objectives of the Dodd-Frank Act, to provide a simpler alternative to the ability-to-repay requirements in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 for covered short-term loans, but with robust alternative protections against the harms from loans with unaffordable payments. As described in more detail below, proposed § 1041.7 would permit lenders to extend consumers a sequence of up to three loans, in which the principal is reduced by one-third at each stage and certain other conditions are met, without following the ability-to-repay requirements specified in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6.
The Bureau recognizes that this alternative approach for covered short-term loans in proposed § 1041.7 has drawn criticism from a variety of stakeholders. During the SBREFA process and the Bureau's general outreach following the Bureau's release of the Small Business Review Panel Outline, many lenders and other industry stakeholders argued that the alternative requirements for covered short-term loans presented in the Small Business Review Panel Outline would not provide sufficient flexibility.
In contrast, consumer advocates, during the Bureau's outreach following its release of the Small Business Review Panel Outline, have argued that permitting covered short-term loans to be made without an ability-to-repay determination would weaken the overall rule framework. A letter signed by several hundred national and State consumer advocates urged the Bureau, before the release of the Small Business Review Panel Outline, not to create any alternatives to the ability-to-repay requirement that would sanction a series of repeat loans.
The Bureau has carefully considered this feedback in developing the proposed rule. With regard to the industry argument that the proposal considered in the Small Business Review Panel Outline would not allow for lenders to remain profitable, the Bureau believes that this concern is the product of many lenders' reliance on long sequences of covered short-term loans to consumers. Since the Bureau began studying the market for payday, vehicle title, and similar loans several years ago, the Bureau has noted its significant concern with the amount of long-term reborrowing observed in the market and on the apparent dependence of many lenders on such reborrowing for a significant portion of their revenues.
The Bureau notes that, as discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, covered short-term loans are frequently marketed to consumers as loans that are intended for short-term, infrequent use. The dependency of many lenders on long-term reborrowing is in tension with this marketing and exploits consumers' behavioral biases.
In proposing § 1041.7, the Bureau does not mean to suggest that lenders would generally be able to maintain their current business model by making loans permitted by proposed § 1041.7. To the contrary, the Bureau acknowledges that a substantial fraction of loans currently made would not qualify for the exemption under proposed § 1041.7 because they are a part of extended cycles of reborrowing that are very harmful to consumers. Some lenders may be able to capture scale economies and build a business model that relies solely on making loans under proposed § 1041.7. For other lenders, the Bureau expects that loans made under proposed § 1041.7 would become one element of a business model that would also incorporate covered short-term and covered longer-term loans made using an ability-to-repay determination under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 and §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10, respectively.
With respect to the argument from consumer advocates, the Bureau does not believe that providing a carefully constructed alternative to the proposed ability-to-repay requirements in §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 would undermine the consumer protections in this proposed rulemaking. As discussed above, the exemption would provide a simpler means of obtaining a covered short-term loan for consumers for whom the loan is less likely to prove harmful. Moreover, the Bureau has built into proposed § 1041.7 a number of safeguards, including the principal stepdown requirements and the limit on the number of loans in a sequence of Section 7 loans, to ensure that consumers cannot become trapped in long-term debt on an ostensibly short-term loan and to reduce the risk of harms from reborrowing, default, and collateral harms from making
By including an alternative set of requirements under proposed § 1041.7, the Bureau is not suggesting that regulation of covered short-term loans at the State, local, or tribal level should encompass only the provisions of proposed § 1041.7. Proposed § 1041.7(a) would not provide an exemption from any other provision of law. Many States and other non-Federal jurisdictions have made and likely will continue to make legislative and regulatory judgments to impose usury limits, prohibitions on making high cost covered short-term loans altogether, and other strong consumer protections under legal authorities that in some cases extend beyond those of the Bureau. The proposed regulation would coexist with—rather than supplant—State, local, and tribal regulations that impose a stronger protective framework. Proposed § 1041.7 would also not permit loans to servicemembers and their dependents that would violate the Military Lending Act and its implementing regulations. (
The Bureau seeks comment generally on whether to provide an alternative to the ability-to-repay requirements under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 for covered short-term loans that satisfy certain requirements. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether proposed § 1041.7 would appropriately balance the considerations discussed above regarding consumer protection and access to credit that presents a lower risk of harm to consumers. The Bureau, further, seeks comment on whether covered short-term loans could be made in compliance with proposed § 1041.7 in States and other jurisdictions that permit covered short-term loans. The Bureau also seeks comment generally on the costs and other burdens that would be imposed on lenders, including small entities, by proposed § 1041.7.
Proposed § 1041.7 would establish an alternative set of requirements for covered short-term loans that, if complied with by lenders, would conditionally exempt them from the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.4 and the ability-to-repay requirements under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6.
Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(A) authorizes the Bureau to, by rule, “conditionally or unconditionally exempt any class of . . . consumer financial products or services” from any provision of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or from any rule issued under Title X as the Bureau determines “necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives” of Title X. The purposes of Title X are set forth in Dodd-Frank Act section 1021(a),
The objectives of Title X are set forth in Dodd-Frank Act section 1021(b).
When issuing an exemption under Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(A), the Bureau is required under Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(B) to take into consideration, as appropriate, three factors. These enumerated factors are: (1) The total assets of the class of covered persons;
The Bureau believes that the proposed conditional exemption for covered short-term loans is appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, for three primary reasons. First, proposed § 1041.7 is consistent with both the Bureau's statutory purpose under Dodd-Frank Act section 1021(a) of seeking to implement consumer financial law consistently to ensure consumers' access to fair, transparent, and competitive markets for consumer financial products and services and the Bureau's related statutory objective under Dodd-Frank Act section 1021(b)(5) of ensuring that such markets operate transparently and efficiently to facilitate access with respect to consumer financial products and services. As described in more detail in the section-by-section analysis below, proposed § 1041.7 would help to preserve access to credit by providing lenders an option for making covered short-term loans that is an alternative to—and a conditional exemption from—
Second, the proposed conditional exemption for covered short-term loans is consistent with the Bureau's statutory objective under Dodd-Frank Act section 1021(b)(2) of ensuring that consumers are protected from unfair or abusive acts and practices. The Bureau is proposing in § 1041.4 that it is an unfair and abusive practice for a lender to make a covered short-term loan without making a reasonable determination that the consumer has the ability to repay the loan. In §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6, the Bureau is proposing to prevent that unfair and abusive practice by prescribing ability-to-repay requirements for lenders making covered short-term loans. Although lenders making Section 7 loans would not be required to satisfy these ability-to-repay requirements, they would be required to satisfy the requirements for the conditional exemption under proposed § 1041.7. As described in more detail in this section-by-section analysis below, the requirements for proposed § 1041.7 are designed to protect consumers from the harms that result from lenders making short-term, small-dollar loans with unaffordable payments—namely, repeat borrowing, but also defaults and collateral harms from making unaffordable loan payments. These are the same types of harms that the ability-to-repay requirements under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 aim to address.
Third, the conditional exemption in proposed § 1041.7 is consistent with the Bureau's statutory objective under Dodd-Frank Act section 1021(b)(1) of ensuring that consumers are provided with timely and understandable information to make responsible decisions about financial transactions. Under proposed § 1041.7(e), the Bureau would impose a series of disclosure requirements in connection with the making of Section 7 loans. These disclosures would notify the consumer of important aspects of the operation of these transactions, and would contribute significantly to consumers receiving timely and understandable information about taking out Section 7 loans.
The Bureau, furthermore, has taken the statutory factors listed in Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(B) into consideration, as appropriate. The first two factors are not materially relevant because these factors pertain to exempting a class of covered persons, whereas proposed § 1041.7 would conditionally exempt a class of transactions—Section 7 loans—from certain requirements of the proposed rule. Nor is the Bureau basing the proposed conditional exemption on the third factor. Certain proposed requirements under § 1041.7 are similar to requirements under certain applicable State laws and local laws, as discussed below in the section-by-section analysis. However, the Bureau is not aware of any State or locality that has combined all of the elements that the Bureau believes are needed to adequately protect consumers from the harms associated with unaffordable payments in absence of an ability-to-repay requirement.
The Bureau emphasizes that the proposed conditional exemption in proposed § 1041.7 would be a partial exemption. That is, Section 7 loans would still be subject to all of the requirements of the Bureau's proposed rule other than the ability-to-repay requirements under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether the Bureau should rely upon the Bureau's statutory exemption authority under Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(A) to exempt loans that satisfy the requirements of proposed § 1041.7 from the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.4 and from the ability-to-repay requirements proposed under §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6. Alternatively, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the requirements under proposed § 1041.7 should instead be based on the Bureau's authority under Dodd-Frank Act section 1031(b) to prescribe rules identifying as unlawful unfair, deceptive, or abusive practices and to include in such rules requirements for the purpose of preventing such acts or practices.
The Bureau is proposing to require disclosures in § 1041.7(e) related to covered short-term loans made under proposed § 1041.7 pursuant to the Bureau's authority under sections 1032(a) and (b) of the Dodd-Frank Act. Section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act provides that the Bureau “may prescribe rules to ensure that the features of any consumer financial product or service, both initially and over the term of the product or service, are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the product or service, in light of the facts and circumstances.” The authority granted to the Bureau in section 1032(a) is broad, and empowers the Bureau to prescribe rules regarding the disclosure of the features of consumer financial products and services generally. Accordingly, the Bureau may prescribe disclosure requirements in rules regarding particular features even if other Federal consumer financial laws do not specifically require disclosure of such features. Specifically, the Bureau is proposing to require a lender to provide notices before making the first and third loan in a sequence of Section 7 loans that would inform consumers of the risk of taking such a loan and restrictions on taking subsequent Section 7 loans in a sequence.
Under Dodd-Frank Act section 1032(b)(1), “any final rule prescribed by the Bureau under [section 1032] requiring disclosures may include a model form that may be used at the option of the covered person for provision of the required disclosures.” Any model form must contain a clear and conspicuous disclosure according to Dodd-Frank Act section 1032(b)(2). At a minimum, this clear and conspicuous disclosure must use plain language comprehensible to consumers, contain a clear format and design, and succinctly explain the information that must be communicated to the consumer. Dodd-Frank Act section 1032(b)(3) provides that any model form the Bureau issues pursuant to Dodd-Frank Act section 1032(b) shall be validated through consumer testing. In developing the model forms for the proposed notices, the Bureau conducted two rounds of qualitative consumer testing in September and October of 2015. The
Proposed § 1041.7(a) would establish a conditional exemption for certain covered short-term loans. Under proposed § 1041.7(a), a covered short-term loan that is made in compliance with the requirements set forth in proposed § 1041.7(b) through (e) could make a covered short-term loan would be exempt from §§ 1041.4, 1041.5, and 1041.6. Proposed § 1041.7(a), like other sections of proposed part 1041, would not pre-empt State, local, or tribal restrictions that impose further limits on covered short-term loans, or that prohibit high-cost, covered short-term loans altogether. Proposed § 1041.7(a) would require the lender, in determining whether the proposed requirements in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) are satisfied, to obtain information about the consumer's borrowing history from the records of the lender, the records of the lender's affiliates, and a consumer report from an information system registered under proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) or proposed § 1041.17(d)(2).
Proposed comment 7(a)-1 explains that a lender could make a covered short-term loan without making the ability-to-repay determination under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6, provided it complied with the requirements set forth in proposed § 1041.7(b) through (e). Proposed comment 7(a)-2 clarifies that a lender cannot make a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.7 if no information system is registered under proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) or proposed § 1041.17(d)(2) and available when the lender seeks to make the loan. Proposed comment 7(a)-2 also clarifies that a lender may be unable to obtain a report on the consumer's borrowing history if, for example, information systems have been registered under proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) or proposed § 1041.17(d)(2) but are not yet operational or registered information systems are operational but all are temporarily unavailable.
The Bureau believes it is appropriate to condition the exemption in proposed § 1041.7 on the ability of a lender to obtain and review of a consumer report from a registered information system. The Bureau believes that this approach is warranted because making a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.7 does not require a detailed analysis of the consumer's ability to repay the loan under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6. Rather, proposed § 1041.7 protects consumers through a carefully calibrated system of requirements to ensure, among other things, that a consumer can reduce principal amounts over the course of a loan sequence. Because lenders are not required to conduct an ability-to-repay determination under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6, holistic information about the consumer's recent borrowing history with the lender, as well as other lenders, is especially important for ensuring the integrity of the requirements in proposed § 1041.7.
While the Bureau had proposed an income verification requirement in the Small Business Review Panel Outline, the proposed rule would not require a lender to verify a consumer's income before making a loan under proposed § 1041.7. Upon further consideration, the Bureau believes that an income verification requirement is not necessary in proposed § 1041.7. Because lenders would know at the outset that they would have to recoup the entire principal amount and finance charges within a loan sequence of no more than three loans, the Bureau believes that lenders would have strong incentives to verify that consumers have sufficient income to repay within that window. In addition, as discussed above, the Bureau believes that there are meaningful advantages to providing flexibility both for consumers who, in fact, have capacity to repay one or more covered short-term loans but cannot easily provide the income documentation required in proposed § 1041.5(c), and for lenders in reducing compliance costs relative to the income documentation requirement in proposed § 1041.5(c). In light of these considerations, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to allow lenders flexibility to adapt their current income verification processes without dictating a specific approach under proposed § 1041.7.
Consistent with the recommendations of the Small Business Review Panel Report, the Bureau seeks comment on the cost to small entities of obtaining information about consumer borrowing history and on potential ways to reduce the operational burden of obtaining this information. The Bureau also seeks comment on not requiring lenders to verify a consumer's income when making a covered short-term loan under § 1041.7. In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether lenders should be required to verify a consumer's income when making a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.7, and if so how to craft a standard that would offer additional protection for consumers and yet preserve the advantages of a more flexible system relative to proposed § 1041.5(c).
Proposed § 1041.7(b) would require a covered short-term loan that is made under proposed § 1041.7 to comply with certain requirements as to the loan terms and structure. The requirements under proposed § 1041.7(b), in conjunction with the other requirements set forth in proposed § 1041.7(c) through (e), would reduce the likelihood that consumers who take Section 7 loans would end up in extended loan sequences, default, or suffer substantial collateral harms from making unaffordable loan payments on covered short-term loans. Furthermore, these proposed requirements would limit the harm to consumers in the event they are unable to repay the initial loan as scheduled. Discussion of each of these loan term requirements is contained in the section-by-section analysis below. If the loan term requirements set forth in proposed § 1041.7(b) are not satisfied, the lender would not be able to make a loan under proposed § 1041.7.
Proposed § 1041.7(b)(1) would require a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.7 to be subject to certain principal amount limitations. Specifically, proposed § 1041.7(b)(1)(i) would require that the first loan in a loan sequence of Section 7 loans have a principal amount that is no greater than $500. Proposed § 1041.7(b)(1)(ii) would require that the second loan in a loan sequence of Section 7 loans have a principal amount that is no greater than two-thirds of the principal amount of the first loan in the loan sequence. Proposed § 1041.7(b)(1)(iii) would require that the third loan in a loan sequence of Section 7 loans have a principal amount that is no greater than one-third of the principal amount of the first loan in the loan sequence.
Proposed comment 7(b)(1)-1 cross-references the definition and commentary regarding loan sequences. Proposed comment 7(b)(1)-2 clarifies that the principal amount limitations apply regardless of whether the loans are made by the same lender, an
The Bureau believes that the principal cap and principal reduction requirements under proposed § 1041.7(b)(1) are critical to reducing both the risk of extended loan sequences and the risk that the loan payments over limited shorter loan sequence would prove unaffordable for consumers. Because proposed § 1041.7 would not require an ability-to-repay determination under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 for a covered short-term loan, some consumers may not be able to repay these loans as scheduled. Absent protections, these consumers would be in the position of having to reborrow or default on the loan or fail to meet other major financial obligations or basic living expenses as the loan comes due—that is, the same position faced by consumers in the market today. As discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, the Bureau has found that when that occurs, consumers generally reborrow for the same amount as the prior loan, rather than pay off a portion of the loan amount on the previous loan and reduce their debt burden. As a result, consumers may face a similar situation when the next loan comes due, except that they have fallen further into debt. The Bureau has found that this lack of principal reduction, or “self-amortization,” over the course of a loan sequence is correlated with higher rates of reborrowing and default.
Proposed § 1041.7(b)(1) would work in tandem with proposed § 1041.7(c)(3), which would limit a loan sequence of Section 7 loans to no more than three loans. The proposed requirements together would ensure that a consumer may not receive more than three consecutive covered short-term loans under proposed § 1041.7 and that the principal would decrease from a maximum of $500 in the first loan over the course of a loan sequence. Without the principal reduction requirements, consumers could reborrow twice and face difficulty in repaying the third loan in the loan sequence, similar to the difficulty that they had faced when the first loan was due. The proposed principal reduction feature is intended to steadily reduce consumers' debt burden and permit consumers to pay off the original loan amount in more manageable increments over the course of a loan sequence with three loans.
The Bureau believes that the proposed $500 limit for the first loan is appropriate in light of current State regulatory limits and would reduce the risks that unaffordable payments cause consumers to reborrow, fail to meet other major financial obligations or basic living expenses, or default during a loan sequence. As noted in part II.B above, many State statutes authorizing payday loans impose caps on the loan amount, with $500 being a common limit.
In the absence of an ability-to-repay determination under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6, the Bureau believes that loans with a principal amount larger than $500 would carry a significant risk of having unaffordable payments. A loan with a principal amount of $1,000, for example, would be much harder for consumers to pay off in a single payment, and even with the stepdown features of § 1041.7(b)(1), would require the consumer to pay at least $333 plus finance charges on each of the second and third loans in the loan sequence. In contrast, on a loan with a principal amount of $500 (the largest permissible amount under proposed § 1041.7(b)(1)), a minimum of $166.66 in principal reduction would be required with each loan. For consumers who are turning to covered short-term loans because they are already struggling to meet their major financial obligations and basic living expenses,
The proposed principal reduction requirements are consistent with the guidance of a Federal prudential regulator and ordinances adopted by a number of municipalities across the country. The FDIC, in its “Affordable Small-Dollar Loan Guidelines” in 2007, stated that, “Institutions are encouraged to structure payment programs in a manner that fosters the reduction of principal owed. For closed-end products, loans should be structured to provide for affordable and amortizing payments.”
The Bureau also has given extensive consideration to proposing an “off-ramp” for consumers struggling to repay a covered short-term loan, in lieu of the principal reduction structure.
During the SBREFA process, the Bureau received feedback from the SERs
The Bureau has carefully considered the SERs' comments and the broader stakeholder feedback following the release of the Small Business Review Panel Outline. The Bureau does not believe the principal reduction requirements under proposed § 1041.7(b)(1) would conflict with State law requiring single payment transactions. The proposed requirement would not mandate payment of the loan in installments or amortization of the initial loan in the sequence. Rather, a lender that makes a series of covered short-term loans under proposed § 1041.7 would be required to reduce the principal amount over a sequence of three loans so that a loan sequence would be functionally similar to an amortizing loan.
After gathering substantial input and careful consideration, the Bureau believes that the off-ramp approach would have three significant disadvantages relative to the principal reduction structure outlined above. First, the Bureau, in proposing an alternative to the requirement to assess a consumer's ability to repay under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6, seeks to ensure that Section 7 loans do not encumber consumers with unaffordable loan payments for an extended period. As discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, the Bureau has found that consumers who reborrow generally reborrow for the same amount as the prior loan, rather than pay off a portion of the loan amount on the previous loan and reduce their debt burden. Given these borrowing patterns, an off-ramp, which began after a sequence of three loans, would delay the onset of the principal reduction and compel consumers to carry the burden of unaffordable payments for a longer period of time, raising the likelihood of default and collateral harms from making unaffordable loan payments.
Second, the Bureau believes that an off-ramp provision likely could not be designed in a way to ensure that consumers actually receive the off-ramp. As discussed in part II.B above, the Bureau's analysis of State regulator reports indicates that consumer use of available off-ramps has been limited.
Third, to make an off-ramp approach less susceptible to such defects, the Bureau continues to believe that additional provisions would be necessary, including disclosures alerting consumers to their rights to take the off-ramp and prohibitions on false or misleading information regarding off-ramp usage and collections activity prior to completion of the full loan sequence. These measures would be of uncertain effectiveness and would increase complexity, burdens on lenders, and challenges for enforcement and supervision. In contrast, the proposed principal reduction requirements would be much simpler: The principal of the first loan could be no greater than $500, and each successive loan in the loan sequence would have a principal amount that is reduced by at least one-third. The Bureau believes this approach would both provide greater protection for consumers and offer easier compliance for lenders.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether the principal reduction requirements are appropriate under proposed § 1041.7; whether $500 is the appropriate principal limit for the first loan in the sequence; and whether a one-third reduction for each loan made under proposed § 1041.7 over the course of a three-loan sequence is the appropriate principal reduction amount and appropriate length for a loan sequence. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether the proposed principal reduction requirements would conflict with any State, local, or tribal laws and regulations. The Bureau separately seeks comment on whether, in lieu of the principal reduction requirements, the Bureau should adopt an off-ramp approach and, if so, what specific features should be included. In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether it should adopt the same parameters discussed in the Small Business Review Panel Outline—a cost-free extension of the third loan in the sequence over four installments—and additional measures to prevent lenders from discouraging usage of the off-ramp, such as a disclosure requirement, restrictions on collections activity prior to offering an off-ramp during a loan sequence, and prohibitions on false and misleading statements regarding
The Bureau expects that a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.7 would generally involve a single payment structure, consistent with industry practice today. The Bureau also expects that the principal reduction would typically be achieved via a sequence of single-payment loans each for progressively smaller amounts. Proposed § 1041.7(b)(2), however, would provide certain safeguards in the event that a lender chose to structure the loan with multiple payments, such as a 45-day loan with three required payments. Under the proposed requirement, the loan must have payments that are substantially equal in amount, fall due in substantially equal intervals, and amortize completely during the term of the loan. The proposed requirements under § 1041.7(b)(2) are consistent with the requirements for covered longer-term loans that are made under proposed §§ 1041.11 and 1041.12, the two conditional exemptions to proposed §§ 1041.8, 1041.9, 1041.10 and 1041.15 for covered longer-term loans. Proposed comment 7(b)(2)-1 provides an example of a loan with an interest-only payment followed by a balloon payment, which would not satisfy the loan structure requirement under proposed § 1041.7(b)(2).
The requirement under proposed § 1041.7(b)(2) is intended to address covered short-term loans made under proposed § 1041.7 that are structured to have multiple payments. Absent the requirements in proposed § 1041.7(b)(2), the Bureau is concerned that lenders could structure loans to pair multiple interest-only payments with a significantly larger payment of the principal amount at the end of the loan term. The Bureau believes that consumers are better able to manage repayment obligations for payments that are due with reasonable frequency, in substantially equal amounts, and within substantially equal intervals. The Bureau believes that, in the absence of an ability-to-repay determination under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6, multi-payment loans with a final balloon payment are much more likely to trigger default and up to two reborrowings than comparable loans with amortizing payments. In the comparable context of longer-term vehicle title installment loans, for example, the Bureau has found that loans with final balloon payments are associated with much higher rates of default, compared to loans with fully amortizing payments.
The Small Business Review Panel Outline indicated that the Bureau was considering whether the alternative requirements for covered short-term loans should prohibit a lender from charging more than one finance charge for the duration of the loan. The Bureau did not receive feedback from the SERs regarding the specific requirement.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether lenders would make covered short-term loans with multiple payments under proposed § 1041.7. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether the requirement under proposed § 1041.7(b)(2) is appropriate and on whether any additional requirements are appropriate with respect to multi-payment loans made under proposed § 1041.7. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether any alternative approaches would protect consumers from the harms of multi-payment, covered short-term loans with balloon payments. In addition, the Bureau seeks comment on whether proposed § 1041.7 should permit only single-payment covered short-term loans.
Proposed § 1041.7(b)(3) would prohibit a lender, as a condition of making a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.7, from obtaining vehicle security, as defined in proposed § 1041.3(d). A lender seeking to make a covered short-term loan with vehicle security would have to make an ability-to-repay determination under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6. Proposed comment 7(b)(3)-1 clarifies this prohibition on a lender obtaining vehicle security on a Section 7 loan.
The Bureau is proposing this requirement because the Bureau is concerned that some consumers obtaining a loan under proposed § 1041.7 would not be able to afford the payments required to pay down the principal over a sequence of three loans. Allowing lenders to obtain vehicle security in connection with such loans could substantially increase the harm to such consumers by putting their vehicle at risk. The proposed requirement would protect consumers from default harms, collateral harms from making unaffordable loan payments, and reborrowing harms on covered short-term vehicle title loans. First, the Bureau is particularly concerned about default that could result in the loss of the consumer's vehicle. The Bureau has found sequences of short-term vehicle title loans are more likely to end in default than sequences of payday loans,
Furthermore, the Bureau believes proposed § 1041.7(b)(3) is necessary to restrict lenders' incentives to make Section 7 loans with unaffordable payments. Because loan sequences would be limited to a maximum of three Section 7 loans under proposed § 1041.7(c)(3) and subject to principal reduction under § 1041.7(b)(1), the Bureau believes a lender that makes Section 7 loans would have a strong incentive to underwrite effectively, even without having to comply with the specific requirements in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6. However, with vehicle title loans, in which the lender obtains security interest in an asset of significantly greater value than the principal amount on the loan,
While Section 7 loans with vehicle security would be prohibited, the Bureau notes that there would be alternatives available to consumers and lenders. Lenders could make covered short-term loans with vehicle security that comply with the ability-to-repay requirements in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6. In addition, many lenders could offer covered longer-term loans with vehicle security that comply with the ability-to-repay requirements in proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10. Lenders may, in fact, be able to recoup the costs of an ability-to-repay determination more easily for a covered longer-term loan than for a covered short-term loan of comparable amount. Furthermore, in most States that permit short-term vehicle title loans, payday lending is also permitted.
The Bureau included this requirement in the Small Business Review Panel Outline. During the SBREFA process, the Bureau received feedback from a SER that is a vehicle title lender questioning the need for this requirement and urging the Bureau to consider permitting vehicle title loans to be made under the alternative requirements for covered short-term loans. The Bureau has considered this feedback but, as described above, the Bureau remains concerned that the harms from unaffordable payments on covered short-term loans with vehicle security may be especially severe for consumers. In light of these concerns, the Bureau believes it is appropriate to prohibit lenders, as a condition of making covered short-term loans under the conditional exemption in proposed § 1041.7, from obtaining vehicle security.
The Bureau seeks comment on the protective benefits of this proposed prohibition. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether there are alternative approaches that could allow vehicle title lending under the proposed conditional exemption for certain covered short-term loans and still provide strong protections against the harms that can result to consumers who lack the ability to repay their loans, including default and potential loss of the consumer's vehicle, collateral harms from making unaffordable loan payments, and reborrowing.
Proposed § 1041.7(b)(4) would provide that, as a requirement of making a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.7, the loan must not be structured as an open-end loan. Proposed comment 7(b)(4)-1 clarifies this prohibition on a lender structuring a Section 7 loan as an open-end loan.
The Bureau is concerned that permitting open-end loans under proposed § 1041.7 would present significant risks to consumers, as consumers could repeatedly draw down credit without the lender ever determining the consumer's ability to repay. In practice, consumers could reborrow serially on a
The Small Business Review Panel Outline did not include this requirement as part of the proposed alternative requirements for covered short-term loans. Based on further consideration, the Bureau believes this requirement is necessary for the reasons described above. The Bureau seeks comment on whether proposed § 1041.7 should include this requirement and whether lenders, in the absence of this requirement, would make covered short-term loans under proposed § 1041.7 that are structured as open-end loans.
Proposed § 1041.7(c) would require the lender to determine that the borrowing history requirements under proposed § 1041.7(c) are satisfied before making a Section 7 loan.
In conjunction with the other requirements set forth in proposed § 1041.7, the borrowing history requirements under proposed § 1041.7(c) are intended to prevent consumers from falling into long-term cycles of reborrowing and diminish the likelihood that consumers would experience harms during shorter loan sequences.
Proposed § 1041.7(c)(1) would require the lender to examine the consumer's borrowing history to ensure that it does not make a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.7 when certain types of covered loans are outstanding. Specifically, it would provide that, as a requirement of making a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.7, the lender must determine that the consumer does not have a covered loan outstanding made under proposed § 1041.5, proposed § 1041.7, or proposed § 1041.9, not including a loan made under proposed § 1041.7 that the same lender seeks to roll over.
Proposed comment 7(c)(1)-1 clarifies the meaning of this restriction and provides a cross-reference to the definition of outstanding loan in proposed § 1041.2(a)(15). Proposed comment 7(c)(1)-2 explains that the restriction in proposed § 1041.7(c)(1) does not apply to an outstanding loan made by the same lender or an affiliate under proposed § 1041.7 that is being rolled over.
The Bureau is proposing § 1041.7(c)(1) because it is concerned that consumers who have a covered loan outstanding made under proposed § 1041.5, proposed § 1041.7, or proposed § 1041.9 and seek a new, concurrent covered short-term loan may be struggling to repay the outstanding loan. These consumers may be seeking the new loan to retire the outstanding loan or to cover major financial obligations or basic living expenses that they cannot afford if they make one or
The Bureau has addressed comparable concerns about concurrent outstanding loans in the context of covered short-term loans made under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6, in two ways. First, the lender would be required to obtain information about current debt obligations (a subset of major financial obligations) under proposed § 1041.5(c) and to account for it as part of its ability-to-repay determination for any new loan. Second, a new, concurrent loan would be considered the second loan in the loan sequence of consecutive covered short-term loans and thereby would trigger the presumption of unaffordability for a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.6(b)(1), unless the exception under proposed § 1041.6(b)(2) applies. Covered short-term loans made under proposed § 1041.7 would
One outside study examined a dataset with millions of payday loans and found that approximately 15 to 25 percent of these loans are taken out while another loan is outstanding.
For the proposed alternative set of requirements for covered short-term loans, the Small Business Review Panel Outline required that the consumer have no covered loans outstanding.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether the requirement under proposed § 1041.7(c)(1) is appropriate. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether the requirement under proposed § 1041.7(c)(1) should apply to covered loans outstanding made under proposed § 1041.11 or § 1041.12. The Bureau further seeks comment on whether there are alternative approaches to the proposed requirement that would still protect consumers against the potential harms from taking concurrent loans.
Proposed § 1041.7(c)(2) would require that, prior to making a covered short-term loan under § 1041.7, the lender determine that the consumer has not had in the past 30 days an outstanding loan that was either a covered short-term loan (as defined in § 1041.2(a)(6)) made under proposed § 1041.5 or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan (as defined in § 1041.2(a)(7)) made under proposed § 1041.9. The requirement under proposed § 1041.7(c)(2) would prevent a consumer from obtaining a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.7 soon after repaying a covered short-term made under proposed § 1041.5 or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan made under proposed § 1041.9. Proposed comment 7(c)(2)-1 explains that this requirement would apply regardless of whether the prior loan was made by the same lender, an affiliate of the lender, or an unaffiliated lender. The proposed comment also provides an illustrative example.
Much as with proposed § 1041.7(c)(1) as discussed above, proposed § 1041.7(c)(2) would protect consumers, who lack the ability to repay a current or recent covered short-term or balloon-payment loan, from the harms of a covered short-term loan made without an ability-to-repay determination under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6. As explained in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, the Bureau believes that such reborrowing frequently reflects the adverse budgetary effects of the prior loan and the unaffordability of the new loan. Indeed, for that reason, the Bureau is proposing to create a presumption of unaffordability for a covered short-term loans subject to the ability-to-repay requirements in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6. This presumption would be undermined if consumers, who would be precluded from reborrowing by the presumption under proposed § 1041.6, could simply transition to covered short-term loans made under proposed § 1041.7.
Moreover, permitting a consumer to transition from a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.5 or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan made under proposed § 1041.9 to a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.7 would be inconsistent with the basic purpose of proposed § 1041.7. As previously noted, proposed § 1041.7 creates an alternative to the ability-to-pay requirements under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 and features carefully structured consumer protections. If lenders were permitted to make a Section 7 loan shortly after making a covered short-term under proposed § 1041.5 or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan under proposed § 1041.9, it would be very difficult to apply all of the requirements under proposed § 1041.7 that are designed to protect consumers. As noted, proposed § 1041.7(b)(1)(i) would require that the first loan in a loan sequence of Section 7 loans have a principal amount no greater than $500,
The Bureau also believes providing separate paths for covered short-term loans that are made under the ability-to-repay framework in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 and under the framework in proposed § 1041.7 would make the rule's application more consistent across provisions and also simpler for both consumers and lenders. These two proposed frameworks would work in tandem to ensure that lenders could not transition consumers back and forth between covered short-term loans made under proposed § 1041.5 and under proposed § 1041.7. Furthermore, with these proposed provisions in place, consumers and lenders would have clear expectations of the types of covered short-term loans that could be made if the consumer were to reborrow.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether this requirement is appropriate. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether there are alternative approaches that would allow consumers to receive covered short-term loans made under both proposed § 1041.5 and proposed § 1041.7 in a loan sequence and still maintain the integrity of the consumer protections under the two proposed sections.
Proposed § 1041.7(c)(3) would provide that a lender cannot make a covered short-term loan under § 1041.7 if the loan would result in the consumer having a loan sequence of more than three Section 7 loans made by any lender. Proposed comment 7(c)(3)-1 clarifies that this requirement applies regardless of whether any or all of the loans in the loan sequence are made by the same lender, an affiliate, or unaffiliated lenders and explains that loans that are rollovers count toward the sequence limitation. Proposed comment 7(c)(3)-1 includes an example.
The Bureau is proposing § 1041.7(c)(3) for several reasons. First, the limitation on the length of loan sequences is aimed at preventing further harms from reborrowing. As discussed in the Supplemental Findings on Payday Loans, Deposit Advance Products, and Vehicle Title Loans, the Bureau found that 66 percent of loan sequences that reach a fourth loan end up having at least seven loans, and 47 percent of loan sequences that reach a fourth loan end up having at least 10 loans.
The Small Business Review Panel Outline stated that the Bureau was considering a proposal to limit the length of a loan sequence of covered short-term loans made under the alternative requirements for covered short-term loans. The Bureau received feedback during the SBREFA process from small lenders that the sequence limitations would significantly reduce their revenue. During the SBREFA process and the Bureau's general outreach following the Bureau's release of the Small Business Review Panel Outline, many lenders and other industry stakeholders argued that the alternative requirements for covered short-term loans presented in the Small Business Review Panel Outline did not provide sufficient flexibility. As noted above, a group of SERs submitted a report projecting significantly lower revenue and profits for small lenders if they originated loans solely under the alternative approach. The Small Business Review Panel Report recommended that the Bureau request comment on whether permitting more than three loans under these requirements would enable the Bureau to satisfy its stated objectives for this rulemaking while reducing the revenue impact on small entities making covered short-term loans.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether the requirement under proposed § 1041.7(c)(3) is appropriate and also whether three covered short-term loans is the appropriate number for the limitation on the length of a loan sequence under proposed § 1041.7(c)(3). The Bureau specifically seeks comment on whether, given the principal reduction requirement for the second and third loans made under proposed § 1041.7, a four-loan sequence limit, with a 25 percent step down for each loan would be more affordable for consumers than loans made under a three-loan limit with a 33 percent step down. Moreover, consistent with the Small Business Review Panel recommendation, the Bureau seeks comment on whether permitting a loan sequence of more than three Section 7 loans would enable the Bureau to satisfy its stated objectives for the proposed rulemaking while reducing the impact on small entities making covered short-term loans.
Proposed § 1041.7(c)(4) would require that a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.7 not result in the consumer having more than six covered short-term loans outstanding during any consecutive 12-month period (also referred to as the “Section 7 loan limit”) or having covered short-term loans outstanding for an aggregate period of more than 90 days during any consecutive 12-month period (also referred to as the “Section 7 indebtedness limit”). The lender would have to determine whether any covered short-term loans were outstanding during the consecutive 12-month period. If a consumer obtained a covered short-term loan prior to the consecutive 12-month period and was obligated on the loan during part of the consecutive 12-month period, this loan and the time in which it was outstanding during the consecutive 12-month period would count toward the Section 7 loan and Section 7 indebtedness limits.
Proposed comment 7(c)(4)-1 explains the meaning of consecutive 12-month period as used in proposed § 1041.7(c)(4). The proposed comment clarifies that a consecutive 12-month period begins on the date that is 12 months prior to the proposed contractual due date of the new Section 7 loan and ends on the proposed contractual due date. Proposed
Under proposed § 1041.7(c)(4), the lender would have to count the proposed new loan toward the Section 7 loan limit and count the anticipated contractual duration of the new loan toward the Section 7 indebtedness limit. Because the new loan and its proposed contractual duration would count toward these limits, the lookback period would
As a general matter, the Bureau is concerned about consumers' frequent use of covered short-term loans made under proposed § 1041.7 for which lenders are not required to determine consumers' ability to repay. The frequent use of covered short-term loans that do not require an ability-to-repay determination may be a signal that consumers are struggling to repay such loans without reborrowing. For purposes of determining whether the making of a loan would satisfy the Section 7 loan and Section 7 indebtedness limits under proposed § 1041.7(c)(4), the lender would also have to count covered short-term loans made under both proposed § 1041.5 and proposed § 1041.7. Although loans made under proposed § 1041.5 would require the lender to make a reasonable determination of a consumer's ability to repay, the consumer's decision to seek a Section 7 loan, after previously obtaining a covered short-term loan based on an ability-to-repay determination, suggests that the consumer may now lack the ability to repay the loan and that an earlier ability-to-repay determination may not have fully captured this particular consumer's expenses or obligations. Under proposed § 1041.7(c)(4), consumers could receive up to six Section 7 loans and accrue up to 90 days of indebtedness on Section 7 loans, assuming the consumer did not also have any covered short-term loans made under proposed § 1041.5 during the same time period. Because the duration of covered short-term loans are typically tied to how frequently a consumer receives income, the Bureau believes that the two overlapping proposed requirements are necessary to provide more complete protections for consumers.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether the number of and period of indebtedness on covered short-term loans made under proposed § 1041.5 should count toward the Section 7 loan and Section 7 indebtedness limits, respectively. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether there are alternative approaches that would address the Bureau's concerns about a high number of and long aggregate period of indebtedness on covered short-term loans made without the ability-to-repay determination under proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether proposed § 1041.7(c)(4) should count loans with a term that partly fell in the 12-month period toward the Section 7 loan and Section 7 indebtedness limits or alternatively should count only covered short-term loans that were consummated during the consecutive 12-month period toward the Section 7 loan and Section 7 indebtedness limits.
Proposed § 1041.7(c)(4)(i) would require that a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.7 not result in the consumer having more than six covered short-term loans outstanding during any consecutive 12-month period. This proposed requirement would impose a limit on the total number of Section 7 loans during a consecutive 12-month period.
Proposed comment 7(c)(4)(i)-1 explains certain aspects of proposed § 1041.7(c)(4)(i) relating to the Section 7 loan limit. Proposed comment 7(c)(4)(i)-1 clarifies that, in addition to the new loan, all covered short-term loans made under either proposed § 1041.5 or proposed § 1041.7 that were outstanding during the consecutive 12-month period count toward the Section 7 loan limit. Proposed comment 7(c)(4)(i)-1 also clarifies that, under proposed § 1041.7(c)(4)(i), a lender may make a loan that when aggregated with prior covered short-term loans would satisfy the Section 7 loan limit even if proposed § 1041.7(c)(4)(i) would prohibit the consumer from obtaining one or two subsequent loans in the sequence. Proposed comment 7(c)(4)(i)-2 gives examples.
The Bureau believes that a consumer who seeks to take out a new covered short-term loan after having taken out six covered short-term loans during a consecutive 12-month period may be exhibiting an inability to repay such loans. If a consumer is seeking a seventh covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.7 in a consecutive 12-month period, this consumer may, in fact, be using covered short-term loans to cover regular expenses and compensate for chronic income shortfalls, rather than to cover an emergency or other non-recurring need.
The specific limit of six Section 7 loans in a consecutive twelve-month period in proposed § 1041.7(c)(4)(i) is also informed by the decisions of Federal prudential regulators and two States that have directly or indirectly set limits on the total number of certain covered short-term loans a consumer can obtain during a prescribed time period. As described in part II.B above, the FDIC and the OCC in late 2013 issued supervisory guidance on DAP (FDIC DAP Guidance and OCC DAP Guidance, respectively).
Two States have also placed a cap on the number of covered short-term loans a consumer can receive in a year. In 2010, Washington State enacted an annual loan cap that restricts the number of loans a consumer may receive from all lenders to a maximum of eight in a 12-month period.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether it is appropriate to establish a Section 7 loan limit. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether six covered short-term loans made under proposed § 1041.7 is the appropriate Section 7 loan limit or whether a smaller or larger number should be considered by the Bureau. The Bureau also seeks comment on the impact of the Section 7 loan limit on small entities.
Proposed § 1041.7(c)(4)(ii) would require that a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.7 not result in the consumer having covered short-term loans outstanding for an aggregate period of more than 90 days during any consecutive 12-month period. This proposed requirement would limit the consumer's aggregate period of indebtedness on such loans during a consecutive 12-month period.
Proposed comment 7(c)(4)(ii)-1 clarifies certain aspects of proposed § 1041.7(c)(4)(ii) relating to the Section 7 indebtedness limit. Proposed comment 7(c)(4)(ii)-1 explains that, in addition to the new loan, the time period in which all covered short-term loans made under either § 1041.5 or § 1041.7 were outstanding during the consecutive 12-month period count toward the Section 7 indebtedness limit. Proposed comment 7(c)(4)(ii)-1 also clarifies that, under proposed § 1041.7(c)(4)(ii), a lender may make a loan with a proposed contractual duration, which when aggregated with the time outstanding of prior covered short-term loans, would satisfy the Section 7 indebtedness limit even if proposed § 1041.7(c)(4)(ii) would prohibit the consumer from obtaining one or two subsequent loans in the sequence. Proposed comment 7(c)(4)(ii)-2 gives examples.
The Bureau believes it is important to complement the proposed six-loan limit with the proposed 90-day indebtedness limit in light of the fact that loan durations may vary under proposed § 1041.7. For the typical two-week payday loan, the two thresholds would reach the same result, since a limit of six-loans under proposed § 1041.7 means that the consumer can be in debt on such loans for up to approximately 90 days per year or one quarter of the year. For 30- or 45-day loans, however, a six-loan limit would mean that the consumer could be in debt for 180 days or 270 days out of a 12-month period. This result would be inconsistent with protecting consumers from the harms associated with long cycles of indebtedness.
Given the income profile and borrowing patterns of consumers who borrow monthly, the Bureau believes the proposed Section 7 indebtedness limit is an important protection for these consumers. Consumers who receive 30-day payday loans are more likely to live on fixed incomes, typically Social Security.
The Bureau has found that borrowers on fixed incomes are especially likely to struggle with repayments and face the burden of unaffordable loan payments for an extended period of time. As noted in the Supplemental Findings on Payday Loans, Deposit Advance Products, and Vehicle Title Loans, for loans taken out by consumers who are paid monthly, more than 40 percent of all loans to these borrowers were in sequences that, once begun, persisted for the rest of the year for which data were available.
In light of these considerations, the Bureau believes that a consumer who has been in debt for more than 90 days on covered short-term loans, made under either proposed § 1041.5 or proposed § 1041.7, during a consecutive 12-month period may be exhibiting an inability to repay such loans. If a consumer is seeking a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.7 that would result in a total period of indebtedness on covered short-term loans of greater than 90 days in a consecutive 12-month period, this consumer may, in fact, be using covered short-term loans to cover regular expenses and compensate for chronic income shortfalls, rather than to cover an emergency or other non-recurring need.
Proposed § 1041.7(c)(4)(ii) is also consistent with the policy choice embodied in the FDIC's 2005 supervisory guidance on payday lending. The FDIC recommended limits on the total time of indebtedness during a consecutive 12-month period.
Depository institutions should ensure that payday loans are not provided to customers who had payday loans outstanding at any lender for a total of three months during the previous 12 months. When calculating the three-month period, institutions should consider the customers' total use of payday loans at all lenders. When a customer has
The Bureau seeks comment on whether it is appropriate to establish a Section 7 indebtedness limit. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether 90 days of Section 7 indebtedness is the appropriate period for the Section 7 indebtedness limit or whether a shorter or longer period of time should be considered by the Bureau. Furthermore, consistent with the Small Business Review Panel recommendation, the Bureau seeks comment on whether a period of indebtedness longer than 90 days per consecutive 12-month period would permit the Bureau to fulfill its objectives for the rulemaking while reducing the revenue impact on small entities.
Under proposed § 1041.7(d), if a lender or an affiliate makes a non-covered bridge loan during the time any covered short-term loan made by a lender or an affiliate under proposed § 1041.7 is outstanding and for 30 days thereafter, the lender or an affiliate must modify its determination of loan sequence for the purpose of making a subsequent Section 7 loan. Specifically, the lender or an affiliate must not count the days during which the non-covered bridge loan is outstanding in determining whether a subsequent Section 7 loan made by the lender or an affiliate is part of the same loan sequence as the prior Section 7 loan.
Proposed comment 7(d)-1 provides a cross-reference to proposed § 1041.2(a)(13) for the definition of non-covered bridge loan. Proposed comment 7(d)-2 clarifies that proposed § 1041.7(d) provides for certain rules for determining whether a loan is part of a loan sequence when a lender or an affiliate makes both covered short-term loans under § 1041.7 and a non-covered bridge loan in close succession. Proposed comment 7(d)-3 provides an illustrative example.
The Bureau believes that proposed § 1041.7(d) would maintain the integrity of a core protection in proposed § 1041.7(b). If a lender could make a non-covered bridge loan to keep a consumer in debt and reset a consumer's loan sequence after 30 days, it could make a lengthy series of $500 covered short-term loans under proposed § 1041.7 and evade the principal stepdown requirements in proposed § 1041.7(b)(1). In the absence of this proposed restriction, a consumer could experience an extended period of indebtedness after taking out a combination of covered short-term loans under § 1041.7 and non-covered bridge loans and not have the ability to gradually pay off the debt obligation by means of the principal reduction requirement in proposed § 1041.7(b)(1). Proposed § 1041.7(d) parallels the restriction in proposed § 1041.6(h) applicable to covered short-term loans made under proposed § 1041.5.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether this proposed restriction is appropriate. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether lenders would anticipate making covered short-term loans under proposed § 1041.7 and non-covered bridge loans to consumers close in time to one another, if permitted to do so under a final rule.
Proposed § 1041.7(e) would require a lender to provide disclosures before making the first and third loan in a sequence of Section 7 loans. Proposed comment 7(e)-1 clarifies the proposed disclosure requirements.
The disclosures are designed to provide consumers with key information about how the principal amounts and the number of loans in a loan sequence would be limited for covered short-term loans made under proposed § 1041.7 before they take out their first and third loans in a sequence. The Bureau developed model forms for the proposed disclosures through consumer testing.
The Bureau believes that the proposed disclosures would help inform consumers of the features of Section 7 loans in such a manner as to make the costs, benefits, and risks clear. The Bureau believes that the proposed disclosures would, consistent with Dodd-Frank section 1032(a), ensure that these costs, benefits, and risks are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers. In the absence of the proposed disclosures, the Bureau is concerned that consumers are less likely to appreciate the risk of taking a loan with mandated principal reductions or understand the proposed restrictions on Section 7 loans that are designed to protect consumers from the harms of unaffordable loan payments.
The Bureau believes that it is important for consumers to receive the proposed notices before they are contractually obligated on a Section 7 loan. By receiving the proposed notices before consummation, a consumer can make a more fully informed decision, with an awareness of the features of a Section 7 loan, including specifically the limits on taking additional Section 7 loans in the near future. The Bureau believes that some consumers, when informed of the restrictions on taking subsequent loans in a sequence of Section 7 loans, may opt not to take the loan. If the proposed notices only had to be provided after the loan has been consummated, however, consumers would be unable to use this information in deciding whether to obtain a Section 7 loan.
The Bureau seeks comment on the appropriateness of the proposed disclosures and whether they would effectively aid consumer understanding of Section 7 loans. Furthermore, the Bureau seeks comment on the specific elements in the proposed disclosures. The Bureau also seeks comment on the costs and burdens on lenders to provide the proposed disclosures to consumers.
Proposed § 1041.7(e)(1) would establish the form of disclosures that would be provided under proposed § 1041.7. The format requirements generally parallel the format requirements for disclosures related to payment transfers under proposed § 1041.15, as discussed below. Proposed § 1041.7(e)(1)(i) would require that the disclosures be clear and conspicuous. Proposed § 1041.7(e)(1)(ii) would require that the disclosures be in provided in writing or through
Proposed § 1041.7(e)(1)(i) would provide that the disclosures required by § 1041.7 must be clear and conspicuous. The disclosures may use commonly accepted abbreviations that would be readily understandable by the consumer. Proposed comment 7(e)(1)(i)-1 clarifies that disclosures are clear and conspicuous if they are readily understandable and their location and type size are readily noticeable to consumers. This clear and conspicuous standard is based on the standard used in other consumer financial services laws and their implementing regulations, including Regulation E Subpart B (Remittance Transfers).
The Bureau seeks comment on this clear and conspicuous standard and whether it is appropriate for the proposed disclosures.
Proposed § 1041.7(e)(1)(ii) would require disclosures mandated by proposed § 1041.7(e) to be provided in writing or electronic delivery. The disclosures must be provided in a form that can be viewed on paper or a screen. This requirement cannot be satisfied by being provided orally or through a recorded message. Proposed comment 15(e)(1)(ii)-1 clarifies the meaning of this proposed requirement. Proposed comment 7(e)(1)(ii)-2 explains that the disclosures required by proposed § 1041.7(e) may be provided without regard to the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act (E-Sign Act) (15 U.S.C. 7001
The Bureau is proposing to allow electronic delivery because electronic communications may be more convenient than paper communications for some lenders and consumers. In particular for Section 7 loans that are made online, requiring disclosures in paper form could introduce delay and additional costs into the process of making loans online, without providing appreciable improvements in consumer understanding.
The Bureau seeks comment on the benefits and risks to consumers of providing these disclosures through electronic delivery. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether electronic delivery should only be permitted for loans that are made online. Furthermore, the Bureau seeks comment on whether electronic delivery should be subject to additional requirements, including specific provisions of the E-Sign Act. The Bureau seeks comment on whether lenders should be subject to consumer consent requirements, similar to those in proposed § 1041.15(a)(4), when providing the disclosures electronically. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether it is feasible and appropriate to provide the disclosures by text message or mobile application. The Bureau also seeks comment on situations in which consumers would be provided with a paper notice. The Bureau specifically seeks comment on the burdens of providing these notices through paper and the utility of paper notices to consumers.
Proposed § 1041.7(e)(1)(iii) would require disclosures mandated by proposed § 1041.7(e) to be provided in a retainable form. Proposed comment 7(e)(1)(iii)-1 explains that electronic disclosures are considered retainable if they are in a format that is capable of being printed, saved, or emailed by the consumer.
The Bureau believes that retainable disclosures are important to aid consumer understanding of the features and restrictions on obtaining a Section 7 loan at the time the consumer seeks the loan and as the consumer potentially progresses through a loan sequence. Requiring that disclosures be provided in this retainable form is consistent with the Bureau's authority under section 1032 of the Dodd-Frank Act to prescribe rules to ensure that the features of a product over the term of the product are fully, accurate and effectively disclosed in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the product. With retainable disclosures, consumers can review their content following the consummation of a Section 7 loan and during the course of a sequence of multiple Section 7 loans.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether to allow for an exception to the requirement that notices be retainable for text messages and messages within mobile applications and whether other requirements should be placed on electronic delivery methods, such as a requirement that the URL link stay active for a certain period of time or a short notice requirement similar to that required in proposed § 1041.15(c) and (e). The Bureau also seeks comment on whether the notices should warn consumers that they should save or print the full notice given that the URL link will not be maintained indefinitely.
Proposed § 1041.7(e)(1)(iv) would require written, non-electronic notices provided under proposed § 1041.7(e) to be segregated from all other written materials and to contain only the information required by proposed § 1041.7(e), other than information necessary for product identification and branding. Proposed § 1041.7(e)(1)(iv) would require that electronic notices not have any additional content displayed above or below the content required by proposed § 1041.7(e), other than information necessary for product identification, branding, and navigation. Lenders would not be allowed to include additional substantive information in the notice. Proposed comment 7(e)(1)(iv)-1 explains how segregated additional content can be provided to a consumer.
In order to increase the likelihood that consumers would notice and read the written and electronic disclosures required by proposed § 1041.7(e), the Bureau is proposing that the notices be provided in a stand-alone format that is segregated from other lender communications. This requirement would ensure that the disclosure contents are effectively disclosed to consumers, consistent with the Bureau's authority under section 1032 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Bureau believes that the addition of other items or the attachment of other documents could dilute the informational value of the required content by distracting consumers or overwhelming them with extraneous information.
The Bureau seeks comment on the proposed segregation requirements for notices, including whether they provide enough specificity. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether and how lenders currently segregate separate
Proposed § 1041.7(e)(1)(v) would require, if provided through electronic delivery, that the notices required by paragraphs (e)(2)(i) and (ii) must be in machine readable text that is accessible via both Web browsers and screen readers. Graphical representations of textual content cannot be accessed by assistive technology used by the blind and visually impaired. The Bureau believes that providing the electronically-delivered disclosures with machine readable text, rather than as a graphic image file, would help ensure that consumers with a variety of electronic devices and consumers that utilize screen readers, such as consumers with disabilities, can access the disclosure information.
The Bureau seeks comment on this requirement, including its benefits to consumers, the burden it would impose on lenders, and on how lenders currently format content delivered through a Web page.
Proposed § 1041.7(e)(3) would require the notices under proposed § 1041.7(e)(2) to be substantially similar to the proposed Model Forms A-1 and A-2 in appendix A. Proposed comment 7(e)(1)(vi)-1 explains the safe harbor provided by the model forms, providing that although the use of the model forms and clauses is not required, lenders using them would be deemed to be in compliance with the disclosure requirement with respect to such model forms.
The Bureau seeks comment on the content and form of the proposed Model Forms A-1 and A-2 in appendix A.
Proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(i) would require the notice under proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(i) to be substantially similar to the proposed Model Form A-1 in appendix A.
Proposed Model Form A-1 was tested in two rounds.
Proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(ii) would require the notice under proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(ii) to be substantially similar to the proposed Model Form A-2 in appendix A.
Proposed Model Form A-2 was tested in one round.
Proposed § 1041.7(e)(1)(vii) would allow lenders to provide the disclosures required by proposed § 1041.7(e) in a foreign language, provided that the disclosures must be made available in English upon the consumer's request.
The Bureau believes that, if a lender offers or services covered loans to a group of consumers in a foreign language, the lender should, at least, be allowed to provide disclosures that would be required under proposed § 1041.7(e) to those consumers in that language, so long as the lender also makes an English-language version available upon request from the consumer. This option would allow lenders to more effectively inform consumers who have limited or no proficiency in English of the risks of and restrictions on taking Section 7 loans.
The Bureau seeks comment in general on this foreign language requirement, including whether lenders should be required to obtain written consumer consent before providing the disclosures in proposed § 1041.7(e) in a language other than English and whether lenders should be required to provide the disclosure in English along with the foreign language disclosure. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether there are any circumstances in which lenders should be required to provide the disclosures in a foreign language and, if so, what circumstance should trigger such a requirement.
Proposed § 1041.7(e)(2) would require a lender to provide notices to a consumer before making a first and third loan in a sequence of Section 7 loans. Proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(i) would require a lender before making the first loan in a sequence of Section 7 loans to provide a notice that warns the consumer not to take the loan if the consumer will be unable to repay the loan by the contractual due date and informs the consumer of the Federal restrictions on the maximum number of and maximum loan amount on subsequent Section 7 loans in a sequence. Proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(ii) would require a lender before making the third loan in a sequence of Section 7 loans to provide a notice that informs the consumer that the consumer will not be able to take another similar loan for at least 30 days. More generally, these proposed notices would help consumers understand the availability of Section 7 loans in the near future.
Proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(i) would require a lender before making the first loan in a sequence of Section 7 loans to provide a notice that warns the consumer of the risk of an unaffordable Section 7 loan and informs the consumer of the Federal restrictions governing subsequent Section 7 loans. Specifically, the proposed notice would warn the consumer not to take the loan if the consumer is unsure whether the consumer can repay the loan amount, which would include the principal and the finance charge, by the contractual due date. In addition, the proposed notice would inform the consumer, in text and tabular form, of the Federally required restriction, as applicable, on the number of subsequent loans and their respective amounts in a sequence of Section 7 loans. The proposed notice would have to contain the identifying statement “Notice of restrictions on future loans,” using that phrase. The other language in the proposed notice would have to be substantially similar to the language provided in proposed Model Form A-1 in appendix A. Proposed comment 7(e)(2)(i)-1 explains the “as applicable” standard for information and statements in the proposed notice. It states that, under § 1041.7(e)(2)(i), a lender would have to modify the notice when a consumer is not eligible for a sequence of three covered short-term loans under proposed § 1041.7.
The Bureau believes the proposed notice would ensure that certain features of Section 7 loan are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits them to understand certain costs, benefits, and risks of such loans. Given that the restrictions on obtaining covered short-term loans under proposed § 1041.7 would be new and conceptually unfamiliar to many consumers, the Bureau believes that disclosing them is critical to ensuring that consumers understand the restriction on the number of and principal amount on subsequent loans in a sequence of Section 7 loans. The Bureau's consumer testing of the notice under proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(i) indicated that it aided consumer understanding of the proposed requirements on Section 7 loans.
The Bureau seeks comment on the content of the notice under proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(i) and whether the addition or deletion of any items would aid consumer understanding of the risks of and the restrictions on taking a Section 7 loan. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether a lender should be required to provide the notice under proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(i) before making a second loan in a sequence of Section 7 loans. Furthermore, consistent with the Small Business Review Panel recommendation, the Bureau seeks comment on ways to streamline information in the proposed notice and on methods of delivering the notice in a way that would reduce the burden on small lenders.
Proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(ii) would require a lender before making the third loan in a sequence of Section 7 loans to provide a notice that informs a consumer of the restrictions on the new and subsequent loans. Specifically, the proposed notice would state that the new Section 7 loan must be smaller than the consumer's prior two loans and that the consumer cannot take another similar loan for at least another 30 days after repaying the new loan. The language in this proposed notice must be substantially similar to the language provided in proposed Model Form A-2 in appendix A. The proposed notice would have to contain the identifying statement “Notice of borrowing limits on this loan and future loans,” using that phrase. The other language in this proposed notice would have to be substantially similar to the language provided in proposed Model Form A-2 in appendix A.
The Bureau believes the proposed notice is necessary to ensure that the restrictions on taking Section 7 loans are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers. Since several weeks or more may have elapsed since a consumer received the notice under proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(i), this proposed notice would remind consumers of the prohibition on taking another similar loan for at least the next 30 days. Importantly, it would present this restriction more prominently than it is presented in the notice under proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(i). The Bureau's consumer testing of the notice under proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(ii) indicated that it aided consumer understanding of the prohibition on taking a subsequent Section 7 loan.
The Bureau seeks comment on the informational benefits of the proposed notice for the third loan in a sequence of Section 7 loans. The Bureau seeks comment on the content of the notice under proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(ii) and whether the addition or deletion of any items would aid consumer understanding of the restrictions attached to taking a Section 7 loan. Furthermore, consistent with the Small Business Review Panel recommendation, the Bureau seeks comment on ways to streamline information in the proposed notice and on methods of delivering the notice in a way that would reduce the burden on small lenders.
Proposed § 1041.7(e)(3) would require a lender to provide the notices required under proposed § 1041.7(e)(2)(i) and 1041.7(e)(2)(ii) before the consummation of a loan. Proposed comment 7(e)(3)-1 explains that a lender can provide the proposed notices after a consumer has completed a loan application but before the consumer has signed the loan agreement. It further clarifies that a lender would not have to provide the notices to a consumer who merely inquires about a Section 7 loan but does not complete an application for this type of loan. Proposed comment 7(e)(3)-2 states that a lender must provide electronic notices, to the extent permitted by § 1041.7(e)(1)(ii), to the consumer before a Section 7 loan is consummated. It also offers an example of an electronic notice that would satisfy the timing requirement.
The Bureau believes that it is important for consumers to receive the proposed notices before they are contractually obligated on a Section 7 loan. By receiving the proposed notices before consummation, a consumer can make a more fully informed decision, with an awareness of the restrictions on the current loan and on additional Section 7 or similar loans in the near future. The Bureau believes that some consumers, when informed of the restrictions on taking subsequent loans in a sequence of Section 7 loans, may opt not to take the loan. If the proposed notices were provided after the loan has been consummated, however, consumers would be unable to use this information in deciding whether to obtain a Section 7 loan.
The Bureau seeks comment on the timing requirement under proposed § 1041.7(e)(3) and specifically whether the notices under proposed § 1041.7(e) should be provided earlier or later in the process of a consumer seeking and obtaining a Section 7 loan.
While Subpart B generally covers loans with a duration 45 days or less because of the unique risks to consumers posed by loans of such short duration, Subpart C addresses a subset of longer-term loans: Specifically, loans which are high priced (
Proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10 would establish a set of requirements to prevent the unlawful practice by requiring the lender to reasonably determine that the consumer has the ability to repay the loan. The Bureau is proposing the ability-to-repay requirements under its authority to prescribe rules identifying as unlawful unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices and in such rules to include requirements for the purpose of preventing such acts or practices.
The predicate for the proposed identification of an unfair and abusive act or practice in proposed § 1041.8—and thus for the prevention requirements contained in proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10—is a set of preliminary findings with respect to the consumers who use covered longer-term loans, and the impact on those consumers of the practice of making such loans without assessing the consumers' ability to repay. Those preliminary findings are set forth in the discussion below, hereinafter referred to as Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans. After laying out these preliminary findings, the Bureau sets forth its reasons for proposing to identify as unfair and abusive the act or practice described in proposed § 1041.8. The Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of this subpart, including the intersection of the proposed interventions with existing State, tribal, and local laws and whether additional or alternative protections should be considered to address the core harms discussed below.
As discussed in part II.C, beginning in the 1990s, a number of States created carve-outs from their usury laws to permit single-payment payday loans at annualized rates of between 300 and 400 percent. In these States, such payday loans became the dominant lending product marketed to consumers who are facing liquidity shortfalls and have difficulty accessing the mainstream credit system.
More recently, especially with the advent of the internet, a number of lenders—including online lenders purporting to operate outside of the confines of State law—have introduced newer forms of liquidity loans. These include “hybrid payday loans,” which are high-cost loans with full repayment nominally due within a short period of time, but where rollover occurs automatically unless the consumer takes affirmative action to pay off the loan, thus effectively creating a series of interest-only payments followed by a final balloon payment of the principal amount and an additional fee. These newer forms of liquidity loans also include “payday installment loans,” which are high-cost installment loans where each succeeding payment is timed to coincide with the consumer's next inflow of cash and generally is automatically deducted from the consumer's bank account as the cash is received. Two States have expressly authorized payday installment loans and in other States the laws leave room for such loans. In these States, licensed storefront payday lenders have taken to making payday installment loans as well. Similarly, a number of States authorize vehicle title installment loans and in those States storefront title lenders are also making vehicle title installment loans.
Additional new forms of liquidity loans have developed in order to fall outside of the scope of existing regulatory regimes that applied narrowly to loans with particular durations or loan features. For example, some lenders developed high-cost, 92-day loans to avoid the usury cap for loans made to members of the armed forces and their dependents under the Military Lending Act, which previously applied to certain closed-end payday loans with durations of 91 days or less. Similarly, lenders have developed high-cost open-end credit products to avoid coverage of State regulatory regimes that apply only to closed-end loans.
Some payday installment loans and vehicle title loans include a built-in balloon payment, typically as the final payment due following a series of smaller (often interest-only) payments, requiring the principal to be repaid in full at one time. Unsurprisingly, consumers find making such a payment as challenging as making the single-payment under a traditional, two-week payday loan, and such loans frequently result in default or reborrowing. But even fully amortizing payday installment and vehicle installment loans, when made without regard to the consumer's ability to repay, are as capable of producing unaffordable payments as short-term loans and, as discussed below, can produce very substantial harms when combined with high cost and leveraged payment mechanisms or vehicle security.
The Bureau preliminarily believes that consumers are adversely affected by the practice of making these loans without making a reasonable determination that the borrowers obtaining the loans can afford to repay the loan while paying for major financial obligations and basic living expenses. Many lenders who make these loans have developed business models, loan structures, and pricing to permit them to make loans profitably even when very large shares of borrowers default. The Bureau also is concerned that if the Bureau regulated only covered short-term loans and did not also address longer term loans, lenders would further accelerate their gravitation toward hybrid payday loans, payday installment loans, and auto title installment loans, thereby continuing to cause similar harms as those caused by covered short-term loans.
As discussed more fully in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.2, the Bureau is proposing to define “covered longer-term loan” to mean loans with a term greater than 45 days for which the lender charges an all-in cost greater than 36 percent and also takes access to the consumer's account or vehicle security. The Bureau recognizes that, in addition to capturing payday installment loans and vehicle title installment loans, this definition also will cover some longer-term installment loans that are made on the basis of an assessment of the consumer's ability to repay, and where, for example, the lender obtains repayment from the borrower's account as a convenience to the borrower as not as an alternative to careful underwriting.
Accordingly, this section focuses specifically on hybrid payday, payday installment, and vehicle title installment loans—loans that are not subject to a meaningful assessment of borrowers' ability to repay. It reviews the available evidence with respect to the demographics of consumers who use these loans, their reasons for doing so, and the outcomes they experience. It also reviews the lender practices that cause these outcomes. In brief, the Bureau preliminarily finds:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The following discussion reviews the evidence underlying each of these preliminary findings.
Standalone data specifically about payday installment and vehicle title installment borrowers is less robust than for borrowers of the short-term products discussed in subpart B. However, a number of sources provide combined data for both categories. Both the unique and combined sources suggest that borrowers in these markets generally have low-to-moderate incomes and poor credit histories. Their reasons for borrowing and use of loan proceeds are also generally consistent with short-term borrowers.
As described in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, typical payday borrowers have low average incomes ($25,000 to $30,000), poor credit histories, and have often repeatedly sought credit in the months leading up to taking out a payday loan.
For example, a study of over one million high-cost loans made by four installment lenders, both storefront and online, reported median borrower gross annual income of $35,057.
The information about vehicle title borrowers that the Bureau has reviewed does not distinguish between single-payment and installment vehicle title borrowers. For the same reasons that the Bureau believes the demographic data with respect to short-term payday borrowers can be extrapolated to payday installment borrowers, the Bureau also believes that the demographic data is likely similar as between short-term vehicle title borrowers and vehicle title installment borrowers. As discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, vehicle-title borrowers across all categories tend to be low- or moderate-income, with 56 percent having reported incomes below $30,000, and are disproportionately racial and ethnic minorities and disproportionately members of female-headed households.
Similar to the data availability regarding customer demographics, there is less data available that focuses specifically on the circumstances of borrowing for users of payday installment and vehicle title installment loans relative to short-term products. In addition, as discussed in Market Concerns—Short-term Loans, the data must be approached with some caution given that studies that attempt to examine why consumers took out liquidity loans or for what purpose they used the loan proceeds face a number of challenges. Any survey that asks about past behavior or events runs the risk of recall errors, and the fungibility of money makes this question more complicated. For example, a consumer who has an unexpected expense may not feel the full effect until weeks later, depending on the timing of the unexpected expense relative to other expenses and the receipt of income. In that circumstance, a borrower may say that she took out the loan because of an emergency, or say that the loan was taken out to cover regular expenses.
A 2012 survey of over 1,100 users of alternative small dollar credit products asked borrowers separately about what precipitated the loan and what they used the loan proceeds for.
Many lenders making hybrid payday, payday installment, and auto title installment loans have constructed business models that allow them to profitably offer loans despite very high loan-level and sequence-level default rates. Rather than assessing whether borrowers will have the ability to repay the loans, these lenders rely heavily on loan features and practices that result in consumers continuing to make payments beyond the point at which they are affordable. Some of these consumers may repay the entire loan at the expense of suffering adverse consequences in their ability to keep up with other obligations or meet basic living expenses. Others end up defaulting on their installment loans at a point later than would otherwise be the case, thus allowing the lenders to extract additional revenue. The features that make this possible include the ability to withdraw payments directly from borrowers' deposit account or source of income, and the leverage that comes from the ability to repossess the borrower's means of transportation to work and other activities. When these features are combined with the high cost of the loans and, in some cases, a balloon payment structure or the ability to recover additional money through repossessing and selling borrowers' vehicles, there are lenders that operate, presumably at a profit, even when borrowers are defaulting on 50 percent of loan sequences.
As discussed part II.C, lenders that make payday installment and longer-term vehicle title loans generally gather some basic information about borrowers before making a loan. They normally collect income information, although that in some cases is limited to be self-reported or “stated” income. Payday installment lenders collect information to ensure the borrower has a checking account, and vehicle title lenders collect information about the vehicle that will provide the security for the loan. Some lenders access specialty consumer reporting agencies and engage in sophisticated screening of applicants, and at least some lenders turn down the majority of applicants to whom they have not previously lent.
The primary purposes of this screening, however, is to avoid fraud and other “first payment defaults,”
Leveraged repayment mechanisms and vehicle security significantly reduce lenders' interest in ensuring that payments under an offered covered longer-term loan are within a consumer's ability to repay. With these features, the lender's risk of default is reduced and delayed, even if loan payments ultimately and significantly exceed the consumer's ability to repay. The effect is especially strong when—as is typically the case for payday installment loans—such a lender times the loan payments so that they coincide with deposits of the consumer's periodic income into the account, or has secured the ability to take payments directly from the borrower's paycheck via wage assignment or similar mechanism. In these cases, lenders can succeed in extracting payments from the consumer's account even if the payments are not affordable to the consumer. The lender's risk of default is reduced, and the point at which default ultimately occurs, if ever, is delayed. As a result, the lender's incentive to invest time or effort into determining whether the consumer will have the ability to make the loan payments is greatly diminished.
Vehicle security loans provide a lender with the ability to repossess and sell a consumer's automobile, which often is essential for a consumer to be able to work and earn income. Given the dire consequences of repossession, a consumer is likely to prioritize loan payments under an auto title loan over almost all other financial obligations, even if it greatly exceeds the consumer's ability to repay, making it likely that the lender will receive its payment. Indeed, through exercise of its statutory functions, the Bureau is aware of an auto title lender that based its lending decisions, not on consumers' ability to repay, but in part on consumers' “pride of ownership” in the vehicle, suggesting that vehicle security functioned to make the consumer prioritize loan payment over other expenses even if it was unaffordable to the consumer.
The high-cost feature of covered longer-term loans also greatly reduces the lender's incentive to determine whether a loan payment is within the consumer's ability to repay. When a loan has a high total cost of credit, the total revenue to the lender, relative to the loan principal, enables the lender to profit from a loan, even if the consumer ultimately defaults on the loan. For example, for a $1,000, 12-month loan with a 300 percent interest rate and typical amortization, a lender would typically have received $1,608 after only six months. Moreover, even if defaulted loans are not themselves profitable, lenders can weather such losses when the performing loans are generating such high returns.
As a result, the lender has substantially less incentive to conduct a careful analysis of whether the loan payment will exceed the consumer's ability to repay over the term of the loan and ultimately drive the consumer to default, so long as the consumer has enough income that can be extracted from the consumer by means of a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle title.
Because loan losses are so high in the absence of underwriting for affordability, lenders structure these loans with very high financing costs to ensure profitability. Lenders can thus earn very high returns on the (sometimes minority of) loans that are repaid in full. They also receive substantial amounts in the early months of a loan from many consumers who do ultimately default. Most borrowers who default make some payments first, and because the costs on these loans are so high many of these borrowers actually pay back more than they initially borrowed despite ultimately defaulting on the loan. As discussed in the example above, for a $1,000, 12-month loan with a 300 percent interest rate, a lender would typically have received $1,608 after only six months.
Lenders also rely heavily on mechanisms that increase their “ability to collect” these expensive payments even if the loan proves ultimately unaffordable for the consumer. In particular, lenders' ability to withdraw payments from borrowers' deposit accounts, and to time those payments to borrowers' receipt of income, increases the likelihood that borrowers will repay, regardless of whether a payment is affordable.
As discussed in part II and in Market Concerns—Presentments, payday installment lenders—particularly those who operate online—are often extremely aggressive in the ways in which they obtain authorization to withdraw funds from consumers' accounts at origination. Under EFTA lenders cannot condition credit on obtaining an authorization from the consumer for “preauthorized” (recurring) electronic fund transfers,
Moreover, as discussed in part II and in Market Concerns—Presentments, it is often not feasible for consumers to prevent lenders from collecting payment from their accounts once the authorizations are granted. Revoking authorizations or instructing the consumer's depository institution to stop payment can be logistically challenging and involve substantial fees and may in any event prove unsuccessful. Accordingly, in order to stop lenders from withdrawing (or attempting to withdraw) funds, borrowers may have to cease depositing funds into their account (and possibly close their accounts) or remove funds quickly enough that lenders are unable to access them. Absent such action, consumers may find themselves short of money for basic living expenses or other
Similarly, the practical leverage that comes with a security interest in the consumer's transportation, and the attendant threat of repossession, can prompt consumers to prioritize vehicle title loans above basic living expenses and other financial obligations. As discussed above in part II.C, some lenders further increase this leverage by installing devices on consumers' cars that allow the cars to be shut off remotely in the event of non-payment. Particularly in areas in which the consumer relies heavily on their car for transportation to get to work, access health care, or conduct other basic daily activities, the threat of repossession can be extremely powerful. As discussed above in Part II.B, one or more lenders exceed their maximum loan amount guidelines and consider a consumer's “pride of ownership,” or vehicle's sentimental or use value to the borrower, when assessing the amount of funds they will lend.
The circumstances of the borrowers, the structure of the loans, and the practices of the lenders together lead to dramatic negative outcomes for many payday installment and vehicle title installment borrowers. The Bureau is particularly concerned about the harms associated with default, including vehicle repossession and the loss of a deposit account; harms associated with reborrowing and refinancing, especially for balloon-payment loans; harms associated with the ability of lenders to directly withdraw funds from the deposit account; and harms that flow from borrowers defaulting on other major obligations or forgoing basic living expenses as a result of making unaffordable payments on such loans.
As discussed above, many borrowers, when faced with unaffordable payments, will be late making loan payments and may ultimately cease making payments altogether and default on their loans. The Bureau is concerned that lenders' ability to withdraw funds from consumers' accounts and to exercise their right to repossess consumers' transportation in the case of vehicle title loans often cause consumers to continue paying on unaffordable loans long past the point that the consumers might otherwise cease making payments on the loan. Even with these powerful mechanisms for extracting payments, however, a very substantial number of borrowers eventually default on their non-underwritten loans. Default leads to collections and, in the case of vehicle title loans, often to repossession of the borrower's vehicle.
While the Bureau is not aware of any data directly measuring the number of late payments across the industry, the Bureau has analyzed checking account data from 2011 and 2012 and identified borrowers who took out loans from online lenders making high-cost loans that are disbursed and repaid through the ACH system.
More data is available as to ultimate default rates. And even with the priority provided by leveraged payment mechanisms and vehicle title, an extremely high number of loans ultimately end in default. Specifically, the Bureau has analyzed data on a number of different payday installment loan products offered by seven non-depository institutions. These unsecured installment loans typically carry triple-digit APRs starting around 200 percent, with payment frequencies generally tied to a borrower's payday or date on which benefits are received and payment obtained through access to the consumer's checking account. The lenders whose data the Bureau has studied typically verify a borrower's identity, income, and bank account information. They may also perform varying degrees of underwriting and obtain information from a specialty credit reporting company, but as discussed above focus primarily on screening out fraud and other first-payment defaults.
The overall loan level default rate across payday installment loan products the Bureau is 24 percent. The default rate on loans originated online is much higher, at 41 percent, while for loans originated through storefronts that rate is 17 percent.
These defaults can cause not only direct harms to consumer with regard to the payday installment loan itself, but also collateral damage by way of the borrower's bank account. As discussed above, default may come after a lender has made repeated attempts to collect payments from the borrower's deposit account, such that a borrower not only faces substantial increased fees from the lender and his or her depository institution, but also may ultimately find it necessary to close the account, or the borrower's bank or credit union may close the account if the balance is driven negative and the borrower is unable for an extended period of time to return the balance to positive. In the Bureau's analysis of checking account
The Bureau also found very high rates of default on installment vehicle title loans.
Vehicle title lenders have secured the option, in most circumstances, to repossess the vehicle upon default. In the data the Bureau has analyzed, at both the loan and sequence level, approximately 35 percent of defaults led to repossession. That means that 11 percent of loan sequences led to repossession. These rates of repossession are similar to those reported by researchers who gathered data from State regulators. They report a loan-level repossession rate in Idaho in 2011 of just under 10 percent, and a borrower-level default rate (similar to a sequence-level rate) in Texas in 2012 of just under 8 percent.
Repossession can inflict great harm on borrowers. The loss of a vehicle can disrupt people's lives and put at risk their ability to remain employed. The potential impacts of the loss of a vehicle depend on the transportation needs of the borrower's household and the available transportation alternatives. According to two surveys of vehicle title loan borrowers, 15 percent of all borrowers report that they would have no way to get to work or school if they lost their vehicle to repossession.
Borrowers who default on all types of covered longer-term loans are likely to be subject to collection efforts, except where vehicle repossession yields sufficient money to cover the amount owed on the loan. The Bureau has received complaints from borrowers of covered longer-term loans that describe aggressive collections practices that in some cases caused significant psychological and emotional stress and put at risk the consumers' employment. These practices include frequent and repeated phone calls, threats of legal action, repeated contacts with consumers' family members and employers, and even—in some instances—visits to consumers' homes and workplaces.
In CFPB Report on Supplemental Findings, the Bureau analyzed several aspects of refinancing and reborrowing behavior of borrowers taking out vehicle title installment loans. For a longer-term loan with a balloon payment at the end, the data analyzed by the Bureau demonstrated a large increase in borrowing around the time of the balloon payment, relative to loans without a balloon payment feature. Further, for loans with a balloon payment, the reborrowing and refinancing was much more likely to occur around the time that the balloon payment is due and consumers were less likely to take cash out from such refinancings, suggesting that unaffordability of the balloon payment is the primary or sole reason for the reborrowing or refinancing.
Balloon payments were not only associated with a sharp uptick in reborrowing, but also with increased incidence of default. Specifically, about 60 percent of balloon-payment installment loans resulted in refinancing, reborrowing, or default. In contrast, nearly 60 percent of comparable fully-amortizing installment loans were repaid without refinancing or reborrowing. Moreover, the reborrowing often only deepened the consumer's financial distress. The default rate for balloon-payment vehicle title installment loans that the Bureau analyzed was about three times higher than the default rate for comparable fully-amortizing vehicle title installment loans offered by the same lender.
Longer-term loans without balloon repayments also have substantial rates of refinancing, but the dominant pattern appears to be somewhat different than with regard to longer-term loans with balloon payments. In case of longer-term loans without balloon payments, the Bureau's research suggests that most borrowers are withdrawing substantial amounts of cash at the time of the refinancing, and that their payment history prior to the refinancing does not particularly evidence distress.
In addition to the harms discussed above, the Bureau is concerned that borrowers who take out these loans may experience other financial hardships as a result of making payments on unaffordable loans. Even if there are sufficient funds in the account, extraction of the payment through leveraged payment mechanisms places control of the timing of the payment with the lender, leading to the risk that the borrower's remaining funds will be insufficient to make payments for other obligations or to meet basic living expenses. Similarly, if a lender has taken a security interest in a borrower's vehicle, the borrower is likely to feel compelled to prioritize payments on the title loan over other bills or crucial expenditures because of the leverage that the threat of repossession gives to the lender. The resulting harms are wide-ranging and, almost by definition, can be quite extreme, including the loss of the consumer's housing, shut-off of utilities, and an inability to provide basic requirements of life for the consumer and any dependents. Consumers may experience knock-on effects from their failure to meet these other obligations, such as additional fees to resume utility services or late fees on other obligations. This risk is further heightened when a lender times the loan payment due dates to coincide with the consumer's receipt of income,
Furthermore, even if the consumer's account does not have sufficient funds available to cover the required loan payment, the lender still may be able to collect the payment from the consumer's bank by putting the account into an overdraft position. Where that occurs, the consumer will incur overdraft fees and, at many banks, extended overdraft fees. When new funds are deposited into the account, those funds will go to repay the overdraft and not be available to the consumer to meet her other obligations or basic living expenses. Thus, at least certain types of covered long term loans carry with them a high degree of risk that if the payment proves unaffordable the consumer will still be forced to pay the loan and will incur penalties, such as late fees or shut-off fees on other obligations, or face legal action, such as eviction.
Similarly, with vehicle title loans, borrowers may feel compelled to take extraordinary measures to avoid defaulting on the loans by making a payment at the expense of their ability to meet other obligations. The borrower may forgo paying other significant bills or basic living expenses to avoid repossession of the vehicle.
The Bureau is not able to directly observe the harms borrowers suffer from making unaffordable payments. The presence of a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security, however, both make it highly likely that borrowers who are struggling to pay back the loan will suffer these harms. The very high rates of default on these loans means that many borrowers do struggle to repay these loans, and it is therefore reasonable to infer that many borrowers are suffering harms from making unaffordable payments.
Wage assignments represent a particularly extreme form of a lender taking control of a borrower's funds away from a borrower. When wages are assigned to the lender, the lender does not even need to go through the process of submitting a request for payment to the borrower's financial institution; the money is simply forwarded to the lender without ever passing through the borrower's hands. The Bureau is concerned that where loan agreements provide for wage assignments, a lender can continue to obtain payment as long as the consumer receives income, even if the consumer does not have the ability to repay the loan while meeting her major financial obligations and basic living expenses. This concern applies equally to contract provisions that would require the consumer to repay the loan through payroll deductions or deductions from other sources of income, as such provisions would operate in essentially the same way to extract unaffordable payments.
The Bureau is concerned about these various negative consequences for consumers from payday installment and vehicle title installment loans because there is strong reason to believe that consumers do not understand the high risk that such loans will prove to be unaffordable or the likelihood of particular collateral consequences such as substantial bank fees and risk of account closure.
As an initial matter, the Bureau believes that many consumers do not understand that payday installment and vehicle title installment lenders do not evaluate their ability to repay their loans and instead have built a business model that tolerates default rates well in excess of 30 percent in many cases. While the Bureau is unaware of any surveys of borrowers in these two markets, these two conditions are directly contrary to the practices of lenders in nearly all other credit markets—including other subprime lenders. Consumers are highly unlikely to understand the effects of leveraged payment mechanisms, vehicle security, and high cost on lender incentives and on the probability that loan payment will exceed consumers' ability to repay.
The Bureau believes that most borrowers are unlikely to take out a loan that they expect to default on, and that the fact that at least one in three sequences end in default strongly suggests that borrowers do not understand how much risk they are exposing themselves to with regard to such negative outcomes as default and loss of their vehicle, having to forgo other major financial obligations or living expenses, or reborrowing in connection with unaffordable loans.
Even if consumers did understand that companies offering payday installment loans and vehicle title installment loans were largely disinterested in their ability to repay, consumers would still be handicapped in their ability to anticipate the risks associated with these loans. As discussed above, borrowers taking out these loans are often already in financial distress. Their long-term financial condition is typically very poor, as evidenced by very low credit scores. Many have had a recent unexpected expense, like a car repair, or a drop in income, or are chronically having trouble making ends meet.
As discussed above in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, consumers in financial crisis tend be overly focused on their immediate problems and not thinking about the future, even the near future. This phenomenon is referred to as “tunneling,” evoking the tunnel-vision decision making that consumers in these situations demonstrate.
Finally, in addition to gaps in consumer expectations about the likelihood that the loans will generally prove unaffordable, the Bureau believes that consumers underestimate the potential damage from default such as secondary fees, loss of vehicle or loss of account. For instance, optimism bias may tend to cause consumers to underestimate degree of harm that could occur if a loan proved unaffordable. Moreover, the Bureau believes that many consumers do not appreciate the degree to which leveraged payment mechanisms can increase the degree of harm from unaffordable loans. As discussed further below in Market Concerns—Payments, payment presentment practices in at least some parts of the industry deviate wildly from other types of lenders and businesses, and are therefore far more likely to trigger multiple NSF and overdraft fees. The Bureau believes that consumers thus do not recognize how much risk of secondary fees and account closure they are taking on with such loans.
As discussed above, in most consumer lending markets, it is standard practice for lenders, before making loans, to assess whether would-be borrowers have the ability to repay those loans. In certain markets, Federal law requires this.
Rather, the focus of this subpart of the proposal is on a specific set of loans that the Bureau has studied, as discussed in more detail in part II.C and Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans. Much as with the short-term loans discussed in proposed § 1041.4, above, the Bureau believes that the structure and conditions of these longer-term loans create severe risk to consumers where lenders fail to assess applicants' ability to repay the loans. Specifically, the Bureau is focused on non-underwritten loans that involve: (1) A structure that puts the creditor in a preferred position over other obligations of the consumer; and (2) a high cost. These structural features can take the form of a “leveraged payment mechanism” (that is, an arrangement in which the lender has the ability to extract loan payments directly from the consumer's wages or from the consumer's bank account) or a form of vehicle security that allows the lender to repossess the consumer's automobile in the event of default. Sometimes the structures include balloon payment features, which greatly increase the risk that consumers will need to reborrow to meet other obligations.
Based on the evidence described in part II.C and in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, and pursuant to its authority under section 1031(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bureau is proposing in § 1041.8 to identify it as both an abusive and an unfair act or practice for a lender to make such a loan (
As discussed above and further below, the Bureau is proposing to identify this abusive and unfair practice based on its assessment of the evidence regarding hybrid payday, payday installment, and vehicle title installment loans, which generally are made without any genuine attempt to assess the consumer's ability to repay over the life of the loan. The Bureau again notes that its proposed definition for covered longer-term loans would also include some loans made by other types of lenders that engage in varying types of underwriting designed to assess the consumer's repayment ability. The Bureau believes that the proposed definition of covered longer-term loans is warranted to ensure that the rule is not thwarted by superficial evolution in product structures or descriptions. It also believes that adjusting to the proposed rule would not be a heavy burden for such lenders.
The Bureau's preliminary findings with regard to abusiveness and unfairness are discussed separately below. The Bureau is making these preliminary findings based on the evidence discussed in part II.C and Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans.
Under § 1031(d)(2)(A) and (B) of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bureau may find an act or practice to be abusive in connection with the provision of a consumer financial product or service if it takes unreasonable advantage of (A) a lack of understanding on the part of the consumer of the material risks, costs, or conditions of the product or service or of (B) the inability of the consumer to protect the interests of the consumer in selecting or using a consumer financial product or service. When a lender structures a loan so that it meets the definition of a covered longer-term loan, the loan's structure and conditions greatly exacerbate the risks to the consumer of harm from unaffordable loan payments compared to the risks to consumers from most other types of loans, especially given the characteristics of the consumers to whom such loans are marketed. Based on the evidence and concerns described in part II.C and Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, the Bureau believes it may be an abusive act or practice under both section 1031(d)(2)(A) and (B) of the Dodd-Frank Act for a lender to make such a loan, which is defined as a covered longer-term loan in proposed § 1041.3(b)(3), without first making a reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the loan according to its terms.
As discussed in Markets Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, hybrid payday, payday installment and vehicle title installment loans can and frequently do lead to a range of negative consequences for consumers, including high levels of default, being unable to pay other obligations or basic living expenses as a result of making unaffordable payments, and in some cases refinancing or reborrowing, especially where, as is true of hybrid payday loans, the loan includes an unaffordable balloon payment. All of these—including the direct costs that may be payable to lenders and the collateral consequences that may flow from the loans—are risks or costs of these loans, as the Bureau understands and reasonably interprets that phrase.
The Bureau recognizes that, as with short-term covered loans, many consumers who take out hybrid payday, payday installment, and vehicle title installment loans understand that they are incurring a debt that must be repaid within a prescribed period of time and that if they are unable to do so, they will either have to make other arrangements or suffer adverse consequences such as being subject to debt collection or, in the case of loans with vehicle security, repossession. But as discussed in connection with the Bureau's preliminary abusiveness finding regarding short-term covered loans, the Bureau does not believe that such a generalized understanding suffices to establish that consumers understand the material costs and risks of these loans. Rather, as previously explained, the Bureau believes that it is reasonable to interpret “understanding” in this context to mean more than mere awareness that it is within the realm of possibility that a particular negative consequence may follow or cost may be incurred as a result of using the product. For example, consumers may not understand that a risk is very likely to happen or that—though relatively rare—the impact of a particular risk would be severe. If consumers are not actually aware of the likelihood and severity of potential consequences of a product at the point in time they must determine whether to use that product, they are particularly vulnerable to lender acts or practices that can take unreasonable advantage of consumers' lack of understanding.
As discussed in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, the defining characteristics of these loans—a leveraged repayment position or vehicle security combined with a high-cost structure—enable lenders to profitably make the loans without engaging in robust underwriting as is done in most other credit markets. These very same characteristics increase the likelihood that consumers will suffer the harms of unaffordable payments and the amount of harm they will experience. The Bureau believes that with respect to covered longer-term loans, consumers generally lack understanding of both the likelihood and the severity of the harms they face.
In most credit markets, lenders' and consumers' interests are normally aligned, so that the success of a lender and a consumer in a transaction is made much more likely by a lender's insistence that loan payments be within the consumer's ability to repay. For that reason, lenders normally engage in underwriting. If the lender determines that payments under a particular prospective loan would exceed a consumer's ability to repay, the lender instead offers a loan with payments that are within the consumer's ability to repay or simply declines to make a loan to that consumer. But in covered longer-term loans markets, lenders find it unnecessary to underwrite, so this beneficial effect for consumer is lacking. The absence of lender underwriting enabled by the two defining characteristics of a covered longer-term loan mean that there is often little or no relationship between the payments under a loan and the financial capacity of the particular consumer who takes the loan. The result is a very high likelihood that a covered longer-term loan will prove to be unaffordable for the consumer who takes it, and thus result in potentially severe harms.
The Bureau believes that consumers taking these loans generally do not understand the counterintuitively high likelihood that loan payments will exceed their ability to repay because of the particular features of these loans, and that they therefore do not understand the magnitude of the risk that they will default, suffer collateral harms from making unaffordable payments, or have to reborrow. As discussed in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, above, lenders that do not determine ability to repay have default rates of 30 percent and as high as 55 percent. A consumer seeking a loan from such a lender is unlikely to understand that the consumer has more than a one-in-three chance of defaulting. Few consumers will be aware that a lender could stay in business while making loans that so frequently result in default, or that its business model depends upon the lender's ability to time and extract payments from the consumer's account or paycheck, even if extraction of those loan payments leaves the consumer unable to meet other financial obligations and basic living expenses. Instead, based on common experience with consumer credit generally, consumers are likely to assume that the lender's continued existence means the vast majority of a lender's loans are successfully repaid, and that a lender that makes them a covered longer-term loan has determined that they are in approximately as good of a financial position to be able to repay the loan as the other consumers who borrow and repay successfully.
The Bureau believes consumers are especially likely to make such an assumption because of the challenges the consumers would face if they were to attempt to assess their own ability to repay instead of assuming that the lender has done so. A consumer seeking to take out a payday installment or vehicle title installment loan is unlikely to have a recent history of a regular periodic excess of income above expenditures (
Even if a consumer considering offered loan terms actually attempts such a mental budget exercise, in which she postulates what amounts of recent expenses she could eliminate or of extra income she could bring in going forward, such on-the-fly estimates are highly likely to overestimate her true ability to repay. As discussed above in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, decision-making of consumers confronting time pressure and financial distress are especially likely to be affected by optimism bias. A consumer under these conditions is likely to make exaggerated estimates of additional income she could earn or of expenses that she could reduce. She is also likely to underestimate the likelihood of periodic decreases in income and spikes in expenses. And yet an understanding of the risks of a covered longer-term loan requires a reasonably accurate comparison of her true ability to repay and the prospective loan payments. Even a small error is likely to result in a much higher risk than she likely understands, since the risk of harm from a payment that exceeds her ability to repay will typically compound with each successive payment. As a result, an attempt to assess her personal risk from an unaffordable covered longer-term loan payments is unlikely to lead to an accurate understanding of the true risks. Instead, her attempt to understand the risks is highly likely to seriously underestimate them.
For these reasons, the Bureau preliminarily believes that consumers who take out covered longer-term loans do not understand the high risk that the loan will prove unaffordable, and thus, the risk that they are exposing themselves to collateral consequences of
The Bureau likewise believes that consumers who take out covered longer-term loans do not understand just how severe some of the collateral consequences can be if the loan in fact proves unaffordable. This is especially true with respect to hybrid payday loans and payday installment products, which are generally accompanied by a leveraged payment mechanism which enables the lender to automatically debit the consumer's bank account.
When a lender obtains a leveraged payment mechanism, even if a loan payment proves unaffordable, the lender still may be able to extract payment from the consumer's account—especially for loans where payments are timed to coincide with the consumer's paycheck. Thus, the consumer loses a degree of control over her finances, including the ability to prioritize payments of her obligations and expenses based on the timing of her receipts of income. So long as there is money in the account when the lender seeks to collect, the lender can get paid without regard to whether the remaining funds will be sufficient to enable the consumer to make payments on other obligations when she must make them or cover basic living expenses. Thus, at least certain types of covered longer-term loans carry with them a high degree of risk that if the payment proves unaffordable the consumer will still be forced to pay the loan and will incur penalties on other obligations, such as late fees or shut-off fees, or face legal action, such as eviction, because of having had to forgo payment on those other obligations.
Furthermore, even if the consumer's account does not have sufficient funds available to cover the required loan payment, the lender still may be able to collect the payment from the consumer's bank by putting the account into an overdraft position. Where that occurs, the consumer will incur overdraft fees and, at many banks, extended overdraft fees. When new funds are deposited into the account, those funds will go to repay the overdraft and not be available to the consumer to meet her other obligations or basic living expenses. If the account remains negative for a prolonged period of time, the bank will likely close the account.
Of course, the fact that such a large portion of covered longer-term loans end up in default indicates that frequently lenders are unable to collect despite their access to the consumer's account and despite their potential ability to force an overdraft. But before these defaults occur, the lenders will almost surely have made at least one—and more often multiple—attempts to debit the consumer's account. Each such attempt will likely result in an NSF fee, which the bank will recover from any subsequent deposits the consumer makes; again, if the account remains negative for a prolonged period of time the bank will likely close the account. In addition, each failed payment may result in the lender tacking on a returned check fee, a late payment fee, or both, and adding that to the amount the lender demands from the consumer through the collection process.
The Bureau's research provides some insight into the magnitude of these consequences. The Bureau was unable to quantify the extent to which the ability of lenders to extract payments using leveraged payment mechanisms causes collateral injury with respect to consumers' ability to meet other obligations or pay basic living expenses. But by studying payment attempts made by over 330 lenders to almost 20,000 accounts, the Bureau was able to quantify the bank fees that borrowers face. Specifically, the Bureau found that 50 percent of these borrowers incur at least one overdraft or NSF fee in connection with their online payday loans—most of which the Bureau believes to be covered longer term loans—and that these borrowers were charged on average $185 in fees. Thirty-six percent of borrowers who experienced an unsuccessful attempt by an online payday lender to collect a payment from their account subsequently had their accounts closed involuntarily.
The Bureau believes that consumers are not likely to understand the magnitude of these adverse consequences that can arise when unaffordable loan payments are combined with a lender's ability to extract loan payments from a consumer's account when she receives her income. A consumer is unlikely to be aware of the types and severity of such harms at the time the consumer accepts offered loan terms. Some of these harms, such as multiple NSF fees from multiple presentments, are not an obvious or widely understood feature of the ACH system and therefore are likely to be unknown to many consumers. Other types of harm, such as overdraft fees, may be familiar to consumers in a general sense, but consumers are not likely to be aware of the extent to which they risk incurring them. The magnitude of these harms—and the potential for consumer misunderstanding—are multiplied by the fact that as discussed below in this part and in Market Concerns—Payments, leveraged payment mechanisms, once authorized, are not easily revoked. The consumer is likely to assume erroneously that de-authorizing is as easy as authorizing.
Under § 1031(d)(2)(B) of the Dodd-Frank Act, an act or practice is abusive if it takes unreasonable advantage of “the inability of the consumer to protect the interests of the consumer in selecting or using a consumer financial product or service.” Consumers who lack an understanding of the material risks and costs of a consumer financial product or service often will also have an inability to protect their interests in selecting or using that consumer financial product or service. For instance, as discussed above, the Bureau believes that consumers are unlikely to be able to protect their interests in selecting or using hybrid payday, payday installment, and vehicle title installment loans because they do not understand the material risks and costs associated with the products.
But it is reasonable to also conclude from the structure of section 1031(d), which separately declares it abusive to take unreasonable advantage of consumer lack of understanding or of consumers' inability to protect their interests in using or selecting a product or service that in some circumstances, consumers may understand the risks and costs of a product, but nonetheless be unable to protect their interests in selecting or using the product.
The Bureau believes that consumers who take out hybrid payday, payday installment, and vehicle title installment loans may be unable to protect their interests in selecting or using such loans, given their immediate need for cash and their inability in the moment to search out or develop alternatives that would either enable them to avoid the need to borrow or to borrow on affordable terms. Even if some consumers suspect the unaffordability and resulting risks and costs from payments under an offered covered longer-term loan, they may reasonably believe that they cannot obtain a loan with more affordable payments or a loan without leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security, either from the same lender or by shopping among other lenders. They may not have the time or other resources to seek out, develop, or take advantage of any existing alternatives, and may reasonably believe that
Once a consumer has taken out a covered longer-term loan she cannot afford, she will be unable to protect her interests in connection with the loan for a different reason. The unaffordability of loan payments under a covered longer-term loan likely will become apparent to a consumer eventually, either after the consumer makes one loan payment or several loan payments. But by then the consumer is legally obligated to repay the debt, and the best the consumer can do is choose among three bad options: Defaulting on the loan, skipping or delaying payments on major financial obligations or living expenses in order to repay the loan, or taking out another loan that will pose the same predicament. It is even difficult for the consumer to limit the collateral consequences of harm to her bank accounts, since as discussed in Market Concerns—Payments, revocation rights related to various forms of leveraged payment mechanisms are complicated by both lender and financial institution procedural requirements, fees, and other obstacles. Some forms of payment may have no practical revocation right and, of course, there is no revocation right with regard to vehicle security.
Congress, through section 1031(d) of the Dodd-Frank Act, has made it unlawful for a lender to take unreasonable advantage of certain specified consumer vulnerabilities in the context of consumer financial products or services. Those specified vulnerabilities include, in relevant part, a consumer's lack of understanding of the material risks, costs, or conditions of a product or service and a consumer's inability to protect her interests in selecting and using a product or service.
The Bureau believes that lenders may take unreasonable advantage of consumers' lack of understanding of the material risks and costs of covered longer-term loans, and of consumers' inability to protect their interests in selecting and using these loans, by structuring the loans to combine a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security with high cost and then making such loans without first reasonably determining that the loan payments are within consumers' ability to repay.
As discussed in connection with the Bureau's abusiveness analysis of covered short-term loans, the Bureau recognizes, of course, that in any transaction involving a consumer financial product or service there is likely to be some information asymmetry between the consumer and the financial institution. Often, the financial institution will have superior bargaining power as well. As previously noted, the Bureau does not believe that section 1031(d) of the Dodd-Frank Act prohibits financial institutions from taking advantage of their superior knowledge or bargaining power to maximize their profit. Indeed, in a market economy, market participants with such advantages are generally expected to pursue their self-interests. However, section 1031(d) of the Dodd-Frank Act makes plain that there comes a point at which a financial institution's conduct in leveraging consumer's lack of understanding or inability to protect their interests becomes unreasonable advantage-taking and thus potentially abusive.
The Dodd-Frank Act delegates to the Bureau the responsibility for determining when that line has been crossed. As previously explained, the Bureau believes that such determinations are best made with respect to any particular act or practice by taking into account all of the facts and circumstances that are relevant to assessing whether such an act or practice takes unreasonable advantage of consumers' lack of understanding or of consumers' inability to protect their interests. Several interrelated considerations lead the Bureau to believe that the practice of making covered longer-term loans without regard to consumers' ability to repay may cross the line and take unreasonable advantage of consumers' lack of understanding and inability to protect their interests.
The Bureau first notes that the practice of making loans without regard to the borrower's ability to repay stands in stark contrast to the practice of lenders in virtually every other credit market, and upends traditional notions of responsible lending enshrined in safety-and-soundness principles as well as in a number of laws.
In the markets for hybrid payday, payday installment, and vehicle installment loans, however, lenders have built a business model that—unbeknownst to borrowers—depends on the lenders'
As discussed above, the result is that consumers face very significant and severe risks that they do not understand and from which they are unable to protect their interests by taking any realistic action prior to or after consummation of the loan. On the other side of the transaction, lenders are of course aware of the high default rates on their loans and know that they have not made any attempt to match the payment terms they offer to the financial capacity
Also relevant in assessing whether the practice at issue involves unreasonable advantage-taking is the vulnerability of the consumers seeking these types of loans. As discussed in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, borrowers of hybrid payday, payday installment, and vehicle installment loans generally have modest incomes, little or no savings, and have tried and failed to obtain other forms of credit. As discussed above, consumers who seek a covered longer-term loan typically do so when they face an immediate need for cash. They are unlikely to be able to accurately self-underwrite and, even if they recognized or suspected that offered loan terms are likely to prove unaffordable, reasonably believe that more favorable loans are not available to them. On the other side of the transaction, lenders know, at a minimum, that many consumers who are unable to afford the loans they offer take them out anyway.
For these reasons, the Bureau believes that lenders may take unreasonable advantage of consumers' lack of understanding of these risks and costs, and of consumers' inability to protect their interests, when they make covered longer-term loans without making any reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to make the payments under the loan.
Under section 1031(c)(1) of the Dodd-Frank Act, an act or practice is unfair if it causes or is likely to cause substantial injury to consumers which is not reasonably avoidably by consumers and such substantial injury is not outweighed by countervailing benefits to consumers or to competition. Based on the evidence and concerns described in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, the Bureau is proposing to identify the practice of making a covered longer-term loan without making a reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the loan as an unfair practice. When a lender makes such a loan to a consumer without first making a reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay it, it appears that act or practice causes or is likely to cause substantial injury to consumers that is not reasonably avoidable by consumers and that is not outweighed by countervailing benefits to consumers or competition.
As noted in part IV, the Bureau's interpretation of the various prongs of the unfairness test is informed by the FTC Act, the FTC Policy Statement on Unfairness, and FTC and other Federal agency rulemakings and related case law.
When a lender makes a loan with the characteristics that make it a covered longer-term loan—a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle title and a high-cost structure—and fails to first determine that the consumer will have the ability to repay, that practice appears to cause or likely cause serious injury to substantial numbers of consumers. As discussed above in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, failure to first determine that the loan payments will be within a consumer's ability to repay causes or is likely to cause many consumers to receive loans with payments that exceed their ability to repay. When the lender also obtains a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security when originating the loan, the injury to consumers from making unaffordable payments is likely to be substantial, as is also discussed above in Markets—Longer-Term Loans. By engaging in practices that increase the likelihood, magnitude, and severity of the risks to consumers, the lender's actions cause or are likely to cause substantial injury.
The injury that is easiest to observe and quantify is the extent to which the practice of making these loans without assessing the consumer's ability to repay leads to default. As discussed above, lenders that do not determine ability to repay commonly have default rates of 30 percent and as high as 55 percent. In the case of a loan for which the lender obtains the ability to extract loan payments from the consumer's bank account, the course of default typically includes several attempts by a lender to extract the payments, which fail due to insufficient funds in the account. Each time this occurs, the consumer's depository institution typically imposes an NSF fee, and the lender often imposes a fee as well. Repeated NSF fees can be followed by involuntary account closure and exclusion from the banking system. As discussed above, the Bureau's research with respect to online payday and payday installment loans found that following an NSF fee, 36 percent of accounts were closed within thirty days. In the case of an auto title loan, the lender may repossess the consumer's car, which can in turn result in inability to travel to work and loss of employment. As discussed above in part Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, evidence shows that over one in ten vehicle title installment loan sequences leads to repossession.
Even consumers who are able to make all of their payments on a payday installment or vehicle title installment loan can suffer substantial injury as a result of the failure of the lender to assess whether the consumer can afford to repay the loan. As discussed in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans the lender may extract, or the consumer may make, loan payments which leave the consumer unable to meet other financial obligations as they fall due and meet basic living expenses as they arise. Indeed, when a loan is an auto title loan or provides the lender the ability to extract loan payments from the consumer's bank account or paycheck, the lender is likely to receive payment
In addition, it is common for depository institutions to honor a payment of a deposited post-dated check or electronic debit even if the payment exceeds the consumer's account balance. In that case, the result is that the payment results in overdraft of the consumer's account, which typically leads to substantial fees imposed on the consumer and, if the consumer cannot clear the overdraft, may lead to involuntary account closure and even exclusion from the banking system.
Third, a consumer facing an imminent unaffordable loan payment may refinance or reborrow in a way that adds to its total costs. As discussed above in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, refinancing and reborrowing are especially likely to be provoked by a balloon payment, and refinancing and reborrowing are especially likely to add dramatically to total costs when the payments preceding a balloon-payment are interest-only payments, as is common. In that case, refinancing or reborrowing may bring about new finance charges equal to what the consumer paid under the prior loan, because the payments on the prior loan did little, if anything, to amortize the principal. The additional cost is then the result of the original, unaffordable loan, and constitutes injury because it is a cost that the consumer almost certainly did not anticipate and take into account at the time she decided to take out the original loan. The higher the total cost of credit, the greater the injury to consumers from these unanticipated costs.
As previously noted in part IV, under the FTC Act unfairness standard, the FTC Policy Statement on Unfairness, FTC and other Federal agency rulemakings, and related case law, which informs the Bureau's interpretation and application of the unfairness test, an injury is not reasonably avoidable where “some form of seller behavior . . . unreasonably creates or takes advantage of an obstacle to the free exercise of consumer decision-making,”
It appears that many consumers cannot reasonably avoid the injury that results when a lender makes a covered longer-term loan and does not determine that the loan payments are within the consumer's ability to repay. To be able to avoid the injury from entering into a loan with unaffordable payments, a consumer must have a reason to anticipate the injury before entering into the loan. But a confluence of factors creates obstacles to free and informed consumer decision-making, preventing consumers from being able to reasonably anticipate the likelihood and severity of injuries that frequently result from such loans. And after entering into the loan, consumers do not have the means to avoid the injuries that may result should the loan prove unaffordable.
Many consumers are unable to reasonably anticipate the risk that payments under a prospective covered longer-term loan will be unaffordable to them or the range and severity of the harm they will suffer if payments under the loan do prove unaffordable. Based, in part, on their experience with other credit products, they have no reason to understand the way lenders use the ability to extract unaffordable payments from borrowers to make more loans, larger loans, and loans with less affordable payment schedules than they otherwise would while disregarding the affordability of loan payments to a consumer. For example, few consumers are likely aware that an auto title lender may base its underwriting decisions in part on the borrower's perceived attachment to and practical reliance on a vehicle, rather than on the consumer's ability to make loan payments or even on the resale value of the car alone.
Similarly, based on their experience with other credit products, few, if any, consumers are likely aware of the high percentage of covered longer-term loans that result in default or collateral harms from unaffordable payments or that lenders are able to stay in business and profit even when so many consumers default. On the contrary, consumers reasonably expect that the lender's continued existence means the vast majority of a lender's loans are successfully repaid, and that a lender that makes them a covered longer term loan has determined that they are in approximately as good of a financial position to be able to repay the loan as the other consumers who borrow and repay successfully. As a result, a consumer is unlikely to appreciate the high degree of vigilance she must exercise to ensure that loan payments will in fact be within her ability to repay.
In theory, a consumer who realized the importance of being so vigilant could avoid injury by self-underwriting. However, consumers' ability to make accurate assessments is hindered by the specific conditions under which these borrowers seek out such credit in the first place. A consumer seeking to take out a payday installment or vehicle title installment loan is unlikely to have a recent history of a regular periodic excess of income above expenditures (
As discussed above, even if a consumer considering offered loan terms actually attempts such a mental budget exercise, in which she postulates what amounts of recent expenses she could eliminate or of extra income she could bring in going forward, such on-the-fly estimates are highly likely to overestimate her true ability to repay. As discussed above in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, decision-making of consumers confronting time pressure and financial distress are especially likely to be
Consumers likewise do not have a reason to anticipate the impact of strategically timed payment extraction on their finances. Consumers who mistakenly believe that a loan payment is within their ability to repay do not have an incentive to seek out and focus on provisions for income-timed payments extraction or to understand the implication or effect of such provisions if combined with an unaffordable payment. Consumers who believe they are unlikely to qualify for loans on more favorable terms are especially unlikely to focus on such provisions and on severity of the risk they pose, since they believe—often correctly—they are not in a position to obtain a more advantageous loan even if they identified objectionable provisions. Further, the provisions do not make clear how the lender may time extraction of the payment so that the lender will receive payment even if it exceeds the consumer's ability to repay. Provisions permitting a lender to make use of remotely created checks are even more obscure and incomprehensible to consumers than those providing for more traditional electronic funds transfers from consumers' accounts.
As discussed above, some consumers may suspect that payments under a prospective covered longer-term loan may be unaffordable. Such consumers could protect their interest in connection with such a loan by locating a more favorable loan. Such an alternative loan could be more favorable in two ways: (1) Being less expensive, or (2) lacking a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security. However, the Bureau believes that consumers who take out a covered longer-term loan may not be able to avoid the substantial injury in this manner for at least two reasons. First, consumers who find it necessary to seek covered longer-term loans are likely to be experiencing an immediate need for cash and reasonably believe that they are unlikely to find and qualify for better credit options in the immediate timeframe they face. As a result, they may make a reasoned decision to accept covered longer-term loans even when suspecting they may have difficulty affording the payments. Second, lenders do not compete on loans' inclusion (or exclusion) of leveraged payment mechanisms or vehicle security because they have no incentive to do so. On the contrary, as discussed above and in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, lenders have a powerful incentive to include these features: Their entire business model depends on it.
As discussed above, once a consumer has become obligated on a covered longer-term loan with unaffordable payments because she was unable to reasonably anticipate the injuries from taking out such a loan, it is often too late for the consumer to act to avoid the injury. At that point the consumer lacks the means to avoid the injury. If the lender secured the ability to extract payments from the consumer's account, the consumer may theoretically be able to revoke her authorization to the lender to do so or otherwise stop payment, but as explained in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, above, and Market Concerns—Payments, below, there are numerous practical impediments to such revocation that prevent it from being a reasonable means of avoiding the injury. For example, lenders often create a variety of procedural obstacles to revocation, and depository institutions may also impose procedural hurdles and fees for revocation. Some mechanisms, such as remotely created checks, once authorized, may not be revocable. And some lenders may attempt to require the consumer to provide an alternative leveraged payment mechanism or impose other penalties if the consumer seeks to revoke authorization for a particular method of accessing the consumer's account.
As noted in part IV, the Bureau's interpretation of the various prongs of the unfairness test is informed by the FTC Act, the FTC Policy Statement on Unfairness, and FTC and other Federal agency rulemakings and related case law. Under those authorities, it generally is appropriate for purposes of the countervailing benefits prong of the unfairness standard to consider both the costs of imposing a remedy and any benefits that consumers enjoy as a result of the practice, but the determination does not require a precise quantitative analysis of benefits and costs.
It appears to the Bureau that the current practice of making payday installment, vehicle title installment loans, and other covered longer-term loans without determining that the consumer has the ability to repay does not result in benefits to consumers or competition that outweigh the substantial injury that consumers cannot reasonably avoid. As discussed above, the amount of injury that is caused by the unfair practice, in the aggregate, appears to be extremely high. Although some individual consumers may be able to avoid the injury, as noted above, a large amount of the substantial injury is not reasonably avoidable. A significant number of consumers who obtain payday installment and vehicle title installment loans end up defaulting. These consumers put either their checking account or their vehicle at risk, and subject themselves to aggressive debt collection practices. In addition, many borrowers also experience substantial injury that is not reasonably avoidable as a result of repaying a loan but not being able to meet other obligations and expenses. Many consumers also suffer harm in the form of costs of refinancing and reborrowing caused by unaffordable payments, most often in connection with a covered longer-term loan that includes a balloon payment.
Against this very significant amount of harm, the Bureau must weigh several potential countervailing benefits to consumers or competition of the practice in assessing whether it is unfair. For purposes of analysis, the Bureau divided would-be borrowers into two groups.
The first group consists of borrowers who obtain loans under the status quo and make each payment that falls due under the loans. The Bureau includes in this group those consumers who make a payment but then find it necessary to reborrow, most notably those who do so upon making a balloon payment. The Bureau also includes in this group those consumers who refinance a loan so that, for example, an unaffordable balloon payment that would have fallen due is replaced with a new loan that the consumer repays. The Bureau refers to these borrowers as “repayers” for purposes of this countervailing benefits analysis. As discussed in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, 62 percent of payday installment loan
The Bureau believes that for the most part these consumers could reasonably have been determined at consummation to have had the ability to repay the loans they received, such that the ability-to-repay requirement in proposed § 1041.9 would not have a significant impact on their eligibility for this type of credit. For these borrowers, at most the proposed requirements would reduce somewhat the speed and convenience of applying for a loan. Under the status quo, consumers generally can obtain payday installment loans simply by going online, filling out an application, and showing some evidence of a checking account; storefront payday lenders making payday installment loans may require a little more. For vehicle title loans, all that is generally required is that the consumer owns her vehicle outright without any encumbrance.
Under the proposal, lenders likely would require more information and documentation from or for the consumer. Indeed, under the proposed rule, lenders would be required to obtain a consumer's written statement of her income and payments under major financial obligations. Lenders would also be required to obtain verification evidence of consumers' income and payments under major financial obligations, including their housing expenses. Lenders may in some cases comply with these proposed requirements for verification evidence by seeking documentation from the consumer, which could reduce the speed and convenience for consumers.
Additionally, when a lender makes a loan without determining a consumer's ability to repay today, the lender can make the loan instantaneously upon obtaining whatever documentation the lender chooses to require. In contrast, if lenders assessed consumers' ability to repay under proposed § 1041.9, they would be required to obtain the consumer's borrowing history and determine the consumer's outstanding covered loans using the lender's own records and a report from a registered information system. Lenders would also be required to obtain a consumer report from a national credit reporting agency as verification evidence of a consumer's payments under other major financial obligations. Using this information, along with verification evidence of income, lenders would have to calculate the consumer's residual income by subtracting the consumer's payments under major financial obligations from the consumer's projected income.
As discussed below in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.9, the proposed rule has been designed to enable lenders to obtain electronic verification evidence for income and payments under major financial obligations, to use a model to estimate housing expenses, and to automate the process of securing additional information and determining the consumer's ability to repay. If the proposed ability-to-repay requirements are finalized, the Bureau anticipates that repayers would be able to obtain credit under proposed § 1041.9 to a similar extent as they do in the current market. While the speed and convenience fostered by the current practice may be reduced for these consumers under the proposed rule's requirements, the Bureau does not believe that the proposed requirements will be overly burdensome in this respect. As described in part VI, the Bureau estimates that the required ability-to-repay determination would take essentially no time for a fully automated electronic system and between 15 and 20 minutes for a fully manual system.
While the Bureau believes that lenders would be able to obtain verification evidence needed to demonstrate the ability to repay of most repayers under proposed § 1041.9, the Bureau recognizes that there is a subset of repayers who could not demonstrate their ability to repay the loans they currently are able to receive if required to do so by a lender. For example, some consumers may face challenges in providing verification evidence for a portion or even all of their income. The current lender practice of making loans without determining ability to repay enables these consumers to obtain credit that, by hypothesis, may actually be within their ability to repay. In contrast, the proposed rule's requirement for a lender to obtain verification evidence for a consumer's income may result in some such consumers being deemed to lack the ability to repay a loan they actually might be able to repay (
However, the Bureau believes that under the proposed rule, lenders will generally be able to determine consumers' ability to repay and that the size of any residual false negative population will be small. As discussed further below, the Bureau has structured the proposed rule to try to provide substantial flexibility on verification and other underwriting requirements, and is seeking further comment in hopes of identifying additional appropriate measures. The Bureau also notes that these borrowers will generally be motivated to attempt to provide verification evidence needed to determine their ability to repay, in order to receive the loan. It will also be in lenders' interest to obtain the verification evidence needed to determine consumers' an ability to repay. Moreover, even if these consumers could not qualify for the same loan they would have obtained absent an ability-to-pay requirement (
In addition, the Bureau notes that some current repayers may not actually be able to afford payments under the loans the currently are able to obtain, but end up repaying it nonetheless (rather than reborrowing or defaulting). By definition, this subset of repayers are then unable to meet other expenses and obligations, which may result in them defaulting on or incurring costs in connection with those obligations, such as shut-off of or late fees on utilities. Other repayers respond to an unaffordable payment by refinancing the original loan and incurring additional costs, most typically when a consumer confronts an unaffordable balloon payment. Such repayers would not be able to obtain under proposed § 1041.9 the same loan that they would have obtained absent an ability-to-repay requirement, but they might obtain a loan on different terms (
The other group of borrowers consists of those who eventually default on their loans, either when the first payment is due or at a later point in time. In some
For these consumers, the current lender practice of making loans without regard to their ability to repay may enable them to obtain what amounts to a temporary “reprieve” from their current situation: They can obtain some cash, which may enable them to pay a current bill or current expense. How much of a reprieve the loan provides is entirely speculative. The fact that these consumers eventually default suggests that similar-sized payments they made prior to the payment provoking default—either because the lender extracted money from the consumer's account or because the consumer elected to make a payment to stave off a potential automobile repossession—were unaffordable and caused collateral harm in the meantime. Defaulters are merely substituting a payday installment lender or auto title installment lender for a preexisting creditor, and in doing so, end up in a deeper hole by accruing and paying finance charges, late fees, or other charges at a high rate and enduring additional financial distress, only to face the injuries of default once it occurs. Moreover, for the vast majority of consumers, who do not understand how much risk of default and of collateral damage they are taking on with these loans,
In all events, the Bureau believes that the substantial injury suffered by the defaulters, as well as by those repayers who suffer collateral harms from unaffordable or who must refinance or reborrow as a result of balloon and similar unaffordable payments, dwarfs any benefits these groups of borrowers may receive in terms of a temporary reprieve. It also dwarfs the speed and convenience benefits that the repayers may experience. The Bureau acknowledges that any benefits derived by the aforementioned consumers subject to false negative effects may be reduced under the proposed rule, but the Bureau believes that the benefits that this relatively small group receives is outweighed by the substantial injuries to the defaulters and repayers as discussed above. Further, the Bureau believes that under the proposed intervention, many of these borrowers may find more affordable options, such as underwritten credit on terms that are tailored to their budget and more affordable.
The Bureau recognizes that the proposed rule would also have some impacts on lenders' operating costs relative to the status quo, where instead of undertaking the expense and effort of evaluating a potential borrower's residual income, lenders need only secure relatively inexpensive forms of preferred repayment. Theoretically, these resulting avoided costs could benefit consumers, and therefore be germane to the present analysis, to the extent that they resulted in lender net savings that lenders passed on to consumers in the form of lower borrowing costs. But there is little reason to believe that this actually happens in practice. As discussed above in Part II, rather than competing on price, lenders typically charge the maximum amount allowed under State law and instead compete based on friendliness of customer service, as well as on the convenience of store locations and similar factors. In such a market, marginal costs avoided—such as costs avoided by declining to underwrite—are unlikely to result in lower borrowing costs for consumers.
In addition, the Bureau also believes that the net savings to lenders from making loans without determining ability to repay is relatively modest. The Bureau has crafted the proposed ability-to-repay requirement to avoid unnecessary costs. For example, the proposal provides substantial flexibility in the options for verification evidence that lenders could use. It provides an option for lenders to estimate housing expense, rather than to obtain verification evidence, and it does not require inventorying or verification of basic living expenses. Further, the principal amounts and total costs of credit that are typical with covered longer-term loans mean that in many cases the cost of compliance per prospective transaction should be relatively modest compared to revenue from each transaction.
Similarly, the Bureau does not believe that overall lender revenues would be significantly reduced as a result of the proposed requirements, in that lenders would still be able to make loans to most consumers, but loans with payments that are within the consumer's ability to repay. Such loans would tend to have more affordable payments but longer durations, compared to loans made under the status quo, and there is no reason to assume that shift in repayment schedules would tend to reduce lender revenues. Further, the Bureau believes that the total cost of compliance to lenders would be offset to a significant extent by losses from default that lenders will avoid as a result of complying with the requirement to make a reasonable determination that the borrower has the ability to repay the loan prior to making the loan.
Some of these lenders have indicated to the Bureau that they do not believe compliance with the rule would involve substantial amounts of new cost.
Turning to benefits of the practice for competition, the Bureau does not believe that the proposed ability-to-repay requirement will reduce the competitiveness of the markets for covered longer-term loans. The Bureau does not expect, based on its analysis, that the proposed rule will lead to substantial contraction in the industry.
In sum, it appears that the benefits of the identified unfair practice for consumers and competition do not outweigh the substantial, not reasonably avoidable injury caused or likely to be cause by the practice. On the contrary, it appears that the very significant injury caused by the practice outweighs the very small benefits of the practice to consumers.
Section 1031(c)(2) of the Dodd-Frank Act states that “the Bureau may consider established public policies as evidence to be considered with all other evidence” in determining whether an act or practice is unfair. In addition to the evidence described above and in Markets Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, established public policy appears to support a finding that it is an unfair practice for lenders to make covered longer-term loans without making a reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the loan.
As discussed above, the Dodd-Frank Act, the CARD Act, the Federal Reserve Board's Higher-Priced Mortgage Loan Rule, guidance from the OCC on abusive lending practices, and guidance from the OCC and FDIC on deposit advance products all require or recommend that certain lenders assess their customers' ability to repay before extending credit.
Such widely-adopted requirements and guidance evince a clear public policy that consumers (as well as safety and soundness interests) suffer substantial injury from loans and other extensions of credit that exceed their ability to repay, and that it is necessary or appropriate for lenders to determine that loan and credit terms are within a consumer's ability to repay, as a condition of making the loan or extending the credit. These public policies show that such determinations are especially critical when subprime or high-cost credit is extended to vulnerable consumers. These policies evince a determination by policymakers that such determinations are necessary because the consumer injury from such practices persists in the absence of regulatory intervention, and that such practices do not provide benefits to consumers that outweigh the harm they cause. Accordingly, the Bureau believes this extensive body of policy is evidence supportive of its unfairness finding.
In addition, the FTC's Credit Practices Rule
The Bureau seeks comment on the evidence and proposed findings and conclusions in proposed § 1041.8 and Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans above. As discussed below in connection with proposed §§ 1041.11 and 1041.12, the Bureau also seeks comment on whether making loans with the types of consumer protections contained in proposed § 1041.11(b) through (e) or the types of consumer protections contained in proposed § 1041.12(b) through (f) should not be included in the practice identified in proposed § 1041.8.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1041.8 above, the Bureau has tentatively concluded that it is an unfair and abusive act or practice to make a covered longer-term loan without reasonably determining that the consumer will have the ability to repay the loan. Section 1031(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act provides that the Bureau's rules may include requirements for the purpose of preventing unfair or abusive acts or practices. The Bureau is proposing to prevent the abusive and unfair practice by including in proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10 minimum requirements for how a lender may reasonably determine that a consumer has the ability to repay a covered longer-term loan.
The Bureau notes that the provisions of proposed § 1041.9, which would apply to longer-term loans, mirror and for the most part are identical to the provisions of proposed § 1041.5, which would apply to short-term loans. The same is true of the corresponding proposed commentary for and section-by-section analyses of the two proposed sections. Accordingly, readers who have reviewed proposed § 1041.5, its proposed commentary, and their section-by-section analyses, may find it unnecessary to review the entirety of this section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.9 or the proposed regulatory and commentary provisions it discusses. The Bureau is proposing to include proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.9 and providing separate commentary and section-by-section analyses for those readers who may be interested in only the content that applies to short-term or longer-term loans, respectively.
Proposed § 1041.9 sets forth the prohibition against making a covered longer-term loan (other than a loan that satisfies the conditions in proposed § 1041.11 or § 1041.12) without first making a reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the covered longer-term loan according to its terms. It also, in combination with proposed § 1041.10, specifies minimum elements of a baseline methodology that would be required for determining a consumer's ability to repay, using a residual income analysis and an assessment of the consumer's prior borrowing history. In crafting the baseline ability-to-repay methodology established in proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10, the Bureau is attempting to balance carefully several considerations, including the need for consumer protection, industry interests in regulatory certainty and manageable compliance burden, and preservation of access to credit.
Proposed § 1041.9 would generally require the lender to make a reasonable determination that a consumer will have sufficient income, after meeting major financial obligations, to make payments under a prospective covered longer-term loan and to continue meeting basic living expenses. However, based on feedback from a wide range of stakeholders and its own internal analysis, as well as the Bureau's belief that consumer harm has resulted despite more general standards in State law, the Bureau believes that merely establishing such a general requirement would provide insufficient protection for consumers and insufficient certainty for lenders.
Many lenders making payday installment loans have informed the Bureau that they conduct some type of underwriting on covered loans and assert that it should be sufficient to meet the Bureau's standards. However, as discussed above, such underwriting often is designed to screen primarily for fraud (including first payment defaults)
The Bureau acknowledges that some online and storefront lenders have reported to the Bureau that they have adopted robust underwriting approaches in making loans, some of which would be covered longer-term loans under the proposal. The Bureau believes that these lenders will be able to adjust their underwriting methodologies to comply with proposed §§ 1041.9 and § 1041.10 with relatively minor modifications. The Bureau also recognizes that some community banks have reported to the Bureau that they make some covered longer-term loans based on their relationship method of underwriting. Proposed § 1041.12 would provide an exemption that the Bureau believes many lenders will be able to rely upon to continue making such loans subject to certain protective conditions.
The Bureau believes that to prevent the abusive and unfair practice that appears to be occurring in the market, it is appropriate not only to require lenders to make a reasonable determination of a consumer's ability to repay before making a covered longer-term loan but also to specify minimum elements of a baseline methodology for evaluating consumers' individual financial situations, including their borrowing history. The baseline methodology is not intended to be a substitute for lender screening and underwriting methods, such as those designed to screen out fraud or predict and avoid other types of lender losses. Accordingly, lenders would be permitted to supplement the baseline methodology with other underwriting and screening methods.
The baseline methodology in proposed § 1041.9 rests on a residual income analysis—that is, an analysis of whether, given the consumer's projected income and major financial obligations, the consumer will have sufficient remaining (
In addition, in contrast with other markets in which there are long-established norms for DTI levels that are consistent with sustainable indebtedness, the Bureau does not believe that there exist analogous norms for sustainable DTI levels across the wide range of terms and repayment structures used for covered longer-term loans. Thus, the Bureau believes that residual income is a more direct test of ability to pay than DTI and a more appropriate test with respect to the types of products covered in this rulemaking and the types of consumers to whom these loans are made.
The Bureau has designed the residual income methodology requirements specified in proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10 in an effort to ensure that ability-to-repay determinations can be made through scalable underwriting models. The Bureau is proposing that the most critical inputs into the determination rest on documentation but the Bureau's proposed methodology allows for various means of documenting major financial obligations and also establishes alternatives to documentation where appropriate. It recognizes that rent, in particular, often cannot be readily documented and therefore allows for estimation of rental expense. See the section-by-section analysis of § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii)(D), below. The Bureau's proposed methodology also would not mandate verification or detailed analysis of every individual consumer expenditure. The Bureau believes that such detailed analysis may not be the only method to prevent unaffordable loans and is concerned that it would substantially increase costs to lenders and borrowers. See the discussion of basic living expenses, below.
Finally, the Bureau's proposed methodology does not dictate a formulaic answer to whether, in a particular case, a consumer's residual income is sufficient to make a particular loan affordable. Instead, the proposed methodology allows lenders to exercise discretion in arriving at a reasonable determination with respect to that question. Because this type of underwriting is so different from what many lenders currently engage in, the Bureau is particularly conscious of the need to leave room for lenders to innovate and refine their methods over time, including by building automated systems to assess a consumer's ability to repay so long as the basic elements are taken into account.
Proposed § 1041.9 outlines the methodology for assessing the consumer's residual income as part of the assessment of ability to repay. Proposed § 1041.9(a) would set forth definitions used throughout proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10. Proposed § 1041.9(b) would establish the requirement for a lender to determine that a consumer will have the ability to repay a covered longer-term loan and would set forth minimum standards for a reasonable determination that a consumer will have the ability to repay a covered longer-term loan. The standards in proposed § 1041.9(b) generally require a lender to determine that the consumer's income will be sufficient for the consumer to make payments under a covered longer-term loan while accounting for the consumer's payments for major financial obligations and the consumer's basic living expenses. Proposed § 1041.9(c) would establish standards for verification and projections of a
As an alternative to the proposed ability-to-repay requirement, the Bureau has considered proposing a disclosure remedy consisting of requiring lenders to provide disclosures to borrowers warning them of the costs and risks of default and other harms that are associated with taking out covered longer-term loans. However, the Bureau believes that such a disclosure remedy would be significantly less effective in preventing the harms described above, for three reasons. First, disclosures do not address the underlying incentives observed in the markets for covered longer-term loans,
The Bureau requests comment on all aspects of the appropriateness of the proposed approach. For example, the Bureau requests comment on whether a simple prohibition on making covered longer-term loans without determining ability to repay, without specifying the elements of a minimum baseline methodology, would provide adequate protection to consumers and clarity to industry about what would constitute compliance. Similarly, the Bureau requests comment on the adequacy of a less prescriptive requirement for lenders to “consider” specified factors, such as payment amount under a covered longer-term loan, income, debt service payments, and borrowing history, rather than a requirement to determine that residual income is sufficient. (Such an approach could be similar to that of the Bureau's ability-to-repay requirements for residential mortgage loans.) Specifically, the Bureau requests comment on whether there currently exist sufficient norms around the levels of such factors that are and are not consistent with a consumer's ability to repay, such that a requirement for a lender to “consider” such factors would provide adequate consumer protection, as well as adequate certainty for lenders regarding what determinations of ability to repay would and would not reflect sufficient consideration of those factors.
Also during outreach, some stakeholders suggested that the Bureau should adopt underwriting rules of thumb—for example, a maximum payment-to-income ratio—to either presumptively or conclusively demonstrate compliance with the rule. The Bureau solicits comment on whether the Bureau should define such rules of thumb and, if so, what metrics should be included in a final rule and what significance should be given to such metrics.
Proposed § 1041.9(a) would provide definitions of several terms used in § 1041.9 in assessing the consumer's financial situation and proposed § 1041.10 in assessing consumers' borrowing history before determining whether a consumer has the ability to repay a new covered longer-term loan. In particular, proposed § 1041.9(a) includes definitions for various categories of income and expenses that are used in § 1041.9(b), which would establish the methodology that would generally be required for assessing consumers' ability to repay covered longer-term loans. The substantive requirements for making the calculations for each category of income and expenses, as well as the overall determination of a consumer's ability to repay, are provided in § 1041.9(b) and (c), and in their respective commentary. These proposed definitions are discussed in detail below.
Proposed § 1041.9(a)(1) would define the basic living expenses component of the ability-to-repay determination that would be required in § 1041.9(b). It would define basic living expenses as expenditures, other than payments for major financial obligations, that a consumer makes for goods and services necessary to maintain the consumer's health, welfare, and ability to produce income, and the health and welfare of members of the consumer's household who are financially dependent on the consumer. Section 1041.9(b) would require the lender to reasonably determine a dollar amount that is sufficiently large so that the consumer would likely be able to make the loan payments and meet basic living expenses without having to default on major financial obligations or having to rely on new consumer credit during the applicable period.
Accordingly, the proposed definition of basic living expenses is a principle-based definition and does not provide a comprehensive list of the expenses for which a lender must account. Proposed comment 9(a)(1)-1 provides illustrative examples of expenses that would be covered by the definition. It provides that food and utilities are examples of goods and services that are necessary for maintaining health and welfare, and that transportation to and from a place of employment and daycare for dependent children, if applicable, are examples of goods and services that are necessary for maintaining the ability to produce income.
The Bureau recognizes that provision of a principle-based definition leaves some ambiguity about, for example, what types and amounts of goods and services are “necessary” for the stated purposes. Lenders would have flexibility in how they determine dollar amounts that meet the proposed definition, provided that they do not rely on amounts that are so low that they are not reasonable for consumers to pay for the types and level of expenses in the definition.
The Bureau's proposed methodology also would not mandate verification or detailed analysis of every individual consumer expenditure. In contrast to major financial obligations (see below),
The Bureau solicits comment on its principle-based approach to defining basic living expenses, including whether limitation of the definition to “necessary” expenses is appropriate, and whether an alternative, more prescriptive approach would be preferable. For example, the Bureau solicits comment on whether the definition should include, rather than expenses of the types and in amounts that are “necessary” for the purposes specified in the proposed definition, expenses of the types that are likely to recur through the term of the loan and in amounts below which a consumer cannot realistically reduce them. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether there are standards used in other contexts that could be relied upon by the Bureau. For example, the Bureau is aware that the Internal Revenue Service and bankruptcy courts have their own respective standards for calculating amounts an individual needs for expenses while making payments toward a delinquent tax liability or under a bankruptcy-related repayment plan.
Proposed § 1041.9(a)(2) would define the major financial obligations component of the ability-to-repay determination specified in § 1041.9(b). Section 1041.9(b) would generally require a lender to determine that a consumer will have sufficient residual income, which is net income after subtracting amounts already committed for making payments for major financial obligations, to make payments under a prospective covered longer-term loan and to meet basic living expenses. Payments for major financial obligations would be subject to the consumer statement and verification evidence provisions under proposed § 1041.9(c)(3).
Specifically, proposed § 1041.9(a)(2) would define the term to mean a consumer's housing expense, minimum payments and any delinquent amounts due under debt obligations (including outstanding covered loans), and court- or government agency-ordered child support obligations. Comment 9(a)(2)-1 would further clarify that housing expense includes the total periodic amount that the consumer applying for the loan is responsible for paying, such as the amount the consumer owes to a landlord for rent or to a creditor for a mortgage. It would provide that minimum payments under debt obligations include periodic payments for automobile loan payments, student loan payments, other covered loan payments, and minimum required credit card payments.
Expenses that the Bureau has included in the proposed definition are expenses that are typically recurring, that can be significant in the amount of a consumer's income that they consume, and that a consumer has little or no ability to change, reduce, or eliminate in the short run, relative to their levels up until application for a covered longer-term loan. The Bureau believes that the extent to which a particular consumer's net income is already committed to making such payments is highly relevant to determining whether that consumer has the ability to make payments under a prospective covered longer-term loan. As a result, the Bureau believes that a lender should be required to inquire about such payments, that they should be subject to verification for accuracy and completeness to the extent feasible, and that a lender should not be permitted to rely on consumer income already committed to such payments in determining a consumer's ability to repay. Expenses included in the proposed definition are roughly analogous to those included in total monthly debt obligations for calculating monthly debt-to-income ratio and monthly residual income under the Bureau's ability-to-repay requirements for certain residential mortgage loans. (
The Bureau has adjusted its approach to major financial obligations based on feedback from SERs and other industry stakeholders on the Small Business Review Panel Outline. In the SBREFA process, the Bureau stated that it was considering including within the category of major financial obligations “other legally required payments,” such as alimony, and that the Bureau had considered an alternative approach that would have included utility payments and regular medical expenses. However, the Bureau now believes that it would be unduly burdensome to require lenders to make individualized projections of a consumer's utility or medical expenses. With respect to alimony, the Bureau believes that relatively few consumers seeking covered loans have readily verifiable alimony obligations and that, accordingly, inquiring about alimony obligations would impose unnecessary burden. The Bureau also is not including a category of “other legally required payments” because the Bureau believes that category, which was included in the Small Business Review Panel Outline, would leave too much ambiguity about what other payments are covered. For further discussion of burden on small businesses associated with verification requirements, see the section-by-section analysis of § 1041.9(c)(3), below.
The Bureau invites comment on whether the items included in the proposed definition of major financial obligations are appropriate, whether other items should be included, and, if so, whether and how the items should be subject to verification. For example, the Bureau invites comment on whether there are other obligations that are typically recurring, significant, and not changeable by the consumer, such as, for example, alimony, daycare commitments, health insurance premiums (other than premiums deducted from a consumer's paycheck, which are already excluded from the proposed definition of net income), or unavoidable medical care expenses. The Bureau likewise invites comment on whether there are payments to which a consumer may be contractually obligated, such as payments or portions of payments under contracts for telecommunication services, that a consumer is unable to reduce from their amounts as of consummation, such that the amounts should be included in the definition of major financial obligations. The Bureau also invites comment on the inclusion in the proposed definition of delinquent amounts due, such as on the practicality of asking consumers about delinquent amounts due on major financial obligations, of comparing stated amounts to any delinquent amounts that may be included in verification evidence (
Proposed § 1041.9(a)(3) would define national consumer report to mean a consumer report, as defined in section
Proposed § 1041.9(a)(4) would define the net income component of the ability-to-repay determination calculation specified in § 1041.9(b). Specifically, it would define the term as the total amount that a consumer receives after the payer deducts amounts for taxes, other obligations, and voluntary contributions that the consumer has directed the payer to deduct, but before deductions of any amounts for payments under a prospective covered longer-term loan or for any major financial obligation. Proposed § 1041.9(b) would generally require a lender to determine that a consumer will have sufficient residual income to make payments under a prospective covered longer-term loan and to meet basic living expenses. Section 1041.9(a)(6), discussed below, would define residual income as the sum of net income that the lender projects the consumer will receive during a period, minus the sum of amounts that the lender projects will be payable by the consumer for major financial obligations during the period. Net income would be subject to the consumer statement and verification evidence provisions under proposed § 1041.9(c)(3).
The proposed definition is similar to what is commonly referred to as “take-home pay” but is phrased broadly to apply to income received from employment, government benefits, or other sources. It would exclude virtually all amounts deducted by the payer of the income, whether deductions are required or voluntary, such as voluntary insurance premiums or union dues. The Bureau believes that the total dollar amount that a consumer actually receives after all such deductions is the amount that is most instructive in determining a consumer's ability to repay. Certain deductions (
The Bureau invites comment on the proposed definition of net income and whether further guidance would be helpful.
Proposed § 1041.9(a)(5) would define payment under the covered longer-term loan, which is a component of the ability-to-repay determination calculation specified in § 1041.9(b). Proposed § 1041.9(b) would generally require a lender to determine that a consumer will have sufficient residual income to make payments under a covered longer-term loan and to meet basic living expenses. Specifically, the definition of payment under the covered longer-term loan in proposed § 1041.9(a)(5)(i) and (ii) would include all costs payable by the consumer at a particular time after consummation, regardless of how the costs are described in an agreement or whether they are payable to the lender or a third party. Proposed § 1041.9(a)(5)(iii) provides special rules for projecting payments under the covered loan on lines of credit for purposes of the ability-to-repay test, since actual payments for lines of credit may vary depending on usage.
Proposed § 1041.9(a)(5)(i) would apply to all covered longer-term loans. It would define payment under the covered longer-term loan broadly to mean the combined dollar amount payable by the consumer in connection with the covered loan at a particular time following consummation. Under proposed § 1041.9(b), the lender would be required to reasonably determine the payment amount under this proposed definition as of the time of consummation. The proposed definition would further provide that in calculating the payment under the covered longer-term loan, the lender must assume that the consumer has made preceding required payments and that the consumer has not taken any affirmative act to extend or restructure the repayment schedule or to suspend, cancel, or delay payment for any product, service, or membership provided in connection with the covered longer-term loan. Proposed § 1041.9(a)(5)(ii) would similarly apply to all covered longer-term loans and would clarify that payment under the covered loan includes all principal, interest, charges, and fees.
The Bureau believes that a broad definition, such as the one proposed, is necessary to capture the full dollar amount payable by the consumer in connection with the covered longer-term loan, including amounts for voluntary insurance or memberships and regardless of whether amounts are due to the lender or another person. It is the total dollar amount due at each particular time that is relevant to determining whether or not a consumer has the ability to repay the loan based on the consumer's projected net income and payments for major financial obligations. The amount of the payment is what is important, not whether the components of the payment include principal, interest, fees, insurance premiums, or other charges. The Bureau recognizes, however, that there is great variety in the repayment terms of covered longer-term loans, and that under the terms of some covered longer-term loans, a consumer may have options regarding how much the consumer must pay at any given time and that the consumer may in some cases be able to select a different payment option. The proposed definition would include any amount payable by a consumer in the absence of any affirmative act by the consumer to extend or restructure the repayment schedule, or to suspend, cancel, or delay payment for any product, service, or membership provided in connection
Proposed § 1041.9(a)(5)(iii) would include additional provisions for calculating the projected payment amount under a covered line of credit for purposes of assessing a consumer's ability to repay the loan. As explained in proposed comment 9(a)(5)(iii)-1, such rules are necessary because the amount and timing of the consumer's actual payments on a line of credit after consummation may depend on the consumer's utilization of the credit (
The Bureau believes these assumptions about a consumer's utilization and repayment are important to ensure that the lender makes its ability-to-repay determination based on the most challenging loan payment that a consumer may face under the covered longer-term loan. They also reflect the likely borrowing and repayment behavior of many consumers who obtain covered loans with a line of credit. Such consumers are typically facing an immediate liquidity need and, in light of the relatively high cost of credit, would normally seek a line of credit approximating the amount of the need. Assuming the lender does not provide a line of credit well in excess of the consumer's need, the consumer is then likely to draw down the full amount of the line of credit shortly after consummation. Liquidity-constrained consumers may make only minimum required payments under a line of credit and, if the terms of the covered longer-term loan provide for an end date, may then face having to repay the outstanding balance in one payment at a time specified under the terms of the covered loan. It is such a payment that is likely to be the highest payment possible under the terms of the covered longer-term loan and therefore the payment for which a consumer is least likely to have the ability to repay. Indeed, as discussed above in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, consumers very often refinance or reborrow when such a high payment falls due, even after successfully making a series of lower, often interest-only minimum payments. The lender would then apply the ability-to-repay determination to that assumed repayment schedule.
For any covered longer-term loan with a line of credit that does not provide for a date certain by which the outstanding balance must be repaid, the definition would require the lender to assume full repayment of the outstanding balance 180 days after consummation. It would ensure that lenders make the required ability-to-repay determination for an assumed repayment schedule that would result in full repayment of the loan and provide lenders with greater certainty as to how to comply with the requirements of § 1041.9.
The Bureau invites comment on the proposed definition of payment under the covered longer-term loan. Specifically, the Bureau invites comment on whether the provisions of proposed § 1041.9(a)(5) are sufficiently comprehensive and clear to allow for determination of a payment under the wide variety of terms that are available under covered longer-term loans, especially for lines of credit. The Bureau also invites comment on the proposed approach to lines of credit that do not provide for repayment by a date certain and whether an alternative approach would be more appropriate for purposes of assessing ability to repay.
Proposed § 1041.9(a)(6) would define the residual income component of the ability-to-repay determination calculation specified in § 1041.9(b). Specifically, it would define the term as the sum of net income that the lender projects the consumer obligated under the loan will receive during a period, minus the sum of amounts that the lender projects will be payable by the consumer for major financial obligations during the period, all of which projected amounts must be based on verification evidence, as provided under § 1041.9(c). Proposed section 1041.9(b) would generally require a lender to determine that a consumer will have sufficient residual income to make payments under a covered longer-term loan and to meet basic living expenses.
The proposed definition would ensure that a lender's ability-to-repay determination cannot rely on the amount of a consumer's net income that, as of the time a prospective loan would be consummated, is already committed to pay for major financial obligations during the applicable period. For example, a consumer's net income may be greater than the amount of a loan payment, so that the lender successfully obtains the loan payment from a consumer's deposit account once the consumer's income is deposited into the account. But if the consumer is then left with insufficient funds to make payments for major financial obligations, such as a rent payment, then the consumer may be forced to choose between failing to pay rent when due, forgoing basic needs, or reborrowing.
Proposed § 1041.9(b) would prohibit lenders from making covered longer-term loans without first making a reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the loan according to its terms, unless the loans are made in accordance with § 1041.11 or § 1041.12. Specifically, § 1041.9(b)(1) requires lenders to make a reasonable determination of ability to repay before making a new covered longer-term loan, increasing the credit available under an existing loan, or before advancing additional credit under a covered line of credit if more than 180 days have expired since the last such determination. Proposed § 1041.9(b)(2) specifies minimum elements of a baseline methodology that would be required for determining a consumer's ability to repay, using a residual income analysis and an assessment of the consumer's prior borrowing history. It would require the assessment to be based on projections of the consumer's net income, major financial obligations, and basic living
Proposed § 1041.9(b)(1) would provide generally that, except as provided in 1041.11 or § 1041.12, a lender must not make a covered longer-term loan or increase the credit available under a covered longer-term loan unless the lender first makes a reasonable determination of ability to repay for the covered longer-term loan. The provision would also impose a requirement to determine a consumer's ability to repay before advancing additional funds under a covered longer-term loan that is a line of credit if such advance would occur more than 180 days after the date of a previous required determination.
Section 1041.9(b)(1)(i) would provide that a lender is not required to make the determination when it makes a covered longer-term loan under the conditions set forth in § 1041.11 or § 1041.12. The conditions that would apply under § 1041.11 and § 1041.12 provide alternative protections from the harms caused by covered longer-term loan payments that exceed a consumer's ability to repay, such that the Bureau is proposing to allow lenders to make such loans in accordance with the regulation without engaging in an ability-to-repay determination under §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10. (
The Bureau notes that proposed § 1041.9(b)(1) would require the ability-to-repay determination before a lender actually takes one of the triggering actions. The Bureau recognizes that lenders decline covered loan applications for a variety of reasons, including to prevent fraud, avoid possible losses, and to comply with State law or other regulatory requirements. Accordingly, the requirements of § 1041.9(b)(1) would not require a lender to make the ability-to-repay determination for every covered longer-term loan application it receives, but rather only before taking one of the enumerated actions with respect to a covered longer-term loan. Similarly, nothing in proposed § 1041.9(b)(1) would prohibit a lender from applying screening or underwriting approaches in addition to those required under § 1041.9(b) prior to making a covered longer-term loan.
Proposed § 1041.9(b)(1)(ii) would provide that for a covered longer-term loan that is a line of credit, a lender must not permit a consumer to obtain an advance under the line of credit more than 180 days after the date of a prior required determination, unless the lender first makes a new reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the covered longer-term loan. Under a line of credit, a consumer typically can obtain advances up to the maximum available credit at the consumer's discretion, often long after the covered loan was consummated. Each time the consumer obtains an advance under a line of credit, the consumer becomes obligated to make a new payment or series of payments based on the terms of the covered loan. But when significant time has elapsed since the date of a lender's prior required determination, the facts on which the lender relied in determining the consumer's ability to repay may have deteriorated significantly. During the Bureau's outreach to industry, the Small Dollar Roundtable urged the Bureau to require a lender to periodically make a new reasonable determination of ability to repay in connection with a covered loan that is a line of credit. The Bureau believes that the proposed requirement to make a new determination of ability to repay for a line of credit 180 days following a prior required determination appropriately balances the burden on lenders and the protective benefit for consumers.
Proposed § 1041.9(b) would require a lender to make a reasonable determination that a consumer will be able to repay a covered longer-term loan according to its terms. As discussed above and as reflected in the provisions of proposed § 1041.9(b), a consumer has the ability to repay a covered loan according to its terms only if the consumer is able to make all payments under the covered loan as they fall due while also making payments under the consumer's major financial obligations as they fall due and continuing to meet basic living expenses without, as a result of making payments under a covered loan, having to reborrow.
Proposed comment 9(b)-1 provides an overview of the baseline methodology that would be required as part of a reasonable determination of a consumer's ability to repay in §§ 1041.9(b)(2), 1041.9(c), and 1041.10 and under their associated commentary.
Proposed comment 9(b)-2 would identify standards for evaluating whether a lender's ability-to-repay determinations under proposed § 1041.9 are reasonable. It would clarify minimum requirements of a reasonable ability-to-repay determination; identify assumptions that, if relied upon by the lender, render a determination not reasonable; and establish that the overall performance of a lender's covered longer-term loans is evidence of whether the lender's determinations for those covered longer-term loans are reasonable.
The proposed standards would not impose bright line rules prohibiting covered longer-term loans based on fixed mathematical ratios or similar distinctions, and they are designed to apply to the wide variety among covered longer-term loans and lender business models. For many lenders and many loans, several aspects of the proposed standards will not be applicable at all. For example, a lender that does not make covered longer-term balloon-payment loans would not have to make the determination under proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(ii), concerning a consumer's ability to meet basic living expenses over a 30-day period following the highest payment under these types of loans. Moreover, the Bureau does not anticipate that a lender would need to perform a manual analysis of each prospective loan to determine whether it meets all of the proposed standards. Instead, each lender would be required under proposed § 1041.18 to develop and implement policies and procedures for approving and making covered longer-term loans in compliance with the proposed standards and based on the types of covered longer-term loans that the lender makes. A lender would then apply its own policies and procedures to its underwriting decisions, which the Bureau anticipates could be largely automated for the majority of consumers and covered longer-term loans.
Proposed comment 9(b)-2.i would also provide that to be reasonable, a lender's ability-to-repay determination must be grounded in reasonable inferences and conclusions in light of information the lender is required to obtain or consider. As discussed above, each lender would be required under proposed § 1041.18 to develop policies and procedures for approving and making covered longer-term loans in compliance with the proposal. The policies and procedures would specify the conclusions that the lender makes based on information it obtains, and lenders would then be able to largely automate application of those policies and procedures for most consumers. For example, proposed § 1041.9(c) would require a lender to obtain verification evidence for a consumer's net income and payments for major financial obligations, but it would provide for lender discretion in resolving any ambiguities in the verification evidence to project what the consumer's net income and payments for major financial obligations will be following consummation of the covered longer-term loan.
Finally, proposed comment 9(b)-2.i would provide that for a lender's ability-to-repay determination to be reasonable, the lender must appropriately account for information known by the lender, whether or not the lender is required to obtain the information under § 1041.9, that indicates that the consumer may not have the ability to repay a covered longer-term loan according to its terms. The provision would not require a lender to obtain information other than information specified in proposed § 1041.9. However, a lender might become aware of information that casts doubt on whether a particular consumer would have the ability to repay a particular prospective covered longer-term loan. For example, proposed § 1041.9 would not require a lender to inquire about a consumer's individual transportation or medical expenses, and the lender's ability-to-repay method might comply with the proposed requirement to estimate consumers' basic living expenses by factoring into the estimate of basic living expenses a normal allowance for expenses of this type. But if the lender learned that a particular consumer had a transportation or recurring medical expense dramatically in excess of an amount the lender used in estimating basic living expenses for consumers generally, proposed comment 9(b)-2.i would clarify that the lender could not simply ignore that fact. Instead, it would have to consider the transportation or medical expense and then reach a reasonable determination that the expense does not negate the lender's otherwise reasonable ability-to-repay determination.
The Bureau invites comment on the minimum requirements for making a reasonable determination of ability to repay, including whether additional specificity should be provided in the regulation text or in the commentary with respect to circumstances in which a lender is required to take into account information known by the lender.
The second example in proposed comment 9(b)-2.ii of an ability-to-repay determination that is not reasonable is one that relies on an assumption that a consumer will accumulate savings while making one or more payments under a covered longer-term loan and that, because of such assumed future savings, will be able to make a subsequent loan payment under a covered longer-term loan. Like the prior comment, the Bureau is including this comment in an abundance of caution lest some lenders seek to justify a decision to make, for example, a multi-payment, interest-only loan with a balloon payment on the ground that during the interest-only period the consumer will be able to accumulate savings to cover the balloon payment when due. A consumer who finds it necessary to seek a covered longer-term loan typically does so because she has not been able to accumulate sufficient savings while meeting her existing obligations and expenses. As discussed in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, above, the high incidence of reborrowing and refinancing coinciding with balloon payments under longer-term loans strongly suggests that consumers are not, in fact, able to accumulate sufficient savings while making lower payments to then be able to make a balloon payment. A projection that a consumer will accumulate savings in the future is purely speculative, and basing an ability-to-repay determination on such speculation presents an unacceptable risk of an erroneous determination. The Bureau therefore believes that basing a determination of a consumer's ability to repay on such speculative projections would not be reasonable.
The Bureau, invites comment on whether there are any circumstances under which basing an ability-to-repay determination for a covered longer-term loan on assumed future borrowing or assumed future accumulation of savings would be reasonable.
In other cases the reasonableness or unreasonableness of a lender's determinations might be less clear. Accordingly, proposed comment 9(b)-2.iii would provide that evidence of whether a lender's determinations of ability to repay are reasonable may include the extent to which the lender's determinations subject to § 1041.9 result in rates of delinquency, default, and reborrowing for covered longer-term loans, as well as how those rates compare to the rates of other lenders making similar covered longer-term loans to similarly situated consumers. As discussed above, the Bureau recognizes that the affordability of loan payments is not the only factor that affects whether a consumer repays a covered longer-term loan according to its terms without reborrowing. A particular consumer may obtain a covered longer-term loan with payments that are within the consumer's ability to repay at the time of consummation, but factors such as the consumer's continual opportunity to work, willingness to repay, and financial management may affect the performance of that consumer's loan. Similarly, a particular consumer may obtain a covered longer-term loan with payments that exceed the consumer's ability to repay at the time of consummation, but factors such as a lender's use of a leveraged payment mechanism, taking of vehicle security, and collection tactics, as well as the consumer's ability to access informal credit from friends or relatives, might result in repayment of the loan without reborrowing or other indicia of harm that are visible through observations of loan performance and reborrowing. However, if a lender's determinations subject to proposed § 1041.9 regularly result in rates of delinquency, default, or reborrowing that are significantly higher than those of other lenders making similar covered longer-term loans to similarly situated consumers, that fact is evidence that the lender may be systematically underestimating amounts that consumers generally need for basic living expenses, or is in some other way overestimating consumers' ability to repay.
Proposed comment 9(b)-2.iii would not mean that a lender's compliance with the requirements of § 1041.9 for a particular loan could be determined based on the performance of that loan. Nor would proposed comment 9(b)-2.iii mean that comparison of the performance of a lender's covered longer-term loans with the performance of covered longer-term loans of other lenders could be the sole basis for determining whether that lender's determinations of ability to repay comply or do not comply with the requirements of § 1041.9. For example, one lender may have default rates that are much lower than the default rates of other lenders because it uses aggressive collection tactics, not because its determinations of ability to repay are reasonable. Similarly, the fact that one lender's default rates are similar to the default rates of other lenders does not indicate that the lenders' determinations of ability to repay are reasonable; the similar rates could also result from the fact that the lenders' respective determinations of ability to repay are similarly unreasonable. The Bureau believes, however, that such comparisons will provide important evidence that, considered along with other evidence, would facilitate evaluation of whether a lender's ability-to-repay determinations are reasonable.
For example, a lender may use estimates for a consumer's basic living expenses that initially appear unrealistically low, but if the lender's determinations otherwise comply with the requirements of § 1041.9 and otherwise result in covered longer-term loan performance that is materially better than that of peer lenders, the covered longer-term loan performance may help show that the lender's determinations are reasonable. Similarly, an online lender might experience default rates significantly in excess of those of peer lenders, but other evidence may show that the lender followed policies and procedures similar to those used by other lenders and that the high default rate resulted from a high number of fraudulent applications. On the other hand, if consumers experience systematically worse rates of delinquency, default, and reborrowing on covered longer-term loans made by lender A, compared to the rates of other lenders making similar loans, that fact may be important evidence of whether that lender's estimates of basic living expenses are, in fact, unrealistically low and therefore whether the lender's ability-to-repay determinations are reasonable.
The Bureau invites comment on whether and, if so, how the performance of a lender's portfolio of covered longer-term loans should be factored in to an assessment of whether the lender has complied with its obligations under the rule, including whether the Bureau should specify thresholds which presumptively or conclusively establish compliance or non-compliance and, if so, how such thresholds should be determined.
Proposed comment 9(b)-3 notes that a lender is responsible for calculating the timing and amount of all payments under the covered longer-term loan. The timing and amount of all loan payments under the covered longer-term loan are an essential component of the required reasonable determination of a consumer's ability to repay under proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(i), (ii), and (iii). Calculation of the timing and amount of all payments under a covered longer-term loan is also necessary to determine which component determinations under proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(i), (ii), and (iii) apply to a particular prospective covered longer-term loan. Proposed comment 9(b)-3 cross references the definition of payment under a covered longer-term loan in proposed § 1041.9(a)(5), which includes requirements and assumptions that apply to a lender's calculation of the amount and timing of all payments under a covered longer-term loan.
A lender's ability-to-repay determination under proposed § 1041.9(b) would be required to account for a consumer's need to meet basic living expenses during the applicable period while also making payments for major financial obligations and payments under a covered longer-term loan. As discussed above, § 1041.9(a)(1) would define basic living expenses as expenditures, other than payments for major financial obligations, that the consumer must make for goods and services that are necessary to maintain the consumer's health, welfare, and ability to produce income, and the health and welfare of members of the consumer's household who are financially dependent on the consumer. If a lender's ability-to-repay determination did not account for a consumer's need to meet basic living expenses, and instead merely determined that a consumer's net
However, the Bureau recognizes that in contrast with payments under most major financial obligations, which the Bureau believes a lender can usually ascertain and verify for each consumer without unreasonable burden, it would be extremely challenging to determine a complete and accurate itemization of each consumer's basic living expenses. Moreover, a consumer may have somewhat greater ability to reduce in the short-run some expenditures that do not meet the Bureau's proposed definition of major financial obligations. For example, a consumer may be able for a period of time to reduce commuting expenses by ride sharing.
Accordingly, the Bureau is not proposing to prescribe a particular method that a lender would be required to use for estimating an amount of funds that a consumer requires to meet basic living expenses for an applicable period. Instead, proposed comment 9(b)-4 would provide the principle that whether a lender's method complies with the § 1041.9 requirement for a lender to make a reasonable ability-to-repay determination depends on whether it is reasonably designed to determine whether a consumer would likely be able to make the loan payments and meet basic living expenses without defaulting on major financial obligations or having to rely on new consumer credit during the applicable period.
Proposed comment 9(b)-4 would provide a non-exhaustive list of methods that may be reasonable ways to estimate basic living expenses. The first method is to set minimum percentages of income or dollar amounts based on a statistically valid survey of expenses of similarly situated consumers, taking into consideration the consumer's income, location, and household size. This example is based on a method that several lenders have told the Bureau they currently use in determining whether a consumer will have the ability to repay a loan and is consistent with the recommendations of the Small Dollar Roundtable. The Bureau notes that the Bureau of Labor Statistics conducts a periodic survey of consumer expenditures which may be useful for this purpose. The Bureau invites comment on whether the example should identify consideration of a consumer's income, location, and household size as an important aspect of the method.
The second method is to obtain additional reliable information about a consumer's expenses other than the information required to be obtained under § 1041.9(c), to develop a reasonably accurate estimate of a consumer's basic living expenses. The example would not mean that a lender is required to obtain this information but would clarify that doing so may be one effective method of estimating a consumer's basic living expenses. The method described in the second example may be more convenient for smaller lenders or lenders with no experience working with statistically valid surveys of consumer expenses, as described in the first example.
The third example is any method that reliably predicts basic living expenses. The Bureau is proposing to include this broadly phrased example to clarify that lenders may use innovative and data-driven methods that reliably estimate consumers' basic living expenses, even if the methods are not as intuitive as the methods in the first two examples. The Bureau would expect to evaluate the reliability of such methods by taking into account the performance of the lender's covered longer-term loans, as discussed in proposed comment 9(b)-3.iii.
Proposed comment 9(b)-4 would provide a non-exhaustive list of unreasonable methods of determining basic living expenses. The first example is a method that assumes that a consumer needs no or implausibly low amounts of funds to meet basic living expenses during the applicable period and that, accordingly, substantially all of a consumer's net income that is not required for payments for major financial obligations is available for loan payments. The second example is a method of setting minimum percentages of income or dollar amounts that, when used in ability-to-repay determinations for covered longer-term loans, have yielded high rates of default and reborrowing relative to rates of default and reborrowing of other lenders making covered longer-term loans to similarly situated consumers.
The Bureau solicits comment on all aspects of the proposed requirements for estimating basic living expenses, including the methods identified as reasonable or unreasonable, whether additional methods should be specified, or whether the Bureau should provide either a more prescriptive method for estimating basic living expenses or a safe harbor methodology (and, if so, what that methodology should be). The Bureau also solicits comment on whether lenders should be required to ask consumers to identify, on a written questionnaire that lists common types of basic living expenses, how much they typically spend on each type of expense. The Bureau further solicits comment on whether and how lenders should be required to verify the completeness and correctness of the amounts the consumer lists and how a lender should be required to determine how much of the identified or verified expenditures is necessary or, under the alternative approach to defining basic living expenses discussed above, is recurring and not realistically reducible during the term of the prospective loan.
Proposed § 1041.9(b)(2) would set forth the Bureau's specific proposed methodology for making a reasonable determination of a consumer's ability to pay a covered longer-term loan. Specifically, it would provide that a lender's determination of a consumer's ability to repay is reasonable only if, based on projections in accordance with § 1041.9(c), the lender reasonably makes the applicable determinations provided in §§ 1041.9(b)(2)(i) and (iii). Section 1041.9(b)(2)(i) would require an assessment of the sufficiency of the consumer's residual income during the term of the loan, while § 1041.9(b)(2)(ii) requires assessment of an additional period in light of the special harms associated with loans with balloon-payment structures.
Section 1041.9(b)(2)(iii) would require compliance with additional requirements in proposed § 1041.10 in situations in which the consumer's borrowing history suggests that he or she may have difficulty repaying additional credit.
Proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(i) would provide that for any covered longer-term loan subject to the ability-to-repay requirement of § 1041.9, a lender must reasonably conclude that the consumer's residual income will be sufficient for the consumer to make all payments under the covered longer-term loan and to meet basic living expenses during the term of covered longer-term loan. As defined in proposed § 1041.9(a)(6) residual income is the
In proposing § 1041.9(b)(2)(i) the Bureau recognizes that, even when lenders determine at the time of consummation that consumers will have the ability to repay a covered longer-term loan, some consumers may still face difficulty making payments under covered longer-term loans because of changes that occur after consummation. For example, some consumers would experience unforeseen decreases in income or increases in expenses that would leave them unable to repay their loans. Thus, the fact that a consumer ended up in default is not, in and of itself, evidence that the lender failed to make a reasonable assessment of the consumer's ability to repay ex ante. Rather, proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(i) looks to the facts as reasonably knowable prior to consummation and would mean that a lender is prohibited from making a covered longer-term loan subject to § 1041.9 if there is not a reasonable basis at consummation for concluding that the consumer will be able to make payments under the covered longer-term loan while also meeting the consumer's major financial obligations and meeting basic living expenses.
While some consumers may have so little (or no) residual income as to be unable to afford any loan, for other consumers the ability to repay will depend on the amount and timing of the required repayments. Thus, even if a lender concludes that there is not a reasonable basis for believing that a consumer can pay a particular prospective loan, proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(i) would not prevent a lender from making a different covered longer-term loan with more affordable payments to such a consumer, provided that the more affordable payments would not consume so much of a consumer's residual income that the consumer would be unable to meet basic living expenses and provided further that the alternative loan is consistent with applicable State law.
As discussed above, under proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(i) a lender must reasonably conclude that the consumer's residual income will be sufficient for the consumer to make all payments under the covered longer-term loan and to meet basic living expenses during the term of the covered longer-term loan. To provide greater certainty, facilitate compliance, and reduce burden, the Bureau is proposing comment 9(b)(2)(i)-1.i to explain how lenders could comply with § 1041.9(b)(2)(i).
Proposed comment 9(b)(2)(i)-1 would provide that for a covered longer-term loan, a lender complies with the requirement in § 1041.9(b)(2)(i) if it reasonably determines that for the month with the highest sum of payments (if applicable) under the covered longer-term loan, the consumer's residual income will be sufficient for the consumer to make the payments and to meet basic living expenses during that month. The method of compliance in proposed comment 9(b)(2)(i)-1.i would allow a lender to make one determination using the sum of all payments due in the month, rather than having to make a separate determination for, for example, each payment period. For loans longer than 45 days, the Bureau believes that the particular number and amount of net income payments and payments for major financial obligations that will accrue following consummation and before a payment due date is less instructive for determining sufficiency of the consumer's residual income, compared to when a loan is less than 45 days. (See section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.5(b)(2), above.) Accordingly, proposed comment 9(b)(2)(i)-1.i would allow a lender to apply the determination (
The Bureau believes that, in general, a lender's projection of a consumer's residual income in compliance with proposed § 1041.9(c) for a covered longer-term loan will not vary from payment period to payment period. Thus, if the consumer's projected residual income for the month with the highest sum of payments will be sufficient for the consumer to make those payments while also meeting basic living expenses during that month, then that fact is generally sufficient to infer that the same would be true for other months as well. Such an inference would not necessarily be supported, however, if, to reach a conclusion that the consumer will have sufficient residual income in the month with the highest sum of payments, the lender relies on a projected increase in the consumer's residual income during the term of the loan (
The Bureau invites comment on all aspects of its proposed applicable time periods for assessing residual income.
As discussed above, under proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(i) a lender must reasonably conclude that the consumer's residual income will be sufficient for the consumer to make all payments under the covered longer-term loan and to meet basic living expenses during the term of the covered longer-term loan. Proposed comment 9(b)(2)(i)-2 would clarify what constitutes
For a covered longer-term loan, proposed comment 9(b)(2)(i)-2.i would provide that the determination of “sufficient” residual income requires a lender to reasonably account for the possibility of volatility in the consumer's residual income and basic living expenses over the term of the loan. It clarifies that reasonably accounting for volatility requires considering the length of the covered longer-term loan term because the longer the term of a covered longer-term loan, the greater the possibility that residual income could decrease or basic living expenses could increase at some point during the term of the covered longer-term loan, increasing the risk that the consumer's residual income will be insufficient at some point during the term of the covered longer-term loan.
Proposed comment 9(b)(2)(i)-2.i identifies two ways that a lender reasonably accounts for the possibility of volatility in a consumer's residual income or basic living expenses. First, it provides that a lender does so by reasonably determining an amount (
The provision in proposed comment 9(b)(2)(i)-2.i requiring a lender to account for volatility does not mean that a lender must provide a cushion that is so large that it could shield a consumer from extraordinary shocks in income or basic living expenses, such as those resulting from job loss or medical bills from catastrophic illness. But occasional reductions in hours (and resulting earnings) or occasional spikes in expenses (such as an occasional spike in a utility bill) are very much to be expected over the course of a longer-term loan.
The Bureau invites comment on all aspects of its proposal for accounting for volatility in projected net income and basic living expenses, including whether lenders can reasonably account for volatility in income and basic living expenses and, if so, whether additional specificity should be provided as to how to do so. The Bureau also invites comment on whether there are other circumstances, other than the duration of a loan, that should affect how lenders account for volatility.
Proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(ii) would provide that for a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan subject to the ability-to-repay requirement of § 1041.9, a lender must reasonably conclude that the consumer will be able to make payments required for major financial obligations as they fall due, to make any remaining payments under the covered longer-term balloon-payment loan, and to meet basic living expenses for 30 days after having made the highest payment under the covered longer-term loan on its due date. Proposed comment 9(b)(2)(ii)-1 notes that a lender must include in its determination under § 1041.9(b)(2)(ii) the amount and timing of net income that it projects the consumer will receive during the 30-day period following the highest payment, in accordance with § 1041.9(c). Proposed comment 9(b)(2)(ii)-1 also includes an example of a covered longer-term loan for which a lender could not make a reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay under § 1041.9(b)(2)(ii).
The Bureau proposes to include the requirement in § 1041.9(b)(2)(ii) for covered longer-term balloon-payment loans because the Bureau's research has found that these loan structures are particularly likely to result in reborrowing around the time that a balloon payment is due.
This shortfall in a consumer's funds is most likely to occur following the highest payment under the covered longer-term loan (which is typically but not necessarily the final payment) and before the consumer's subsequent receipt of significant income. However, depending on regularity of a consumer's income payments and payment amounts, the point within a consumer's monthly expense cycle when the problematic covered longer-term loan payment falls due, and the distribution of a consumer's expenses through the month, the resulting shortfall may not manifest until a consumer has attempted to meet all expenses in the consumer's monthly expense cycle. Indeed, as noted in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, many payday loan borrowers who repay a first loan and do not reborrow during the ensuing pay cycle (
In the Small Business Review Panel Outline, the Bureau described a proposal to require lenders to determine that a consumer will have the ability to repay a covered short-term loan without needing to reborrow for 60 days, consistent with the its proposal in the same document to treat a loan taken within 60 days of having a prior covered
The Bureau believes that the incidence of reborrowing caused by balloon-payment loan structures would be somewhat ameliorated simply by determining that a consumer will have residual income during the term of the loan that exceeds the sum of covered longer-term loan payments plus an amount necessary to meet basic living expenses during that period. But if the loan payments consume all of a consumer's residual income during the period other than the amount needed to meet basic living expenses during the period, then the consumer will be left with insufficient funds to make payments under major financial obligations and meet basic living expenses after the end of that period, unless the consumer receives sufficient net income shortly after the end of that period and before the next set of expenses fall due. Often, though, the opposite is true: A lender schedules the due dates of loan payments under covered longer-term loans so that the loan payment due date coincides with dates of the consumer's receipts of income. This practice maximizes the probability that the lender will timely receive the payment under the covered longer-term loan, but it also means the term of the loan (as well as the relevant period for the lender's determination that the consumer's residual income will be sufficient under proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(i)) ends on the date of the consumer's receipt of income, with the result that the time between the end of the loan term and the consumer's subsequent receipt of income is maximized.
Thus, even if a lender made a reasonable determination under proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(i) that the consumer would have sufficient residual income during the loan term to make loan payments under the covered longer-term balloon-payment loan and meet basic living expenses during the period, there would remain a significant risk that, as a result of an unaffordable highest payment, the consumer would be forced to reborrow or suffer collateral harms from unaffordable payments. The example included in proposed comment 9(b)(2)(ii)-1 illustrates just such a result.
The Bureau invites comment on the necessity of the requirement in proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(ii) to prevent consumer harms and on any alternatives that would adequately prevent consumer harm while reducing burden for lenders. The Bureau also invites comment on whether the 30-day period in proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(ii) is the appropriate period of time to use or whether a shorter or longer period of time, such as the 60-day period described in the Small Business Review Panel Outline, would be appropriate. The Bureau also invites comment on whether the time period chosen should run from the date of the final payment, rather than the highest payment, in cases where the highest payment is other than the final payment.
Proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(iii) would provide that for a covered longer-term loan for which a presumption of unaffordability applies under § 1041.10, the lender must determine that the requirements of proposed § 1041.10 are satisfied. As discussed below, proposed § 1041.10 would apply certain presumptions and requirements when the consumer's borrowing history indicates that he or she may have particular difficulty in repaying a new covered longer-term loan with certain payment amounts or structures.
Proposed § 1041.9(c) provides requirements that would apply to a lender's projections of net income and major financial obligations, which in turn serve as the basis for the lender's reasonable determination of ability to repay. Specifically, it would establish requirements for obtaining information directly from a consumer as well as specified types of verification evidence. It would also provide requirements for reconciling ambiguities and inconsistencies in the information and verification evidence.
As discussed above, § 1041.9(b)(2) would provide that a lender's determination of a consumer's ability to repay is reasonable only if the lender determines that the consumer will have sufficient residual income during the term of the loan to repay the loan and still meet basic living expenses. Proposed § 1041.9(b)(2) thus carries with it the requirement for a lender to make projections with respect to the consumer's net income and major financial obligations—the components of residual income—during the relevant period of time. Proposed § 1041.9(b)(2) further provides that to be reasonable such projections must be made in accordance with proposed § 1041.9(c).
Proposed § 1041.9(c)(1) would provide that for a lender's projection of the amount and timing of net income or payments for major financial obligations to be reasonable, the lender must obtain both a written statement from the consumer as provided for in proposed § 1041.9(c)(3)(i), and verification evidence as provided for in proposed § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii), each of which are discussed below. Proposed § 1041.9(c)(1) further provides that for a lender's projection of the amount and timing of net income or payments for major financial obligations to be reasonable it may be based on a consumer's statement of the amount and timing only to the extent the stated amounts and timing are consistent with the verification evidence.
The Bureau believes verification of consumers' net income and payments for major financial obligations is an important component of the reasonable ability-to-repay determination. Consumers seeking a loan may be in financial distress and inclined to overestimate net income or to underestimate payments under major financial obligations to improve their chances of being approved. Lenders have an incentive to encourage such misestimates to the extent that as a result consumers find it necessary to reborrow. This result is especially likely if a consumer perceives that, for any given loan amount, lenders offer only one-size-fits-all loan repayment structure and will not offer an alternative loan with payments that are within the consumer's ability to repay. An ability-to-repay determination that is based on unrealistic factual assumptions will yield unrealistic and unreliable results, leading to the consumer harms that the Bureau's proposal is intended to prevent.
Accordingly, proposed § 1041.9(c)(1) would permit a lender to base its projection of the amount and timing of a consumer's net income or payments under major financial obligations on a consumer's written statement of amounts and timing under § 1041.9(c)(3)(i) only to the extent the stated amounts and timing are consistent with verification evidence of the type specified in § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii). Proposed § 1041.9(c)(1) would further provide that in determining whether and the extent to which such stated amounts and timing are consistent with verification evidence, a lender may reasonably consider other reliable
However, the proposed approach also recognizes that reasonably available verification evidence may sometimes contain ambiguous, out-of-date, or missing information. For example, the net income of consumers who seek covered longer-term loans may have varied over a period preceding the prospective covered longer-term loans, such as for a consumer who is paid an hourly wage and whose work hours vary from week to week. In fact, a consumer is more likely to experience financial distress, which may be a consumer's reason for seeking a covered longer-term loan, immediately following a temporary decrease in net income from their more typical levels. As a result, a lender's compliance with proposed § 1041.9(c)(1) would often mean it must project a consumer's likely or typical level of net income during the term of the prospective covered longer-term loan, based in part on varying recent net income receipts shown in the verification evidence. Accordingly, the proposed approach would not require a lender to base its projections exclusively on the consumer's most recent net income receipt shown in the verification evidence. Instead, it allows the lender reasonable flexibility in the inferences the lender draws about, for example, a consumer's net income during the term of the covered longer-term loan, based on the consumer's net income payments shown in the verification evidence, including net income for periods earlier than the most recent net income receipt. At the same time, the proposed approach would not allow a lender to mechanically assume that a consumer's immediate past income as shown in the verification evidence will continue into the future if, for example, the lender has reason to believe that the consumer has been laid off or is no longer employed. As discussed above, proposed comment 9(b)(2)(i)-2 addresses the proposed requirement for a lender to reasonably account for the possibility of volatility in a consumer's residual income (and basic living expenses), as would occur for a consumer whose net income may vary from a lender's reasonable projection of net income in accordance with proposed 1041.9(c)(1).
In this regard, the proposed approach recognizes that a consumer's own statements, explanations, and other evidence are important components of a reliable projection of future net income and payments for major financial obligations. Proposed comment 9(c)(1)-1 includes several examples applying the proposed provisions to various scenarios, illustrating reliance on consumer statements to the extent they are consistent with verification evidence and how a lender may reasonably consider consumer explanations to resolve ambiguities in the verification evidence. It includes examples of when a major financial obligation in a consumer report is greater than the amount stated by the consumer and of when a major financial obligation stated by the consumer does not appear in the consumer report at all. The examples do not address compliance or noncompliance with the proposed requirement in § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii) for a lender to obtain a reliable records covering “sufficient” history of income payments.
The Bureau anticipates that lenders would develop policies and procedures, in accordance with proposed § 1041.18, for how they project consumer net income and payments for major financial obligations in compliance with proposed § 1041.9(c)(1) and that a lender's policies and procedures would reflect its business model and practices, including the particular methods it uses to obtain consumer statements and verification evidence. The Bureau believes that many lenders and vendors would develop methods of automating projections, so that for a typical consumer, relatively little labor would be required.
The Bureau invites comment on the proposed approach to verification and to making projections based upon verified evidence, including whether the Bureau should permit projections that vary from the most recent verification evidence and, if so, whether the Bureau should be more prescriptive with respect to the permissible range of such variances.
Proposed § 1041.9(c)(2) would provide an exception to the requirement in § 1041.9(c)(1) that projections must be consistent with the verification evidence that a lender would be required to obtain under proposed 1041.9(c)(3)(ii). As discussed below, the required verification evidence will normally consist of third-party documentation or other reliable records of recent transactions or of payment amounts. Proposed § 1041.9(c)(2) would permit a lender to project a net income amount that is higher than an amount that would otherwise be supported under § 1041.9(c)(1), or a payment amount under a major financial obligation that is lower than an amount that would otherwise be supported under § 1041.9(c)(1), only to the extent and for such portion of the term of the loan that the lender obtains a written statement from the payer of the income or the payee of the consumer's major financial obligation of the amount and timing of the new or changed net income or payment. The exception would accommodate situations in which a consumer's net income or payment for a major financial obligation will differ from the amount supportable by the verification evidence. For example, a consumer who has been unemployed for an extended period of time but who just accepted a new job may not be able to provide the type of verification evidence of net income generally required under proposed § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii)(A). Proposed § 1041.9(c)(2) would permit a lender to project a net income amount based on, for example, an offer letter from the new employer stating the consumer's wage, work hours per week, and frequency of pay. The lender would be required to retain the statement in accordance with proposed § 1041.18.
The Bureau invites comment as to whether lenders should be permitted to rely on such evidence in projecting residual income.
Proposed § 1041.9(c)(3)(i) would require a lender to obtain a consumer's written statement of the amount and timing of the consumer's net income, as well as of the amount and timing of payments required for categories of the consumer's major financial obligations (
Proposed comment 9(c)(3)(i)-1 clarifies that a consumer's written statement includes a statement the consumer writes on a paper application or enters into an electronic record, or an oral consumer statement that the lender records and retains or memorializes in writing and retains. It further clarifies that a lender complies with a requirement to obtain the consumer's statement by obtaining information sufficient for the lender to project the dates on which a payment will be received or paid through the period required under § 1041.9(b)(2). Proposed comment 9(c)(3)(i)-1 includes the example that a lender's receipt of a consumer's statement that the consumer is required to pay rent every month on the first day of the month is sufficient for the lender to project when the consumer's rent payments are due. Proposed § 1041.9(c)(3)(i) would not specify any particular form or even particular questions or particular words that a lender must use to obtain the required consumer statements.
The Bureau invites comment on whether to require a lender to obtain a written statement from the consumer with respect to the consumer's income and major financial obligations, including whether the Bureau should establish any procedural requirements with respect to securing such a statement and the weight that should be given to such a statement. The Bureau also invites comments on whether a written memorialization by the lender of a consumer's oral statement should not be considered sufficient.
Proposed § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii) would require a lender to obtain verification evidence for the amounts and timing of the consumer's net income and payments for major financial obligations for a period of time prior to consummation. It would specify the type of verification evidence required for net income and each component of major financial obligations. The proposed requirements are intended to provide reasonable assurance that the lender's projections of a consumer's net income and payments for major financial obligations are based on accurate and objective information, while also allowing lenders to adopt innovative, automated, and less burdensome methods of compliance. A lender making a covered longer-term loan within 30 days of the borrower having an outstanding covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan would also be, in certain circumstances, required under proposed § 1041.10 to obtain verification evidence for components of residual income that a consumer states have changed since obtaining the preceding loan or for certain prior loans relative to the components of residual income for the prior 30 days.
Proposed § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii)(A) would specify that for a consumer's net income, the applicable verification evidence would be a reliable record (or records) of an income payment (or payments) covering sufficient history to support the lender's projection under § 1041.9(c)(1). It would not specify a minimum look-back period or number of net income payments for which the lender must obtain verification evidence. The Bureau believes that, generally, the term of a loan will affect the period of time for which a lender will need verification evidence in order reasonably to project the consumer's net income. However, the Bureau does not believe it is necessary or appropriate to require verification evidence covering a lookback period of a prescribed length. Rather, sufficiency of the history for which a lender obtains verification evidence may depend upon the term of the prospective covered longer-term loan and the consistency of the income shown in the verification evidence the lender initially obtains. For example, a lender's normal practice in making loans for six-month terms may be to obtain verification evidence showing the consumer's three most recent receipts of net income. But if there is significant variation in a particular consumer's three most recent receipts of net income, simply projecting income based on the highest of the three would generally not comply with proposed § 1041.9(c)(1). (See the example in proposed comment 9(c)(1)-D.) A lender's examination of additional receipts of consumer net income might show that the highest of the three most recent receipts of net income initially examined is in fact typical for that consumer and that the lower amounts were aberrational. In that case, the lender may be able to reasonably project income based on that highest of the three most recent amounts, for the reason that the combination of the initial and additional receipts of consumer net income the lender examines is sufficient to support the lender's projection of net income. On the other hand, for a consumer who recently started a new job and has received only one salary payment, verification evidence showing the amount and timing of the payment may be sufficient to support the lender's projection. Lenders would be required to develop and maintain policies and procedures for establishing the sufficient history of net income payments in verification evidence tailored to the covered longer-term loans they make, in accordance with proposed § 1041.18.
Proposed comment 9(c)(3)(ii)(A)-1 would clarify that a reliable transaction record includes a facially genuine original, photocopy, or image of a document produced by or on behalf of the payer of income, or an electronic or paper compilation of data included in such a document, stating the amount and date of the income paid to the consumer. It would further clarify that a reliable transaction record also includes a facially genuine original, photocopy, or image of an electronic or paper record of depository account transactions, prepaid account transactions (including transactions on a general purpose reloadable prepaid card account, a payroll card account, or a government benefits card account), or money services business check-cashing transactions showing the amount and date of a consumer's receipt of income.
The Bureau believes that the proposed requirement would be sufficiently flexible to provide lenders with multiple options for obtaining verification evidence for a consumer's net income. For example, a paper paystub would generally satisfy the requirement, as would a photograph of the paystub uploaded from a mobile phone to an online lender. In addition, the requirement would also be satisfied by use of a commercial service that collects payroll data from employers and provides it to creditors for purposes of verifying a consumer's employment and income. Proposed comment 9(c)(3)(ii)(A)-1 would also allow verification evidence in the form of electronic or paper bank account statements or records showing deposits into the account, as well as electronic or paper records of deposits onto a prepaid card or of check-cashing transactions. Data derived from such sources, such as from account data aggregator services that obtain and categorize consumer deposit account and other account transaction data, would also generally satisfy the requirement. During outreach, service providers informed the Bureau that they currently provide such services to lenders.
Several SERs expressed concern during the SBREFA process that the Bureau's approach to income verification described in the Small Business Review Panel Outline was too burdensome and inflexible. Several other lender representatives expressed similar concerns during the Bureau's outreach to industry. Many perceived that the Bureau would require outmoded or burdensome methods of obtaining verification evidence, such as always requiring a consumer to submit a paper paystub or transmit it by facsimile (fax) to a lender. Others expressed concern about the Bureau requiring income verification at all, stating that many consumers are paid in cash and therefore have no employer-generated records of income.
The Bureau's proposed approach is intended to respond to many of these concerns by providing for a wide range of methods for obtaining verification evidence for a consumer's net income, including electronic methods that can be securely automated through third-party vendors with a consumer's consent. In developing this proposal, Bureau staff met with dozens of lenders, nearly all of which stated they already use some method—though not necessarily the precise methods the Bureau is proposing—to verify consumers' income as a condition of making a covered longer-term loan. The Bureau's proposed approach thus accommodates most of the methods they described and that the Bureau is aware of from other research and outreach. It is also intended to provide some accommodation for making covered longer-term loans to many consumers who are paid in cash. For example, under the Bureau's proposed approach, a lender may be able to obtain verification evidence of net income for a consumer who is paid in cash by using deposit account records (or data derived from deposit account transactions), if the consumer deposits income payments into a deposit account. Lenders often require consumers to have deposit accounts as a condition of obtaining a covered longer-term loan, so the Bureau believes that lenders would be able to obtain verification evidence for many consumers who are paid in cash in this manner.
The Bureau recognizes that there are some consumers who receive a portion of their income in cash and also do not deposit their cash income into a deposit account or prepaid card account. For such consumers, a lender may not be able to obtain verification evidence for that portion of a consumer's net income, and therefore generally could not base its projections and ability-to-repay determinations on that portion of such consumers' income. The Bureau, however, does not believe it is appropriate to make an ability-to-repay determination for a covered longer-term loan based on income that cannot be reasonably substantiated through any verification evidence. When there is no verification evidence for a consumer's net income, the Bureau believes the risk is too great that projections of net income would be overstated and that payments under a covered longer-term loan consequently would exceed the consumer's ability to repay, resulting in the harms targeted by this proposal.
For similar reasons, the Bureau is not proposing to permit the use of predictive models designed to estimate a consumer's income or to validate the reasonableness of a consumer's statement of her income. Given the risks associated with unaffordable loan payments, the Bureau believes that such models—which the Bureau believes typically are used to estimate annual income—lack the precision required to reasonably project an individual consumer's net income for a short period of time.
The Bureau notes that it has received recommendations from the Small Dollar Roundtable, comprised of a number of lenders making loans the Bureau proposes to cover in this rulemaking and a number of consumer advocates, recommending that the Bureau require income verification as provided for above.
The Bureau invites comment on the types of verification evidence permitted by the proposed rule and what, if any, other types of verification evidence should be permitted, especially types of verification evidence that would be at least as objective and reliable as the types provided for in proposed § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii)(A) and comment 9(c)(3)(ii)(A)-1. For example, the Bureau is aware of service providers who are seeking to develop methods to verify a consumer's stated income based upon extrinsic data about the consumer or the area in which the consumer lives. The Bureau invites comment on the reliability of such methods, their ability to provide information that is sufficiently current and granular to address a consumer's stated income for a particular and short period of time, and, if they are able to do so, whether income amounts determined under such methods should be a permissible as a form of verification evidence. The Bureau also invites comments on whether the requirements for verification evidence should be relaxed for a consumer whose principal income is documented but who reports some amount of supplemental cash income and, if so, what approach would be appropriate to guard against the risk of consumers overstating their income and obtaining an unaffordable loan.
Proposed § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii)(B) would specify that for a consumer's required payments under debt obligations, the applicable verification evidence would be a national consumer report, the records of the lender and its affiliates, and a consumer report obtained from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or § 1041.17(d)(2), if available. The Bureau believes that most typical consumer debt obligations other than covered loans would appear in a national consumer report. Many covered loans are not included in reports generated by the national consumer reporting agencies, so the lender would also be required to obtain, as verification evidence, a consumer report from a designated reporting system. As discussed above, § 1041.9(c)(1) would permit a lender to base its projections on consumer statements of amounts and timing of payments for major financial obligations (including debt obligations) only to the extent the statements are consistent with the verification evidence. Proposed comment 9(c)(1)-1 includes examples applying that proposed requirement in scenarios when a major financial obligation shown in the verification evidence is greater than the amount stated by the consumer and of when a major financial obligation stated by the consumer does not appear in the verification evidence at all.
Proposed comment 9(c)(3)(ii)(B)-1 would clarify that the amount and timing of a payment required under a debt obligation are the amount the consumer must pay and the time by which the consumer must pay it to avoid delinquency under the debt obligation in the absence of any affirmative act by the consumer to extend, delay, or restructure the repayment schedule. The Bureau anticipates that in some cases, the national consumer report the lender obtains will not include a particular debt obligation stated by the consumer, or that the national consumer report may include, for example, the payment amount under the debt obligation but not the timing of the payment. Similar anomalies could occur with covered loans and a consumer report obtained from a designated reporting system. To the extent the national consumer report and consumer report from a designated reporting system omit information for a
The Bureau notes that proposed § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii)(B) does not require a lender to obtain a credit report unless the lender is otherwise prepared to make a loan to a particular consumer. Because obtaining a credit report will add some cost, the Bureau expects that lenders will order such reports only after determining that the consumer otherwise satisfies the ability-to-repay test so as to avoid incurring these costs for applicants who would be declined without regard to the contents of the credit report. For the reasons previously discussed, the Bureau believes that verification evidence is critical to ensuring that consumers in fact have the ability to repay a loan, and that therefore the costs are justified to achieve the objectives of the proposal.
The Bureau invites comment on whether to require lenders to obtain credit reports from a national credit reporting agency and from a registered information system. In particular, and in accordance with the recommendation of the Small Business Review Panel, the Bureau invites comment on ways of reducing the operational burden for small businesses of verifying consumers' payments under major financial obligations.
Proposed § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii)(C) would specify that for a consumer's required payments under court- or government agency-ordered child support obligations, the applicable verification evidence would be a national consumer report, which also serves as verification evidence for a consumer's required payments under debt obligations, in accordance with proposed § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii)(B). The Bureau anticipates that some required payments under court- or government agency-ordered child support obligations will not appear in a national consumer report. To the extent the national consumer report omits information for a required payment, the lender could simply base its projections on the amount and timing stated by the consumer, if any. The Bureau intends this clarification to address concerns from some lenders, including from SERs, that a requirement to obtain verification evidence for payments under court- or government agency-ordered child support obligations from sources other than a national consumer report would be onerous and create uncertainty.
Proposed § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii)(D) would specify that for a consumer's housing expense (other than a payment for a debt obligation that appears on a national consumer report obtained by the lender), the applicable verification evidence would be either a reliable transaction record (or records) of recent housing expense payments or a lease, or an amount determined under a reliable method of estimating a consumer's housing expense based on the housing expenses of consumers with households in the locality of the consumer.
Proposed comment 9(c)(3)(ii)(D)-1 explains that the proposed provision means a lender would have three methods that it could choose from for complying with the requirement to obtain verification evidence for a consumer's housing expense. Proposed comment 9(c)(3)(ii)(D)-1.i explains that under the first method, which could be used for a consumer whose housing expense is a mortgage payment, the lender may obtain a national consumer report that includes the mortgage payment. A lender would be required to obtain a national consumer report as verification evidence of a consumer's payments under debt obligations generally, pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii)(B). A lender's compliance with that requirement would satisfy the requirement in proposed § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii)(D), provided the consumer's housing expense is a mortgage payment and that mortgage payment appears in the national consumer report the lender obtains.
Proposed comment 9(c)(3)(ii)(D)-1.ii explains that the second method is for the lender to obtain a reliable transaction record (or records) of recent housing expense payments or a rental or lease agreement. It clarifies that for purposes of this method, reliable transaction records include a facially genuine original, photocopy or image of a receipt, cancelled check, or money order, or an electronic or paper record of depository account transactions or prepaid account transactions (including transactions on a general purpose reloadable prepaid card account, a payroll card account, or a government benefits card account), from which the lender can reasonably determine that a payment was for housing expense as well as the date and amount paid by the consumer. This method mirrors options a lender would have for obtaining verification evidence for net income. Accordingly, data derived from a record of depository account transactions or of prepaid account transactions, such as data from account data aggregator services that obtain and categorize consumer deposit account and other account transaction data, would also generally satisfy the requirement. Bureau staff have met with service providers that state that they currently provide services to lenders and are typically able to identify, for example, how much a particular consumer expends on housing expense as well as other categories of expenses.
Proposed comment 9(c)(3)(ii)(D)-1.iii explains that the third method is for a lender to use an amount determined under a reliable method of estimating a consumer's share of housing expense based on the individual or household housing expenses of similarly situated consumers with households in the locality of the consumer seeking a covered loan. Proposed comment 9(c)(3)(ii)(D)-1.iii provides, as an example, that a lender may use data from a statistical survey, such as the American Community Survey of the United States Census Bureau, to estimate individual or household housing expense in the locality (
Several SERs expressed concern during the SBREFA process that the Bureau's approach to housing expense verification described in the Small Business Review Panel Outline was burdensome and impracticable for many consumers and lenders. Several lender representatives expressed similar concerns during the Bureau's outreach to industry. The Small Business Review Panel Outline referred to lender verification of a consumer's rent or mortgage payment using, for example, receipts, cancelled checks, a copy of a lease, and bank account records. But some SERs and other lender representatives stated many consumers
The Bureau believes that many consumers would have paper or electronic records that they could provide to a lender to establish their housing expense. In addition, as discussed above, information presented to the Bureau during outreach suggests that data aggregator services may be able to electronically and securely obtain and categorize, with a consumer's consent, the consumer's deposit account or other account transaction data to reliably identify housing expenses payments and other categories of expenses.
Nonetheless, the Bureau intends its proposal to be responsive to these concerns by providing lenders with multiple options for obtaining verification evidence for a consumer's housing expense, including by using estimates based on the housing expenses of similarly situated consumers with households in the locality of the consumer seeking a covered loans. The Bureau's proposal also is intended to facilitate automation of the methods of obtaining the verification evidence, making projections of a consumer's housing expense, and calculating the amounts for an ability-to-repay determination, such as residual income.
A related concern raised by some SERs is that a consumer may be the person legally obligated to make a rent or mortgage payment but may receive contributions toward it from other household members, so that the payment the consumer makes, even if the consumer can produce a record of it, is much greater than the consumer's own housing expense. Similarly, a consumer may make payments in cash to another person, who then makes the payment to a landlord or mortgage servicer covering the housing expenses of several residents. During outreach with industry, one lender stated that many of its consumers would find requests for documentation of housing expense to be especially intrusive or offensive, especially consumers with informal arrangements to pay rent for a room in someone else's home.
To address these concerns, the Bureau is proposing the option of estimating a consumer's housing expense based on the individual or apportioned household housing expenses of similarly situated consumers with households in the locality. The Bureau believes the proposed approach would address the concerns raised by SERs and other lenders while also reasonably accounting for the portion of a consumer's net income that is consumed by housing expenses and, therefore, not available for payments under a prospective loan. The Bureau notes that if the method the lender uses to obtain verification evidence of housing expense for a consumer—including the estimated method—indicates a higher housing expense amount than the amount in the consumer's statement under proposed § 1041.9(c)(3)(i), then proposed § 1041.9(c)(1) would generally require a lender to rely on the higher amount indicated by the verification evidence. Accordingly, a lender may prefer use one of the other two methods for obtaining verification evidence, especially if doing so would result in verification evidence indicating a housing expense equal to that in the consumer's written statement of housing expense.
The Bureau recognizes that in some cases the consumer's actual housing expense may be lower than the estimation methodology would suggest but may not be verifiable through documentation. For example, some consumers may live for a period of time rent-free with a friend or relative. However, the Bureau does not believe it is possible to accommodate such situations without permitting lenders to rely solely on the consumer's statement of housing expenses, and for the reasons previously discussed the Bureau believes that doing so would jeopardize the objectives of the proposal. The Bureau notes that the approach it is proposing is consistent with the recommendation of the Small Dollar Roundtable which recommended that the Bureau permit rent to be verified through a “geographic market-specific . . .valid, reliable proxy.”
The Bureau invites comment on whether the proposed methods of obtaining verification evidence for housing expense are appropriate and adequate.
Proposed § 1041.10 would augment the basic ability-to-repay determination required by proposed § 1041.9 in circumstances in which the consumer's recent borrowing history or current difficulty repaying an outstanding loan provides important evidence with respect to the consumer's financial capacity to afford a new covered longer-term loan. In these circumstances, proposed § 1041.10 would require the lender to factor this evidence into the ability-to-repay determination. The Bureau proposes the additional requirements in § 1041.10 for the same basic reason that it proposes § 1041.9: to prevent the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.8, and the consumer injury that results from it. The Bureau believes that these additional requirements may be needed in circumstances in which proposed § 1041.9 alone may not be sufficient to prevent a lender from making a covered longer-term loan that the consumer might not have the ability to repay.
Proposed § 1041.10 would generally impose a presumption of unaffordability on continued lending where evidence suggests that the prior or outstanding loan was not affordable for the consumer, such that the consumer may have particular difficulty repaying a new covered longer-term loan. Specifically, such presumptions would apply when a consumer seeks a covered longer-term loan during the term of a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.5 or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan made under proposed § 1041.9 and for 30 days thereafter, unless payments on the new covered longer-term loan would meet certain conditions, or seeks to take out a covered longer-term loan when there are indicia that an outstanding loan with the same lender or its affiliate is unaffordable for the consumer. Proposed § 1041.10 would also prohibit lenders from making a covered longer-term loan under proposed § 1041.9 during the term of and shortly following a covered short-term loan made by the same lender or its affiliate under proposed § 1041.7.
The Bureau is proposing a presumption of unaffordability in situations in which the fact that the consumer is seeking to take out a new covered longer-term loan during the term of, or in certain circumstances shortly after repaying, a prior loan with similar payments suggests that the new loan, like the prior loan, will exceed the consumer's ability to repay. As
The presumption is based on concerns that, in these narrowly-defined circumstances, the prior loan may have triggered the need for the new loan because it exceeded the consumer's ability to repay, and that, absent an increase in residual income or a substantial decrease in the size of the payments on the loan, the new loan will also be unaffordable for the consumer. As with covered short-term loans, the Bureau is concerned that payments on a covered longer-term loan that exceed a consumer's ability to repay will cause the consumer to experience harms associated with defaulting on the loan or satisfying the loan payment but being unable to then meet other financial obligations and basic living expenses.
The presumption can be overcome, however, in circumstances that suggest that there is sufficient reason to believe that the consumer would, in fact, be able to afford the new loan even though he or she is seeking to reborrow during the term of or shortly after a prior loan. The Bureau recognizes, for example, that there may be situations in which the prior loan would have been affordable but for some unforeseen disruption in income or unforeseen increase in major financial obligations that occurred during the prior expense cycle and is not reasonably expected to recur during the underwriting period under § 1041.9 for the new loan. The Bureau also recognizes that there may be circumstances, albeit less common, in which even though the prior loan proved to be unaffordable, a new loan would be affordable because of a reasonably projected increase in net income or decrease in major financial obligations—for example, if the consumer has obtained a second, steady job that will increase the consumer's residual income going forward or the consumer has moved in the prior 30 days and will have lower housing expenses going forward.
Proposed § 1041.10(b) and (c) would define a set of circumstances in which the Bureau believes that consumer's recent borrowing history makes it unlikely that the consumer can afford a new covered longer-term loan on terms similar to a prior or existing loan.
The Bureau notes that this overall proposed approach is fairly similar to the framework included in the Small Business Review Panel Outline. There, the Bureau included a presumption of inability to repay for a covered longer-term loan if there are circumstances indicating distress and the new loan is made during the term of a prior loan, whether covered or not, from the same lender or its affiliates, or is made during the term of a prior covered loan from any lender. The Bureau considered a “changed circumstances” standard for overcoming the presumption that would have required lenders to obtain and verify evidence of a change in consumer circumstances indicating that the consumer had the ability to repay the new loan according to its terms. The Bureau also, as noted above, included a 60-day reborrowing period in the Small Business Review Panel Outline.
SERs and other stakeholders that offered feedback on the Outline urged the Bureau to provide greater flexibility with regard to using a presumptions framework to address concerns about repeated borrowing despite the contemplated requirement to determine ability to repay. The SERs and other stakeholders also urged the Bureau to provide greater clarity and flexibility in defining the circumstances that would permit a lender to overcome the presumption of unaffordability.
The Small Business Review Panel Report recommended that the Bureau request comment on whether a loan sequence could be defined with reference to a period shorter than the 60 days under consideration during the SBREFA process. The Small Business Review Panel Report further recommended that the Bureau consider additional approaches to regulation, including whether existing State laws and regulations could provide a model for elements of the Bureau's proposed interventions. In this regard, the Bureau notes that some States have cooling-off periods of one to seven days, as well as longer periods that apply after a longer sequence of loans. The Bureau's prior research has examined the effectiveness of these cooling-off periods
The Bureau has made a number of adjustments to the presumptions framework in response to this feedback. For instance, the Bureau is proposing a 30-day reborrowing period rather than a 60-day reborrowing period. The Bureau has also provided greater specificity and flexibility about when a presumption of unaffordability would apply, for example, by proposing certain exceptions to the presumptions of unaffordability. The proposal also would provide somewhat more flexibility about when a presumption of unaffordability could be overcome by permitting lenders to determine that there would be sufficient improvement in financial capacity for the new loan because of a one-time drop in income since obtaining the prior loan (or during the prior 30 days, as applicable). The Bureau has also continued to assess
The Bureau solicits comment on all aspects of the proposed presumptions of unaffordability, and other aspects of proposed § 1041.10, including the circumstances in which the presumptions apply (
As with the additional limitations on making a covered short-term loan under § 1041.5 contained in proposed § 1041.6, the Bureau considered a number of alternative approaches to address reborrowing in circumstances indicating that the consumer was unable to afford the prior loan.
The Bureau considered an alternative approach under which, instead of defining the circumstances in which a formal presumption of unaffordability applies and the determinations that a lender must make when such a presumption applies to a transaction, the Bureau would identify circumstances indicative of a consumer's inability to repay that would be relevant to whether a lender's determination under proposed § 1041.9 is reasonable. This approach would likely involve a number of examples of indicia requiring greater caution in underwriting and examples of countervailing factors that might support the reasonableness of a lender's determination that the consumer could repay a subsequent loan despite the presence of such indicia. This alternative approach would be less prescriptive and thus leave more discretion to lenders to make such a determination. However, it would also provide less certainty as to when a lender's particular ability-to-repay determination is reasonable.
In addition, the Bureau has considered whether there is a way to account for unusual expenses within the presumptions framework without creating an exception that would swallow the rule. In particular, the Bureau considered permitting lenders to overcome the presumptions of unaffordability in the event that the consumer provided evidence that the reason the consumer was struggling to repay the outstanding loan or was seeking to reborrow was due to a recent unusual and non-recurring expense. For example, under such an approach, a lender could overcome the presumption of unaffordability by finding that the reason the consumer was seeking a new covered longer-term loan was as a result of a recent emergency car repair, furnace replacement or an unusual medical expense, so long as the expense is not reasonably likely to recur during the period of the new loan. The Bureau considered including such circumstances as an additional example of a situation in which the consumer's financial capacity going forward could be considered to be significantly better than it was during the prior 30 days (or since obtaining the prior loan) as described with regard to proposed § 1041.10(d) below.
While such an addition could provide more flexibility to lenders and to consumers to overcome the presumptions of unaffordability, an unusual and non-recurring expense test would also present several challenges. To effectuate this test, the Bureau would need to define, in ways that lenders could implement, what would be a qualifying “unusual and non-recurring expense,” a means of assessing whether a new loan was attributable to such an expense rather than to the unaffordability of the prior loan, and standards for how such an unusual and non-recurring expense could be documented (
In light of these competing considerations, the Bureau has chosen to propose the approach of supplementing the proposed § 1041.9 determination with formal presumptions. The Bureau is, however, broadly seeking comment on alternative approaches to addressing the issue of repeat borrowing in a more flexible manner, including the alternatives described above and on any other framework for assessing consumers' borrowing history as part of an overall determination of ability to repay. Specifically, the Bureau also solicits comment on the alternative of defining indicia of unaffordability, as described above. In addition, the Bureau specifically seeks comment on whether to permit lenders to overcome a presumption of unaffordability by finding that the consumer had experienced an unusual and non-recurring expense and, if so, on measures to address the challenges described above.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.8 above, the Bureau believes that it may be an unfair and abusive practice to make a covered longer-term loan without determining that the consumer will have the ability to repay the loan. Accordingly, in order to prevent that unfair and abusive practice, proposed § 1041.9 would require lenders prior to making a covered longer-term loan—other than a loan made under a conditional exemption to the ability-to-repay requirements in § 1041.11 or § 1041.12—to make a reasonable determination that the consumer will have sufficient income, after meeting major financial obligations, to make payments under a prospective covered longer-term loan and to continue meeting basic living expenses. Proposed § 1041.10 would augment the basic ability-to-repay determination required by proposed § 1041.9 in circumstances in which the consumer's recent borrowing history or current difficulty repaying an outstanding loan provides important evidence with respect to the consumer's financial capacity to afford a new covered longer-term loan. The Bureau is proposing § 1041.10 based on the same source of authority that serves as the basis for proposed § 1041.9: the Bureau's authority under section 1031(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act, which
As with proposed § 1041.9, the Bureau proposes the requirements in § 1041.10 to prevent the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.8, and the consumer injury that results from it. The Bureau believes that the additional requirements of proposed § 1041.10 may be needed in circumstances in which proposed § 1041.9 alone may not be sufficient to prevent a lender from making a covered longer-term loan that the consumer might not have the ability to repay. Accordingly, the Bureau believes that the requirements set forth in proposed § 1041.10 bear a reasonable relation to preventing the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.8. In addition, as further discussed in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.10(e), the Bureau proposes that provision pursuant to the Bureau's authority under section 1022(b)(3)(A) of the Dodd-Frank Act to conditionally or unconditionally exempt any class of covered persons, service providers, or consumer financial products or services from the requirements of a rule under Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act if the Bureau determines that doing so is “necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives” of Title X of the Act.
Proposed § 1041.10(a) would set forth the general additional limitations on making a covered longer-term loan under proposed § 1041.9. Proposed § 1041.10(a) would provide that when a consumer is presumed not to have the ability to repay a covered longer-term loan, a lender's determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the loan is not reasonable, unless the lender can overcome the presumption of unaffordability. Proposed § 1041.10(a) would further provide that a lender is prohibited from making a covered longer-term loan to a consumer during the period specified in proposed § 1041.10(e). In order to determine whether the presumptions and prohibition in proposed § 1041.10 apply to a particular transaction, proposed § 1041.10(a)(2) would require a lender to obtain and review information about the consumer's borrowing history from its own records, the records of its affiliates, and a consumer report from an information system currently registered under proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2), if one is available.
The Bureau notes that, as drafted, the proposed presumptions and prohibition in § 1041.10 would apply only to making specific additional covered longer-term loans. The Bureau solicits comment on whether a presumption of unaffordability or other additional limitations on lending also would be appropriate for transactions involving an increase in the credit available under an existing covered loan, making an advance on a line of credit under a covered longer-term loan, or other circumstances that may evidence repeated borrowing. If such limitations would be appropriate, the Bureau requests comment on how they should be tailored in light of relevant considerations.
In this regard, the Bureau further notes that the presumptions of unaffordability depend on the definition of outstanding loan in proposed § 1041.2(a)(15) and therefore would not cover circumstances in which the consumer is more than 180 days delinquent on the prior loan. The Bureau solicits comment on whether additional requirements should apply to the ability-to-repay determination for a covered longer-term loan in these circumstances; for instance, whether to generally prohibit lenders from making a new covered longer-term loan to a consumer for the purposes of satisfying a delinquent obligation on an existing loan with the same lender or its affiliate. In addition, the Bureau solicits comment on whether additional requirements should apply to covered longer-term loans that are lines of credit; for instance, whether a presumption of unaffordability should apply at the time of the ability-to-repay determination required under § 1041.9(b)(1)(ii) for a consumer to obtain an advance under a line of credit more than 180 days after the date of a prior ability-to-repay determination.
The Bureau also solicits comment on the proposed standard in § 1041.10(a) and on any alternative approaches to the relationship between proposed § 1041.9 and proposed § 1041.10 that would prevent consumer harm while reducing the burden on lenders. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether the formal presumption and prohibition approach in § 1041.10 is an appropriate supplement to the § 1041.9 determination.
Proposed § 1041.10(a)(1) would provide that if a presumption of unaffordability applies, a lender's determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay a covered longer-term loan is not reasonable unless the lender makes the additional determination set forth in proposed § 1041.10(d), and discussed in detail below, and the requirements set forth in proposed § 1041.9 are satisfied. Under proposed § 1041.10(d), a lender can make a covered longer-term loan notwithstanding the presumption of unaffordability if the lender reasonably determines, based on reliable evidence, that there will be sufficient improvement in the consumer's financial capacity such that the consumer will have the ability to repay the new loan according to its terms despite the unaffordability of the prior loan. Proposed § 1041.10(a)(1) would further provide that a lender must not make a covered longer-term loan under proposed § 1041.9 to a consumer during the period specified in proposed § 1041.10(e).
Proposed comment 10(a)(1)-1 clarifies that the presumptions and prohibition would apply to making a covered longer-term loan and, if applicable, are triggered at the time of consummation of the new covered longer-term loan. Proposed comment 10(a)(1)-2 clarifies that the presumptions and prohibitions would apply to rollovers of a covered short-term loan into a covered longer-term loan (or what is termed a “renewal” in some States), to the extent that such transactions are permitted under State law. Proposed comment 10(a)(1)-3 clarifies that a lender's determination that a consumer will have the ability to repay a covered long-term loan is not reasonable within the meaning of proposed § 1041.9 if under proposed § 1041.10 the consumer is presumed to not have the ability to repay the loan and that presumption of unaffordability has not been overcome in the manner set forth in proposed § 1041.10(d). Accordingly, if proposed § 1041.10 prohibits a lender from making a covered longer-term loan, then
Proposed § 1041.10(a)(2) would require a lender to obtain and review information about a consumer's borrowing history from the records of the lender and its affiliates, and from a consumer report obtained from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2), if available, and to use this information to determine a potential loan's compliance with the requirements of proposed § 1041.10. Proposed comment 10(a)(2)-1 clarifies that a lender satisfies its obligation under § 1041.10(a)(2) to obtain a consumer report obtained from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2), if available, when it complies with the requirement in § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii)(B) to obtain this same consumer report. Proposed comment 10(a)(2)-2 clarifies that if no information systems currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2) are currently available, the lender is nonetheless required to obtain information about a consumer's borrowing history from the records of the lender and its affiliates.
Based on outreach to lenders, including feedback from SERs, the Bureau believes that lenders already generally review their own records for information about a consumer's history with the lender prior to making a new loan to the consumer. The Bureau understands that some lenders in the market for covered longer-term loans also pull a consumer report from a specialty consumer reporting agency as part of standardized application screening, though practices in this regard vary widely across the market.
As detailed below in the section-by-section analysis of proposed §§ 1041.16 and 1041.17, the Bureau believes that information regarding the consumer's borrowing history is important to facilitate reliable ability-to-repay determinations. If the consumer already has a relationship with a lender or its affiliates, the lender can obtain some historical information regarding borrowing history from its own records. However, without obtaining a report from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2), the lender will not know if its existing customers or new customers have obtained a prior covered short-term loan or a prior covered longer-term balloon-payment loan from other lenders, as such information generally is not available in national consumer reports. Accordingly, the Bureau is proposing in § 1041.10(a)(2) to require lenders to obtain a report from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2), if one is available.
The section-by-section analysis of proposed §§ 1041.16 and 1041.17, and part VI below explain the Bureau's attempts to minimize burden in connection with furnishing information to and obtaining a consumer report from an information system currently registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2). Specifically, the Bureau estimates that each report would cost approximately $0.50. Consistent with the recommendations of the Small Business Review Panel Report, the Bureau requests comment on the cost to small entities of obtaining information about consumer borrowing history and on potential ways to further reduce the operational burden of obtaining this information.
Proposed § 1041.10(b)(1) would provide that a consumer is presumed not to have the ability to repay a covered longer-term loan under proposed § 1041.9 during the time period in which the consumer has a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.5 or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan made under § 1041.9 outstanding and for 30 days thereafter. As described further below, under an exception contained in proposed § 1041.10(b)(2), the presumption would not apply where the loan payments meet certain conditions.
Proposed comment 10(b)(1)-1 clarifies that a lender cannot make a covered longer-term loan under § 1041.9 during the time period in which the consumer has a covered short-term loan made under § 1041.5 or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan made under proposed § 1041.9 outstanding and for 30 days thereafter unless either the exception to the presumption applies or the lender can overcome the presumption under proposed § 1041.10(d). The proposed comment also clarifies that the presumption would not apply if the loan is subject to the prohibition in proposed § 1041.10(c).
Where the presumption in proposed § 1041.10(b)(1) applies, it would not be reasonable for a lender to determine that the consumer will have the ability to repay the new covered longer-term loan without determining under proposed § 1041.10(d) that the presumption of unaffordability had been overcome. Such a determination under proposed § 1041.10(d) would require the lender to determine, based on reliable evidence, that the consumer will have sufficient improvement in financial capacity such that the consumer will have the ability to repay the new loan according to its terms despite the unaffordability of the prior loan.
The presumption in proposed § 1041.10(b) uses the same 30-day period used in proposed § 1041.6 to define when there is sufficient risk that the need for the new loan was triggered by the unaffordability of the prior loan. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1041.6(b), the Bureau believes that when a consumer seeks to take out a new covered short-term loan during the term of or within 30 days of a prior covered short-term loan, there is substantial reason for concern that the need to reborrow is being triggered by the unaffordability of the prior loan. The same is true if the new loan the consumer seeks is a covered longer-term loan with a similarly-sized payment obligation. Accordingly, proposed § 1041.10(b) applies a similar presumption to a reborrowing involving a covered longer-term loan as applies under proposed § 1041.6(b) to a reborrowing involving a covered short-term loan.
Similarly, covered longer-term balloon-payment loans, by definition, require a large portion of the loan to be paid at one time. As discussed in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, the Bureau's research suggests that the fact that a consumer seeks to take out another covered longer-term balloon-payment loan shortly after having a previous covered longer-term balloon-payment loan outstanding will frequently indicate that the consumer did not have the ability to repay the prior loan and meet the consumer's other major financial obligations and basic living expenses. The Bureau found that the approach of the balloon payment coming due is associated with
Given these considerations, to prevent the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.8, proposed § 1041.10(b) would create a presumption of unaffordability for a covered longer-term loan during the time period in which the consumer has a covered short-term loan made under § 1041.5 or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan made under § 1041.9 outstanding and for 30 days thereafter. As a result of this presumption, it would not be reasonable for a lender to determine that the consumer will have the ability to repay the new covered longer-term loan without taking into account the fact that the consumer did need to reborrow after obtaining a prior loan and making a reasonable determination that the consumer will be able to repay the new covered longer-term loan without reborrowing. Proposed § 1041.10(d), discussed below, defines the elements for such a determination.
The Bureau solicits comment on the appropriateness of the proposed presumption to prevent the unfair and abusive practice and on any alternatives that would adequately prevent consumer harm while reducing the burden on lenders. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on other methods of supplementing the basic ability-to-repay determination required for a covered longer-term loan shortly following a covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan.
The Bureau also solicits comment on whether there are other circumstances of borrowing on covered longer-term loans in close proximity to covered short-term loans or covered longer-term balloon-payment loans that would also warrant a presumption of unaffordability. In this regard, the Bureau notes that it is not proposing a mandatory cooling-off period applicable to covered longer-term loans, as proposed for covered short-term loans in proposed § 1041.6(f). However, some consumer groups have advocated for applying a presumption of unaffordability based on the intensity of a consumer's use of covered loans during a defined period of time; the Bureau solicits comment on the appropriateness of such an approach.
Proposed § 1041.10(b)(2) would provide an exception to the presumption in § 1041.10(b)(1) if every payment on the new covered longer-term loan would be substantially smaller than the largest required payment on the prior covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan. Proposed comment 10(b)(2-1 clarifies which payment on the prior loan is the largest payment and clarifies that the specific timing of payments on the prior loan and the new covered longer-term loan would not affect whether the exception in § 1041.10(b)(2) applies. Proposed comment 10(b)(1)-2 provides illustrative examples.
The Bureau believes that if payment of the largest required payment on the prior loan proved unaffordable, this unaffordability provides a strong basis for a presumption of unaffordability for a new covered longer-term loan with payments of a similar size. However, if every payment on the new covered longer-term loan would be substantially smaller than that highest payment on the prior loan, then the Bureau believes that there is not an adequate basis for such a presumption of unaffordability. In these circumstances, the Bureau believes that the basic ability-to-repay determination required by § 1041.9 would be sufficient to prevent the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.8.
The Bureau solicits comment on the appropriateness of the proposed exception to the presumption of unaffordability and on any other circumstances that would also warrant an exception to the presumption. The Bureau further seeks comment on whether a general “substantially smaller” standard is appropriate to prevent the unfair and abusive practice; whether a specific percentage reduction would be more appropriate; and, if so, what specific threshold or methodology should be used and why that number or formula appropriately differentiates substantially smaller payments. The Bureau particularly seeks comment on what type of reduction in balloon payments would be sufficient to warrant excepting the new loan from the presumption of unaffordability, and whether carrying over the threshold for the exception in proposed § 1041.6(b)(2)(i) for covered short-term loans would be appropriate in this context. That exception would generally apply when the amount that the consumer would owe on a new covered short-term loan would not be more than 50 percent of the amount paid on the prior covered short-term loan (or, if the transaction is a rollover, would not be more than the amount that the consumer paid on the prior covered short-term loan being rolled over).
Proposed § 1041.10(c) would create a presumption of unaffordability applicable to new covered longer-term loans when the consumer has a loan outstanding that was made or is being serviced by that same lender or its affiliate, other than a covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan that would trigger the presumption in proposed § 1041.10(b) or the prohibition in proposed § 1041.10(e), and there are indicia that the consumer cannot afford the outstanding loan. Proposed § 1041.10(c)(2) would provide an exception to the presumption when every payment on the new covered longer-term loan would be substantially smaller than every payment on the outstanding loan or the new covered longer-term loan would result in a substantial reduction in the total cost of credit for the consumer relative to the outstanding loan.
The ability-to-repay determination under proposed § 1041.9 would require that a lender appropriately account for information known by the lender that indicates that the consumer may not have the ability to repay a covered longer-term loan according to its terms. Proposed § 1041.10(c) would supplement and strengthen that requirement in specific circumstances indicating that the current outstanding loan may not be affordable for the consumer and that, therefore, the new
The Bureau has found that, for the lenders whose data was available to the Bureau, there is a very high level of refinancing, that consumers generally are taking substantial cash out at the time of refinancing, and that repayment patterns of consumers who refinanced a longer-term installment loan are generally identical to repayment patterns of consumers who ultimately repaid their loans in full.
The Bureau believes that this evidence can be viewed in one of two ways. On the one hand, the fact that in most situations consumers who are refinancing these loans have been able to make the required payments when due could be understood to suggest that they are not refinancing a loan because of difficulty satisfying obligations on the existing loan. On the other hand, the fact that after making a certain number of such payments consumers need to borrow more money could be seen as evidence that these consumers cannot afford the cumulative effect of the repayments and that the repayments are causing the need to reborrow. Because the evidence is ambiguous, the Bureau is not proposing to impose a general presumption of unaffordability for covered longer-term loans taken out during the term of or within 30 days following a previous covered longer-term loan, except with regard to covered longer-term balloon-payment loans, as proposed in § 1041.10(b) and discussed above.
However, the Bureau remains concerned that in some circumstances a refinancing or taking out a new loan during the term of an outstanding loan does evidence or could mask a problem a consumer is experiencing in repaying a loan and that in these cases a new covered longer-term loan may pose heightened risk to consumers. In particular, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate to apply heightened review to a consumer's ability to repay a new loan where the circumstances suggest that the consumer is struggling to repay an outstanding loan. The Bureau believes that the analysis required by proposed § 1041.10(c) may provide greater protection to consumers and certainty to lenders than simply requiring that such transactions be analyzed under proposed § 1041.9 alone. Proposed § 1041.9 would require generally that the lender make a reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the contemplated covered longer-term loan, taking into account existing major financial obligations that would include the outstanding loan from the same lender or its affiliate. However, the presumption in proposed § 1041.10(c) would provide a more detailed roadmap as to when a new covered longer-term loan would not meet the reasonable determination test.
The Bureau also has concerns about potential risks with regard to refinancing by consumers who appear to be using covered longer-term loans like a line of credit over time, but such concerns are not the focus of this rulemaking. Specifically, for consumers who appear to be refinancing in order to use a covered longer-term loan like a line of credit over time, the Bureau is worried that other harms could result if lenders use aggressive marketing tactics. The Bureau understands that some lenders use aggressive marketing tactics to encourage consumers to refinance their loans and structure their loans such that a refinancing generates additional revenue for the lender, beyond the incremental finance charges, as a result of, for example, prepayment penalties, new origination fees, or new fees to purchase ancillary products associated with the refinancing. The Bureau is concerned that some of these practices may be unfair, deceptive, or abusive. However, such practices fall outside of the scope of the current rulemaking. If, however, the Bureau finds evidence of unlawful acts or practices through its supervisory or enforcement work, the Bureau will not hesitate to take appropriate action. Also, the Accompanying RFI seeks further information from the public about these practices and the Bureau also will continue to consider whether there is a need for additional rulemaking in this area.
For the purposes of this proposal, the Bureau is focused on certain lender practices regarding refinancing where the circumstances suggest that the consumers are having difficulty repaying the outstanding loan. Such practices are at the core of the Bureau's concern about making a covered longer-term loan to a consumer without determining that the consumer will be able to repay the loan according to its terms. Accordingly, the Bureau proposes to supplement the basic ability-to-repay determination in certain circumstances where the conditions of a consumer's existing indebtedness with the same lender or its affiliate indicate that the consumer may lack the ability to repay a new covered longer-term loan.
Proposed § 1041.10(c)(1) would require a lender to presume that a consumer does not have the ability to repay a covered longer-term loan if, at the time of the lender's determination under § 1041.9, the consumer has a loan outstanding that was made or is being serviced by the same lender or its affiliate and the consumer indicates or the circumstances suggest that the consumer may be experiencing difficulty repaying the outstanding loan. The proposed presumption would apply regardless of whether the outstanding loan is a covered loan, other than when proposed § 1041.10(b), (c), or (e) apply, or a non-covered loan.
Proposed § 1041.10(c)(1) would apply both to circumstances in which the consumer applies for a new loan from the same lender that made the outstanding loan (or its affiliate) and in which the consumer applies for a new loan from the company that now services the outstanding loan (or its affiliate), even if that company is not the original lender. The Bureau believes that it is appropriate to apply the proposed provision in the servicing scenario because the servicer and its affiliates would be in a particularly good position to determine if any of the four triggering circumstances in proposed § 1041.10(c)(1)(i) through (iv) is present as a result of its current relationship with the consumer, even if that company did not originate the outstanding loan.
Proposed comment 10(c)(1)-1 clarifies that if any of the circumstances in § 1041.10(c)(1) are present such that the consumer would be presumed to not have the ability to repay a contemplated covered longer-term loan under § 1041.9, then the lender cannot make that loan unless one of the exceptions to the presumption applies or the lender can overcome the presumption in the manner set forth in proposed § 1041.10(d). Proposed comment 10(c)(1)-2 clarifies that the presumption would not apply if the consumer's only outstanding loans are with other, unaffiliated lenders. Proposed comment 10(c)(1)-2 further clarifies that if § 1041.10(b), (c), or (e) applies to the transaction, then § 1041.10(c) would not apply.
Proposed § 1041.10(c)(1) would mean that in circumstances where there is an indication that an outstanding covered loan or non-covered loan that was made or is being serviced by the same lender or its affiliate is unaffordable, and neither of the exceptions in
In the Small Business Review Panel Outline, the Bureau included a presumption of inability to repay for certain refinances of existing loans, whether covered or not covered, from the same lender or its affiliates into covered longer-term loans. The Bureau also considered applying the presumption to any transaction in which the new loan would be a covered longer-term loan and the debt being refinanced was a covered loan from any lender. The Bureau understands, though, that lenders may have difficulty obtaining information about whether a consumer has indicated or the circumstances suggest an inability to repay a covered loan made or being serviced by a different and unaffiliated lender, rendering such a presumption particularly burdensome in those circumstances. Accordingly, the Bureau is not proposing such a presumption.
The Bureau solicits comment on the appropriateness of the proposed presumption to prevent the unfair and abusive practice, on each of the particular circumstances indicating unaffordability, discussed below, and on any alternatives that would adequately prevent consumer harm while reducing the burden on lenders. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether the specified conditions sufficiently capture circumstances in which consumers manifest distress in repaying a loan and on whether there are additional circumstances in which it may be appropriate to trigger the presumption of unaffordability.
In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether a pattern of refinancing that significantly extends the initial term of the loan warrants application of a presumption of unaffordability and, if so, at what point that presumption would be warranted; whether refinancing early in the repayment schedule of the loan would evidence unaffordability of the outstanding loan and, if so, up until what point in the life of the loan; and whether other performance indicators should be included in the circumstances triggering application of a presumption of unaffordability. In this regard, the Bureau specifically notes that some consumer groups have encouraged the Bureau to impose a presumption of unaffordability when a lender refinances an outstanding loan on which the consumer has repaid less than 75 percent of the loan; the Bureau seeks comment on the advisability of such an approach. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether to include a specific presumption of unaffordability in the event that the lender or its affiliate has recently contacted the consumer for collections purposes, received a returned check or payment attempt, or has an indication that the consumer's account lacks funds prior to making an attempt to collect payment. The Bureau further solicits comment on whether there are circumstances in which a loan ceases to be an outstanding loan within the meaning of § 1041.2(a)(15) because the consumer is more than 180 days delinquent on the loan that would nonetheless warrant applying a presumption of unaffordability.
The Bureau further seeks comment on the timing elements of the proposed indications of unaffordability and on whether alternative timing conditions, such as considering whether the consumer has been delinquent on a payment or otherwise expressed an inability to make one or more payments within the prior 60 days, would better prevent consumer harm. In this regard, the Bureau also solicits comment on whether seven days is the appropriate amount of time for a buffer period before a delinquency would prompt a presumption of unaffordability for a new covered longer-term loan and whether a shorter or longer period of time would be appropriate.
Proposed § 1041.10(c)(1)(i) would make the presumption in § 1041.10(c)(1) applicable if a consumer is or has been delinquent by more than seven days on a scheduled payment on an outstanding loan within the past 30 days. Proposed comment 10(c)(1)(i)-1 clarifies that older delinquencies that have been cured would not trigger the presumption.
Recent delinquency indicates that a consumer is having difficulty repaying an outstanding loan. Through analysis of confidential information gathered in the course of its statutory functions, the Bureau has observed that for covered longer-term loans that are ultimately repaid rather than ending in default, the vast majority do not fall more than seven days delinquent. Accordingly, the Bureau believes that a delinquency of more than seven days indicates unaffordability of the scheduled payment and that permitting a buffer of seven days after a payment due date would avoid triggering the presumption in situations where the consumer is late in making a payment for reasons unrelated to difficulty repaying the loan.
The Bureau proposes to impose the presumption of unaffordability in proposed § 1041.10(c)(1) only if the indication of unaffordability on the part of the consumer occurred within the 30 days prior to the lender's determination under proposed § 1041.9 for the new covered longer-term loan. The Bureau believes that recent indications of unaffordability are most relevant in assessing the consumer's ability to repay. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1041.9(c)(3) above, the Bureau believes that the monthly income and expense cycle is the appropriate measure for a determination of whether a consumer will have the ability to repay a covered longer-term loan. Similarly, the Bureau believes that consideration of the consumer's borrowing history on an outstanding loan with the same lender or an affiliate within the past 30 days would appropriately identify current unaffordability of an existing obligation.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether using a seven-day delinquency metric and a 30-day lookback period is sufficient to identify consumers experiencing distress in repaying a loan or whether some other shorter or longer metric or lookback period would be more appropriate.
Proposed § 1041.10(c)(1)(ii) would make the presumption in § 1041.10(c)(1) applicable if the consumer expressed within the past 30 days an inability to make one or more payments on the outstanding loan. Proposed comment 10(c)(1)(ii)-1 clarifies that older consumer expressions would not trigger the presumption and provides illustrative examples. The Bureau believes that if a consumer informs a lender or its representative that the consumer is having difficulty making a payment, such information must be considered by the lender in determining whether the consumer will have the ability to repay a new covered longer-term loan.
As with delinquencies, the Bureau proposes to impose this presumption of unaffordability only if the expression on the part of the consumer occurred within the 30 days prior to the lender's determination under proposed § 1041.9 for the new covered longer-term loan because, as described above, the Bureau believes that an older expression from a consumer does not necessarily indicate whether the consumer would currently
The Bureau solicits comment on whether 30 days is an appropriate period of time for triggering this presumption of unaffordability and, if not, what time period should be used.
Proposed § 1041.10(c)(1)(iii) would make the presumption in § 1041.10(c)(1) applicable if the new covered longer-term loan would have the effect of the consumer being able to skip a payment on the outstanding loan that would otherwise fall due. Proposed comment 10(c)(1)(iii)-1 provides an illustrative example. Generally, both consumers and lenders have an incentive to make and receive regularly scheduled payments on loans. A transaction that would have the effect of permitting a consumer to skip a payment—without another benefit to the consumer in the form of substantially smaller payments or a substantial reduction in the total cost of credit, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.10(c)(2) below—and that would deprive the lender of the receipt of funds that would otherwise be due may indicate a distressed refinance of the outstanding loan. The Bureau believes that refinancing in this manner may indicate that a consumer does not have the ability to repay a new covered longer-term loan.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether the skipped payment metric is an appropriate condition for application of the presumption; if so, whether 30 days is an appropriate period of time for triggering this presumption of unaffordability and, if not, what time period should be used.
Proposed § 1041.10(c)(1)(iv) would make the presumption in § 1041.10(c)(1) applicable if the new covered longer-term loan would result in the consumer receiving no disbursement of loan proceeds or a disbursement of loan proceeds that is an amount not substantially more than the amount of payment or payments that would be due under the outstanding loan within 30 days of consummation of the new loan. Proposed comment 10(c)(1)(iv)-1 provides illustrative examples.
A transaction that would result in a consumer receiving only enough cash to satisfy the forthcoming payment or payments due to the lender or its affiliate within 30 days, the length of a typical income and expense cycle, may indicate that the consumer is having difficulty making payments on the outstanding loan and is seeking the new covered longer-term loan in order to obtain cash to make those payments. The Bureau's analysis of confidential data gathered in the course of its statutory functions indicates that the circumstance in proposed § 1041.10(c)(1)(iv) would likely occur rarely because most consumers in the loan sample analyzed by the Bureau took out substantial cash when refinancing a longer-term installment loan.
While the Bureau is concerned that this condition could prompt some lenders to encourage consumers to take out loans in amounts larger than the consumer may actually need, the Bureau believes the circumstance may indicate that the outstanding loan is unaffordable and so the harm of not imposing a presumption of unaffordability for a new covered longer-term loan in this circumstance would outweigh the potential harm of larger loans. Additionally, the Bureau notes that the lender would still need to satisfy the requirements of proposed § 1041.9 for the new covered longer-term loan and, therefore, any loan amount would be permissible only if the lender makes a reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the new covered longer-term loan.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether a consumer who would receive a disbursement of loan proceeds to cover more than one month's worth of payments should also be presumed not to have the ability to repay the new loan and, if so, at what point to draw the line in determining the applicability of the presumption.
Proposed § 1041.10(c)(2) would provide an exception to the presumption of unaffordability in § 1041.10(c)(1) in the event that the new covered longer-term loan would meet certain conditions. As described below, the Bureau believes that if the new covered longer-term loan would reduce the consumer's costs in certain ways, the rationale for the presumption does not apply.
The Bureau solicits comment on the appropriateness of the proposed exception and on any alternatives or additions that would adequately protect consumers while reducing burden on lenders.
Proposed § 1041.10(c)(2)(i) would provide an exception from the proposed presumption of unaffordability if every payment on the new covered longer-term loan would be substantially smaller than every payment on the outstanding loan. Proposed comment 10(c)(2)(i)-1 provides illustrative examples.
The Bureau believes that if payments of a certain amount proved unaffordable for a given consumer, this unaffordability provides a strong basis for a presumption of unaffordability for a new covered longer-term loan with payments of a similar size. However, if every payment on the new covered longer-term loan would be substantially smaller than every payment on the outstanding loan, then the Bureau believes that there is not an adequate basis for such a presumption of unaffordability. In these circumstances, the Bureau believes that the basic ability-to-repay determination required by § 1041.9 would be sufficient to prevent the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.8.
While the Bureau is concerned that this exception could prompt some lenders to extend loans with substantially smaller payments but a substantially longer duration, which could impose higher costs on the consumer over repayment of the loan, the Bureau believes that the benefits of this exception outweigh this potential source of consumer harm. Additionally, the Bureau notes that the lender would still need to satisfy the requirements of proposed § 1041.9 for the new covered longer-term loan and, therefore, any loan amount would be permissible only if the lender makes a reasonable determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the loan, including accounting for volatility in income over time.
The Bureau solicits comment on the appropriateness of providing an exception to the proposed presumption in this circumstance. The Bureau also solicits comment on the proposed standard for substantially smaller payments and on alternatives—such as a specific percentage decrease in the size of payments relative to payments on the outstanding loan—that would adequately protect consumers while reducing burden on lenders. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on available sources of information that would provide the basis for such a standard. In addition, the Bureau particularly seeks comment on whether carrying over the threshold for the exception in proposed § 1041.6(b)(2)(i) for covered short-term loans would be appropriate in this context. That exception would generally apply when the amount that the consumer would owe on the new covered short-term loan would not be more than 50 percent of the amount paid on the prior covered
Proposed § 1041.10(c)(2)(ii) would create an exception from the proposed presumption of unaffordability if the new covered longer-term loan would result in a substantial reduction in the total cost of credit for the consumer relative to the outstanding loan. Proposed comment § 1041.10(c)(2)(ii)-1 clarifies that the relative total costs of credit reflects the definition contained in proposed § 1041.2(a)(18) and provides illustrative examples.
The Bureau believes that providing an exception from the presumption of unaffordability for loans that would yield a substantial reduction in the total cost of credit may be appropriate to enable lenders to refinance consumers into relatively lower-cost loans. The effect of the proposed exception would be only to relieve the burden of the presumption of unaffordability when the refinance would result in a benefit to the consumer in the form of a substantially lower total cost of credit: The new covered longer-term loan would still need to satisfy the basic ability-to-repay requirements of proposed § 1041.9.
The Bureau solicits comment on the appropriateness of providing an exception to the proposed presumption in this circumstance. The Bureau also solicits comment on the proposed standard for substantial reduction in the total cost of credit and on alternatives—such as a specific percentage decrease in the total cost of credit relative to the cost of the outstanding loan—that would adequately protect consumers while reducing burden on lenders.
Proposed § 1041.10(d) would set forth the elements required for a lender to overcome the presumptions of unaffordability in proposed § 1041.10(b) and (c). Proposed § 1041.10(d) would provide that a lender can overcome the presumption of unaffordability only if the lender reasonably determines, based on reliable evidence, that the consumer will have sufficient improvement in financial capacity such that the consumer will have the ability to repay the new loan according to its terms despite the unaffordability of the prior loan. Proposed § 1041.10(d) would require lenders to measure sufficient improvement in financial capacity by comparing the consumer's financial capacity during the period for which the lender is required to make an ability-to-repay determination for the new loan pursuant to § 1041.9(b)(2) to the consumer's financial capacity since obtaining the prior loan or, if the prior loan was not a covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan, during the 30 days prior to the lender's determination.
The Bureau proposes several comments to clarify the requirements for a lender to overcome a presumption of unaffordability. Proposed comment 10(d)-1 clarifies that proposed § 1041.10(d) would permit the lender to overcome the presumption in limited circumstances evidencing an improvement in the consumer's financial capacity for the new loan relative to the consumer's financial capacity since obtaining the prior loan or, in some circumstances, during the prior 30 days. Proposed comments 10(d)-2 and comment 10(d)-3 provide illustrative examples of these circumstances. Proposed comment 10(d)-2 clarifies that a lender may overcome a presumption of unaffordability where there is reliable evidence that the need to reborrow is prompted by a decline in income during the prior 30 days that is not reasonably expected to recur for the period during which the lender is making an ability-to-repay determination for the new covered longer-term loan. Proposed comment 10(d)-3 clarifies that a lender may overcome a presumption of unaffordability where there is reliable evidence that the consumer's financial capacity will be sufficiently improved relative to the prior 30 days because of a projected increase in net income or a decrease in major financial obligations for the period during which the lender is making an ability-to-repay determination for the new covered longer-term loan. Proposed comment 10(d)-4 clarifies that reliable evidence consists of verification evidence regarding the consumer's net income and major financial obligations sufficient to make the comparison required under § 1041.10(d). Proposed comment 10(d)-4 further clarifies that a self-certification by the consumer does not constitute reliable evidence unless the lender verifies the facts certified by the consumer through other reliable means.
With respect to proposed comment 10(d)-2, the Bureau believes that if the reborrowing is prompted by a decline in income since obtaining the prior loan (or during the prior 30 days, as applicable) that is not reasonably expected to recur during the period for which the lender is underwriting the new covered longer-term, the unaffordability of the prior loan, including difficulty repaying an outstanding loan, may not be probative as to the consumer's ability to repay a new covered short-term loan. Similarly, with respect to proposed comment 10(d)-3, the Bureau believes that permitting a lender to overcome the presumption of unaffordability in these circumstances would be appropriate because an increase in the consumer's expected income or decrease in the consumer's expected payments on major financial obligations relative to the prior 30 days may materially impact the consumer's financial capacity such that a prior unaffordable loan, including difficulty repaying an outstanding loan, may not be probative as to the consumer's ability to repay a new covered longer-term loan. Similarly, the Bureau believes that if the reborrowing is prompted by a decline in income during the prior 30 days that is not reasonably expected to recur during the period for which the lender is underwriting the new covered longer-term loan, the unaffordability of the prior loan, including difficulty repaying an outstanding loan, may not be probative as to the consumer's ability to repay a new covered longer-term loan.
As discussed above, the presumptions in proposed § 1041.10 supplement the basic ability-to-repay requirements in proposed § 1041.9 in certain circumstances where a consumer's recent borrowing indicates that a consumer would not have the ability to repay a new covered longer-term loan. Accordingly, the procedure in proposed § 1041.10(d) for overcoming the presumption of unaffordability would address only the presumption; lenders would still need to determine ability to repay in accordance with proposed § 1041.9 before making the new covered longer-term loan.
The Bureau's proposal would permit lenders to overcome the presumption of unaffordability for multiple successive refinancings. However, the Bureau notes that, as discussed with regard to proposed § 1041.6(e), certain patterns of reborrowing may indicate that the repeated determinations that the presumption of unaffordability was overcome were not consistent with proposed § 1041.10(d) and that the ability-to-repay determination for such loans were not reasonable under proposed § 1041.9.
The Bureau recognizes that the standard in proposed § 1041.10(d) would permit a lender to overcome a presumption of unaffordability only in a narrow set of circumstances that are reflected in certain aspects of a
The Bureau solicits comment on all aspects of the proposed standard for overcoming the presumptions of unaffordability. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on the circumstances that would permit a lender to overcome a presumption of unaffordability; on whether other or additional circumstances should be included in the standard and, if so, how to define such circumstances. In addition, the Bureau solicits comment on the appropriate time period for comparison of the consumer's financial capacity between the prior and prospective loans, and, in particular, the different requirements for prior loans of different types. The Bureau solicits comment on the types of information that lenders would be permitted to use as reliable evidence to make the determination in proposed § 1041.10(d).
The Bureau also solicits comment on any alternatives that would adequately prevent consumer injury while reducing the burden on lenders, including any additional circumstances that should be deemed sufficient to overcome a presumption of unaffordability. The Bureau also solicits comment on how to address unexpected and non-recurring increases in expenses, such as major vehicle repairs or emergency appliance replacements, including on the alternative discussed above with regard to alternatives considered for proposed § 1041.10.
Proposed § 1041.10(e) would prohibit a lender or its affiliate from making a covered longer-term loan under proposed § 1041.9 to a consumer during the time period in which a loan made by the lender or its affiliate under § 1041.7 is outstanding and for 30 days thereafter.
For purposes of proposed § 1041.10(e) and its accompanying commentary, the Bureau is relying on authority under section 1022(b)(3)(A) of the Dodd-Frank Act to grant conditional exemptions in certain circumstances from rules issued by the Bureau under the Bureau's Dodd-Frank Act legal authorities. As discussed at part IV, Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(A) authorizes the Bureau to, by rule, “conditionally or unconditionally exempt any class of . . . consumer financial products or services” from any provision of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or from any rule issued under Title X as the Bureau determines “necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives” of Title X. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.7, the Bureau believes that the proposed conditional exemption for covered short-term loans is appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank.
To effectuate the important conditions of the exemption in proposed § 1041.7, the Bureau is proposing the prohibition contained in § 1041.10(e). A covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.7 is not subject to the ability-to-repay requirements in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6. As a result, for some consumers, a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.7 would be unaffordable and leave them in a vulnerable financial position. Under these circumstances, the principal reduction requirements under proposed § 1041.7(b)(1) and the three loan limit on a sequence of loans made under § 1041.7 would allow consumers to repay the principal gradually over a three-loan sequence. This proposed protection could be circumvented if, in lieu of making a loan subject to such principal reduction, a lender were free to make a high-cost covered longer-term loan under proposed § 1041.9 during the 30 days following repayment of the first loan—or second loan—in a sequence of covered short-term loans made under § 1041.7 or while such first or second loan in the sequence was outstanding.
Furthermore, the Bureau believes that the prohibition in proposed § 1041.10(e) would prevent lenders from using a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.7 to induce consumers into taking a covered longer-term loan made under proposed § 1041.9. As noted above, many consumers would not be able to afford to repay the full amount of a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.7 when the loan comes due. For that reason, proposed § 1041.7 would permit the lender to make two additional loans with a one-third principal reduction for each subsequent loan so that the consumer effectively can repay the initial loan amount in installments. In the absence of the proposed requirement, as a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.7 comes due, the lender could leverage the consumer's financial vulnerability and need for funds to make a covered longer-term loan that the consumer otherwise would not have taken. For a lender, this business model would generate more revenue than a business model in which the lender adhered to the proposed path for a sequence of loans made under proposed § 1041.7 and would also reduce the upfront costs of customer acquisition on covered longer-term loans. Lenders who desire to make covered longer-term loans under proposed § 1041.9 ordinarily would have to take steps to acquire customers willing to take those loans and to disclose the terms of those loans upfront. For the consumer, what is ostensibly a short-term loan may, contrary to the consumer's original expectations, result in long-term debt.
The Bureau recognizes that proposed § 1041.10(e) would prohibit a lender or its affiliate from making a covered longer-term loan that otherwise could be made assuming that the applicable requirements of proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10 were satisfied. The Bureau views this proposed requirement as a reasonable restriction to prevent lenders from using the framework provided in proposed § 1041.7 to induce consumers to borrow covered longer-term loans under proposed § 1041.9.
The Bureau notes that, unlike the prohibition in proposed § 1041.6(g) applicable to covered short-term loans, the prohibition in proposed § 1041.10(e) would apply only to loans made by the same lender or its affiliate, not to loans made by unaffiliated lenders. A consumer who chooses to transition from a covered short-term loan made under proposed § 1041.7 to a covered longer-term loan made under proposed § 1041.9 could do so by seeking out this type of loan from a different (unaffiliated) lender, or by waiting 30 days after repayment of the prior covered short-term loan made under § 1041.7.
In addition, the lending restrictions under proposed § 1041.10(e) would not encompass covered longer-term loans made under proposed §§ 1041.11 and 1041.12. With respect to the types of loans subject to the requirements under proposed § 1041.10(e), the Bureau is drawing a distinction between covered longer-term loans made under proposed §§ 1041.11 and 1041.12 and covered longer-term loans made under proposed § 1041.9 for two principal reasons. First, the Bureau does not believe that the same incentives would be present for lenders to use covered short-term loans made under proposed § 1041.7 to induce consumers to take out covered longer-term loans under proposed §§ 1041.11 and 1041.12. Covered longer-term loans under proposed §§ 1041.11 and 1041.12 would be subject to various requirements related to duration, cost, and other loan terms, as well as important backend protections. The Bureau believes these requirements in proposed §§ 1041.11 and 1041.12 would make offering a covered short-term loan under proposed § 1041.7 to induce consumers to take out a covered longer-term loan under proposed §§ 1041.11 and 1041.12 an unattractive business model for lenders. Second, even if the Bureau were concerned that such incentives exist, the Bureau believes that it is unlikely that many lenders would offer both covered short-term loans under proposed § 1041.7 and covered longer-term loans under proposed §§ 1041.11 and 1041.12.
The Bureau notes that this proposed prohibition was not included in the Small Business Review Panel Outline. The Bureau seeks comment on whether this proposed prohibition is appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act. In this regard, the Bureau solicits comment on whether it is likely that covered short-term loans made under proposed § 1041.7 could be used to induce consumers to take covered longer-term loans under proposed § 1041.9. The Bureau seeks comment on whether lenders would anticipate making covered short-term loans under proposed § 1041.7 and covered longer-term loans under proposed § 1041.9 to consumers close in time to one another, if permitted to do so under a final rule. The Bureau, further, seeks comment on whether imposing the prohibition for 30 days after the loan made under proposed § 1041.7 is repaid is the appropriate length of time or whether a shorter or longer period is appropriate. The Bureau seeks comment on the impact this proposed prohibition would have on small entities. Finally, the Bureau seeks comment on whether any alternative approaches exist that would address the Bureau's concerns related to effectuating the conditional exemption in proposed § 1041.7 while preserving the ability of lenders to make covered longer-term loans under proposed § 1041.9 close in time to covered short-term loans under proposed § 1041.7.
Proposed § 1041.10(f) would define how a lender must determine the number of days between covered loans for the purposes of proposed § 1041.10(b) and (e). In particular, proposed § 1041.10(f) would specify that days on which a consumer had a non-covered bridge loan outstanding do not count toward the determination of time periods specified by proposed § 1041.10(b) and (e). Proposed comment 10(f)-1 clarifies that the proposed requirement reflects the requirement in proposed § 1041.6(h): Proposed § 1041.10(f) would apply if the lender or its affiliate makes a non-covered bridge loan to a consumer during the time period in which any covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan made by the lender or its affiliate is outstanding and for 30 days thereafter.
As with proposed § 1041.6(h), the Bureau is concerned that there is some risk that lenders might seek to evade the proposed rule designed to prevent the unfair and abusive practice by making certain types of loans that fall outside the scope of the proposed rule during the 30-day period following repayment of a covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan. Since the due date of such loans would be beyond that 30-day period, the lender would be free to make a covered longer-term loan without having to comply with proposed § 1041.10(b) or proposed § 1041.10(e). Proposed § 1041.2(a)(13) would define non-covered bridge loan as a non-recourse pawn loan made within 30 days of an outstanding covered short-term loan and that the consumer is required to repay within 90 days of its consummation. The Bureau is seeking comment under that provision as to whether additional non-covered loans should be added to the definition.
As with other provisions of proposed § 1041.10, in proposing § 1041.10(f) and its accompanying commentary, the Bureau is relying on the Bureau's authority to prevent unfair, deceptive, and abusive acts and practices under the Dodd-Frank Act.
Accordingly, the Bureau proposes to exclude from the period of time between affected loans those days on which a consumer has a non-covered bridge loan outstanding. The Bureau believes that defining the period of time between covered loans in this manner may be appropriate to prevent lenders from making covered longer-term loans for
The Bureau solicits comment on the appropriateness of the standard in proposed § 1041.10(f) and on any alternatives that would adequately prevent consumer harm while reducing burden on lenders.
Proposed § 1041.11 would provide a conditional exemption from §§ 1041.8, 1041.9, 1041.10, and 1041.15(b) for certain covered longer-term loans that share certain features of the NCUA PAL program. Proposed § 1041.11 would allow a lender to make a covered longer-term loan without making the ability-to-repay determination that would be required by proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10 and without complying with the payment notice requirement of § 1041.15(b), provided that certain conditions and requirements are satisfied. The conditions for making a loan under § 1041.11 largely track the conditions set forth by the NCUA at 12 CFR 701.21(c)(7)(iii) for a Payday Alternative Loan made by a Federal credit union; in addition, the Bureau is proposing certain additional requirements. The Bureau proposes this provision pursuant to its authority under section 1021(b)(3) of the Dodd-Frank Act
As discussed in part II.C above, the NCUA amended its regulations in 2010 to authorize credit unions within its jurisdiction to make what it denominated as “payday alternative loans.”
Over 700 Federal credit unions, nearly 20 percent of Federal credit unions nationally, made approximately $123.3 million in Payday Alternative Loans during 2015. In 2014, the average loan amount was $678. Three-quarters of the participating Federal credit unions reported consumer payment history to consumer reporting agencies. The annualized net charge-off rate, as a percent of average loan balances outstanding, in 2014 for these loans was 7.5 percent.
Proposed § 1041.11 reflects the Bureau's belief that it may be appropriate to incorporate certain aspects of the NCUA Payday Alternative Loan program into the Bureau's regulation in order to enable such lending to continue with minor modifications and, where applicable State law permits, to allow lenders that are not Federal credit unions to make such loans without undertaking the ability-to-repay determination that would be required by proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10 and without complying with the payment notice requirement of proposed § 1041.15(b). The Bureau believes that proposed § 1041.11 would provide strong consumer protections to address consumer harms in this market by limiting the loan terms, including the permissible cost of credit and placing restrictions on reborrowing loans, while largely preserving an existing product that is already subject to Federal law designed to ensure that the loans are affordable and the risks to consumers are minimized. Further, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.15(b)(2)(i), the Bureau is concerned that lenders may be unable to continue offering Payday Alternative Loans if the payment notice requirement of proposed § 1041.15(b) is applied to these loans.
The Bureau believes that proposed § 1041.11 would reduce the cost of compliance with the Bureau's proposal, if finalized, for lenders that would make covered longer-term loans meeting the proposed conditions by relieving lenders of the obligation to satisfy various requirements of proposed §§ 1041.9, 1041.10, and 1041.15(b). Further, the Bureau believes that the conditional exemption in proposed § 1041.11 is appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, including ensuring that “all consumers have access to markets for consumer financial products and services” and that these markets “operate transparently and efficiently to facilitate access and innovation.”
During the SBREFA process, the Bureau received feedback from some of the SERs—including, in particular, comments from some of the SERs that are non-depository lenders—generally expressing skepticism that loans sharing the features of the NCUA Payday Alternative Loan would be viable products for their businesses. The Bureau also received similar feedback from other lenders in response to the Small Business Review Panel Outline. Responding to the proposals being considered by the Bureau as part of the SBREFA process, some of the SERs asserted that the loan principal amount was too small, the duration was too short, and the permissible cost of credit too low for such loans to be economically viable for their businesses. The Bureau also received feedback from lenders, including some credit unions and other depository institutions that otherwise expressed general willingness to make loans that were generally similar to loans under § 1041.11, but objected to the particular pricing structure permitted under the NCUA regulation.
Incorporating many of the conditions established by the NCUA for its Payday Alternative Loan program into a conditional exemption would create a narrow exemption to the general requirement of the Bureau's proposal to determine a consumer's ability to repay prior to making a covered longer-term loan. The Bureau recognizes that the conditional exemption would be more attractive to lenders if the conditions were more permissive. The Bureau believes, however, that such an expansion of the conditional exemption could undermine the core consumer protection purpose of the Bureau's proposal. To the extent that a lender finds the conditions in proposed § 1041.11 too limiting, they would be able to make larger, higher-cost, or longer-term loans to those consumers that the lender reasonably determines have the ability to repay such loans.
At the same time, the Bureau also observed from engagement with credit unions after releasing the Small Business Review Panel Outline that some Federal credit unions have found the requirements of the NCUA Payday
The Small Business Review Panel Report recommended that the Bureau solicit comment on additional options for alternative requirements for making covered longer-term loans without satisfying the proposed ability-to-repay requirements. Considering the feedback from SERs and the recommendation of the Small Business Review Panel, the Bureau evaluated each potential condition under § 1041.11 and has made some adjustments to the approach included in the Small Business Review Panel Outline, as discussed the section-by-section analysis of each proposed provision. The Bureau is also proposing an additional set of alternative requirements for making covered longer-term loans in proposed § 1041.12 in part to address concerns related to making loans under proposed § 1041.11 and, as discussed further below, is soliciting comment on whether additional alternatives would be appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act.
In proposing to permit all lenders to make covered longer-term loans under § 1041.11—rather than limiting the exemption to certain lenders, such as Federal credit unions—the Bureau endeavors to facilitate access to credit, regardless of the size or charter status of the entity with which a consumer conducts her other financial transactions, within the important limits imposed by more protective State, local, and tribal laws. Extending the conditional exemption to all financial institutions that choose to make loans of the type provided for in § 1041.11 furthers that purpose.
The Bureau seeks comment generally on whether to provide a conditional exemption from the proposed ability-to-repay and payment notice requirements for covered longer-term loans sharing certain requirements of the NCUA Payday Alternative Loan. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether proposed § 1041.11 would appropriately balance the concerns for access to credit and consumer protection; on the costs and other burdens that proposed § 1041.11 would, if finalized, impose on lenders, including small entities; and on each of the specific conditions and requirements under proposed § 1041.11, discussed below.
The Bureau also solicits comment on whether to restrict the availability of the conditional exemption under proposed § 1041.11 to certain classes of lenders denominated by size or charter type, and, if so, what the justification for such a restriction would be. In addition, the Bureau seeks comment on whether a different set of conditions for covered longer-term loans exempt from the proposed ability-to-repay and payment notice requirements would be appropriate, and, if so, what, specifically, such an alternative set of conditions would be. For example, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the conditional exemption should be limited to loans made to consumers with whom the lender has a pre-existing relationship and, if so, what type and duration of relationship should be required. In addition, the Bureau solicits comment on the extent to which lenders interested in making a covered longer-term loan conditionally exempt from the proposed ability-to-repay and payment notice requirements anticipate making loans subject to the requirements of proposed § 1041.11, as compared to proposed § 1041.12.
Proposed § 1041.11 would establish an alternative set of requirements for covered short-term loans that, if complied with by lenders, would conditionally exempt them from the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.8, the ability-to-repay requirements under proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10, and the payment notice requirement of proposed § 1041.15(b). The Bureau is proposing the requirements of proposed § 1041.11 pursuant to the Bureau's authority under Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(A) to grant conditional exemptions in certain circumstances from rules issued by the Bureau under the Bureau's Dodd-Frank Act legal authorities.
Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(A) authorizes the Bureau to, by rule, “conditionally or unconditionally exempt any class of . . . consumer financial products or services” from any provision of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or from any rule issued under Title X as the Bureau determines “necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives” of Title X. The purposes of Title X are set forth in Dodd-Frank Act section 1021(a),
The objectives of Title X are set forth in Dodd-Frank Act section 1021(b).
When issuing an exemption under Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(A), the Bureau is required under Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(B) to take into consideration, as appropriate, three factors. These enumerated factors are:
In connection with the statutory factor focusing on the extent to which existing applicable provisions of law provide consumers with adequate protections, the Bureau observes that the Federal Credit Union Act
As discussed above, the loans currently offered by Federal credit unions appear to be substantially safer with regard to risk of default, reborrowing, and collateral harms from unaffordable payments than many alternative products on the market today. While the Bureau believes that certain additional safeguards would be prudent, as discussed below, to adaption of the product by other types of lenders, the Bureau believes that the track record of Federal credit unions concerning the adequacy of the existing applicable provisions of law is a substantial factor supporting issuance of the proposed conditional exemption. Accordingly, the Bureau proposes to provide a conditional exemption from proposed §§ 1041.8, 1041.9, 1041.10, and 1041.15(b) for covered longer-term loans that share certain features of the NCUA Payday Alternative Loans. The proposed conditional exemption would be a partial exemption meaning that loans under § 1041.11 would still be subject to all other provisions of the Bureau's proposed rule; for example, lenders would still be required to comply with the limitation on payment transfer attempts in proposed § 1041.14, the consumer rights notice in proposed § 1041.15(d), and the compliance program and record retention requirements in proposed § 1041.18.
The Bureau believes that these loans are a lower-cost, safer alternative in the market for payday, vehicle title, and installment loans. In addition, the Bureau has not observed evidence that lenders making loans under the NCUA Payday Alternative Loan program participate in widespread questionable payment practices that warrant the proposed payment notice requirement in § 1041.15(b). The Bureau therefore believes that a conditional exemption for loans sharing certain features of the NCUA Payday Alternative Loan program is necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes or objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the objective of making credit available to consumers in a fair and transparent manner. Accordingly, the Bureau proposes to provide an exemption from §§ 1041.8, 1041.9, 1041.10, and 1041.15(b) for such covered longer-term loans.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether the Bureau should rely upon the Bureau's statutory exemption authority under Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(A) to exempt loans that satisfy the requirements of proposed § 1041.11 from the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.8, the ability-to-repay requirements proposed under §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10, and the payment notice requirement proposed under § 1041.15(b). Alternatively, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the requirements under proposed § 1041.11 should instead be based on the Bureau's authority under Dodd-Frank Act section 1031(b) to prescribe rules identifying as unlawful unfair, deceptive, or abusive practices and to include in such rules requirements for the purpose of preventing such acts or practices. In particular, the Bureau requests comment on whether loans made under proposed § 1041.11 should be expressly excluded from the identification of the unfair and abusive practice rather than exempted therefrom or whether the requirements for loans made under proposed § 1041.11 should be considered requirements for preventing unfair and abusive practices.
Proposed § 1041.11(a) would provide a conditional exemption from §§ 1041.8, 1041.9, 1041.10, and 1041.15(b) for covered longer-term loans satisfying the conditions and requirements in § 1041.11(b) through (e). Proposed § 1041.11(a) would not provide an exemption from any other provision of law. For example, proposed § 1041.11(a) would not permit loans to servicemembers and their dependents that would violate the Military Lending Act and its implementing regulations.
Proposed comment 11(a)-1 clarifies that, subject to the requirements of other applicable laws, § 1041.11(a) would permit all lenders to make loans pursuant to § 1041.11. Proposed comment 11(a)-1 further clarifies that § 1041.11(a) applies only to covered longer-term loans and so loans under § 1041.11 would have a duration of more than 45 days.
While the NCUA requirements for Payday Alternative Loans permit Federal credit unions to make loans with a duration of one month, the Bureau is concerned that, given the financial circumstances of many borrowers, it may be difficult for many borrowers to repay a 30-day loan without the need to reborrow in short order. The Bureau is proposing a separate alternative path for covered short-term loans under proposed § 1041.7, which would permit borrowers to obtain up to three back-to-back covered short-term loans with gradual tapering of the loan principal. The Bureau believes that restricting the availability of the proposed exemption for the loans sharing certain features of NCUA's Payday Alternative Loan program to covered longer-term loans would permit lenders an alternative way to make relatively lower-cost loans without disrupting the core features of the Bureau's proposed framework for regulation in the affected markets.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether to extend the proposed conditional exemption to include covered short-term loans with a minimum duration of 30 days.
Proposed § 1041.11(b) would require loans under § 1041.11 to meet certain conditions as to the loan terms. In general, the requirements in proposed § 1041.11(b) parallel certain conditions already required for Federal credit unions making loans pursuant to the NCUA Payday Alternative Loan requirements.
Each proposed condition for a loan under § 1041.11 is described below. The
Proposed § 1041.11(b)(1) would provide that the loan not be structured as open-end credit. The proposed limitation mirrors the NCUA requirement that Payday Alternative Loans be closed-end credit.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether to permit open-end loans to be made under this conditional exemption; whether lenders would choose to make open-end loans under this conditional exemption if permitted to do so; and what the benefit for consumers would be of permitting such loans and what additional conditions may then be appropriate for proposed § 1041.11.
Proposed § 1041.11(b)(2) would limit the conditional exemption to covered longer-term loans with a duration of not more than six months. The proposed limitation mirrors the NCUA requirement that Payday Alternative Loans have a maximum duration of six months.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether to include a maximum duration for loans under § 1041.11 and, if so, whether six months is an appropriate maximum duration. The Bureau further solicits comment on the extent to which the maximum duration condition would affect whether lenders would make loans under § 1041.11.
Proposed § 1041.11(b)(3) would limit the conditional exemption to covered longer-term loans with a principal of not less than $200 and not more than $1,000. The proposed loan principal conditions mirror the NCUA loan principal requirements for Payday Alternative Loans.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether to include a minimum principal amount and, if so, whether $200 is the appropriate minimum principal. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether to include a maximum principal amount and, if so, whether $1,000 is the appropriate maximum principal. The Bureau further solicits comment on the extent to which principal amount conditions would affect whether lenders would make loans under § 1041.11.
Proposed § 1041.11(b)(4) would limit the conditional exemption to loans that are repayable in two or more payments due no less frequently than monthly, due in substantially equal amounts, and due in substantially equal intervals. Proposed § 1041.11(b)(4) reflects the NCUA guidance for the repayment structure of Payday Alternative Loans.
Proposed comment 11(b)(4)-1 clarifies that payments may be due with greater frequency, such as biweekly. Proposed comment 11(b)(4)-2 clarifies that payments would be substantially equal in amount if each scheduled payment is equal to or within a small variation of the others. Proposed comment 11(b)(4)-3 clarifies that the intervals for scheduled payments would be substantially equal if the payment schedule requires repayment on the same date each month or in the same number of days and also that lenders may disregard the effects of slight changes in the calendar. Proposed
Extended periods without a scheduled payment could subject the consumer to a payment shock when the eventual payment does come due, potentially prompting the need to reborrow, default, or suffer collateral harms from unaffordable payments. In contrast, monthly payments, when amortizing as discussed below, may facilitate repayment of the debt over the contractual term. Regularity of payments is particularly important given the exemption from the payment notice requirement of proposed § 1041.15(b).
Additionally, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(ii), the Bureau believes that loans with balloon payments pose particular risk to consumers. For example, the Bureau found that vehicle title loans with a balloon payment were much more likely to end in default, compared to fully amortizing installment vehicle title loans and that the approach of the balloon payment coming due was associated with significant reborrowing.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether the repayment structure requirements are appropriate for this conditional exemption. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether two is the appropriate minimum number of payments; and, if not, what would be the justification for more or fewer minimum payments. Additionally, the Bureau solicits comment on whether the proposed standards for substantially equal payments and substantially equal intervals provide sufficient guidance to lenders.
Proposed § 1041.11(b)(5) would limit the conditional exemption to loans that amortize completely over the loan term and would define the manner in which lenders must allocate consumer payments to amounts owed. The proposed amortization requirement for loans under § 1041.11 reflects the NCUA requirement that Payday Alternative Loans fully amortize over the loan term.
A fully amortizing loan facilitates consumer repayment of the loan principal from the beginning of repayment. This progress toward repayment means that a consumer who later faces difficulty making payments on such a loan will be better positioned to refinance on favorable terms or eventually retire the debt than would a consumer that had not made any progress repaying the loan principal. In finalizing the amortization requirement for Payday Alternative Loans, the NCUA noted that “requiring FCUs to fully amortize the loans will allow borrowers to make manageable payments over the term of the loan.”
The Bureau solicits comment on whether an amortization requirement in proposed § 1041.11 is appropriate; if so, whether the amortization method that the Bureau would require in proposed § 1041.11(b)(5) is appropriate for this conditional exemption; and, if not, what alternative method or methods should be required for loans made under proposed § 1041.11.
Proposed § 1041.11(b)(6) would limit the conditional exemption to loans that carry a total cost of credit of not more than the cost permissible for Federal credit unions to charge under NCUA regulations for Payday Alternative Loans. For Payday Alternative Loans, NCUA permits Federal credit unions to charge an interest rate of 1,000 basis points above the maximum interest rate established by the NCUA Board, and an application fee of not more than $20.
By tying this conditional exemption to the judgment NCUA made with respect to the cost of credit, the proposed cost condition for loans under § 1041.11 would not establish a Federal usury limit, as the Bureau is not proposing to prohibit charging interest rates or APRs above the demarcation in proposed § 1041.11(b)(6). Rather, covered longer-term loans carrying a total cost of credit more than the cost in proposed § 1041.11(b)(6) could be made under § 1041.9, and comply with proposed §§ 1041.10 and 1041.15(b). The Bureau believes that by reflecting the cost criteria of the NCUA Payday Alternative Loan program, the proposed limitation would help ensure that, among other things, consumers are protected from unfair or abusive practices and this market operates efficiently to facilitate access to credit.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether to limit the conditional exemption to loans meeting certain cost criteria; and, if so, whether the NCUA cost limitation would be appropriate or what alternative cost limitation should be required for loans made under proposed § 1041.11.
Proposed § 1041.11(c) would exclude from the conditional exemption a loan that would otherwise satisfy the
Proposed comment 11(c)-1 clarifies that a lender needs to review only its own records and the records of its affiliates to determine the consumer's borrowing history on covered longer-term loans under § 1041.11 and does not need to obtain information from other, unaffiliated lenders or a consumer report from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2). Proposed comment 11(c)-2 clarifies the manner in which a lender must calculate the 180-day period for the purposes of proposed § 1041.11(c). Proposed comment 11(c)-3 clarifies that proposed § 1041.11(c) would not limit the ability of lenders to make additional covered loans subject to the proposed ability-to-repay requirements or to one of the other proposed conditional exemptions. Proposed comment 11(c)-4 provides an illustrative example.
The Bureau also considered, and included in the Small Business Review Panel Outline, a proposal to limit the maximum number of loans made under § 1041.11 to two in a 6-month period. Additionally, subsequent to the release of the Small Business Review Panel Outline, the Department of Defense finalized regulations under the Military Lending Act that effectively permits a Federal credit union subject to the requirements of the Federal Credit Union Act and NCUA regulations to make one Payday Alternative Loan to a servicemember or dependent during a rolling 12-month period without exceeding the Military Lending Act's limitation on the cost of consumer credit.
During the SBREFA process and other engagement, particularly with Federal credit unions, the Bureau received feedback indicating that layering an additional borrowing history condition on the NCUA Payday Alternative Loan requirements would impose burden on lenders currently offering these loans and would reduce the likelihood that lenders would choose to offer loans made under § 1041.11 if the Bureau's proposal is finalized. Accordingly, the Bureau is proposing a borrowing history condition that mirrors this component of the NCUA Payday Alternative Loan condition. The Bureau believes that the proposed limitation would help ensure that, among other things, consumers are protected from unfair or abusive practices and consumers have access to this market.
In addition, the Bureau considered, and included in the Small Business Review Panel Outline, two additional borrowing history conditions for loans under § 1041.11. The Bureau considered prohibiting lenders from making a loan under § 1041.11 to a consumer if the consumer had any other covered loan outstanding. The Bureau also considered incorporating another NCUA requirement related to borrowing history that prohibits Federal credit unions from making more than one Payday Alternative Loans at a time to a consumer.
The Bureau believes that measures to minimize the burden on lenders making loans under § 1041.11 may further the purposes of this proposed conditional exemption because the conditional exemption is intended to facilitate access to credit that is relatively lower-cost than other credit that would be covered by the Bureau's proposals. To that end, the Bureau believes that limiting the number of loans under § 1041.11 from the same lender or its affiliates—rather than from all lenders—would appropriately balance the consumer protection and access to credit objectives for this conditional exemption.
The Bureau is not proposing to incorporate the NCUA limitation on a lender making more than one Payday Alternative Loan at a time to a consumer. In proposing this requirement, the NCUA Board stated its belief that the restriction would, in concert with the other borrowing history limitations, “curtail a member's repetitive use and reliance on [payday alternative loans].”
Similarly, the Bureau is not proposing to incorporate the NCUA prohibition on rolling over a Payday Alternative Loan. The Bureau believes that the requirements related to the structure of repayment in proposed § 1041.11(b)(4) and (b)(5) means that borrowers are unlikely to face a payment that prompts the need to rollover a loan under § 1041.11. While the Bureau is concerned about repeat borrowing—including rollovers—on covered loans, the Bureau does not believe that the NCUA limitation is necessary in the context of the other conditions and requirements that the Bureau is proposing in § 1041.11.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether the borrowing history condition in proposed § 1041.11(c) is appropriate; whether three loans in a 180-day period achieves the objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the consumer protection and access to credit objectives; and whether a different limitation, such as two loans in a 180-day period, would better achieve those objectives.
Additionally, the Bureau solicits comment on whether to also include other borrowing history conditions. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether a per-lender limitation on concurrent loans would be appropriate for this conditional exemption and on whether a prohibition on rolling over a loan would be appropriate for this conditional exemption. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether to prohibit lenders from making concurrent loans under § 1041.11; whether to prohibit lenders from making a loan under § 1041.11 to a consumer with an outstanding covered loan of any type, either with the same lender or its affiliates or with any lender. In this regard, the Bureau solicits comment on whether to require lenders to obtain a consumer report from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2) prior to making a loan under § 1041.11 and on the costs that such a requirement if finalized, would impose on lenders, including small entities, making loans under the conditional exemption.
Proposed § 1041.11(d) would require lenders to maintain policies and procedures for documenting proof of a consumer's recurring income and to comply with those policies and procedures in making loans under § 1041.11. Proposed § 1041.11(d) reflects one component of the NCUA requirement that Federal credit unions implement appropriate underwriting guidelines for Payday Alternative Loans, and instructing that underwriting standards should address required documentation for proof of employment or income.
In the Small Business Review Panel Outline, the Bureau included a proposal that would require lenders to apply minimum underwriting standards and to verify income prior to making a loan under § 1041.11. Such standards would mirror the NCUA Payday Alternative Loan program guidance. However, the Bureau believes that appropriate underwriting standards for covered longer-term loans, including income verification procedures, are expressed in proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10 and that imposing such conditions for loans under § 1041.11 would be inconsistent with the Bureau's objective of providing an alternative path for making covered longer-term loans without undertaking the proposed ability-to-repay determination. Accordingly, the Bureau is proposing a requirement that a lender maintain and comply with policies and procedures regarding income documentation for loans under § 1041.11 as a minimum safeguard against unaffordable loans, but proposed § 1041.11(d) would be a more flexible standard than that in § 1041.9(c)(3), would not specify the manner in which a lender would be required to document proof of recurring income, and would not impose minimum underwriting standards for loans under § 1041.11. The Bureau believes this requirement would help ensure that, among other things, consumers have access to this market.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether the income documentation condition in proposed § 1041.11(d) is appropriate; the costs that the proposed requirement would impose, if finalized, on lenders, including small entities; whether the requirement should specify the manner in which lenders must document income; and whether the requirement should include a minimum amount of income that must be documented.
Proposed § 1041.11(e) would impose additional requirements related to loans made under § 1041.11. The Bureau solicits comment on each of the requirements described below, including on the burden such requirements, if finalized, would impose on lenders, including small entities, making loans under § 1041.11. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether other or additional requirements would be appropriate for loans under § 1041.11 in order to fulfill the objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the objectives related to consumer protection and access to credit.
Proposed § 1041.11(e)(1) would prohibit lenders from taking certain additional actions with regard to a loan made under § 1041.11. The Bureau solicits comment on whether the prohibitions are appropriate to advance the objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act and whether other actions should also be prohibited in connection with loans made under § 1041.11.
Proposed § 1041.11(e)(1)(i) would prohibit lenders from imposing a prepayment penalty in connection with a loan made under § 1041.11. The Bureau is not proposing in this rulemaking to determine all instances in which prepayment penalties may raise consumer protection concerns. However, the Bureau believes that for loans qualifying for a conditional exemption under proposed § 1041.11, penalizing a consumer for prepaying a loan would be inconsistent with the consumer's expectation for the loan and may prevent consumers from repaying debt that they otherwise would be able to retire.
The Bureau also believes that this proposed restriction is consistent with the practices of Federal credit unions making loans under NCUA's Payday Alternative Loan Program. In light of these considerations, the Bureau believes that the proposed condition would help ensure that, among other things, consumers are protected from unfair or abusive practices and that this market operates transparently and efficiently.
The Bureau solicits comment on the extent to which the requirement in proposed § 1041.11(e)(1)(i) is appropriate and on any alternative ways of defining the prohibited conduct that would provide adequate protection to consumers while encouraging access to credit.
Proposed § 1041.11(e)(1)(ii) would prohibit lenders that hold a consumer's funds on deposit from, in response to an actual or expected delinquency or default on the loan made under proposed § 1041.11, sweeping the account to a negative balance, exercising a right of set-off to collect on the loan, or closing the account. Proposed comment 11(e)(1)(ii)-1 clarifies that the prohibition in § 1041.11(e)(1)(ii) applies regardless of the type of account in which the consumer's funds are held and also clarifies that the prohibition does not apply to transactions in which the lender does not hold any funds on deposit for the consumer. Proposed comment 11(e)(1)(ii)-2 clarifies that the prohibition in § 1041.11(e)(1)(ii) does not affect the ability of the lender to pursue other generally-available legal remedies; the proposed clarification is similar to a provision in the Bureau's Regulation Z, 1026.12(d)(2).
Because loans under § 1041.11 would be exempt from the proposed ability-to-repay and payment notice requirements, the Bureau is concerned that in the event that a lender holds a consumer's funds on deposit and the loan turns out to be unaffordable to the consumer, the potential injury to a consumer could be exacerbated if the lender takes actions that cause the consumer's account to go to a negative balance or closes the consumer's account. Accordingly, the Bureau believes that the proposed prohibition would help ensure that, among other things, consumers are protected from unfair or abusive practices.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether the prohibition in proposed § 1041.11(e)(1)(ii) would be appropriate and, alternatively, whether other
Proposed § 1041.11(e)(2) would require lenders to furnish information concerning a loan made under § 1041.11 either to each information system described in § 1041.16(b) or to a consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis. Lenders could select which type of furnishing to do.
The Bureau considered, and included in the Small Business Review Panel Outline, a requirement that lenders obtain a consumer report from and furnish information concerning loans under § 1041.11 to registered information systems. During the SBREFA process and in outreach with industry and others, the Bureau received feedback from Federal credit unions and other lenders that such obligations would be a substantial burden and pose a barrier to making relatively small-dollar and relatively lower-cost loans. The Bureau understands that 75 percent of Federal credit unions that make Payday Alternative Loans include furnishing loan information to consumer reporting agencies in their program policies and procedures.
As proposed in § 1041.11(e)(2), lenders would not be required to furnish information about loans made under § 1041.11 to information systems described in proposed § 1041.16(b) if the lender instead furnishes information about that loan to a consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis. The Bureau believes that this furnishing requirement strikes the appropriate balance between minimizing burden on lenders that would make loans under § 1041.11 and establishing a reasonably comprehensive record of a consumer's borrowing history with respect to these loans, which would be useful for the other provisions of the Bureau's proposed rule that require assessing the amount and timing of a consumer's debt payments. In light of these considerations, the Bureau believes that the proposed requirement would help ensure that, among other things, this market operates efficiently to facilitate access to credit.
The Bureau solicits comment on the proposed furnishing requirement in § 1041.11(e)(2) and on the costs that the proposed requirement would impose, if finalized, on lenders, including small entities. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether to require lenders to furnish in the manner set forth in proposed § 1041.11(e)(2) or whether to relieve lenders from a requirement to furnish information concerning loans made under § 1041.11. In addition, the Bureau solicits comment on whether to require lenders to furnish to multiple consumer reporting agencies that compile and maintain files on consumers on a nationwide basis rather than only one. The Bureau also solicits comment on the extent to which lenders that currently make loans similar to those that would be permitted under proposed § 1041.11 currently furnish information to nationwide consumer reporting agencies or to specialty consumer reporting agencies.
Proposed § 1041.11(e)(2)(i) would permit lenders to satisfy the requirement in § 1041.11(e)(2) by furnishing information concerning a loan made under § 1041.11 to each information system described in § 1041.16(b). Lenders furnishing in the manner provided for in proposed § 1041.11(e)(2)(i) would be required to furnish the loan information described in proposed § 1041.16(c).
Proposed § 1041.11(e)(2)(ii) would permit lenders to satisfy the requirement in § 1041.11(e)(2) by furnishing information concerning a loan made under § 1041.11 at the time of the lender's next regularly-scheduled furnishing of information to a consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis or within 30 days of consummation, whichever is earlier. Proposed § 1041.11(e)(2)(ii) would further provide that “consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on a consumers on a nationwide basis” has the same meaning as in section 603(p) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. 1681a(p).
Proposed § 1041.12 would provide a conditional exemption from §§ 1041.8, 1041.9, 1041.10, and 1041.15(b) for certain covered longer-term loans that share certain features of loans made through accommodation lending programs and that are underwritten to achieve an annual portfolio default rate of not more than 5 percent. Proposed § 1041.12 would allow a lender to make a covered longer-term loan without making the ability-to-repay determination that would be required by proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10 and without complying with the payment notice requirement of § 1041.15(b), provided that certain conditions and requirements are satisfied. The Bureau proposes this provision pursuant to its authority under section 1021 (b)(3) of the Dodd-Frank Act
Community banks and credit unions make a number of different types of underwritten loans to their customers. Based on the Bureau's engagement with industry, the Bureau understands that some of these underwritten consumer loans may be covered longer-term loans under the Bureau's proposed rule. The loans that would be covered longer-term loans tend to carry a relatively low periodic interest rate, but with an origination fee that would cause the total cost of credit to exceed 36 percent particularly with regard to smaller sized
With proposed § 1041.12, the Bureau would allow the relatively lower-cost accommodation lending taking place today to continue without requiring lenders to undertake the ability-to-repay determination that would be required by proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10 and without requiring lenders to comply with the payment notice requirement of proposed § 1041.15(b). The conditions for making a loan under § 1041.12 reflect certain requirements that the Bureau has observed are characteristic of relatively lower-cost loans made by many community banks as an accommodation to existing customers and limitations that the Bureau believes will minimize the risk of harm to consumers from a conditional exemption for certain covered longer-term loans. In particular, proposed § 1041.12 would provide a conditional exemption from the proposed ability-to-repay and payment notice requirements for closed-end covered longer-term loans underwritten in accordance with a underwriting method designed to result in a portfolio default rate of not more than 5 percent per year, carrying a modified total cost of credit of less than or equal to 36 percent, and meeting certain additional condition and requirements.
The Small Business Review Panel Report recommended that the Bureau solicit comment on additional options for alternative requirements for making covered longer-term loans without satisfying the proposed ability-to-repay requirements. Considering the feedback from SERs, the recommendation of the Small Business Review Panel Report, and observations from other outreach following publication of the Small Business Review Panel Outline, the Bureau is proposing an additional alternative path for making covered longer-term loans in proposed § 1041.12 and is soliciting comment on whether other alternatives also would be appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act.
The Bureau considered limiting the availability of the conditional exemption under proposed § 1041.12 to certain categories of financial institutions, potentially defined by size, preexisting customers relationship, or charter type. In proposing to permit all lenders to make covered longer-term loans under § 1041.12, the Bureau endeavors to facilitate access to credit, regardless of the size or charter status of the entity, within the important limits imposed by more protective State, local, and tribal laws. Extending the conditional exemption to all financial institutions that choose to make loans of the type provided for in § 1041.12 furthers that purpose.
The Bureau seeks comment generally on whether to provide a conditional exemption from the proposed ability-to-repay and payment notice requirements for covered longer-term loans sharing the features of accommodation lending, subject to the loan term conditions and underwriting method requirements in proposed § 1041.12. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether proposed § 1041.12 would appropriately balance the concerns for access to credit and consumer protection; on the costs and other burdens that proposed § 1041.12 would, if finalized, impose on lenders, including small entities; and on each of the specific conditions and requirements under proposed § 1041.12, discussed below.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether a different set of conditions for covered longer-term loans exempt from the proposed ability-to-repay and payment notice requirements would more appropriately achieve the objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, and, if so, what, specifically, such an alternative set of conditions would be. For example, as discussed below with regard to the alternative considered, the Bureau seeks comment on whether such an alternative should include a maximum payment-to-income ratio; the Bureau also seeks comment on whether such an alternative should include a maximum duration, minimum number of payments, amortization requirement, limitation on prepayment penalties and collections mechanisms, limitation on permissible cost structure, borrowing history conditions, or minimum underwriting requirements. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether to provide a conditional exemption for loans in a portfolio with low levels of delinquency or default measured as a portion of originated loans and, if so, what the appropriate metric for such a conditional exemption would be and what additional conditions and requirement may be appropriate for such a conditional exception. In addition, the Bureau solicits comment on the extent to which lenders interested in making a covered longer-term loan conditionally exempt from the proposed ability-to-repay and payment notice requirements anticipate making loans subject to the requirements of proposed § 1041.12, as compared to proposed § 1041.11.
The Bureau developed the proposed alternative path to making covered longer-term loans reflected in proposed § 1041.12 following feedback from SERs during the SBREFA process and other lenders in outreach following publication of the Small Business Review Panel Outline. Going into the SBREFA process, the Bureau had focused primarily on two proposals for alternative requirements for covered longer-term loans: The NCUA-type loan alternative, now reflected in proposed § 1041.11, and an alternative that would have permitted lending so long as the maximum payment-to-income ratio did not exceed a specified threshold, such as 5 percent, and the loan met certain other conditions and requirements.
The Bureau modeled the payment-to-income alternative on a proposal put forth by The Pew Charitable Trusts, a public policy research organization, based on analysis of the small dollar lending markets.
The Bureau has received communications from over 30 credit unions, including several large credit unions, supportive of the 5 percent payment-to-income ratio alternative. Several large banks have also reported to the Bureau that they believe the 5 percent payment-to-income ratio would
However, the Bureau also received feedback from some of the SERs asserting that the 5 percent payment-to-income ratio that the Bureau contemplated proposing was too low to allow the lenders to make a significant number of loans and that the maximum permissible duration was too short to be economically viable for their businesses. The Bureau also heard feedback from other lenders following publication of the Small Business Review Panel Outline echoing similar concerns. In particular, during the SBREFA process and subsequent outreach, the Bureau learned that neither of the alternative sets of requirements included in the Small Business Review Panel Outline would capture a category of loans being made by community banks and credit unions as an accommodation to existing customers and that do not appear to present a risk of the type of consumer injury that is the focus of the Bureau's proposed requirement to determine ability to repay. In evaluating the proposal, the Bureau became concerned that a payment-to-income ratio higher than 5 percent might be needed to provide sufficient flexibility to accommodate existing lending programs at many community banks and credit unions.
The Bureau also received feedback from some consumer groups asserting that the maximum payment-to-income alternative for making covered longer-term loans provided inadequate protections to minimize the risk that consumers would face a payment obligation that they could not afford and the risk of harm in the event of such inability to satisfy payment obligations. Some consumer groups expressed concern that even at 5 percent the maximum payment-to-income ratio was too high for some consumers to maintain for six months, the maximum loan duration being considered by the Bureau during the SBREFA process. These groups expressed still greater concern about the higher payment-to-income ratios sought by industry.
The Bureau's research does suggest that there is a correlation between the payment-to-income ratio and levels of default.
Faced with these trade-offs, the Bureau developed proposed § 1041.12 as an alternative that it believes provides important structural conditions and back-end protections, while also permitting accommodation lenders a more flexible option than the conditional exemption under proposed § 1041.11. The Bureau notes, moreover, that to the extent that a particular payment-to-income ratio produces the result required under § 1041.12, a lender may include that ratio in the lender's underwriting methodology. The Bureau believes that proposed § 1041.12 would provide a conditional exemption for at least some lending programs that would satisfy a payment-to-income test and provide lenders with flexibility to develop alternative underwriting methods satisfying the specified low portfolio default rate outcomes. The Bureau believes the proposal would also provide consumers with important back-end protections in the event that a lender's underwriting does not achieve those portfolio default rate outcomes. In particular, the Bureau believes that this alternative would capture the category of loans discussed above that are being made by community banks and credit unions as an accommodation to existing customers and that do not appear to present a risk of the type of consumer injury that is the focus of the Bureau's proposed requirement to determine ability-to-repay.
At the same time, the Bureau recognizes that there may be lenders that would be prepared to make loans using a 5 percent payment-to-income alternative and that would not do so under the conditional exemption in proposed § 1041.12 because of the portfolio default rate requirement. Thus, while the Bureau is not proposing to create an alternative for loans with a maximum payment-to-income ratio, the Bureau broadly solicits comment on the advisability of such an approach. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether providing an alternative path for making loans with a maximum payment-to-income ratio would be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act; if so, what the appropriate payment-to-income ratio would be and what would be the basis for such a threshold; and what other consumer protections may be appropriate conditions as part of such an alternative path to lending. The Bureau further solicits comment on the extent to which lenders would make loans subject to a maximum payment-to-income ratio and not subject to the proposed ability-to-repay and notice requirements.
Proposed § 1041.12 would establish an alternative set of requirements for covered short-term loans that, if complied with by lenders, would conditionally exempt them from the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.8, the ability-to-repay requirements under proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10, and the payment notice requirement of proposed § 1041.15(b). The Bureau is proposing the requirements of proposed § 1041.12 pursuant to the Bureau's authority under Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(A) to grant conditional exemptions in certain circumstances from rules issued by the Bureau under the Bureau's Dodd-Frank Act legal authorities.
Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(A) authorizes the Bureau to, by rule, “conditionally or unconditionally exempt any class of . . . consumer financial products or services” from any provision of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or from any rule issued under Title X as the Bureau determines “necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives” of Title X. The purposes of Title X are set forth in Dodd-Frank Act section 1021(a),
The objectives of Title X are set forth in Dodd-Frank Act section 1021(b).
When issuing an exemption under Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(A), the Bureau is required under Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(B) to take into consideration, as appropriate, three factors. These enumerated factors are: (1) The total assets of the class of covered persons;
In general, the Bureau believes that providing a conditional exemption from proposed §§ 1041.8, 1041.9, 1041.10, and 1041.15(b) for certain covered longer-term loans sharing the features of certain loans made through accommodation lending programs would help preserve access to credit in this market for consumers while providing important protections for consumers. The proposed conditional exemption would be a partial exemption meaning that loans under § 1041.12 would still be subject to all other provisions of the Bureau's proposed rule; for example, lenders would still be required to comply with the limitation on payment transfer attempts in proposed § 1041.14, the consumer rights notice in proposed § 1041.15(d), and the compliance program and record retention requirements in proposed § 1041.18.
The Bureau believes that proposed § 1041.12 would reduce the cost of compliance with the Bureau's proposal, if finalized, for lenders that would make covered longer-term loans meeting the proposed conditions by relieving lenders of the obligation to satisfy the requirements of proposed §§ 1041.9, 1041.10, and 1041.15(b). The Bureau believes that the conditional exemption in proposed § 1041.12 is necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, including ensuring that “all consumers have access to markets for consumer financial products and services” and that these markets “operate transparently and efficiently to facilitate access and innovation.”
The Bureau believes that these loans are a lower-cost, safer alternative in the market for payday, vehicle title, and installment loans and that many of these loans, while likely affordable to the consumer, are underwritten based on the financial institution's understanding of a consumer's financial situation without using a process that would satisfy the proposed ability-to-repay requirements under §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10. These loans, while covered longer-term loans under the Bureau's proposal, generally would be on the border of the cost threshold for coverage and contain important structural protections. In addition, the Bureau has not observed evidence that lenders making such accommodation loans participate in widespread questionable payment practices that warrant the proposed payment notice requirement in § 1041.15(b). The Bureau therefore believes that a conditional exemption for underwritten loans subject to certain structural, cost, and borrowing history limitations is necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the objective of making credit available to consumers in a fair and transparent manner.
In consideration of these factors, the Bureau is proposing in § 1041.12 to provide lenders with an additional degree of flexibility to make these loans using the lender's own underwriting procedures, if the lender's loan portfolio meets specified outcomes. In particular, the Bureau proposes to provide an exemption from §§ 1041.8, 1041.9, 1041.10, and 1041.15(b) for covered longer-term loans repaid in even and amortizing payments, meeting other conditions and requirements as to loan terms, borrowing history, and collection methods, subject to cost limitations, and underwritten with a methodology that produces low portfolio default rates.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether the Bureau should rely upon the Bureau's statutory exemption authority under Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(3)(A) to exempt loans that satisfy the requirements of proposed § 1041.12 from the unfair and abusive practice identified in proposed § 1041.8, the ability-to-repay requirements proposed under §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10, and the payment notice requirement proposed under § 1041.15(b). Alternatively, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the requirements under proposed § 1041.12 should instead be based on the Bureau's authority under Dodd-Frank Act section 1031(b) to prescribe rules identifying as unlawful unfair, deceptive, or abusive practices and to include in such rules requirements for the purpose of preventing such acts or practices. In particular, the Bureau requests comment on whether loans made under proposed § 1041.12 should be expressly excluded from the identification of the unfair and abusive practice rather than exempted therefrom or whether the requirements for loans made under proposed § 1041.12 should be considered requirements for preventing unfair and abusive practices.
Proposed § 1041.12(a) would provide a conditional exemption from §§ 1041.8, 1041.9, 1041.10, and 1041.15(b) for covered longer-term loans satisfying the conditions and requirements in § 1041.12(b) through (f). Proposed § 1041.12(a) would not provide an exemption from any other provision of law. For example, proposed § 1041.12(a) would not permit loans to servicemembers and their dependents that would violate the Military Lending Act and its implementing regulations.
Proposed comment 12(a)-1 clarifies that, subject to the requirements of other applicable laws, § 1041.12(a) would permit all lenders to make loans under § 1041.12. Proposed comment 12(a)-1 further clarifies that § 1041.12(a) applies
The Bureau is concerned that, given the financial circumstances of many borrowers, it may be difficult for many borrowers to repay a covered short-term loan without the need to reborrow in short order. The Bureau is proposing a separate alternative path for covered short-term loans under proposed § 1041.7, which would permit borrowers to obtain up to three back-to-back covered short-term loans with gradual reduction of the loan principal. The Bureau believes that restricting the availability of the proposed conditional exemption under § 1041.12 to covered longer-term loans would permit lenders an alternative way to make relatively lower-cost loans without disrupting the core features of the Bureau's proposed framework for regulation in the affected markets.
Proposed § 1041.12(b) would require loans under § 1041.12 to meet certain conditions as to the loan terms. Each proposed condition for a loan under § 1041.12 is described below. The Bureau solicits comment on all aspects of the loan term conditions, including on the burden such conditions, if finalized, would impose on lenders, including small entities, making loans under § 1041.12. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether other or additional loan term conditions would be appropriate to carry out the objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the consumer protection and access to credit objectives. Additionally, the Bureau solicits comment on whether to prohibit lenders from taking a vehicle security interest in connection with a covered longer-term loan that would be exempt from §§ 1041.8, 1041.9, 1041.10, and 1041.15(b) under proposed § 1041.12.
Proposed § 1041.12(b)(1) would provide that the loan not be structured as open-end credit. The Bureau believes that the accommodation lending occurring today is designed to enable borrowers to spread the cost of a specific expense over a period of time and therefore generally takes the form of a closed-end loan. Furthermore, as with the alternative path to making covered longer-term loans under proposed § 1041.11, the Bureau believes that attempting to develop restrictions for open-end credit in proposed § 1041.12 would add undue complexity without providing appreciable benefit for consumers and that limiting the proposed conditional exemption from the ability-to-repay and payment notice requirements to closed-end loans would result in a simpler and more transparent transaction for both consumers and lenders. The Bureau therefore believes that this limitation would help ensure that, among other things, this market operates fairly and transparently.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether to permit open-end loans to be made under this conditional exemption; whether lenders would choose to make open-end loans under this conditional exemption if permitted to do so; and what the benefit for consumers would be of permitting such loans and what additional conditions then may be appropriate for proposed § 1041.12.
Proposed § 1041.12(b)(2) would limit the conditional exemption to covered longer-term loans with a duration of not more than 24 months. The Bureau believes that this is consistent with current practice among lenders that make accommodation loans to existing customers and would help ensure that, among other things, consumers are protected from unfair or abusive practices and this market operates efficiently to facilitate access to credit. The Bureau also notes that the proposed durational limitation for loans under § 1041.12 would permit lenders to make considerably longer loans than the maximum six month loans that would be permitted under proposed § 1041.11.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether to include a maximum duration for loans under § 1041.12 and, if so, whether 24 months is an appropriate maximum duration or, alternatively, what the justification would be for a longer or shorter period of time. The Bureau further solicits comment on whether the maximum duration condition would affect whether lenders would make loans under § 1041.12.
Proposed § 1041.12(b)(3) would limit the conditional exemption to loans that are repayable in two or more payments due no less frequently than monthly, due in substantially equal amounts, and due in substantially equal intervals. The Bureau is concerned that consumers may struggle to repay a loan due in a single payment, therefore suffering harms from becoming delinquent or defaulting on the loan or taking steps to avoid default on the covered loan and jeopardizing their ability to meet other financial obligations or basic living expenses.
Proposed comment 12(b)(3)-1 clarifies that payments may be due with greater frequency, such as biweekly. Proposed comment 12(b)(3)-2 clarifies that payments would be substantially equal in amount if each scheduled payment is equal to or within a small variation of the others. Proposed comment 12(b)(3)-3 clarifies that the intervals for scheduled payments would be substantially equal if the payment schedule requires repayment on the same date each month or in the same number of days and also that lenders may disregard the effects of slight changes in the calendar. Proposed comment 12(b)(3)-3 further clarifies that proposed § 1041.12(b)(3) would not prohibit a lender from accepting prepayment on a loan made under § 1041.12.
Extended periods without a scheduled payment could subject the consumer to a payment shock when the eventual payment does come due, potentially prompting the need to reborrow, default, or suffer collateral harms from unaffordable payments. In contrast, monthly payments, when amortizing as discussed below, may facilitate repayment of the debt over the contractual term. Regularity of payments is particularly important given the exemption from the payment notice requirement of proposed § 1041.15(b).
Additionally, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.9(b)(2)(ii), the Bureau believes that loans with balloon payments pose particular risk to consumers. For example, the Bureau found that vehicle title loans with a balloon payment are much more likely to end in default compared to amortizing installment vehicle title loans and that the approach of the balloon payment coming due is associated with significant reborrowing.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether the repayment structure requirements are appropriate for this conditional exemption. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether two is the appropriate minimum number of payments; and, if not, what would be the justification for more or fewer minimum payments. Additionally, the Bureau solicits comment on whether the proposed standards for substantially equal payments and substantially equal intervals provide sufficient guidance to lenders.
Proposed § 1041.12(b)(4) would limit the conditional exemption to loans that amortize completely over the loan term and would define the manner in which lenders must allocate consumer payments to amounts owed. The Bureau believes this limitation is consistent with current practice among community banks and credit unions making what would be covered longer-term loans as an accommodation to existing customers. Proposed comment 12(b)(4)-1 clarifies that the interest portion of each payment would need to be computed by applying a periodic interest rate to the outstanding balance due.
A fully amortizing loan facilitates consumer repayment of the loan principal from the beginning of repayment. This progress toward repayment means that a consumer who later faces difficulty making payments on such a loan will be better positioned to refinance on favorable terms or eventually retire the debt than would a consumer who had not made any progress repaying the loan principal. The Bureau believes that the amortization requirement would provide an important protection for loans conditionally exempt from the proposed ability-to-repay and payment notice requirements: a steady amortization structure that applies a portion of each payment to principal and to interest and fees as they accrue and for which interest is calculated only by applying a fixed periodic rate to the outstanding balance of the loan facilitates consumer repayment of the loan and minimizes the risk of harm to a consumer in the event that a loan is unaffordable. Accordingly, the Bureau believes that the proposed limitation would help ensure that, among other things, consumers are protected from unfair or abusive practices.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether an amortization requirement in proposed § 1041.12 is appropriate; if so, whether the amortization method that the Bureau would require in proposed § 1041.12(b)(4) is appropriate for this conditional exemption; and, if not, what alternative method or methods should be required for loans made under proposed § 1041.12.
Proposed § 1041.12(b)(5) would limit the conditional exemption to loans that carry a modified total cost of credit of less than or equal to an annual rate of 36 percent. Proposed § 1041.12(b)(5) would specify that the modified total cost of credit is calculated in the same manner as total cost of credit in § 1041.2(a)(18)(iii)(A), excluding from the calculation a single origination fee meeting the criteria in § 1041.12(b)(5)(i) or (ii). Under these provisions, the lender could exclude either a single origination fee that represents a reasonable proportion of the lender's cost of underwriting loans under § 1041.12 or a single origination fee of no more than $50, regardless of the lender's actual costs of underwriting loans under § 1041.12. Proposed comment 12(b)(5)-1 describes the effects of the proposed cost limitation in § 1041.12(b)(5) and clarifies that loans meeting the criteria for covered longer-term loans under § 1041.3(b)(2) and that have a modified total cost of credit in compliance with § 1041.12(b)(5) remain covered longer-term loans.
The proposed cost condition for loans under § 1041.12 would not establish a Federal usury limit, as the Bureau is not proposing to prohibit charging interest rates or APRs above the demarcation in proposed § 1041.12(b)(5). Rather, covered longer-term loans carrying a modified total cost of credit more than the cost in proposed § 1041.12(b)(5) could be made under proposed § 1041.9, and comply with proposed §§ 1041.10 and 1041.15(b). The Bureau believes that the proposed limitation of the conditional exemption would help ensure that, among other things, consumers are protected from unfair or abusive practices and this market operates efficiently to facilitate access to credit.
The proposed cost structure in § 1041.12(b)(5) is intended to accommodate existing market practices related to offsetting the cost of underwriting while providing lenders with certainty about permissible costs in order to facilitate lending under proposed § 1041.12. Through its market monitoring and outreach activities, the Bureau has observed that lenders that today make what would be covered longer-term loans as an accommodation to existing customers generally charge an origination fee on top of a relatively low periodic interest rate. To the extent that the total cost of credit, including the origination fee and the interest rate, as well as any other costs associated with the loan, would be lower than 36 percent, such loans would not be covered longer-term loans under proposed § 1041.3(b)(2). However, at least for loans with shorter terms and smaller amounts, the origination fee may cause the total cost of credit to exceed 36 percent, notwithstanding the relatively low periodic interest rate. Such loans would be covered longer-term loans if the lender also obtains a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security.
The Bureau considered whether, for purposes of proposed § 1041.12(b)(5), to also exclude from the calculation of modified total cost of credit the cost of insurance products with respect to the lender's vehicle security interest. The Bureau understands that some community banks, credit unions, and other installment lenders may require consumers to pay for such insurance products when extending an installment loan secured by a consumer's vehicle. The Bureau believes, however, that if the consumer is required to purchase an insurance product as well as pay an origination fee on the loan, the risks that the loan will be unaffordable increase and that excluding the costs of ancillary insurance products from the modified total cost of credit under § 1041.12(b)(5) is not appropriate.
The proposed conditional exemption in § 1041.12 would allow lenders offering relatively low-cost loans as a customer accommodation to continue to do so while still having a mechanism to recover their costs without having to create a fundamentally different pricing structure. In consideration of these factors, the Bureau proposes in § 1041.12(b)(5) to permit lenders greater flexibility to make a covered longer-term loan without satisfying the proposed ability-to-repay and payment notice requirements if the loan meets important limitations on cost. The Bureau believes that limiting the conditional exemption in this way may help reduce the risk of consumer injury from potentially unaffordable loans.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether to limit the conditional exemption to loans meeting certain cost criteria; and, if so, whether the proposed pricing structure for loans eligible for the proposed exemption in § 1041.12 is appropriate to achieve the objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the consumer protection and access to credit objectives, or what alternative pricing structure should be required for loans made under proposed
The Bureau's understanding about existing fee structures is based on its market monitoring and engagement activities and does not cover the entirety of the market for loan products that may be accommodated under proposed § 1041.12. In this regard, the Bureau solicits feedback on origination fees on loans made through accommodation lending programs and the individual cost components reflected in those fees, including, among others, labor costs, document preparation costs, and any costs of using the applicable underwriting methodology.
Proposed § 1041.12(b)(5)(i) would permit a lender to exclude from the modified total cost of credit a single origination fee that represents a reasonable proportion of the lender's costs of underwriting loans made under § 1041.12. Proposed comment 12(b)(5)(i)-1 clarifies the standards for an origination fee to be a reasonable proportion of the lender's costs of underwriting, including specifying that the origination fee must reflect the lender's costs of underwriting loans made under § 1041.12 and that the lender may make a single determination of underwriting costs for all loans made under § 1041.12.
The Bureau solicits comment on the proposed standards for an origination fee to be a reasonable proportion of the lender's costs of underwriting.
Proposed § 1041.12(b)(5)(ii) would provide a safe harbor for a lender to exclude from the modified total cost of credit a single origination fee of $50. Proposed comment 12(b)(5)(ii)-1 clarifies that a lender may impose a single origination fee of not more than $50 without determining the costs associated with underwriting loans made under § 1041.12.
The Bureau believes that lenders are more likely to make loans under § 1041.12 if regulatory uncertainty about the permissible origination fee is minimized. Providing a safe harbor for a single origination fee of up to $50 may therefore be appropriate to advance the objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Bureau notes that for loans under $1,000, $50 was the median fee reported in the community bank survey described in part II.
The Bureau solicits comment on the proposed safe harbor for a single origination fee of $50, including whether such a safe harbor is appropriate and, if so, whether $50 is the appropriate amount for such a safe harbor.
Proposed § 1041.12(c) would exclude from the conditional exemption a loan that would otherwise satisfy the conditions of proposed § 1041.12 if the loan would result in the consumer being indebted on more than two outstanding loans made under § 1041.12 from the lender or its affiliates within a period of 180 days. Proposed § 1041.12(c) would require a lender to review its own records and the records of its affiliates prior to making a loan under proposed § 1041.12 to determine that the loan would not result in the consumer being indebted on more than two outstanding loans made under § 1041.12 from the lender or its affiliates within a period of 180 days.
Proposed comment 12(c)-1 clarifies that a lender needs to review only its own records and the records of its affiliates to determine the consumer's borrowing history on covered longer-term loans made under § 1041.12 and does not need to obtain information from other, unaffiliated lenders or a consumer report from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2). Proposed comment 12(c)-2 clarifies the manner in which a lender must calculate the 180-day period for the purposes of proposed § 1041.12(c). Proposed comment 12(c)-3 clarifies that proposed § 1041.12(c) would not limit the ability of lenders to make additional covered loans subject to the proposed ability-to-repay requirements or to one of the other proposed conditional exemptions. Proposed comment 12(c)-4 provides an illustrative example.
The Bureau believes that the borrowing history condition and the 180-day condition appropriately protects consumers against the risk of injury from potentially unaffordable loans under proposed § 1041.12. The Bureau believes that if a consumer seeks more than two loans made under § 1041.12 within a period of six months, such circumstances suggest that the prior loans may not have been affordable. In such circumstances, the Bureau believes it would be inappropriate to allow the lender to continue to make covered longer-term loans under § 1041.12, without making an ability-to-repay determination pursuant to proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10 and providing the payment notice required by proposed § 1041.15(b). Furthermore, in the Bureau's view, two origination fees in a six-month period would sufficiently address the costs that a lender may incur in underwriting a loan under § 1041.12, making it possible for the lender to continue to make additional loans without charging additional originations fees. In such an instance, assuming the lender does not increase the total cost of credit, such loans would not be covered longer-term loans.
In proposed § 1041.11, the Bureau proposes to permit lenders to make three loans under that conditional exemption within a 180-day period, rather than the two loan limit in proposed § 1041.12(c). The requirement in proposed § 1041.11 is intended to reflect the requirement of the NCUA Payday Alternative Loan program. Further, proposed § 1041.11 would be limited to loans with a smaller application fee than the origination fee that would be permitted under § 1041.12(b)(5) and with a lower periodic interest rate. Accordingly, the Bureau believes that it may be appropriate to permit more loans with greater frequency under proposed § 1041.11 than under proposed § 1041.12.
During the SBREFA process, Bureau considered, and included in the Small Business Review Panel Outline with regard to the maximum payment-to-income alternative, prohibiting lenders from making a loan under § 1041.12 to a consumer if the consumer had any other covered loan outstanding. The Bureau believes that measures to minimize the burden on lenders making loans under § 1041.12 may further the purposes of this proposed conditional exemption, which is intended to facilitate access to credit that is relatively lower-cost than other credit that would be covered by the Bureau's proposals. To that end, the Bureau believes that limiting the number of loans under § 1041.12 from the same lender or its affiliates—rather than from all lenders—would appropriately balance the consumer protection and access to credit objectives for this conditional exemption.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether the borrowing history condition in proposed § 1041.12(c) is appropriate; whether two loans in a 180-day period achieves the objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the consumer protection and access to credit objectives; and whether
Additionally, the Bureau solicits comment on whether to also include other borrowing history conditions. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether to prohibit lenders from making concurrent loans under § 1041.12; whether to prohibit lenders from making a loan under § 1041.12 to a consumer with an outstanding covered loan of any type, either with the same lender or its affiliates or with any lender. In this regard, the Bureau solicits comment on whether to require lenders to obtain a consumer report from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2) prior to making a loan under § 1041.12 and on the costs that such a requirement if finalized, would impose on lenders, including small entities, making loans under the conditional exemption.
Proposed § 1041.12(d) would require that lenders maintain and comply with their own policies and procedures for effectuating a method of underwriting loans made under § 1041.12 designed to result in a portfolio default rate of less than or equal to 5 percent per year on their portfolio of covered longer-term loans under § 1041.12. Proposed § 1041.12(d) would not specify the nature of the underwriting that a lender would be required to do; proposed comment 12(d)-1 clarifies that a lender's underwriting method may be based on the lender's prior experience or a lender's projections. Proposed § 1041.12(d)(1) would require lenders to calculate the portfolio default rate at least once every 12 months on an ongoing basis for loans made under § 1041.12. Proposed § 1041.12(d)(2) would require that if a lender's portfolio default rate for such loans exceeds 5 percent, the lender provides a timely refund of the origination fees charged on any loans included within the portfolio.
As discussed above, the Bureau understands that a variety of lenders—in particular, community banks and credit unions—regularly make to their existing customers loans that would be covered longer-term loans, generally underwrite such loans based on a variety of factors related to the lender's risk criteria and familiarity with the consumer, and that these loans are generally affordable to consumers, with low default and loss rates on those loans.
The Bureau believes that for a conditional exemption to the general requirement to determine ability to repay, setting a portfolio default rate at a low threshold is appropriate in order to prevent the conditional exemption to be used for loans likely to create significant risk of consumer harm. Further, the lenders that have described to the Bureau their current accommodation lending programs have all reported that they achieve portfolio default rates well below at 5 percent. The Bureau therefore believes that 5 percent would be an appropriate portfolio default rate threshold for the purposes of the conditional exemption in § 1041.12.
As an important back-end protection, proposed § 1041.12(d) would also require that lenders provide a refund of origination fees if the lender's portfolio default rate exceeds 5 percent. The Bureau believes that this requirement would discourage attempts by lenders to avoid the 5 percent portfolio default rate limit and would provide a predictable remedy for poorly-performing portfolios. In addition, the Bureau believes that this requirement provides a relatively simple mechanism to mitigate consumer injury in the event that a lender's underwriting methodology does not meet the proposed parameters of § 1041.12. In developing proposed § 1041.12(d), the Bureau considered including substantially more complicated metrics and remedial provisions. The Bureau decided not to propose such provisions based on several concerns, including a concern that other remedial provisions would be less effective at mitigating an incentive for lenders to exploit the conditional exemption in § 1041.12 in ways not intended by the Bureau and a concern that these would be unduly burdensome for lenders and the Bureau alike to administer. The Bureau believes that the proposed refund requirement would be sufficient to prevent abuse under proposed § 1041.12.
The Bureau solicits comment on all aspects of proposed § 1041.12(d). In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether the requirement that lenders maintain and comply with policies and procedures for effectuating an underwriting method is sufficiently clear to provide lenders with guidance as to their obligations under § 1041.12(d); and, if not, what would be an alternative underwriting requirement for loans under § 1041.12. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether lenders that fail to achieve a portfolio default rate of not more than 5 percent should be required to refund the origination fee charged to all consumers with outstanding loans under § 1041.12 and whether any additional remedial measures should be required. Further, the Bureau solicits comment on whether lenders who exceed the targeted portfolio default rate should be prevented from making loans under § 1041.12 for a subsequent period; and, if so, what such a period would be and what would be the justification for such a prohibition.
Proposed § 1041.12(d)(1) would require lenders making loans under § 1041.12 to calculate the lender's portfolio default rate for such loans at least once every 12 months. The portfolio default rate for each period would cover all loans made under § 1041.12 that were outstanding at any time during the preceding year. The Bureau believes that requiring lenders to calculate portfolio default rates for loans under § 1041.12 on an annual basis would provide a ready means of determining whether loans that were made under proposed § 1041.12 were the type contemplated by this conditional exemption. Proposed comment 12(d)(1)-1 clarifies that lenders must use the method set forth in § 1041.12(e) to calculate the portfolio default rate.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether an annual calculation is sufficient to achieve the objectives of proposed § 1041.12; and, if not, what an alternative period would be for regular calculation of the portfolio default rate. Further, the Bureau solicits comment on the burdens that proposed § 1041.12(d)(1), if finalized, would impose on lenders, including small entities, making loans under the conditional exemption.
Proposed § 1041.12(d)(2) would require that lenders with a portfolio default rate exceeding 5 percent per year refund to each consumer with a loan included in the portfolio any origination fee excluded from the modified total cost of credit pursuant to proposed § 1041.12(b)(5). Lenders would be required to provide such refunds within 30 calendar days of identifying the excessive portfolio default rate; a lender would be deemed to have timely refunded the fee to a consumer if the lender delivers payment to the consumer or places payment in the mail to the consumer within 30 calendar days. Failure to provide the timely refund required by proposed § 1041.12(d)(2) would result in a violation of proposed § 1041 with respect to those loans. Proposed comment 12(d)(2)-1 clarifies that a lender may satisfy the refund requirement by, at the consumer's election, depositing the refund into the consumer's deposit account. Proposed comment 12(d)(2)-2 clarifies that a lender that failed in a prior 12-month period to achieve a portfolio default rate of not more than 5 percent would not be prevented from making loans under § 1041.12 for a subsequent 12-month period, provided that the lender provides a timely refund of origination fees pursuant to proposed § 1041.12(d)(2).
The Bureau is concerned that absent this refund requirement, the conditional exemption contained in proposed § 1041.12 could be subject to abuse as lenders could claim that their underwriting methods were calibrated to achieve a portfolio default rate of not more than 5 percent per year on loans under § 1041.12 without ever achieving that threshold. The refund requirement is designed to eliminate an incentive that might otherwise exist for a lender to invoke proposed § 1041.12 to make covered longer-term loans conditionally exempt from proposed §§ 1041.8, 1041.9, 1041.10, and 1041.15(b) but without actually underwriting the loans. The Bureau believes that such a back-end protection may be appropriate to ensure that the § 1041.12 exemption is available only where there is robust, lender-driven underwriting. The proposed timing components in § 1041.12(d)(2) are similar to the cure provisions in the Bureau's Regulation X, 12 CFR 1024.7(i). The Bureau believes that the timing requirements may be suitable for refunds provided in the context of proposed § 1041.12.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether a back-end consumer protection is appropriate for loans under § 1041.12; if so, whether the proposed refund requirement in § 1041.12(d)(2) would advance the consumer protection and access to credit objectives for proposed § 1041.12; and whether an alternative back-end requirement may be more appropriate. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether an alternative requirement would better target the potential consumer injury from the lender's underwriting failure; for example, whether the Bureau should require lenders to cease all collections activities on delinquent or defaulted loans that are in a portfolio with a portfolio default rate exceeding 5 percent. Further, the Bureau seeks comment on whether other requirements would be necessary for the administration of the proposed refund requirement, including, for example, disgorgement of the amount of undelivered and uncashed refund checks. The Bureau also solicits comment on the proposed timing requirement, including whether 30 calendar days provides adequate time for lenders to process refund payments and whether it is appropriate to deem consumers to have timely received payment if the lender places payment in the mail by the required date. In addition, the Bureau solicits comment on the costs that proposed § 1041.12(d)(2), if finalized, would impose on lenders, including small entities, making loans under § 1041.12.
Proposed § 1041.12(e) would prescribe the required method for calculating the portfolio default rate for loans made under § 1041.12. Proposed comment 12(e)-1 clarifies that lenders must use the method of calculation in proposed § 1041.12(e) regardless of the lender's own accounting methods. The Bureau believes that a standardized calculation of portfolio default rate is appropriate to measure compliance with the conditions of § 1041.12 and also would minimize the burden of such calculation on lenders that make loans under § 1041.12. Loss ratios are typically calculated as a percentage of average outstanding balances for a period of time, and the proposed definition follows this convention; rather than requiring that lenders calculate average daily balance, as many lenders do, the Bureau's proposed definition uses a simpler methodology to calculate the average outstanding balance by permitting lenders to take a simple average of month-end balances at the end of each month in the 12-month period.
The Bureau solicits comment on all aspects of the proposed methodology for calculating portfolio default rate. In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether requiring lenders to include loans that were either charged-off or that were delinquent for a consecutive period of 120 days or more during the 12-month period would appropriately capture the portfolio default rate and what would be the justification for selecting some other threshold for portfolio loans. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether to include in the calculation of portfolio default rates loans under § 1041.12 that have been refinanced and, if so, how best to accomplish this calculation. The Bureau further solicits comment on whether to permit lenders the option of using either average daily balances or, as proposed, average month-end balances, in the calculation. Additionally, the Bureau seeks comment on the timing requirements of proposed § 1041.12(e), including the frequency with which portfolio default rate must be calculated and the amount of time permitted to calculate the portfolio default rate following the last day of the applicable period.
Proposed § 1041.12(e)(1) would define portfolio default rate as the sum of the unpaid dollar amount on loans made under § 1041.12 that were either charged-off during the 12 months of the calculation period or were delinquent for a consecutive period of 120 days or more during the 12-month period for which the rate is being calculated, divided by the average month-end outstanding balances for all loans made under § 1041.12 for each month of the 12-month period.
Proposed § 1041.12(e)(1)(i) would define the lender's numerator for the calculation of portfolio default rate as the sum of dollar amounts owed on all covered longer-term loans made under § 1041.12 that meet the criteria in either § 1041.12(e)(1)(i)(A) or (B).
Proposed § 1041.12(e)(1)(i)(A) would include in the sum for § 1041.12(e)(1)(i) dollar amounts owed on loans that were delinquent for a period of 120 consecutive days or more during the 12-month period for which the portfolio default rate is being calculated.
Under the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council's uniform charge-off policy, depository institutions are generally required to charge-off closed-end credit at 120 days
Proposed § 1041.12(e)(1)(i)(B) would include in the sum for § 1041.12(e)(1)(i) dollar amounts owed on loans that the lender charged off during the 12-month period for which the portfolio default rate is being calculated, even if the loan was charged off by the lender before reaching the 120-day mark.
Proposed § 1041.12(e)(1)(ii) would define the lender's denominator for the portfolio default rate calculation as average of month-end outstanding balances owed on all covered longer-term loans made under § 1041.12 for each month of the 12-month period included in the calculation.
Proposed § 1041.12(e)(2) would require lenders to include in the calculation of the portfolio default rate all loans made under § 1041.12 that are outstanding at any point during the 12-month period for which the rate is calculated; proposed comment 12(e)(2)-1 clarifies that the relevant portfolio of loans includes loans originated by the lender for which assets are held off the lender's balance sheet, as well as on-balance sheet loans.
Proposed § 1041.12(e)(3) would specify that a loan is considered 120 days delinquent even if the loan is re-aged by the lender—
Proposed § 1041.12(e)(4) would require lenders to make the portfolio default rate calculation within 90 days of the end of the 12-month period reflected in the portfolio. Proposed comment 12(e)(4)-1 clarifies the timing of the required calculation.
Proposed § 1041.12(f) would impose additional requirements related to loans made under § 1041.12. The Bureau solicits comment on each of the requirements described below, including on the burden such requirements, if finalized, would impose on lenders, including small entities, making loans under § 1041.12. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether other or additional requirements would be appropriate for loans under § 1041.12 in order to fulfill the objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act, including the objectives related to consumer protection and access to credit.
Proposed § 1041.12(f)(1) would prohibit lenders from taking certain additional actions with regard to a loan made under § 1041.12. The Bureau solicits comment on whether the prohibitions are appropriate to advance the objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act and whether other actions should also be prohibited in connection with loans made under § 1041.12.
Proposed § 1041.12(f)(1)(i) would prohibit lenders from imposing a prepayment penalty in connection with a loan made under § 1041.12. The Bureau is not proposing in this rulemaking to determine all instances in which prepayment penalties may raise consumer protection concerns. However, the Bureau believes that for loans qualifying for a conditional exemption under proposed § 1041.12, penalizing a consumer for prepaying a loan would be inconsistent with the consumer's expectation for the loan and may prevent consumers from repaying debt that they otherwise would be able to retire.
The Bureau also believes that this proposed restriction is consistent with the current practice of community banks and credit unions. From outreach to these lenders, the Bureau understands that lenders that make what would be covered longer-term loans as an accommodation often do so to help existing customers address a particular financial need and are interested in having their customers repay as soon as they are able. In light of these considerations, the Bureau believes that the proposed condition would help ensure that, among other things, consumers are protected from unfair or abusive practices.
The Bureau solicits comment on the extent to which the requirement in proposed § 1041.12(f)(1)(i) is appropriate and on any alternative ways of defining the prohibited conduct that would provide adequate protection to consumers while encouraging access to credit.
Proposed § 1041.12(f)(1)(ii) would prohibit lenders that hold a consumer's finds on deposit from, in response to an actual or expected delinquency or default on the loan made under proposed § 1041.12, sweeping the account to a negative balance, exercising a right of set-off to collect on the loan, or closing the account. Proposed comment 12(f)(1)(ii)-1 clarifies that the prohibition in § 1041.12(f)(1)(ii) applies regardless of the type of account in which the consumer's funds are held and also clarifies that the prohibition does not apply to transactions in which the lender does not hold any funds on deposit for the consumer. Proposed comment 12(f)(1)(ii)-2 clarifies that the prohibition in § 1041.12(f)(1)(ii) does not affect the ability of the lender to pursue other generally-available legal remedies; the proposed clarification is similar to a provision in the Bureau's Regulation Z, 1026.12(d)(2).
Because loans under § 1041.12 would be exempt from the proposed ability-to-repay and payment notice requirements, the Bureau is concerned that in the event that a lender holds a consumer's funds on deposit and the loan turns out to be unaffordable to the consumer, the potential injury to a consumer could be exacerbated if the lender takes actions that cause the consumer's account to go to a negative balance or closes the consumer's account. Accordingly, the Bureau believes that the proposed prohibition would help ensure that, among other things, consumers are protected from unfair or abusive practices.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether the prohibition in proposed § 1041.12(f)(1)(ii) would be appropriate, and, alternatively, whether other restrictions related to treatment of a consumer's account by a lender that makes a loan under § 1041.12 to the consumer would be appropriate. The Bureau also solicits comment, in particular from banks and credit unions or other lenders that hold consumer funds, on current practices taken in response to actual or expected delinquency or default related to sweeping consumer accounts to negative, exercising a right of set-off to collect on a loan, and closing consumer accounts. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether the proposed condition would create safety and
Proposed § 1041.12(f)(2) would require lenders to furnish information concerning a loan made under § 1041.12 either to each information system described in § 1041.16(b) or to a consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis. Lenders could select which type of furnishing to do.
During the SBREFA process and in outreach with industry and others, the Bureau received feedback about requiring lenders that would make covered longer-term loans under a conditional exemption to the ability-to-repay requirements to obtain a consumer report from and furnish loan information to a specialty consumer reporting agency as a condition of making such loans. Lenders noted that the then-contemplated furnishing obligations would be a substantial burden and pose a barrier to making relatively lower-cost loans. From outreach with community banks and credit unions, the Bureau understands that many financial institutions with accommodation lending programs currently furnish loan information to a nationwide consumer reporting agency. However, the Bureau understands that these institutions generally do not furnish information concerning the loan to or obtain consumer reports from specialty consumer reporting agencies.
As proposed in § 1041.12(f)(2), lenders would not be required to furnish information about loans made under § 1041.12 to information systems described in proposed § 1041.16(b) if the lender instead furnishes information about that loan to a consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis. The Bureau believes that this furnishing requirement strikes the appropriate balance between minimizing burden on lenders that would make loans under § 1041.12 and establishing a reasonably comprehensive record of a consumer's borrowing history with respect to these loans, which would be useful for the other provisions of the Bureau's proposed rule that require assessing the amount and timing of a consumer's debt payments. In light of these considerations, the Bureau believes that the proposed requirement would help ensure that, among other things, this market operates efficiently to facilitate access to credit.
The Bureau solicits comment on the proposed furnishing requirement in § 1041.12(f)(2) and on the costs that the proposed requirement would impose, if finalized, on lenders, including small entities. In particular, the Bureau solicits comment on whether to require lenders to furnish in the manner set forth in proposed § 1041.12(f)(2) or whether to relieve lenders from a requirement to furnish information concerning loans made under § 1041.12. In addition, the Bureau solicits comment on whether to require lenders to furnish to multiple consumer reporting agencies that compile and maintain files on consumers on a nationwide basis rather than only one. The Bureau also solicits comment on the extent to which lenders that currently make loans similar to those that would be permitted under proposed § 1041.12 currently furnish information to nationwide consumer reporting agencies or to specialty consumer reporting agencies.
Proposed § 1041.12(f)(2)(i) would permit lenders to satisfy the requirement in § 1041.12(f)(2) by furnishing information concerning a loan made under § 1041.12 to each information system described in § 1041.16(b). Lenders furnishing in the manner provided for in proposed § 1041.12(f)(2)(i) would be required to furnish the loan information described in proposed § 1041.16(c).
Proposed § 1041.12(f)(2)(ii) would permit lenders to satisfy the requirement in § 1041.12(f)(2) by furnishing information concerning a loan made under § 1041.12 at the time of the lender's next regularly-scheduled furnishing of information to a consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis or within 30 days of consummation, whichever is earlier. Proposed § 1041.12(f)(2)(ii) would further provide that “consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on a consumers on a nationwide basis” has the same meaning as in section 603(p) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. 1681a(p).
In proposed § 1041.13, the Bureau proposes to identify it as an unfair and abusive act or practice for a lender to attempt to withdraw payment from a consumer's account in connection with a covered loan after the lender's second consecutive attempt to withdraw payment from the account has failed due to a lack of sufficient funds, unless the lender obtains the consumer's new and specific authorization to make further withdrawals from the account. To avoid committing this unfair and abusive practice, a lender would have to cease attempting to withdraw payments from the consumer's account or obtain a new and specific authorization to make further withdrawals.
Proposed § 1041.14 would prevent the unlawful practice by prohibiting further payment withdrawal attempts after two unsuccessful attempts in succession, except when the lender has obtained a new and specific authorization for further withdrawals. Proposed § 1041.14 also includes requirements for determining when the prohibition on further payment withdrawal attempts has been triggered and for obtaining a consumer's new and specific authorization to make additional withdrawals from the consumer's account.
Proposed § 1041.15 would provide a complementary set of interventions to require lenders to provide a notice to a consumer prior to initiating a payment withdrawal from the consumer's account. Proposed § 1041.15 also would require lenders to provide a alerting consumers to the fact that two consecutive payment withdrawal attempts to their accounts have failed—thus triggering operation of the requirements in proposed § 1041.14(b)—so that consumers can better understand their repayment options and obligations in light of their accounts' severely distressed condition. The two payments-related sections thus complement and reinforce each other.
The predicate for the proposed identification of an unfair and abusive act or practice in proposed § 1041.13—and thus for the prevention requirements contained in proposed § 1041.14—is a set of preliminary findings with respect to certain payment practices for covered loans and the impact on consumers of those practices. Those preliminary findings are set forth below in Market Concerns—Payments. After laying out these preliminary findings, the Bureau sets forth its reasons for proposing to identify as unfair and abusive the practice described in proposed § 1041.13. The Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of this subpart, including the intersection of the proposed interventions with existing State, tribal, and local laws and whether additional or alternative
At the time of loan origination, it is a common practice among many lenders to obtain authorization to initiate payment withdrawal attempts from the consumer's transaction account. Such authorization provides lenders with the ability to initiate withdrawals without further action from the consumer, including authorization for payment methods like paper checks, ACH transfers, and debit and prepaid cards. Like other industries that commonly use such authorizations for future withdrawals, consumers and lenders have found that they can be a substantial convenience for both parties. However, they also expose the consumer to a range of potential harms if the authorizations are not executed as expected. Indeed, Congress has recognized that such authorizations can give lenders a special kind of leverage over borrowers, for instance by prohibiting in the Electronic Fund Transfer Act the conditioning of credit on the consumer granting authorizations for a series of recurring electronic transfers over time.
This section reviews the available evidence on the outcomes that consumers experience when payday and payday installment lenders obtain and use the ability to initiate withdrawals from consumers' accounts. As detailed below, the Bureau is concerned that despite various regulatory requirements, lenders in this market are using their ability to initiate payment withdrawals in ways that harm consumers. Moreover, the Bureau is concerned that, in practice, consumers have little ability to protect themselves from these practices, and that private network attempts to restrict these behaviors are limited in various ways.
The Bureau's research with respect to payments practices has focused on online payday and payday installment loans. The Bureau has done so because, with an online loan, payment attempts generally occur through the ACH network and thus can be readily tracked at the account and lender level by using descriptive information in the ACH file. Other publicly available data indicate that returned payments likewise occur with great frequency in the storefront payday market; indeed, a comparison of this data with the Bureau's findings suggests that the risks to consumers with respect to failed payments may be as significant or even greater in the storefront market than in the online market.
In brief, the Bureau preliminarily finds:
• Lenders in these markets often take broad, ambiguous payment authorizations from consumers and vary how they use these authorizations, thereby increasing the risk that consumers will be surprised by the amount, timing, or channel of a particular payment and will be charged overdraft or non-sufficient funds fees as a result.
• When a particular withdrawal attempt fails, lenders in these markets often make repeated attempts at re-presentment, thereby further exacerbating the fees imposed on consumers.
• These cumulative practices contribute to return rates that vastly exceed those in other markets, substantially increasing consumers' costs of borrowing, their overall financial difficulties, and the risk that they will lose their accounts.
• Consumers have little practicable ability to protect themselves from these practices.
• Private network protections necessarily have limited reach and impact, and are subject to change.
As discussed above in part II D, obtaining authorization to initiate withdrawals from consumers' transaction accounts is a standard practice among payday and payday installment lenders. Lenders often control the parameters of how these authorizations are used. Storefront payday lenders typically obtain a post-dated paper check signed by the consumer, which can in fact be deposited before the date listed and can be converted into an ACH withdrawal. Online lenders typically obtain bank account information and authorizations to initiate ACH withdrawals from the consumer's account as part of the consumers' agreement to receive the funds electronically.
Once lenders have obtained the authorizations, there is significant evidence that payday and payday installment lenders frequently execute the withdrawals in ways that consumers do not expect. In some cases these actions may violate authorizations, contract documents, Federal and State laws, and/or private network rules, and in other cases they may exploit the flexibility provided by these sources, particularly when the underlying contract materials and authorizations are broadly or vaguely phrased. The unpredictability for consumers is often exacerbated by the fact that lenders often also obtain authorizations to withdraw varying amounts up to the full loan amount, in an apparent attempt to bypass EFTA notification requirements that would otherwise require notification of transfers of varying amount.
These various practices increase the risk that the payment attempt will be made in a way that triggers fees on a consumer's account. As discussed in part II D., unsuccessful payment attempts typically trigger bank fees. According to deposit account agreements, banks charge a non-sufficient funds fee of approximately $34 for returned ACH and check payments.
Despite these potential risks to consumers, many lenders vary the timing, frequency, and amount of presentments over the course of the lending relationship. For example, the Bureau has received a number of consumer complaints about lenders initiating payments before the due date, sometimes causing the borrower's accounts to incur NSF or overdraft fees. Lenders also appear to use account access to collect fees in addition to regular loan payments. The Bureau has received consumer complaints about bank fees triggered when lenders initiated payments for more than the scheduled payment amount. The Bureau is also aware of payday and payday installment lender policies to vary the days on which a payment is initiated based on prior payment history, payment method, and predictive products provided by third parties. Bureau analysis of online loan payments shows differences in how lenders space out payment attempts and vary the amounts of such attempts in situations when a payment attempt has previously failed.
Some lenders make multiple attempts to collect payment on the same day or over a period of time, contributing to the unpredictable nature of how payment attempts will be made and further exacerbating fees on consumer accounts. For example, the Bureau has observed storefront
When multiple payment requests are submitted to a single account on the same day by a payday lender, the payment attempts usually all succeed (76 percent) or all fail (21 percent), leaving only 3 percent of cases where one but not all attempts succeed.
Moreover, when a lender's presentment or multiple presentments on a single day fail, lenders typically attempt to collect payment again multiple times on subsequent days.
Lenders appear more likely to deviate from the payment schedule after there has been a failed payment attempt. According to Bureau analysis, 60 percent of payment attempts following a failed payment came within 1-7 days of the initial failed attempt, compared with only 3 percent of payment attempts following a successful payment.
In addition to deviations from the payment schedule, some lenders adopt
These practices among payday and payday installment lenders have substantial cumulative impacts on consumers. Industry analyses, outreach, and Bureau research suggest that the industry is an extreme outlier with regard to the rate of returned items. As a result of payment practices in these industries, consumers suffer significant non-sufficient funds, overdraft, and lender fees that substantially increase financial distress and the cumulative costs of their loans.
Financial institution analysis and Bureau outreach indicate that the payday and payday installment industry is an extreme outlier with regard to the high rate of returned items generated. These returns are most often for non-sufficient funds, but also include transactions that consumers have stopped payment on or reported as unauthorized. The high rate of returned payment attempts suggests problems in the underlying practices to obtain consumer authorization
Moreover, while some level of Returns, including for funding-related issues such as insufficient funds or frozen accounts, may be unavoidable, excessive total Returns also can be indicative of problematic origination practices. For example, although some industries have higher average return rates because they deal with consumers with marginal financial capacity, even within such industries there are outlier Originators whose confusing authorizations result in high levels of Returns for insufficient funds because the Receiver did not even understand that s/he was authorizing an ACH transaction. Although such an Entry may be better characterized as “unauthorized,” as a practical matter it may be returned for insufficient funds before a determination regarding authorization can be made.
NACHA,
A major financial institution has released analysis of its consumer depository account data to estimate ACH return rates for payday lenders, including both storefront and online companies.
In addition to this combined financial institution analysis, Bureau research and outreach suggest extremely high rates of returned payments for both storefront and online lenders. Storefront lenders, for example, report failure rates of approximately 60 to 80 percent when they deposit consumers' post-dated checks or initiate ACH transfers from consumers' accounts in situations in which the consumer has not come into the store to repay in cash.
Bureau analysis, consumer complaints, and public litigation documents show that the damage from these payment attempts can be substantial.
Lender attempts to collect payments from an account may also contribute to account closure. The Bureau has observed that accounts of borrowers who use loans from online payday lenders are more likely to be closed than accounts generally (17 percent versus 3 percent, respectively).
Consumers' ability to protect their accounts from these types of presentment problems is limited due to a combination of factors, including the nature of the lender practices themselves, lender revocation procedures (or lack thereof), costs imposed by consumers' depository institutions in connection with attempting to stop presentment attempts, and operational limits of individual payment methods. In some cases, revocation and stopping payment may be infeasible, and at a minimum they are generally both difficult and costly.
The Bureau believes that lenders and account-holding institutions may make it difficult for consumers to revoke account access or stop withdrawals.
Can I revoke my ACH payment?
No. The ACH Authorization can only be revoked AFTER we have received payment in full of the amount owed. Because our advances are single payment advances (that is, we advance a sum of money that is to be repaid in a lump sum), we are permitted to require ACH repayment in accordance with the Federal Electronic Funds Transfer Act (“EFTA”).
Consumer complaints sent to the Bureau also indicate that consumers struggle with anticipating and stopping payment attempts by payday lenders. Complaints where the consumer has identified the issues “can't stop lender from charging my bank account” or “lender charged my bank account on wrong day or for wrong amount” account for roughly 9 percent of the more than 12,200 payday loan complaints the Bureau has handled since November 2013.
The other option for consumers is to direct their bank to stop payment, but this too can be challenging. Depository institutions typically charge a fee of approximately $32 for processing a stop payment order, making this a costly option for consumers.
The odds of successfully stopping a payment also vary by channel. To execute a stop payment order on a check, banks usually use the check number provided by the consumer. Since ACH payments do not have a number equivalent to a check number for the bank to identify them, ACH payments are particularly difficult to stop. To block the payment, banks may need to search the ACH transaction description for information that identifies the lender. Determining an effective search term is difficult given that there is no standardization of how originators of a payment—in this case, lenders—identify themselves in the ACH network. Lenders may use a parent company name, abbreviated name, or vary names based on factors like branch location. Some lenders use the name of their third party payment processor. Bank systems with limited searching capabilities may have difficulty finding these transactions and executing an ACH stop payment order.
Moreover, remotely created checks and remotely created payment orders are virtually impossible to stop because the consumer does not know the check number that the payee will generate, and the transaction information does not allow for payment identification in the same way that an ACH file does. RCCs and RCPOs have check numbers that are created by the lender or its payment processor, making it unlikely that consumers would have this information.
Some financial institutions impose additional procedural hurdles, for instance by requiring consumers to provide an exact payment amount for a stop payment order and allowing payments that vary by a small amount to go through.
The Bureau believes that there is also some risk that bank staff may misinform consumers about their rights. During outreach, the Bureau has learned that some bank ACH operations staff do not believe consumers have any right to stop payment or send back unauthorized transactions initiated by payday lenders. The Bureau has received consumer complaints to the same effect.
Finally, while payday industry presentment practices are so severe that they have prompted recent actions by the private rulemaking body that governs the ACH network, the Bureau is concerned that these efforts will be insufficient to solve the problems discussed above. As discussed above in part II B., the private NACHA rules provide some protections in addition to those currently provided by law. Specifically, the NACHA rules limit re-presentment of any one single failed payment to two additional attempts and provide that any lender with a total return level of 15 percent or above may be subject to an inquiry process by NACHA. However, the narrow scope of these rules, limited private network monitoring and enforcement capabilities over them, and applicability to only one payment method mean that they are unlikely to entirely solve problematic practices in the payday and payday installment industries.
NACHA rules have historically provided a reinitiation cap, which limits re-presentment of a failed payment to two additional attempts. Compliance with this requirement is difficult to monitor and enforce.
Even if the rule were not subject to ready evasion by originating entities, the cap also does not apply to future payments in an installment payment schedule. Accordingly, if a failed payment on a previously scheduled payment is followed by a payment attempt on the next scheduled payment, that second attempt is not considered a reinitiation and does not count toward the cap. For example, each month that a monthly loan payment does not go through, NACHA rules allow that payment to be presented a total of three times with three fees to the consumer. And then the following payment due during the next month can proceed despite any prior failures. Bureau analysis suggests that online lenders are re-submitting ACH payment attempts soon after a failure rather than simply waiting for the next scheduled payment date to attempt to collect.
According to a NACHA rule that went into effect in September 2015, originators
The inquiry process is an opportunity for the ODFI to present, and for NACHA to consider, specific facts related to the Originator's or Third-Party Sender's ACH origination practices and activity. At the conclusion of the preliminary inquiry, NACHA may determine that no further action is required, or may recommend to an industry review panel that the ODFI be required to reduce the Originator's or Third-Party Sender's overall or administrative return rate below the Return Rate Level. . . . In reviewing the results of a preliminary inquiry, the industry review panel can consider a number of factors, such as: (1) The total volume of forward and returned debit Entries; (2) The return rate for unauthorized debit Entries; (3) Any evidence of Rules violations, including the rules on reinitiation; (4) Any legal investigations or regulatory actions; (5) The number and materiality of consumer complaints; (6) Any other relevant information submitted by the ODFI.
NACHA has a limited ability to monitor return rates. First, NACHA has no ability to monitor returns based on a particular lender. All of the return information it receives is sorted by the originating depository financial institutions that are processing the transactions, rather than at the level of the individual lenders that is accessing the ACH network. Since lenders sometimes use multiple ODFI relationships to process their payments,
As discussed in part II B., the Bureau is aware that lenders often obtain access to multiple payment methods, such as check, ACH, and debit card. Since private payment networks do not combine return activity, there is no monitoring of a lender's overall returns across all payment types. Payments that begin as checks and then are re-presented as ACH payments, a practice that is not uncommon among storefront payday lenders, are excluded from the NACHA return rate threshold. The Bureau is also aware that lenders sometimes alternate between payment networks to avoid triggering scrutiny or violation of particular payment network rules. Processor marketing materials, Bureau staff conversations with industry, and documents made public through litigation indicate that the NACHA unauthorized return and total return rate thresholds have already prompted migration to remotely created checks and debit network transactions, both of which are not covered by the NACHA rules.
Particularly in light of payday lenders' past behavior, the Bureau believes that substantial risk to consumers remains. Although private network rules may improve lender practices in some respects, they have gaps and limited consequences—there is no systematic way to monitor lender payment practices in the current ACH system, or more broadly for practices across all payment channels. In addition, because NACHA rules are private, there is no guarantee for the public that they will exist in the same, or an improved, form in the future. For all of these reasons, the private ACH network rules are unlikely to fully solve the problematic practices in this market.
As discussed above, it is a common practice for lenders in various types of credit markets to obtain consumers' authorizations to withdraw payment from their bank accounts with no further action required from the consumer after initially granting authorization. One common example of this practice is for creditors to obtain a consumer's authorization in advance to initiate a series of recurring electronic fund transfers from the consumer's bank account. The Bureau believes that this practice often can be beneficial for creditors and consumers alike by providing a relatively speedy, predictable, and low-cost means of repayment. Nonetheless, based on the evidence summarized in Market Concerns—Payments, the Bureau also believes that lenders in the markets for payday and payday installment loans often use such payment authorizations in ways that may cause substantial harms to consumers who are especially vulnerable, particularly when lenders continue making payment withdrawal attempts after one or more attempts have failed due to nonsufficient funds. As detailed below, the Bureau believes this evidence appears to support both a regulation that would alert consumers in advance of upcoming payment withdrawal attempts and a regulation that would provide specific consumer protections against unfair and abusive lender conduct when past payment withdrawal attempts have failed.
Based on the evidence described in Market Concerns—Payments and pursuant to its authority under section 1031 of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bureau is proposing in § 1041.13 to identify it as both an unfair and abusive practice for a lender to attempt to withdraw payment from a consumer's account in connection with a covered loan after the lender's second consecutive attempt has failed due to a lack of sufficient funds, unless the lender obtains the consumer's new and specific authorization to make further withdrawals from the account. In this context, an “attempt to withdraw payment from a consumer's account” means a lender-initiated debit or withdrawal from the account for purposes of collecting any amount due or purported to be due in connection with a covered loan, regardless of the particular payment method used by the lender to initiate the debit or withdrawal. The proposed identification thus would apply to all common methods of withdrawing payment from consumers' accounts, including but not limited to the following methods: Electronic fund transfers (including preauthorized electronic fund transfers), without regard to the particular type of payment device or instrument used; signature checks; remotely created checks; remotely created payment orders; and an account-holding institution's withdrawal of funds held at the same institution. The Bureau's basis for this proposed identification is discussed in detail below.
Under § 1031(c)(1) of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bureau shall have no authority to declare an act or practice unfair unless it has a reasonable basis to conclude that it “causes or is likely to cause substantial injury to consumers which is not reasonably avoidable by consumers” and such substantial, not
As noted in part IV, the Bureau's interpretation of the various prongs of the unfairness test is informed by the FTC Act, the FTC Policy Statement on Unfairness, and FTC and other Federal agency rulemakings and related case law.
In this case, the lender act or practice of attempting to withdraw payment from a consumer's account in connection with a covered loan after the lender's second consecutive attempt has failed due to a lack of sufficient funds, unless the lender obtains the consumer's new and specific authorization to make further withdrawals from the account, appears to cause or to be likely to cause substantial injury to consumers. As discussed above, each additional attempt by the lender is likely to trigger substantial additional fees for the consumer but unlikely to result in successful collection for the lender. These additional attempts can cause serious injury to consumers who are already in substantial financial distress, including, in addition to the cumulative fees that the consumers owe both to the lender and their account-holding institution, increasing the risk that the consumers will experience account closure.
Specifically, the Bureau conducted analysis of online lenders' attempts to collect payments through the ACH system on covered loans with various payment structures, including traditional payday loans with a single balloon payment and high-cost installment loans, typically with payments timed to coincide with the consumer's payday. The Bureau's analysis indicates that the failure rate after two consecutive unsuccessful attempts is 73 percent, even when re-presentments appear to be timed to coincide with the consumer's next payday or the date of the next scheduled payment, and further worsens on subsequent attempts.
Consumers who are subject to the lender practice of attempting to withdraw payment from an account after two consecutive attempts have failed are likely to have incurred two NSF fees from their account-holding institution
In addition to incurring these types of fees, consumers who experience two or more consecutive failed lender payment attempts appear to be at greater risk of having their accounts closed by their account-holding institution. Specifically, the Bureau's analysis of ACH payment withdrawal attempts made by online payday and payday installment lenders indicates that 43 percent of accounts with two consecutive failed lender payment withdrawal attempts were closed by the depository institution, as compared with only 3 percent of accounts generally.
As previously noted in part IV, under the FTC Act and Federal precedents that inform the Bureau's interpretation and application of the unfairness test, an injury is not reasonably avoidable where “some form of seller behavior . . . unreasonably creates or takes advantage of an obstacle to the free exercise of consumer decision-making,” or, unless consumers have reason to anticipate the injury and the means to avoid it. The Bureau believes that in a significant proportion of cases, unless the lender obtains the consumer's new and specific authorization to make further payment withdrawals from the account, consumers may be unable to reasonably avoid the injuries that result from the lender practice of attempting to withdraw payment from a consumer's account in connection with a covered loan after two consecutive payment withdrawal attempts by the lender have failed.
Consumers could avoid the above-described substantial injury by depositing into their accounts enough money to cover the lender's third payment withdrawal attempt and every attempt that the lender may make after that, but for many consumers this is not a reasonable or even available way of avoiding the substantial injury discussed above. Even if a consumer had sufficient funds to do so and knew the amount and timing of the lender's next attempt to withdraw payment, any funds deposited into the consumer's account likely would be claimed first by the consumer's bank to repay the NSF fees charged for the prior two failed attempts. Thus, even a consumer who had some available cash would have difficulties in avoiding the injury resulting from the lender's third attempt to withdraw payment, as well as in avoiding the injury resulting from any attempts that the lender may make after the third one.
Moreover, as a practical matter, in the vast majority of cases in which two consecutive attempts to withdraw payment have failed, the consumer is in severe financial distress and thus does not have the money to cover the next payment withdrawal attempt.
Further, as discussed in Market Concerns—Payments, there are several reasons that the option of attempting to stop payment or revoke authorization is not a reasonable means of avoiding the injuries, either. First, consumers often face considerable challenges in issuing stop payment orders or revoking authorization as a means to prevent lenders from continuing to attempt to make payment withdrawals from their accounts. Complexities in payment processing systems and the internal procedures of consumers' account-holding institutions, combined with lender practices, often make it difficult for consumers to stop payment or revoke authorization effectively. With respect to preauthorized electronic fund transfers authorized by the consumer, for example, even if the consumer successfully stops payment on one transfer, the consumer may experience difficulties in blocking all future transfers by the lender. In addition, payment withdrawal attempts made via RCC or RCPO can be especially challenging for the consumer's account-holding institution to identify and to stop payment on.
Various lender practices exacerbate these challenges. As discussed above, lenders often obtain several different types of authorizations from consumers
In addition, the costs to the consumer for issuing a stop payment order or revoking authorization are often as high as some of the fees that the consumer is trying to avoid. As discussed above, depository institutions charge consumers a fee of approximately $32, on average, for placing a stop payment order. The consumer incurs this fee regardless of whether the consumer is seeking to stop payment on a check (including an RCC or RCPO), a single electronic fund transfer, or all future electronic fund transfers authorized by
As a result of these stop payment fees, the cost to the consumer of stopping payment with the consumer's account-holding institution is comparable to the NSF fee or overdraft fee that the consumer would be charged by the institution if the payment withdrawal attempt that the consumer is seeking to stop were made. Thus, even if the consumer successfully stops payment, the consumer would not avoid this particular fee-related injury but rather would be exchanging the cost of one fee for another. In addition, some consumers may be charged a stop payment fee by their account-holding institution even when, despite the stop payment order, the lender's payment withdrawal attempt goes through. In such cases, the consumer may be charged both a fee for the stop payment order and an NSF or overdraft fee triggered by the lender's payment withdrawal attempt.
In addition to the challenges consumers face when trying to stop payment or revoke authorization with their account-holding institutions, consumers often face lender-created barriers that prevent them from pursuing this option as an effective means of avoiding injury. Lenders may discourage consumers from pursuing this course of action by including language in loan agreements purportedly prohibiting the consumer from stopping payment or revoking authorization. In some cases, lenders may charge consumers a substantial fee in the event that they successfully stop payment with their account-holding institution. Lenders' procedures for revoking authorizations directly with the lender create additional barriers. As discussed above, lenders often require consumers to provide written revocation by mail several days in advance of the next scheduled payment withdrawal attempt. If a consumer who wishes to revoke authorization took out the loan online, she may have difficulty even identifying the lender that holds the authorization, especially if she was paired with the lender through a third-party lead generator. These lender-created barriers make it difficult for consumers to stop payment or revoke authorization in general, but can create particular difficulties for consumers who wish to revoke authorizations for repayment by recurring electronic fund transfers under Regulation E, given that the consumer's account-holding institution is permitted under Regulation E to require the consumer to confirm the consumer has informed the lender of the revocation (for example, by requiring a copy of the consumer's revocation as written confirmation to be provided within 14 days of an oral notification). If the institution does not receive the required written confirmation within the 14-day period, it may honor subsequent debits to the account.
As noted in part IV, the Bureau's interpretation of the various prongs of the unfairness test is informed by the FTC Act, the FTC Policy Statement on Unfairness, and FTC and other Federal agency rulemakings and related case law. Under those authorities, it generally is appropriate for purposes of the countervailing benefits prong of the unfairness standard to consider both the costs of imposing a remedy and any benefits that consumers enjoy as a result of the practice, but the determination does not require a precise quantitative analysis of benefits and costs.
The Bureau proposes to find that the lender act or practice of making additional payment withdrawal attempts from a consumer's account in connection with a covered loan after two consecutive attempts have failed, unless the lender obtains the consumer's new and specific authorization to make further withdrawals from the account, generates benefits to consumers or competition that outweigh the injuries caused by the practice. As discussed above, the substantial majority of additional attempts are likely to fail. Indeed, the Bureau's analysis of ACH payment withdrawal attempts made by online payday and payday installment lenders finds that the failure rate on the third attempt is 73 percent, and that failure rates increase to 83 percent on the fourth attempt and to 85 percent on the fifth attempt. Furthermore, of those attempts that succeed, 33 percent or more succeed only by overdrawing the consumer's account.
When a third or subsequent attempt to withdraw payment does succeed, the consumer making the payment may experience some benefit—but only if the payment does not overdraw the consumer's account
Turning to the potential benefits of the practice to competition, the Bureau recognizes that to the extent that payment withdrawal attempts succeed when made after two consecutive failed attempts, lenders may collect larger payments or may collect payments at a lower cost than they would if they were required to seek payment directly from the consumer rather than from the consumer's account. Given their high failure rates, however, these additional attempts generate relatively small amounts of revenue for lenders. For example, the Bureau's analysis of ACH payment withdrawal attempts made by online payday and payday installment lenders indicates that the expected value of a third successive payment attempt is only $46, and that the expected value drops to $32 for the fourth attempt and to $21 for the fifth attempt. Furthermore, as noted above, the Bureau believes that lenders could obtain much of this revenue without making multiple attempts to withdraw payment from demonstrably distressed accounts. For instance, lenders could seek payments in cash or “push” payments from the consumer, or, in the alternative, seek a new and specific authorization from the consumer to make further payment withdrawal attempts. Indeed, coordinating with the
Under § 1031(d)(2)(A) and (B) of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bureau shall have no authority to declare an act or practice abusive unless it takes unreasonable advantage of “a lack of understanding on the part of the consumer of the material risks, costs, or conditions of the product or service” or of “the inability of the consumer to protect the interests of the consumer in selecting or using a consumer financial product or service.” Based on the evidence discussed in Market Concerns—Payments, the Bureau proposes to find that, with respect to covered loans, it is an abusive act or practice for a lender to attempt to withdraw payment from a consumer's account in connection with a covered loan after two consecutive failed attempts, unless the lender obtains the consumer's new and specific authorization to make further withdrawals from the account.
The Bureau believes that consumers understand generally when granting an authorization to withdraw payment from their account that they may incur an NSF fee from their account-holding institution and a lender-charged returned-item fee if a payment is returned, on either a single-payment or installment loan, or a fee from their account-holding institution if the institution is also the lender. However, the Bureau does not believe that such a generalized understanding suffices to establish that consumers understand the material costs and risks of a product or service. Rather, the Bureau believes that it is reasonable to interpret “lack of understanding” in this context to mean more than mere awareness that it is within the realm of possibility that a particular negative consequence may follow or cost may be incurred as a result of using the product. For example, consumers may not understand that a risk is very likely to happen or that—though relatively rare—the impact of a particular risk would be severe.
In this instance, precisely because the practice of taking advanced authorizations to withdraw payment is so widespread across markets for other credit products and non-credit products and services, the Bureau believes that consumers lack understanding of how the risk they are exposing themselves to by granting authorizations to lenders making proposed covered loans. Rather, consumers are likely to expect payment withdrawals made pursuant to their authorizations to operate in a convenient and predictable manner, similar to the way such authorizations operate when granted to other types of lenders and in a wide variety of other markets. Consumers' general understanding that granting authorization can sometimes result in their incurring such fees does not prepare them for the substantial likelihood that, in the event their account becomes severely distressed, the lender will continue making payment withdrawal attempts even after the lender should be on notice (from two consecutive failed attempts) of the account's condition, and that they thereby will be exposed to substantially increased overall loan costs in the form of cumulative NSF or overdraft fees from their account-holding institution and returned-item fees from their lender, as well as to the increased risk of account closure. Moreover, this general understanding does not prepare consumers for the array of significant challenges they will encounter if, upon discovering that their lender is still attempting to withdraw payment after their account has become severely distressed, they take steps to try to stop the lender from using their authorizations to make any additional attempts.
The Bureau proposes to find that it takes unreasonable advantage of consumers' inability to protect their interests when a lender attempts to withdraw payment from a consumer's account in connection with a covered loan after the lender's second consecutive attempt has failed due to a lack of sufficient funds, unless the lender obtains the consumer's new and specific authorization to make further withdrawals from the account. Once consumers discover that lenders are using their authorizations in this manner, it is too late for them to take effective action. While consumers could try to protect themselves from the harms of additional payment withdrawal attempts by closing down their accounts entirely, the Bureau does not interpret taking this action as being a practicable means for consumers to protect their interests, given that consumers use their accounts to conduct most of their household financial transactions. Accordingly, as discussed above, often the only option for most consumers to protect themselves (and their accounts) from the harms of lender attempts to withdraw payment after two consecutive attempts have failed is to stop payment or revoke authorization.
As discussed above, lenders may discourage consumers from stopping payment or revoking authorization by including language in loan agreements purporting to prohibit revocation. Some lenders may charge consumers a substantial fee for stopping payment with their account-holding institutions. Lenders' procedures for revoking authorizations directly with the lender create additional barriers to stopping payment or revoking authorization effectively. For example, as discussed above, lenders often require consumers to provide written revocation by mail several days in advance of the next scheduled payment withdrawal attempt. Some consumers may even have
Consumers encounter additional challenges when trying to stop payment with their account-holding institutions. For example, due to complexities in payment processing systems and the internal procedures of consumers' account-holding institutions, consumers may be unable to stop payment on the next payment withdrawal attempt in a timely and effective manner. Even if the consumer successfully stops payment with her account-holding institution on the lender's next payment attempt, the consumer may experience difficulties blocking all future attempts by the lender, particularly when the consumer has authorized the lender to make withdrawals from her account via recurring electronic fund transfers. Some depository institutions require the consumer to provide the exact payment amount or the lender's merchant ID code, and thus fail to block payments when the payment amount varies or the lender varies the merchant code. Consumers are likely to experience even greater challenges in stopping payment on lender attempts made via RCC or RCPO, given account-holding institutions' difficulties in identifying such payment attempts. Further, if the lender has obtained multiple types of authorizations from the consumer—such as authorizations to withdraw payment via both ACH transfers and RCCs—the consumer likely will have to navigate different sets of complicated stop-payment procedures for each type of authorization held by the lender, thereby making it even more challenging to stop payment effectively.
Further, the fees charged by consumers' account-holding institutions for stopping payment are often comparable to the NSF fees or overdraft fees from which the consumers are trying to protect themselves. Depending on their account-institution's policies, some consumers may be charged a second fee to renew a stop payment order after a period of time. As a result of these costs, even if the consumer successfully stops payment on the next payment withdrawal attempt, the consumer will not have effectively protected herself from the fee-related injury that otherwise would have resulted from the attempt, but rather will have exchanged the cost of one fee for another. Additionally, in some cases, consumers may be charged a stop payment fee by their account-holding institution even when the stop payment order fails to stop the lender's payment withdrawal attempt from going through. As a result, such consumers may incur both a fee for the stop payment order and an NSF or overdraft fee for the lender's withdrawal attempt.
Under section 1031 of the Dodd-Frank Act, an act or practice is abusive if it takes “unreasonable advantage” of consumers' lack of understanding of the material risks, costs, or conditions of consumer financial product or service or inability to protect their interests in selecting or using such a product or service. The Bureau believes that, with respect to covered loans, the lender act or practice of attempting to withdraw payment from a consumer's account after two consecutive attempts have failed, unless the lender obtains the consumer's new and specific authorization to make further withdrawals, may take unreasonable advantage of consumers' lack of understanding and inability to protect their interests, as discussed above, and is therefore abusive.
The Bureau recognizes that in any transaction involving a consumer financial product or service, there is likely to be some information asymmetry between the consumer and the financial institution. Often, the financial institution will have superior bargaining power as well. Section 1031(d) of the Dodd-Frank Act does not prohibit financial institutions from taking advantage of their superior knowledge or bargaining power to maximize their profit. Indeed, in a market economy, market participants with such advantages generally pursue their self-interests. However, section 1031 of the Dodd-Frank Act makes plain that there comes a point at which a financial institution's conduct in leveraging consumers' lack of understanding or inability to protect their interest becomes unreasonable advantage-taking and thus is potentially abusive.
The Dodd-Frank Act delegates to the Bureau the responsibility for determining when that line has been crossed. The Bureau believes that such determinations are best made with respect to any particular act or practice by taking into account all of the facts and circumstances that are relevant to assessing whether such an act or practice takes unreasonable advantage of consumers' lack of understanding or of consumers' inability to protect their interests. The Bureau recognizes that taking a consumer's authorization to withdraw funds from the consumer's account without further action by the consumer is a common practice that frequently serves the interest of both lenders and consumers, and does not believe that this practice, standing alone, takes unreasonable advantage of consumers. However, at least with respect to covered loans, the Bureau proposes to conclude, based on the evidence discussed in this section and in Markets Concerns—Payments, that when lenders use such authorizations to make a payment withdrawal attempt after two consecutive attempts have failed, lenders take unreasonable advantage of consumers' lacking of understanding and inability to protect their interests, absent the consumer's new and specific authorization.
As discussed above, with respect to covered loans, the lender practice of continuing to make payment withdrawal attempts after a second consecutive failure generates relatively small amounts of revenues for lenders, particularly as compared with the significant harms that consumers incur as a result of the practice. Moreover, the cost to the lender of re-presenting a failed payment withdrawal attempt is nominal, thus permitting lenders to re-present, often repeatedly, at little cost to themselves and with little to no regard for the harms that consumers incur as a result of the re-presentments.
Specifically, the Bureau's analysis of ACH payment withdrawal attempts made by online payday and payday
The Bureau seeks comment on the evidence and proposed findings and conclusions in proposed § 1041.13 and Market Concerns—Payments above.
As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1041.13, the Bureau is proposing to identify it as an unfair and abusive practice for a lender to attempt to withdraw payment from a consumer's account in connection with a covered loan after the lender's second consecutive attempt to withdraw payment from the account has failed due to a lack of sufficient funds, unless the lender obtains the consumer's new and specific authorization to make further withdrawals from the account. Thus, after a lender's second consecutive attempt to withdraw payment from a consumer's account has failed, the lender could avoid engaging in the unfair or abusive practice either by not making any further payment withdrawals or by obtaining from the consumer a new and specific authorization and making further payment withdrawals pursuant to that authorization.
Section 1031(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act provides that the Bureau may prescribe rules “identifying as unlawful unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices” and may include in such rules requirements for the purpose of preventing unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices. The Bureau is proposing to identify and prevent the unfair and abusive practice described above by including in proposed § 1041.14 requirements for determining when making a further payment withdrawal attempt constitutes an unfair or abusive act and for obtaining a consumer's new and specific authorization to make further payment withdrawals from the consumer's account. In addition to its authority under section 1031(b), the Bureau is proposing two provisions—§ 1041.14(c)(3)(ii) and (iii)(C)—pursuant to its authority under section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act. Section 1032(a) authorizes the Bureau to prescribe rules to ensure that the features of consumer financial products and services, “both initially and over the term of the product or service,” are disclosed “fully, accurately, and effectively . . . in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the product or service, in light of the facts and circumstances.” Both of the proposed provisions relate to the requirements for obtaining the consumer's new and specific authorization after the prohibition on making further payment withdrawals has been triggered.
In addition to the proposed provisions in § 1041.14, the Bureau is proposing in § 1041.15 a complementary set of requirements pursuant to its authority under section 1032 of the Dodd-Frank Act to require lenders to provide notice to a consumer prior to initiating a payment withdrawal from the consumer's account. The Bureau believes that these disclosures, by informing consumers in advance of the timing, amount, and channel of upcoming withdrawal attempts, will help consumers to detect errors or problems with upcoming payments and to contact their lenders or account-holding institutions to resolve them in a timely manner, as well as to take steps to ensure that their accounts contain enough money to cover the payments, when taking such steps is feasible for consumers. Proposed § 1041.15 also provides for a notice that lenders would be required to provide to consumers, alerting them to the fact that two consecutive payment withdrawal attempts to their accounts have failed—thus triggering operation of the requirements in proposed § 1041.14(b)—so that consumers can better understand their repayment options and obligations in light of their accounts' severely distressed conditions. The two payments-related sections in the proposed rule thus complement and reinforce each other.
Specifically, proposed § 1041.14 would include four main sets of provisions. First, proposed § 1041.14(a) would establish definitions used throughout §§ 1041.14 and 1041.15. Second, proposed § 1041.14(b) would establish requirements for determining when the prohibition on making further attempts to withdraw payment from a consumer's account applies. Third, proposed § 1041.14(c) would set forth the requirements for the first of two exceptions to the prohibition in § 1041.14(b). Under this exception, a lender would be permitted to make further payment withdrawals from a consumer's account if the lender obtains the consumer's new and specific authorization for the terms of the withdrawals, as specified in the proposed rule. Last, proposed § 1041.14(d) would set forth the requirements for a second exception to the prohibition. Under this exception, a lender would be permitted to make further payment withdrawals on a one-time basis within one business day after the consumer authorizes the withdrawal, subject to certain requirements and conditions. Each of these provisions of proposed § 1041.14 is discussed in detail, below.
Proposed § 1041.14(a) would establish defined terms used throughout §§ 1041.14 and 1041.15. The central defined term in both of these proposed sections is “payment transfer.” This term would apply broadly to any lender-initiated attempt to collect payment from a consumer's account, regardless of the type of authorization or instrument used. As discussed more fully below, the Bureau believes a single, broadly-applicable term would help to ensure uniform application of the payments-related consumer protections and reduce complexity in the proposed rule. All of the proposed definitions in § 1041.14(a) are discussed in detail, below.
Proposed § 1041.14(a)(1) would define a payment transfer as any lender-initiated debit or withdrawal of funds from a consumer's account for the purpose of collecting any amount due or purported to be due in connection with a covered loan. To illustrate the definition's application to existing payment methods, proposed § 1041.14(a)(1) further provides a non-exhaustive list of specific means of debiting or withdrawing funds from a consumer's account that would constitute payment transfers if the general definition's conditions are met. Specifically, proposed § 1041.14(a)(1)(i) through (v) provide that the term includes a debit or withdrawal initiated through: (1) An electronic fund transfer, including a preauthorized electronic fund transfer as defined in Regulation E, 12 CFR 1005.2(k); (2) a signature check, regardless of whether the transaction is processed through the check network or another network, such as the ACH network; (3) a remotely created check as defined in Regulation CC, 12 CFR 229.2(fff); and (4) a remotely created payment order as defined in 16 CFR 310.2(cc); and (5) an account-holding institution's transfer of funds from a consumer's account that is held at the same institution.
The Bureau believes that a broad payment transfer definition that focuses on the collection purpose of the debit or withdrawal, rather than on the particular method by which the debit or withdrawal is made, would help to ensure uniform application of the proposed rule's payments-related consumer protections. As discussed in Market Concerns—Payments, in markets for loans that would be covered under the proposed rule, lenders use a variety of methods to collect payment from consumers' accounts. Some lenders take more than one form of payment authorization from consumers in connection with a single loan. Even lenders that take only a signature check often process the checks through the ACH system, particularly for purposes of re-submitting a returned check that was originally processed through the check system.
In addition, the Bureau believes that, for a proposed rule designed to apply across multiple payment methods and channels, a single defined term is necessary to avoid the considerable complexity that would result if the proposed rule merely adopted existing terminology for every specific method and channel. Defining payment transfer in this way would enable the proposed rule to provide for the required payment notices in proposed § 1041.15 to be given to consumers regardless of the payment method or channel used to make a debit or withdrawal. Similarly, this proposed definition ensures that the prohibition in proposed § 1041.14(b) on additional failed payment transfers would apply regardless of the payment method or channel used to make the triggering failed attempts and regardless of whether a lender moves back and forth between different payment methods or channels when attempting to withdraw payment from a consumer's account.
Proposed comment 14(a)(1)-1 explains that a transfer of funds meeting the general definition is a payment transfer regardless of whether it is initiated by an instrument, order, or means not specified in § 1041.14(a)(1). Proposed comment 14(a)(1)-2 explains that a lender-initiated debit or withdrawal includes a debit or withdrawal initiated by the lender's agent, such as a payment processor. Proposed comment 14(a)(1)-3 provides examples to illustrate how the proposed definition applies to a debit or withdrawal for any amount due in connection with a covered loan. Specifically, proposed comments 14(a)(1)-3.i through -3.iv explain, respectively, that the definition applies to a payment transfer for the amount of a scheduled payment, a transfer for an amount smaller than the amount of a scheduled payment, a transfer for the amount of the entire unpaid loan balance collected pursuant to an acceleration clause in a loan agreement for a covered loan, and a transfer for the amount of a late fee or other penalty assessed pursuant to a loan agreement for a covered loan.
Proposed comment 14(a)(1)-4 clarifies that the proposed definition applies even when the transfer is for an amount that the consumer disputes or does not legally owe. Proposed comment 14(a)(1)-5 provides three examples of covered loan payments that, while made with funds transferred or withdrawn from a consumer's account, would not be covered by the proposed definition of a payment transfer. The first two examples, provided in proposed comments 14(a)(1)-5.i and -5.ii, are of transfers or withdrawals that are initiated by the consumer—specifically, when a consumer makes a payment in cash withdrawn by the consumer from the consumer's account and when a consumer makes a payment via an online or mobile bill payment service offered by the consumer's account-holding institution. The third example, provided in proposed comment 14(a)(1)-5.iii, clarifies that the definition does not apply when a lender seeks repayment of a covered loan pursuant to a valid court order authorizing the lender to garnish a consumer's account.
Additionally, proposed comments relating to § 1041.14(a)(1)(i), (ii), and (v) clarify how the proposed payment transfer definition applies to particular payment methods. Specifically, proposed comment 14(a)(1)(i)-1 explains that the general definition of a payment transfer would apply to any electronic fund transfer, including but not limited to an electronic fund transfer initiated by a debit card or a prepaid card. Proposed comment 14(a)(1)(ii)-1 provides an illustration of how the definition of payment transfer would apply to a debit or withdrawal made by signature check, regardless of the payment network through which the transaction is processed. Last, proposed comment 14(a)(1)(v)-1 clarifies, by providing an example, that an account-holding institution initiates a payment transfer when it initiates an internal transfer of funds from a consumer's account to collect payment on a depository advance product.
The Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed definition of a payment transfer. In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the scope of the definition is appropriate and whether the use of a single defined term in the manner proposed would achieve the objectives discussed above. In addition, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the rule should provide additional examples of methods for debiting or withdrawing funds from consumers' accounts to which the definition applies and, if so, what types
Proposed § 1041.14(a)(2) would set forth the definition of a single immediate payment transfer at the consumer's request as, generally, a payment transfer that is initiated by a one-time electronic fund transfer or by processing a consumer's signature check within one business day after the lender obtains the consumer's authorization or check. Such payment transfers would be exempted from certain requirements in the proposed rule, as discussed further below.
The principal characteristic of a single immediate payment transfer at the consumer's request is that it is initiated at or near the time that the consumer chooses to authorize it. During the SBREFA process and in outreach with industry in developing the proposal, the Bureau received feedback that consumers often authorize or request lenders to make an immediate debit or withdrawal from their accounts for various reasons, including, for example, to avoid a late payment fee. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.15, stakeholders expressed concerns primarily about the potential impracticability and undue burden of providing a notice of an upcoming withdrawal under proposed § 1041.15(b) in advance of executing the consumer's payment instructions in these circumstances. More generally, the SERs and industry stakeholders also suggested that a transfer made at the consumer's immediate request presents fewer consumer protection concerns than a debit or withdrawal authorized by the consumer days or more in advance, given that the consumer presumably makes the request based on firsthand knowledge of his or her account balance.
The Bureau believes that applying fewer requirements to payment transfers initiated immediately after consumers request the debit or withdrawal is both warranted and consistent with the important policy goal of providing consumers greater control over their payments on covered loans. Accordingly, the proposed definition would be used to apply certain exceptions to the proposed rule's payments-related requirements in two instances. First, a lender would not be required to provide the payment notice in proposed § 1041.15(b) when initiating a single immediate payment transfer at the consumer's request. Second, a lender would be permitted under proposed § 1041.14(d) to initiate a single immediate payment transfer at the consumer's request after the prohibition in proposed § 1041.14(b) on initiating further payment transfers has been triggered, subject to certain requirements and conditions.
The first prong of proposed § 1041.14(a)(2) would provide that a payment transfer is a single immediate payment transfer at the consumer's request when it meets either one of two sets of conditions. The first of these prongs would apply specifically to payment transfers initiated via a one-time electronic fund transfer. Proposed § 1041.14(a)(2)(i) would generally define the term as a one-time electronic fund transfer initiated within one business day after the consumer authorizes the transfer. The Bureau believes that a one-business-day timeframe would allow lenders sufficient time to initiate the transfer, while providing assurance that the account would be debited in accordance with the consumer's timing expectations. Proposed comment 14(a)(2)(i)-1 explains that for purposes of the definition's timing condition, a one-time electronic fund transfer is initiated at the time that the transfer is sent out of the lender's control and that the electronic fund transfer thus is initiated at the time that the lender or its agent sends the payment to be processed by a third party, such as the lender's bank. The proposed comment further provides an illustrative example of this concept.
The second prong of the definition, in proposed § 1041.14(a)(2)(ii), would apply specifically to payment transfers initiated by processing a consumer's signature check. Under this prong, the term would apply when a consumer's signature check is processed through either the check system or the ACH system within one business day after the consumer provides the check to the lender. Proposed comments 14(a)(2)(ii)-1 and -2 explain how the definition's timing condition in proposed § 1041.14(a)(2)(ii) applies to the processing of a signature check. Similar to the concept explained in proposed comment 14(a)(2)(i)-1, proposed comment 14(a)(2)(ii)-1 explains that a signature check is sent out of the lender's control and that the check thus is processed at the time that the lender or its agent sends the check to be processed by a third party, such as the lender's bank. The proposed comment further cross-references comment 14(a)(2)(i)-1 for an illustrative example of how this concept applies in the context of initiating a one-time electronic fund transfer. Proposed comment 14(a)(2)(ii)-2 clarifies that, for purposes of the timing condition in § 1041.14(a)(2)(ii), in cases when a consumer mails a check to the lender, the check is deemed to be provided to the lender on the date it is received.
As with the similar timing condition for a one-time electronic fund transfer in proposed § 1041.14(a)(2)(i), the Bureau believes that these timing conditions would help to ensure that the consumer has the ability to control the terms of the transfer and that the conditions would be practicable for lenders to meet. In addition, the Bureau notes that the timing conditions would effectively exclude from the definition the use of a consumer's post-dated check, and instead would limit the definition to situations in which a consumer provides a check with the intent that it be used to execute an immediate payment. The Bureau believes that this condition is necessary to ensure that the exceptions concerning single immediate payment transfers at the consumer's request apply only when it is clear that the consumer is affirmatively initiating the payment by dictating its timing and amount. These criteria are not met when the lender already holds the consumer's post-dated check. The Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed definition of single immediate payment transfer at the consumer's request. In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether it would be practicable for lenders to initiate an electronic fund transfer or deposit a check within the proposed 24-hour timeframe. In addition, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the definition should include single immediate payment transfers initiated through other means of withdrawing payment and, if so, which means and why.
Proposed § 1041.14(b) would prohibit a lender from attempting to withdraw payment from a consumer's account in connection with a covered loan when two consecutive attempts have been
In accordance with this proposed finding, a lender would be generally prohibited under proposed § 1041.14(b) from making further attempts to withdraw payment from a consumer's account upon the second consecutive return for nonsufficient funds, unless and until the lender obtains the consumer's authorization for additional transfers under proposed § 1041.14(c) or obtains the consumer's authorization for a single immediate payment transfer in accordance with proposed § 1041.14(d). The prohibition under proposed § 1041.14(b) would apply to, and be triggered by, any lender-initiated attempts to withdraw payment from a consumer's checking, savings, or prepaid account. In addition, the prohibition under proposed § 1041.14(b) would apply to, and be triggered by, all lender-initiated withdrawal attempts regardless of the payment method used, including but not limited to signature check, remotely created check, remotely created payment orders, authorizations for one-time or recurring electronic fund transfers, and an account-holding institution's withdrawal of funds from a consumer's account that is held at the same institution.
In developing the proposed approach to restricting lenders from making repeated failed attempts to debit or withdraw funds from consumers' accounts, the Bureau has considered a number of potential interventions. As detailed in Market Concerns—Payments, for example, the Bureau is aware that some lenders split the amount of a payment into two or more separate transfers and then present all of the transfers through the ACH system on the same day. Some lenders make multiple attempts to debit accounts over the course of several days or a few weeks. Also, lenders that collect payment by signature check often alternate submissions between the check system and ACH system to maximize the number of times they can attempt to withdraw payment from a consumer's account using a single check. These and similarly aggressive payment practices potentially cause harms to consumers and may each constitute an unfair, deceptive, or abusive act or practice. The Bureau believes, however, that tailoring requirements in this rulemaking for each discrete payment practice would add considerable complexity to the proposed rule and yet still could leave consumers vulnerable to harms from aggressive practices that may emerge in markets for covered loans in the future.
Accordingly, while the Bureau will continue to use its supervisory and enforcement authorities to address such aggressive practices as appropriate, the Bureau is proposing in this rulemaking to address a specific practice that the Bureau preliminarily believes to be unfair and abusive, and is proposing requirements to prevent that practice which will provide significant consumer protections from a range of harmful payment practices in a considerably less complex fashion. For example, as applied to the practice of splitting payments into multiple same-day presentments, the proposed approach would effectively curtail a lender's access to the consumer's account when any two such presentments fail. For another example, as applied to checks, a lender could resubmit a returned check no more than once, regardless of the channel used, before triggering the prohibition.
The Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed approach to restricting lenders from making repeated failed attempts to withdraw payment from consumers' accounts. In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the proposed approach is an appropriate and effective way to prevent consumer harms from the aggressive payment practices described above. Further, the Bureau seeks comment on whether there are potentially harmful payment practices in markets for covered loans that would not be addressed by the proposed approach and, if so, what additional provisions may be needed to address those practices.
The Bureau has framed the proposed prohibition broadly so that it would apply to depository lenders that hold the consumer's asset account, such as providers of deposit advance products or other types of proposed covered loans that may be offered by such depository lenders. Because depository lenders that hold consumers' accounts have greater information about the status of those accounts than do third-party lenders, the Bureau believes that depository lenders should have little difficulty in avoiding failed attempts that would trigger the prohibition. Nevertheless, if such lenders elect to initiate payment transfers from consumers' accounts when—as the lenders know or should know—the accounts lack sufficient funds to cover the amount of the payment transfers, they could assess the consumers substantial fees permitted under the asset account agreement (including NSF and overdraft fees) as well as any late fees or similar penalty fees permitted under the loan agreement for the covered loan. Accordingly, the Bureau believes that applying the prohibition in this manner may help to protect consumers from harmful practices in which such depository lenders may sometimes engage. As discussed in Market Concerns—Payments, for example, the Bureau found that a depository institution that offered loan products to consumers with accounts at the institution charged some of those consumers NSF fees and overdraft fees for payment withdrawals initiated within the institution's internal systems.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether depository institutions' greater visibility into consumers' accounts warrants modifying the proposed approach for applying the prohibition to such lenders. In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether and how frequently such lenders make repeated payment withdrawal attempts through their internal systems in connection with proposed covered loans in ways that can be harmful to consumers and, if so, whether the proposed approach is appropriate to address those practices, or whether (and what types of) modified approaches are appropriate. For example, the Bureau seeks comment on whether triggering the proposed prohibition upon the failure of a second consecutive failed payment transfer attempt should be modified for such lenders in light of the fact that depository institutions are better situated to predict the outcomes of their attempts than are lenders that do not hold consumers' accounts.
Proposed comment 14(b)-1 explains the general scope of the prohibition. Specifically, it explains that a lender is restricted under the prohibition from initiating any further payment transfers from the consumer's account in connection with the covered loan, unless the requirements and conditions in either § 1041.14(c) or (d) are satisfied. (Proposed § 1041.14(c) and (d), which would permit a lender to initiate payment transfers authorized by the consumer after the prohibition has applied if certain requirements and conditions are satisfied, are discussed in detail below.) To clarify the ongoing application of the prohibition, proposed comment 14(b)-1 further explains, by way of example, that a lender is restricted from initiating transfers to collect payments that later fall due or to collect late fees or returned item fees. The Bureau believes it is important to clarify that the proposed restriction on further transfers, in contrast to restrictions in existing laws and rules (such as the NACHA cap on re-presentments), would not merely limit the number of times a lender can attempt to collect a single failed payment. Last, proposed comment 14(b)-1 explains that the prohibition applies regardless of whether the lender holds an authorization or instrument from the consumer that is otherwise valid under applicable law, such as an authorization to collect payments via preauthorized electronic fund transfers under Regulation E or a post-dated check.
Proposed comment 14(b)-2 clarifies that when the prohibition is triggered, the lender is not prohibited under the rule from initiating a payment transfer in connection with a bona fide subsequent covered loan made to the consumer, provided that the lender has not attempted to initiate two consecutive failed payment transfers in connection with the bona fide subsequent covered loan. The Bureau believes that limiting the restriction in this manner may be appropriate to assure that a consumer who has benefitted from the restriction at one time is not effectively foreclosed from taking out a covered loan with the lender in the future, after her financial situation has improved.
The Bureau seeks comment on what additional provisions may be appropriate to clarify the concept of a bona fide subsequent covered loan, including provisions clarifying how the concept applies in the context of a refinancing. In addition, the Bureau seeks comment on what additional provisions may be appropriate to clarify how the proposed prohibition on further payment transfers applies when a consumer has more than one outstanding loan with a lender, including to situations in which a lender makes two failed payment transfer attempts when alternating between covered loans.
Proposed § 1041.14(b)(1) would provide specifically that a lender must not initiate a payment transfer from a consumer's account in connection with a covered loan after the lender has attempted to initiate two consecutive failed payment transfers from the consumer's account in connection with that covered loan. A payment transfer would be defined in § 1041.14(a)(1), as discussed above. Proposed § 1041.14(b)(1) would further specify that a payment transfer is deemed to have failed when it results in a return indicating that the account lacks sufficient funds or, for a lender that is the consumer's account-holding institution, it results in the collection of less than the amount for which the payment transfer is initiated because the account lacks sufficient funds. The specific provision for an account-holding institution thus would apply when such a lender elects to initiate a payment transfer that results in the collection of either no funds or a partial payment.
Proposed comments 14(b)(1)-1 through -4 provide clarification on when a payment transfer is deemed to have failed. Specifically, proposed comment 14(b)(1)-1 explains that for purposes of the prohibition, a failed payment transfer includes but is not limited to debit or withdrawal that is returned unpaid or is declined due to nonsufficient funds in the consumer's account. This proposed comment clarifies, among other things, that the prohibition applies to declined debit card transactions. Proposed comment 14(b)(1)-2 clarifies that the prohibition applies as of the date on which the lender or its agent, such as a payment processor, receives the return of the second consecutive failed transfer or, if the lender is the consumer's account-holding institution, the date on which the transfer is initiated. The Bureau believes that a lender that is the consumer's account-holding institution, in contrast to other lenders, has or should have the ability to know before a transfer is even initiated (or immediately thereafter, at the latest) that the account lacks sufficient funds. Proposed comment 14(b)(1)-3 clarifies that a transfer that results in a return for a reason other than a lack of sufficient funds is not a failed transfer for purposes of the prohibition and provides, as an example, a transfer that is returned due to an incorrectly entered account number. Last, proposed comment 14(b)(1)-4 clarifies how the concept of a failed payment transfer applies to a transfer initiated by a lender that is the consumer's account-holding institution. Specifically, the proposed comment explains that when a lender that is the consumer's account-holding institution initiates a payment transfer that results in the collection of less than the amount for which the payment transfer is initiated because the account lacks sufficient funds, the payment transfer is a failed payment transfer for purposes of the prohibition, regardless of whether the result is classified or coded in the lender's internal procedures, processes, or systems as a return for nonsufficient funds. The Bureau believes that, unlike other lenders, such a lender has or should have the ability to know the result of a payment transfer and the reason for that result without having to rely on a “return,” classified as such, or on a commonly understood reason code. Proposed comment 14(b)(1)-4 further clarifies that a lender that is the consumer's account-holding institution does not initiate a failed payment transfer if the lender merely defers or forgoes debiting or withdrawing payment from an account based on the lender's observation that the account lacks sufficient funds. For such lenders, the Bureau believes it is important to clarify that the concept of a failed payment transfer incorporates the proposed payment transfer definition's central concept that the lender must engage in the affirmative act of initiating a debit or withdrawal from the consumer's account in order for the term to apply.
The Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed provisions relating to when a payment transfer is deemed to have failed. In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the provisions appropriately address situations in which lenders that are the consumers' account-holding institutions initiate payment transfers that result in nonpayment or partial payment, or whether additional provisions may be appropriate, and, if so, what types of provisions. In addition, the Bureau seeks comment on whether such lenders assess account-related fees (that is, fees other than bona fide late fees under the loan agreement) even when they defer or forego collecting payment based on their observation that the account lacks sufficient funds, and, if so, what types of fees and how frequently such fees are
During the SBREFA process and in outreach with industry in developing the proposal, some lenders recommended that the Bureau take a narrower approach in connection with payment attempts by debit cards. One such recommendation suggested that the prohibition against additional withdrawal attempts should not apply when neither the lender nor the consumer's account-holding institution charges an NSF fee in connection with a second failed payment attempt involving a declined debit card transaction. The Bureau understands that depository institutions generally do not charge consumers NSF fees or declined authorization fees for declined debit card transactions, although the Bureau is aware that such fees are charged by some issuers of prepaid cards. The Bureau thus recognizes that debit card transactions present somewhat less risk of harm to consumers. For a number of reasons, however, the Bureau does not believe that this potential effect is sufficient to propose excluding such transactions from the rule. First, the recommended approach does not protect consumers from the risk of incurring an overdraft fee in connection with the lender's third withdrawal attempt. As discussed in Market Concerns—Payments, the Bureau's research focusing on online lenders' attempts to collect covered loan payments through the ACH system indicates that, in the small fraction of cases in which a lender's third attempt succeeds—
The Bureau seeks comment on this proposed approach and on whether payment withdrawal attempts by debit cards or prepaid cards pose other consumer protection concerns. In addition, the Bureau seeks comment on whether and, if so, what types of specific modified approaches to the restriction on payment transfer attempts in § 1041.14(b) may be appropriate to address consumer harms from repeated payment withdrawal attempts made by debit cards or prepaid cards.
In addition to the feedback discussed above, during the SBREFA process the Bureau received two other recommendations in connection with the proposed restrictions on payment withdrawal attempts. One SER suggested that the Bureau delay imposing any restrictions until the full effects of NACHA's recently imposed 15 percent return rate threshold rule can be observed. As discussed in Markets Background—Payments, that rule, which went into effect in 2015, can trigger inquiry and review by NACHA if a merchant's overall return rate for debits made through the ACH network exceeds 15 percent. The Bureau considered the suggestion carefully but does not believe that a delay would be warranted. As noted, the NACHA rule applies only to returned debits through the ACH network. Thus, it places no restrictions on lenders' attempts to withdraw payment through other channels. In fact, as discussed above, anecdotal evidence suggests that lenders are already shifting to withdrawing payments through other channels to avoid the NACHA rule's restrictions. Further, exceeding the threshold merely triggers closer scrutiny by NACHA. To the extent that lenders that make proposed covered loans become subject to the review process, the Bureau believes that they may be able to justify higher return rates by arguing that their rates are consistent with the rates for their market as a whole. However, the Bureau seeks comment on the effects of the NACHA rule on lender practices in submitting payment withdrawal attempts in connection with proposed covered loans through the ACH system and on return rates in that system with respect to such loans.
Another SER recommended that lenders should be permitted to make up to four payment collection attempts per month when a loan is in default. As discussed in Market Concerns—Payments, the Bureau's evidence indicates that for the proposed covered loans studied, after a second consecutive attempt to collect payment fails, the third and subsequent attempts are very likely to fail. The Bureau therefore believes that two consecutive failed payment attempts, rather than four presentment attempts per month, is the appropriate point at which to trigger the rule's payment protections. In addition, the Bureau believes that in many cases in which the proposed prohibition would apply, the consumer may technically be in default on the loan, given that the lender's payment attempts will have been unsuccessful. Thus, the suggestion to permit a large number of payment withdrawal attempts when a loan is in default could effectively swallow the rule being proposed.
Proposed § 1041.14(b)(2) would define a first failed payment transfer and a second consecutive failed payment transfer for purposes determining when the prohibition in proposed § 1041.14(b) applies. Each of these proposed definitions is discussed in detail directly below.
Proposed § 1041.14(b)(2)(i) would provide that a failed transfer is the first failed transfer if it meets any of three conditions. First, proposed § 1041.14(b)(2)(i)(A) would provide that a transfer is the first failed payment transfer if the lender has initiated no other transfer from the consumer's account in connection with the covered loan. This applies to the scenario in which a lender's very first attempt to collect payment on a covered loan fails. Second, proposed § 1041.14(b)(2)(i)(B) would provide that, generally, a failed payment transfer is a first failed payment transfer if the immediately preceding payment transfer was successful, regardless of whether the lender has previously initiated a first failed payment transfer. This proposed provision sets forth the general principle that any failed payment transfer that follows a successful payment transfer is the first failed payment transfer for the purposes of the prohibition in proposed § 1041.14(b). Put another way, an intervening successful payment transfer generally
Proposed comment 14(b)(2)(i)-1 provides two illustrative examples of a first failed payment transfer.
Proposed § 1041.14(b)(2)(ii) would provide that a failed payment transfer is the second consecutive failed payment transfer if the previous payment transfer was a first failed transfer, and would define the concept of a previous payment transfer to include a payment transfer initiated at the same time or on the same day as the failed payment transfer. Proposed comment 14(b)(2)(ii)-1 provides an illustrative example of the general concept of a second consecutive failed payment transfer, while proposed comment 14(b)(2)(ii)-2 provides an illustrative example of a previous payment transfer initiated at the same time and on the same day. Given the high failure rates for same-day presentments discussed in Market Concerns—Payments, the Bureau believes it is important to clarify that the prohibition is triggered when two payment transfers initiated on the same day, including concurrently, fail. The Bureau seeks comment on what additional provisions may be appropriate to clarify how the prohibition applies when a lender initiates multiple payment transfers on the same day or concurrently and two of those payment transfers fail. In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on what provisions may be appropriate to address situations in which a lender elects to initiate more than two payment transfers so close together in time that the lender may not receive the two returns indicating that the prohibition has been triggered prior to initiating further payment transfers.
In addition to the comments discussed above, proposed comment 14(b)(2)(ii)-3 clarifies that when a lender initiates a single immediate payment transfer at the consumer's request pursuant to the exception in § 1041.14(d), the failed transfer count remains at two, regardless of whether the transfer succeeds or fails. Thus, as the proposed comment further provides, the exception is limited to the single transfer authorized by the consumer, and, accordingly, if a payment transfer initiated pursuant to the exception fails, the lender would not be permitted to re-initiate the transfer, such as by re-presenting it through the ACH system, unless the lender obtains a new authorization under § 1041.14(c) or (d). The Bureau believes this limitation is necessary, given that the authorization for an immediate transfer is based on the consumer's understanding of her account's condition only at that specific moment in time, as opposed to its condition in the future.
In addition to the requests for comment above, the Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed provisions for determining when a failed payment transfer is the second consecutive failed payment transfer for purposes of the prohibition in § 1041.14(b). In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the rule should include provisions to address situations in which lenders, after a first failed payment transfer, initiate a payment transfer or series of payment transfers for a substantially smaller amount. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.19, the proposed rule includes an illustrative example of how, given certain facts and circumstances, initiating a payment transfer for only a nominal amount after a first failed payment transfer—thereby resetting the failed payment transfer count—could constitute an evasion of the prohibition on further payment transfers in proposed § 1041.14(b). In addition to this proposed anti-evasion example, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the rule should specifically provide that, after a first failed payment transfer, initiating a successful payment transfer or series of payment transfers for a substantially smaller amount (but larger than a nominal amount) tolls the failed payment transfer count at one, rather than resetting it to zero, given that such an amount may not sufficiently indicate that the consumer's account is no longer in distress. If so, the Bureau also seeks comment on what amount may be appropriate for a substantially smaller amount, such as any amount up to 10 percent of the first failed payment transfer's amount, or whether a higher amount threshold up to 25 percent or more is needed to indicate to the lender that the account is no longer distressed.
Proposed § 1041.14(b)(2)(iii) would establish the principle that alternating between payment channels does not reset the failed payment transfer count. Specifically, it would provide that a failed payment transfer meeting the conditions in proposed § 1041.14(b)(2)(ii) is the second consecutive failed transfer regardless of whether the first failed transfer was initiated through a different payment channel. Proposed comment 14(b)(2)(iii)-1 would provide an illustrative example of this concept.
As discussed above, proposed § 1041.13 would provide that, in connection with a covered loan, it is an unfair and abusive practice for a lender to attempt to withdraw payment from a consumer's account after the lender's second consecutive attempt to withdraw payment from the account has failed due to a lack of sufficient funds, unless the lender obtains the consumer's new and specific authorization to make further payment withdrawals from the account. Whereas proposed § 1041.14(b) would establish the prohibition on further payment withdrawals, proposed § 1041.14(c) and (d) would establish requirements for obtaining the consumer's new and specific authorization to make further payment withdrawals. Proposed § 1041.14(c) would be framed as an exception to the prohibition, even though payment withdrawals made pursuant to its requirements would not fall within the scope of the unfair and abusive practice preliminarily identified in proposed § 1041.13. (Proposed § 1041.14(d), discussed in detail below, would establish a second exception for payment withdrawals that would otherwise fall within the scope of the preliminarily identified unfair and abusive practice; that exception would apply when the consumer authorizes, and the lender initiates, a transfer meeting the definition of a single immediate payment transfer at the consumer's request, subject to certain requirements and conditions.)
As noted in the discussion of proposed § 1041.14(b)(2)(i)(C), a new authorization obtained pursuant to proposed § 1041.14(c) would reset to zero the failed payment transfer count under proposed § 1041.14(b), whereas an authorization obtained pursuant to proposed § 1041.14(d) would not. Accordingly, a lender would be permitted under § 1041.14(c) to initiate
The proposed authorization requirements and conditions in § 1041.14(c) are designed to assure that, before a lender initiates another payment transfer (if any) after triggering the prohibition, the consumer does in fact want the lender to resume making payment transfers and that the consumer understands and agrees to the specific date, amount, and payment channel for those succeeding payment transfers. As discussed in detail in connection with each proposed provision, below, the Bureau believes that requiring that the key terms of each transfer be clearly communicated to the consumer before the consumer decides whether to grant authorization will help to assure that the consumer's decision is an informed one and that the consumer understands the consequences that may flow from granting a new authorization and help the consumer avoid future failed payment transfers. The Bureau believes that, when this assurance is provided, it no longer would be unfair or abusive for a lender to initiate payment transfers that accord with the new authorization, at least until such point that the lender initiates two consecutive failed payment transfers pursuant to the new authorization.
The Bureau recognizes that in some cases, lenders and consumers might want to use an authorization under this exception to resume payment withdrawals according to the same terms and schedule that the consumer authorized prior to the two consecutive failed attempts. In other cases, lenders and consumers may want to establish a new authorization to accommodate a change in the payment schedule—as might be the case, for example, when the consumer enters into a workout agreement with the lender. Accordingly, the proposed exception is designed to be sufficiently flexible to accommodate both circumstances. In either circumstance, however, the lender would be permitted to initiate only those transfers authorized by the consumer under § 1041.14(c).
Proposed § 1041.14(c)(1) would establish the general exception to the prohibition on additional payment transfer attempts under § 1041.14(b), while the remaining subparagraphs would specify particular requirements and conditions. First, proposed § 1041.14(c)(2) would establish the general requirement that for the exception to apply to an additional payment transfer, the transfer's specific date, amount, and payment channel must be authorized by the consumer. In addition, § 1041.14(c)(2) would address the application of the specific date requirement to re-initiating a returned payment transfer and also address authorization of transfers to collect a late fee or returned item fee, if such fees are incurred in the future. Second, proposed § 1041.14(c)(3) would establish procedural and other requirements and conditions for requesting and obtaining the consumer's authorization. Last, proposed § 1041.14(c)(4) would address circumstances in which the new authorization becomes null and void. Each of these sets of requirements and conditions is discussed in detail below.
Proposed comment 14(c)-1 provides a summary of the exception's main provisions and note the availability of the exception in § 1041.14(d).
The Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed exception in § 1041.14(c).
Proposed § 1041.14(c)(1) would provide that, notwithstanding the prohibition in § 1041.14(b), a lender is permitted to initiate additional payment transfers from a consumer's account after two consecutive transfers by the lender have failed if the transfers are authorized by the consumer in accordance with the requirements and conditions of § 1041.14(c), or if the lender executes a single immediate payment transfer at the consumer's request under § 1041.14(d). Proposed comment 14(c)(1)-1 explains that the consumer's authorization required by § 1041.14(c) is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any underlying payment authorization or instrument required to be obtained from the consumer under applicable laws. The Bureau notes, for example, that an authorization obtained pursuant to proposed § 1041.14(c) would not take the place of an authorization that a lender is required to obtain under applicable laws to collect payments via RCCs, if the lender and consumer wish to resume payment transfers using that method. However, in cases where lenders and consumers wish to resume payment transfers via preauthorized electronic fund transfers as that term is defined in Regulation E, the Bureau believes that, given the high degree of specificity required by proposed § 1041.14(c), lenders could comply with the authorization requirements in Regulation E, 12 CFR 1005.10(b) and the requirements in proposed § 1041.14(c) within a single authorization process. The Bureau seeks comment on whether and, if so, what types of additional provisions may be appropriate to clarify whether and how an authorization obtained pursuant to proposed § 1041.14(c) would satisfy the authorization requirements for preauthorized electronic fund transfers in Regulation E. In addition, the Bureau seeks comment on whether additional provisions may be appropriate to clarify how the authorization requirements in proposed § 1041.14(c) apply in circumstances where the lender and consumer wish to resume payment transfers using a payment method other than preauthorized electronic fund transfers, and, if so, what types of provisions.
Proposed § 1041.14(c)(2)(i) would establish the general requirement that for the exception in proposed § 1041.14(c) to apply to an additional payment transfer, the transfer's specific date, amount, and payment channel must be authorized by the consumer. The Bureau believes that requiring lenders to explain these key terms of each transfer to consumers when seeking authorization will help to ensure that consumers can make an informed decision as between granting authorization for additional payment transfers and other convenient repayment options, such as payments by cash or money order, “push” bill payment services, and single immediate payment transfers authorized pursuant to proposed § 1041.14(d), and thus help consumers avoid future failed payment transfers.
In addition, if a lender wishes to obtain permission to initiate ongoing payment transfers from a consumer whose account has already been subject to two consecutive failed attempts, the Bureau believes it is important to require the lender to obtain the consumer's agreement to the specific terms of each future transfer from the outset, rather than to provide for less specificity upfront and rely instead on
The Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed exception's core requirement that the date, amount, and payment channel of each additional payment transfer be authorized by the consumer. In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether less prescriptive authorization requirements may provide adequate consumer protections and, if so, what types of less prescriptive requirements may be appropriate.
Proposed comment 14(c)(2)(i)-1 explains the general requirement that the terms of each additional payment transfer must be authorized by the consumer. It further clarifies that for the exception to apply to an additional payment transfer, these required terms must be included in the signed authorization that the lender is required to obtain from the consumer under § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii).
Proposed comment 14(c)(2)(i)-2 clarifies that the requirement that the specific date of each additional transfer be expressly authorized is satisfied if the consumer authorizes the month, day, and year of the transfer.
Proposed comment 14(c)(2)(i)-3 clarifies that the exception does not apply if the lender initiates an additional payment transfer for an amount larger than the amount authorized by the consumer, unless it satisfies the requirements and conditions in proposed § 1041.14(c)(2)(iii)(B) for adding the amount of a late fee or returned item fee to an amount authorized by the consumer. (The requirements and conditions in proposed § 1041.14(c)(2)(iii)(B) are discussed in detail, below.)
Proposed comment 14(c)(2)(i)-4 clarifies that a payment transfer initiated pursuant to § 1041.14(c) is initiated for the specific amount authorized by the consumer if its amount is equal to or smaller than the authorized amount. The Bureau recognizes that in certain circumstances it may be necessary for the lender to initiate transfers for a smaller amount than specifically authorized, including, for example, when the lender needs to exclude from the transfer the amount of a partial prepayment. In addition, the Bureau believes that this provision may provide useful flexibility in instances where the prohibition on further payment transfers is triggered at a time when the consumer has not yet fully drawn down on a line of credit. In such instances, lenders and consumers may want to structure the new authorization to accommodate payments on future draws by the consumer. With this provision for smaller amounts, the lender could seek authorization for additional payment transfers for the payment amount that would be due if the consumer has drawn the full amount of remaining credit, and then would be permitted under the exception to initiate the transfers for amounts smaller than the specific amount, if necessary.
The Bureau seeks comment on this provision for smaller amounts. In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether this provision inappropriately weakens the consumer protections accorded by the requirement that the specific transfer amount be authorized by the consumer, and, if so, what types of additional protections should be included to ensure greater protections in a manner that addresses the practical considerations noted above. In addition, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the provision sufficiently addresses the specific-amount requirement's application in instances where the consumer has credit available on a line of credit, or whether specific provisions should be included to clarify the requirement's application in these instances and, if so, what types of provisions.
Proposed § 1041.14(c)(2)(ii) would establish a narrow exception to the general requirement that an additional payment transfer be initiated on the date authorized by the consumer. Specifically, it would provide that when a payment transfer authorized by the consumer pursuant to the exception is returned for nonsufficient funds, the lender is permitted to re-present the transfer on or after the date authorized by the consumer, provided that the returned transfer has not triggered the prohibition on further payment transfers in § 1041.14(b). The Bureau believes that this narrow exception would accommodate practical considerations in payment processing and notes that the prohibition in proposed § 1041.14(b) will protect the consumer if the re-initiation fails.
Proposed § 1041.14(c)(2)(iii) contains two separate provisions that would permit a lender to obtain the consumer's authorization for, and to initiate, additional payment transfers to collect a late fee or returned item fee. Both of these provisions are intended to permit lenders to use a payment authorization obtained pursuant to proposed § 1041.14(c)(2)(iii) to collect a fee that was not anticipated when the authorization was obtained, without having to go through a second authorization process under proposed § 1041.14(c).
First, proposed § 1041.14(c)(2)(iii)(A) would permit a lender to initiate an additional payment transfer solely to collect a late fee or returned item fee without obtaining a new consumer authorization for the specific date and amount of the transfer only if the lender, in the course of obtaining the consumer's authorization for additional payment transfers, has informed the consumer of the fact that individual payment transfers to collect a late fee or returned item fee may be initiated and has obtained the consumer's general authorization for such transfers in advance. Specifically, the lender could initiate such transfers only if the consumer's authorization obtained pursuant to proposed § 1041.14(c) includes a statement, in terms that are clear and readily understandable to the consumer, that the lender may initiate a payment transfer solely to collect a late fee or returned item fee. In addition, the lender would be required to specify in the statement the highest amount for such fees that may be charged, as well as the payment channel to be used. The Bureau believes this required statement may be appropriate to help ensure that the consumer is aware of key information about such transfers—particularly the highest possible amount—when the consumer is deciding whether to grant an authorization.
Proposed comment 14(c)(2)(iii)(A)-1 clarifies that the consumer's authorization for an additional payment transfer solely to collect a late fee or returned item fee need not satisfy the general requirement that the consumer must authorize the specific date and amount of each additional payment transfer. Proposed comment 14(c)(2)(iii)(A)-2 provides, as an example, that the requirement to specify to highest possible amount that may be charged for a fee is satisfied if the required statement specifies the maximum amount permissible under the loan agreement. Proposed comment 14(c)(2)(iii)(A)-3 provides that if a fee may vary due to remaining loan balance or other factors, the lender must assume the factors that result in the highest possible amount in calculating the specified amount.
The second provision, proposed § 1041.14(c)(2)(iii)(B), would permit a lender to add the amount of one late fee or one returned item fee to the specific amounts authorized by the consumer as provided under proposed § 1041.14(c)(2) only if the lender has informed the consumer of the fact that such transfers for combined amounts may be initiated and has obtained the consumer's general authorization for such transfers in advance. Specifically, the lender could initiate transfers for such combined amounts only if the consumer's authorization includes a statement, in terms that are clear and readily understandable to the consumer, that the amount of one late fee or one returned item fee may be added to any payment transfer authorized by the consumer. In addition, the lender would be required to specify in the statement the highest amount for such fees that may be charged, as well as the payment channel to be used. As with the similar requirement in proposed § 1041.14(c)(iii)(A), the Bureau believes this required statement may be appropriate to ensure that the consumer is aware of key information about such transfers—particularly the highest possible amount—when the consumer is deciding whether to grant an authorization.
Proposed comment 14(c)(2)(iii)(B)-1 clarifies that the exception in § 1041.14(c) does not apply to an additional payment transfer that includes the additional amount of a late fee or returned item fee unless the consumer authorizes the transfer in accordance with the requirements and conditions in § 1041.14(c)(2)(iii)(B). Proposed comment 14(c)(2)(iii)(B)-2 cross-references comments 14(c)(2)(iii)(A)-2 and -3 for guidance on how to satisfy the requirement to specify the highest possible amount of a fee.
The Bureau seeks comment all aspects of these proposed provisions for additional payment transfers to collect unanticipated late fees and returned item fees. In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the requirements provide adequate protections from consumer harms that may result from such additional payment transfers. In addition, the Bureau seeks comment on whether including model statements in the rule would facilitate compliance and more effective disclosure of the required information.
Proposed § 1041.14(c)(3) would establish a three-step process for obtaining a consumer's authorization for additional payment transfers. First, proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii) would contain provisions for requesting the consumer's authorization. The permissible methods for requesting authorization would allow lenders considerable flexibility. For example, lenders would be permitted to provide the transfer terms to the consumer in writing or (subject to certain requirements and conditions) electronically without regard to the consumer consent and other provisions of the E-Sign Act. In addition, lenders would be permitted to request authorization orally by telephone, subject to certain requirements and conditions. In the second step, proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii) would provide that, for an authorization to be valid under the exception, the lender must obtain an authorization that is signed or otherwise agreed to by the consumer and that includes the required terms for each additional payment transfer. The lender would be permitted to obtain the consumer's signature in writing or electronically, provided the E-Sign Act requirements for electronic records and signatures are met. This is intended to facilitate requesting and obtaining the consumer's signed authorization in the same communication. In the third and final step, proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii) also would require the lender to provide to the consumer memorialization of the authorization no later than the date on which the first transfer authorized by the consumer is initiated. The lender would be permitted to provide the memorialization in writing or electronically, without regard to the consumer consent and other provisions of the E-Sign Act, provided it is in a retainable form. Each of these three provisions for obtaining the consumer's authorization is discussed in detail, below.
In developing this three-step approach, the Bureau is endeavoring to ensure that the precise terms of the additional transfers for which a lender seeks authorization are effectively communicated to the consumer during each step of the process and that the consumer has the ability to decline authorizing any payment transfers with terms that the consumer believes are likely to cause challenges in managing her account. In addition, the Bureau designed the approach to be compatible with lenders' existing systems and procedures for obtaining other types of payment authorizations, particularly authorizations for preauthorized, or “recurring,” electronic fund transfers under Regulation E. Accordingly, the proposed procedures generally are designed to mirror existing requirements in Regulation E, 12 CFR 1005.10(b). Regulation E requires that preauthorized electronic fund transfers from a consumer's account be authorized “only by a writing signed or similarly authenticated by the consumer.”
During the SBREFA process, a small entity representative recommended that the procedures for obtaining consumers' re-authorization after lenders trigger the proposed cap on failed presentments should be similar to existing procedures for obtaining consumers' authorizations to collect payment by preauthorized electronic fund transfers under Regulation E. The Bureau believes that harmonizing the two procedures would reduce costs and burdens on lenders by permitting them to incorporate the proposed procedures for obtaining authorizations into existing systems. Accordingly, as discussed above, the proposed approach is designed to achieve this goal.
The Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed approach for obtaining authorizations. In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the proposed approach would provide adequate protections to consumers and whether it would achieve the intended goal of reducing lender costs and burdens by being compatible with existing systems and procedures.
Proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii) would establish requirements and conditions for providing to the consumer the required terms of each additional payment transfer for purposes of requesting the consumer's authorization. The Bureau is proposing these provisions pursuant to its authority under section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act to prescribe rules “to ensure that the features of any consumer financial product or service, both initially and over the term of the product or service, are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the product or service . . . , ” in addition to its authority pursuant to its authority under section 1031(b) of the Act to include in its rules identifying unfair, abusive, or deceptive acts or practices requirements for the purpose of preventing such acts or practices.
The Bureau has designed the process for requesting authorization to work in tandem with the requirements in proposed § 1041.15(d) for providing to consumers a consumer rights notice informing them that the restriction on further payment transfers has been triggered, and contemplates that lenders may often send the notice and the request for authorization together. However, if lenders choose to bifurcate the notice and authorization process, proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii) would provide that the request for authorization can be made no earlier than the date on which the notice is provided. Further, proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii) would provide that the consumer's authorization can be obtained no earlier than when the consumer is considered to receive the notice, as specified in the proposed rule. In addition to these requirements, proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii) would require that the request for authorization contain the required payment transfer terms and certain other required elements, and would permit the request to be made through a number of different means of communication. The Bureau believes that the provisions in proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii) would help to ensure that consumers make fully informed decisions whether to grant a new authorization, including by requiring that consumers first be informed of their rights under the proposed restriction on further payment withdrawals and by helping to ensure that consumers can make an informed decision as between granting authorization for additional payment transfers and other convenient repayment options, such as payments by cash or money order, “push” bill payment services, and single immediate payment transfers authorized pursuant to proposed § 1041.14(d).
Specifically, under proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii), a lender would be required to request authorization by providing the payment transfer terms required by § 1041.14(c)(2)(i) (
Proposed comment 14(c)(3)(ii)-1 explains that while a lender is permitted to request authorization on or after the day that the lender provides the consumer rights notice to the consumer, the exception in § 1041.14(c) does not apply unless the consumer's signed authorization is obtained no earlier than the date on which the consumer is considered to have received the notice, as specified in § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii).
Proposed comment 14(c)(3)(ii)-2 clarifies that a lender is not prohibited under the provisions from providing different options for the consumer to select from with respect to the date, amount, and payment channel of each additional payment transfer when requesting the consumer's authorization. It further clarifies that the lender is not prohibited under the provisions from making a follow-up request by providing a different set of terms for the consumer to consider. Last, as an example, it provides that if the consumer declines an initial request to authorize two recurring transfers for a particular amount, the lender may make a follow-up request for the consumer to authorize three recurring transfers for a smaller amount. The Bureau believes it is important to emphasize that the approach in proposed § 1041.14(c) is designed to ensure that when lenders seek authorization, consumers are not simply dictated the terms of additional payment transfers but rather are able to make an informed decision whether to grant authorization based on their own understanding of the consequences that may flow from their decision to do so.
With respect to how the request for authorization can be conveyed to the consumer, proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii) would permit the lender to provide the required terms and statements to the consumer as a predicate to requesting authorization by any one of three specified means. First, proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii)(A) would permit the lender to provide the terms and statements in writing, either in person or by mail. Second, proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii)(A) also would permit the lender to provide the terms and
Accordingly, when a lender is already providing the payments-related notices in § 1041.15(d) to the consumer by email in accordance with the consumer's valid consent, the lender could request authorization in that manner under proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii)(A) without having to go through a second email-delivery consent process. In addition, a lender could provide the terms and statements by email when the lender has not previously obtained the consumer's consent to receive disclosures in that manner, provided that the consumer agrees in the course of a communication initiated by the consumer in response to the consumer rights notice required by § 1041.15(d). Proposed comment 14(c)(3)(ii)(A)-1 provides an illustrative example of how a consumer agrees to receive the request for authorization by email in the course of a communication initiated by the consumer in response to the consumer rights notice.
The Bureau believes that permitting lenders to request authorization by email if the consumer agrees when affirmatively responding to the consumer rights notice would ensure that consumers are able to discuss with lender their options for repaying in a timely manner, and, in addition, help to ensure that when deciding whether to authorize additional payment transfers, consumers are aware of their rights as stated in the notice, including the protections accorded them by the limitation on additional payment transfers. The Bureau notes that email would be the only electronic means of requesting authorization permitted under proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii)(A). Accordingly, lenders could not transmit the payment transfer terms and statements to the consumer by text message or mobile application for purposes of requesting authorization, even if the consumer has consented to receive electronic disclosures by text or mobile application for purposes of receiving the payment withdrawal notices under proposed § 1014.15(b). For the payment withdrawal notices, the Bureau is proposing a two-part disclosure whereby the consumer would receive a truncated notice by text or mobile application and then click through to get the full notice. With regard to requests for new authorizations, however, the Bureau believes that it may be important for consumers to be able to access the entire request in the first instance without having to click through and without having to contend with, when viewing the request, the character limitations and screen space restrictions that typically apply to communications by text message or mobile application. The Bureau is therefore proposing to permit electronic requests for authorization to be provided to consumers only by email (except for electronic requests made by oral telephone communication in certain limited circumstances). However, the Bureau seeks comment on this proposed approach. In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the rule should include provisions permitting lenders to provide electronic requests for authorization via text message or mobile application, and on what specific requirements as to access and formatting may be appropriate for electronic requests, including whether it may be appropriate to adopt a two-part disclosure similar to what the Bureau is proposing for the payment withdrawal notices.
Last, proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii)(B) would permit the lender to provide the terms and statements to the consumer by oral telephone communication in certain limited circumstances. Specifically, it would permit the lender to provide the terms and statements by oral telephone communication if the consumer affirmatively contacts the lender in that manner in response to the consumer rights notice required by § 1041.15(d) and agrees to receive the terms and statements in that manner in the course of, and as part of, the same communication. (Relatedly, proposed § 1041.14(c)(iii)(B), discussed below, would provide that, if the consumer grants authorization in the course of an oral telephone communication, the lender must record the call and retain the recording.) The Bureau is aware that some lenders currently obtain consumers' authorizations for preauthorized electronic fund transfers under Regulation E via recorded telephone conversations. This provision is designed to be compatible with such practices. However, by limiting such authorizations only to situations in which the consumer has affirmatively contacted the lender by telephone in response to the required notice, the provision also is designed to ensure that such authorizations are obtained from the consumer only when the consumer has sought out the lender, rather than in the course of a collections call that the lender makes to the consumer.
Proposed comment 14(c)(3)(ii)(A)-2 clarifies that the required payment transfer terms and statements may be provided to the consumer electronically in accordance with the requirements for requesting the consumer's authorization in § 1041.14(c)(2)(ii) without regard to the E-Sign Act. The proposed comment further clarifies, however, that in cases where the consumer responds to the request with an electronic authorization, the authorization is valid under § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii) only if it is signed in accordance with the signature requirements in the E-Sign Act. In addition, the comment cross-references § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii) and comment 14(c)(3)(iii)-1 for additional guidance.
Proposed comment 14(c)(3)(ii)(A)-3 clarifies that a lender could make the request for authorization in writing or by email in tandem with providing the consumer rights notice in § 1041.15(d), subject to certain requirements and conditions. Specifically, the proposed comment clarifies that a lender is not prohibited under the provisions in § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii)(A) from requesting authorization and providing the consumer rights notice in the same communication, such as in a single written mailing or a single email to the consumer. It further clarifies, however, that the consumer rights notice still must be provided in accordance with the requirements and conditions in § 1041.15(d), including, but not limited to, the segregation requirements that apply to the notice. The proposed comment further provides, as an example, that if a lender mails the request for authorization and the notice to the consumer in the same envelope, the lender must provide the notice on a separate piece of paper, as required under § 1041.15(d).
The Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of the proposed provisions for providing the payment transfer terms and statements to the consumer as a predicate to requesting the consumer's authorization. In particular, the Bureau seeks on comment on whether for purposes of requesting authorization, lenders should be permitted to provide the required terms and statements by oral telephone communication. In addition, the Bureau seeks comment on whether including model statements or forms in the rule would facilitate compliance and enable more effective disclosure of the required terms and statements.
Proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii) would establish requirements and conditions that the lender must satisfy for a consumer's authorization to be valid under the exception.
Specifically, proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii)(A) would provide that for an authorization to be valid, it must be signed or otherwise agreed to by the consumer in a format that memorializes the required payment transfer terms and, if applicable, required statements to which the consumer has agreed. In addition, proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii)(A) would provide that the signed authorization must be obtained no earlier than the date on which the consumer receives the consumer rights notice required by § 1041.15(d). It would further provide that, for purposes of the provision, the consumer is considered to receive the notice at the time it is provided in person or electronically, or, if the notice is provided by mail, the earlier of the third business day after mailing or the date on which the consumer affirmatively responds to the mailed notice.
The Bureau believes that these requirements would help to ensure that consumers' decisions to authorize additional payment transfers are made in full awareness of their rights as stated in the notice, including their protections under the restriction on additional payment transfers. The Bureau further believes that these requirements would accommodate situations in which the consumer wishes to authorize additional payment transfers promptly, given that in many instances the lender could obtain the consumer's authorization on the same day that the notice is provided and received, particularly when the notice is provided in person or electronically.
Proposed comment 14(c)(3)(iii)(A)-1 explains that, for authorizations obtained electronically, the requirement that the authorization be signed or otherwise agreed to by the consumer is satisfied if the E-Sign Act requirements for electronic records and signatures are met. The E-Sign Act establishes that electronic signatures and electronic records are valid if they meet certain criteria.
Proposed comment 14(c)(3)(iii)(A)-2 explains that a consumer affirmatively responds to the consumer rights notice that was provided by mail when the consumer calls the lender on the telephone to discuss repayment options after receiving the notice.
Proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii)(B) would require that, if the consumer's authorization is granted in the course of an oral telephone communication, the lender must record the call and retain the recording. The Bureau is proposing this requirement for compliance purposes. The Bureau is aware that most lenders already record and retain calls for purposes of obtaining consumers' authorizations under Regulation E or for servicing and collections purposes, and thus believes that lenders already have in place the technology and systems necessary to comply with this requirement. Nonetheless, the Bureau seeks comment on the burdens, costs, or other challenges of complying with this requirement.
Proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii)(C) would establish procedures for providing a memorialization of the authorization to the consumer when the authorization is granted in the course of a recorded telephonic conversation or is otherwise not immediately retainable by the consumer at the time of signature. The Bureau is proposing these provisions pursuant to its authority under section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act to prescribe rules “to ensure that the features of any consumer financial product or service, both initially and over the term of the product or service, are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the product or service . . . ,” in addition to its authority under section 1031(b) of the Act to include in its rules identifying unfair, abusive, or deceptive acts or practices requirements for the purpose of preventing such acts or practices.
Specifically, in such circumstances, proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii) would require lenders to provide to the consumer a memorialization in a retainable form no later than the date on which the first payment transfer authorized by the consumer is initiated. These requirements are intended to ensure that the terms of the payment transfers authorized by consumers are provided to them in a manner that permits them to review authorizations for consistency with their understanding of the terms and, when necessary, contact the lender to request clarification or discuss potential errors. In addition, for consumers' future reference and planning purposes, the copy would provide a record of all additional payment transfers that the lender may initiate pursuant to the authorization. Proposed § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii)(C) would further provide that the memorialization may be provided to the consumer by email in accordance with the requirements and conditions in § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii)(A). Accordingly, lenders could provide the memorialization by email if the consumer has consented to receive disclosures in that manner under § 1041.15(a)(4) or has so agreed in the course of a communication initiated by the consumer in response to the consumer rights notice required by § 1041.15(d). This provision is designed to ensure that consumers receive the copy in the timeliest possible manner and to reduce the burden on lenders of providing the copy.
Proposed comment 14(c)(3)(iii)(C)-1 clarifies that the copy is deemed to be provided to the consumer on the date it is mailed or transmitted. Proposed comment 14(c)(3)(iii)(C)-2 clarifies that the requirement that the memorialization be provided in a retainable form is not satisfied by a copy of recorded telephone call, notwithstanding that the authorization was obtained in that manner. Proposed comment 14(c)(3)(iv)(C)-3 clarifies that a lender is permitted under the provision to the provide the memorialization to the consumer by email in accordance with the requirements and conditions in § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii)(A), regardless of whether the lender requested the consumer's authorization in that manner. It further clarifies, by providing an example, that if the lender requested the consumer's authorization by telephone but also has obtained the
The Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of this proposed provision. In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the consumer should be accorded a specified period of time to review the terms of the authorization as set forth in the memorialization before the lender initiates the first payment transfer pursuant to the authorization. In addition, the Bureau seeks comment on the burdens and costs for lenders of providing the memorialization.
Proposed § 1041.14(c)(4) specifies the circumstances in which an authorization for additional payment transfers obtained pursuant to proposed § 1041.14(c) expires or becomes inoperative. First, proposed § 1041.14(c)(4)(i) provides that a consumer's authorization becomes null and void for purposes of the exception if the lender obtains a subsequent new authorization from the consumer pursuant to the exception. This provision is intended to ensure that, when necessary, lenders can obtain a consumer's new authorization to initiate transfers for different terms, or to continue collecting payments on the loan, and that such new authorization would supersede the prior authorization. Second, proposed § 1041.14(c)(4)(ii) provides that a consumer's authorization becomes null and void for purposes of the exception if two consecutive payment transfers initiated pursuant to the consumer's authorization have failed, as specified in proposed § 1041.14(b). The Bureau is proposing this provision for clarification purposes.
Proposed § 1041.14(d) would set forth a second exception to the prohibition on initiating further payment transfers from a consumer's account in § 1041.14(b). In contrast to the exception available under proposed § 1041.14(c), which would allow lenders to initiate multiple, recurring additional payment transfers authorized by the consumer in a single authorization, this exception would permit lenders to initiate a payment transfer only on a one-time basis immediately upon receipt of the consumer's authorization, while leaving the overall prohibition in place. This limited approach is designed to facilitate the collection of payments that are proffered by the consumer for immediate processing, without requiring compliance with the multi-stage process in proposed § 1041.14(c), and to ensure that consumers have the option to continue making payments, one payment at a time, after the prohibition in proposed § 1041.14(b) has been triggered, without having to provide lenders broader, ongoing access to their accounts.
Specifically, subject to certain timing requirements, proposed § 1041.14(d) would permit lenders to initiate a payment transfer from a consumer's account after the prohibition has been triggered, without obtaining the consumer's authorization for additional payment transfers in accordance with proposed § 1041.14(c), if the consumer authorizes a one-time electronic fund transfer or proffers a signature check for immediate processing. Under proposed § 1041.14(d)(1), a payment transfer initiated by either of these two payment methods would be required to meet the definition of a “single immediate payment transfer at the consumer's request” in proposed § 1041.14(a)(2). Thus, for the exception to apply, the lender must initiate the electronic fund transfer or deposit the check within one business day after receipt.
In addition, proposed § 1041.14(d)(2) would provide that, for the exception to apply, the consumer must authorize the underlying one-time electronic fund transfer or provide the underlying signature check to the lender, as applicable, no earlier than the date on which the lender provides to the consumer the consumer rights notice required by proposed § 1041.15(d) or on the date that the consumer affirmatively contacts the lender to discuss repayment options, whichever date is earlier. The Bureau believes that many consumers who elect to authorize only a single transfer under this exception will do so in part because they have already received the notice, have been informed of their rights, and have chosen to explore their options with the lender. The Bureau also believes that in some cases, consumers may contact the lender after discovering that the lender has made two failed payment attempts (such as by reviewing their online bank statements) before the lender has provided the notice. Moreover, by definition, this exception would not require the consumer to decide whether to provide the lender an authorization to resume initiating payment transfer from her account on an ongoing basis. Accordingly, the Bureau believes it is unnecessary to propose requirements similar to those proposed for the broader exception in proposed § 1041.14(c), as discussed above, to ensure that consumers have received the notice informing them of their rights at the time of authorization.
Proposed comment 14(d)-1 cross-references proposed § 1041.14(b)(a)(2) and accompanying commentary for guidance on payment transfers that meet the definition of a single immediate payment transfer at the consumer's request. Proposed comment 14(d)-2 clarifies how the prohibition on further payment transfers in proposed § 1041.14(b) continues to apply when a lender initiates a payment transfer pursuant to the exception in proposed § 1041.14(d). Specifically, the proposed comment clarifies that a lender is permitted under the exception to initiate the single payment transfer requested by the consumer only once and thus is prohibited under § 1041.14(b) from re-initiating the payment transfer if it fails, unless the lender subsequently obtains the consumer's authorization to re-initiate the payment transfer under § 1041.14(c) or (d). The proposed comment further clarifies that a lender is permitted to initiate any number of payment transfers from a consumer's account pursuant to the exception in § 1041.14(d), provided that the requirements and conditions are satisfied for each such transfer. Accordingly, the exception would be available as a payment option on a continuing basis after the prohibition in proposed § 1041.14(b) has been triggered, as long as each payment transfer is authorized and initiated in accordance with the proposed exception's timing and other requirements. In addition, the proposed comment cross-references comment 14(b)(2)(ii)-3 for further guidance on how the prohibition in § 1041.14(b) applies to the exception in § 1041.14(d).
Proposed comment 14(d)-3 explains, by providing an example, that a consumer affirmatively contacts the lender when the consumer calls the lender after noticing on her bank statement that the lender's last two payment withdrawal attempts have been returned for nonsufficient funds.
The Bureau believes that the proposed requirements and conditions in § 1041.14(d) would prevent the harms that otherwise would occur if the lender—absent obtaining the consumer's authorization for additional payment transfers under proposed § 1041.14(c)—were to initiate further transfers after two consecutive failed attempts. The Bureau believes that consumers who authorize such transfers will do so based on their firsthand
The Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of the exception in proposed § 1041.14(d). In particular, the Bureau seeks comment on whether the rule should include provisions to ensure that consumers have received the required notice informing them of their rights at the time of authorization.
As discussed above in Market Concerns—Short-term Loans and Market Concerns—Long-Term Loans, consumers who use payday and payday installment loans tend to be in economically precarious positions. They have low to moderate incomes, live paycheck to paycheck, and generally have no savings to fall back on. They are particularly susceptible to having cash shortfalls when payments are due and can ill afford additional fees on top of the high cost of these loans. At the same time, as discussed above in Market Concerns—Payments, many lenders in these markets may often obtain multiple authorizations to withdraw account funds through different channels, exercise those authorizations in ways that consumers do not expect, and repeatedly re-present returned payments in ways that can substantially increase costs to consumers and endanger their accounts.
In addition to proposing in § 1041.14 to prohibit lenders from attempting to withdraw payment from a consumer's account after two consecutive payment attempts have failed, unless the lender obtains the consumer's new and specific authorization to make further withdrawals, the Bureau is proposing in § 1041.15 to use its authority under section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act to require two new disclosures to help consumers better understand and mitigate the costs and risks relating to payment presentment practices in connection with covered loans. While the interventions in § 1041.14 are designed to protect consumers who are already experiencing severe financial distress in connection with their loans and depository accounts, the primary intervention in § 1041.15 is designed to give all covered loan borrowers who grant authorizations for payment withdrawals the information they need to prepare for upcoming payments and to take proactive steps to manage any errors or disputes before funds are deducted from their accounts.
Specifically, proposed § 1041.15(b) would require lenders to provide consumers with a payment notice before initiating each payment transfer on a covered loan. This notice is designed to alert consumers to the timing, amount, and channel of the forthcoming payment transfer and to provide consumers with certain other basic information about the payment transfer. If the payment transfer would be for a different amount, at a different time, through a different payment channel than the consumer might have expected based upon past practice, or for the purpose of re-initiating a returned transfer, the notice would specifically alert the consumer to the change. For situations when a lender obtains consumer consent to deliver the payment notice through electronic means, proposed § 1041.15(c) would provide content requirements for an electronic short notice, which would be a truncated version of the payment notice formatted for electronic delivery through email, text message, or mobile application.
In addition, proposed § 1041.15(d) would complement the intervention in § 1041.14 by requiring lenders to provide a consumer rights notice after a lender has triggered the limitations in that section. This consumer rights notice would inform consumers that a lender has triggered the provisions in proposed § 1041.14 and is no longer permitted to initiate payment from the consumer's account unless the consumer chooses to provide a new authorization. The Bureau believes informing consumers of the past failed payments and the lender's inability to initiate further withdrawals would help prevent consumer confusion or misinformation and help consumers make an informed decision going forward on whether and how to grant a new authorization to permit further withdrawal attempts. For lenders to deliver the consumer rights notice required under proposed § 1041.15(d) through an electronic delivery method, proposed § 1041.15(e) would require the lenders to provide an electronic short notice that contains a link to the full consumer rights notice.
Under the proposal, lenders would be able to provide these notices by mail, in person or, with consumer consent, through electronic delivery methods such as email, text message, or mobile application. As discussed further below, the Bureau is seeking to facilitate electronic delivery of the notices wherever practicable because it believes that such methods would make the disclosures more timely, more effective, and less expensive for all parties. However, the Bureau believes it is also important to ensure that consumers without electronic access would receive the benefits of the disclosures. Given that electronic delivery may be the most timely and convenient method of delivery for many consumers, the Bureau believes that facilitating electronic delivery is consistent with the Bureau's authority under section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act to ensure that the features of any consumer financial product are “fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed” to consumers.
The Bureau is proposing model clauses and forms in proposed § 1041.15(a)(7). These proposed model clauses and forms could be used at the option of covered persons for the provision of the notices that would be required under proposed § 1041.15. The proposed model clauses and forms are located in appendix A. These proposed model clauses and forms were validated through two rounds of consumer testing in the fall of 2015. The consumer testing results are provided in the FMG Report.
The payment notice, consumer rights notice, and short electronic notices in proposed § 1041.15 are being proposed under section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, which authorizes the Bureau to prescribe rules to ensure that the features of consumer financial products and services “both initially and over the term of the product or service,” are disclosed “fully, accurately, and effectively” in a way that “permits consumers to understand the costs, benefits, and risks associated with the product or service, in light of the facts and circumstances.” The authority granted to the Bureau in section 1032(a) is broad, and empowers the Bureau to prescribe rules regarding the disclosure of the “features” of consumer financial products and services generally. Accordingly, the Bureau may prescribe rules containing disclosure requirements even if other Federal consumer financial laws do not specifically require disclosure of such features.
Dodd-Frank Act section 1032(c) provides that, in prescribing rules pursuant to section 1032, the Bureau “shall consider available evidence about consumer awareness, understanding of, and responses to disclosures or communications about the risks, costs, and benefits of consumer financial products or services.” Accordingly, in
Section 1032(b)(1) also provides that “any final rule prescribed by the Bureau under this [section 1032] requiring disclosures may include a model form that may be used at the option of the covered person for provision of the required disclosures.” Any model form issued pursuant to this authority shall contain a clear and conspicuous disclosure that, at a minimum, uses plain language that is comprehensible to consumers, contains a clear format and design, such as an easily readable type font, and succinctly explains the information that must be communicated to the consumer.
Proposed section § 1041.15(a) would establish basic rules regarding the format and delivery for all notices required under § 1041.15 and establish requirements for a two-step process for the delivery of electronic disclosures as further required under proposed § 1041.15(c) and (e). The format requirements generally parallel the format requirements for other disclosures related certain covered short-term loans as provided in proposed § 1041.7, as discussed above, except that § 1041.15(a) would permit certain disclosures by text message or mobile application while proposed § 1041.7 would not. Here, the two-step electronic delivery process would involve delivery of short-form disclosures to consumers by text message, mobile application, or email that would contain a unique Web site address for the consumer to access the full notices required under proposed § 1041.15(b) for each upcoming withdrawal attempt and under proposed § 1041.15(d) where the lender's two consecutive failed withdrawal attempts have triggered the protections of § 1041.14.
Because the disclosures in proposed § 1041.15 involve the initiation of one or more payment transfers in connection with existing loans, the Bureau believes, as discussed below, that electronic disclosures would generally be more timely, more effective, and less expensive for consumers and lenders than paper notices. At the same time, the Bureau recognizes that there are technical and practical challenges with regard to electronic channels. The two-stage process is designed to balance such considerations, for instance by adapting the notices in light of format and length limitations on text message and by accommodating the preferences of consumers who are using mobile devices in the course of daily activities and would rather wait to access the full contents until a time and place of their choosing. The Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of its approach to the form of disclosures and in particular to electronic delivery of the notices, as discussed further below.
Proposed § 1041.15(a)(1) would provide that the disclosures required by proposed § 1041.15 must be clear and conspicuous. The section would further provide that the disclosures may use commonly accepted or readily understandable abbreviations. Proposed comment 15(a)(1)-1 clarifies that disclosures are clear and conspicuous if they are readily understandable and their location and type size are readily noticeable to consumers. This clear and conspicuous standard is based on the standard used in other consumer financial services laws and their implementing regulations, including Regulation E subpart B § 1005.31(a)(1). Requiring that the disclosures be provided in a clear and conspicuous manner would help consumers understand the information in the disclosure about the costs, benefits, and risks of the transfer, consistent with the Bureau's authority under section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act.
The Bureau seeks comment on the appropriateness of proposing this general standard and whether additional guidance would be useful in the context of these specific disclosures, particularly including its applicability to electronic delivery on mobile devices.
Proposed § 1041.15(a)(2) would require disclosures mandated by proposed § 1041.15 to be provided in writing or through electronic delivery. The disclosures could be provided through electronic delivery as long as the requirements of proposed paragraph 15(a)(4) are satisfied. The disclosures must be provided in a form that can be viewed on paper or a screen, as applicable. The requirement in proposed § 1041.15(a)(2) could not be satisfied by being provided orally or through a recorded message. Proposed comment 15(a)(2) explains that the disclosures that would be required by proposed § 1041.15 may be provided electronically as long as the requirements of § 1041.15(a)(4) are satisfied, without regard to the E-Sign Act, 15 U.S.C. 7001
The Bureau is proposing to allow electronic delivery because electronic communications are more convenient than paper communications for some lenders and consumers. The Bureau has therefore proposed a tailored regime that it believes would encourage lenders and consumers to identify an appropriate method of electronic delivery where consumers have electronic access.
The Bureau understands that some lenders already contact their borrowers through electronic means such as text message and email.
The Bureau believes that providing consumers with disclosures that they can view and retain would allow them to more easily understand the information, detect errors, and determine whether the payment is consistent with their expectations. Given the detailed nature of the information provided in the disclosures required by proposed § 1041.15, including payment amount, loan balance, failed payment amounts, consumer rights, and various dates, the Bureau believes that oral disclosures would not provide consumers with a sufficient opportunity to understand and use the disclosure information.
The Bureau seeks comment on the benefits and risks to consumers of providing these disclosures through electronic delivery. The Bureau requests comment on the electronic delivery requirements in proposed § 1041.15(a)(2), including the extent that they protect consumers' interests, whether they appropriately encourage electronic delivery, and whether they should incorporate specific elements of the E-Sign Act. For circumstances when lenders deliver the notices required by § 1041.15 through electronic delivery in accordance with the requirements in proposed § 1041.15(a)(4), the Bureau specifically seeks comment on whether lenders should be required to format the full notice so that it is viewable across all screen sizes. The Bureau seeks comment on the burdens and benefits of providing the notice in form that responds to the screen size it is being viewed on while still meeting the other formatting and content provisions proposed in § 1041.15. The Bureau also seeks comment on situations where consumers would be provided with a paper notice. The Bureau specifically seeks comment on the burdens of providing these notices through paper, the utility of paper notices to consumers, and additional ways that this provision can encourage electronic delivery.
Proposed § 1041.15(a)(3) would require disclosures mandated by proposed § 1041.15 to be provided in a retainable form, except for the electronic short notices under § 1041.15(c) or (e) that are delivered through mobile application or text message and explained below. Electronic short notices provided by email would still be subject to the retainability requirement. Proposed comment 15(a)(3) explains that electronic notices are considered retainable if they are in a format that is capable of being printed, saved, or emailed by the consumer.
Having the disclosures in a retainable format would enable consumers to refer to the disclosure at a later point in time, such as after a payment has posted to their account or if they contact the lender with a question, allowing the disclosures to more effectively disclose the features of the product to consumers. The Bureau is not proposing to require that text messages and messages within mobile applications be permanently retainable because of concerns that technical limitations beyond the lender's control may make retention difficult. However, the Bureau anticipates that such messages would often be kept on a consumer's device for a considerable period of time and could therefore be accessed again. In addition, proposed § 1041.15 would require that such messages contain a link to a Web site containing a full notice that would be subject to the general rule under proposed § 1041.15(a)(3) regarding retainability. A lender would also be required to maintain policies, procedures, and records to ensure compliance with the notice requirement under proposed § 1041.18.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether to allow for an exception to the requirement that notices be retainable for text messages and messages within mobile applications and whether other requirements should be placed on these delivery methods, such as a requirement that the URL link stay active for certain period of time. The Bureau specifically seeks comment on whether the notices should warn consumers that they should save or print the full notice given that URL link will not be maintained indefinitely.
Proposed § 1041.15(a)(4) would contain various requirements that are designed to facilitate delivery of the notices required under proposed § 1041.15 through electronic channels, while appropriately balancing concerns about consumer consent, technology access, and preferences for different modes of electronic communication. As detailed further below, the proposed rule would provide that disclosures may be provided through electronic delivery if the consumer affirmatively consents in writing or electronically to the particular electronic delivery method. Lenders may obtain this consent in writing or electronically. The proposed rule would require that lenders provide email as an electronic delivery option if they also offer options to deliver notices through text message or mobile application. Proposed § 1041.15(a)(4) would also set forth rules to govern situations where the consumer revokes consent for delivery through a particular electronic channel or is otherwise unable to receive notices through that channel.
Proposed § 1041.15(a)(4)(i) would specify the consumer consent requirements for provision of the disclosures through electronic delivery. Proposed § 1041.15(a)(4)(i)(A) would require lenders to obtain a consumer's affirmative consent to receive the disclosures through a particular method of electronic delivery. These methods might include email, text message, or mobile application. The Bureau believes it is important for consumers to be able to choose a method of delivery to which they have access and that will best facilitate their use of the disclosures, and that viewable documentation would facilitate both informed consumer choice and supervision of lender compliance. The Bureau is concerned that consumers could receive disclosures through a method that they do not prefer or that is not useful to them if they are automatically defaulted into an electronic delivery method. Similarly, the Bureau is concerned that a consumer may receive disclosures through a method that they do not expect if they are provided with a broad electronic delivery option rather than an option that specifies the method of electronic delivery.
The Bureau requests comment on this proposed affirmative consent requirement. The Bureau is aware that during the origination process lenders obtain consumer consent for other terms, such as authorization for
Proposed § 1041.15(4)(i)(B) would require that when obtaining consumer consent to electronic delivery, a lender must provide the consumer with the option to select email as the method of electronic delivery, separate and apart from any other electronic delivery methods such as mobile application or text message. Proposed comment 15(a)(4)(i)(B) explains that the lender may choose to offer email as the only method of electronic delivery.
The Bureau believes that such an approach would facilitate consumers' choice of the electronic delivery channel that is most beneficial to them, in light of differences in access, use, and cost structures between channels. For many consumers, delivery via text message or mobile application may be the most convenient and timely option. However, there are some potential tradeoffs. For example, consumers may incur costs when receiving text messages and may have privacy concerns about finance-related text messages appearing on their mobile phones. During consumer testing, some of the participants had a negative reaction to receiving notices by text message. These negative reactions included privacy concerns about someone being able to see that they were receiving a notice related to a financial matter when it came in the form of a text message. The Bureau believes that mobile application messages may create similar privacy concerns since such messages may generate alerts or banners on a consumer's mobile device.
However, the Bureau believes that receiving notices by text message may be useful to some consumers. In general, most consumers have access to a mobile phone. According to a recent Federal Reserve study on mobile banking and financial services, approximately 90 percent of “underbanked” consumers—consumers who have bank accounts but use non-bank products like payday loans—have access to a mobile phone.
Proposed § 1041.15(a)(4)(ii) would prohibit a lender from providing the notices required by proposed § 1041.15 through a particular electronic delivery method if there is subsequent loss of consent as provided in proposed § 1041.15(a)(4)(ii), either because the consumer revokes consent pursuant to proposed § 1041.15(a)(4)(ii)(A) or the lender receives notification that the consumer is unable to receive disclosures through a particular method as described in proposed § 1041.15(a)(4)(ii)(B). Proposed comment 15(a)(4)(ii)(B)-1 explains that the prohibition applies to each particular electronic delivery method. It provides that when a lender loses a consumer's consent to receive disclosures via text message, for example, but has not lost the consumer's consent to receive disclosures via email, the lender may continue to provide disclosures via email, assuming that all of the requirements in proposed § 1041.15(a)(4) are satisfied. Proposed comment 15(a)(4)(ii)(B)-2 clarifies that the loss of consent applies to all notices required under proposed § 1041.15. For example, if a consumer revokes consent in response to the electronic short notice text message delivered along with the payment notice under proposed § 1041.15(c), that revocation also would apply to text message delivery of the electronic short notice that would be delivered with the consumer rights notice under proposed § 1041.15(e) or to delivery of the notice under proposed § 1041.15(d) if there are two consecutive failed withdrawal attempts that trigger the protections of § 1041.14.
Proposed § 1041.15(a)(4)(ii)(A) would prohibit a lender from providing the notices required by proposed § 1041.15 through a particular electronic delivery method if the consumer revokes consent to receive electronic disclosures through that method. Proposed comment 15(a)(4)(ii)(A)-1 clarifies that a consumer may revoke consent for any reason and by any reasonable means of communication. The comment provides that examples of a reasonable means of communication include calling the lender and revoking consent orally, mailing a revocation to an address provided by the lender on its consumer correspondence, sending an email response or clicking on a revocation link provided in an email from the lender, and responding to a text message sent by the lender.
The Bureau is aware that burdensome revocation requirements could make it difficult for the consumer to revoke consent to receive electronic disclosures through a particular electronic delivery method. Accordingly, the Bureau believes it is appropriate to require that consent is revoked and lenders cannot provide the notices through a particular electronic delivery method if the consumer revokes consent through that method. The Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of this revocation requirement and on whether additional safeguards or clarifications would be useful. The Bureau seeks comment on whether certain methods of revocation are particularly burdensome for lenders to receive and whether the Bureau should further limit methods of revocation, and whether certain methods of revocation are particularly valuable to consumers.
Proposed § 1041.15(a)(4)(ii)(B) would prohibit a lender from providing the notices required by proposed § 1041.15 through a particular electronic delivery method if the lender receives notice that the consumer is unable to receive disclosures through that method. Such notice would be treated in the same manner as if the consumer had affirmatively notified the lender that the consumer was revoking authorization to provide notices through that means of delivery. Proposed comment 15(a)(4)(ii)(B)-1 provides examples of notice, including a returned email, returned text message, and statement from the consumer.
The Bureau believes that this is an important safeguard to ensure that consumers have ongoing access to the notices required under proposed § 1041.15. This requirement to change delivery methods after consent has been lost helps ensure that the disclosure information is fully and effectively disclosed to consumers, consistent with the Bureau's authority under section 1032. As discussed further below, in the event that the lender receives such a notice, it would be required under proposed § 1041.15(b)(3) to deliver notices for any future payment attempts through alternate means, such as another method of electronic delivery that the consumer has consented to, in person delivery, or paper mail. The Bureau requests comment on this loss of consent provision, including whether there are other methods of loss of consent that should be discussed in the rule, and how frequently lenders who use electronic communication methods today receive such returns.
Proposed § 1041.15(a)(5) would provide that all notices required by proposed § 1041.15 must be segregated from all other written materials and contain only the information required by § 1041.15, other than information necessary for product identification, branding, and navigation. Segregated additional content that is not required by proposed § 1041.15 must not be displayed above, below, or around the required content. Proposed comment 15(a)(5)-1 clarifies that additional, non-required content may be delivered through a separate form, such as a separate piece of paper or Web page.
In order to increase the likelihood that consumers would notice and read the written and electronic disclosures required by proposed § 1041.15, the Bureau is proposing that the notices should be provided in a stand-alone format that is segregated from other lender communications. This requirement would ensure that the disclosure contents are effectively disclosed to consumers, consistent with the Bureau's authority under section 1032 of the Dodd-Frank Act. Lenders would not be allowed to add additional substantive content to the disclosure. The Bureau solicits comment on these segregation requirements, including whether they provide enough specificity.
Proposed § 1041.15(a)(5) would require, if provided through electronic delivery, that the payment notice required by proposed § 1041.15 (b) and the consumer rights notice required by proposed § 1041.15(d) must use machine readable text that is accessible via both Web browsers and screen readers. Graphical representations of textual content cannot be accessed by assistive technology used by the blind and visually impaired. The Bureau believes that providing the electronically-delivered disclosures with machine readable text, rather than as a graphic image file, would help ensure that consumers with a variety of electronic devices and consumers that utilize screen readers, such as consumers with disabilities, can access the disclosure information. The Bureau seeks comment on this requirement, including its benefits to consumers, the burden it would impose on lenders, and on how lenders currently format content delivered through a Web page.
Proposed § 1041.15(a)(7) would require all notices in proposed § 1041.15 to be substantially similar to the model forms and clauses proposed by the Bureau. Proposed comment 15(a)(7)-1 explains the safe harbor provided by the model forms, providing that although the use of the model forms and clauses is not required, lenders using them would be deemed to be in compliance with the disclosure requirement with respect to such model forms. Proposed § 1041.15(a)(7)(i) would require that the content, order, and format of the payment notice be substantially similar to the Models Forms A-3 through A-5 in appendix A. Under proposed § 1041.15(a)(7)(ii), the consumer rights notice would have to be substantially similar to Model Form A-5 in appendix A. Similarly, proposed § 1041.15(a)(7)(iii) would mandate that the electronic short notices required under proposed § 1041.15(c) and (e) must be substantially similar to the Model Clauses A-6 through A-8 provided in appendix A.
The model forms developed through consumer testing may make the notice information comprehensible to consumers while minimizing the burden on lenders who otherwise would need to develop their own disclosures. Consistent with the Bureau's authority under section 1032(b)(1), the Bureau believes that its proposed model forms use plain language comprehensible to consumers, contain a clear format and design, such as an easily readable type font, and succinctly explain the information that much be communicated to the consumer. As described in the FMG Report, and as discussed above, the Bureau has considered evidence developed through its testing of model forms pursuant to section 1032(b)(3). The Bureau believes that providing these model forms would help ensure that the disclosures are effectively provided to consumers, while also leaving space for lenders to adapt the disclosures to their loan products and preferences. The Bureau seeks comment on the content, format, and design of these model forms.
Proposed § 1041.15(a)(8) would allow lenders to provide the disclosures required by proposed § 1041.15 in a language other than English, provided that the disclosures are made available in English upon the consumer's request.
The Bureau seeks comment in general on this foreign language requirement, including whether lenders should be required to obtain written consumer consent before for sending the disclosures in proposed § 1041.15 in a language other than English and whether lenders should be required to provide the disclosure in English along with the foreign language disclosure. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether there are any circumstances in which lenders should be required to provide the disclosures in a foreign language and, if so, what circumstance should trigger such a requirement.
Proposed § 1041.15(b) would generally require that lenders provide to consumers a payment notice before initiating a payment transfer from a consumer's account with respect to a covered loan, other than loans made pursuant to proposed § 1041.11 and proposed § 1041.12. As defined in proposed § 1041.14(a), a payment transfer is any transfer of funds from a consumer's account that is initiated by a lender for the purpose of collecting any amount due or purported to be due in connection with a covered loan. The notice would contain special wording alerting the consumer when the upcoming withdrawal would involve changes in amount, timing, or channel from what the consumer would otherwise be expecting. The timing requirements would vary depending on the method of delivery, with the earliest date being six to 10 business days prior to the intended withdrawal for notices delivered by mail.
As discussed in Market Concerns—Payments, when a lender initiates a payment transfer for which the consumer's account lacks sufficient funds, the consumer can suffer a number of adverse consequences. The consumer's bank will likely charge an overdraft or NSF fee. If the payment is returned, the lender may also charge a returned payment or late fee. These fees can materially increase the amount the consumer is required to pay. Moreover, returned payments appear to increase the likelihood that the consumer's account will be closed.
The Bureau believes that the payment notice could help consumers mitigate these various harms by providing a timely reminder that a payment transfer will occur, the amount and expected allocation of the payment as between principal and other costs, and information consumers may need to follow up with lenders or their depository institutions if there is a problem with the upcoming withdrawal or if the consumer anticipates difficulty in covering the payment transfer.
The Bureau believes that the notice could have value as a general financial management tool, but would be particularly valuable to consumers in situations in which lenders intend to initiate a withdrawal in a way that deviates from the loan agreement or prior course of conduct between the parties. As detailed above, the Bureau is aware that some lenders making covered loans sometimes initiate payments in an unpredictable manner which may increase the likelihood that consumers will experience adverse consequences. Consumers have limited ability to control when or how lenders will initiate payment. Although paper checks specify a date and amount for payment, UCC Section 4-401(c) allows merchants to present checks for payment on a date earlier than the date on the check. Lenders sometimes attempt to collect payment on a different day from the one stated on a payment schedule. The Bureau has received complaints from consumers that have incurred bank account fees after payday and payday installment lenders attempted to collect payment on a different date from what was scheduled. The Bureau is also aware that lenders sometimes split payments into multiple pieces, make multiple attempts to collect in one day, add fees and charges to the payment amount, and change the payment method used to collect.
The Bureau is aware that these notices would impose some cost on lenders, particularly the payment notice which, under proposed § 1041.15(c), would be sent before each payment transfer. The Bureau considered proposing to require the payment notice only when the payment transfer would qualify as unusual, such as when there is a change in the amount, date, or payment channel. However, the Bureau believes that once lenders have built the infrastructure to send the unusual payment notices, the marginal costs of sending notices for all upcoming payments is likely to be relatively minimal. The Bureau notes that a number of lenders already have a similar infrastructure for sending payment reminders. Indeed, a trade association representing online payday and payday installment lenders has expressed support for upcoming payment reminders.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether the payment notice could be provided in another manner that would address the policy concerns discussed in this section. The Small Business Review Panel Report also recommended that the Bureau solicit feedback on whether there were ways to address the Bureau's policy concerns without requiring an upcoming payment disclosure before payment transfers that are consistent with the date and amount authorized by the consumer. The Bureau seeks comment on both the incremental burden and incremental benefit of providing the payment notice before all upcoming payment transfers, rather than just before unusual attempts. The Bureau also seeks comment on the extent lenders currently have the infrastructure to provide notices through text message, email, mobile application, and by mail. The Bureau invites comment on how lenders currently comply with the Regulation E requirement to provide notice of transfers varying in amount, including whether most lenders obtain authorizations for a wide range of amounts with the result of sending notices only when a transfer falls outside a specified range or only when a transfer differs from the most recent transfer by more than an agreed-upon amount and whether consumers are informed of their right to receive this notice in accordance with Regulation E § 1005.10(d)(2).
The Bureau also invites comment on the burdens and benefits from regular versus unusual notices. The Bureau particularly seeks comment on whether there would be some risk of desensitizing consumers to the notice by sending a version of it in connection with routine payments. Given this potential desensitization and that some consumers may prefer not to receive these regular upcoming payment notices, particularly for long-term loans that require many payment transfers, the Bureau seeks comment on whether this notice should provide a method for consumers to opt-out of receiving future upcoming payment notices. The Bureau also seeks comment on the burdens and benefits of providing a payment notice for a loan which is scheduled to be repaid in a single-payment due shortly after the loan is consummated, such as a two-week payday loan.
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(1) would set forth the basic disclosure requirement, while proposed § 1041.15(b)(2) would provide exceptions. Proposed § 1041.15(b)(3) would define timing requirements for this payment notice, including mailing paper notices 10 to six business days before initiating the payment transfer and sending notices by electronic delivery seven to three business days before initiating the transfer. Proposed § 1041.15(b)(4) would define content requirements for this payment notice, including transfer terms and payment breakdown. Proposed § 1041.15(b)(5) would provide additional content requirements for unusual payment transfers, including a statement describing why the transfer is unusual. Proposed § 1041.15(c) would provide content requirements for the electronic short form, which is required in situations where the lender is providing this payment notice through a method of electronic delivery.
Except as provided in proposed § 1041.15(b)(2), proposed § 1041.15(b)(1) would require lenders to send a payment notice to a consumer prior to initiating a payment transfer from the consumer's account.
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(2)(i) would except covered loans made pursuant to proposed § 1041.11 or proposed § 1041.12 from the payment notice requirement. The Bureau has limited evidence that lenders making payday alternative loans like those covered by § 1041.11 participate in questionable payment practices. Given the cost restrictions placed by the NCUA on payday alternative loans and on the loans conditionally exempt under proposed § 1041.12, it may be particularly difficult to build the cost of providing the payment disclosure into the cost of the loan. The Bureau is concerned that lenders may be unable to continue offering payday alternative loans or the loans encompassed by proposed § 1041.12 if the disclosure requirement is applied.
The Bureau seeks comment on these proposed exceptions. The Bureau invites comment on whether lenders currently offering payday alternative loans or relationship loans of the type covered by proposed § 1041.12 already provide a payment reminder to consumers and whether such an exception is necessary.
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(2)(ii) would provide a limited exception to the notice requirement for the first transfer from a consumer's account after the lender obtains the consumer's consent pursuant to proposed § 1041.14(c), regardless of whether any of the conditions in § 1041.15(b)(5) apply. As discussed above, proposed § 1041.14 would generally require a lender to obtain a consumer's consent before initiating another payment attempt on the consumer's account after two consecutive attempts have failed. Proposed § 1041.15(b)(2)(ii) would allow lenders to forgo the payment notice for the first payment attempt made under the consumer's affirmative consent as the consent itself will function like a payment notice. Proposed comment 15(b)(2)(ii)-1 clarifies that this exception applies even if the transfer would otherwise trigger the additional disclosure requirements for unusual attempts under proposed § 1041.15(b)(5). Proposed comment 15(b)(2)(ii)-2 explains that, when a consumer has affirmatively consented to multiple transfers in advance, this exception applies only to the first transfer.
Because the lender must provide precise information about the payment to be deducted from the account prior to obtaining the consumer's affirmative consent, the Bureau believes requiring a payment notice before executing the first funds transfer that the consumer has consented to would generally be unnecessary. This exception would apply only to the first transfer made under the consumer's new and specific consent in order to ensure that after the first payment, the consumer receives the benefits of the payment notices to minimize the risk that a payment transfer will adversely impact the consumer. This is especially important if the first attempt fails, so that the consumer has notice of the means by which the lender may attempt a second funds transfer.
The Bureau seeks comment on this proposed exception, including whether the exception is necessary and whether other exceptions might be appropriate for situations where the consumer has provided affirmative consent. The Bureau specifically seeks comment on whether this exception should not apply if fee has been added to the scheduled payment amount, or if the payment is otherwise for a varying amount as provided under proposed § 1041.15(b)(5)(i).
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(2)(iii) would provide an exception for an immediate single payment transfer initiated at the consumer's request as defined in § 1041.14(a)(5). This exception would carve out situations where a lender is initiating a transfer within one business day of receiving the consumer's authorization.
During the SBREFA process and other external outreach, lenders raised concerns about how the Bureau's potential proposal would apply to one-time, immediate electronic payments made at the consumer's request. Industry has expressed concern that, unless these payments are excepted from the requirement, lenders could be prohibited from deducting payments from consumers' accounts for several days in situations in which consumers have specifically directed the lender to deduct an extra payment or have given approval to pay off their loans early. Similarly, if an advance notice were required before a one-time payment, consumers attempting to make a last-minute payment might incur additional late fees due to the waiting period required after the disclosure. The Bureau believes that these are valid policy concerns and accordingly is proposing to except an immediate single payment transfer made at the consumer's request. The Bureau also believes that because this category of payments involves situations in which the consumer's affirmative request to initiate a transfer is processed within a business day of receiving the request, the consumer is unlikely to be surprised or unprepared for the subsequent withdrawal. The Bureau seeks comment on this proposed exception. In particular, the Bureau invites comment on whether this proposed exception is too broad and includes some transfers that should be subject to the payment disclosure.
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(3) would provide the tailored timing requirements applicable to each of the three methods through which the payment notice can be delivered, which are mail, electronic, and in-person delivery. The minimum time to deliver the notice would range from six to three business days before the transfer, depending on the channel.
In proposing these requirements, the Bureau is balancing several competing considerations about how timing may impact consumers and lenders. First, the Bureau believes that the payment notice information is more likely to be useful, actionable, and effective for consumers if it is provided shortly before the payment will be initiated. Consumers could use this information to assess whether there are sufficient funds in their account to cover the payment and whether they need to make arrangements for another bill or obligation that is due around the same time. However, consumers also may need some time to arrange their finances, to discuss alternative arrangements with the lender, or to resolve any errors. For example, if the payment were not authorized and the consumer wanted to provide a notice to stop payment to their account provider in a timely fashion under Regulation E § 1005.10(c)(1), the regulation would require the consumer to take action three business days before the scheduled date of the transfer.
The Bureau is also aware that the delay between sending and receiving the notice complicates timing considerations. For example, paper delivery via mail involves a lag time of a few days and is difficult to estimate precisely. Finally, as discussed above, the Bureau believes that electronic delivery may be the least costly and most reliable method of delivery for many consumers and lenders. However, some consumers do not have access to an electronic means of receiving notices, so a paper option would be the only way for these consumers to receive the notices required under proposed
The Bureau seeks comment on the proposed timing of the payment notice for each delivery method specified below and whether other delivery methods should be considered. The Bureau invites comment on whether the payment notice should be required to be delivered within a timeframe that allows consumers additional time to utilize their Regulation E stop payment rights if they choose to do so, such as a requirement to send the payment notice through electronic delivery no later than five days before the payment will be initiated, or whether the benefit of extra time would be outweighed by having consumers receive the notice relatively close to the payment date. The Bureau seeks comment on whether an earlier timeframe should be provided for notices delivered by mail, such as a timeframe of 8 to 12 days, to accommodate mail delays. The Bureau also invites comment on whether synchronizing the timing requirement for proposed § 1041.15(b)(3) with Regulation E § 1005.10(d) requirement that notice of transfers of varying amounts be delivered at least 10 days before the transfer date would ease compliance burden on lenders.
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(3)(i) would require the lender to mail the notice no earlier than 10 business days and no later than six business days prior to initiating the transfer. Proposed comment 15(b)(3)(i)-1 clarifies that the six-business-day period begins when the lender places the notice in the mail, rather than when the consumer receives the notice.
For a payment notice sent by mail, there may be a gap of a few days between when the lender sends the notice and when the consumer receives it. The Bureau expects that in most cases this would result in the consumer receiving the notice between seven business days and three business days prior to the date on which the lender intends to initiate the transfer. This expectation is consistent with certain provisions of Regulation Z, 12 CFR part 1026, which assume that consumers are considered to have received disclosures delivered by mail three business days after they are placed in the mail.
For a payment notice sent through electronic delivery along with the electronic short notice in proposed § 1041.15(c), consumers would be able to receive a notice immediately after it is sent and without the lag inherent in paper mail. Proposed § 1041.15(b)(3)(ii)(A) would therefore adjust the time frames and require the lender to send the notice no earlier than seven business days and no later than three business days prior to initiating the transfer. Proposed comment 15(b)(3)(ii)(A)-1 clarifies that the three-business-day period begins when the lender sends the notice, rather than when the consumer receives or is deemed to have received the notice.
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(3)(ii)(B) would require that if, after providing the payment notice through electronic delivery pursuant to the timing requirements in proposed § 1041.15(b)(3)(ii)(A), the lender loses a consumer's consent to receive notices through a particular electronic delivery method, the lender must provide the notice for any future payment attempt, if applicable, through alternate means. Proposed comment 15(b)(3)(ii)(B)-1 clarifies that in circumstances when the lender receives the consumer's loss of consent for a particular electronic delivery method after the notice has already been provided, the lender may initiate the payment transfer as scheduled. If the lender is scheduled to make any payment attempts following the one that was disclosed in the previously provided notice, the lender must provide notice for that future payday attempt through alternate means, in accordance with the applicable timing requirements in proposed § 1041.15(b)(3). Proposed comment 15(b)(3)(ii)(B)-2 explains that alternate means may include a different electronic delivery method that the consumer has consented to, in person, or by mail. Proposed comment 15(b)(3)(ii)(B)-3 provides examples of actions that would satisfy the proposed requirements in proposed § 1041.15(b)(3)(ii)(B).
The Bureau is concerned that requiring lenders to delay the payment transfer past its scheduled date could cause consumers to incur late fees and finance charges. For example, if the lender attempts to deliver a notice through text message three days before the transfer date and the lender receives a response indicating that the consumer's phone number is out of service, the lender would not have sufficient time before the scheduled payment transfer date to deliver to payment notice by mail according to the timing requirements in proposed § 1041.15(b)(3)(i). Although it would be preferable that consumers received the notice before any transfer in all circumstances, on balance the Bureau believes that the potential harms of causing payment delays outweighs the benefits of requiring that the notice be delivered through another method. The Bureau is concerned that even if lenders were required to deliver the notice through another means, such as mail, that alternative means also may not successfully deliver the notice to the consumer. The Bureau seeks comment on this approach, which would allow lenders to initiate a payment transfer as scheduled in situations when the lender learns of revocation or loss of consent for a particular electronic delivery method after the notice has already been provided. The Bureau also seeks comment on alternative approaches to this payment transfer delay issue.
If a lender provides the payment notice in person, there would be no lag between providing the notice and the consumer's receipt. Similar to the timing provisions provided for the electronic short notice, proposed § 1041.15(b)(3)(iii) would provide that if the lender provides the notice in person, the lender must provide the notice no earlier than seven business days and no later than three business days prior to initiating the transfer.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether a broader time window should be provided for in-person notices in order to accommodate short-term, single payment loans. The Bureau is aware that for loans with terms of less than two weeks the date of the payment transfer is not far from the origination date. The Bureau seeks comment on whether allowing an in-person notice to be provided up to 14 days before the payment transfer date would ease lender burden requirements and whether extending the time frame would decrease the benefit of the notice to consumers.
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(4) would specify the required contents of the payment notice, including an identifying statement, date and amount of the transfer, truncated information to identify the consumer account from which the withdrawal will be taken, loan number, payment channel, check number (if applicable), the annual percentage rate of the loan, a breakdown
The Bureau believes that this content would enable consumers to understand the costs and risks associated with each loan payment, consistent with the Bureau's authority under section 1032 of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Bureau is aware that providing too much or overly complicated information on the notice may prevent consumers from reading and understanding the notice. To maximize the likelihood that consumers would read the notice and retain the most importance pieces of information about an upcoming payment, the Bureau believes that the content requirements should be minimal.
In particular, the Bureau considered adding information about other consumer rights, such as stop payment rights for checks and electronic fund transfers, but has concerns that this information may be complicated and distracting. Consumer rights regarding payments are particularly complicated because they vary across payment methods, loan contracts, and whether the authorization is for a one-time or recurring payment. As discussed in Market Concerns—Payments, these rights are often burdensome and costly for consumers to utilize.
The Bureau seeks comment on these content requirements as individually detailed below, in particular the inclusion of consumer account information, annual percentage rate or another measure of cost, and the manner of disclosing payment breakdown. The Bureau specifically seeks comment on whether the upcoming payment notice should advise consumers to notify their lender or financial institution immediately if the payment appears to have an error or be otherwise unauthorized. The Bureau also seeks comment about whether information about the CFPB should be required on the notice, such as a link to CFPB web content on payday loans.
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(i) would require an identifying statement to alert the consumer to the upcoming payment transfer, whether the transfer is unusual, and the name of the lender initiating the transfer. Specifically, proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(i)(A) would require, in situations that do not qualify as unusual according to proposed § 1041.15(b)(5), that the payment notice contain the identifying statement “Upcoming Withdrawal Notice,” using that phrase, and, in the same statement, the name of the lender. If the unusual attempt scenarios outlined in proposed § 1041.15(b)(5) apply, proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(i)(B) would require that the payment notice contain the identifying statement “Alert: Unusual Withdrawal,” using that phrase, and, in the same statement, the name of the lender. In both cases, the language would have to be substantially similar to the language provided in proposed Model Forms A-3 and A-4 in appendix A.
The Bureau believes that this basic information identifying the purpose of the notice and the lender providing the notice would avoid information overload, help show the legitimacy of the notice, and provide a strong motivation for consumers to read the disclosures. The Bureau seeks comment on whether other information is sufficiently critical to consumer awareness that it should be required in the heading.
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(ii)(A) would require the payment notice to include the date that the lender will initiate the transfer. Proposed comment 15(b)(4)(ii)(A)-1 clarifies that the initiation date is the date that the payment transfer is sent outside of the lender's control. Accordingly, the initiation date of the transfer is the date that the lender or its agent—such as a payment processor—sends the payment to be processed by a third party.
The Bureau realizes that different payment channels have different processing times, and that communications between parties in the chain can also affect timelines. On balance, the Bureau believes that notice of the date that the payment will be initiated would provide the consumer with the best reasonable and consistent estimate across different payment channels of the date by which the consumer must have funds in the account in order for the payment to go through and also would allow the consumer greater opportunity to mitigate potential harms from an unauthorized or unanticipated debit attempt from the consumer's account. The Bureau believes that, in general, lenders making covered loans initiate payments in accordance with the terms of the loans. In cases when lenders initiate payment in accordance with the terms of the loans, the notice would provide a valuable reminder that could enable the consumer to have funds available if the consumer is able to do so or to contact the lender to make alternative arrangements if the consumer would not be able to cover the payment.
At the same time, as discussed in Market Concerns—Payments, consumer complaints, Bureau analysis of online lender ACH payments and supervisory information show that some lenders may debit a consumer's account at irregular times resulting in early collection of funds, overdraft fees, or fees for returned payments. Lenders also may debit a consumer's account soon after an initial attempt fails—sometimes making multiple attempts over a short period of time—or months after the original payment attempt failed. Providing the date of the initiation in the payment notice would alert consumers when this occurs.
The Bureau solicits comment on requiring the lender to include the date that the lender will initiate the transfer in the notice and whether there is an alternative date that would be more useful for consumers and knowable to lenders. For example, the Bureau solicits comment on whether the lender should include in the notice the initiation date, the date the lender expects the payment transfer to reach the consumer's depository institution, or the earliest possible date that funds may be taken out of the consumer's account.
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(ii)(B) would require the payment notice to include the dollar amount of the transfer. Proposed comment 15(b)(4)(ii)(B)-1 explains that the amount of the transfer is the total amount of money that the lender will seek to transfer from the consumer's account, regardless of whether the total corresponds to the amount of a regularly scheduled payment.
The Bureau believes that disclosing the amount of the transfer would help consumers to arrange their finances, check for accuracy, and take action if there is an error. Consumers may not anticipate the amount of the payment. Consumers sometimes forget about recurring payments and preauthorized debits. Sometimes the consumer may not be able to anticipate the payment amount because the lender changes it unexpectedly, makes an error, or never received authorization. Many loan agreements provide the lender the right to collect payments for amounts that vary within a range authorized by the consumer. As discussed above in Market Concerns—Payments, Bureau
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(ii)(C) would require the payment notice to include sufficient information to permit the consumer to identify the account from which the funds will be transferred, but, to address privacy concerns, would expressly prohibit the lender from providing the complete account number of the consumer. A truncated account number similar to the one used in Model Form A-3 in appendix A to proposed part 1041 would be permissible.
The Bureau believes that information that identifies the account that the payment would be initiated from, such as the last 4 digits of the account number, may help consumers evaluate the legitimacy of the notice and take appropriate action such as making a deposit in the affected account as warranted. During the Bureau's consumer testing, participants repeatedly pointed to the account information as a reason to believe that the notice was legitimate. The Bureau expects that most often the account information would reference the account to which the consumer provided authorization. However, the Bureau is aware that some lenders take authorization to debit any account associated with a consumer and would initiate payments from an account different from the one the consumer initially authorized. The Bureau believes that providing some account identification information would help consumers determine the legitimacy of the notice and show whether the account being used is the one that they expected. However, the Bureau is also aware that the consumer's full account number is sensitive information that can be used to initiate fund transfers from a consumer's account. The Bureau believes that providing the last four digits of the account number, as provided in the Model Form, would provide sufficient identification information while protecting the sensitive nature of the account number.
The Bureau seeks comment on whether the truncated format of the account number would sufficiently protect the consumer's account and whether this information should be disclosed in another manner. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether it should prohibit lenders from providing the entire account number in the disclosure.
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(ii)(D) would require the payment notice to include sufficient information to permit the consumer to identify the covered loan associated with the transfer. As observed in the Bureau's consumer testing, information identifying the loan number that the payment will be applied to could help consumers evaluate the legitimacy of the notice. This information also may be useful if the consumer contacts the lender about the payment. Since a loan number cannot be used to transfer funds out of a consumer's depository account, the Bureau does not believe that the loan number is likely to raise the same kind of privacy concerns as the consumer's deposit account number. The Bureau seeks comment on the scope and degree of any such concerns and whether a truncated number would be more appropriate.
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(ii)(E) would require that the payment notice include the payment channel of the transfer. Proposed comment 15(b)(4)(ii)(E)-1 clarifies that payment channel refers to the specific network that the payment is initiated through, such as the ACH network. Proposed comment 15(b)(4)(ii)(E)-2 provides examples of payment channel, including ACH transfer, check, remotely created payment order, internal transfer, and debit card payment.
The information required to be provided by proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(ii), as discussed above, would provide the consumer with the information needed to assess whether the transfer the lender intends to initiate is an authorized transfer that accords with the terms of the consumer's loan. If the consumer determines this is not the case, the consumer may wish to instruct her bank to withhold payment. However, the consumer may not know which payment channel the lender will use for a particular attempt, information that determines certain rights afforded to the consumer and that is required to stop payment. For example, it may sometimes be unclear to consumers whether a post-dated check will be processed as in its original form as a signature check or used as a source document for an ACH transfer or remotely created check. As discussed above in part II.D., some lenders take authorizations for multiple payment types and alternate methods throughout the life of the loan.
The Bureau seeks comment on the definition of payment channel. The Bureau invites comment on whether more examples are needed and whether specific language for disclosing each payment channel should be required. The Bureau specifically seeks comment on whether consumers would benefit from being provided with greater detail in regards to debit card payments, such as whether the payment is being submitted through the PIN debit network or the credit card network.
For signature or paper checks, remotely created checks, and remotely created payment orders, proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(ii)(F) would require that the payment notice include the check number of the transfer.
Check numbers for RCCs and RCPOs are generated by the lender or its payment processor. Consumers currently cannot know the RCC or RCPO check number until after the payment has been processed. These payments are particularly difficult for a consumer's bank to stop because the bank needs a check number to block the debit on an automated basis. Providing the check number to the consumer would allow the consumer a better opportunity to stop payment on RCCs and RCPOs where, for example, the consumer believes that the payment the lender will be attempting is unauthorized. A consumer also may forget the number of the paper check provided to the lender, so the check number for signature checks could be valuable information for consumers seeking to stop those payments.
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(iii) would require that the payment notice contain the annual percentage rate of the covered loan, unless the transfer is for an unusual attempt described in proposed § 1041.15(b)(5).
The Bureau believes that providing information about the cost of the loan in the disclosure would remind consumers of the cost of the product over its term and assist consumers in their financial management, for instance in choosing how to allocate available funds among multiple credit obligations or in deciding whether to prepay an obligation. The Bureau recognizes that consumers generally do not have a clear understanding of APR. This was confirmed by the consumer testing of these model forms. APR nonetheless may have some value to consumers as a comparison tool across loan obligations even by consumers who are not deeply familiar with the underlying calculation. Furthermore, because the APR is disclosed at consummation, disclosing a different metric with the payment notices could create consumer confusion.
The Bureau is not proposing to require the disclosure of the APR in a notice alerting consumer to an unusual payment attempt. Given that the purpose of the unusual payment notice is to alert consumers that the payment has changed in a way that they might not expect, the Bureau believes that the APR information may distract consumers from the more important and time-sensitive message.
The Bureau seeks comment on this APR requirement, including whether this content should be required and whether a different measure of cost should be included.
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(iv) would require that the payment notice show, in a tabular form, the heading “payment breakdown,” principal, interest, fees (if applicable), other charges (if applicable), and total payment amount. For an interest only or negatively amortizing payment, proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(iv)(G) would also require a statement explaining that the payment will not reduce principal, using the applicable phrase “When you make this payment, your principal balance will stay the same and you will not be closer to paying off your loan” or “When you make this payment, your principal balance will increase and you will not be closer to paying off your loan.”
Proposed comment 15(b)(4)(iv)(B)-1 explains that amount of the payment that is applied to principal must always be included in the payment breakdown table, even if the amount applied is $0. In contrast, proposed comment 15(b)(4)(iv)(D)-1 clarifies that the field for “fees” must only be provided if some of the payment amount will be applied to fees. In situations where more than one fee applies, fees may be disclosed separately or aggregated. The comment further provides that a lender may use its own term to describe the fee, such as “late payment fee.” Similarly, proposed comment 15(b)(4)(iv)(E)-1 clarifies that a field for “other charges” must only be provided if some of the payment amount will be applied to other charges. In situations when more than one other charge applies, other charges may be disclosed separately or aggregated. A lender may use its own term to describe the charge, such as “insurance charge.”
The Bureau is aware that some consumers do not realize how their payments are being applied to their outstanding loan balance. Consumer complaints indicate that there is particular confusion about loans with uneven amortization structures, such as loans that start with interest-only payments and later switch to amortizing payments. Some consumers with such loans have complained that they did not understand that their payments were being applied in this manner. During the Bureau's consumer testing, an example of an interest-only payment was provided to participants. Although participants were not asked directly about the amortization structure of the loan, several noticed the interest-only application and expressed alarm. Providing information about the application of the payment to principal, interest, fees, and other charges, along with a statement indicating if a payment will not reduce principal, could help consumers understand the amortization structure of their loans and determine whether they may want to change their payments on the loan, such as by pre-paying the loan balance. This requirement is similar to the explanation of amount due provision for periodic statements under Regulations Z 12 CFR 1026.41(d)(2). The Bureau believes that showing fees, interest, and other charges separately may help consumers more accurately understand how their payment is being applied to their loan balance. The Bureau believes that this information could more effectively disclose the costs of the loan, consistent with the Bureau's authority under section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act.
The Bureau seeks comment on this payment breakdown table, including the benefits and burdens of providing each individual field. The Bureau specifically seeks comment on both the compliance burden involved in requiring the information to be provided in tabular format and the potential benefits and risks to consumer understanding in using such a format. As discussed in more detail below, the Bureau is proposing in connection with electronic delivery of notices that the table information would not be required for the electronic short notices delivered by text message, mobile application, or email, in part because of concerns that the formatting would not be practicable for all channels.
Proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(v) would require the payment notice to include the name of the lender, the name under which the transfer will be initiated (if different from the consumer-facing name of the lender), and two different forms of lender contact information that may be used by the consumer to obtain information about the consumer's loan.
Lender name and contact information may support the legitimacy of the notice and may be useful if consumers wish to contact the lender about a payment attempt. Other rules require the disclosure of two methods of contact information, such as the mailing address and telephone number requirement in Regulation E § 1005.7(b)(2) in the context of providing consumer assistance with unauthorized transfers. During the Bureau's consumer testing, participants cited the lender contact information and name as a mark of legitimacy. Lender contact information would also be helpful to consumers if they believe they will have difficulty covering the payment, if they believe that there is an error, or if they want to ask questions relating to managing the costs and risks of their covered loan. Indeed, when asked what they would do if they had questions, testing participants often explained that they would contact the lender using the information provided on the notice. Some participants expressed a preference for contacting the lender by telephone.
The Bureau seeks comment on all aspects of this contact information requirement. The Bureau specifically seeks comment on whether additional or specific methods of contact information should be required and whether lenders currently operate with or without having all of these methods of contact available to their customers.
If the payment transfer is unusual according to the circumstances described in proposed § 1041.15(b)(5), proposed § 1041.15(b)(5) would require the payment notice to contain both the content provided in proposed § 1041.15(b)(4) (other than disclosure of
Proposed comment 15(b)(5)-1 explains if the payment transfer is unusual according to the circumstances described in proposed § 1041.15(b)(5), the payment notice must contain both the content required by proposed § 1041.15(b)(4), except for APR, and the content required by proposed § 1041.15(b)(5). Proposed comment 15(b)(5)(i)-1 explains that the varying amount content requirement applies when a transfer is for the purpose of collecting a payment that is not specified by amount on the payment schedule or when the transfer is for the purpose of collecting a regularly scheduled payment for an amount different from the regularly scheduled payment amount according to the payment schedule. Proposed comment 15(b)(5)(ii)-1 explains that the date other than due date content requirement applies when a transfer is for the purpose of collecting a payment that is not specified by date on the payment schedule or when the transfer is for the purpose of collecting a regularly scheduled payment on a date that differs from regularly scheduled payment date according to the payment schedule.
The Bureau believes that all four of these circumstances—varying amount, date, payment channel and re-initiating a returned transfer—may be important to highlight for the consumer, so that the status of their loan is fully disclosed to them pursuant to section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act. If a lender is initiating a payment that differs from the regularly scheduled payment amount authorized by the consumer, the payment is more likely to vary from consumer expectations and pose greater risk of triggering overdraft or non-sufficient funds fees. The Bureau believes that these changes should be highlighted for consumers to understand the risks, attempt to plan for changed payments, and determine whether their authorization is being used appropriately. The Bureau believes that changes in the date and channel of the payment may also be important information for the consumer to prepare for the withdrawal and take steps as necessary. In order to effectively and fully understand their current loan status and alert to consumers to a series of repeat attempts over a short period of time, the Bureau believes that it is also important for the consumer to know if the past payment attempt failed and the lender is attempting to re-initiate a returned transfer.
The Bureau invites comment on whether additional situations should qualify as unusual under proposed § 1041.15(b)(5). The Bureau also seeks comment on whether, in circumstances when the payment amount is different from the regularly scheduled payment amount, the unusual payment notice should state the amount of the regularly scheduled payment that the transfer deviates from.
Proposed § 1041.15(c) would provide content requirements for an electronic short notice, which would be a truncated version of the payment notice formatted for electronic delivery through email, text message, or mobile application. This notice must be provided when the lender has obtained the consumer consent for an electronic delivery method and is proceeding to provide notice through such a delivery method. As described above, this electronic short notice would provide a web link to the complete payment notice that would be required by proposed § 1041.15(b)(4) and proposed § 1041.15(b)(5).
To maximize the utility of notices for consumers and minimize the burden on lenders, the Bureau believes that the electronic short notices proposed by § 1041.15(c) should be formatted in consideration of their delivery method. These requirements for tailored content and formatting are consistent with the Bureau's authority under section 1032 of the Dodd-Frank Act to prescribe rules that ensure that the loan features are effectively disclosed to consumers. The Bureau has attempted to tailor the proposed requirements both in light of format limitations for such electronic delivery channels that may be beyond the lenders' control, as well as considerations regarding the ways in which consumers may access email, text messages, and mobile applications that affect privacy considerations, their preferences for particular usage settings, and other issues. For example, text messages and email messages that are read on a mobile device would not have much screen space to show the notice content. Format limitations may make disclosure of information in a tabular format particularly difficult and character limits for text messages could require the full notice content to be broken into multiple chunks for delivery in a way that would substantially decrease the usefulness of the information to consumers while potentially increasing costs for both consumers and lenders.
While these concerns are most extreme with regard to text messaging, the Bureau believes that they may also carry over to email where consumers access their email via mobile device. Accordingly, the Bureau is proposing to limit the content of notices delivered by email to maximize screen readability without requiring the consumer to repeatedly scroll across or down. In addition, email providers may have access to consumer emails and may scrape the email content for potential advertising or other services; the Bureau believes that limiting the email content would help minimize such access.
For all of these reasons, the Bureau believes that it is appropriate for the electronic short notice to contain less information than the full payment notice given that it links to the full notice. As discussed further below, the Bureau believes that providing access to the full notice via the Web site link would appropriately balance related concerns to ensure that consumers could access the full set of notice information in a more secure, usable, and retainable manner. The Bureau seeks comment on this proposed electronic short notice, including whether additional information should be excluded from the truncated notice. The Bureau seeks comment in particular on whether the readability and privacy concerns for email are outweighed by concerns that requiring consumers to click through to the Web site to access the full notice information will make it less likely that consumers receive the full benefit of the information.
The electronic short notice would contain an abbreviated version of the payment notice content in proposed § 1041.15(b)(4). The electronic short notice would be an initial notice provided through a method of electronic delivery that the consumer has consented to, such as a text message or email, that would provide a link to a unique URL containing the full payment notice.
Proposed § 1041.15(c)(2)(i) would require the electronic short notice to contain an identifying statement that describes the purpose of the notice and the sender of the notice, as described in proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(i). Proposed comment 15(c)(2)-1 explains that when a lender provides the electronic short notice by email, the identifying statement must be provided in both the subject line and the body of the email.
The electronic short notice contains less information about the specific elements of the transfer terms than the payment notice content provided in proposed § 1041.15(b)(4). Proposed § 1041.15(c)(2)(ii) would require the electronic short notice to show the date of the transfer, amount of the transfer, and consumer account information. These terms are described for the full payment notice in proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(ii)(A), (B), and (C).
The Bureau believes that the date and the amount of the transfer are the most important pieces of information for the consumer to understand the costs and risks of the forthcoming payment transfer and take appropriate action. Additionally, participants in the Bureau's consumer testing expressed comfort with the legitimacy of the notice due to its inclusion of the consumer's account information. Accordingly, the Bureau believes that this should be required as well in the electronic short notice. Consumers would be able to obtain all of the information contained in the full disclosure by accessing the link contained in the electronic short notice. The Bureau seeks comment on the information included in the electronic short notice.
Proposed § 1041.15(c)(2)(iv) would require the electronic short notice to provide a unique Web site URL that the consumer may use to access to the full payment notice described in proposed § 1041.15(b).
The Bureau believes that consumers should have access to the full notice content, but also understands the format restrictions of mobile devices and text message may limit the utility of providing all of this information through electronic delivery. Through this proposed two-step electronic delivery process, the Bureau is attempting to balance information access with these format considerations. However, the Bureau realizes that this proposed solution may not perfectly accommodate all consumers. The Bureau is aware that some consumers may not have internet capability on their phones and may not be able to open up the Web site when they receive a text message. Some of these consumers may have other means of accessing the internet and thus will be able to use the URL to access the full disclosure on some other device. For those consumers with no means of internet access (and who nonetheless consent to receive electronic disclosures), the Bureau believes that the truncated payment notice information, which takes into account the formatting and character limits of text messages, still provides useful information. If the information in the electronic short notice is inconsistent with the consumer's expectations, the consumer could reach out to the lender for additional information or assistance.
The Bureau understands that the unique Web site URL contains limited privacy and security risks because it would be unlikely that a third party will come across a unique URL. Even if a third party did discover this URL, the notice does not contain sensitive information such as the consumer's name or full account number. The Bureau seeks comment on the burden on lenders of hosting, posting, and taking down notices on a Web page. It also seeks comment on alternative methods of electronic delivery that may be less burdensome.
The Bureau invites comment on the proposed two-step disclosure process for electronic delivery, including whether the Web site link to the full payment notice introduces significant privacy concerns and whether more secure options for electronic delivery are available. The Bureau requests comment on whether, in the interest of consumer privacy, it should prohibit lenders from providing the consumer's name on the full notice when it is provided through a linked URL. The Bureau is aware that there may be additional methods of providing the disclosures required by § 1041.15. The Bureau specifically seeks comment on whether it should allow lenders to provide the full notice through an email attachment or text message attachment to the short electronic notice, rather than using the linked URL process.
If the electronic short notice is being provided under an unusual attempt scenario, as described in proposed § 1041.15(b)(5), the notice would have to state what makes the payment attempt unusual. Proposed § 1041.15(c)(3) would require the electronic short notice to contain information about whether the amount, date, or payment channel has changed. These terms are described for the full payment notice in § 1041.15(b)(5) (i) through (iv).
The Bureau believes that the explanation of how the transfer may differ from the consumers' expectation is important information that needs to be included in the electronic short notice in order for the notice to be effective, pursuant to section 1032 of the Dodd-Frank Act. As discussed above, when a payment differs from the consumer's expectations, the payment may pose greater risk of triggering overdraft or non-sufficient funds fees.
Proposed § 1041.15(d) would require lenders to provide consumers with a consumer rights notice after a lender has initiated two consecutive or concurrent failed payment transfers and triggered the protections provided by proposed § 1041.14(b). Proposed § 1041.15(d)(2) would provide timing requirements for this consumer rights notice, which would be triggered when the lender receives information that the lender's second consecutive payment attempt has failed. Proposed § 1041.15(d)(3) details content requirements. Proposed § 1041.15(e) would provide content requirements for the electronic short form of the notice, which would be required in situations where the lender is providing this consumer rights notice through a method of electronic delivery.
As described above, proposed § 1041.14 would limit a lender's ability to initiate a payment transfer after two consecutive attempts have failed, allowing the lender to initiate another payment attempt from the consumer's account only if the lender received the consumer's consent under proposed § 1041.14(c) or authorization to initiate an immediate one-time transfer at the consumer's request under proposed § 1041.14. The Bureau believes that consumers should be informed when a
The Bureau seeks comment on the proposed content and timing requirements of the consumer rights notice.
Proposed § 1041.15(d)(2) would require a lender to send the consumer rights notice no later than three business days after the lender receives information that the second consecutive attempt has failed. Proposed comment 15(d)(2) clarifies that this timing requirement is triggered whenever the lender or its agent, such as a payment processor, receives information that the payment transfer has failed.
When a lender has initiated two consecutive failed payment transfers and triggers the protections provided by proposed § 1041.14(b), a consumer may not be aware that the lender is no longer permitted to initiate payment from the consumer's account. In the meantime, some loans may accrue interest or fees while the balance remains unpaid. For these reasons, the Bureau believes that the consumer rights notice should be provided shortly after the second attempt fails. However, the Bureau is aware that, depending on the payment method, there may be a delay between the lender's initiation of the payment transfer and information that the payment transfer has failed. Accordingly, the Bureau is proposing that the lender be required to send the consumer rights notice within three business days after the lender receives information that the payment transfer has failed.
The Bureau seeks comment on this timing requirement, including whether it is appropriate in length and whether it accommodates all payment channels. The Bureau invites comment on whether this timing requirement should be included, or whether the requirement for lenders to provide the consumer rights notice before obtaining a consumer's reauthorization under proposed § 1041.14(b) would provide sufficient consumer protection.
Proposed § 1041.15(d)(3) would provide the content requirements for the consumer rights notice. The Bureau believes that a consumer should know that a lender has triggered the provisions in proposed § 1041.14 and is no longer permitted to initiate payment from the consumer's account. The Bureau believes that it may be important to inform consumers that Federal law prohibits the lender from initiating payments. Given that proposed § 1041.14 would prohibit the lender from initiating another payment attempt without a new consumer authorization, the Bureau believes it would also be useful to note that the lender may be contacting the consumer to discuss payment choices. Consistent with the Bureau's authority under section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act, this content would inform consumers of the payment status on their covered loans and may help prevent consumer confusion or misinformation about why the lender cannot initiate another payment, helping to ensure that this information is effectively, accurately, and fully disclosed to the consumer.
Proposed § 1041.15(d)(3)(i) would require a statement that the lender, identified by name, is no longer permitted to withdraw loan payments from the consumer's account. The Bureau believes that a heading explaining that a lender is no longer permitted to withdraw payments would inform a consumer both that there is an issue with their payment and that the lender has an external requirement to stop any further attempts.
Proposed § 1041.15(d)(3)(ii) would require a statement that the lender's last two attempts to withdraw payment from the consumer's account were returned due to non-sufficient funds. The Bureau believes that this information should be provided to the consumer early on in the notice because it provides context for why the consumer is receiving the notice.
Proposed § 1041.15(d)(3)(iii) would require the notice to include sufficient information to permit the consumer to identify the account from which the unsuccessful payment attempts were made, but would expressly prohibit the lender from providing the complete account number of the consumer to address privacy concerns. A truncated account number similar to the one used in Model Form A-5 in appendix A to proposed part 1041 would be permissible.
As discussed in the analysis of proposed § 1041.15(b)(4)(ii)(C), the Bureau believes that providing some consumer account information, such as the last four digits of the account, would be helpful for consumers to recognize the legitimacy of a notice. This information may also be useful for checking that the correct account was debited. However, the Bureau is also aware that the consumer's full account number is sensitive information. The Bureau believes that providing the last four digits of the account number, as provided in the Model Forms, would provide sufficient information for the consumer to identify the account while protecting the sensitive nature of the account number.
The Bureau seeks comment on the truncated format of the account number and the benefits and burdens of providing consumers with account identifying information after two payment attempts have failed.
Proposed § 1041.15(d)(3)(iv) would require the consumer rights notice to include sufficient information to permit the consumer to identify the covered loan associated with the unsuccessful payment attempts. Information that identifies the loan number may help consumers evaluate the legitimacy of the notice and also may be useful if the consumer contacts the lender about the information in the notice.
Proposed § 1041.15 (d)(3)(v) would require the consumer rights notice to state, using that phrase, that in order to protect the consumer's account, Federal law prohibits the lender from initiating further payment transfers without the consumer's permission.
The Bureau believes that explaining how this re-initiation limit is a requirement under Federal law will help clarify the reason behind the notice, including how this limit is being
Proposed § 1041.15(d)(3)(vi) would require a statement that the lender may contact the consumer to discuss payment choices going forward. The Bureau believes that a statement that the lender may contact the consumer about payment choices would prepare the consumer for future contact from the lender.
Proposed § 1041.15(d)(3)(vii) would require that the consumer rights notice show, in a tabular form, the heading “previous payment attempts,” the scheduled due date of each previous unsuccessful payment transfer attempt, the date each previous unsuccessful payment transfer attempt was initiated by the lender, the amount of each previous unsuccessful payment transfer attempt, and any lender-charged fees associated with each unsuccessful attempt, if applicable, with an indication that these fees were charged by the lender.
The Bureau believes that showing the information about the prior unsuccessful attempts would provide context for why consumers are receiving the notice and help consumers identify errors. For example, the consumer could compare this table to the payment notices to see whether the prior attempts were initiated for the correct amount. The Bureau seeks comment on the inclusion of this information, including whether more or less information about the prior unsuccessful attempts should be included in the notice.
Proposed § 1041.15(d)(3)(v) would require the consumer rights notice to include information about the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau. The notice would be required to provide a statement, using that phrase, that the CFPB created this notice, a statement that the CFPB is a Federal government agency, and the URL to the relevant portion of the CFPB Web site. This statement must be the last piece of information provided in the notice. The Bureau believes that providing information about the CFPB would help show that the notice is meant to inform consumers of their rights and that the lender is not independently choosing to stop initiating payment from the consumer's account. During the Bureau's consumer testing, some participants reviewing forms that places CFPB information adjacent to the loan information believed that the loan was guaranteed by or otherwise provided by the government. Providing this statement at the end of the notice would help prevent consumer confusion between the lender and the CFPB. The Bureau seeks comment about this CFPB content, including whether more or less information about the Bureau would be useful to consumers receiving this consumer rights notice.
For lenders to deliver the consumer rights notice required under proposed § 1041.15(d) through an electronic delivery method, proposed § 1041.15(e) would require the lenders to provide an electronic short notice that contains a link to the full consumer rights notice. This notice would contain a truncated version of the content in proposed § 1041.15(d)(3), along with an email subject line, if applicable, and a unique Web site URL that links to the full consumer rights notice.
For many of the same reasons discussed above in connection with § 1041.15(c), the Bureau believes that the electronic short notice should contain limited content to maximize the utility of notices for consumers and minimize the burden on lenders. Consistent with the Bureau's authority under section 1032 of the Dodd-Frank Act, these proposed requirements would help ensure that consumer rights under proposed § 1041.14 are effectively disclosed to consumers. The Bureau seeks comment on the information in the electronic short notice, including whether information about the consumer's account would be helpful and whether less information should be included. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether lenders should be required to provide the full consumer rights notice, rather the two-step electronic short notice, when email is the method of electronic delivery.
Proposed § 1041.15(e)(2) would require that the electronic short notice contain an identifying statement, a statement that the last two attempts were returned, consumer account identification information, and a statement of the prohibition under Federal law, using language substantially similar to the language set forth in Model Form A-8 in appendix A to proposed part 1041. These terms are described for the full consumer rights notice in proposed § 1041.15(d)(3)(i), (ii), (iii), and (v). Proposed comment 15(e)(2)-1 clarifies that when a lender provides the electronic short notice by email, the email must contain this identifying statement in both the subject line and the body of the email. In order to provide consumers access to the full consumer rights notice, proposed § 1041.15(e)(2)(v) would also require the electronic short notice to contain the unique URL of a Web site that the consumer may use to access the consumer rights notice.
The Bureau understands that the unique Web site URL contains limited privacy risks because it would be unlikely that a third party will come across a unique URL. Even if a third party did discover this URL, the notice would not contain identifying information such as the consumer's name or full account number. The Bureau seeks comment on the burden on lenders of providing this notice through a Web site and on alternative methods of electronic delivery that may be less burdensome. The Bureau invites comment on the two-step disclosure process for electronic delivery, including whether more secure options for electronic delivery are available. The Bureau specifically seeks comment on whether it should allow lenders to provide the full notice through an email attachment or text message attachment to the short electronic notice, rather than using the linked URL process. The Bureau seeks comment on the content of this electronic short notice, including whether all of this information should be required.
As described in proposed §§ 1041.4 and 1041.8, the Bureau believes that it may be an unfair and abusive practice to make a covered loan without reasonably determining that the consumer has the ability to repay the loan. The Bureau proposes to prevent the abusive and unfair practice by, among other things, including in this
The Bureau believes that, in order to achieve these consumer protections, a lender must have access to reasonably comprehensive information about a consumer's current and recent borrowing history, including covered loans made to the consumer by other lenders, on a real-time or close to real-time basis. For the most part, however, lenders currently making loans that would be covered under the proposal do not furnish to consumer reporting agencies, either at all
To ensure that lenders making loans that would be covered under this proposal have access to timely and reasonably comprehensive information about a consumer's current and recent borrowing history with other lenders, proposed § 1041.16 would require lenders to furnish certain information about most covered loans
The Bureau considered an alternative approach to ensure that lenders could obtain reasonably comprehensive information about consumers' borrowing history across lenders. Under this alternative approach, lenders would furnish information about covered loans to only one of the entities registered with the Bureau, but would be required to obtain a consumer report from each such entity.
The Bureau also considered an alternative under which lenders would be required to furnish information to the Bureau or a contractor designated by the Bureau and to obtain a report from the Bureau or its contractor. Such an approach might be similar to the approaches of the 14 States previously referenced. However, the Bureau believes that these functions are likely better performed by the private sector and that the proposed approach would permit faster implementation of this rule. Further, there may be legal or practical obstacles to this alternative approach. The Bureau solicits comment on this alternative.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether the burdens associated with obtaining consumer reports from registered information systems and furnishing information about covered loans as would be required under proposed § 1041.16 are justified and whether there are alternative ways to ensure that lenders have access to information about a consumer's
The proposal would require that the Bureau identify the particular consumer reporting agencies to which lenders must furnish information pursuant to proposed § 1041.16 and from which lenders may obtain consumer reports to satisfy their obligations under proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10. As described in more detail below, proposed § 1041.17 would provide that the Bureau identify these consumer reporting agencies by registering them with the Bureau as information systems. Lenders that obtain a consumer report from any registered information system thus would be assured of obtaining a reasonably comprehensive account of a consumer's relevant borrowing history across lenders. Requiring registration with the Bureau would provide certainty to lenders concerning both the information systems to which they would be required to furnish information under proposed § 1041.16 and the information systems from which they would be required to obtain a consumer report to satisfy their obligations under proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10.
Proposed § 1041.17 sets forth proposed processes for registering information systems before and after the furnishing obligations under proposed § 1041.16 take effect and proposed conditions that an entity would be required to satisfy in order to become a registered information system. These proposed conditions, described in detail below, aim to ensure that registered information systems would enable lender compliance with proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10 so as to achieve the consumer protections of proposed part 1041, and to confirm that the systems themselves maintain compliance programs reasonably designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws, including those laws designed to protect sensitive consumer information. Based on its outreach, the Bureau believes that there are several consumer reporting agencies currently serving the lending markets covered by this proposed rule that are interested in becoming registered information systems and would be eligible to do so.
The Bureau is proposing §§ 1041.16 and 1041.17 pursuant to section 1031(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act, which provides that the Bureau's rules may include requirements for the purpose of preventing unfair or abusive acts or practices. As discussed above, the Bureau believes that it may be an unfair and abusive practice to make a covered loan without determining that the consumer has the ability to repay the loan. Accordingly, proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.9 would require lenders to make a reasonable determination that a consumer has the ability to repay the loan. Proposed §§ 1041.6 and 1041.10 would augment the basic ability-to-repay determinations required by proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.9 in circumstances in which the consumer's recent borrowing history or current difficulty repaying an outstanding loan provides important evidence with respect to the consumer's financial capacity to afford a new covered loan. In these circumstances, proposed §§ 1041.6 and 1041.10 would require the lender to factor this evidence into the ability-to-repay determination. Proposed § 1041.7 would provide a limited conditional exemption from the requirement to assess consumers' ability to repay covered short-term loans, based on compliance with certain requirements and conditions that also factor in borrowing history in a number of respects.
The provisions of proposed §§ 1041.16 and 1041.17 are designed to ensure that lenders have access to information to achieve the consumer protections of proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10. The Bureau believes that to prevent the apparent abusive or unfair practices identified in this proposed rule, it is necessary or appropriate to require lenders to obtain and consider relevant information about a borrower's current and recent borrowing history, including covered loans made by all lenders. The Bureau believes that requiring lenders to furnish relevant information concerning most covered loans pursuant to proposed § 1041.16 would ensure that lenders have access to a reliable and reasonably comprehensive record of a consumer's borrowing history when considering extending the consumer a loan, which would in turn ensure that consumers receive the benefit of the protections imposed by proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10. The Bureau thus proposes §§ 1041.16 and 1041.17 to prevent the apparent unfair or abusive practices identified and the consumer injury that results from them.
Proposed §§ 1041.16 and 1041.17 are also authorized by section 1024 of the Dodd-Frank Act. Section 1024 includes the authority in section 1024(b)(7) to: (A) “prescribe rules to facilitate supervision of persons described in subsection (a)(1) and assessment and detection of risks to consumers”; (B) “require a person described in subsection (a)(1), to generate, provide, or retain records for the purposes of facilitating supervision of such persons and assessing and detecting risks to consumers”; and (C) “prescribe rules regarding a person described in subsection (a)(1), to ensure that such persons are legitimate entities and are able to perform their obligations to consumers.”
The Bureau also believes proposed §§ 1041.16 and 1041.17 may be “necessary or appropriate to enable the Bureau to administer and carry out the purposes and objectives of the Federal consumer financial laws, and to prevent evasions thereof,” pursuant to section 1022(b)(1) of the Dodd-Frank Act.
Proposed § 1041.17 would permit the Bureau to provisionally register or to register an information system only if the Bureau determines, among other things, that the information system acknowledges that it is, or consents to being, subject to the Bureau's supervisory authority.
The provisions in proposed §§ 1041.16 and 1041.17 also would be authorized by section 1022(c)(7) of the Dodd-Frank Act, which provides that the Bureau “may prescribe rules regarding registration requirements applicable to a covered person, other than an insured depository institution, insured credit union, or related person.” Proposed § 1041.17 would provide rules governing the registration of information systems with the Bureau.
Building a reasonably comprehensive record of recent and current borrowing would take some time and raise a number of transition issues. For entities that want to become registered information systems before the requirements to obtain a consumer report from a registered information system under proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10 take effect, the Bureau is proposing a process that would generally work in the following sequence: proposed § 1041.17 would take effect 60 days after publication of the final rule in the
As described above, the Bureau is proposing to allow approximately 15 months after publication of the final rule in the
The Bureau has considered two general approaches to addressing this question. Under one approach, § 1041.16 would become effective on the same date as proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10. The result of these simultaneous effective dates would be that, for a period immediately after these sections of the rule go into effect, the information in a consumer report obtained from a registered system would not be as comprehensive as it would be after longer periods of required furnishing. For example, if lenders are required to furnish information to a registered information system pursuant to proposed § 1041.16 beginning on January 1, a consumer report obtained by a lender from the registered information system on January 15 would contain 15 days' worth of the consumer's borrowing history. To the extent a new loan was originated to the consumer during that period, the report would be useful for purposes of the proposed rule and would achieve its consumer protections, but the passage of time would increase the degree of utility these reports provide to the consumer protection goals of proposed part 1041.
Another general approach would be to stagger the effective dates of the furnishing obligation and the obligation to obtain a consumer report from a registered information system. One option under this approach would be to have the furnishing requirement in proposed § 1041.16 go into effect 30 days (or some other longer time period) before the effective dates of proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10. Another option would be to have proposed § 1041.16 go into effect at the same time as proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10, but to delay the requirements that lenders obtain a consumer report from a registered information system before originating a covered loan under those proposed sections. Staggering effective dates in one of these ways may increase to some degree the utility of the consumer reports that lenders would be required to obtain at the point that the requirements become effective, but may add complexity to implementation of the rule and would involve other tradeoffs. For example, having the furnishing requirement in proposed § 1041.16 go into effect before the effective dates of proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10 might provide lenders a period of time to focus solely on the rule's furnishing requirements, but it would mean that the information furnished during that period would be limited in some respects.
The Bureau believes the question of how to ensure early lender access to borrowing history is particularly critical for purposes of proposed § 1041.7, which would permit lenders to make certain covered short-term loans without conducting a full ability to repay analysis. Because a detailed financial analysis is not required under proposed § 1041.7 and because the operation of certain other protective features of proposed § 1041.7 hinge on borrowing history, the Bureau is proposing to provide that such loans can only be made after obtaining and considering a consumer report from a registered information system.
The Bureau solicits comment on these effective date options and on alternative ways to populate each registered information systems' database to hasten the utility of consumer reports provided by a registered information system, in furtherance of the consumer protections of proposed part 1041. For example, although the proposal would require that lenders furnish information only about loans consummated on or after the furnishing obligation takes effect, the Bureau has considered whether it should also require lenders to furnish information concerning loans that are outstanding loans at the time the furnishing obligation takes effect and that satisfy the definition of a covered loan under the rule. The Bureau is not proposing such a requirement, however, due to concerns that, at least with respect to furnishing to information systems registered as of the effective date of proposed § 1041.16, such a requirement would be burdensome to lenders and may result in poor data quality.
Although it does not impact the effective dates of the various sections, the Bureau notes that similar transition issues are raised with regard to the population of the database of any entity that becomes a registered information system after the effective date of proposed § 1041.16. As detailed below, the Bureau is proposing a process for those entities that would require that, prior to becoming a registered information system, such entities must first become “provisionally registered” information systems. Under the proposal, lenders would be required to furnish information to provisionally registered information systems, but would not be permitted to rely on consumer reports generated by such a system to satisfy their obligations under proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10 until the system becomes fully registered. The Bureau contemplates that this furnishing-only stage would last for 60 days, following a 120-day period to allow onboarding. The Bureau believes that this would ensure that at the point at which an information system becomes registered after the effective date of the proposed § 1041.16, it would be able to supply reports to lenders with reasonably comprehensive information about consumers' recent borrowing histories.
The Bureau expects that information systems will be registered prior to the effective date of proposed § 1041.16, and, assuming this is the case, believes that it would be preferable for lenders to obtain reports from these established systems until new information systems registered after the effective date have built a reasonably comprehensive database of furnished information concerning covered loans. For this reason, although the Bureau is considering no delay between the lender's obligation to furnish information to and obtain a report from an information registered before the effective date of proposed § 1016.16, as described above, it is proposing a 60-day delay between the lender's obligation to furnish information to and obtain a report from an information system registered after the effective date of proposed § 1016.16.
The Bureau notes that proposed § 1041.16 is referenced in several places in the regulation text of proposed § 1041.17. If proposed § 1041.17 takes effect prior to proposed § 1041.16, as the Bureau expects, these references will be replaced in the final rule with the appropriate dates and content from proposed § 1041.16. For purposes of this notice of proposed rulemaking, the Bureau includes the cross-references to § 1041.16 in proposed § 1041.17 to clarify how these proposed sections would interact.
Proposed § 1041.16(a) would require that, for each covered loan a lender makes other than a covered longer-term that is made under proposed § 1041.11 or § 1041.12, the lender furnish the information concerning the loan described in § 1041.16(c) to each information system described in § 1041.16(b). Proposed comment 1041.16(a)-1 clarifies that, with respect to loans made under proposed §§ 1041.11 and 1041.12, a lender may furnish information concerning the loan described in proposed § 1041.16(c) to each information system described in proposed § 1041.16(b) in order to satisfy proposed § 1041.11(e)(2) or § 1041.12(f)(2), as applicable. As described above, the purpose of the proposed furnishing requirement is to enable a registered information system to generate a consumer report containing relevant information about a consumer's borrowing history, regardless of which lender has made a covered loan to the consumer previously. The Bureau believes that requiring lenders to furnish information about most covered loans would achieve this result and, accordingly, the consumer protections of proposed part 1041.
Nonetheless, the Bureau acknowledges the burden that would be imposed by this proposed requirement to furnish information to each registered and provisionally registered information system. During the SBREFA process, the SERs expressed concern about the costs associated with furnishing information to commercially available consumer reporting agencies, and the Small Business Review Panel Report recommended that the Bureau consider streamlining the requirements related to furnishing information about the use of covered loans, including ways to standardize data to be furnished pursuant to the proposal.
The Bureau believes that the development of common data standards across information systems would benefit lenders and information systems and the Bureau intends to foster the development of such common data standards where possible to minimize burdens on furnishers. The Bureau believes that development of these standards by market participants would likely be more efficient and offer greater flexibility and room for innovation than if the Bureau prescribed particular standards in this rule, but it solicits comment on whether it should require
The Bureau believes that the burdens associated with the proposed furnishing obligation would be justified by the need to ensure that lenders making loans pursuant to proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10 have access to information sufficient to enable compliance with those provisions, in furtherance of the consumer protections of proposed part 1041. The Bureau solicits comment on whether the burdens of furnishing information about covered loans as would be required under proposed § 1041.16 are justified and whether there are alternative ways to ensure that lenders have access to information about a consumer's borrowing history necessary to achieve the consumer protection goals of proposed part 1041.
As discussed in the section-by-section analyses of proposed §§ 1041.11 and 1041.12, a lender making a covered longer-term loan under the alternative requirements in one of these sections would not be required to furnish information pursuant to proposed § 1041.16 if the lender instead furnishes information about the loan to a consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis. The Bureau believes that this furnishing requirement strikes the appropriate balance between minimizing burden on lenders that would make loans pursuant to these proposed sections and facilitating access to a reasonably comprehensive record of consumers' borrowing histories with respect to these loans.
Proposed § 1041.16(b)(1) would require that a lender furnish the information required in proposed § 1041.16(a) and (c) to each information system registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) and (d)(2) and provisionally registered pursuant to § 1041.17(d)(1).
The Bureau recognizes that lenders, especially those that do not currently furnish loan information to a consumer reporting agency, would need to engage in a variety of activities in order to prepare for compliance with proposed § 1041.16, including onboarding to a provisionally registered or registered information system's platform, developing and implementing policies and procedures to ensure accurate and timely furnishing of information, and training relevant employees. However, the Bureau believes that the time required for these activities would decrease after lenders have begun furnishing to the first registered information system because the Bureau expects the core components of furnishing pursuant to proposed § 1041.16 to be the same across information systems. The Bureau believes that 120 days would allow lenders sufficient time to prepare for compliance with proposed § 1041.16 and would allow an information system sufficient time to onboard all lenders that would be required to furnish to the information system. The Bureau solicits comment on whether 120 days provides sufficient time for these activities or whether additional time would be needed. Assuming that information systems are registered before the effective date of the furnishing obligation, as the Bureau expects will be the case, the Bureau further solicits comment on whether less time would be required for these activities with respect to information systems provisionally registered after the effective date of the furnishing obligation.
As proposed, § 1041.16(b)(1) would require lenders to furnish information about a covered loan only to information systems that are provisionally registered or registered at the time the loan is consummated. For example, if an information system were registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) 120 days before the effective date of proposed § 1041.16, a lender would be required to furnish the information required under proposed § 1041.16 to that information system beginning on the effective date of proposed § 1041.16 for covered loans consummated on or after that date. Proposed comment 16(b)-1 provides an example to illustrate when information concerning a loan must be furnished to a particular information system. Proposed comment 16(b)-2 clarifies that lenders are not required to furnish information to entities that have received preliminary approval for registration pursuant to proposed § 1041.16(c)(1) but are not registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.16(c)(2).
As discussed above, the Bureau has also considered whether to propose a requirement that lenders report outstanding loans in addition to new originations at the point that furnishing begins. While the Bureau is concerned that such a requirement could impose significant burden during the initial implementation period for the rule because lenders would have to compile and report data on loans that may never have been previously reported, the impacts may be less once lenders are already reporting originations to some registered information systems on an ongoing basis. Accordingly, in addition to the general request for comment above, the Bureau solicits comment specifically on whether lenders should be required to furnish information on outstanding covered loans when they first onboard to the platforms of provisionally registered information systems, after the effective date of the furnishing requirement in proposed § 1041.16. Such an approach would improve the comprehensiveness of the consumer reports that these systems would generate once they were registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(d)(2), since it would allow them to include data going back not just for the preceding 60 days as under the proposed rule, but for several months prior. This would particularly improve the resulting reports with respect to information about covered longer-term loans. The Bureau believes that requiring the reporting of outstanding loans to provisionally registered information systems may impose additional burden on lenders compared to the proposal,
Proposed § 1041.16(b)(2) would require that the Bureau publish on its Web site and in the
The date that an information system is provisionally registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(d)(1) or registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) would be the date that triggers the 120-day period at the end of which lenders would be obligated to furnish information to the information system pursuant to proposed § 1041.16. An information system's automatic change from being provisionally registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(d)(1) to being registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(d)(2) would not trigger an additional obligation on the part of a lender; rather, as explained further below, the significance of the registration of a provisionally registered system would be that lenders may rely on a consumer report from the system to comply with their obligations under proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10.
The Bureau believes that publication of a notice on its Web site may be the most effective way to ensure that lenders receive notice of an information system's provisional registration or registration, or the suspension or revocation of its provisional registration or registration. Accordingly, for purposes of proposed § 1041.16(b)(1),
Proposed § 1041.16(b)(2) also provides that the Bureau would maintain on its Web site a current list of information systems provisionally registered pursuant to § 1041.17(d)(1) and registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) and (d)(2). The Bureau intends that its Web site would clearly identify all provisionally registered and registered information systems, the dates that they were provisionally registered or registered with the Bureau, and the dates by which lenders must furnish information to each pursuant to § 1041.16(b). The Bureau solicits comment on additional ways it might inform lenders when information systems are first provisionally registered or registered, or when provisional registration or registration is suspended or revoked, should proposed §§ 1041.16 and 1041.17 be adopted.
Proposed § 1041.16(c) identifies the information a lender must furnish concerning each covered loan as required by proposed § 1041.16(a) and (b). As discussed below, proposed § 1041.16(c) would require lenders to furnish information when the loan is consummated and again when it ceases to be an outstanding loan. If there is any update to information previously furnished pursuant to proposed § 1041.16 while the loan is outstanding, proposed § 1041.16(c)(2) would require lenders to furnish the update within a reasonable period of the event that causes the information previously furnished to be out of date. However, the proposal would not require a lender to furnish an update to reflect that a payment was made; a lender would only be required to furnish an update if such payment caused information previously furnished to be out of date. Under proposed § 1041.16(c)(1) and (3), lenders must furnish information no later than the date of consummation, or the date the loan ceases to be outstanding, as applicable, or as close in time as feasible to the applicable date. Proposed comment 16(c)-1 clarifies that, under proposed § 1041.16(c)(1) and (3), if it is feasible to report on the applicable date, the applicable date is the date by which the information must be furnished.
Proposed § 1041.16(c) would require that a lender furnish the required information in a format acceptable to each information system to which it must furnish information. Proposed § 1041.17(b)(1) would require that, to be eligible for provisional registration or registration, an information system must use reasonable data standards that facilitate the timely and accurate transmission and processing of information in a manner that does not impose unreasonable cost or burden on lenders.
As noted above, compliance with the FCRA may require that information in addition to that specified under the proposal is furnished to information systems. The furnishing requirements that would be imposed under this proposal aim to ensure that lenders making most loans covered under the proposal would have access to information necessary to enable compliance with the provisions of this proposal. These proposed requirements would not supersede any requirements imposed upon furnishers by the FCRA.
Proposed § 1041.16(c)(1) specifies the information a lender would be required to furnish at loan consummation. The Bureau proposes that lenders furnish this information for the reasons specified below and to ensure that lenders using consumer reports generated by registered information systems would have access to information sufficient to enable them to meet their obligations under proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10. In addition to soliciting comment on the specific information that would be required under proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(i) through (viii), the Bureau generally solicits comment on whether proposed § 1041.16(c)(1) is reasonable and appropriate, including whether the information lenders would be required to furnish at loan consummation under the proposal is sufficient to ensure that lenders using consumer reports obtained from a registered information system would have sufficient information to comply with their obligations under the proposal and achieve the consumer protections of proposed part 1041. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether lender access to any additional information concerning a consumer's borrowing history would further the consumer protections of proposed part 1041 and, if so, the specific potential burdens and costs of requiring such information to be furnished.
As proposed, § 1041.16(c)(1) would require that a lender furnish the specified information no later than the date on which the loan is consummated or as close in time as feasible after that date. Although the Bureau recognizes that some installment lenders may furnish loan information in batches on a periodic basis to consumer reporting agencies, the Bureau believes that at least some lenders that would be covered under this proposed rule have experience in furnishing loan information in real time or close to real time and on a loan-by-loan basis, rather than a batch basis. For example, based on its outreach, the Bureau understands that at least some lenders making loans that would be covered under this proposal already furnish information concerning those loans to specialty consumer reporting agencies on an individual loan basis and in real time or close in time to the particular event furnished, such as when final payment on a loan is made.
The Bureau believes that a real-time or close to real-time furnishing requirement may be appropriate to achieve the consumer protections of proposed part 1041. Such a requirement would ensure that lenders using consumer reports from a registered information system have timely information about most covered loans made by other lenders to a consumer. This is especially important with respect to covered short-term loans. One of the core purposes of proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, as discussed above, is to protect consumers from the harms associated with repeated reborrowing. The Bureau believes that, to achieve that end, lenders contemplating making covered loans under these provisions need timely information with respect to the consumer's recent borrowing history. Batch reporting on a lagged basis would not yield such information, and would thus be inconsistent with the objective of those provisions. For example, if lenders were to report on a monthly basis even one day after the end of the month, a lender contemplating making a covered loan to a consumer that obtains a report from a registered information system at the end of a month might not learn of two prior short-term loans made to the consumer during the course of the month.
The Bureau recognizes that real-time furnishing offers the best chance that a consumer report generated by a registered information system would capture all prior and outstanding covered loans made to the consumer but believes that the burdens of requiring real-time furnishing may be outweighed by what may be an incremental benefit. Accordingly, although the Bureau would encourage lenders to furnish information concerning covered loans on a real-time basis, the proposal would permit lenders to furnish the required information on a daily basis or as close in time to consummation as feasible. The Bureau solicits comment on whether the time period within which information would be required to be furnished under proposed § 1041.16(c)(1) is reasonable or whether an alternative period is more appropriate. The Bureau further solicits comment on specific circumstances under which furnishing information no later than the date a loan is consummated may not be feasible.
Proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(i) would require lenders to furnish information necessary to allow the lender and each provisionally registered and registered information system to uniquely identify the covered loan. This information would be necessary to ensure that updated information concerning the loan furnished pursuant to proposed § 1041.16(c)(2) and (3) would be attributed to the correct loan by the lender furnishing the information and by the provisionally registered or registered information system. The Bureau anticipates that information furnished to satisfy proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(i) would likely be the loan number assigned to the loan by the lender, but proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(i) would defer to lenders and information systems to determine what information is necessary or appropriate for this purpose. The Bureau solicits comment on this proposal, including whether it should specify the type of information lenders must furnish to ensure that updates to a covered loan are properly attributed.
Proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(ii) would require lenders to furnish information necessary to allow the provisionally registered or registered information system to identify the specific consumer(s) responsible for the loan. This information would be necessary to enable a registered information system to provide to a lender a consumer report that accurately reflects a particular consumer's covered loan history across all lenders, which would enable lenders to comply with proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10. This information would also be necessary to allow registered information systems to comply with their obligations under the FCRA.
Proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(ii) would defer to each information system concerning the specific items of
Proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(iii) would require lenders to furnish information concerning whether the loan is a covered short-term loan, a covered longer-term loan, or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan, as those terms are defined in proposed § 1041.2. Proposed comment 16(c)(1)-1 clarifies that compliance with proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(iii) would require a lender to identify the covered loan as one of these types of loans and provides an example. This information would enable a registered information system to generate a consumer report that allows a lender to distinguish between types of loans, which would enable lender compliance with, for example, proposed § 1041.6(c).
Proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(iv) would require lenders to furnish information concerning whether the loan is made under proposed § 1041.5, § 1041.7, or § 1041.9, as applicable. Proposed comment 16(c)(1)-2 clarifies that compliance with proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(iv) would require a lender to identify the covered loan as made under one of these sections and provides an example. This information would enable a registered information system to generate a consumer report that allows a lender to distinguish between loans made pursuant to these provisions, which would enable the lender to comply with, for example, proposed § 1041.7(c). Proposed comment 16(c)(1)-2 also clarifies that a lender furnishing information concerning a covered loan that is made under § 1041.11 or § 1041.12 would not be required to furnish information that identifies the covered loan as made under one of these sections. Under the proposal, lenders would not need to distinguish between loans made pursuant to these provisions when contemplating making a new covered loan.
Proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(v) would require lenders to furnish, for a covered short-term loan, the loan consummation date. This information would enable a registered information system to generate a consumer report that would allow a lender to determine whether a contemplated loan is part of a loan sequence and the chronology of prior loans within a sequence, which would enable the lender to comply with several provisions under proposed §§ 1041.6 and 1041.7. A loan sequence is defined in proposed § 1041.2(a)(12), in part, as a series of consecutive or concurrent covered short-term loans in which each of the loans (other than the first loan) is made while the consumer currently has an outstanding covered short-term loan or within 30 days of the consumer having a previous outstanding covered short-term loan. A lender contemplating a new covered loan would require information concerning the consummation date of outstanding or prior loans to determine whether an outstanding loan or prior loan is or was part of a loan sequence and, if so, the chronology of the outstanding loan or prior loan within the sequence (for example, whether the outstanding prior loan was the second or third loan in the sequence).
Proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(vi) would require lenders to furnish, for a loan made under proposed § 1041.7, the principal amount borrowed. This information would enable a registered information system to generate a consumer report that allows a lender to determine whether a contemplated loan would satisfy the principal amount limitations set forth in proposed § 1041.7(b)(1), which would enable the lender to comply with that section.
Proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(vii) would require lenders to furnish, for a loan that is closed-end credit, the fact that the loan is closed-end credit, the date that each payment on the loan is due, and the amount due on each payment date. This information would allow a registered information system to generate a consumer report that enables a lender to make a reasonable projection of the amount and timing of payments due under a consumer's debt obligations, in compliance with, for example, proposed §§ 1041.5(c) and 1041.9(c).
As proposed, information furnished pursuant to § 1041.16(c)(1)(vii) would reflect the amount and timing of payments due under the terms of the loan as of the loan's consummation. As discussed below, proposed § 1041.16(c)(2) would require lenders to furnish any update to information previously furnished under proposed § 1041.16(c) within a reasonable period of the event that causes the information previously furnished to be out of date. Proposed comment 16(c)(2)-1 explains that, for example, if a consumer makes payment on a closed-end loan as agreed and the loan is not modified to change the dates or amounts of future payments on the loan, proposed § 1041.16(c)(2) would not require the lender to furnish an update to information furnished pursuant to proposed to proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(vii). If, however, the lender extends the term of the loan, proposed § 1041.16(c)(2) would require the lender to furnish an update to the date that each payment on the loan is due and the amount due on each payment date to reflect the updated payment dates and amounts.
Proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(viii) would require lenders to furnish, for a loan that is open-end credit, the fact that the loan is open-end credit, the credit limit on the loan, the date that each payment on the loan is due, and the minimum amount due on each payment date. As with information about loans that are closed-end credit required to be furnished pursuant to proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(vii), information about loans that are open-end credit required to be furnished under proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(viii) would allow a registered information system to generate a consumer report that enables a lender to make a reasonable projection of the amount and timing of payments due under a consumer's debt obligations, in compliance with, for example, proposed §§ 1041.5(c) and 1041.9(c).
Unlike with closed-end loans, where the terms of the loan set the amount and timing of payments at the outset, the terms of open-end credit allow for significant variation in the amounts of a consumer's payments, depending largely on the consumer's use of the available credit. As discussed below, proposed § 1041.16(c)(2) would require lenders to furnish any update to information previously furnished under proposed § 1041.16(c) within a reasonable period of the event that causes the information previously furnished to be out of date. Accordingly, for example, if the minimum amount due on future payment dates changes because a consumer increases the amount drawn from an open-end loan or pays more or less than the minimum amount due on a particular payment date, proposed § 1041.16(c)(2) would require the lender to furnish an update to the information concerning the minimum amount due on each payment previously furnished pursuant to proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(viii)(D) to
Proposed § 1041.16(c)(2) would require lenders to furnish, while a loan is an outstanding loan, any update to information previously furnished pursuant to proposed § 1041.16 within a reasonable period of the event that causes the information previously furnished to be out of date. Proposed comment 16(c)(2)-1 provides examples of scenarios under which proposed § 1041.16(c)(2) would require a lender to furnish an update to information previously furnished. Proposed comment 16(c)(2)-2 clarifies that the requirement to furnish an update to information previously furnished extends to information furnished pursuant to proposed § 1041.16(c)(2).
As described above, each item of information the proposal would require lenders to furnish under § 1041.16(c)(1) is information that strengthens the consumer protections of proposed part 1041. Updates to these items of information could affect a consumer's eligibility for covered loans under the proposal and, thus, the achievement of those protections. Therefore the Bureau believes that such updates should be reflected in a timely manner on a consumer report a lender obtains from a registered information system. However, the Bureau believes that, to the extent furnishing updates would impose burden on lenders, a more flexible timing requirement may be appropriate for furnishing an update than for furnishing information at consummation or when a covered loan ceases to be outstanding. As discussed above and below, the Bureau is proposing that, when a covered loan is originated or ceases to be outstanding, information is furnished no later than the date on which the loan is consummated or ceases to be outstanding, or as close in time as feasible to the specified date. The Bureau believes that, to achieve the consumer protections that are the goals of proposed part 1041, lenders contemplating making covered loans need timely information with respect to the consumer's recent borrowing history, especially concerning whether another covered loan is outstanding. The Bureau believes that a delay in furnishing information reflecting the existence of an outstanding loan of even a short period would be inconsistent with the goals of proposed part 1041. As reflected in comment 16(c)(2)-1, however, the Bureau anticipates that most updates furnished pursuant to proposed § 1041.16(c)(2) will reflect changes to the amount and timing of future payments on a loan. The Bureau believes that providing lenders a reasonable period after the event that causes this type of information previously furnished to be out of date may be appropriate. The Bureau solicits comment on whether the time period within which information would be required to be furnished under proposed § 1041.16(c)(2) is reasonable or whether an alternative period is more appropriate.
The Bureau has considered whether, in addition to requiring updates to information previously furnished, the Bureau should require under this proposal that lenders furnish information regarding payments made on a covered loan while it is outstanding. The Bureau is aware, for example, that lenders that furnish to consumer reporting agencies typically provide periodic updates in account status, including amount paid and current status. In particular, the Bureau has considered whether it should require under this proposal that lenders furnish information concerning any amounts past due on an outstanding covered loan.
Proposed §§ 1041.5(c) and 1041.9(c) would require that a lender make a reasonable projection of the amount and timing of payments due under a consumer's debt obligations. The Bureau believes that requiring the furnishing of information concerning payments made on a covered loan, and especially amounts past due on an outstanding loan, may permit a more precise assessment of a consumer's ability to repay a contemplated loan for purposes of this proposal than the schedule of future payments that would be furnished pursuant to the proposal, and solicits comment on whether this is the case and whether a more precise assessment is needed for purposes of the proposed rule.
The Bureau solicits comment on whether it should require that lenders furnish any additional information about a loan while it is outstanding, including information concerning payments made on the loan. The Bureau also solicits comment on whether, if it were to require such additional furnishing, it should delay the effective date of such a requirement to permit lenders, many of whom would be furnishing information to a consumer reporting agency for the first time pursuant to the proposed rule, additional time to adjust to the requirement to furnish information as proposed.
Proposed § 1041.16(c)(3) would require that a lender furnish specified information no later than the date the loan ceases to be an outstanding loan or as close in time as feasible to the date that the loan ceases to be an outstanding loan. In addition to soliciting comment on the specific information required under proposed § 1041.16(c)(3)(i) and (ii), the Bureau generally solicits comment on whether proposed § 1041.16(c)(3) is reasonable and appropriate, including whether the information lenders would be required to furnish when a loan ceases to be an outstanding loan is sufficient to ensure that lenders using consumer reports obtained from registered information systems would have sufficient information to comply with their obligations under the proposal and achieve the consumer protections of proposed part 1041.
As discussed above with respect to the timing of furnishing at consummation, the Bureau believes that a real-time or close to real-time furnishing requirement when a loan ceases to be an outstanding loan may be appropriate to achieve the consumer protections of proposed part 1041. Such a requirement would ensure that lenders using consumer reports from a registered information system have timely information about most covered loans made by other lenders to a consumer. Although the Bureau would encourage lenders to furnish information concerning covered loans on a real-time or close to real-time basis, the proposal would permit lenders to furnish the required information on a daily basis or as close in time as feasible to the date the loan ceases to be outstanding. The Bureau solicits comment on whether the time period within which information would be required to be furnished under proposed § 1041.16(c)(3) is reasonable or whether an alternative period is more appropriate. The Bureau further solicits comment on specific circumstances under which furnishing information no later than the date a loan ceases to be an outstanding loan may not be feasible.
Proposed § 1041.16(c)(3)(i) would require lenders to furnish the date as of which the loan ceased to be an outstanding loan. This information would enable a registered information system to generate a consumer report that allows a lender to determine whether a prior loan is outstanding, which would enable a lender to comply with, for example, proposed §§ 1041.5(c) and 1041.9(c). This information would also enable a registered information system to generate a consumer report that allows a lender to determine whether a loan the lender is contemplating is part of a loan sequence and the chronology of prior loans within a sequence, which would enable a lender to comply with, for example, several provisions under proposed §§ 1041.6 and 1041.7. A loan sequence is defined in proposed § 1041.2(a)(12), in part, as a series of consecutive or concurrent covered short-term loans in which each of the loans is made while the consumer currently has an outstanding covered short-term loan or within 30 days of the consumer having a previous outstanding covered short-term loan. A lender would need to have information concerning whether a loan is outstanding and the date as of which a prior loan was no longer outstanding to determine whether a contemplated new loan would be part of a loan sequence and, if so, the chronology of the outstanding or prior loan within the sequence (for example, whether the outstanding loan is or prior loan was the second or third loan in the sequence).
Proposed § 1041.16(c)(3)(ii) would require lenders to furnish for a covered short-term loan, when the loan ceases to be an outstanding loan, whether all amounts owed in connection with the loan were paid in full, including the amount financed, charges included in the total cost of credit, and charges excluded from the total cost of credit, and, if all amounts owed in connection with the loan were paid in full, the amount paid on the loan, including the amount financed and charges included in the total cost of credit but excluding any charges excluded from the total cost of credit. This information would enable a registered information system to generate a consumer report that allows a lender to determine whether the exception to a presumption against a consumer's ability to repay the second and any subsequent loans in a loan sequence, provided in proposed § 1041.6(b)(2), applies.
As discussed in more detail in the overview of proposed §§ 1041.16 and 1041.17 above, the Bureau is proposing §§ 1041.16 and 1041.17 to ensure that lenders making most covered loans under this proposal have access to timely and reasonably comprehensive information about a consumer's current and recent borrowing history with other lenders. Proposed § 1041.16 would require lenders to furnish information about most covered loans to each information system provisionally registered or registered with the Bureau pursuant to proposed § 1041.17. The furnishing requirement under proposed § 1041.16 would enable a registered information system to generate a consumer report containing relevant information about a consumer's borrowing history, regardless of which lender had made a covered loan to the consumer previously. Under the proposal, a lender contemplating making most covered loans would be required to obtain a consumer report from a registered information system and consider such a report in determining whether the loan could be made, in furtherance of the consumer protections of proposed part 1041.
The proposal would require that the Bureau identify the particular consumer reporting agencies to which lenders must furnish information pursuant to § 1041.16 and from which lenders may obtain consumer reports to satisfy their obligations under proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10. Proposed § 1041.17 would provide that the Bureau identify these consumer reporting agencies by registering them with the Bureau as “information systems.” As described in more detail below, proposed § 1041.17 sets forth proposed processes for registering information systems before and after the furnishing obligations under proposed § 1041.16 take effect and proposed conditions that an entity must satisfy in order to become a registered information system.
Proposed § 1041.17(a)(1) would define consumer report by reference to the definition of consumer report in the FCRA.
Proposed § 1041.17(a)(2) would define Federal consumer financial law by reference to the definition of Federal consumer financial law in the Dodd-Frank Act, 12 U.S.C. 5481(14). This term is defined in the Dodd-Frank Act to include several laws that would be or may be applicable to information systems, including the FCRA. Proposed § 1041.17(b)(4) would require information systems to develop, implement, and maintain a program reasonably designed to ensure compliance with all applicable Federal consumer financial laws. The Bureau believes that defining this term to include all such applicable laws would ensure that information systems have appropriate policies and procedures in place to prevent consumer harms that could result from these systems' collection, maintenance, and disclosure of potentially sensitive consumer information concerning covered loans. The Bureau solicits comment on whether this proposed definition is appropriate.
Proposed § 1041.17(b) sets forth conditions that would be required to be satisfied in order for an entity to become a registered or provisionally registered information system pursuant to § 1041.17(c) or (d). These proposed conditions aim to ensure that information systems would enable lender compliance with obligations under with proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10 so as to achieve the consumer protections of proposed part 1041 and to confirm that the systems themselves would maintain compliance programs reasonably designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws, including those designed to protect sensitive consumer information. The Bureau solicits comment on the reasonableness and appropriateness of each of the eligibility criteria proposed and also solicits comment on whether the Bureau should require that additional criteria be satisfied before an entity may become a registered or provisionally registered information system pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(b).
During outreach, some consumer advocates have suggested that the Bureau should require, as an eligibility criterion, that an information system may not provide information furnished pursuant to this proposed rule to lenders for purposes of prescreening consumers for eligibility to receive a firm offer of credit.
The Bureau recognizes that an information system's provision of prescreened lists based on information furnished pursuant to this proposal may create a risk that an unscrupulous provider of risky credit-related products might use such a list to target potentially vulnerable consumers. At the same time, the Bureau believes that prescreening could prove useful to certain consumers to the extent they needed credit and received firm offers of affordable credit. The Bureau solicits comment on whether to impose restrictions on the use of information furnished pursuant to proposed part 1041 beyond the restrictions contained in the FCRA.
Proposed § 1041.17(b)(1) would require that, in order for an entity to be eligible to be a provisionally registered or registered information system, the Bureau must determine that it possesses the technical capability to receive information lenders must furnish pursuant to § 1041.16 immediately upon the furnishing of such information. Proposed § 1041.17(b)(1) would require that, when any lender furnishes information as required under proposed § 1041.16(c), the information system is able to immediately receive the information from the lender.
Proposed § 1041.17(b)(1) also would require that, in order for an entity to be eligible to be a provisionally registered or registered information system, the Bureau must determine that it uses reasonable data standards that facilitate the timely and accurate transmission and processing of information in a manner that does not impose unreasonable cost or burden on lenders.
Proposed § 1041.17(b)(2) would require that, in order for an entity to be eligible to be a provisionally registered or registered information system, the Bureau must determine that it possesses the technical capability to generate a consumer report containing, as applicable for each unique consumer, all information described in § 1041.16 substantially simultaneous to receiving the information from a lender. Pursuant to the FCRA, an information system preparing a consumer report pursuant to this proposal would be required to “follow reasonable procedures to assure
Proposed § 1041.17(b)(3) would require that, in order for an entity to be eligible to be a provisionally registered or registered information system, the Bureau must determine that it will perform or performs in a manner that facilitates compliance with and furthers the purposes of proposed part 1041. As discussed in more detail above, the Bureau believes that it appears to be an unfair and abusive practice for a lender to make a covered loan without reasonably determining that the consumer has the ability to repay the loan. The Bureau proposes to prevent the abusive and unfair practice by including in this proposal requirements for how a lender must reasonably determine that a consumer has the ability to repay a loan. The Bureau believes that, in order to achieve these consumer protections, a lender must have access to reasonably comprehensive information about a consumer's current and recent borrowing history, including most covered loans made to the consumer by other lenders, on a real-time or close to real-time basis.
In furtherance of these purposes, proposed § 1041.16 would require that lenders furnish information to provisionally registered and registered information systems, and provisions of proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10 would require that lenders obtain consumer reports from registered information systems when contemplating making most covered loans. Satisfaction of the eligibility criteria set forth in proposed § 1041.17(b)(3) would require that an information system receive information furnished by lenders and provide consumer reports in a manner that facilitates compliance with and furthers the purposes of this proposal. Proposed comment 17(b)(3)-1 clarifies that the Bureau does not intend that the requirement in proposed § 1041.17(b)(3) would supersede consumer protection obligations imposed upon a provisionally registered or registered information system by other Federal law or regulation and provides an example concerning the FCRA.
Proposed § 1041.17(b)(4) would require that, in order for an entity to be eligible to be a provisionally registered or registered information system, the Bureau must determine that it has developed, implemented, and maintains a program reasonably designed to ensure compliance with all applicable Federal consumer financial laws. This compliance program must include written policies and procedures, comprehensive training, and monitoring to detect and promptly correct compliance weaknesses. Proposed comments 17(b)(4)-1 through -3 provide examples of the policies and procedures, training, and monitoring that would be required under proposed § 1041.17(b)(4).
As discussed above, Federal consumer financial law is defined to include several laws that the Bureau believes would be or may be applicable to information systems, including the FCRA. The details of proposed § 1041.17(b)(4) and the associated commentary are based on the Compliance Management Review examination procedures contained in the Bureau's Supervision and Examination Manual.
Proposed § 1041.17(b)(5) would require that, in order for an entity to be eligible to be a provisionally registered or registered information system, the entity must provide to the Bureau in its application for provisional registration or registration a written assessment of the Federal consumer financial law compliance program described in proposed § 1041.17(b)(4) and that such assessment satisfies certain criteria. The assessment must set forth a detailed summary of the Federal consumer financial law compliance program that the entity has implemented and maintains; explain how the Federal consumer financial law compliance program is appropriate for the entity's size and complexity, the nature and scope of its activities, and risks to consumers presented by such activities; and certify that, in the opinion of the assessor, the Federal consumer financial law compliance program is operating with sufficient effectiveness to provide reasonable assurance that the entity is fulfilling its obligations under all Federal consumer financial laws. The assessment must further certify that it has been conducted by a qualified, objective, independent third-party individual or entity that uses procedures and standards generally accepted in the profession, adheres to professional and business ethics, performs all duties objectively, and is free from any conflicts of interest that might compromise the assessor's independent judgment in performing assessments.
Proposed comment 17(b)(5)-1 provides additional information concerning individuals and entities that are qualified to conduct the assessment required under proposed § 1041.17(b)(5). Proposed comment 17(b)(5)-2 clarifies that the written assessment described in proposed § 1041.17(b)(5) need not conform to any particular format or style as long as it succinctly and accurately conveys the required information.
The written assessment of an entity's Federal consumer financial law compliance program required under proposed § 1041.17(b)(5) would be included in the entity's application for registration pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) or for provisional registration pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(d)(1). This written assessment would not be required to be included in an entity's application for preliminary approval for registration pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(1) or provided to the Bureau when a provisionally registered information system becomes registered pursuant to § 1041.17(d)(2). As described further below, information systems would be subject to the Bureau's supervision authority, and the Bureau may periodically review an information system's Federal consumer financial law compliance program pursuant to that authority. The Bureau believes that requiring a written assessment to be submitted with an application for registration pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or provisional registration pursuant to § 1041.17(d)(1) would provide some flexibility for applicants in terms of assessing and
As discussed below, with respect to entities seeking to become registered prior to the effective date of proposed § 1041.16, the Bureau is proposing to allow an entity 90 days from the date preliminary approval is granted to prepare its application for registration, including obtaining the written assessment required pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(b)(5). The Bureau solicits comment on the proposed requirement for an independent assessment, including the scope of the proposed assessment, the criteria for the assessor, and the timing for obtaining the assessment.
Proposed § 1041.17(b)(6) would require that, in order for an entity to be eligible to be a provisionally registered or registered information system, the Bureau must determine that it has developed, implemented, and maintains a comprehensive information security program that complies with the Standards for Safeguarding Customer Information, 16 CFR part 314. Generally known as the Safeguards Rule, part 314 sets forth standards for developing, implementing, and maintaining safeguards to protect the security, confidentiality, and integrity of customer information. The Safeguards Rule was promulgated and is enforced by the FTC pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (GLBA), 15 U.S.C. 6801 through 6809.
In performing their functions under this proposal, information systems would be collecting, maintaining, and disclosing potentially sensitive consumer information. The security, confidentiality, and integrity of this information are of utmost importance and are essential to the proper functioning of the information sharing framework the Bureau is proposing.
Proposed § 1041.17(b)(6) would help ensure that information systems have adequate policies and procedures in place to comply with the Safeguards Rule and prevent related consumer harms that could result from the systems' activities under this proposal.
Proposed § 1041.17(b)(7)(i) would require that, in order for an entity to be eligible to be a provisionally registered or registered information system, the entity must provide to the Bureau in its application for provisional registration or registration and on at least a biennial basis thereafter, a written assessment of the information security program described in proposed § 1041.16(b)(6). Proposed § 1041.17(b)(7)(ii) provides that each written assessment obtained and provided to the Bureau on at least a biennial basis pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(b)(7)(i) must be completed and provided to the Bureau within 60 days after the end of the period to which the assessment applies.
Each assessment would be required to set forth the administrative, technical, and physical safeguards that the entity has implemented and maintains; explain how such safeguards are appropriate to the entity's size and complexity, the nature and scope of its activities, and the sensitivity of the customer information at issue; explain how the safeguards that have been implemented meet or exceed the protections required by the Standards for Safeguarding Customer Information, 16 CFR part 314; and certify that, in the opinion of the assessor, the information security program is operating with sufficient effectiveness to provide reasonable assurance that the entity is fulfilling its obligations under the Standards for Safeguarding Customer Information, 16 CFR part 314. The assessment would be required to further certify that it has been conducted by a qualified, objective, independent third-party individual or entity that uses procedures and standards generally accepted in the profession, adheres to professional and business ethics, performs all duties objectively, and is free from any conflicts of interest that might compromise the assessor's independent judgment in performing assessments.
Proposed comment 17(b)(7)-1 clarifies that the time period covered by each assessment obtained and provided to the Bureau on at least a biennial basis must commence on the day after the last day of the period covered by the previous assessment provided to the Bureau. Proposed comment 17(b)(7)-2 provides examples of individuals and entities that would be qualified to conduct the assessment required under proposed § 1041.17(b)(7). Proposed comment 17(b)(7)-3 clarifies that the written assessment described in § 1041.17(b)(7) need not conform to any particular format or style as long as it succinctly and accurately conveys the required information.
The Bureau believes that initial and periodic assessments of an information system's compliance with the Safeguards Rule would help ensure that the potentially sensitive consumer information collected, maintained, and disclosed by the information system is and continues to be appropriately protected. As noted above, the Safeguards Rule is enforced by the FTC. Accordingly, the Bureau expects to consult with the FTC in evaluating assessments submitted to the Bureau pursuant to proposed § 1041.16(b)(7). Although the Bureau does not have supervision authority with respect to the Safeguards Rule, acts and practices that violate the Safeguards Rule may also constitute unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices under the Dodd-Frank Act. The Bureau believes that a written assessment by a qualified, objective, independent third-party individual or entity may be a reasonable and appropriate means to help ensure that the eligibility criteria in proposed
As discussed below, with respect to entities seeking to become registered prior to the effective date of § 1041.16, the Bureau is proposing to allow an entity 90 days from the date preliminary approval is granted to prepare its application for registration, including obtaining the written assessment required pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(b)(7). The Bureau solicits comment on the proposed requirement for an independent assessment, including the scope of the proposed assessment, the criteria for the assessor, and the timing for obtaining the assessment.
Proposed § 1041.17(b)(8) would require that, in order for an entity to be eligible to be a provisionally registered or registered information system, the Bureau must determine that the entity acknowledges it is, or consents to being, subject to the Bureau's supervisory authority. As discussed above, the Bureau has supervisory authority under section 1024 of the Dodd-Frank Act over “larger participant[s] of a market for other consumer financial products or services,” as the Bureau defines by rule.
Proposed § 1041.17(b)(8) is designed to facilitate the assessment and detection of risks to consumers that may be posed by provisionally registered and registered information systems, and to ensure that these systems are legitimate entities and are able to perform their obligations to consumers. The Bureau solicits comments on this proposed requirement and on whether any additional eligibility criteria would be appropriate.
Proposed § 1041.17(c) describes the proposed process for the registration of information systems before the effective date of proposed § 1041.16. Under the proposal, lenders would furnish information to a system that has been registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) for 120 days or more
The deadlines proposed for submission of applications for preliminary approval for registration pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(1) and to be registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) are designed to ensure that, on the date that proposed § 1041.16 is effective, there are information systems that have been registered for at least 120 days.
Proposed § 1041.17(c)(1) provides that, prior to the effective date of proposed § 1041.16, the Bureau may preliminarily approve an entity for registration only if the entity submits an application for preliminary approval to the Bureau by the deadline set forth in proposed § 1041.17(c)(3)(i) containing information sufficient for the Bureau to determine that the entity is reasonably likely to satisfy the conditions set forth in proposed § 1041.17(b) by the deadline set forth in proposed § 1041.17(c)(3)(ii). Proposed § 1041.17(c)(3)(i) provides that the deadline to submit an application for preliminary approval for registration pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(1) is 30 days from the effective date of proposed § 1041.17. This application does not need to include the written assessments required under proposed § 1041.17(b)(5) and (b)(7). Proposed comment 17(c)(1)-1 provides that an application for preliminary approval must describe the steps the entity plans to take to satisfy the conditions set forth in proposed § 1041.17(b) as of the deadline to submit its application for registration and the entity's anticipated timeline for such steps. Proposed comment 17(c)(1)-1 also clarifies that the entity's plan must be reasonable and achievable.
The Bureau proposes to require that an entity seeking to be registered prior to the effective date of § 1041.16 first obtain preliminary approval for registration so the Bureau may determine whether the entity is likely to satisfy the criteria set forth in proposed § 1041.17(b) before the entity expends resources to obtain the written assessments required for the application for registration pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(2). The preliminary approval step would also allow the Bureau to engage with entities seeking registration before the effective date at an early stage in the registration process, which would help the Bureau gauge resources needed to ensure that information systems are registered sufficiently in advance of the effective date of proposed § 1041.16 to allow furnishing pursuant to proposed § 1041.16 to commence on the effective date of that section. The Bureau believes this kind of interaction would provide more predictability in the process for both applicants and the Bureau.
The Bureau is proposing to set the deadline to submit an application for preliminary approval for registration under proposed § 1041.17(c)(3)(i) at 30 days after the effective date of proposed § 1041.17, or 90 days after the publication of the final rule in the
Proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) provides that, prior to the effective date of § 1041.16, the Bureau may approve the application of an entity to be a registered information system only if the entity received preliminary approval pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(1) and the entity submits an application to be a registered information system to the Bureau by the deadline set forth in proposed § 1041.17(c)(3)(ii) that contains information sufficient for the Bureau to determine that the entity satisfies the conditions set forth in proposed § 1041.17(b). Proposed
Proposed § 1041.17(c)(3)(ii) provides that the deadline to submit an application to be a registered information system pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) is 90 days from the date preliminary approval for registration is granted. Proposed comment 17(c)(2)-1 provides that the application for registration must succinctly and accurately convey the required information, and must include the written assessments described in proposed §§ 1041.17(b)(5) and (b)(7).
The Bureau solicits comment on proposed § 1041.17(c)(2), including on whether 90 days is sufficient time to obtain the written assessments described in proposed §§ 1041.17(b)(5) and (b)(7).
Proposed § 1041.17(c)(3)(i) and (ii) provide that the deadline to submit an application for preliminary approval for registration pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(1) is 30 days from the effective date of proposed § 1041.17 and that the deadline to submit an application to be a registered information system pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) is 90 days from the date preliminary approval for registration is granted. Proposed § 1041.17(c)(3)(iii) provides that the Bureau may waive the deadlines set forth in proposed § 1041.17(c)(3). The proposed deadlines are designed to allow entities seeking to become registered prior to the effective date of proposed § 1041.16 adequate time to prepare their applications, and the Bureau adequate time to review applications, so that information systems may be registered sufficiently in advance of the effective date of proposed § 1041.16 to allow furnishing pursuant to that section to begin as soon as that section is effective. As discussed above, the proposed deadlines are based on the Bureau's proposal to provide a 15-month implementation period between publication of the final rule and the effective date of proposed § 1041.16. The Bureau solicits comment on whether the deadlines under proposed § 1041.17(c)(3) are reasonable and achievable.
Proposed § 1041.17(d) describes the proposed process for the registration of information systems on or after the effective date of proposed § 1041.16. The process would involve two steps: An entity first would be required apply to become a provisionally registered information system and then, after it had been provisionally registered for a period of time, it automatically would become a fully registered information system. Under the proposal, lenders would be required to furnish information to a system that has been provisionally registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(d)(1) for 120 days or more or subsequently has become registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(d)(2),
Proposed § 1041.17(d) does not set forth any application deadlines; entities seeking to become registered on or after the effective date of § 1041.16 could apply to do so at any time. However, in order to permit lenders time to adjust to furnishing to information systems that are registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(2), before the effective date of proposed § 1041.16, the Bureau anticipates that it would not provisionally register any information systems during the first year that proposed § 1041.16 is in effect. The Bureau solicits comment on whether such a pause on provisional registration would be appropriate and whether one year is an appropriate length of time for such a pause.
Proposed § 1041.17(d)(1) provides that, on or after the effective date of § 1041.16, the Bureau may approve the application of an entity to be a provisionally registered information system only if the entity submits an application to the Bureau that contains information sufficient for the Bureau to determine that the entity satisfies the conditions set forth in proposed § 1041.17(b). Proposed § 1041.17(d)(1) further provides that the Bureau may require additional information and documentation to facilitate this determination or otherwise assess whether provisional registration of the entity would pose an unreasonable risk to consumers. The Bureau expects that it would require as part of an entity's application for provisional registration information concerning any recent judgment, ruling, administrative finding, or other determination that the entity has not operated in compliance with all applicable consumer protection laws. The Bureau solicits comment on whether there are other specific items of information it should require as part of an application. Proposed comment 17(d)(1)-1 provides that the application for registration must succinctly and accurately convey the required information, and must include the written assessments described in proposed § 1041.17(b)(5) and (b)(7).
The Bureau solicits comment on proposed § 1041.17(d)(1), including on whether an entity seeking to be provisionally registered on or after the effective date of proposed § 1041.16 should have the option of first obtaining preliminary approval to be provisionally registered or pursuing an alternative procedure that would allow the entity to receive feedback from the Bureau as to whether the Bureau believes the entity is likely to satisfy the criteria set forth in proposed § 1041.17(b) before the entity expends resources to obtain the written assessments required to be submitted with the application for provisional registration pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(d)(1).
Proposed § 1041.17(d)(2) provides that an information system that is provisionally registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(d)(1) would automatically become a registered information system pursuant to § 1041.17(d)(2) upon the expiration of the 180-day period commencing on the date the information system is provisionally registered. Once a system is registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(d)(2), lenders would be permitted to rely on a consumer report generated by the system to satisfy their obligations under proposed §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10. Proposed § 1041.17(d)(2) provides that, for purposes of § 1041.17(d), an information system is provisionally registered on the date that the Bureau
Proposed § 1041.17(e) provides that the Bureau will deny the application of an entity seeking preliminary approval for registration pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(1), registration pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(2), or provisional registration pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(d)(1) if the Bureau determines that: The entity does not satisfy the conditions set forth in proposed § 1041.17(b), or, in the case of an entity seeking preliminary approval for registration, is not reasonably likely to satisfy the conditions as of the deadline set forth in proposed § 1041.17(c)(3)(ii); the entity's application is untimely or materially inaccurate or incomplete; or preliminary approval, provisional registration, or registration would pose an unreasonable risk to consumers.
The Bureau solicits comment on proposed § 1041.17(e), including on whether an application should be denied on any additional grounds. Specifically, the Bureau solicits comment on whether an application should be denied if the Bureau determines that, based on the number of information systems registered and provisionally registered at the time an application is received, provisional registration or registration of the entity would impose unwarranted cost or burden on lenders.
Proposed § 1041.17(f) would require that an entity that is a provisionally registered or registered information system provide to the Bureau in writing a description of any material change to information contained in its application for registration submitted pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) or provisional registration submitted pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(d)(1), or to information previously provided to the Bureau pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(f), within 14 days of such change.
As described above, the eligibility criteria set forth in proposed § 1041.17(b) aim to ensure that information systems would enable lender compliance with this proposal and to confirm that the systems themselves maintain compliance programs reasonably designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws, including those designed to protect sensitive consumer information. Information contained in an application for provisional registration or registration would be relied upon by the Bureau in determining whether the applicant satisfies the conditions set forth in proposed § 1041.17(b). Accordingly, the Bureau believes it may be appropriate to require that it be notified in writing of any material change in such information within a reasonable period of time. The Bureau solicits comment on whether 14 days is a reasonable period of time to provide such notice.
Proposed § 1041.17(g)(2) would provide that the Bureau would suspend or revoke an entity's preliminary approval for registration, provisional registration, or registration, if it determines: that the entity has not satisfied or no longer satisfies the conditions described in proposed § 1041.17(b) or has not complied with the requirement described in proposed § 1041.17(f); or that preliminary approval, provisional registration, or registration of the entity poses an unreasonable risk to consumers. Proposed § 1041.17(g)(2) would provide that the Bureau may require additional information and documentation from an entity if it has reason to believe suspension or revocation under proposed § 1041.17(g)(1) may be warranted. Proposed § 1041.17(g)(3) would provide that, except in cases of willfulness or those in which the public interest requires otherwise, prior to suspension or revocation under proposed § 1041.17(g)(1), the Bureau would provide written notice of the facts or conduct that may warrant the suspension or revocation and an opportunity for the entity to demonstrate or achieve compliance with proposed § 1041.17 or otherwise address the Bureau's concerns. Proposed § 1041.17(g)(4) would provide that the Bureau also would revoke an entity's preliminary approval for registration, provisional registration, or registration if the entity submits a written request to the Bureau that its preliminary approval, provisional registration, or registration be revoked.
Proposed § 1041.17(g)(5) would provide that, for purposes of sections §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10, which require a lender making most covered loans to obtain and consider a consumer report from a registered information system, suspension or revocation of an information system's registration would be effective five days after the date that the Bureau publishes notice of the suspension or revocation on the Bureau's Web site. The Bureau believes that a delay of five days between the date that the Bureau publishes on its Web site notice of the suspension or revocation of an information system's registration and the effective date of the revocation for purposes of the proposed provisions requiring lenders to obtain and consider a consumer report from a registered information system is appropriate to ensure that lenders receive sufficient notice of the suspension or revocation to arrange to obtain consumer reports from another registered information system. Proposed § 1041.17(g)(5) would also provide that, for purposes of proposed § 1041.16(b)(1), suspension or revocation of an information system's provisional registration or registration would be effective on the date that the Bureau publishes notice of the revocation on the Bureau's Web site. Finally, proposed § 1041.17(g)(5) provides that the Bureau would also publish notice of a suspension or revocation in the
As discussed above, the Bureau believes that publication of a notice on its Web site may be the most effective way to ensure that lenders receive notice of the suspension or revocation of an information system's provisional registration or registration. If proposed § 1041.17(g) is adopted, the Bureau expects that it would establish a means by which lenders could sign up to receive email notifications if and when an information system has had its provisional registration or registration revoked. The Bureau also expects that it would do outreach to trade associations and otherwise take steps to ensure that lenders covered by the rule are aware when an information system's provisional registration or registration is revoked. Also, pursuant to proposed § 1041.16(b)(2), the Bureau would maintain on its Web site a current list of provisionally registered and registered information systems.
The Bureau solicits comment on proposed § 1041.17(g), including on whether the Bureau should revoke preliminary approval, provisional registration, or registration on any additional grounds. The Bureau also solicits comment on additional ways it might inform lenders when an information system's provisional registration or registration is revoked.
The Bureau proposes to require a lender that makes a covered loan to develop and follow written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure compliance with proposed part 1041 and that are appropriate to the size and complexity of the lender and its affiliates and the nature and scope of their covered loan activities. The Bureau
The Bureau believes that the proposed requirement to develop and follow written policies and procedures would help foster compliance with proposed part 1041.
Based on the Bureau's supervisory experience to date in examining certain payday lenders and general market outreach, the Bureau believes it may be useful to provide greater specificity as to the record retention requirement than is typical in many other Federal consumer financial regulations, which are phrased in more general terms.
Given that proposed part 1041 would impose requirements tied to, among other things, checking the records of the lenders and its affiliates regarding a consumer's borrowing history and verifying a consumer's income and major financial obligations, the Bureau believes the proposed record retention requirements in § 1041.18(b) would assist a lender in complying with the requirements in proposed part 1041. By providing a non-exhaustive list of records that would need to be retained in proposed § 1041.18(b)(1) through (b)(5), proposed § 1041.18(b) would help covered persons determine whether a contemplated covered loan would comply with the requirements in proposed part 1041 and aid covered persons in complying with the record retention requirements in proposed § 1041.18(b). Furthermore, the proposed record retention requirements would support the external supervision of lenders for compliance with proposed part 1041. In facilitating lender compliance and helping the Bureau and other regulators assess compliance with the requirements in proposed part 1041, the proposed record retention requirements would help prevent and deter the identified unfair and abusive acts and practices in proposed part 1041.
In the Small Business Review Panel Outline, the Bureau was considering whether to propose requiring lenders to make periodic reports on reborrowing and default rates for their covered loan portfolios. After further consideration, the Bureau has decided not to include such a reporting requirement in this proposal. The Bureau believes that individual regulators, including the Bureau, may want different information for different supervisory and monitoring purposes and may prefer to wait until the proposal has been finalized and even taken effect before imposing a reporting requirement. As such, the Bureau believes it would be premature to establish a reporting requirement in proposed § 1041.18.
The Bureau seeks comment generally on benefits for lender compliance and external supervision from proposed § 1041.18 and also the costs and other burdens that would be imposed on lenders, including small entities, by proposed § 1041.18. The Bureau also seeks comment on the specific requirements under proposed § 1041.18, as discussed in more detail in the section-by-section analysis below. Furthermore, the Bureau seeks comment on current reporting requirements under State, local, or tribal laws and regulations for lenders that make covered loans, including on the scope and frequency of such requirements.
The Bureau proposes to require a lender making a covered loan to develop and follow written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure compliance with proposed part 1041 and that are appropriate to the size and complexity of the lender and its affiliates and the nature and scope of their covered loan activities. Proposed comment 18(a)-1 clarifies the proposed requirement to develop and follow written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure a lender's compliance with the requirements in proposed part 1041. Proposed comment 18(a)-2 presents examples of written policies and procedures a lender would need to develop and follow based on the particular types of covered loans it makes.
Given that proposed part 1041 would set forth broad requirements for making covered loans and attempting to withdraw funds from consumers' accounts, the Bureau believes that a lender would need to develop written policies and procedures that are tailored to the business model of the lender and its affiliates in order to comply with the proposed requirements. These written policies and procedures would help to ensure that the lender's staff understands and follows the applicable requirements in proposed part 1041. The Bureau believes that appropriate written policies and procedures would help prevent the identified unfair and abusive practices. Lenders would review the requirements of the rule that are applicable to them and formulate written policies and procedures appropriate for their mix of covered loans in order to comply with the rule. In complying with these written policies and procedures, lenders would reduce the likelihood of committing the unfair
The Bureau expects that a lender would need to develop and follow reasonable policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve compliance, as applicable, with the ability-to-repay requirements in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 and proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10; conditional exemptions for certain covered loans in proposed §§ 1041.7, 1041.11, and 1041.12; payments requirements in proposed §§ 1041.14 and 1041.15; and requirements on furnishing loan information to registered and provisionally registered information systems in proposed § 1041.16. The Bureau believes that a lender that makes several types of covered loans would have to develop and follow broader and more sophisticated written policies and procedures than a lender that makes only one type of covered loan. For example, a lender that makes covered loans
The Bureau seeks comment on current compliance programs among lenders that make covered loans, including on the level of detail in written policies and procedures and on training and other programs to ensure that lender staff understands and complies with these written policies and procedures. The Bureau also seeks comment on the benefits and costs and other burdens of the proposed requirement for a lender to develop and follow written policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure compliance with proposed part 1041. Furthermore, the Bureau seeks comment on whether a lender should be required to develop a compliance management system or other such system that would enhance internal compliance processes.
Proposed § 1041.18(b) would require a lender to retain evidence of compliance with proposed part 1041 for 36 months after the date a covered loan ceases to be an outstanding loan. The Bureau believes, in general, that the proposed record retention period is an appropriate one. The proposed retention period would give the Bureau and other Federal and State enforcement agencies time to examine and conduct enforcement investigations in the highly fragmented small-dollar lending market and help prevent and deter the identified unfair and abusive acts in proposed part 1041. The proposed requirement to retain records for 36 months after a covered loan ceases to be an outstanding loan would also not appear to impose an undue burden on a lender. The Bureau believes that the proposed record retention requirements would promote effective and efficient enforcement and supervision of proposed part 1041, thereby deterring and preventing the unfair and abusive acts the Bureau has proposed to identify.
As detailed further below, the Bureau is proposing to specify requirements as to the format in which certain records are retained. In particular, the proposed approach would provide more flexibility as to how lenders could retain the loan agreement and documentation obtained in connection with a covered loan from the consumer or third parties, while requiring that the lender retain various other records that it generates in the course of making and servicing loans in an electronic tabular format such as a spreadsheet or database, so as to facilitate analysis both by the lender and by external supervisors. The Bureau is attempting to strike a balance that would allow lenders substantial flexibility to retain records in a way that would reduce potential operational burdens while also facilitating access and use by the lender and regulators. For example, the proposed requirements would allow lenders to create multiple spreadsheets or databases to capture related sets of information, so long as the materials could be cross-linked through unique loan and consumer identifiers.
The Bureau seeks comment on the appropriateness of requiring lenders to retain loan-level records for 36 months after the date a covered loan ceases to be an outstanding loan. Specifically, the Bureau seeks comment on the incremental benefits and costs of having a longer or shorter period of retention for loan-level records. The Bureau also seeks comment on the proposed prescriptive approach to record retention and whether a general record retention requirement, as in Regulation Z,
Proposed § 1041.18(b)(1) would require a lender for a covered loan either to retain the original version or to be able to reproduce an image of the loan agreement and certain documentation obtained from the consumer or third parties in connection with a covered loan, including, as applicable, the items listed in § 1041.18(b)(1)(i) through (v). Under proposed § 1041.18(b)(1)(i), a lender would have to retain a consumer report obtained from an information system registered pursuant to proposed § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2). Under proposed § 1041.18(b)(1)(ii), a lender would have to retain verification evidence, as described in proposed §§ 1041.5(c)(3)(ii) and 1041.9(c)(3)(ii). Under proposed § 1041.18(b)(1)(iii), a lender would have to retain any written statement obtained from the consumer, as described in § 1041.5(c)(3)(i) and § 1041.9(c)(3)(i). Under proposed § 1041.18(b)(1)(iv), a lender would have to retain authorization of an additional payment transfer, as described in § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii). Under proposed § 1041.18(b)(1)(v), a lender would have to retain an underlying one-time electronic transfer authorization or underlying signature check, as described in § 1041.14(d)(2).
Proposed comment 18(b)(1)-1 states that the listed items are non-exhaustive
The Bureau believes that retention of these items in paper or electronic form would facilitate lender compliance and aid external supervision of lenders. Retention of these items would allow the Bureau to determine whether a lender has complied with the requirements in proposed part 1041, including by sampling a lender's electronic, tabular records to see if selected records under proposed § 1041.18(b)(2) and (b)(3) match the information in the verification evidence that the lender obtained from the consumer or a third party. The record retention requirements in proposed § 1041.18(b)(1) would thereby help prevent and deter the identified unfair and abusive practices in proposed part 1041.
At the same time, particularly given that most of the items listed would be provided initially to the lender by the consumer or a third party in a variety of formats, the Bureau believes that it is important to provide lenders with flexibility as to the form in which they retain the material. For example, the proposed approach would not require that lenders convert paper documentation received from a consumer or a third party into electronic form. The Bureau considered mandating a particular format, but believes that requiring a lender to retain the loan agreement and documentation in electronic form, searchable or otherwise, would add compliance burdens for lenders without necessarily providing significant benefits for supervision and enforcement activities.
The Bureau believes that requiring a lender to retain copies of the notices provided under the requirements in proposed § 1041.7, with regard to the features of certain covered short-term loans, and the requirements in proposed § 1041.15, with regard to upcoming payment withdrawal attempts and prohibitions on further payment withdrawal attempts, would impose significant compliance burdens on lenders. At the same time, the Bureau believes that retention of these notices would provide limited benefits in facilitating the Bureau's supervision and enforcement activities. For purposes of this proposed § 1041.18(b)(1), the Bureau has not proposed the retention of each individual notice provided to consumers. However, under proposed § 1041.18(a), a lender that makes covered loans subject to the requirements in proposed § 1041.7 or proposed § 1041.15 would have to develop and follow written policies and procedures that ensure that consumers were provided the required disclosures.
The Bureau seeks comment on proposed § 1041.18(b)(1), including on the benefits and costs and other burdens of retaining the loan agreement and documentation obtained in connection with a covered loan. The Bureau also seeks comment on what additional costs and other burdens a requirement to retain the loan agreement and documentation obtained in connection with a covered loan in electronic form or searchable electronic form, such as PDF, would impose on a lender. The Bureau also seeks comment specifically on whether a lender should be required to retain notices provided to consumers under the requirements in proposed §§ 1041.7 and 1041.15 and initial authorizations of payment transfers obtained from the consumer.
Proposed § 1041.18(b)(2) would require a lender to retain electronic records in tabular format of certain calculations and determinations that it would be required to make in the process of making a covered loan. A lender would, at a minimum, be required to retain the records listed in proposed § 1041.18(b)(2). Proposed § 1041.18(b)(2)(i) and (b)(2)(ii) would provide that for a covered loan subject to the ability-to-repay requirements in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 and §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10, respectively, a lender would have to retain a record of the projections that the lender made of the consumer's net income and major financial obligations, calculated residual income during the relevant time period, and the lender's estimated basic living expenses for the consumer. Proposed § 1041.18(b)(2)(iii) would provide that a lender would have to retain a record of any non-covered bridge loan made to the consumer in the 30 days preceding the new covered loan.
Proposed comment 18(b)(2)-1 states that the listed records are non-exhaustive and that the lender may need to retain additional records to show compliance with the requirements in proposed part 1041. Proposed comment 18(b)(2)-2 explains the meaning of retaining records in electronic, tabular format and also explains that the records required in proposed § 1041.18(b)(2) would not have to be retained in a single, combined spreadsheet or database with the records required in proposed § 1041.18(b)(3) through (b)(5). Proposed comment 18(b)(2)-2 also clarifies that proposed § 1041.18(b)(2) would require a lender to be able to associate the records for a covered loan in proposed § 1041.18(b)(2) with unique loan and consumer identifiers in proposed § 1041.18(b)(4).
The Bureau believes that retention of these records would facilitate lender compliance and also be essential for examining a lender's compliance with, among other proposed requirements, the ability-to-repay requirements in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 and §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10. A consumer's projected net income and major financial obligations are central to the ability-to-repay requirements in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 and §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10. Retention of these records in electronic, tabular format would support lender compliance with the requirements in proposed part 1041 and also permit the Bureau to evaluate, among other things, whether a lender made a reasonable determination of a consumer's ability to repay a loan. The Bureau believes it would be relatively simple for lenders to retain these records in a spreadsheet or other electronic, tabular format, and that such a format would facilitate lender compliance and external supervision. The record retention requirements in proposed § 1041.18(b)(2) would thereby help prevent and deter the identified unfair and abusive practices in proposed part 1041.
The Bureau seeks comment on proposed § 1041.18(b)(2), including on the benefits and costs and other burdens of retaining the proposed records on origination calculations and determinations for a covered loan. The Bureau also seeks comment on the
Proposed § 1041.18(b)(3) would require a lender to retain electronic records in tabular format for a consumer who qualifies for an exception to or overcomes a presumption of unaffordability for a covered loan in § 1041.6 or § 1041.10. A lender would, at a minimum, be required to retain the records listed in proposed § 1041.18(b)(3).
For a consumer who qualifies for the exception in proposed § 1041.6(b)(2) to the presumption of unaffordability in § 1041.6(b)(1) for a sequence of covered short-term loans, proposed § 1041.18(b)(3)(i) would require a lender to retain records on the percentage difference between the amount to be paid in connection with the new covered short-term loan (including the amount financed, charges included in the total cost of credit, and charges excluded from the total cost of credit) and either the amount paid in full on the prior covered short-term loan (including the amount financed and charges included in the total cost of credit, but excluding any charges excluded from the total cost of credit) or the amount the consumer paid on the prior covered short-term loan that is being rolled over or renewed (including the amount financed and charges included in the total cost of credit but excluding any charges that are excluded from the total cost of credit), the loan term in days of the new covered short-term loan, and the term in days of the period over which the consumer made payment or payments on the prior covered short-term loan. For a consumer who overcomes a presumption of unaffordability in proposed § 1041.6 for a covered short-term loan, proposed § 1041.18(b)(3)(ii) would require a lender to retain records of the dollar difference between the consumer's financial capacity projected for the new covered short-term loan and the consumer's financial capacity since obtaining the prior loan.
For a consumer who qualifies for the exception in proposed § 1041.10(b)(2) to the presumption of unaffordability in § 1041.10(b)(1) for a covered longer-term loan following a covered short-term or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan, proposed § 1041.18(b)(3)(iii) would require a lender to retain records on the percentage difference between the size of the largest payment on the covered longer-term loan and the largest payment on the prior covered short-term or covered balloon-payment loan. For a consumer who qualifies for the exception in proposed § 1041.10(c)(2) to the presumption of unaffordability in § 1041.10(c)(1) for a covered longer-term loan during an unaffordable outstanding loan, proposed § 1041.18(b)(3)(iv) would require a lender to retain records on the percentage difference between the size of the largest payment on the covered longer-term loan and the size of the smallest payment on the outstanding loan and the percentage difference between the total cost of credit on the covered longer-term loan and the total cost of credit on the outstanding loan. For a consumer who overcomes a presumption of unaffordability in proposed § 1041.10 for a covered longer-term loan, proposed § 1041.18(b)(3)(v) would require a lender to retain records of the dollar difference between the consumer's financial capacity projected for the new covered longer-term loan and the consumer's financial capacity during the 30 days prior to the lender's determination.
Proposed comment 18(b)(3)-1 states that the listed records are non-exhaustive and that the lender may need to retain additional records to show compliance with the requirements in proposed part 1041. Proposed comment 18(b)(3)-2 provides a cross-reference to proposed comment 18(b)(2)-2, which explains the meaning of retaining records in electronic, tabular format, and also states that the records required in proposed § 1041.18(b)(3) would not have to be retained in a single, combined spreadsheet or database with the records required in proposed §§ 1041.18(b)(2), 1041.18(b)(4), and 1041.18(b)(5). Proposed comment 18(b)(3)-2 also clarifies that proposed § 1041.18(b)(3) would require a lender to be able to associate the records for a covered loan in proposed § 1041.18(b)(3) with unique loan and consumer identifiers in proposed § 1041.18(b)(4).
The Bureau believes that retention of these records would facilitate lender compliance and also be essential for examining a lender's compliance with the requirements in proposed §§ 1041.6 and 1041.10. Changes in loan terms and to a consumer's projected residual income are central to the requirements in proposed §§ 1041.6 and 1041.10. Retention of these records in electronic, tabular format would support lender compliance with the requirements in proposed §§ 1041.6 and 1041.10 and also permit the Bureau to evaluate whether a lender complied with the requirements in proposed §§ 1041.6 and 1041.10. The Bureau believes it would be relatively simple for lenders to keep these records in a spreadsheet or other electronic, tabular format, and that such a format would facilitate lender compliance and external supervision. The record retention requirements in proposed § 1041.18(b)(3) would thereby help prevent and deter the identified unfair and abusive practices in proposed part 1041.
The Bureau seeks comment on proposed § 1041.18(b)(3), including the benefits and costs and other burdens of retaining the proposed records for a consumer who qualifies for an exception to or overcomes a presumption of unaffordability for a covered loan. The Bureau also seeks comment on the benefits and costs and other burdens of retaining these records in electronic, tabular format.
Proposed § 1041.18(b)(4) would require a lender to retain electronic records in tabular format on a covered loan's type and terms. A lender would, at a minimum, be required to retain the records listed in proposed § 1041.18(b)(4). The proposed records include, as applicable, the information listed in proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(i) through (iii), including information to uniquely identify the loan and to identify the consumer, § 1041.16(c)(1)(v) through (viii), and § 1041.16(c)(2). These items listed in proposed § 1041.16 would also have to be furnished to registered and provisionally registered information systems for certain covered loans. In addition, a lender would have to retain records on whether the covered loan is made under proposed § 1041.5, proposed § 1041.7, proposed § 1041.9, proposed § 1041.11, or proposed § 1041.12. Furthermore, a lender would have to retain records on the leveraged payment mechanism(s) it obtained from the consumer, whether the lender obtained vehicle security from the consumer, and the loan number in a loan sequence for a covered short-term loan made under either proposed § 1041.5 or proposed § 1041.7. Proposed comment 18(b)(4)-1 states that the listed records are non-exhaustive and that a lender may need to retain additional records to show compliance with the requirements in proposed part 1041. Proposed comment 18(b)(4)-2 provides a cross-reference to proposed comment 18(b)(2)-2, which explains the meaning of retaining records in electronic, tabular form, and also states that the records required in proposed § 1041.18(b)(4) would not have to be
The Bureau believes that retention of these records would facilitate lender compliance and also be essential for evaluating a lender's compliance with the requirements in proposed part 1041. The Bureau believes that these records on loan type and terms would support lender compliance with the requirements in proposed part 1041 and also aid the Bureau's supervision and enforcement activities, including through the review of records on individual loans and the possible computation of loan performance metrics by covered loan type as described in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.18(b)(5). The record retention requirements in proposed § 1041.18(b)(4) would thereby help prevent and deter the identified unfair and abusive practices in proposed part 1041.
The Bureau seeks comment on proposed § 1041.18(b)(4), including the benefits and costs and other burdens of retaining the proposed records on loan type and terms. The Bureau also seeks comment on the benefits and costs and other burdens of retaining these records in electronic, tabular format. The Bureau also seeks comment on whether the requirements in proposed § 1041.18(b)(4), in particular the proposed requirement to retain information listed in proposed § 1041.16(c)(1)(i) through (iii), § 1041.16(c)(1)(v) through (viii), and § 1041.16(c)(2), should be modified for a covered longer-term loan made under either proposed § 1041.11 or § 1041.12 for which information is furnished to a consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis instead of registered and provisionally registered information systems.
Proposed § 1041.18(b)(5) would require a lender to retain electronic records in tabular format on payment history and loan performance for a covered loan. A lender would, at a minimum, be required to retain the records listed in proposed § 1041.18(b)(5). Proposed § 1041.18(b)(5)(i) would require a lender to retain records on the date a payment was received from the consumer or a payment transfer, as defined in § 1041.14(a)(1), was attempted by the lender, the amount of the payment due, the amount of the attempted payment transfer, the amount of payment received or transferred, and the payment channel used for the attempted payment transfer. Proposed § 1041.18(b)(5)(ii) would require a lender to retain records if reauthorization to initiate a payment transfer is obtained from consumer in accordance with requirements in § 1041.14(c) or (d) for an attempt to transfer funds from a consumer's account subject to the prohibition in § 1041.14(b). Proposed § 1041.18(b)(5)(iii) would require a lender to retain records on the maximum number of days, up to 180 days, any full payment, including the amount financed, charges included in the total cost of credit, and charges excluded from the cost of credit, was past due. Proposed § 1041.18(b)(5)(iv) would require a lender to retain records on whether a covered longer-term loan made under proposed § 1041.12 was charged off. Proposed § 1041.18(b)(5)(v) would require a lender to retain records if repossession of a vehicle was initiated on a covered loan with vehicle security. Proposed § 1041.18(b)(5)(vi) would require a lender to retain records on the date of the last or final payment received. Proposed § 1041.18(b)(5)(vii) would require a lender to retain records for the information listed in proposed § 1041.16(c)(3)(i) and (ii), which would also have to be furnished to registered and provisionally registered information systems for certain covered loans.
Proposed comment 18(b)(5)-1 states that the listed records are non-exhaustive and that the lender may need to retain additional records to show compliance with the requirements in the proposed part. Proposed comment 18(b)(5)-2 provides a cross-reference to proposed comment 18(b)(2)-2, which explains the meaning of retaining records in electronic, tabular format, and also states that the records required in proposed § 1041.18(b)(5) would not have to be retained in a single, combined spreadsheet or database with the records required in proposed §§ 1041.18(b)(2), 1041.18(b)(3), and 1041.18(b)(4). Proposed comment 18(b)(5)-2 also clarifies that § 1041.18(b)(5) would require a lender to be able to associate the records for a covered loan in proposed § 1041.18(b)(5) with unique loan and consumer identifiers in proposed § 1041.18(b)(4). Proposed comment 18(b)(5)(iv)-1 explains how a lender would have to retain records on the maximum number of days, up to 180 days, any full payment was past due on a covered loan. Proposed comment 18(b)(5)(v)-1 clarifies that initiation of vehicle repossession would cover actions that deprive or commence the process of depriving the consumer of the use of the consumer's vehicle, including the activation of a lender-installed device that disables the vehicle or a notice that the device will be activated on or after a particular date.
The Bureau believes that these records would facilitate lender compliance and also be essential for evaluating a lender's compliance with the requirements in proposed part 1041 in general and compliance with the requirements in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6, §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10, § 1041.12, § 1041.14, and § 1041.15 in particular. Proposed § 1041.18(b)(5) would ensure that a lender retained the loan-level records necessary to compute a number of possible performance metrics for each type of loan made. Using the proposed loan-level records, the Bureau could compute measures such as the percentage of covered longer-term loans made under proposed § 1041.9 in a particular period of time that had 90-day delinquencies and, for covered short-term loans that are vehicle title loans, the percentage of such loans in a particular period of time that resulted in the initiation of vehicle repossession. Such performance metrics could be useful measures for the Bureau in conducting enforcement and supervision functions. In particular, the Bureau would be able to evaluate the reasonableness of a lender's ability-to-repay determinations under the requirements in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 and proposed §§ 1041.9 and 1041.10. In addition, the proposed record retention requirement would allow a lender to calculate the portfolio default rate calculations required for covered longer-term loans made under proposed § 1041.12. The Bureau believes it would be relatively simple for lenders to keep these records in a spreadsheet or other electronic, tabular format, and that such a format would facilitate lender compliance and external supervision. The Bureau recognizes that substantial parts of these records may be provided by vendors who assist lenders with payment processing functions, but believes that these vendors would likely be able to provide the information to lenders in an electronic tabular format. The record retention requirements in proposed § 1041.18(b)(5) would thereby help prevent and deter the identified unfair and abusive practices in proposed part 1041.
The Bureau seeks comment on proposed § 1041.18(b)(5), including the benefits and costs and other burdens of tracking and retaining any of the proposed records on loan performance
Proposed § 1041.19 would provide that a lender must not take any action with the intent of evading the requirements of proposed part 1041. Proposed § 1041.19 would complement the specific, substantive requirements of the proposed rule by prohibiting any lender action taken with the intent to evade those requirements. As discussed further below, the Bureau is proposing § 1041.19 based on the Bureau's authority under Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(1) to prevent evasions.
Proposed comment 19-1 clarifies the meaning under proposed § 1041.19 of when a lender action is taken with the intent of evading the requirements of the proposed rule. Specifically, proposed comment 19-1 clarifies that the form, characterization, label, structure, or written documentation in connection with the lender's action shall not be dispositive, and rather the actual substance of the lender's action as well as other relevant facts and circumstances will determine whether the lender's action was taken with the intent of evading the requirements of proposed part 1041. Proposed comment 19-1 also clarifies that if the lender's action is taken solely for legitimate business purposes, the lender's action is not taken with the intent of evading the requirements of proposed part 1041, and that, by contrast, if a consideration of all relevant facts and circumstances reveals the presence of a purpose that is not a legitimate business purpose, the lender's action may have been taken with the intent of evading the requirements of proposed part 1041.
Proposed comment 19-2 provides several non-exhaustive examples of lender actions that, depending on the facts and circumstances, may have been taken with the intent of evading the requirements of the proposed rule and thus may be violations of proposed § 1041.19. Proposed comment 19-3 provides an example of a lender action that is not taken with the intent of evasion and thus is not a violation of proposed § 1041.19.
The Bureau is proposing § 1041.19 for two primary reasons. First, the provision would address future lender conduct that is taken with the intent of evading the requirements of the proposed rule but which the Bureau may not, or could not, have anticipated in developing the proposed rule. The proposed rule contains certain requirements that are specifically targeted at potential lender evasion and which rely on the Bureau's authority to prevent evasion under Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(1).
Second, the Bureau believes that proposed § 1041.19 is appropriate to include in the proposed rule given the historical background of the markets for covered loans. As discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, over the past two decades many lenders making loans that would be treated as covered loans under the proposed rule have taken actions to avoid regulatory restrictions at both the State and Federal levels. For example, some lenders have reacted to State restrictions on payday loans by obtaining State mortgage lending licenses and continuing to make short-term, small dollar loans. In Delaware, a State court of chancery recently held that a loan agreement was unconscionable because, among other factors, the court found that the “purpose and effect” of the loan agreement was to evade the State's payday lending law, which includes a cap on the total number of payday loans in a 12-month period and an anti-evasion provision.
In proposing § 1041.19 and its accompanying commentary, the Bureau is relying on anti-evasion authority under Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(1). As discussed in part IV, Dodd-Frank Act section 1022(b)(1) provides that the Bureau's director may prescribe rules “as may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Bureau to administer and carry out the purposes and objectives of the Federal consumer financial laws, and to prevent evasions thereof.”
Anti-evasion provisions are a feature of many Federal consumer financial laws and regulations.
As noted above, proposed comment 19-2 provides several non-exhaustive examples of lender actions that may have been taken with the intent of evading the requirements of the proposed rule and thus may be violations of proposed § 1041.19. Proposed comment 19-2.i provides an example that assumes the following facts: (1) A lender makes non-covered loans to consumers without assessing their ability to repay, with a contractual duration of 46 days or longer and a total cost of credit exceeding a rate of 36 percent per annum, as measured at the time of consummation; (2) as a matter of lender practice for loans with these contractual terms, more than 72 hours after consumers receive the entire amount of funds that they are entitled to receive under their loans, the lender routinely offers consumers a monetary or non-monetary incentive (
The Bureau believes that the type of loan contract structure at issue in conjunction with the other facts and circumstances presented in proposed comment 19-2.i would indicate that the lender may have taken the action with the intent of evading the requirements of the proposed rule. The loan otherwise would be a covered longer-term loan under proposed § 1041.3(b)(2)(ii) except
Proposed comment 19-2.ii provides an example that assumes the following facts: (1) A lender makes covered short-term loans with a contractual duration of 14 days and a lump-sum repayment structure; (2) the loan contracts provide for a “recurring late fee” as a lender remedy that is automatically triggered in the event of a consumer's delinquency (
The Bureau believes that this type of loan contract structure in conjunction with the other facts and circumstances presented in proposed comment 19-2.ii would indicate that the lender may have taken the action with the intent of evading the requirements of the proposed rule. This loan contract structure effectively would recreate a loan sequence of covered short-term loans with a corresponding rollover fee-based revenue stream for the lender, even though nominally the contract duration would be for only 14 days and the recurring fees would be characterized as late fees attributable to the first loan. If the loan was made pursuant to proposed § 1041.5 (
Proposed comment 19-2.iii provides an example in which a lender makes a non-covered loan to consumers without assessing their ability to repay and with the following terms: A contractual duration of 60 days, repayment through four periodic payments each due every 15 days, and a total cost of credit that is below 36 percent per annum, as measured at the time of consummation. Proposed comment 19-2.iii also includes the following facts: (1) The lender requires a leveraged payment mechanism at or prior to consummation; (2) the loan contract imposes a penalty interest rate of 360 percent per annum (
The Bureau believes that this type of loan contract structure in conjunction with the other facts and circumstances presented in proposed comment 19-2.iii would indicate that the lender may have taken the action with the intent of evading the requirements of the proposed rule. The loan otherwise would be a covered longer-term loan under proposed § 1041.3(b)(2)(ii) except for the fact that the total cost of credit does not exceed 36 percent per annum. Lenders would avoid the proposed ability-to-repay and other requirements simply by changing the contractual terms to re-characterize fees that otherwise would be counted toward the cost threshold for scope coverage of longer-term loans, while many consumers would end up paying more than 10 times that cost threshold because of the penalty interest rate. As noted in proposed comment 19-1, the actual substance of the transaction would be what mattered, not the form, characterization, label, or structure of
The Bureau emphasizes that the preceding example as well as the examples in proposed comments 19-2.i and -2.ii are non-exhaustive and illustrative only. The Bureau believes that other types of loan contract structures, such as those containing other types of extraordinary remedies or with deferred interest rates, could raise similar facts and circumstances indicating that a lender may have taken action with the intent of evading the proposed rule.
In addition to the preceding examples of potentially evasive lender actions related to loan contract structures for covered loans, proposed comment 19-2.iv provides a non-exhaustive, illustrative example of a lender action related to payment practices that may have been taken with the intent of evading the requirements of proposed § 1041.14 and thus may be a violation of proposed § 1041.19. This proposed comment assumes the following facts: (1) A lender collects payment on its covered longer-term installment loans primarily through recurring electronic fund transfers authorized by consumers at consummation; (2) as a matter of lender policy and practice, after a first ACH payment transfer to a consumer's account for the full payment amount is returned for nonsufficient funds, the lender makes a second payment transfer to the account on the following day for $1.00; (3) if the second payment transfer succeeds, the lender immediately splits the amount of the full payment into two separate payment transfers and makes both payment transfers to the account at the same time, resulting in two returns for nonsufficient funds in the vast majority of cases; (4) the lender developed the policy and began the practice shortly prior to the effective date of the rule that is codified in 12 CFR part 1041, which, among other provisions, restricts lenders from making further attempts to withdraw payment from consumers' account after two consecutive attempts have failed, unless the lender obtains a new and specific authorization from the consumer; and (5) the lender's prior policy and practice when re-presenting the first failed payment transfer was to re-present for the payment's full amount.
The Bureau believes that re-presenting a first failed payment transfer for a very small fraction of the full payment amount would indicate that the lender may have taken the action with the intent of evading the proposed rule's restrictions on making further payment withdrawal attempts from a consumer's account after two consecutive attempts have failed. By taking this action, the lender would reset the failed payment transfer count by making a “successful” attempt for a nominal amount. The fact that the lender developed the policy and began the practice shortly before the rule's effective date would be relevant toward determining whether the lender's action was taken with the intent of evasion rather than solely for legitimate business purposes.
Proposed comment 19-3 provides an example of a lender action that is not taken with the intent of evading the requirements of the proposed rule and thus does not violate proposed § 1041.19. The proposed comment includes the following facts: (1) Prior to the effective date of the rule that is codified in 12 CFR part 1041, a lender offers a loan product to consumers with a contractual duration of 30 days (Loan Product A), and if the lender had continued to make Loan Product A to consumers following the effective date of the rule, Loan Product A would have been treated as a covered short-term loan, requiring the lender to make an ability-to-repay determination under § 1041.5; (2) as of the effective date of the rule, the lender ceases offering Loan Product A and, in its place, offers consumers an alternative loan product with a 46-day contractual duration and other terms and conditions that result in treatment as a covered longer-term loan (Loan Product B); and (3) for Loan Product B, the lender does not make an ability-to-repay determination under § 1041.9, but the lender satisfies the requirements of §§ 1041.11 or 1041.12,
The Bureau solicits comment on whether it is appropriate to include proposed § 1041.19 and on the specific language of the proposed anti-evasion provision. The Bureau solicits comment on whether, in lieu of or in addition to proposed § 1041.19, the substantive requirements of the proposed rule should directly prohibit the conduct described in proposed comments 19-2.i to 19-2.iv or additional types of lender actions that may have been taken with the intent of evading the requirements of the proposed rule and, if so, the specific types of conduct that should be proscribed. For example, the Bureau solicits comment on: (1) Whether the Bureau should prohibit lenders from offering incentives to obtain leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security after the proceeds of a covered loan have been fully received by the consumer; (2) whether the Bureau should modify the definition of loan sequence to address the example in proposed comment 19-2.ii; (3) whether the Bureau should modify the definition of covered longer-term loan to address the example in proposed comment 19-2.iii and whether there are circumstances when this type of penalty interest rate structure is not an evasion;
Proposed § 1041.20 provides that the provisions of this rule are separate and severable from one another and that it is the intention of the Bureau that the remaining provisions shall continue in effect if any provision is stayed or determined to be invalid.
The Bureau is proposing that, in general, the final rule would take effect 15 months after publication in the
In developing this proposed rule, the Bureau has considered the potential benefits, costs, and impacts as required by section 1022(b)(2) of the Dodd-Frank Act. Specifically, section 1022(b)(2) calls for the Bureau to consider the potential benefits and costs of a regulation to consumers and covered persons (which in this case would be the providers subject to the proposed rule), including the potential reduction of access by consumers to consumer financial products or services, the impact on depository institutions and credit unions with $10 billion or less in total assets as described in section 1026 of the Dodd-Frank Act, and the impact on consumers in rural areas.
The Bureau requests comment on the preliminary analysis presented below as well as submissions of additional data that could inform the Bureau's analysis of the benefits, costs, and impacts of the proposed rule. In developing the proposed rule, the Bureau has consulted with the prudential regulators and the FTC regarding, among other things, consistency with any prudential, market, or systemic objectives administered by such agencies.
In considering the potential benefits, costs, and impacts of the proposal, the Bureau takes as the baseline for the analysis the regulatory regime that currently exists for the covered products and covered persons.
The proposal includes several conditional exemptions that have the effect of creating alternative methods of compliance, and in places it is useful to discuss their costs, benefits, and impacts relative to those of the core provisions of the proposed regulation to which they are an alternative. The baseline for evaluating the potential full benefits, costs, and impacts of the proposal, however, is the current regulatory regime as of the issuance of the proposal.
The timeframe for the consideration of benefits and costs includes the initial transitional period during which lenders would develop the capacity to comply with the proposed regulation and the market would adjust to the new requirements and limitations of the proposal, as well as the steady-state that would be reached once those adjustments had occurred. The Bureau believes these adjustments would take place within three to five years of finalization of the proposed rule. The marketplace for covered loans and similar products would likely continue to evolve beyond that date, but such long-term changes are beyond the scope of this analysis.
As discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, and Market Concerns—Payments above, the Bureau is concerned that practices in the markets for payday, vehicle title, and payday installment loans pose significant risk of harm to consumers. In particular, the Bureau is concerned about the harmful impacts on consumers of the practice of making these loans without making a reasonable determination that the consumer can afford to repay the loan while paying for other major financial obligations and basic living expenses. These include harms from delinquency and default, including bank and lender fees and aggressive collections efforts, and harms from making unaffordable payments. They also include extended sequences of short-term loans, which lead to very high costs of borrowing that the Bureau believes are, in many cases, not
In addition, the Bureau is concerned that lenders in this market are using their ability to initiate payment withdrawals from consumers' accounts in ways that cause substantial injury to consumers, including increased fees and risk of account closure.
The discussion below considers the benefits, costs, and impacts of the following major proposed provisions:
1. Provisions Relating Specifically to Covered Short-Term Loans:
a. Requirement to determine borrowers' ability to repay, including the requirement to obtain a consumer report from a registered information system and furnish loan information to registered information systems;
b. Limitations on making loans to borrowers with recent covered loans; and
c. Alternative to the requirement to determine borrowers' ability to repay, including notices to consumers taking out loans originated under this alternative;
2. Provisions Relating Specifically to Covered Longer-Term Loans:
a. Requirement to determine borrowers' ability to repay, including the requirement to obtain a consumer report from a registered information system and furnish loan information to registered information systems;
b. Limitations on making loans to borrowers with recent covered loans; and
c. Alternatives to the requirement to determine borrowers' ability to repay;
3. Provisions Relating to Payment Practices:
a. Limitations on continuing to attempt to withdraw money from a borrower's account after two consecutive failed attempts; and
b. Payment notice requirements;
4. Recordkeeping requirements; and
5. Requirements for registered information systems.
The discussions of impacts are organized into the five main categories of provisions listed above; those relating to covered short-term loans, those relating to covered longer-term loans, those relating to limitations of payment practices, recordkeeping requirements, and requirements for registered information systems. Within each of these main categories, the discussion is organized to facilitate a clear and complete consideration of the benefits, costs, and impacts of the major provisions of the proposed rule. Impacts on depository institutions with $10 billion or less in total assets and on rural consumers are discussed separately below.
The provision relating to covered short-term loans would apply to lenders who make those loans. The definition of a covered short-term loan is provided in proposed § 1041.3(b)(1).
The Bureau believes that these provisions would primarily affect storefront and online payday lenders and storefront vehicle title lenders. Some Federal credit unions, however, make loans under the NCUA PAL program with a term of 45 days or less; similarly, some community banks may make “accommodation loans” with a term of 45 days or less, and these institutions would also be affected. In addition, there is a least one bank that makes deposit advance product loans that would likely be covered by these provisions.
The provisions relating to covered longer term loans would apply to lenders who make those loans. The definition of a covered longer term loan is provided in proposed § 1041.3(b)(2).
The Bureau believes that these provisions would primarily affect vehicle title lenders, online lenders making high-cost loans, and storefront payday lenders who have entered the payday installment loan market. The provisions may also cover a portion of the loans made by consumer finance companies when those lenders obtain authorizations for direct repayment from a borrower's account or vehicle security. In addition, some loans made by community banks or credit unions that are secured by a borrower's vehicle or repaid from the consumer's deposit account may be covered. This would most likely occur if the loan is relatively small and has an origination fee that causes the total cost of credit of the loan to be greater than 36 percent. Finally, many of the PAL loans made by Federal credit unions would be covered because those loans often have an origination application fee that causes the total cost of credit to be above 36 percent, and the loans are often repaid directly from the borrowers' deposit accounts at the credit unions.
The provisions relating to payment practices and related notices would apply to any lender making a covered loan, either short-term or longer-term, for which the lender has obtained authorization to withdraw payment directly from a borrower's deposit account or prepaid account. These provisions would affect online lenders, who normally receive payments via ACH. In addition, storefront payday or payday installment lenders that receive payment via ACH or post-dated check, either for regular payments or when a borrower has failed to come to the store and make a cash payment in person, would be affected. Lenders making vehicle title loans often do not obtain an ACH authorization or post-dated check, but those that do would be affected. Lenders making loans under one of the alternatives to the ATR requirements for covered longer-term loans would not be required to provide the payment notices, but would be affected to the extent they reach the limit on the number of attempts to withdraw payment from a borrower's account.
The provisions relating to recordkeeping requirements would apply to any lender making covered loans.
The provisions relating to applying to become a registered information system would apply to any firm that applied. The provisions relating to the requirements to operate as a registered information system would apply to any firm that became a registered information system.
The analysis presented below relies on data that the Bureau has obtained from industry, other regulatory agencies, and publically available sources, including the findings of other researchers. General economic principles and the Bureau's expertise in consumer financial markets, together with the data and findings that are available, provide insight into the potential benefits, costs, and impacts of the proposed regulation. Where possible, the Bureau has made quantitative estimates based on these principles and the data available. Some benefits and costs, however, are not amenable to quantification, or are not quantifiable given the data available to the Bureau; a qualitative discussion of
The Bureau solicits comments on all aspects of the quantitative estimates provided below, as well as comments on the qualitative discussion where quantitative estimates are not provided. The Bureau also solicits data and analysis that would supplement the quantitative analysis discussed below or provide quantitative estimates of benefits, costs, or impacts for which there are currently only qualitative discussions.
This section discusses the impacts of the provisions of the proposal that specifically relate to covered short-term loans. The benefits and costs of these provisions may be affected by other provisions of the proposed rule. For example, the potential for consumer substitution across different categories of covered products means that provisions relating to covered longer-term loans, to the extent they affect the cost or availability of those loans, may have implications for the effects of the provisions relating to covered short-term loans. Potential interactions are discussed as appropriate.
The provisions discussed in this part VI.F include the proposed requirements under §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 that lenders determine that applicants for these covered loans have the ability to repay the loan while still meeting their major financial obligations and paying for basic living expenses, as well as the alternative set of requirements for originating short-term loans proposed in § 1041.7. In this part VI, the practice of making loans after determining that the borrower has the ability to repay the loan will be referred to as the “ATR approach,” while the practice of making loans by complying with the alternative requirements under proposed § 1041.7 will be referred to as the “Alternative approach.”
The proposed procedural requirements for originations, and the associated restrictions on reborrowing, are likely to have a substantial impact on the markets for these products. In order to present a clear analysis of the benefits and costs of the proposal, this section first describes the benefits and costs of the proposal to covered persons and then discusses the implications of the proposal for the overall markets for these products. The benefits and costs to consumers are then described.
The proposed rule would impose a number of procedural requirements on lenders making covered short-term loans, as well as impose restrictions on the number of covered short-term loans that could be made. This section first discusses the benefits and costs of the procedural requirements for lenders using the ATR approach with regard to originating loans and furnishing certain related information to registered information systems over the life of the loan, then discusses the benefits and costs of the procedural requirements for lenders using the Alternative approach. The final section discusses the potential impacts on loan volume and revenues of the underwriting and reborrowing restrictions under both the ATR and the Alternative approach.
Most if not all of the proposed provisions concern activities that lenders could choose to engage in absent the proposal. The benefits to lenders of those provisions are discussed here, but to the extent that lenders do not voluntarily choose to engage in the activities, it is likely the case that the benefits, in the lenders' view, do not currently outweigh the costs.
Lenders making loans using the ATR approach would need to comply with several procedural requirements when originating loans. Lenders would need to consult their own records and the records of their affiliates to determine whether the borrower had taken out any prior covered loans, or non-covered bridge loans, that were still outstanding or were repaid within the prior 30 days. Lenders would have to obtain a consumer report from a registered information system, if available, to obtain information about the consumer's borrowing history across lenders, and would be required to furnish information regarding covered loans they originate to registered information systems. Lenders would also be required to obtain information and verification evidence about the amount and timing of an applicant's income and major financial obligations, obtain a statement from applicants of their income and payments on major financial obligations, and assess that information, along with an estimate of the borrower's basic living expenses, to determine whether a consumer has the ability to repay the loan.
In addition, before making a covered short-term loan to a consumer during the term of and for 30 days following the consumer having a covered short-term loan outstanding, a lender would need to determine that the borrower's financial capacity had sufficiently improved since obtaining the prior loan. Documenting the improved capacity would impose procedural costs on lenders in some circumstances.
Each of the procedural requirements entails costs that would potentially be incurred for each loan application, and not just for loans that were originated. Lenders would likely avoid incurring the full set of costs for each application by establishing procedures to reject applicants who fail a screen based on a review of partial information. For example, lenders are unlikely to collect any further information if their records show that a borrower is ineligible for a loan given the borrower's prior borrowing history. The Bureau expects that lenders would organize their underwriting process so that the more costly steps of the process are only taken for borrowers who satisfy other requirements. Many lenders currently use other screens when making loans, such as screens meant to identify potentially fraudulent applications. If lenders employ these screens prior to collecting all of the required information from borrowers, that would eliminate the cost of collecting additional information on borrowers who fail those screens. But in most cases lenders would incur some of these costs evaluating loan applications that do not result in an originated loan and in some cases lenders would incur all of these costs in evaluating loan applications that are eventually declined.
Finally, lenders would be required to develop procedures to comply with each of these requirements and train their staff in those procedures.
The Bureau believes that many lenders use automated systems when underwriting loans and would modify those systems, or purchase upgrades to those systems, to incorporate many of the procedural requirements of the ATR approach. The costs of modifying such a system or purchasing an upgrade are discussed below, in the discussion of the costs of developing procedures, upgrading systems, and training staff.
In order to consult its own records and those of any affiliates, a lender would need a system for recording loans that can be identified as being made to a particular consumer and a method of reliably accessing those records. The Bureau believes that lenders would most likely comply with this requirement by using computerized
The Bureau believes that most lenders already have the ability to comply with this provision, with the possible exception of lenders with affiliates that are run as separate operations, as lenders' own business needs likely lead them to have this capacity. Lenders need to be able to track loans in order to service the loans. In addition, lenders need to track the borrowing and repayment behavior of individual consumers to reduce their credit risk, such as by avoiding lending to a consumer who has defaulted on a prior loan. And most States that allow payday lending (at least 23) have requirements that implicitly require lenders to have the ability to check their records for prior loans to a loan applicant, including limitations on renewals or rollovers or cooling-off periods between loans. Despite these various considerations, however, there may be some lenders that currently do not have the capacity to comply with this requirement.
Developing this capacity would enable these lenders to better service the loans they originate and to better manage their lending risk, such as by tracking the loan performance of their borrowers. Lenders that do not already have a records system in place would need to incur a one-time cost of developing such a system, which may require investment in information technology hardware and/or software. The Bureau estimates that purchasing necessary hardware and software would cost approximately $2,000, plus $1,000 for each additional storefront. The Bureau estimates that firms that already have standard personal computer hardware, but no electronic record keeping system, would need to incur a cost of approximately $500 per storefront. Lenders may instead contract with a vendor to supply part or all of the systems and training needs.
As noted above, the Bureau believes that many lenders use automated loan origination systems and would modify those systems or purchase upgrades to those systems such that they would automatically access the lender's own records. For lenders that access their records manually, rather than through an automated loan origination system, the Bureau estimates that doing so would take three minutes of an employee's time.
The Bureau believes that many lenders already work with firms that provide some of the information that would be included in the registered information system data, such as in States where a private third-party operates reporting systems on behalf of the State regulator, or for their own risk management purposes, such as fraud detection. However, the Bureau recognizes that there also is a sizable segment of lenders making covered short-term loans who operate only in States without a state-mandated reporting system and who make lending decisions without obtaining any data from a consumer reporting agency.
Lenders would benefit from being able to obtain from a registered information system in real time, or close to real time, reasonably comprehensive information with respect to an applicant's current outstanding covered loans and borrowing history with respect to such loans, including information from which the lender can identify prior defaults. Lenders that do not currently obtain consumer reports from specialty consumer reporting systems would benefit from doing so through reduced fraud risk and reduced default risk. And, because the proposed rule would require much broader reporting of covered loans by imposing a furnishing obligation on all lenders with respect to all covered loans (except for covered longer-term loans made pursuant to one of the conditional exemptions and reported to a national consumer reporting agency), even lenders that already receive reports from specialty consumer reporting agencies would benefit from the requirement to access a registered information system, because the systems would have greater coverage of the market for covered loans.
As noted above, the Bureau believes that many lenders use automated loan origination systems and would modify those systems or purchase upgrades to those systems such that they would automatically order a report from a registered information system during the lending process. For lenders that order reports manually, the Bureau estimates that it would take approximately three minutes for a lender to request a report from a registered information system. For all lenders, the Bureau expects that access to a registered information system would be priced on a “per-hit” basis, in which a hit is a report successfully returned in response to a request for information about a particular consumer at a particular point in time. The Bureau estimates that the cost per hit would be $0.50, based on pricing in existing specialty consumer reporting markets.
Lenders making covered short-term loans would be required to furnish information about those loans to all information systems that have been registered with the Bureau for 120 days or more, have been provisionally registered with the Bureau for 120 days or more, or have subsequently become registered after being provisionally registered (generally referred to here as registered information systems). At loan consummation, the information furnished would need to include identifying information about the borrower, the type of loan, the loan consummation date, the principal amount borrowed or credit limit (for certain loans), and the payment due dates and amounts. While a loan is outstanding, lenders would need to furnish information about any update to information previously furnished pursuant to the rule within a reasonable period of time following the event prompting the update. And when a loan ceases to be an outstanding loan, lenders would need to furnish the date as of which the loan ceased to be outstanding, and, for certain loans that have been paid in full, the amount paid on the loan.
Furnishing data to registered information systems would benefit all lenders by improving the quality of information available to lenders. This would allow lenders to better identify borrowers who pose relatively high default risk, and the richer information and more complete market coverage would make fraud detection more effective.
Furnishing information to registered information systems would require lenders to incur one-time and ongoing costs. One-time costs include those associated with establishing a relationship with each registered information system, and developing procedures for furnishing the loan data and procedures for compliance with applicable laws. Lenders using automated loan origination systems would likely modify those systems, or purchase upgrades to those systems, to incorporate the ability to furnish the required information to registered
The ongoing costs would be the costs of actually furnishing the data. Lenders with automated loan origination and servicing systems with the capacity of furnishing the required data would have very low ongoing costs. Lenders that report information manually would likely do so through a web-based form, which the Bureau estimates would take five to 10 minutes to fill out for each loan at the time of consummation, when information is updated (as applicable), and when the loan ceases to be an outstanding loan. Assuming that multiple registered information systems existed, it might be necessary to incur this cost multiple times, if data are not shared across the systems. The Bureau notes that some lenders in States where a private third party operates reporting systems on behalf of State regulators are already required to provide similar information, albeit to a single reporting entity, and so have experience complying with this type of requirement. The Bureau would also encourage the development of common data standards for registered information systems when possible to reduce the costs of providing data to multiple services.
Lenders making loans under the ATR approach would be required to collect information and verification evidence about the amount and timing of income and major financial obligations, obtain a statement from applicants about their income and payments on major financial obligations, and use that information to make an ability-to-repay determination. There are two types of costs entailed in making an ATR determination: The cost of obtaining the verification evidence and the cost of making an ATR assessment consistent with that evidence, which is discussed in the subsequent section. The impact on lenders with respect to applicants who a lender determines do not have the ability to repay, and are thus denied loans, is discussed separately.
The Bureau believes that many lenders that make covered short-term loans, such as storefront lenders making payday loans, already obtain some information on consumers' income. Many of these lenders, however, only obtain income verification evidence the first time they make a loan to a consumer, or for the first loan following a substantial break in borrowing. Other lenders, such as some vehicle title lenders or some lenders operating online, may not currently obtain income information at all, let alone income verification evidence, on any loans. In addition, many consumers likely have multiple income sources that are not all currently documented in the ordinary course of short-term lending. Under the proposal, consumers and lenders might have incentives to provide and gather more income information than they do currently in order to establish the borrower's ability to repay a given loan. The Bureau believes that most lenders that originate covered short-term loans do not currently collect information on applicants' major financial obligations, let alone verification evidence of such obligations, or determine consumers' ability to repay a loan, as would be required under the proposed rule.
As noted above, many lenders already use automated systems when originating loans. These lenders would likely modify those systems or purchase upgrades to those systems to automate many of the tasks that would be required by the proposal.
Lenders would be required to obtain a consumer report from a national consumer reporting agency to verify applicants' required payments under debt obligations. This would be in addition to the cost of obtaining a consumer report from a registered information system. Verification evidence for housing costs may be included on an applicant's consumer report, if the applicant has a mortgage; otherwise, verification costs could consist of obtaining documentation of actual rent or estimating a consumer's housing expense based on the housing expenses of similarly situated consumers with households in their area. The Bureau believes that most lenders would purchase reports from specialty consumer reporting agencies that would contain both debt information from a national consumer reporting agency and housing expense estimates. Based on industry outreach, the Bureau believes these reports would cost approximately $2.00 for small lenders and $0.55 for larger lenders. As with the ordering of reports from registered information systems, the Bureau believes that many lenders would modify their loan origination system, or purchase an upgrade to that system, to allow the system to automatically order a specialty consumer report during the lending process at a stage in the process when the information is relevant. For lenders that order reports manually, the Bureau estimates that it would take approximately two minutes for a lender to request a report.
Lenders that do not currently collect income information or verification evidence for income would need to do so. For lenders that use a manual process, for consumers who have straightforward documentation of income and provide documentation for housing expenses, rather than relying on housing cost estimates, the Bureau estimates that gathering and reviewing information and verification evidence for income and major expenses, and having a consumer list income and major financial obligations, would take roughly three to five minutes per application.
Some consumers may visit a lender's storefront without the required income documentation and may have income for which verification evidence cannot be obtained electronically, raising lenders' costs and potentially leading to some consumers failing to complete the loan application process, reducing lender revenue.
Lenders making loans online may face particular challenges obtaining verification evidence, especially for income. It may be feasible for online lenders to obtain scanned or photographed documents as attachments to an electronic submission; the Bureau understands that some online lenders are doing this today with success. And services that use other sources of information, such as checking account or payroll records, may mitigate the need for lenders to obtain verification evidence directly from consumers.
Once information and verification evidence on income and major financial obligations has been obtained, the lender would need to make a reasonable determination whether the consumer has the ability to repay the contemplated loan. In addition to considering the information collected about income and major financial obligations, lenders would need to estimate an amount that borrowers generally need for basic living expenses. They may do this in a number of ways, including, for example, collecting information directly from borrowers, using available estimates published by third parties, or providing for a “cushion” calculated as a percentage of income.
The initial costs of developing methods and procedures for gathering information about major financial obligations and income and estimating basic living expenses are discussed further below. As noted above, the Bureau believes that many lenders use automated loan origination systems, and would modify these systems or purchase upgrade these systems to make the ability-to-repay calculations. On an ongoing basis, the Bureau estimates that this would take roughly 10 additional minutes for lenders that use a manual process to make the ability-to-repay calculations.
In total, the Bureau estimates that obtaining a statement from the consumer and verification evidence about consumers' income and required payments for major financial obligations, projecting the consumer's residual income, estimating the consumer's basic living expenses, and arriving at a reasonable ATR determination would take essentially no time for a fully automated electronic system and between 15 and 20 minutes for a fully manual system, with total costs dependent on the existing utilization rates of and wages paid to staff that would spend time carrying out this work. Dollar costs would include a report from a registered information system costing $0.50 and a specialty consumer report containing housing costs estimates costing between $0.55 and $2.00, depending on lender size; lenders relying on electronic services to gather verification information about income would face an additional small cost.
Because of the impact of the presumption of unaffordability for a new covered short-term loan during the term of and for 30 days following a prior covered short-term originated using the ATR approach, lenders would not be able to make another similar covered short-term loan to a borrower within 30 days of the prior loan, unless the borrower's financial capacity had sufficiently improved since obtaining the prior loan.
When making a loan using the ATR approach, a lender would need to project the borrower's residual income, and therefore that aspect of this requirement would impose no additional cost on the lender. Comparing the borrower's projected financial capacity for the new loan with the consumer's financial capacity since obtaining the prior loan would impose very little cost, as long as the same lender had made the prior loan. The lender would need to collect additional documentation to overcome the presumption of unaffordability if the lender did not make the prior loan or if the borrower's financial capacity would be better for the new loan because of the borrower's unanticipated dip in income since obtaining the prior loan that is not likely to be repeated.
Lenders would need to develop procedures to comply with the requirements of the ATR approach and train their staff in those procedures. Many of these requirements would not appear qualitatively different from many practices that most lenders already engage in, such as gathering information and documents from borrowers and ordering various types of consumer reports.
Developing procedures to make a reasonable determination that a borrower has an ability to repay a loan without reborrowing and while paying for major financial obligations and living expenses is likely to be a challenge for many lenders. The Bureau expects that vendors, law firms, and trade associations are likely to offer both products and guidance to lenders, lowering the cost of developing procedures. Lenders would also need to develop a process for estimating borrowers' basic living expenses. Some lenders may rely on vendors that provide services to determine ability to repay that include estimate of basic living expenses. For a lender to conduct an independent analysis to determine reliable statistical estimate of basic living expenses would be quite costly. There are a number of online services, however, that provide living expense estimates that lenders may be able to use to obtain estimates or to confirm the reasonableness of information provided by loan applicants.
As noted above, the Bureau believes that many lenders use automated systems when originating loans and would incorporate many of the procedural requirements of the ATR approach into those systems. This would likely include an automated system to make the ability-to-repay determination; subtracting the component expense elements from income itself is quite straightforward and would not require substantial development costs. The Bureau believes that large lenders rely on proprietary loan origination systems, and estimates the one-time programming cost for large respondents to update their systems to carry out the various functions to be 1,000 hours per entity.
The Bureau estimates that lender personnel engaging in making loans would require approximately five hours of initial training in carrying out the tasks described in this section and 2.5 hours of periodic ongoing training per year.
The procedural requirements of the Alternative approach would generally have less impact on lenders than the requirements of the ATR approach. Specifically, the rule would not mandate that lenders obtain information or verification evidence about income or major financial obligations, estimate basic living expenses, complete an ability-to-repay determination, or document improved capacity prior to making loans that meet the requirements of the Alternative approach.
The proposed rule would instead require only that lenders making loans under § 1041.7 consult their internal records and those of affiliates, obtain reports from a registered information system, furnish information to registered information systems, and make an assessment as part of the origination process that certain loan requirements (such as principal limitations and restrictions on certain reborrowing activity) were met. The requirement to consult the lender's own records would be slightly different than under the ATR approach, as the lender would need to check the records for the prior 12 months. This would be unlikely to have different impacts on the lenders, however, as any system that allows the lender to comply with the own-record checking requirements of the ATR approach should be sufficient for the Alternative approach, and vice-versa. A lender would also have to develop procedures and train staff.
Lenders making covered short-term loans under the Alternative approach would be required to provide borrowers with disclosures, described in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.7(e), containing information about their loans and about the restrictions on future loans taken out using the Alternative approach. One disclosure would be required at the time of origination of a first Alternative approach loan, when a borrower had not had an Alternative approach loan within the prior 30 days. The other disclosure would be required when originating a third Alternative approach loan in a sequence, because the borrower would therefore be unable to take out another Alternative approach loan for at least 30 days after repaying the loan being originated. The disclosures would need to be customized to reflect the specifics of the individual loan.
By informing borrowers that they would likely be unable to take out another covered loan for the full amount of their current loan within 30 days of repaying the current loan, the disclosure may help lenders reduce defaults by borrowers who are unable to repay the loan, even in part, without reborrowing. Lenders may have incentives to inform borrowers of this restriction to reduce their own risk, although it is unclear if they would choose to do so absent the proposed requirement if they believed that the restrictions on principal and reborrowing were likely to discourage many borrowers who could repay from taking out loans made under the Alternative approach.
The Bureau believes that all lenders have some disclosure system in place to comply with existing disclosure requirements. Lenders may enter data directly into the disclosure system, or the system may automatically collect data from the lenders' loan origination system. For disclosures provided via mail, email, or text message, some disclosure systems forward the information necessary to prepare the disclosures to a vendor, in electronic form, and the vendor then prepares and delivers the disclosures. For disclosures provided in person, disclosure systems produce a disclosure, which the lender then provides to the borrower. Respondents would incur a one-time cost to upgrade their disclosure systems to comply with new disclosure requirements.
The Bureau believes that large lenders rely on proprietary disclosure systems, and estimates the one-time programming cost for large respondents to update these systems to be 1,000 hours per lender. The Bureau believes small depositories and non-depositories rely on licensed disclosure system software. Depending on the nature of the software license agreement, the Bureau estimates that the cost to upgrade this software would be $10,000 for lenders licensing the software at the entity-level and $100 per seat for lenders licensing the software using a seat-license contract. Given the price differential between the entity-level licenses and the seat-license contracts, the Bureau believes that only small lenders with a significant number of stores would rely on entity-level licenses.
In addition to the upgrades to the disclosure systems, the Bureau estimates that small storefront lenders would pay $200 to a vendor for a standard electronic origination disclosure form template.
The Bureau estimates that providing disclosures in stores would take a store employee two minutes and cost $.10.
The underwriting requirements under the ATR approach and the restrictions on certain reborrowing under both the ATR approach and Alternative approach would impact lenders' loan volume in a way that the Bureau believes would likely be more substantial to their operations than the cost of implementing the procedural requirements discussed above. The following section discusses these impacts by industry, since storefront and online payday lenders would have the option of using both the ATR approach and Alternative approach, while vehicle title lenders would be required to use only the ATR approach. The subsequent section discusses overall combined impacts on these markets from the reduction in lender revenue and the increased procedural costs.
One of the challenges with anticipating the effects of the proposed lending restrictions is that the effects would depend in part on how borrowers would behave if their loan sequences were cut off by the restrictions. Currently, it is common for borrowers to take out loan sequences that are longer than would be permitted under the proposal. If borrowers who currently take out these long sequences would respond to the sequences being cut short by returning to borrow again as soon as they can, the impact of the reborrowing restrictions on total loan volume would be less. On the other hand, if borrowers do not return to reborrow once they are out of a sequence of loans, the restrictions would have a larger impact. To the extent that long sequences reflect the difficulty that borrowers having paying off large single-payment loans, rather than borrowers repeatedly experiencing new income or expense shocks that lead to additional borrowing, it would be more likely that borrower would tend not to return to borrow once a loan sequence has ended.
The Bureau believes that storefront payday lenders would make loans primarily using the Alternative approach. The Alternative approach would have lower procedural costs. It would also allow a greater number of initial loans and, depending on the specifics of how borrowers' behavior changes in response to the proposed restrictions, would potentially allow more reborrowing. The combined impacts on which loans could be made would likely produce greater lender revenue than the ATR approach. If lenders do primarily make loans using the Alternative approach, however, they might use the ATR approach to make loans to some borrowers who had reached the annual limits on borrowing under the Alternative approach and could demonstrate an ability to repay a new payday loan.
For a borrower who has not previously taken out a covered short-term loan, the Alternative approach
The Bureau has simulated the impacts of the lending restrictions of the Alternative approach, assuming that lenders only make loans using the Alternative approach, relative to lending volumes today. The simulations measure the direct effect of the restrictions by starting with data on actual lending and then eliminating those loans that would not have been permitted if the proposed regulation had been in effect.
The Bureau has also simulated the effects of the reborrowing restrictions of the ATR approach. Under the ATR approach, in general, a new covered short-term loan cannot be made during the term of and for 30 days following a prior covered short-term loan unless the lender determines, based on documented information, that the consumer's financial capacity has sufficiently improved since obtaining the prior loan. The Bureau has not attempted to estimate the share of borrowers who would be able to satisfy this requirement and borrow again within 30 days of a prior covered short-term loan. Assuming that borrowers would not be able to take out a second loan within 30 days, the Bureau's simulations produce estimates of the reduction of loan volume and lender revenue of approximately 60 to 81 percent, relative to lending volume today.
Estimating the share of payday loan borrowers for whom a lender could reasonably determine ability to repay the loan is very challenging. To do so would require data on borrowers' income, details about the prospective loans, especially the payments, and data on borrowers' major financial obligations and basic living expenses. In addition, lenders would be required to estimate borrowers' basic living expenses, and lenders could do this in a variety of ways, complicating estimates of the effects of the requirement.
The Bureau provides here a limited discussion of the share of borrowers who would be able to demonstrate an ability to repay a payday loan, using what data are available. These data include information on the income and loan amounts of payday borrowers. Data on major financial obligations and basic living expenses are only available at the household level, and only for certain obligations and expenses. In addition, only some of the obligation and expense data is available specifically for payday borrowers, and in no case is the obligation or expense data tied to specific loans. Given the limited information on major financial obligations and basic living expenses it is likely the case that estimates made using the available data will overstate the share of borrowers who would demonstrate an ability to repay a payday loan. In addition, lenders may adopt approaches to estimating basic living expenses that lead to fewer borrowers satisfying the lenders' ATR evaluations.
Data on payday loans and their associated individual borrower incomes were obtained under the Bureau's supervisory authority.
Data on household expenditures comes from the 2010 BLS Consumer Expenditure Survey (CEX). These data contain information on some of the expenditures that make up major financial obligations, including housing obligations (rent or mortgage payments) and vehicle loan payments. The CEX also contains information on expenditures on utilities, food, and transportation. These expense categories would likely need to be considered by lenders estimating basic living expenses. An important limitation of the data is that they do not contain information for all major financial obligations; in particular the data exclude such obligations as credit card payments, student loan payments, and payments on other small-dollar loans.
As noted above, the CEX collects expenditure data at the household, rather than individual, level. Lenders would be required to make the ATR determination for an individual borrower, but given the lack of available information on individual expenditures, household level income and expenditures information is presented here. Because the data on payday loans collected under the Bureau's supervisory authority contains information on borrowers' individual incomes, the Bureau used a third source of data to map individual incomes to household incomes, and in particular for this population. Data on both individual and household incomes comes from the three waves of the FDIC National Survey of Unbanked and Underbanked Households that have been conducted as a special supplement to the CPS Supplement. This provides information on the distribution of household income for individuals with individual income in a certain range. The share of the population that takes one of these types of loans is fairly small, so income data on both payday and vehicle title borrowers is used to provide more robust information on the relationship between individual and household income for this population. The CPS collects information from 60,000 nationally representative
Table 1 shows the distribution of payday loan borrowers by their reported individual monthly income based on the loan data discussed above. As the table shows, roughly half of payday loans in the data were taken out by borrowers with monthly individual incomes below $2,000.
Table 2 provides the distribution of household monthly income among payday and vehicle title borrowers by their individual level of monthly income, from the CPS Supplement. For instance, referring back to Table 1, 14 percent of payday loans in the loan data analyzed by the Bureau were taken out by borrowers with individual incomes between $2,000 to $2,499 dollars per month (or $24,000 to $29,999 per year). As Table 2 shows, the median household income for a payday or vehicle title borrower with an individual monthly income in this range is approximately $2,398 per month, with the mean household income slightly higher at $2,764 per month.
Table 3 shows the distribution of household expenditures by household monthly incomes. For instance, households with an income between $2,000 and $2,499 per month spend on average $756 on recurring obligations, including rent or mortgage payments and vehicle loan payments. The same households spend an average of $763 on the basic living expenses included here, food, utilities, and transportation. That leaves $689 to cover any other major financial obligations, including payments on other forms of debt, and other basic living expenses.
Based on these data, it appears that payday borrowers would need at least $1,500 in household income, monthly, to have some possibility of having sufficient residual income to be able to repay a typical payday loan of $300-$400. This would require, however, that the household have no other major financial obligations and that basic living expenses are sufficiently captured by these calculations that include only food, utilities, and transportation.
Table 4 provides additional information about the other typical major financial obligations of households that use payday loans. It shows both the amount of outstanding debts and monthly payments for several categories of credit for households that used payday loans in the last year, as well as the share of those households that had each category of debt. This information comes from the 2010 Survey of Consumer Finances (SCF). The SCF has detailed information on respondents' assets, debts, and income, but the number of payday borrowers in the data is not sufficiently large to allow estimates of the debts for payday borrowers in different income ranges.
Table 4 shows that 40 percent of households with payday loans have outstanding credit card debt, with an average balance above $3,500. An average credit card balance of approximately $3,500 would require a
There is an additional caveat to this analysis: The CEX expenditure data are for all households in a given income range, not households of payday borrowers. If payday borrowers have unusually high expenses, relative to their incomes, they would be less likely than the data here suggest to be able to demonstrate an ability to repay a payday loan. Conversely, if payday borrowers have unusually low expenses, relative to their incomes, they would be more likely to be able to borrower under the ATR approach. Given the borrowers' need for liquidity, however, it is more likely that they have greater expenses relative to their income compared with households generally. This may be particularly true around the time that borrowers take out a payday loan, as this may be a time of unusually high expenses or low income.
The impact of the proposal on the online payday market is more difficult to predict. The simulations of the reborrowing restrictions and the ATR analysis described above each relate only to storefront loans.
There is no indication that online payday lenders would be more successful under the ATR approach than storefront lenders, and, in fact, it may be more difficult for them to satisfy the procedural requirements of that approach. The available information does not allow for reliably tracking sequences of online payday loans, as borrowers appear to change lenders much more often online and there is no source of data on all online lenders. If very long sequences of loans are less common for online loans, however, the reborrowing restrictions of both the ATR and Alternative approaches would have a smaller impact on online lenders.
Vehicle title loans are not eligible for the Alternative approach, and therefore lenders making only vehicle title loans would only be able to make such loans to borrowers who the lender is able to determine have the ability to repay the loan. Table 5 shows the distribution of individual incomes of single-payment vehicle title borrowers.
Table 5 shows that the incomes of vehicle title loan borrowers are slightly lower than those of payday loan borrowers. Vehicle title loans, however, are substantially larger than payday loans, with a median loan amount of nearly $700, twice that of payday loans.
Putting aside the difficulty of developing precise estimates of the share of borrowers who would be able to demonstrate an ability to repay a loan, it is clear that the share would be smaller for vehicle title borrowers than payday borrowers simply because vehicle title borrowers have slightly lower incomes, on average, and single-payment vehicle title loans are substantially larger, on average, than payday loans.
Vehicle title lenders would also face the limitations of the ATR approach on making loans to borrowers during the term of and for 30 days following a prior covered short-term loan. The Bureau has published the results of simulations of the impacts of this restriction on the share of single-payment vehicle title loans that are currently made that could still be made under the proposal.
Combined with the effects of the ATR requirement, vehicle title lenders making single-payment loans would therefore likely experience greater reductions in the volume and associated revenue from these loans than would payday lenders.
For the reasons discussed above, the Bureau believes that the proposed rule would have a substantial impact on the markets for payday loans and single-payment vehicle title loans. The costs of the procedural requirements may have some impact on these markets, but the larger effects would come from the proposed limitations on lending.
Most of the costs associated with the procedural requirements of the proposed rule are per-loan (or per-application) costs, what economists refer to as “marginal costs.” Standard economic theory predicts that marginal costs would be passed through to
The limitations on lending included in the proposed rule would have a much larger impact on lenders and on these markets than would the procedural costs. As described above, these limitations would have a substantial impact on the loan revenue of storefront payday and vehicle title lenders; the impact on online payday lenders is less clear but could be substantial as well. However, it is important to emphasize that these revenue projections do not account for lenders making any changes to the terms of their loans to better fit the proposed regulatory structure or in offering other products, for instance by offering a longer-term vehicle title loan with a series of smaller periodic payments instead of offering a short-term vehicle title loan. The Bureau is not able to model these effects. To the extent that lenders cannot replace reductions in revenue by adapting their products and practices, Bureau research suggests that the ultimate net reduction in revenue would likely lead to contractions of storefronts of a similar magnitude, at least for stores that do not have substantial revenue from other lines of business, such as check-cashing and selling money orders. This pattern has played out in States that have imposed new laws or regulations that have had a similar impact on lending revenue, where revenue-per-store has generally remained fairly constant and the number of stores has declined in proportion to the decline in revenue.
With regard to evolution in product offerings, it is quite likely that lenders may respond to the requirements and restrictions in the proposed rule by adjusting the costs and features of particular loans. They may also change the range of products that they offer. If lenders are able to make these changes, it would mitigate their revenue losses. On individual loans, a loan applicant may not demonstrate an ability to repay a loan of a certain size with a certain payment schedule. The lender may choose to offer the borrower a smaller loan or, if allowed in the State where the lender operates, a payment schedule with a comparable APR but a longer repayment period yielding smaller payments. Lenders may also make broader changes to the range of products that they offer, shifting to longer-term, lower-payment installment loans, when these loans can be originated profitably within the limits permitted by State law.
Making changes to individual loans and to overall product offerings would impose costs on lenders even as it may serve to replace at least some lost revenues. Smaller individual loans generate less revenue for lenders. Shifting product offerings would likely have very little direct cost for lenders that already offer those products. These lenders would likely suffer some reduced profits, however, assuming that they found the previous mix of products to generate the greatest profits. Lenders who do not currently offer longer-term products but decide to expand their product range would incur a number of costs. These would include learning about or developing those products; developing the policies, procedures, and systems required to originate and service the loans; training staff about the new products; and, communicating the new product offerings to existing payday and single-payment vehicle title borrowers.
The proposal would benefit consumers by reducing the harm they suffer from the costs of extended sequences of payday loans and single-payment auto-title loans, from the costs of delinquency and default on these loans, and from the costs of defaulting on other major financial obligations or being unable to cover basic living expenses in order to pay off covered short-term loans. Borrowers would also benefit when lenders adjusted their loan terms or product mix so that future loans are more predictable and ultimate repayment is more likely.
As discussed in greater detail in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, there is strong evidence that borrowers who take out storefront payday loans and single-payment vehicle title loans often end up taking out many loans in a row. This evidence comes from the Bureau's own work, as well as analysis by independent researchers and analysts commissioned by industry. Each subsequent single-payment loan carries the same cost as the initial loan that the borrower took out, and there is evidence that many borrowers do not anticipate these long sequences of loans. Borrowers who do not intend or expect to have to roll over or reborrow their loans, or expect only a short period of reborrowing, incur borrowing costs that are several times higher than what they expected to pay. The limitations on making loans to borrowers who have recently had covered loans that would apply under either the ATR approach or the Alternative approach would eliminate these long sequences of loans.
Evidence on the prevalence of long sequences of loans in storefront payday lending and single-payment vehicle title lending is discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans. Based on analysis by the Bureau, by academic and other researchers, by State government agencies, and on a report submitted by several of the SERs as part of the SBREFA process, several key findings emerge. First, the majority of new payday and single-payment vehicle title loans result in reborrowing. With slight variation depending on the particular analysis, from approximately one-in-three to one-in-five payday loans and approximately one-in-eight single-
The available empirical evidence demonstrates that borrowers who take out long sequences of payday loans and vehicle title loans do not anticipate those long sequences.
One study asked borrowers about their expectations for reborrowing and compared that with their actual borrowing experience.
Two nearly identical surveys, one conducted in 2013 and one in 2016, of borrowers who had recently repaid a loan and not reborrowed asked if it had taken as long as the borrower had initially expected to repay the loan.
It is less clear how large the benefits from the limitations on rapid repeat borrowing would be for borrowers who take out online payday loans. As described above, available information does not allow for reliably tracking sequences of online payday loans, as borrowers appear to change lenders much more often online and there is no source of data on all online lenders. If very long sequences of loans are less common for online loans, however, the costs of those sequences would be less and the benefits to consumers of preventing long sequences would be smaller.
The Bureau believes that borrowers taking out covered short-term loans would experience substantially fewer defaults under the proposed rule, for two reasons. First, borrowers who take out loans from lenders that use the ATR approach would go through a meaningful evaluation of their ability to make the payment or payments on the loan. The borrowers whom lenders determine would have sufficient residual income to cover each loan payment and meet basic living expenses over the term of the loan, and 30 days thereafter, would likely pose a substantially lower risk of default than the average risk of borrowers who currently take out these loans. Second, lenders' ability to make long sequences of loans to borrowers would be greatly curtailed, whether lenders use the ATR or Alternative approach. This would give lenders a greater incentive to screen borrowers to avoid making loans that are likely to default. Currently, borrowers who have difficulty repaying a loan in full usually have the option of paying just the finance charge and rolling the loan over, or repaying the loan and then quickly reborrowing. The option to reborrow may make borrowers willing to make a payment they know they cannot actually afford, given their other obligations or expenditure needs. This ability to continue to reborrow allows borrowers to put off defaulting, which may allow them to ultimately repay the loan. If continued reborrowing does not allow them to ultimately repay the loan, the lender will still have received multiple finance charges before the borrower defaults.
Borrowers who are more likely to default are also more likely to have late payments; reducing the rate of defaults would also reduce the rate of late payments and the harm associated with
Default rates on individual payday loans are fairly low, 3 percent in the data the Bureau has analyzed.
Less information is available on the delinquency and default rates for online payday loans. In a 2014 analysis of its consumer account data, a major depository institution found that small dollar lenders, which include lenders making a range of products including payday loans, had an overall return rate of 25 percent for ACH payments. The Bureau's report on online payday loan payments practices presents rates of failed payments for online lenders exclusively.
Default rates on single-payment vehicle title loans are higher than those on payday loans. In the data analyzed by the Bureau, the default rate on all loans is 6 percent, and the sequence-level default rate is 33 percent. In the data the Bureau has analyzed, 3 percent of all single-payment vehicle title loans lead to repossession, and at the sequence level, 20 percent of sequences end with repossession. So, at the loan level and at the sequence level, slightly more than half the time default leads to repossession of the borrower's vehicle.
The range of potential impacts on a borrower of losing a vehicle to repossession depends on the transportation needs of the borrower's household and the available transportation alternatives. According to two surveys of vehicle title loan borrowers, 15 percent of all borrowers report that they would have no way to get to work or school if they lost their vehicle to repossession.
Consumers would also benefit from a reduction in the other financial hardships that may arise because borrowers, having taken out a loan with unaffordable payments, feel compelled to take painful measures to avoid defaulting on the covered short-term loans. If a lender has taken a security interest in the borrower's vehicle, the borrower may decide not to pay other bills or forgo crucial expenditures because of the leverage that the threat of repossession gives to the lender. The repayment mechanisms for some covered short-term loans can also cause borrowers to lose control over their own finances. If a lender has the ability to withdraw payment directly from a borrower's checking account, especially when the lender is able to time the withdrawal to the borrower's payday, the borrower may lose control over the order in which payments are made and may be unable to choose to make essential expenditures before repaying the loan.
Consumers may benefit if lenders respond to the proposed rule by modifying the terms of individual loans or if lenders adjust the range of products they offer. Borrowers offered smaller loans may benefit if this enables them to repay the loan, when they would otherwise be unable to repay and experience the costs associated with reborrowing, default, or the costs of being unable to pay for other financial obligations or living expenses. If lenders shift from payday loans or single-payment vehicle title loans to longer-term loans, consumers may benefit from lower payments that make it more feasible for the borrowers to repay. And, the financing costs of longer-term loans are likely to be easier for borrowers to predict, given the high rate of unanticipated reborrowing of short-term loans, and therefore borrowers may be less likely to end up in a loan that is
The procedural requirements of the rule would make the process of obtaining a loan more time consuming and complex for some borrowers. The restrictions on lending included in the proposal would reduce the availability of storefront payday loans, online payday loans, and single-payment vehicle title loans. Borrowers may experience reduced access to new loans,
The procedural requirements for lenders would make the process of obtaining a loan more time consuming for some borrowers. This would depend on whether lenders use the ATR approach or the Alternative approach, and the extent to which lenders automate their lending processes. In particular, borrowers taking out payday loans originated under the Alternative approach from lenders that automate the process of checking their records and obtaining a report from a registered information system would see little, if any, increase in the time to obtain a loan. Borrowers taking out loans from lenders using the ATR approach are more likely to experience additional complexity. Storefront payday borrowers may be required to provide more income documentation than is currently required (for example, documentation for more than one pay period) and may also be required to document their housing expenses. Online payday borrowers and vehicle title borrowers would be required to provide documentation of the amount and timing of their income, which currently is often not required, and also may be required to document their housing expenses. All of these borrowers would be asked to fill out a form listing the amount and timing of their income and payments on major financial obligations. If the lender orders consumer reports manually and performs the calculations by hand necessary to determine that the borrower has the ability to repay the loan, this could add 20 minutes to the borrowing process. And, if a borrower is unaware that it is necessary to provide certain documentation required by the lender, this may require a second trip to the lender. Finally, borrowers taking out loans online may need to upload verification evidence, such as by taking a photograph of a pay stub, or facilitate lender access to other information sources.
Initial covered short-term loans, those taken out by borrowers who have not recently had a covered short-term loan, are presumably taken out because of a need for credit that is not the result of prior borrowing of covered short-term loans. Borrowers may be unable to take out new loans—loans that are not taken during the term of and for 30 days following a prior covered loan—for a number of reasons. They may only have access to loans made under the ATR approach and be unable to demonstrate an ability to repay the loan under the proposal or be unable to satisfy additional underwriting requirements adopted by lenders to mitigate risk in light of the reduced revenue potential resulting from the lower reborrowing that is permitted.
Payday borrowers are not likely to be required to satisfy an ATR requirement unless and until they have exhausted the limits on loans available to them under the Alternative approach. However, to obtain loans under the Alternative approach, borrowers may be required to satisfy more exacting underwriting requirements than are applied today as lenders adopt measures in response to the Alternative approach's limits on reborrowing. Moreover, after exhausting the limits on Alternative approach loans, borrowers would be required to satisfy the ATR requirement to start a new sequence.
The direct effects of the Alternative approach on borrowers' ability to take out loans when they have not recently had a loan would be quite limited. The Bureau estimates that only 6 percent of initial payday loans taken out currently, that are not part of an existing sequence, would be prevented by the annual limits, and 7 percent of borrowers would be affected.
Vehicle title borrowers are more likely to find themselves unable to obtain an initial loan because the Alternative approach does not provide for vehicle title loans and thus these borrowers would have to satisfy the ATR requirement, as well as any additional underwriting limitations imposed by the lender. Many of these consumers could choose to pursue a payday loan instead and seek to avail themselves of the Alternative approach. However, there are two States that permit vehicle title loans but not payday loans, and 15 percent of vehicle title borrowers do not have a checking account and thus would not be eligible for a payday loan.
Consumers who are unable to start new loan sequences because they cannot satisfy the ability-to-repay requirement and have exhausted or cannot qualify for a loan under the Alternative approach would bear some costs from reduced access to credit. They may be forced to forgo certain purchases or delay paying existing obligations, such as paying bills late, or may choose to borrow from sources that are more expensive or otherwise less desirable. Some borrowers may overdraft their checking account; depending on the amount borrowed, overdrafting on a checking account may be more expensive than taking out a payday or single-payment vehicle title loan. Similarly, “borrowing” by paying a bill late may lead to late fees or other negative consequences like the loss of utility service. Other consumers may turn to friends or family when they would rather borrow from a lender. And, some consumers may take out
Survey evidence provides some information about what borrowers are likely to do if they do not have access to these loans. Using the data from the CPS Supplement, researchers found that the share of households using pawn loans increased in States that banned payday loans, to a level that suggested a large share of households that would otherwise have taken out payday loans took out pawn loans, instead.
In data collected by the Bureau from banks that ceased offering DAP, there was no evidence that reduced access to these products led to greater rates of overdrafting or account closure.
Lenders making loans using the Alternative approach could not make loans larger than $500. This would limit the availability of credit to borrowers who would seek a larger loan, and either do not have access to loans under the ATR approach or could not demonstrate their ability to repay the larger loan. In the data analyzed by the Bureau, however, the median payday loan is only $350, and some States impose a $500 maximum loan size, so most existing payday loans would fall at or below the $500 maximum.
For storefront payday borrowers, most of the reduction in the availability of credit would likely take the form of borrowers who have recently taken out loans being unable to roll their loans over or borrow again within a short period of time. As discussed above, the Bureau believes that most storefront payday lenders would employ the Alternative approach to making loans. If lenders only make loans under the Alternative approach, each successive loan in a sequence would have to reduce the amount borrowed by at least one-third of the original principal amount, with a maximum of three loans per sequence, and borrowers would only be able to take out six covered short-term loans per year or be in debt on such loans for at most 90 days over the course of a year.
As described above, consumers would benefit from not having long sequences of loans that lead to higher borrowing costs than they anticipate. Some borrowers, however, may experience costs from not being able to continue to re-borrow. For example, a borrower who has a loan due and is unable to repay one-third of the original principal amount (plus finance charges and fees) but who anticipates an upcoming windfall may experience costs if they are unable to re-borrow the full amount due because of the restrictions imposed by the proposed rule. These costs could include the costs of being delinquent on the loan and having a check deposited or ACH payment request submitted, either of which may lead to an NSF fee. Borrowers in this exact situation may be likely to ultimately repay the loan, given the upcoming windfall, but it is conceivable that borrowers who lose the ability to continue to borrow after taking out a payday loan could be more likely to default. The Bureau does not believe, however, that the restrictions on lending would lead to increases in borrowers defaulting on payday loans, in part because the step-down provisions of the proposed Alternative approach are designed to help the consumer reduce their debt over subsequent loans. This step-down approach should reduce the risk of payment shock and lower the risk to lenders and borrowers of borrowers defaulting when a lender is unable to continue to lend to them.
Borrowers taking out single-payment vehicle title loans would also be much less likely to be able to roll their loans over or borrow again within a short period of time than they are today. These borrowers would potentially suffer the same costs as those borne by payday borrowers taking out loans under the ATR approach who would prefer to roll over or reborrow rather than repay their loan without reborrowing.
Consumers would also have somewhat reduced physical access to payday storefront locations. Bureau research on States that have enacted laws or regulations that substantially impacted the revenue from storefront lending indicates that the number of stores has declined roughly in proportion to the decline in revenue.
A number of studies have been conducted on the effects of consumers having access to storefront payday loans. There is a much smaller literature on the effects of access to online loans, and very little research that can describe the effects of access to vehicle title lending.
It is important to stress that most prior research has addressed the question of what happens when all access to a given form of credit is cut off. As described above, the proposed regulation would not ban any of these products, and the evidence from States that have imposed strong restrictions on lending, but not outright or de facto bans, is that even after large contractions in this industry, loans remain widely available in terms of physical locations.
The evidence on the effects on consumers of access to storefront payday loans is mixed, with some studies finding positive effects from access to loans, others no effects, and others finding that consumers are made worse off when loans are available. Some evidence suggests that the consumers who are most likely to benefit from access to payday loans are those that have experienced a discrete short-term loss of income or a one-time expense, such as from a natural disaster. If payday lenders make loans using the Alternative approach, the proposed regulation would not prevent people in these situations from taking out loans; they would be prevented from taking out many loans in a row, but if they are truly facing a short-term need and can quickly repay this restriction would not affect them. The limited evidence on which consumers tend to take out many loans in a row suggests that it is consumers who chronically have expenses greater than their income, rather than consumers with unusual one-time drops in income or increases in expenses.
There are fewer studies on the effects of online lending on borrowers, but those consistently show negative effects of these loans with respect to outcomes like overdrafts and insufficient funds.
Most studies of the effects of payday loans on consumer welfare have relied on State-level variation in laws governing payday lending. Morgan, et. al., (2008), studying a number of State law changes over a ten-year period, found that payday bans were associated with higher rates of bounced checks.
In data collected by the Bureau from banks that ceased offering DAP, there was no evidence that reduced access to these products led to greater rates of overdrafting or account closure.
Melzer (2011) measured access to payday loans of people in States that do not allow payday lending using distance to the border of States that permit payday lending.
Zinman (2010) conducted a survey of payday loan users in Oregon and Washington both before and after a new law took effect in Oregon that limited the size of payday loans and reduced overall availability of these loans.
Morse (2009) looked at the impact of the availability of payday loans in particular circumstances, natural disasters.
Carrell and Zinman (2008)
Another study used the implementation of the MLA to measure the effects of payday loans on the ability of consumers to smooth their consumption between paydays, and found that access to payday loans did appear to make purchasing patterns less concentrated around paydays (Zaki, 2013).
Other studies, rather than using differences across States in the availability of payday loans, have used data on borrowers who apply for loans and are either offered loans or are rejected. Skiba and Tobacman (2015) in using this approach found that taking out a payday loan increases the likelihood that the borrower will file for Chapter 13 bankruptcy.
Baugh (2015) used the closure of dozens of online payday lenders, which cut off borrowers' access to such loans and other high-cost online credit, to measure the effects of these loans on consumers' consumption, measured via expenditures on debit and credit cards, and on overdrafts and insufficient funds transactions.
The UK Financial Conduct Authority (FCA)
Two other studies have used data on payday borrowing and repayment behavior to compare changes over time in credit scores for different groups of borrowers. Priestley (2014) measured changes over time in credit scores for borrowers who re-borrowed different numbers of times, and found that in some cases it appeared that borrowers who re-borrowed more times had slightly more positive changes in their credit scores.
In reviewing the existing literature, the Bureau believes that the evidence on the impacts of the availability of payday loans on consumer welfare is mixed. A reasonable synthesis appears to be that payday loans benefit consumers in certain circumstances, such as when they are hit by a transitory shock to income or expenses, but that in more general circumstances access to these loans makes consumer worse off. The Bureau reiterates the point made earlier that the proposed rule would not ban payday or other covered short-term loans, and believes that covered short-terms loans would still be available in States that allow them to consumers facing a truly short-term need for credit.
This section discusses the impacts of the provisions of the proposal that specifically relate to covered longer-term loans. These provisions include the requirement that lenders determine that applicants for these covered loans have the ability to repay the loan while still meeting their major financial obligations and paying basic living expenses proposed in § 1041.9, as well as the alternative approaches to making covered longer-term loans proposed in §§ 1041.11 and 1041.12. In this section, the practice of making loans after determining that the borrower has the ability to repay the loan will be referred to as the “ATR approach.” The practice of making loans that share certain
The Bureau believes that most covered longer-term loans would be made using the ATR approach. The PAL approach and the Portfolio approach would allow some lenders to originate covered longer-term loans without undertaking all of the requirements of the ATR approach. The impacts of the ATR approach are discussed first. The impacts of the PAL approach and the Portfolio approach are then discussed; those impacts are primarily discussed relative to the impacts of the ATR approach.
As noted in part VI.B, the Bureau believes that these provisions would primarily affect vehicle title lenders, online lenders making high-cost loans, and storefront payday lenders who have entered the payday installment loan market. The provisions may also cover a portion of the loans made by consumer finance companies when those lenders obtain authorizations to withdraw payments directly from a borrower's account or vehicle security. In addition, some loans made by community banks or credit unions that are secured by a borrower's vehicle or repaid from the consumer's deposit account may be covered, along with many credit union PAL loans. The Bureau believes that the impacts of the proposal on different types of lenders would vary widely because their existing underwriting practices and business models vary widely. The following discussion primarily focusses on the impacts for lenders whose current operations would be most affected by the proposed rule, since both the benefits and costs to those lenders would likely be more substantial than for lenders whose practices are already more in line with the proposed rule.
The proposed rule would impose a number of procedural requirements on lenders making covered longer-term loans using the ATR approach, as well as impose restrictions on the covered loans that could be made. In order to present a clear analysis of the benefits and costs of the proposal, this section first describes the benefits and costs of the proposal to lenders and then discusses the implications of the proposal for the overall markets for these products. The benefits and costs to consumers are then described.
The benefits and costs of the procedural requirements are described first. The limitation on lending to borrowers who have demonstrated an inability to repay their outstanding loan is then discussed. The possible effects on loan volume from the requirement that loans only be made to borrowers who the lender determines have the ability to repay the loan are then discussed, along with the benefits and costs to lenders of this reduction. The section concludes with a discussion of the possibility that lenders would respond by modifying their loan terms or product mixes to either make it easier to originate loans under the rule or to avoid falling within the scope of the rule.
The proposed rule would require lenders to consult their own records and the records of their affiliates to determine whether the borrower had taken out any recent covered loans or non-covered bridge loan and, if so, the timing of those loans, as well as whether a borrower currently has an outstanding loan and has demonstrated difficulty repaying the loan. Lenders would be required to obtain a consumer report from a registered information system containing information about the consumer's borrowing history across lenders, if available, and would be required to furnish information regarding covered loans they originate to registered information systems. Lenders would also be required to obtain information and verification evidence about the amount and timing of borrowers' income and payments for major financial obligations, obtain a statement from applicants listing their income and payments on major financial obligations, and assess that information to determine whether a consumer has the ability to repay the loan. A lender could not make a covered loan to a borrower without making a reasonable determination that the borrower could repay the loan while still meeting major financial obligations and paying basic living expenses.
In addition, a consumer who has had a covered short-term loan or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan outstanding within the past 30 days would need to demonstrate sufficient improvement in financial capacity to overcome a presumption of unaffordability for a new covered longer-term loan, unless the new loan would have substantially smaller payments. Similarly, a consumer that had outstanding a covered longer-term loan (other than a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan) or a non-covered loan that was made or is being serviced by the same lender or its affiliate and for which there was an indication that the consumer is in financial distress would need to demonstrate sufficient improvement in financial capacity to overcome a presumption of unaffordability before refinancing into a new covered longer-term loan, unless the new loan would have substantially smaller payments or substantially lower cost of credit. Documenting the improved financial capacity would impose procedural costs on lenders in some circumstances.
Each of the procedural costs associated with making a loan using the ATR approach would potentially be incurred for each loan application, and not just for loans that were originated. Lenders would likely avoid incurring the full set of costs on each application by establishing procedures to reject applicants who fail a screen based on a review of partial information. The Bureau expects that lenders would organize their underwriting process so that the more costly steps of the process are only taken for borrowers who satisfy other requirements. Many lenders currently use other screens when making loans, such as screens meant to identify potentially fraudulent applications. If lenders employ these screens prior to collecting all of the required information from borrowers, that would eliminate the cost of collecting additional information on those borrowers who fail those screens. But, in most cases lenders would incur some of these costs evaluating loan applications that do not result in an originated loan and in some cases lenders would incur all of these costs in evaluating loan applications that are eventually declined. Finally, lenders would be required to develop procedures to comply with each of these requirements and train their staff in those procedures.
The Bureau believes that many lenders use automated systems when underwriting loans and would modify those systems, or purchase upgrades to those systems, to incorporate many of the procedural requirements of the ATR approach. The costs of modifying such a system or purchasing an upgrade are discussed below, in the discussion of the costs of developing procedures, upgrading systems, and training staff.
As noted above, in the discussion of the benefits and costs to covered persons of the provision relating to
In order to consult its own records and those of any affiliates, a lender would need a system for recording loans that can be identified as being made to a particular consumer and a method of reliably accessing those records. The Bureau believes that lenders would most likely comply with this requirement by using computerized recordkeeping. A lender operating a single storefront would need a system of recording the loans made from that storefront and accessing those loans by consumer. A lender operating multiple storefronts or multiple affiliates would need a centralized set of records or a way of accessing the records of all of the storefronts or affiliates. A lender operating solely online would presumably maintain a single set of records; if it maintained multiple sets of records it would need a way to access each set of records.
The Bureau believes that most lenders making covered longer-term loans already have the ability to comply with this provision, with the possible exception of lenders with affiliates that are run as separate operations. Lenders' own business needs likely lead them to have this capacity. Lenders need to be able to track loans in order to service the loans. In addition, lenders need to track the borrowing and repayment behavior of individual consumers to reduce their lending risk, such as by avoiding lending to a consumer who has defaulted on a prior loan.
There may be some lenders, however, that currently do not have the capacity in place to comply with this requirement. Developing this capacity would enable them to better service the loans they originate and to better manage their lending risk, such as by tracking the loan performance of their borrowers.
Lenders that do not already have a records system in place would need to incur a one-time cost of developing such a system, which may require investment in information technology hardware and/or software. The Bureau estimates that purchasing necessary hardware and software would cost approximately $2,000, plus $1,000 for each additional storefront. For firms that already have standard personal computer hardware, but no electronic recordkeeping system, the Bureau estimates that the cost would be approximately $500 per storefront. Lenders may instead contract with a vendor to supply part or all of the systems and training needs.
As noted above, the Bureau believes that many lenders use automated loan origination systems and would modify those systems or purchase upgrades to those systems such that they would automatically access the lender's own records. For lenders that access their records manually, rather than through an automated loan origination system, the Bureau estimates that doing so would take three minutes of an employee's time.
The Bureau believes that many lenders already work with firms that provide some of the information that would be included in the registered information system data for risk management purposes, such as fraud detection. The Bureau recognizes, however that there also is a sizable segment of lenders making covered longer-term loans that make lending decisions without obtaining any similar data.
Lenders would benefit from obtaining consumer reports from registered information systems through reduced fraud risk and reduced default risk. And, because the proposed rule would require much broader and detailed furnishing of information about loans that would be covered loans, all lenders would benefit from the requirement to obtain a consumer report from a registered information system because of the greater market coverage and more detailed information.
As noted above, the Bureau believes that many lenders use automated loan origination systems and would modify those systems or purchase upgrades to those systems such that they automatically order a consumer report from a registered information system during the lending process. The costs of these systems are discussed below, in the discussion of developing procedures, upgrading systems, and training staff. For lenders that order reports manually, the Bureau estimates that it would take approximately three minutes for a lender to request a report from a registered information system. The Bureau expects that access to a registered information system would be priced on a “per-hit” basis, in which a hit is a report successfully returned in response to a request for information about a particular consumer at a particular point in time. The Bureau estimates that the cost per hit would be $0.50, based on pricing in existing specialty consumer reporting markets.
Lenders making most covered longer-term loans would be required to furnish information about those loans to all information systems that have been registered with the Bureau for 120 days or more, have been provisionally registered with the Bureau for 120 days or more, or have subsequently become registered after being provisionally registered (generally referred to here as registered information systems). At loan consummation, the information furnished would need to include identifying information about the borrower, the type of loan, the loan consummation date, the principal amount borrowed or credit limit (for certain loans), and the payment due dates and amounts. While a loan is outstanding, lenders would need to furnish information about any update to information previously furnished pursuant to the rule within a reasonable period following the event prompting the update. And when a loan ceases to be an outstanding loan, lenders would need to furnish the date as of which the loan ceased to be outstanding, and the amount paid on the loan.
Furnishing data to registered information systems would benefit all lenders required to obtain consumer reports from such systems by improving the quality of information available to such lenders. This would allow lenders to better identify borrowers who pose relatively high default risk, and the richer information and more complete market coverage would make fraud detection more effective.
Furnishing information to registered information systems would require lenders to incur one-time and ongoing costs. These include costs associated with establishing a relationship with each registered information system, developing procedures for furnishing the loan data, and developing procedures to comply with applicable laws. Lenders using automated loan origination systems would likely modify those systems, or purchase upgrades to those systems, to incorporate the ability to furnish the required information to registered information systems. The costs of these systems are discussed below, in the discussion of developing procedures, upgrading systems, and training staff.
The ongoing costs would be the costs of actually furnishing the data. Lenders
Lenders making loans under the ATR approach would be required to obtain information and verification evidence about the amount and timing of an applicant's income and payments for major financial obligations, obtain a statement from applicants of their income and required payments for major financial obligations, and assess that information to determine whether a consumer has the ability to repay the loan.
The benefit to lenders of collecting information and verification evidence comes from using that information and evidence in the ATR determination, which is discussed in a subsequent section.
There are two types of costs entailed in making an ATR determination: The cost of obtaining the verification evidence and the cost of making an ATR assessment consistent with that evidence, which is discussed separately below. The impact on lenders with respect to applicants found to lack ATR and thus denied a loan is also discussed separately.
As noted above, many lenders already use automated systems when originating loans. These lenders would likely modify those systems or purchase upgrades to those systems to automate many of the tasks that would be required by the proposal.
Lenders originating covered longer-term loans would be required to obtain information and verification evidence on the amount and timing of an applicant's income for all such loans. The Bureau understands that the underwriting practices of lenders that originate loans that would be covered longer-term loans vary substantially. The Bureau believes that many lenders that make covered longer-term loans, such as payday installment lenders, already obtain some information and verification evidence about consumers' incomes, but that others, such as some vehicle title lenders or some lenders operating online, do not do so for some or all of the loans they originate. And, some lenders, such as storefront consumer finance installment lenders who make some covered longer term loans and some newer entrants, have underwriting practices that may satisfy, or satisfy with minor changes such as obtaining housing cost estimates, the requirements of the proposed rule. Other lenders, however, do not collect information or verification evidence on applicants' major financial obligations or determine consumers' ability to repay a loan in the manner contemplated by the proposal.
Lenders would be required to obtain a consumer report from a national consumer reporting agency to verify applicants' required payments under debt obligations. This would be in addition to the cost of obtaining a consumer report from a registered information system. Verification evidence for housing costs may be included on an applicant's consumer report, if the applicant has a mortgage; otherwise, such evidence could consist of documentation of rent or an estimate of a consumer's housing expense based on the housing expenses of similarly situated consumers with households in their area. The Bureau believes that most lenders would purchase reports from specialty consumer reporting agencies that would contain both debt information from a national consumer reporting agency and housing expense estimates. Based on industry outreach, the Bureau believes these reports would cost approximately $2.00 for small lenders and $0.55 for larger lenders. As with the ordering of reports from registered information systems, the Bureau believes that many lenders would modify their automated loan origination system, or purchase an upgrade to the system to enable the system to automatically order a specialty consumer report during the lending process. For lenders that order reports manually, the Bureau estimates that it would take approximately two minutes for a lender to request a report.
Lenders that do not currently collect income or verification evidence for income would need to do so. For lenders that use a manual process, for consumers who have straightforward documentation for income and provide documentation for housing expenses, rather than relying on housing cost estimates, the Bureau estimates that gathering and reviewing information and verification evidence for income and major financial obligations would take roughly three to five minutes per application.
Some consumers may visit a lender's storefront without the required documentation and may have income for which verification evidence cannot be obtained electronically, raising lenders' costs and potentially leading to some consumers failing to complete the loan application process, reducing lender revenue.
Lenders making loans online may face particular challenges obtaining verification evidence, especially for income. It may be feasible for online lenders to obtain scanned or photographed documents. And services that use other sources of information, such as checking account or payroll records, may mitigate the need for lenders to obtain verification evidence directly from consumers.
Once information and verification evidence on income and major financial obligations has been obtained, the lender would need to make a reasonable determination whether the consumer has the ability to repay the contemplated loan. In addition to considering the information collected about income and major financial obligations, lenders would need to estimate an amount that borrowers generally need for basic living expenses. They may do this in a number of ways, including, for example, collecting information directly from applicants, using available estimates published by third parties, or providing for a “cushion” calculated as a percentage of income. The time it takes to complete this review would depend on the method used by the lender. Making the determination would be essentially instantaneous for lenders using automated systems; the Bureau estimates that this would take roughly 10 additional minutes for lenders that use a manual process to make these calculations.
In total, the Bureau estimates that obtaining information and verification evidence about consumers' income and major financial obligations and arriving at a reasonable ATR determination would take essentially no time for a fully automated electronic system and between 15 and 20 minutes for a fully manual system, with total costs dependent on the existing utilization rates of and wages paid to staff that would spend time carrying out this work. Dollar costs would include a report from a registered information system costing $0.50 and a specialty consumer report containing housing cost estimates costing between $0.55 and $2.00, depending on lender size; lenders relying on electronic services to gather verification information about income would face an additional small cost.
Lenders would not be able to make a covered longer-term loan during the term of and for 30 days following a prior covered short-term loan or covered longer term balloon-payment loan unless the borrower's financial capacity has sufficiently improved or payments on the new loan would be substantially smaller than payments on the prior loan. This situation is unlikely to occur frequently, as a covered longer-term loan would normally have payments that are substantially smaller than the payment for a covered short-term loan or the balloon payment of a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan. It could arise, however, if the new loan were for a substantially larger amount than the prior loan, or if the new loan had only a slightly longer term than the prior loan (for example, a 46-day three-payment loan following a 45-day three-payment loan).
A similar limitation would apply in cases in which a consumer has indicated difficulty in repaying other types of covered or non-covered loans to the same lender or its affiliates. Unless the payments on the new loan would be substantially smaller than payment on the prior loan or the new loan would substantially lower the cost of credit, the consumer would be presumed not to be able to afford the new loan unless the lender concluded that the borrower's financial capacity had improved sufficiently in the preceding 30 days. The improvement in financial capacity would need to be documented using the same general kinds of verification evidence that lenders would be need to collect as part of the underlying assessment of the consumer's ability to repay. When making a loan using the ATR approach, a lender would need to project the borrower's residual income, and therefore that aspect of this requirement would impose no additional cost on the lender. Comparing the borrower's projected financial capacity for the new loan with the consumer's financial capacity since obtaining the prior loan (or during the prior 30 days for an unaffordable outstanding loan) would impose very little cost, as long as the same lender had made the prior loan. If the lender did not make the prior loan, or if the borrower's financial capacity would be better for the new loan because of an unanticipated dip in income since obtaining the prior loan (or during the prior 30 days), the lender would need to collect additional documentation to overcome the presumption of unaffordability.
Lenders would need to develop procedures to comply with the requirements of the ATR approach and train their staff in those procedures. Many of these requirements would not appear qualitatively different from many practices that most lenders already engage in, such as gathering information and documents from borrowers and ordering various types of consumer reports.
Developing procedures to make a reasonable determination that a borrower has an ability to repay a loan without reborrowing and while paying for major financial obligations and basic living expenses is likely to be a greater challenge for many lenders. The Bureau expects that vendors, law firms, and trade associations are likely to offer both products and guidance to lenders, lowering the cost of developing procedures. Lenders would also need to develop a process for estimating borrowers' basic living expenses. Some lenders may rely on vendors that provide services to determine ability to repay that include estimates of basic living expenses. For a lender to conduct an independent analysis to determine reliable statistical estimate of basic living expenses would be quite costly. There are a number of online services, however, that provide living expense estimates that lenders may be able to use to obtain estimates or to confirm the reasonableness of information provided by loan applicants.
As noted above, the Bureau believes that many lenders use automated systems when originating loans and would incorporate many of the procedural requirements of the ATR approach into those systems. This would likely include an automated system to make the ability-to-repay determination; subtracting the component expense elements from income itself is quite straightforward and would not require substantial development costs. The Bureau believes that large lenders rely on proprietary loan origination systems, and estimates the one-time programming cost for large respondents to update their systems to carry out the various functions to be 1,000 hours per entity.
The Bureau estimates that lender personnel engaging in making loans would require approximately five hours of initial training in carrying out the tasks described in this section and 2.5 hours of periodic ongoing training per year.
As noted above, the Bureau believes that most covered longer-term loans would be originated under the ATR approach, as many current loan products that would be covered longer-term loans would not readily qualify for either the Portfolio or PAL approach.
The proposed rule would prevent lenders from making loans to borrowers whom the lender could not determine had the ability to repay the loan. This restriction would reduce the total number of covered loans that could be originated and lower the average risk of default of the loans that could be originated. Each of these effects would have benefits and costs for lenders.
The set of covered longer-term loans is quite diverse. The Bureau believes that the share of current borrowers taking out covered longer-term loans who could demonstrate the ability to repay the loan varies considerably across this diverse range of products. The impacts of the ATR requirement in the proposed rule would, therefore, vary considerably across these products. The discussion presented here is for installment vehicle title loans and installment payday loans originated either through storefronts or online.
As discussed in part VI.F.1(c), estimating the share of borrowers who would be likely to demonstrate an ability to repay the loan is very challenging. The same limitations apply to this discussion, with the further complication that lenders making covered longer-term loans would need to provide for a greater cushion when evaluating borrowers' ability to repay, given the greater uncertainty about borrowers' incomes and expenses over a longer loan term.
Table 6 shows the distribution of borrowers' individual monthly incomes reported in the data the Bureau has analyzed for vehicle title installment loans, payday installment loans, and payday installment loans originated online.
Table 2, in part VI.F.1(c), shows the relationship between individual income and household income for borrowers who are likely to be in this market, and Table 3 shows remaining income for households with different levels of monthly income.
The Bureau also considered the share of payday installment loans, originated through any channel, that were likely to support a reasonable determination that the consumer could repay the loan. Table 6 shows that these borrowers are generally higher income than vehicle title installment loan borrowers (or single-payment vehicle title loan borrowers). The typical amount borrowed for a payday installment loan is higher than for vehicle title installment loans, with a median loan
Table 6 shows that borrowers taking out loans online have higher incomes, on average, than payday installment borrowers overall.
Taken together, these results suggest that borrowers who currently take out payday installment loans are more likely to demonstrate an ability to repay the loans than are borrowers who take out vehicle title loans, or any short-term loans, and this result is stronger for borrowers taking out loans online.
As discussed above, in part VI.F.1(c), there is an additional important caveat to this analysis. The CEX expenditure data is for all households in a given income range, not households taking out vehicle title or payday installment loans. If these borrowers have unusually high expenses, relative to their incomes, they would be less likely than the data here suggest to be able to demonstrate an ability to repay a loan. Conversely, if borrowers have unusually low expenses, relative to their incomes, they would be more likely to be able to borrower under the ATR approach. Given the borrowers' need for liquidity, however, it is more likely that they have greater expenses relative to their income compared with households generally. This may be particularly true around the time that borrowers take out a loan, as this may be a time of unusually high expenses or low income.
As noted above, the proposal would also impose a presumption of unaffordability in which a consumer seeks to take out a covered longer-term loan within 30 days of a previous outstanding covered short-term loan or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan, as well as when a consumer seeks to refinance some other covered loan or non-covered loan with the same lender or its affiliates under circumstances indicating that the consumer may be under financial distress. The presumptions would not apply in circumstances in which the new loans would substantially reduce the cost of credit or payment size, and could be rebutted by evidence of an improvement in the consumer's financial capacity in the last 30 days. The Bureau cannot model the impacts of the presumptions precisely. However, it believes that these proposals would have more modest impacts on the volume of covered longer-term loans overall than the basic ability-to-repay requirements, though they could be more substantial as applied specifically to longer-term balloon payment loans in which there is evidence of substantial reborrowing activity.
Overall, the reduction in loan volume from the proposed rules would benefit lenders to the extent that it would substantially reduce their costs associated with default, including credit losses and the costs of collections. Cash-flow analyses similar to the residual income analysis that would be required under the proposed rule are common for some types of storefront installment lenders, indicating that they find this approach effective at reducing credit losses. Calculations of debt-to-income ratios are likewise common among lenders in a variety of other consumer credit markets, such as mortgages and credit cards. And, recent entrants making loans that would be covered longer-term loans use various sources of income and expense data to conduct similar analyses.
While the Bureau does not have information on the default rates of borrowers who would or would not demonstrate an ability to repay a loan, the Bureau has published an analysis of the default rates of borrowers with different PTI ratios on their loans. In its analysis, the Bureau found that, for most of the products studied, borrowers with a higher PTI ratio were more likely to default on their loans than were borrowers with a lower PTI ratio.
A third analysis focusing on online installment loans, by a research group affiliated with a specialty consumer reporting agency, also shows a relationship between PTI and the overall default rate.
The reduced loan volume that would result when lenders could not make a reasonable determination that some borrowers did not have the ability to repay the loan would be a cost to lenders. The magnitude of this cost would vary across lenders; it would appear, based on the analysis presented above, to be greatest for vehicle title installment lenders, who currently make loans to borrowers with substantially
The Bureau does not expect the same level of consolidation of lenders making covered longer-term loans as it does for payday and single-payment vehicle title lenders. Lenders making vehicle title installment loans may face challenges in determining that applicants have the ability to repay a loan that are similar to those faced by payday lenders, based on the discussions presented above. These lenders would not, however, face revenue impacts from limitations on rolling over loans, or permitting reborrowing, in the same way lenders making covered short-term loans would. And, given that installment products have a wider range of possible loan structures, it may be more feasible for these lenders to adjust the terms of the loans such that they are able to determine that applicants have the ability to repay the loan.
When presented with a borrower who does not demonstrate an ability to repay the loan for which the borrower has applied, a lender may respond by changing the terms of the loan such that the borrower is able to demonstrate an ability to repay the loan. This could possibly be achieved through some combination of reducing the size of the loan, lowering the cost of the loan, or extending the term of the loan. The latter approach could, however, require the lender to build in a larger cushion to account for the increased risk of income volatility.
Lenders may benefit from changes that make loan payments more manageable in the form of reduced defaults on the loans. Lowering the price of the loans may also attract additional borrowers. Extending the term of a loan may increase lender revenue, holding constant repayment. Lenders would, however, receive less revenue per loan if they reduced the loan size or the price of a loan. And, extending the term of a loan or offering only a smaller loan may make the loan less attractive to a borrower and therefore make a borrower less willing to take the loan. Extending the term of a loan may reduce the risk of default because of the lower payment, but there may be an off-setting effect of a greater risk that a borrower would experience a negative shock to income or expenses during the term of the loan, resulting in default. That risk may be mitigated to the extent the lender adjusts the cushion used in assessing the consumer's ability to repay.
Longer-term loans are not covered loans if the total cost of credit of the loan is below 36 percent. Many of the products that would be covered by the proposed rule have a total cost of credit that far exceed 36 percent, and lenders making these loans would presumably not cut the price of the loans so dramatically, or make other changes to the structure of the loan that would affect the total cost of credit, to make them non-covered loans. Some lenders, however, make loans that are only slightly above the 36 percent coverage threshold. For example, a community bank might make a loan with a low interest rate but a relatively high origination fee (compared to the amount of the loan) and a short repayment term. Such a loan can exceed 36 percent total cost of credit. Lenders making these loans may choose to reduce the origination fee, or set a minimum loan size or minimum term, to bring the total cost of credit below 36 percent. Some lenders sell add-on products that are included in the total cost of credit calculation unless the products are only sold at least 72 hours after the proceeds of the loan are disbursed. Lenders may defer the sale of these products until after the loan has been originated if doing so would bring the total cost of credit below 36 percent.
Lowering the total cost of credit would reduce lender revenue. It may also attract additional borrowers, who may be of lower risk than the lenders' current borrowers, and may also reduce the credit risk posed by existing borrowers taking out loans as they are currently structured.
Longer-term loans are also not covered loans if they do not include either the ability to obtain payment directly from a borrower's account or a non-purchase security interest in an automobile. Some lenders may choose to eliminate these terms of their loans so that they would not be covered loans. Lenders that specialize in making vehicle title loans with very high costs and very high default rates, such as those the Bureau analyzed for its report,
Relinquishing access to the borrower's account, or not requiring a security interest in a vehicle as a condition of a loan could result in a lender experiencing higher credit losses. Lenders may also experience higher processing costs if they forgo electronic payments, and have higher servicing and collections costs if borrowers' payments are not made automatically. These changes, however, may attract borrowers who would not take loans with those features, although these borrowers may be of higher risk. It may also allow lenders to avoid certain procedural costs, such as inspecting vehicles.
The proposal would benefit consumers by reducing the harm they suffer from the costs of delinquency and default on longer-term loans, from the costs of defaulting on other major financial obligations or being unable to cover basic living expenses in order to pay off covered longer-term loans, and from reducing the harms from reborrowing on longer-term balloon payment loans.
The Bureau believes that the ATR requirements would lead to borrowers who take out covered longer-term loans to experience substantially fewer defaults. Currently, defaults are very common on many types of loans that would be covered longer-term loans.
The Bureau has analyzed data on numerous loan products from seven lenders that were originated both online and through storefronts and published the results of that analysis.
The Bureau also found very high rates of default on installment vehicle title loans. The Bureau found a default rate on these loans of 22 percent.
The Bureau believes that the proposed requirements for lenders using the ATR approach to originate covered longer-term loans would reduce the harms borrowers suffer when they obtain loans with payments that exceed their ability to repay. Such borrowers are likely to fall behind in making payments and experience harms such as bank and lender fees imposed when checks bounce or ACH payments are returned unpaid. Many of these borrowers end up defaulting and experience the harms from default, which are discussed in greater detail in Market Concerns-Longer-Term Loans and include not only bank and lender fees imposed when checks bounce or ACH payments are returned unpaid, but also aggressive collections practices, and, in the case of vehicle title loans, loss of a vehicle to repossession. Borrowers whom lenders determine would have sufficient residual income to cover each loan payment and still meet basic living expenses over the term of the loan would likely pose a substantially lower risk of default than the average risk of borrowers who currently take out these loans. The evidence on the relationship between PTI ratio and default, and how it is informative about the effectiveness of an ATR assessment, is discussed above in part VI.F.1(a).
The Bureau also believes that the proposed requirements for lenders using the ATR approach to originate covered longer-term loans would reduce collateral harms borrowers sometimes suffer from making unaffordable payments. These may arise because the borrowers feel compelled to forgo other major financial obligations or basic living expenses to avoid defaulting on covered longer-term loans. If a lender has taken a security interest in the borrower's vehicle, for instance, the borrower may feel forced to prioritize the covered loan above other obligations because of the leverage that the threat of repossession gives to the lender. And, if a lender has the ability to withdraw payment directly from a borrower's checking account, especially when the lender is able to time the withdrawal to the borrower's payday, the borrower may lose control over the order in which payments are made and may be unable to choose to make essential expenditures before repaying the loan.
The ATR requirements would also reduce the harm that consumers suffer from covered longer-term loans with balloon payments. As discussed in Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, the Bureau has seen evidence that covered longer-term loans with balloon payments have higher default rates than similar loans without balloon payments and that borrowers appear to refinance these loans, or reborrow shortly after the time the balloon is due, in order to cover the balloon payment. Requiring lenders to determine that a borrow has the ability to repay a balloon payment would reduce the harm from default and the likelihood of extended sequences of loans due to refinancings caused by the difficulty of making the balloon payment.
The procedural requirements for lenders would impose some costs directly on consumers by making the process of obtaining a loan more time consuming for some borrowers. This would depend largely on the extent to which lenders automate their lending processes. Borrowers taking out covered longer-term loans from lenders that automate the process of checking their records and obtaining a report from a registered information system would see very little increase in the time to obtain a loan.
Some borrowers taking out loans from lenders using the ATR approach are likely to experience some additional complexity. Storefront borrowers may be required to provide more income documentation than is currently required (for example, documentation of income for more than one pay period) and may also be required to document their rental expenses. Online borrowers and vehicle title borrowers would be required to provide documentation of their income, which is often not required, today, and also may be required to document their housing expense. All of these borrowers would be asked to fill out a form listing their income and payments on major financial obligations. If the lender orders reports manually and performs the calculations by hand necessary to determine that the borrower has the ability to repay the loan, this could add 20 minutes to the borrowing process. And, if a borrower is unaware that it is necessary to provide certain documentation required by the lender, this may require a second trip to the lender. Finally, borrowers taking out loans online may need to upload verification evidence, such as by taking a photograph of a pay stub, or facilitate lender access to other information sources.
The proposals could also increase the cost of credit to the extent that lenders pass through the procedural costs from complying with the proposed rule. As described above, however, these requirements would likely lead to reduced costs from credit losses, which may mitigate some of the procedural costs. And, many States impose caps on
The restrictions on lending included in the proposal would reduce the availability of payday installment and vehicle title installment loans to some consumers. Borrowers would have less access to credit if they cannot demonstrate an ability to repay a loan of the size they desire on terms (
Some borrowers who would be unable to take out loans would bear some costs from this reduced access to credit. They may be forced to forgo certain purchases or delay paying existing obligations, such as paying bills late, or may choose to borrow from sources that are more expensive or otherwise less desirable. Some borrowers may overdraft their checking account; depending on the amount borrowed, overdrafting on a checking account may be more expensive than taking out a payday or single-payment vehicle title loan. Similarly, “borrowing” by paying a bill late may lead to late fees or other negative consequences like the loss of utility service. Other consumers may turn to friends or family when they would rather borrow from a lender. And, some consumers may take out online loans from lenders that do not comply with the proposed regulation.
As discussed above, the Bureau does not anticipate the same level of consolidation in the market for covered longer-term loans that is likely to occur in the market for covered short-term loans.
Although more limited than with regard to covered short-term loans, the proposal would impose certain restrictions when there is reason to believe that the consumer may be trapped in a cycle of reborrowing or is otherwise in financial distress. Specifically, lenders would not be able to make a covered longer-term loan with similar payments to a consumer within 30 days of the consumer having a covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan outstanding unless there is reliable evidence that the consumer's financial capacity has improved sufficiently to support a reasonable determination of ability to repay. A similar presumption would apply when a consumer seeks a new loan from the same lender in circumstances that tend to indicate the consumer is struggling to repay the earlier loan, including refinancings that provide no new funds or new funds that are less than the payments due within 30 days.
These provisions would prevent borrowers from incurring the costs associated with taking out another covered loan which they are unlikely to have the ability to repay. They would also reinforce lenders' obligation to ensure that borrowers taking out covered loans can afford them, as the lenders would be less able to use a covered longer-term loan to continue to lend to a borrower who may otherwise default on the loan. The limitations on refinancing may benefit consumers by causing the lender and the borrower to take steps to resolve the problem rather than have the borrower incur additional costs by continuing to borrow from the lender. The borrower could also benefit if the lender were to make a new covered longer-term loan with substantially smaller payments than the prior loan.
The limitation on refinancing loans when the borrower has had difficulty repaying the loan, or on refinancings that provide borrowers with little or no new funds, may harm borrowers who are having temporary financial problems but would be able to successfully repay the new loan. There may be some borrowers who would benefit from additional cash out from a refinancing, or who benefit from small additional time before the next payment is due that a refinancing may provide.
Borrowers would benefit when a lender changes the terms of the loan offered to the borrower so as to make the loan one that the borrower can afford to repay by the reduced likelihood that the borrower would suffer the costs associated with default or the collateral costs of making unaffordable payments. For covered longer-term balloon-payment loans in particular, lenders may respond to the ATR requirement by offering a loan with a balloon payment that is affordable or offering instead a loan with no balloon payment. This may benefit borrowers by making less likely unanticipated refinancing or reborrowing at the time the balloon is due.
Lenders may modify a loan to make it possible for a borrower to satisfy the ATR requirement by extending the term or making a smaller loan. If the term is extended and the borrower could have actually afforded the higher payments associated with a shorter term, the borrower may have a higher total cost of borrowing. Note, however, that absent a prepayment penalty a borrower could still choose to make the higher payments and retire the debt more quickly. If a lender offers a borrower a smaller loan so as to satisfy the ATR requirement, a borrower may be made worse off if the borrower could have afforded the payments associated with the larger loan, but is unable to access a larger amount of credit because of the ATR requirement.
If a lender lowers the cost of a loan to avoid coverage by the proposed rule, this would benefit borrowers that are able to obtain the loan at the lower cost. Similarly, if a lender forgoes the security interest in a borrower's vehicle, a borrower able to obtain the loan on otherwise identical terms would benefit from the elimination of the risk that the borrower would lose the vehicle. And, if lenders stop the practice of obtaining the ability to withdraw a payment directly from a borrower's account this eliminates the harms associated with that practice, including NSF and overdraft fees, account closure, and the loss of control of the borrower's funds.
If lenders modify the loans they offer to avoid coverage by the rule, some consumers who would otherwise be able to borrow from those lenders may not be able to do so. Eliminating the security interest in a vehicle or the ability to withdraw payments directly from a borrower's account would increase the risk to the lender of default on the loan. This would likely make the lenders more cautious regarding whom they lend to. In addition, if lenders drop the practice of requiring a leverage payment mechanism, this may make paying a loan less convenient for those borrowers who prefer this method of repayment. However, this cost is likely to be minimal because borrowers would have the option of voluntarily establishing automatic repayment later in the term of the loan.
As noted above, the Bureau believes that most covered longer-term loans would be made using the ATR
Because these approaches are alternatives to the ATR approach, most of the impacts of these approaches are most easily considered relative to the ATR approach. As noted above, however, the overall impacts of the rule are still being considered relative to a baseline of the existing Federal and State legal, regulatory, and supervisory regimes in place as of the time of the proposal.
To qualify for the Portfolio approach, a lender would need to make loans with a modified total cost of credit of 36 percent or below, and could exclude from the calculation of the modified total cost of credit an origination fee that represents a reasonable proportion of the lender's cost of underwriting loans made pursuant to this exemption, with a safe harbor for a fee that does not exceed $50. Loans would need to be at least 46 days long and no more than 24 months long, have roughly equal amortizing payments due at regular intervals, and not have a prepayment penalty. Finally, a lender's portfolio of loans originated using the Portfolio approach would need to have a portfolio default rate, as defined in § 1041.12(d) and (e), less than or equal to 5 percent per year. If the portfolio default rate were to exceed 5 percent, the lender would be required to refund the origination fees on the loans originated during that period. Consumers could not be indebted on more than two outstanding loans made under this exemption from a lender or its affiliates within a period of 180 days.
Lenders making loans using the Portfolio approach would be required to conduct underwriting, but would have the flexibility to determine what underwriting to undertake consistent with the provisions in proposed § 1041.12. They would not be required to gather information or verification evidence on borrowers' income or major financial obligations nor determine that the borrower has the ability to repay the loan while paying major financial obligations and paying basic living expenses. Lenders making loans using the Portfolio approach would also not be required to obtain a consumer report from a registered information system. Moreover, they would have the option of furnishing information concerning the loan either to each registered information system or to a national consumer reporting agency. They would also not be required to provide the payment notice, the costs and benefits of which are described below in part VI.H.2.
The Portfolio approach would benefit lenders that originate covered loans but have a very low portfolio default rate. These are most likely to be community banks and credit unions that make these loans to customers or members with whom they have a longstanding relationship,
Relative to the ATR approach, lenders using the Portfolio approach would also benefit from not having to provide the payment notices described in the section-by-section analysis of § 1041.15.
Lenders with very low default rates would still incur some costs to use the Portfolio approach. They would be required to break out covered longer-term loans from the rest of their consumer lending activity and calculate the covered portfolio default rate. If that rate exceeded five percent, they would bear the costs of making refunds. Because of the risk of having to refund borrowers' origination fees, lenders would be likely to seek to maintain a portfolio default rate lower than 5 percent, so as to limit the risk that an unexpected increase in the default rate, such as from changing local or national economic conditions, does not push the portfolio default rate above 5 percent.
Lenders making loans using the Portfolio approach would also have to furnish information about those loans either to each registered information system or to a national consumer reporting agency. The Bureau believes that many lenders that would use this approach already furnish information concerning loans that would be covered longer-term loans to a national consumer reporting agency. Those that do not report these loans to a national consumer reporting agency are likely to report other loans, and therefore have the capability, at little additional cost, to also furnish information about these loans.
Lenders may also suffer some loss of revenue from the restriction on making more than two loans in a 180-day period.
Relative to the ATR approach, the Portfolio approach would benefit borrowers who a lender believes pose a very low risk of default. It would make the lending process quicker and avoid a situation in which the affected consumers cannot obtain a loan because they cannot satisfy the ability-to-repay requirements.
Borrowers may also benefit if the lender that they borrow from is using the Portfolio approach and has a default rate rise about 5 percent, and is therefore required to refund the borrowers' origination fees.
Because lenders using the Portfolio approach would not have to follow all of the requirements of the ATR approach, some borrowers may bear costs from obtaining loans that they do not have the ability to repay while paying for major financial obligations and basic living expenses. Given the low default rate that lenders would be required to maintain, however, any additional risk to borrowers is likely to be quite small, as only lending to borrowers who pose a very low probability of default would also almost certainly mean only lending to borrowers who are unlikely to have a very difficult time repaying the loan.
Borrowers would also not be able to be indebted on more than two outstanding loans made under the Portfolio approach from the lender or its affiliates within a period of 180 days. The Bureau does not have information about the frequency with which
To qualify for the PAL approach, a loan could not carry a total cost of credit of more than the cost permissible for Federal credit unions to charge under regulations issued by the NCUA. NCUA permits Federal credit unions to charge an interest rate of 1,000 basis points above the maximum interest rate established by the NCUA Board, and an application fee of not more than $20. The loan would need to be structured with a term of 46 days to six months, with substantially equal and amortizing payments due at regular intervals, and no prepayment penalty. The minimum loan size would be $200 and the maximum loan size $1,000.
Lenders making loans under the PAL approach would be required to maintain and comply with policies and procedures for documenting proof of recurring income, but would not be required to gather other information or engage in underwriting, beyond any underwriting the lender undertakes for its own purposes. Lenders making PAL loans would not be required to obtain a consumer report from a registered information system. Moreover, they would have the option of furnishing information concerning the loan either to each registered information system or to a national consumer reporting agency. They would also not be required to provide a notice before attempting to collect payment directly from a borrower's checking, saving, or prepaid account.
The Bureau believes that the PAL approach would primarily be used by Federal credit unions that currently make loans under the NCUA PAL program. Other covered longer-term loans, other than those made by banks, are generally sufficiently more expensive that modifying the loan terms to comply with the PAL approach requirements would not be feasible. The Bureau expects that loans made by banks will generally be made using the Portfolio approach.
Relative to the ATR approach, lenders that make loans that meet the criteria of the PAL approach would benefit from being able to make these loans without obtaining a consumer report from a registered information system or gathering the information and verification evidence for borrowers' major financial obligations. They would also benefit from being able to make loans to borrowers for whom the lender could not make a reasonable determination of ability to repay. Relative to the ATR approach, lenders using the PAL approach would also benefit from not having to provide the payment notices described in the section-by-section analysis of § 1041.15.
Lenders making loans using the PAL approach would have to furnish information about those loans either to each registered information system or to a national consumer reporting agency. The Bureau believes that loans made using the PAL approach would primarily be originated by credit unions; 75 percent of Federal credit unions that make loans similar to the loans that would be covered furnish information about those loans to a national consumer reporting agency.
Relative to the ATR approach, the PAL approach would benefit borrowers who are able to obtain these loans. It would make the lending process quicker and avoid a situation in which consumers could not obtain a loan because they cannot satisfy the ability-to-repay requirements.
Consumers may also benefit if lenders modify their loans to make them fit within the PAL requirements by lowering the cost of the loan, such as limiting the size or term of the loan, and such modification allows consumers to obtain loans that are more suited to their needs. As noted above, however, the Bureau expects that PAL approach loans would be originated primarily by Federal credit unions making loans under the NCUA PAL program, and therefore that it would not be common for other lenders to modify their loans significantly to comply with the PAL approach.
Some consumers may incur costs from the availability of the PAL approach if lenders modify their loans to fit within the PAL requirements in ways that make the loans less well-suited to the consumers' needs. For example, a lender that only makes covered longer-term loans using the PAL approach could not offer a covered loan larger than $1,000 or for a term longer than six months. Consumers seeking larger loans or loans for a longer term, for example, would not be able to obtain a covered longer-term loan from such a lender. These consumers may be able to find a loan more suited to their needs from lenders that are using the ATR approach, if they are able to satisfy the ability-to-repay requirements, or from a lender offering loans under the Portfolio approach. And, as just noted, the Bureau does not expect that many lenders other than Federal credit unions would modify their loan offerings to qualify for the PAL approach.
Because lenders using the PAL approach would not have to follow all of the requirements of the ATR approach, some borrowers may bear costs from obtaining loans that they do not have the ability to repay. Given the restrictions on cost and loan size, however, any additional risk to borrowers is likely to be quite small.
The proposed rule would limit how lenders initiate payments on a covered loan from a borrower's account and impose two notice requirements relating to those payments. Specifically, lenders would be prohibited from continuing to attempt to withdraw payment from a borrower's account, by any means, if two consecutive prior attempts to withdraw payment directly from the account had failed due to insufficient funds, unless the lender obtains a new and specific authorization to make further withdrawals from the consumer's account. The proposal would also require most lenders to provide a notice to borrowers prior to each attempt to withdraw payment directly from a borrower's account. A special notice would also be required to be sent to the borrower if the lender could no longer continue to initiate payment directly from a borrower's account because two consecutive prior attempts had failed due to insufficient funds. The impacts of these proposals are discussed here for all covered loans.
Note that the Bureau expects that unsuccessful payment withdrawal attempts would be less frequent if the proposal is finalized, both because of the routine pre-withdrawal notices and because the provisions requiring lenders to determine a borrower has the ability to repay before making the borrower a loan or to comply with the requirements of one of the conditional exemptions would reduce the frequency with which borrowers receive loans that they do not
Most if not all of the proposed provisions concern activities that lenders could choose to engage in absent the proposal. The benefits to lenders of those provisions are discussed here, but to the extent that lenders do not voluntarily choose to engage in the activities, it is likely the case that the benefits, in the lenders' view, do not outweigh the costs. The Bureau is aware that many lenders have practices of not continuing to attempt to withdraw payments from a borrower's account after one or more failed attempts. In addition, some lenders provide upcoming payment notices to borrowers in some form.
The proposed rule would prevent lenders from attempting to withdraw payment from a consumer's account if two consecutive prior payment attempts made through any channel are returned for nonsufficient funds. The lender could resume initiating payment if the lender obtained from the consumer a new and specific authorization to collect payment from the consumer's account.
The proposal would impose costs on lenders by limiting their use of payment methods that allow them to withdraw funds directly from borrowers' accounts and by imposing the cost of obtaining a renewed authorization from the consumer or using some other method of collecting payment. There may be some benefits to lenders of not continuing to attempt to withdraw funds following repeated failures, as other methods of collecting may be more successful. As noted above, some lenders already limit their own attempts to withdraw payment from borrowers' accounts following one or more failed attempts.
The impact of this restriction depends on how often a lender currently attempts to collect from a consumers' account after more than two consecutive failed transactions and how often the lender is successful in doing so. Based on industry outreach, the Bureau understands that some lenders already have a practice of not continuing to attempt to collect using these means after one or two failed attempts. These lenders would not incur costs from the proposal.
The Bureau has analyzed the ACH payment request behavior of lenders making payday or payday installment loans online. The Bureau found that about half the time that an ACH payment request fails, the lender makes at least two additional ACH payment requests.
After the limitation is triggered by two consecutive failed attempts, lenders would be required to send a notice to consumers. To seek a new and specific authorization to collect payment from a consumer's account, the lender could send a request with the notice and might need to initiate additional follow-up contact with the consumer. The Bureau believes that this would most often be done in conjunction with general collections efforts and would impose little additional cost on lenders.
To the extent that lenders assess returned item fees when an attempt to collect a payment fails and lenders are subsequently able to collect on those fees, this proposal may reduce lenders' revenue from those fees.
Lenders would also need the capability of identifying when two consecutive payment requests have failed. The Bureau believes that the systems lenders use to identify when a payment is due, when a payment has succeeded or failed, and whether to request another payment would have the capacity to identify when two consecutive payments have failed, and therefore this requirement would not impose a significant new cost.
Consumers would benefit from the proposed restriction because it would reduce the fees they are charged by the lender and the fees they are charged by their depository institution. Many lenders charge a returned item fee when a payment is returned for insufficient funds. Borrowers would benefit if the reduced number of failed ACH payment requests also results in reductions in the number of these fees, to the extent that they are collected. Borrowers may also benefit from a reduction in the frequency of checking account closure.
Each time an ACH transaction is returned for insufficient funds, the borrower is likely to be charged an NSF fee by her financial institution. In addition, each time a payment is paid by the borrower's financial institution when the borrower does not have sufficient funds in the account to cover the full amount of the payment, the borrower is likely to be charged an overdraft fee. Overdraft and NSF fees each average $34 per transaction.
The restriction on repeated attempts to withdraw payments from a borrower's checking account may also reduce the rate of account closure. This benefits borrowers by allowing them to maintain their existing account so as to better manage their overall finances. It also allows them to avoid the possibility of a negative record in the specialty consumer reporting agencies that track involuntary account closures, which can make it difficult to open a new account and effectively cut the consumer off from access to the banking system and its associated benefits. In the data studied by the Bureau, account holders who took out online payday loans were more likely to have their accounts closed by their financial institution than were other account holders, and this difference was substantially higher for borrowers who had NSF online loan transactions.
The reduced ability to collect by repeatedly attempting to withdraw payments from a borrower's account may increase lenders' credit losses, which may, in turn reduce the availability or raise the cost of credit. As discussed in the consideration of the costs to lenders, this reduction in collections is likely to be quite small. And, as noted above in the discussion of the impacts of the ATR requirements, many lenders already charge the maximum price allowed by State law.
The proposal would also require lenders to provide consumers with a notice prior to every lender-initiated attempt to withdraw payment from consumers' accounts, including ACH entries, post-dated signature checks, remotely created checks, remotely created payment orders, and payments run through the debit networks. The notice would be required to include the date the lender would initiate the payment request; the payment channel; the amount of the payment; the breakdown of that amount to principal, interest, and fees; the loan balance remaining if the payment succeeds; the check number if the payment request is a signature check or RCC; and contact information for the consumer to reach the lender. There would be separate notices prior to regular scheduled payments and prior to unusual payments. The notice prior to a regular scheduled payment would also include the APR of the loan.
This requirement would not apply to lenders when making covered longer-term loans under the Portfolio or PAL approaches.
These notices may reduce delinquencies and related collections activities if consumers take steps to ensure that they have funds available to cover loan payments, such as delaying or forgoing other expenditures or making deposits into their accounts or contacting the lender to make alternative arrangements.
Costs to lenders of providing these notices would depend heavily on whether they are able to provide the notice via email or text messages or would have to send notices through paper mail. This is due in part to differences in transmission costs between different channels, but another source of impact is that lenders would have to initiate paper messages earlier in order to provide sufficient time for them to reach consumers. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1041.15, most borrowers are likely to have internet access and/or a mobile phone capable of receiving text messages, and during the SBREFA process multiple SERs reported that most borrowers, when given the opportunity, opt in to receiving notifications via text message. As discussed above, the Bureau has intentionally structured the proposal to encourage transmission by email or text message because it believes those channels will be most effective for consumers as well as less burdensome for lenders.
The Bureau believes that all lenders that would be affected by the new disclosure requirements have some disclosure system in place to comply with existing disclosure requirements, such as those imposed under Regulation Z, 12 CFR part 1026, and Regulation E, 12 CFR part 1005. Lenders enter data directly into the disclosure system, or the system automatically collects data from the lenders' loan origination system. For disclosures provided via mail, email, or text message, the disclosure system often forwards the information necessary to prepare the disclosures to a vendor, in electronic form, and the vendor then prepares and delivers the disclosures. Lenders would incur a one-time burden to upgrade their disclosure systems to comply with new disclosure requirements.
Lenders would need to update their disclosure systems to compile necessary loan information to send to the vendors that would produce and deliver the disclosures relating to payments. The Bureau believes that large depositories and non-depositories rely on proprietary disclosure systems, and estimates the one-time programming cost for large respondents to update these systems to be 1,000 labor hours per entity. The Bureau believes small depositories and non-depositories rely on licensed disclosure system software. Depending on the nature of the software license agreement, the Bureau estimates that the cost to upgrade this software would be $10,000 for lenders licensing the software at the entity-level and $100 per seat for lenders licensing the software using a seat-license contract. For lenders using seat license software, the Bureau estimates that each location for small lenders has on average three seats licensed. Given the price differential between the entity-level licenses and the seat-license contracts, the Bureau believes that only small lenders with a significant number of stores would rely on the entity-level licenses.
Lenders with disclosure systems that do not automatically pull information from the lenders' loan origination or servicing system would need to enter payment information into the disclosure system manually so that the disclosure system can generate payment disclosures. The Bureau estimates that this would require two minutes per loan. Lenders would need to update this information if the scheduled payments were to change.
For disclosures delivered through the mail, the Bureau estimates that vendors
In addition to the costs associated with providing notices, this requirement may impact the frequency with which lenders initiate withdrawal attempts and lenders' revenue. On timing, lenders transmitting paper notices would be required to mail them between six and ten business days prior to the payment initiation, while electronic delivery would be required between three and seven business days in advance. This lag time could affect lenders' decisions as to the timing and frequency of withdrawal attempts. With regard to revenue, impacts could go either way: Payment revenue would be reduced if the notices lead to consumers taking steps to avoid having payments debited from their accounts, including placing stop payment orders or paying other expenses or obligations prior to the posting of the payment request. Alternatively, if the notices help borrowers to ensure that funds are available to cover the payment request, this would reduce lenders' losses from non-payment, although also lower lenders' returned-item fee revenue.
Receiving notices prior to upcoming payments would benefit consumers by allowing them to take those payments into account when managing the funds in their accounts. This would allow them to reduce the likelihood that they would run short of funds to cover either the upcoming payment or other obligations. The notice would also help borrowers who have written a post-dated check or authorized an ACH withdrawal, or remotely created check or remotely created payment order, to avoid incurring NSF fees. These fees can impose a significant cost on consumers. In data the Bureau has analyzed, for example, borrowers who took out loans from certain online lenders paid an average of $92 over an 18 month period in overdraft or NSF fees on the payments to, or payment requests from, those lenders.
The information in the notices may also benefit borrowers who need to address errors or unauthorized payments, by making it easier for the borrower to resolve errors with the lender or obtain assistance through their financial institution prior to the payment withdrawal being initiated.
Some consumers may incur costs for notices sent by text. Consumers can avoid these costs by choosing email or paper delivery of the notices; the Bureau is proposing that lenders must provide an email delivery option whenever they are providing a text or other electronic delivery option.
The proposal would require a lender that has made two consecutive unsuccessful attempts to collect payment directly from a borrower's account to provide a borrower, within three business days of learning of the second unsuccessful attempt, with a consumer rights notice explaining that the lender is no longer able to attempt to collect payment directly from the borrower's account, along with information identifying the loan and a record of the two failed attempts to collect funds.
This provision may benefit lenders if it leads to consumers contacting the lender to provide a new authorization to withdraw payments from the borrower's account or make other payment arrangements. Lenders, however, would likely attempt to make contact with borrowers to obtain payment even in the absence of this requirement.
The requirement would impose on lenders the cost of providing the notice. Lenders would already need to track whether they can still attempt to collect payments directly from a borrower's account, so identifying which borrowers should receive the notice would not impose any additional cost on lenders. And, the Bureau expects that lenders would normally attempt to contact borrowers in these circumstances to identify other means of obtaining payment. If they are contacting the consumer via mail, the lender would be able to include the required notice in that mailing.
The Bureau expects that lenders would incorporate the ability to provide this notice into their payment notification process. The Bureau estimates that vendors would charge $0.53 per notice sent via paper mail for lenders that send a large number of mailings and $1.00 per notice for lenders that send a small volume of mailing. For disclosures delivered through email, the Bureau estimates vendors would charge $0.01 to create and deliver each email such that it complies with the requirements of the proposed rule. For disclosures delivered through text message, the Bureau estimates vendors would charge $0.08 to create and deliver each text message. The vendor would also need to provide a Web page where the full disclosure linked to in the text message would be provided. The cost of providing this web disclosure is included in the cost estimate of providing the text message.
Consumers would benefit from the notice because it would inform them that the lender cannot continue to collect payment directly from their account without their express permission. Absent this notice, borrowers may believe that they are obligated to re-authorize a lender to begin collecting directly from their account, when in many cases the borrower has the option to repay the loan through some other means that carries less risk of fees and provides the borrower with greater control over the timing and prioritization of their expenditures. Conversely, absent some communication from the lender, the borrower may not realize that payment would no longer be withdrawn and, as a result, fail to make payments on a loan.
Some consumers may incur costs for notices sent by text. Consumers can avoid these costs by choosing email or paper delivery of the notices. The Bureau does not believe the required disclosures would impose any other costs on consumers.
The proposed rule would require lenders to maintain sufficient records to demonstrate compliance with the proposed rule. This would include, among other records, loan records; materials collected during the process of originating loans, including the
The Bureau believes that some of the records that lenders would be required to maintain would be maintained in the ordinary course of business. Other records may not be retained in the ordinary course of business. Given the very low cost of electronic storage, however, the Bureau does not believe that this would impose a meaningful new burden on lenders. Lenders would need to develop procedures and train staff to retain materials that they would not normally retain in the ordinary course of business, as well as design systems to generate and retain the required records; those costs are included in earlier estimates of the costs of developing procedures, upgrading systems, and training staff. The Bureau also believes that maintaining the records would facilitate lenders' ability to comply and to document their compliance with other aspects of the rule.
Consumers would benefit from the requirement to maintain records sufficient to demonstrate compliance because this would make compliance by lenders more likely, and would facilitate enforcement of the proposed rule which would help to ensure that consumers would receive the benefits of the proposed rule.
As discussed above, the proposed rule would generally require lenders to report covered loans to registered information systems in close to real time. Entities wishing to become registered information systems would need to apply to the Bureau for approval. The proposed process for becoming a registered information system prior to the effective date of proposed § 1041.16 would require an entity to submit an application for preliminary approval with information sufficient to determine that the entity would be reasonably likely to satisfy the proposed conditions to become a registered information system. These conditions include, among other things, that the entity possesses the technical capabilities to carry out the functions of a registered information system; that the entity has developed, implemented, and maintains a program reasonably designed to ensure compliance with all applicable Federal consumer financial laws; and that the entity has developed, implemented, and maintains a comprehensive information security program. If an entity obtains preliminary approval by the Bureau, it would need to provide certain written third-party assessments contemplated by the proposed rule and submit an application to be a registered information system; the proposal would also permit the Bureau to require an entity to submit to the Bureau additional information and documentation to facilitate determination of whether the entity satisfies the eligibility criteria to become a registered information system or otherwise to assess whether registration of the entity would pose an unreasonable risk to consumers.
On or after the effective date of § 1041.16, the proposed rule contemplates a slightly different two-stage process. Specifically, an entity could become provisionally registered by submitting an application that contains information and documentation sufficient to determine that the entity satisfies the proposed conditions to become a registered information system, including the written third-party assessments contemplated by the proposed rule. Lenders would be required to report information to a provisionally registered system, but the reports from such a system would not satisfy the lenders' obligations to check borrowing history until a 180-day period has expired, after which time the system would be deemed a fully registered information system.
Once an entity is a registered information system under either process, the proposal would require the entity to submit biennial assessments of its information security program.
The Bureau expects that applicants to become registered information systems would be primarily, or exclusively, existing consumer reporting agencies. These entities have the technical capacity to receive data on consumer loans from a large number of entities and, in turn, deliver that data to a large number of entities. Depending on their current operations, some firms that wish to apply to become registered information systems may need to develop additional capabilities to satisfy the requirements of the proposed rule, which would require that an entity possess the technical capability to receive specific information from lenders immediately upon furnishing, using reasonable data standards that facilitate the timely and accurate transmission and processing of information in a manner that does not impose unreasonable costs or burdens on lenders, as well as the technical capability to generate a consumer report containing all required information substantially simultaneous to receiving the information from a lender. Because firms currently operating as consumer reporting agencies must comply with applicable existing laws and regulations, including Federal consumer financial laws and the Standards for Safeguarding Customer Information, the Bureau also expects that they should already have programs in place to ensure such compliance, as appropriate, and at most would need to further expand and enhance such programs to satisfy the registration requirements.
The proposal would benefit firms that apply to become registered information systems by requiring lenders to furnish information regarding most covered loans to all registered information systems and to obtain a consumer report from a registered information system before originating most covered loans. The requirement to furnish information would provide registered information systems with detailed data on borrowing of covered loans. The requirement to obtain a consumer report before originating most covered loans would ensure that there would be a market for these reports, which would provide a source of revenue for registered information systems. Registered systems would also be well-positioned to offer lenders supplemental services, for instance in providing assistance with determining consumers' ability to repay.
Any firm wishing to become a registered information system would need to incur the costs of applying to the Bureau. For some firms these costs may consist solely of compiling information about the firms' practices, capabilities, and policies and procedures, all of which should be readily available, and obtaining the required third-party written assessments. Some firms may choose to invest in additional technological or compliance capabilities so as to be able to satisfy the proposed requirements for registered information systems. Although firms currently operating as consumer reporting agencies must comply with applicable existing laws
Once approved, a registered information system would be required to submit biennial assessments of its information security program. Firms that already obtain independent assessments of their information security programs at least biennially, similar to those contemplated in the proposed rule, would incur very limited cost. Firms that do not obtain biennial independent assessments similar to those contemplated in the proposed rule would need to incur the cost of doing so, which may be substantial.
The requirement that registered information systems have certain technical capabilities would ensure that the consumer reports that lenders obtain from these systems are sufficiently timely and accurate to achieve the consumer protections that are the goal of this part. This would benefit borrowers by facilitating compliance with the proposed rule's ability to repay requirements and the various conditional exemptions to the ability to repay requirements. Consumers would also benefit from the requirement that systems themselves maintain compliance programs reasonably designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws, including those designed to protect sensitive consumer information. Among other things, these programs would reduce the risk of consumer data being compromised.
In preparing the proposed rule, the Bureau has considered a number of alternatives to the provisions proposed. In this section the major alternatives are briefly described and their impacts relative to the proposed provisions are discussed. The proposals discussed here are:
1. Limits on Reborrowing of Covered Short-Term Loans Without an Ability-to-Repay Requirement;
2. An Ability-to-Repay Requirement for Short-Term Loans With No Alternative Approach;
3. Disclosures as an Alternative to the Ability-to-Repay Requirement; and,
4. Limitations on Withdrawing Payments From Borrowers' Account Without Associated Disclosures.
The Bureau considered not imposing a requirement that lenders making covered short-term loans determine the ability of borrowers to repay the loans, and instead proposing solely to limit the number of times that a lender could make a covered short-term loan to a borrower. Such a restriction could take the form of either a limit on the number of loans that could be made in sequence or a limit on the number of loans that could be made in a certain period of time, as discussed above in connection with alternatives to the presumptions framework in proposed § 1041.6.
The impacts of such an approach would depend on the specific limitation adopted. One approach the Bureau considered would have been to prevent a lender from making a covered short-term loan to a borrower if that loan would be the fourth covered short-term loan to the borrower in a sequence. A loan would be considered part of the same sequence as a prior loan if it were taken out within 30 days of when the prior loan were repaid or otherwise ceased to be outstanding.
A limit on repeated lending of this type would have procedural costs similar to the Alternative approach, and therefore lower than the ATR approach to making short-term loans.
The impacts of this limitation on payday or vehicle title lender revenue would be less than the current proposal. The ATR approach and the repeated lending limit would both place a three-loan cap on loan sequences, but the ATR approach would impose the requirement that a lender not make a first loan without determining the borrower has the ability to repay the loan. The ATR approach would also require lenders to document that borrowers have had an improvement in their financial capacity before making a second or third loan in a sequence.
The repeated lending limit would also have less impact on payday lender revenue than would the Alternative approach. The Alternative approach would also limit loan sequence to no more than three loans, but would, in addition, impose loan size limitations and limit borrowers to no more than six loans in a year and no more than 90 days in debt per year on a covered short-term loan. While payday lenders could make loans using the ATR approach to borrowers who had reached the annual borrower limits, the ATR approach, as noted above, would allow less lending than the repeated lending limit.
The Bureau believes that if repeated lending were limited, lenders would have stronger incentives compared to today to underwrite borrowers for ability to repay because loan sequences would be cut off after the threshold is reached, rather than being able to continue for as long as the consumer is able to sustain rollover payments. However, a rule that relied solely on limiting repeat lending would increase the risk that borrowers would wind up with loans that they would not have the ability to repay relative to the proposed rule. This approach would also lack the protections of the Alternative approach, which provides for mandatory reductions in loan size across a sequence of loans. The Bureau believes that this step-down system would make it more likely that borrowers will successfully repay a loan or short loan sequence than would a limit on repeated lending, which might produce more defaults at the point that further reborrowing would be prohibited. And, without the Alternative approach's limits on the number of loans per year and the limit on the time in debt, some borrowers might effectively continue their cycle of reborrowing by returning as soon the 30-day period has ended.
The Bureau also considered proposing the ATR approach without proposing the Alternative approach for covered short-term loans. This would have a larger impact on the total volume of payday loans that could be originated than would the proposal. As described in part VI.F.1(c), the Bureau's estimates of the relative impacts of the reborrowing limitations of the ATR approach and the Alternative approach depends on details of how borrowers behave when loan sequences are cut off. The ATR approach, however, also prevents loans to borrowers when the lender determines that the borrower does not have the ability to repay the loan. Analysis described in part VI.F.1(c) shows that this is likely to prevent a substantial share of payday loans from being made.
Without the Alternative approach, lenders would also be required to incur the expenses of the ATR approach for all payday loans. Together, these effects would increase the loss in revenue and the operating costs of lenders making payday loans.
The lack of an Alternative approach would make payday loans less available. Borrowers who had not recently had a payday loan but could not demonstrate an ability to repay the loan would be
The Bureau considered whether to require disclosures to borrowers warning of the risk of reborrowing or default, rather than the ATR approach and the several alternatives to the ATR approach.
The Bureau believes that a disclosure-only approach would have lower procedural costs for lenders than would the ATR approach, the Alternative approach, the Portfolio approach, or the PAL approach. If lenders were required to prepare disclosures that were customized to a particular loan, that would impose some additional cost over current practices. If lenders could simply provide standardized disclosures, that would impose almost no additional cost on lenders.
A disclosure-only approach would also have substantially less impact on the volume of covered short-term lending. Evidence from a field trial of several disclosures designed specifically to warn of the risks of reborrowing and the costs of reborrowing showed that these disclosures had a marginal effect on the total volume of payday borrowing.
The Bureau believes that a disclosure-only approach would also have substantially less impact on the harms consumers experience from long sequences of payday and single-payment vehicle title loans. Given that loans in very long sequences make up well over half of all payday and single-payment vehicle title loans, a reduction of 13 percent in total lending clearly has only a marginal impact on those harms. In addition, analysis by the Bureau of the impacts of the disclosures in Texas shows that the probability of reborrowing on a payday loan declined by approximately 2 percent once the disclosure was put in place, indicating that high levels of reborrowing and long sequences of payday loans remain a significant source of consumer harm. A disclosure-only approach would also not change lenders incentives to encourage borrowers to take out long sequences of covered short-term loans.
While similar empirical evidence is not available for disclosures warning borrowers taking out covered longer-term loans of the risks associated with those loans, the Bureau believes that such disclosure would also be ineffective in warning borrowers of those risks and preventing the harms that the Bureau seeks to address with the proposal. Due to the potential for tunneling in their decision-making and general optimism bias, as discussed in more detail in Market Concerns—Short-Term Covered Loans and Market Concerns—Longer-Term Covered Loans, borrowers are likely to dismiss warnings of possible negative outcomes as not applying to them, and to not focus on disclosures of the possible harms associated with an outcome, default, that they do not anticipate experiencing themselves. To the extent the borrowers have thought about the likelihood that they themselves will default on a loan, a general warning about how often people default is unlikely to cause them to revise their own expectations about the chances they themselves will default.
The Bureau considered including the proposed limitation on lenders continuing to attempt to withdraw payment from borrowers' accounts after two sequential failed attempts to do so, but not including the required disclosures of upcoming payments (both usual and unusual payments) or the notice that would be sent when a lender could no longer continue to attempt to collect payments from a borrower account. The impacts of excluding the upcoming payment notices would simply be to not cause lenders and borrowers to experience the benefits and costs that are described in the discussion of the impacts of those provisions. With regard to the notice that a lender could no longer attempt to withdraw payment from a borrower's account, the primary effect would be analogous, and the benefits and costs are described in the discussion of the impacts of the provision that would require that notice. In addition, however, there may be a particular interaction if lenders were prevented from continuing to attempt to withdraw payment from a borrower's account but the borrower did not receive a notice explaining that. Absent some communication from the lender, the borrower may not realize that payment would no longer be withdrawn and, as a result, fail to make payments on a loan. Lenders would presumably reach out to borrowers to avoid this eventuality. In addition, absent the notice, borrowers may be more likely to believe that they are required to provide lenders with a new authorization to continue to withdraw payments directly from their accounts, when they may be better off using some alternative method of payment.
The Bureau believes that depository institutions and credit unions with less than 10 billion dollars in assets rarely originate loans that would be covered short-term loans. The Bureau believes that some of these institutions do originate loans that would be covered longer-term loans.
As discussed in Part II, some community banks make loans that are secured by a borrower's vehicle. These loans generally have interest rates well below 36 percent but have origination fees that cause smaller loans to have a total cost of credit above 36 percent. The Bureau believes that community banks that make these loans would do so primarily by using the Portfolio approach. Community banks have told the Bureau that, because they lend primarily to customers with whom they are already familiar and with whom they have an ongoing relationship, their default rates are generally well below 5 percent. The banks may need to adjust their pricing to fall within the requirements of the Portfolio approach, such as by lowering their origination fee. If they are unable to raise the interest rate to compensate for the lower fee this would result in reduced revenue. Alternatively, a bank could document the costs associated with originating a loan and charge a fee commensurate with those costs. Banks that do not report the loans that would be covered loans to a national consumer reporting agency would incur the costs of that reporting or the costs of reporting the loans to registered information systems. The Bureau believes, however, that even if a community bank is not reporting these particular loans the bank would be reporting other loans to one or more national consumer reporting
Some small Federal credit unions make loans to their members as part of the NCUA PAL program. Similar to the loans made by community banks, many have origination fees that cause the total cost of credit to be above 36 percent, and many are repaid directly from the member's deposit account. As a result, many loans originated under the PAL program would be covered longer-term loans. The Bureau believes that small credit unions that make PAL loans would continue to do so, using the PAL approach. This proposed approach would impose two additional requirements on credit unions beyond those of the NCUA PAL program. Loans would need to be at least 46 days in length; the Bureau believes that most PAL loans are already more than 46 days long. And, credit unions that do not currently report PAL loans to a national consumer reporting agency would be required either to do so or to report the loans to each registered information system, and to incur the costs of reporting. The majority, 75 percent, of Federal credit unions that make loans similar to the loans that would be covered furnish information about those loans to a national consumer reporting agency.
Consumers in rural areas would have a greater reduction in the availability of covered short-term loans originated through storefronts than would consumers living in areas that are not rural. As described in parts VI.F.1(b) and VI.F.2(b), the Bureau estimates that the proposed restrictions on making covered short-term loans would likely lead to a substantial contraction in the markets for storefront payday loans and storefront single-payment vehicle title loans. The Bureau has analyzed how State laws in Colorado, Virginia, and Washington that led to significant contraction in the number of payday stores in those States affected the geographic availability of storefront payday loans in those states.
The Bureau has not been able to study a similar contraction in the single-payment vehicle title market, but expects that the relative impacts on rural and non-rural consumers would be similar to what has occurred in the payday market. That is, rural consumers are likely to experience a greater reduction in the physical availability of single-payment vehicle title loans made through storefronts.
Other than the greater reduction in the physical availability of covered short-term loans made through storefronts, the Bureau does not believe that consumers living in rural areas would experience substantially different effects of the proposed regulation than other consumers.
The Bureau will further consider the benefits, costs and impacts of the proposed provisions and additional proposed modifications before finalizing the proposal. As noted above, there are a number of areas in which additional information would allow the Bureau to better estimate the benefits, costs, and impacts of this proposal and more fully inform the rulemaking. The Bureau asks interested parties to provide comment or data on various aspects of the proposed rule, as detailed in the section-by-section analysis. Information provided by interested parties regarding these and other aspects of the proposed rule may be considered in the analysis of the benefits, costs, and impacts of the final rule.
Under section 603(a) of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA), an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (IRFA) “shall describe the impact of the proposed rule on small entities.”
As discussed in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, and Market Concerns—Payments above, the Bureau is concerned that practices in the market for payday, vehicle title, and installment loans pose significant risk of harm to consumers. In particular, the Bureau is concerned about the harmful impacts on consumers of the practice of making these loans without making a reasonable determination that the consumer can afford to repay the loan while paying for major financial obligations and basic living expenses. In addition, the Bureau is concerned that lenders in this market are using their ability to initiate payment withdrawals from consumers' accounts in ways that cause substantial injury to consumers.
To address these concerns, the proposed rule would identify certain practices in the markets for covered loans as an unfair and abusive act or practice and would impose certain requirements in connection with the extension and servicing of covered loans in order to prevent those unfair and abusive acts and practices. For a further description of the reasons why agency action is being considered, see the discussions in Market Concerns—Short-Term Loans, Market Concerns—Longer-Term Loans, and Market Concerns—Payments, above.
The Bureau is issuing the proposed rule pursuant to its authority under the Dodd-Frank Act in order to identify certain unfair and abusive acts or practices in connection with certain consumer credit transactions, to set forth requirements for preventing such acts or practices, to exempt loans meeting certain conditions from those requirements, to prescribe requirements to ensure that the features of those consumer credit transactions are fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers, and to prescribe processes and criteria for registration of information systems.
In particular, section 1031(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act provides the Bureau with authority to prescribe rules to identify and prevent unfair, deceptive, and abusive acts or practices.
The Bureau's proposal would also promote consumer comprehension through disclosures and provide model disclosure forms. Section 1032(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the Bureau to prescribe rules to ensure that the features of any consumer financial product or service, both initially and over the term of the product or service, are “fully, accurately, and effectively disclosed to consumers in a manner that permits consumers to understand the benefits, costs, and risks associated with the product or service, in light of the facts and circumstances.”
Under section 1022(b) of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Bureau is authorized to “prescribe rules and issue orders and guidance, as may be necessary or appropriate to enable the Bureau to administer and carry out the purposes and objectives of the Federal consumer financial laws, and to prevent evasions thereof.”
The sections of the Bureau's proposal that would govern furnishing of information to registered information systems and would prescribe processes and criteria for registration of information systems are also authorized by additional Dodd-Frank authorities, including Dodd-Frank Act sections 1021(c)(3),
The legal basis for the proposed rule is discussed in detail in the legal authority analysis in part IV and in the section-by-section analysis in part V.
As discussed in the Small Business Review Panel Report, for purposes of assessing the impacts of the proposed rule on small entities, “small entities” is defined in the RFA to include small businesses, small nonprofit organizations, and small government jurisdictions.
During the SBREFA process, the Bureau identified four categories of small entities that may be subject to the proposed rule for purposes of the RFA. The categories and the SBA small entity thresholds for those categories are: (1) Commercial banks, savings associations, and credit unions with up to $550 million in assets, (2) nondepository institutions engaged in consumer lending or credit intermediation activities with up to $38.5 million in annual revenue, (3) nondepository institutions engaged in other activities related to credit intermediation activities with up to $20.5 million in annual revenue, and (4) mortgage and non-mortgage loan brokers with up to $7.5 million in annual revenue.
Since the time the Small Business Review Panel Report was completed, some of the data sources that the Bureau used to estimate the numbers of small
As discussed in the Small Business Review Panel Report, the NAICS categories are likely to include firms that do not extend credit that would be covered by the proposed rule. The following table provides the Bureau's estimates of the numbers and types of small entities within particular segments of primary industries that may be affected by the proposed rule:
The proposed rule imposes new reporting, recordkeeping, and compliance requirements on certain small entities. These requirements and the costs associated with them are discussed below.
The proposed rule imposes new reporting requirements to ensure that lenders making most covered loans under the proposal have access to timely and reasonably comprehensive information about a consumer's current and recent borrower history with other lenders, as discussed in the section-by-section analysis for proposed § 1041.16. This section discusses these reporting requirements and their associated costs on small entities and is organized into two main subsections—those relating to covered short-term loans and those relating to covered longer-term loans—to facilitate a clear and complete consideration of those costs.
Lenders making covered short-term loans would be required to furnish information about those loans to all information systems that have been registered with the Bureau for 120 days or more, have been provisionally registered with the Bureau for 120 days or more, or have subsequently become registered after being provisionally registered (generally referred to here as registered information systems). At loan consummation, the information furnished would need to include identifying information about the borrower, the type of loan, the loan consummation date, the principal amount borrowed or credit limit (for certain loans), and the payment due dates and amounts. While a loan is outstanding, lenders would need to furnish any update to information previously furnished pursuant to the rule within a reasonable period of time following the event prompting the update. And when a loan ceases to be an outstanding loan, lenders would need to furnish the date as of which the loan ceased to be outstanding, and, for certain loans that have been paid in full, the amount paid on the loan.
Furnishing information to registered information systems would require small entities to incur one-time and ongoing costs. One-time costs include those associated with establishing a relationship with each registered information system and developing procedures for furnishing the loan data. Lenders using automated loan origination systems would likely modify those systems, or purchase upgrades to those systems, to incorporate the ability to furnish the required information to registered information systems.
The ongoing costs would be those of actually furnishing the data. Lenders with automated loan origination and servicing systems with the capacity to furnish the required data would have very low ongoing costs. Lenders that report information manually would likely do so through a web-based form, which the Bureau estimates would take five to 10 minutes to fill out for each loan at the time of consummation and when the loan ceases to be an outstanding loan, as well as other times when lenders must furnish any updates to information previously furnished. Assuming that multiple registered information systems existed, it might be necessary to incur this cost multiple times, although common data standards or other approaches may minimize such costs.
The Bureau notes that some lenders in States where a private third-party operates reporting systems on behalf of State regulators are already required to provide similar information, albeit to a single reporting entity, and so have experience complying with this type of requirement. The Bureau also intends to foster the development of common data standards where possible for registered information systems to reduce the costs of providing data to multiple services.
In addition to the costs of developing procedures for furnishing the specified information to registered information systems, lenders would also need to train their staff in those procedures. The Bureau estimates that lender personnel engaging in furnishing information would require approximately half an hour of initial training in carrying out the tasks described in this section and 15 minutes of periodic ongoing training per year.
Lenders making covered longer-term loans under the ATR approach, as described above in proposed § 1041.9, would be required to furnish information about those loans to all information systems that have been registered with the Bureau for 120 days or more, have been provisionally registered with the Bureau for 120 days or more, or have subsequently become registered after being provisionally registered (generally referred to here as registered information systems). At loan consummation, the information furnished would need to include identifying information about the borrower, the type of loan, the loan consummation date, the principal amount borrowed or credit limit (for certain loans), and the payment due dates and amounts. While a loan is outstanding, lenders would need to furnish any update to information previously furnished pursuant to the
Furnishing information to registered information systems would require small entities to incur one-time and ongoing costs. These include costs associated with establishing a relationship with each registered information system and developing procedures for furnishing the loan data. Lenders using automated loan origination systems would likely modify those systems, or purchase upgrades to those systems, to incorporate the ability to furnish the required information to registered information systems.
The ongoing costs would be those of actually furnishing the data. Lenders with automated loan origination and servicing systems with the capacity to furnish the required data would have very low ongoing costs. For example, lenders or vendors may develop systems that would automatically transmit loan data to registered information systems. Some software vendors that serve lenders that make payday and other loans have developed enhancements to enable these lenders to report loan information automatically to existing State reporting systems; similar enhancements could automate reporting to one or more registered information systems. Lenders that report information manually would likely do so through a web-based form, which the Bureau estimates would take five to 10 minutes to fill out for each loan at the time of consummation, and when the loan ceases to be an outstanding loan, as well as other times when lenders must furnish any updates to information previously furnished. Assuming that multiple registered information systems existed, it might be necessary to incur this cost multiple times, although common data standards or other approaches may minimize such costs.
In addition to the costs of developing procedures for furnishing the specified information to registered information systems, lenders would also need to train their staff in those procedures. The Bureau estimates that lender personnel engaging in furnishing information would require approximately half an hour of initial training in carrying out the tasks described in this section and 15 minutes of periodic ongoing training per year.
Lenders making covered longer-term loans using the Portfolio or PAL approach as alternatives to the ATR approach would also have to furnish information about those loans but would have the option of furnishing either to each registered information system or to a national consumer reporting agency.
The proposed rule imposes new data retention requirements for the requirements to assess borrowers' ability to repay and alternatives to the requirement to assess borrowers' ability to repay for both covered short-term and covered longer-term loans by requiring lenders to maintain evidence of compliance in electronic tabular format for certain records. The proposed retention period is 36 months, as discussed above in the section-by-section analysis for proposed § 1041.18. The following section discusses the costs of the new recordkeeping requirements on small entities that originate covered short-term loans and those originating covered longer-term loans.
The data retention requirement in the proposed rule may result in costs to small entities. The Bureau believes that not all small lenders currently maintain data in an electronic tabular format. To comply with the proposed record retention provisions, therefore, lenders originating covered short-term loans may be required to reconfigure existing document production and retention systems. For small entities that maintain their own compliance systems and software, the Bureau does not believe that adding the capacity to maintain data in an electronic tabular format will impose a substantial burden. The Bureau believes that the primary cost will be one-time systems changes that could be accomplished at the same time that systems changes are carried out to comply with the Requirements and Alternatives to the Requirements to Assess Borrowers' Ability to Repay. Similarly, small entities that rely on vendors would likely rely on vendor software and systems to comply in part with the data retention requirements.
In addition to the costs described above, lenders would also need to train their staff in record retention procedures. The Bureau estimates that lender personnel engaging in recordkeeping would require approximately half an hour of initial training in carrying out the tasks described in this section and 15 minutes of periodic ongoing training per year.
The Bureau estimates that the costs associated with the new recordkeeping requirements of the proposed rule on small entities originating covered longer-term loans are the same as the costs on small entities originating covered short-term loans, as described above. The Bureau solicits comment on the costs of recordkeeping for small entities.
The analysis below discusses the costs of compliance for small entities of the following major proposed provisions:
1. Provisions Relating Specifically to Covered Short-Term Loans:
a. Requirement to determine borrowers' ability to repay, including the requirement to obtain a consumer report from registered information systems;
b. Limitations on making loans to borrowers with recent covered loans; and,
c. Alternative to the requirement to determine borrowers' ability to repay, including notices to consumers taking out loans originated under this alternative;
2. Provisions Relating Specifically to Covered Longer-Term Loans:
a. Requirement to determine borrowers' ability to repay, including the requirement to obtain information from registered information systems;
b. Limitations on making loans to borrowers with recent covered loans: and,
c. Alternatives to the requirement to determine borrowers' ability to repay:
3. Provisions Relating to Payment Practices:
a. Limitations on continuing to attempt to withdraw money from a
b. Payment notice requirements.
The discussions of the impacts are organized into the three main categories of provisions listed above—those relating to covered short-term loans, those relating to covered longer-term loans, and those relating to limitations of payment practices. Within each of these main categories, the discussion is organized to facilitate a clear and complete consideration of the impacts of the major provisions of the proposed rule on small entities.
In considering the potential impacts of the proposal, the Bureau takes as the baseline for the analysis the regulatory regime that currently exists for the covered products and covered persons.
The proposal includes several exemptions which have the effect of creating alternative methods of compliance, and in places it is useful to discuss their benefits, costs, and impacts relative to those of the core provisions of the proposed regulation to which they are an alternative. The baseline for evaluating the full potential benefits, costs, and impacts of the proposal, however, is the current regulatory regime as of the issuance of the proposal.
The Bureau solicits comments on all aspects of quantitative estimates provided below, as well as comments on the qualitative discussion where quantitative estimates are not provided. The Bureau also solicits data and analysis that would supplement the quantitative analysis discussed below or provide quantitative estimates of benefits, costs, or impacts for which there are currently only qualitative discussions.
The discussion here is confined to the direct costs to small entities of complying with the requirements of the proposed rule. Other impacts, such as the impacts of limitations on loans that could be made under the proposed rule, are discussed at length in part VI. The Bureau believes that, except where otherwise noted, the impacts discussed in part VI would apply to small entities.
The proposed rule would require that lenders determine that applicants for covered short-term loans have the ability to repay the loan while still meeting their major financial obligations and paying basic living expenses. In this part VII, the practice of making loans after determining that the borrower has the ability to repay the loan will be referred to as the “ATR approach.” Lenders making loans using the ATR approach would need to comply with several procedural requirements when originating loans. The Bureau's assessment of the benefits, costs, and other relevant impacts on small entities of these procedural requirements are discussed below.
The Bureau believes that many lenders use automated systems when underwriting loans and would modify those systems, or purchase upgrades to those systems, to incorporate many of the procedural requirements of the ATR approach. The costs of modifying such a system or purchasing an upgrade are discussed below, in the discussion of the costs of developing procedures, upgrading systems, and training staff.
Under the proposed rule, lenders would need to consult their own records and the records of their affiliates to determine whether the borrower had taken out any prior covered loans, or non-covered bridge loans, that were still outstanding or were repaid within the prior 30 days. To do so, a lender would need a system for recording loans that can be identified as being made to a particular consumer and a method of reliably accessing those records. The Bureau believes that lenders would most likely comply with this requirement by using computerized recordkeeping. A lender operating a single storefront would need a system of recording the loans made from that storefront and accessing those loans by consumer. A lender operating multiple storefronts or multiple affiliates would need a centralized set of records or a way of accessing the records of all of the storefronts or affiliates. A lender operating solely online would presumably maintain a single set of records; if it maintained multiple sets of records, it would need a way to access each set of records.
The Bureau believes that most small entities already have the ability to comply with this provision, with the possible exception of those with affiliates that are run as separate operations. Lenders' own business needs likely lead them to have this capacity. Lenders need to be able to track loans in order to service the loans. In addition, lenders need to track the borrowing and repayment behavior of individual consumers to reduce their credit risk, such as by avoiding lending to a consumer who has defaulted on a prior loan. And most States that allow payday lending (at least 23) have requirements that implicitly require lenders to have the ability to check their records for prior loans to a loan applicant, including limitations on renewals or rollovers or cooling-off periods between loans. Despite these various considerations, however, there may be some lenders that currently do not have the capacity to comply with this requirement.
Small entities that do not already have a records system in place would need to incur a one-time cost of developing such a system, which may require investment in information technology hardware and/or software. The Bureau estimates that purchasing necessary hardware and software would cost approximately $2,000, plus $1,000 for each additional storefront. The Bureau estimates that firms that already have standard personal computer hardware, but no electronic record keeping system, would need to incur a cost of approximately $500 per storefront. Lenders may instead contract with a vendor to supply part or all of the systems and training needs.
As noted above, the Bureau believes that many lenders use automated loan origination systems and would modify those systems or purchase upgrades to those systems such that they would automatically access the lender's own records. For lenders that access their records manually, rather than through an automated origination system, the Bureau estimates that doing so will take three minutes of an employee's time.
Under the proposed rule, small entities would have to obtain a
As noted above, the Bureau believes that many small entities use automated loan origination systems and would modify those systems or purchase upgrades to those systems such that they would automatically order a report from a registered information system during the lending process. For lenders that order reports manually, the Bureau estimates that it would take approximately three minutes for a lender to request a report from a registered information system. For all lenders, the Bureau expects that access to a registered information system would be priced on a “per-hit” basis, where a hit is a report successfully returned in response to a request for information about a particular consumer at a particular point in time. Based on industry outreach, the Bureau estimates that the cost to small entities would be $0.50 per hit, based on pricing in existing specialty consumer reporting markets.
The proposed rule would require lenders to obtain information and verification evidence about the amount and timing of an applicant's net income and payments for major financial obligations, to obtain a statement from applicants describing their income and payments on major financial obligations, and to assess that information to determine whether a consumer has the ability to repay the loan.
The Bureau believes that many small entities that make covered short-term loans, such as small storefront lenders making payday loans, already obtain some information on consumers' income. Many of these lenders, however, only obtain income verification evidence the first time they make a loan to a consumer or for the first loan following a substantial break in borrowing. Other lenders, such as some vehicle title lenders or some lenders operating online, may not currently obtain income information at all, let alone verification evidence for that information, on any loans. In addition, many consumers likely have multiple income sources that are not all currently documented in the ordinary course of short-term lending. Under the proposal, consumers and lenders may have incentives to provide and gather more income information than they do currently in order to establish the borrower's ability to repay a given loan. The Bureau believes that most lenders that originate covered short-term loans do not currently collect information on applicants' major financial obligations, let alone verification evidence of such obligations, nor do they determine consumers' ability to repay a loan, as would be required under the proposed rule.
There are two types of costs entailed in making an ATR determination: The cost of obtaining the verification evidence and the cost of making an ATR determination consistent with that evidence.
As noted above, many lenders already use automated systems when originating loans. These lenders would likely modify those systems or purchase upgrades to those systems to automate many of the tasks that would be required by the proposal.
Under the proposed rule, small entities would be required to obtain a consumer report from a national consumer reporting agency to verify the amount and timing of payments for debt obligations. This would be in addition to the cost of obtaining a consumer report from a registered information system. Verification evidence for housing expenses may be included on an applicant's consumer report, if the applicant has a mortgage; otherwise, verification costs could consist of obtaining documentation of rent payments estimating a consumer's housing expense based on the housing expenses of similarly situated consumers with households in their area. The Bureau believes that many lenders will purchase reports from specialty consumer reporting agencies that will contain both debt information from a national consumer reporting agency and housing expense estimates. Based on industry outreach, the Bureau believes these reports will cost approximately $2.00 for small entities. As with the ordering of reports from registered information systems, the Bureau believes that many small entities would modify their loan origination system or purchase an upgrade to that system to allow the system to automatically order a specialty consumer report during the lending process at a stage in the process where the information is relevant. For lenders that order reports manually, the Bureau estimates that it would take approximately two minutes for a lender to request a report.
Small entities that do not currently collect income or verification evidence for income would need to do so. For consumers who have straightforward documentation for income and provide documentation for housing expenses, rather than relying on housing cost estimates, the Bureau estimates that gathering and reviewing information and verification evidence for income and major expenses and having a consumer sign a document listing income and major financial obligations would take roughly three to five minutes per application. Some consumers may visit a lender's storefront without the required documentation and may have income for which verification evidence cannot be obtained electronically, raising lenders' costs and potentially leading to some consumers failing to complete the loan application process, reducing lender revenue.
Small entities making loans online may face particular challenges obtaining verification evidence, especially for income. It may be feasible for online lenders to obtain scanned or photographed documents as attachments to an electronic submission; the Bureau understands that some online lenders are doing this today with success. And services that use other sources of information, such as checking account or payroll records, may mitigate the need for lenders to obtain verification evidence directly from consumers.
Once information and verification evidence on income and major financial obligations has been obtained, the lender would need to determine whether the consumer has the ability to repay the contemplated loan. In addition to considering the information
On an ongoing basis, the Bureau estimates that this would take roughly 10 additional minutes for lenders that use a manual process to make the ability-to-repay calculations. As noted above, the Bureau believes that many lenders use automated loan origination systems and would modify those systems or purchase upgrades to those systems to carry out the ability-to-repay calculations.
In total, the Bureau estimates that obtaining a statement from the consumer and verification evidence about the amount and timing of consumers' income and payments on major financial obligations, projecting the consumer's residual income, estimating the consumer's basic living expenses, and arriving at a reasonable ATR determination would take essentially no time for a fully automated electronic system and between 15 and 20 minutes for a fully manual system, with incremental costs dependent on the existing utilization rates of and wages paid to staff that would spend time carrying out this work. Dollar costs would include a report from a registered information system costing $.50 and a specialty consumer report containing housing costs estimates costing $2; lenders relying on electronic services to gather verification information about income would face an additional small cost.
Small entities would need to develop procedures to comply with the requirements of the ATR approach and train their staff in those procedures. Many of these requirements would not appear qualitatively different from many practices that most lenders already engage in, such as gathering information and documents from borrowers and ordering various types of consumer reports.
Developing procedures to make a reasonable determination that a borrower has an ability to repay a loan without reborrowing and while paying for major financial obligations and living expenses is likely to be a challenge for many small entities. The Bureau expects that vendors, law firms, and trade associations are likely to offer both products and guidance to lenders, lowering the cost of developing procedures. Lenders, however, would also need to develop a process for estimating borrowers' basic living expenses. Some lenders may rely on vendors that provide services to determine ability to repay that include estimates of basic living expenses. For a lender to conduct an independent analysis to determine a reliable statistical estimate of basic living expenses would be quite costly. There are a number of online services, however, that provide living expense estimates that lenders may be able to use to obtain estimates or to confirm the reasonableness of information provided by loan applicants.
As noted above, the Bureau believes that many lenders use automated systems when originating loans and would incorporate many of the procedural requirements of the ATR approach into those systems. This would likely include an automated system to make the ability-to-repay determination; the calculation itself is quite straightforward and will not require substantial development costs. The Bureau believes small lenders that use automated loan origination systems rely on licensed software. Depending on the nature of the software license agreement, the Bureau estimates that the one-time cost to upgrade this software would be $10,000 for lenders licensing the software at the entity-level and $100 per seat for lenders licensing the software using a seat-license contract. Given the price differential between the entity-level licenses and the seat-license contracts, the Bureau believes that only small entities with a significant number of stores would rely on the entity-level licenses.
The Bureau estimates that lender personnel engaging in making loans would require approximately 4.5 hours of initial training in carrying out the tasks described in this section and 2.25 hours of periodic ongoing training per year.
The proposed rule identifies circumstances in which a presumption of unaffordability would be triggered, thereby limiting lenders' ability to make a covered short-term loan with similar payments to a consumer within 30 days of the consumer having a covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan outstanding.
Because of the impact of the presumption of unaffordability for a new covered short-term loan during the term of and for 30 days following a prior covered short-term loan originated using the ATR approach, lenders would not be able to make another similar covered short-term loan to a borrower within 30 days of the prior loan unless the borrower's financial capacity had sufficiently improved since obtaining the prior loan.
Under the proposed rule, small entities making a loan using the ATR approach would need to project the borrower's residual income, and therefore that aspect of this requirement would impose no additional cost on the lender. Comparing the borrower's projected financial capacity for the new loan with the consumer's financial capacity since obtaining the prior loan would impose very little cost, as long as the same lender had made the prior loan. The lender would need to collect additional documentation to overcome the presumption of unaffordability if the lender did not make the prior loan or if the borrower's financial capacity would be better for the new loan because of the borrower's unanticipated dip in income since obtaining the prior loan that is not likely to be repeated.
The proposal includes an alternative set of requirements to the ATR approach for originating certain covered short-term loans as proposed in § 1041.7. In this section, the practice of making loans by complying with the alternative requirements under proposed § 1041.7 will be referred to as the “Alternative approach.”
The procedural requirements of the Alternative approach would generally have less impact on lenders than the requirements of the ATR approach. Lenders that make covered short-term loans under the Alternative approach would not have to obtain information or verification evidence about income or major financial obligations, forecast basic living expenses, complete an ability-to-repay determination, or document changed financial capacity prior to making loans that meet those requirements.
The proposed rule would instead require only that lenders making loans under § 1041.7 consult their internal records and those of affiliates, access reports from a registered information system, furnish information to registered information systems, and make an assessment as part of the origination process that certain loan requirements (such as principal limitations and borrowing history limitations) were met. The requirement to consult the lender's own records would be slightly different in duration compared to an ATR Approach loan, since the lender would need to check the records for the prior 12 months. This would be unlikely to have different impacts on the lenders, however, as any system that allows the lender to comply with the own-record checking requirements of the ATR approach should be sufficient for the Alternative approach and vice-versa. A lender would also have to develop procedures and train staff.
Small entities making covered short-term loans under the Alternative approach would be required to provide borrowers with a disclosure, described in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.7(e), with information about their loans and about the restrictions on future loans taken out using the Alternative approach. One disclosure would be required at the time of origination of an Alternative approach loan when a borrower had not had an Alternative approach loan within the prior 30 days. The other disclosure would be required when originating a third Alternative approach loan in a sequence because the borrower would therefore be unable to take out another Alternative approach loan within 30 days of repaying the loan being originated. The disclosures would need to be customized to reflect the specifics of the individual loan.
The Bureau believes that all small entities have some disclosure system in place to comply with existing disclosure requirements. Lenders may enter data directly into the disclosure system, or the system may automatically collect data from the lenders' loan origination system. For disclosures provided via mail, email, or text message, disclosure systems forward the information necessary to prepare the disclosures to a vendor in electronic form, and the vendor then prepares and delivers the disclosures. For disclosures provided in person, disclosure systems produce a disclosure that the lender then provides to the borrower. Respondents would incur a one-time cost to upgrade their disclosure systems to comply with new disclosure requirements.
The Bureau believes that small depositories and non-depositories rely on licensed disclosure system software. Depending on the nature of the software license agreement, the Bureau estimates that the cost to upgrade this software would be $10,000 for lenders licensing the software at the entity-level and $100 per seat for lenders licensing the software using a seat-license contract. Given the price differential between the entity-level licenses and the seat-license contracts, the Bureau believes that only small lenders with a significant number of stores would rely on entity-level licenses.
In addition to the upgrades to the disclosure systems, the Bureau estimates that small storefront lenders would pay $200 to a vendor for a standard electronic origination disclosure form template.
The Bureau estimates that providing disclosures in stores would take a store employee two minutes and cost $.10.
The proposed rule requires that lenders determine that applicants for covered longer-term loans have the ability to repay the loan while still meeting their major financial obligations and paying basic living expenses. In this section, the practice of making loans after determining that the borrower has the ability to repay the loan will be referred to as the “ATR approach.” Lenders making loans using the ATR approach would need to comply with several procedural requirements when originating loans. The Bureau's assessment of the benefits, costs, and other relevant impacts on small entities of these procedural requirements are discussed below.
The Bureau believes that many lenders use automated systems when underwriting loans and would modify those systems, or purchase upgrades to those systems, to incorporate many of the procedural requirements of the ATR approach. The costs of modifying such a system or purchasing an upgrade are discussed below, in the discussion of the costs of developing procedures, upgrading systems, and training staff.
Under the proposed rule, lenders would need to consult their own records and the records of their affiliates to determine whether the borrower had taken out any prior recent covered loans or non-covered bridge loan and, if so, the timing of those loans, as well as whether a borrower currently has an open loan and has demonstrated difficulty repaying the loan. To do so, a lender would need a system for recording loans that can be identified as being made to a particular consumer and a method of reliably accessing those records. The Bureau believes that lenders would most likely comply with this requirement by using computerized recordkeeping. A lender operating a single storefront would need a system of recording the loans made from that storefront and accessing those loans by consumer. A lender operating multiple storefronts or multiple affiliates would need a centralized set of records or a way of accessing the records of all of the storefronts or affiliates. A lender operating solely online would presumably maintain a single set of records; if it maintained multiple sets of records it would need a way to access each set of records.
The Bureau believes that most small entities making covered longer-term loans already have the ability to comply with this provision, with the possible exception of those with affiliates that are run as separate operations. Lenders' own business needs likely lead them to have this capacity. Lenders need to be able to track loans in order to service the loans. In addition, lenders need to track the borrowing and repayment behavior of individual consumers to reduce their lending risk, such as by avoiding lending to a consumer who has defaulted on a prior loan. There may be some lenders, however, that currently do not have the capacity in place to comply with this requirement.
Small entities that do not already have a records system in place would need to incur a one-time cost of developing such a system, which may require investment in information technology hardware and/or software. The Bureau estimates that purchasing necessary hardware and software would cost approximately $2,000, plus $1,000 for each additional storefront. For firms that already have standard personal computer hardware, but no electronic record keeping system, the Bureau estimates that the cost would be approximately $500 per storefront. Lenders may instead contract with a vendor to supply part or all of the systems and training needs.
As noted above, the Bureau believes that many lenders use automated loan origination systems and would modify
Under the proposed rule, small entities would have to obtain a consumer report from a registered information system containing information about the consumer's borrowing history across lenders, if one or more such systems were available.
As noted above, the Bureau believes that many lenders use automated loan origination systems and would modify or purchase upgrades to those systems such that they automatically order a consumer report from a registered information system during the lending process. For lenders that order reports manually, the Bureau estimates that it would take approximately three minutes for a lender to request a report from a registered information system. The Bureau expects that access to a registered information system would be priced on a “per-hit” basis, where a hit is a report successfully returned in response to a request for information about a particular consumer at a particular point in time. The Bureau estimates that the cost would be $0.50 per hit, based on pricing in existing specialty consumer reporting markets.
The proposed rule requires lenders making loans under the ATR approach to obtain information and verification evidence about the amount and timing of an applicant's income and payments for major financial obligations, to obtain a statement from applicants describing their income and payments for major financial obligations, and to assess that information to determine whether a consumer has the ability to repay the loan.
The Bureau understands that the underwriting practices of lenders that originate loans that would be covered longer-term loans vary substantially. The Bureau believes that many small entities that make covered longer-term loans already obtain some information and verification evidence about consumers' incomes, but that some, such as some vehicle title lenders or some lenders operating online, do not do so for some or all of the loans they originate. And some lenders, such as consumer finance installment lenders who make some covered longer-term loans and some newer entrants to this market, have underwriting practices that may satisfy—or satisfy with minor changes, such as obtaining housing cost estimates—the requirements of the proposed rule. Other lenders, however, do not collect information or verification evidence on applicants' major financial obligations or determine consumers' ability to repay a loan in the manner contemplated by this proposal.
There are two types of costs entailed in making an ATR determination: the cost of obtaining the information and verification evidence and the cost of making an ATR assessment consistent with that information and evidence.
As noted above, many lenders already use automated systems when originating loans. These lenders would likely modify those systems or purchase upgrades to those systems to automate many of the tasks that would be required by the proposal.
Small entities would be required to obtain a consumer report to verify the amount and timing of borrowers' payments on debt obligations. This would be in addition to the cost of obtaining a consumer report from a registered information system. Verification evidence for housing expenses may be included on an applicant's consumer report if the applicant has a mortgage; otherwise, verification costs could consist of obtaining documentation of actual rent or creating a tool to estimate a consumer's housing expense based on the housing expenses of similarly situated consumers with households in their area. The Bureau believes that most small entities will purchase reports from specialty consumer reporting agencies that will contain both debt information from a national consumer reporting agency and housing expense estimates. Based on industry outreach, the Bureau believes these reports will cost approximately $2.00 for small entities. As with the ordering of reports from registered information systems, the Bureau believes that many small entities would modify their automated loan origination system or purchase an upgrade to the system to enable the system to automatically order a specialty consumer report during the lending process. For small entities that order reports manually, the Bureau estimates that it would take approximately two minutes for a lender to request a report.
Small entities that do not currently collect income or verification evidence for income would need to do so. For lenders that use a manual process for consumers who have straightforward documentation for income and provide documentation for housing expenses, rather than relying on housing cost estimates, the Bureau estimates that gathering and reviewing information and verification evidence for income and major financial obligations would take roughly three to five minutes per application. Some consumers may visit a lender's storefront without the required documentation and may have income for which verification evidence cannot be obtained electronically, raising lenders' costs and potentially leading to some consumers failing to complete the loan application process, reducing lender revenue.
Small entities making loans online may face particular challenges obtaining verification evidence, especially for income. It may be feasible for online lenders to obtain scanned or photographed documents as attachments to an electronic submission. And, services that use other sources of information, such as checking account or payroll records, may mitigate the need for lenders to obtain verification evidence directly from consumers.
Once information and verification evidence on income and major financial obligations has been obtained, the lender would need to make a reasonable determination whether the consumer has the ability to repay the contemplated loan. In addition to considering the information collected about income and major financial obligations, lenders would need to estimate an amount that borrowers generally need for basic living expenses. They may do this in a number of ways, including, for example, collecting information directly from borrowers, using available estimates published by third parties, or providing for a “cushion” calculated as a percentage of income.
The time it takes to complete this review will depend on the method used by the lender. Making the determination would be essentially instantaneous for lenders using automated systems. The Bureau estimates that this would take roughly 10 additional minutes for
In total, the Bureau estimates that obtaining information and verification evidence about consumers' income and major financial obligations and arriving at a reasonable ATR determination would take essentially no time for a fully automated electronic system and between 15 and 20 minutes for a fully manual system, with total costs dependent on the existing utilization rates of and wages paid to staff that would spend time carrying out this work. Dollar costs would include a report from a registered information system costing $0.50 and a specialty consumer report containing housing costs estimates that would cost $2.00; lenders relying on electronic services to gather verification information about income would face an additional small cost.
Small entities would need to develop procedures to comply with the requirements of the ATR approach and train their staff in those procedures. Many of these requirements would not appear qualitatively different than many practices that most lenders already engage in, such as gathering information and documents from borrowers and ordering various types of consumer reports.
Developing procedures to make a reasonable determination that a borrower has an ability to repay a loan while paying for major financial obligations and basic living expenses is likely to be a challenge for many lenders. The Bureau expects that vendors, law firms, and trade associations are likely to offer both products and guidance to lenders, lowering the cost of developing procedures. Lenders would also need to develop a process for estimating borrowers' basic living expenses. Some lenders may rely on vendors that provide services to determine ability to repay that include estimates of basic living expenses. For a lender to conduct an independent analysis to determine a reliable statistical estimate of basic living expenses would be quite costly. There are a number of online services, however, that provide living expense estimates that lenders may be able to use to obtain estimates or to confirm the reasonableness of information provided by loan applicants.
As noted above, the Bureau believes that many lenders use automated systems when originating loans and would incorporate many of the procedural requirements of the ATR approach into those systems. This would likely include an automated system to make the ability-to-repay determination; subtracting the component expense elements from income itself is quite straightforward and will not require substantial development costs. The Bureau believes that small lenders that use automated loan origination systems rely on licensed software. Depending on the nature of the software license agreement, the Bureau estimates that the cost to upgrade this software would be $10,000 for lenders licensing the software at the entity-level and $100 per seat for lenders licensing the software using a seat-license contract. Given the price differential between the entity-level licenses and the seat-license contracts, the Bureau believes that only small lenders with a significant number of stores would rely on the entity-level licenses.
The Bureau estimates that lender personnel engaging in making loans would require approximately 4.5 hours of initial training in carrying out the tasks described in this section and 2.25 hours of periodic ongoing training per year.
The proposed rule identifies a set of circumstances in which a presumption of unaffordability would be triggered, thereby limiting lenders' ability to make a covered longer-term loan with similar payments to a consumer within 30 days of the consumer having a covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan outstanding.
Under the proposed rule, lenders would not be able to make a covered longer-term loan during the term of and for 30 days following a prior covered short-term loan or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan unless the borrower's financial capacity has sufficiently improved or payments on the new loan would be substantially smaller than payments on the prior loan. This situation is unlikely to occur frequently, as a covered longer-term loan would normally have payments that are substantially smaller than the payment for a covered short-term loan or the balloon payment of a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan. It could arise, however, if the new loan were for a substantially larger amount than the prior loan, or if the new loan had only a slightly longer term than the prior loan (for example, a 46-day three-payment loan following a 45-day three-payment loan). Specifically, the loan could not be made unless (1) the borrower's projected residual income with respect to the new loan were higher than the borrower's actual residual income was during the prior 30 days, or (2) the borrower's projected residual income for the new loan was higher than the projected residual income at the time the first loan was made. This improvement in financial capacity would need to be documented using the same general kinds of verification evidence that lenders would need to collect as part of the underlying assessment of the consumer's ability to repay.
Under the proposed rule, small entities making a loan using the ATR approach would need to project the borrower's financial capacity, and therefore that aspect of this requirement would impose no additional cost on the lender. Comparing the borrower's projected financial capacity for the new loan with the consumer's projected financial capacity since obtaining the prior loan (or during the prior 30 days for an unaffordable outstanding loan) would impose very little cost, as long as the same lender had made the prior loan. If the lender did not make the prior loan or if the borrower's financial capacity would be better for the new loan because of an unanticipated dip in income or increase in major financial obligations since obtaining the prior loan, the lender would need to collect additional documentation to overcome the presumption of unaffordability.
The proposal includes several alternative requirements to the ATR approach for making covered longer-term loans proposed in §§ 1041.11 and 1041.12. In this section, the practice of making loans with a low portfolio default rate and other restrictions, as described in the section-by-section analysis of proposed § 1041.11, will be referred to as the “Portfolio approach.” The practice of making loans that share certain features of loans made pursuant to the NCUA PAL program, with certain additional restrictions, as described in § 1041.12 will be referred to as the “PAL approach.”
The Bureau believes that most covered longer-term loans would be made using the ATR approach. The Portfolio approach and the PAL approach would each allow some lenders to originate covered longer-term loans without undertaking all of the requirements of the ATR approach. The impacts of these alternative approaches are primarily discussed relative to the impacts of the ATR approach. As noted
To qualify for the Portfolio approach, a lender would need to make loans with a modified total cost of credit of 36 percent or below and could exclude from the calculation of the modified total cost of credit a single origination fee that represents a reasonable proportion of the lender's cost of underwriting loans made pursuant to this exemption, with a safe harbor for a fee that does not exceed $50. Among other limitations, loans would also need to be at least 46 days long and no more than 24 months long, have substantially equal and amortizing payments due at regular intervals, and not have a prepayment penalty. Finally, a lender's portfolio of loans originated using the Portfolio approach would need to have a portfolio default rate, as defined in proposed § 1041.12(d) and (e), less than or equal to 5 percent per year. If the portfolio default rate were to exceed 5 percent, the lender would be required to refund the origination fees on the loans originated during that period. Consumers could not be indebted on more than two outstanding loans made under this exemption from a lender or its affiliates within a period of 180 days.
Small entities making loans using the Portfolio approach would be required to conduct underwriting, but would have the flexibility to determine what underwriting to undertake consistent with the provisions in proposed § 1041.12. They would not be required to gather information or verification evidence on borrowers' income or major financial obligations nor determine that the borrower has the ability to repay the loan while paying major financial obligations and paying basic living expenses. They would also not be required to obtain a consumer report from a registered information system. Moreover, they would have the option of furnishing information concerning the loan either to each registered information system or to a national consumer reporting agency. They would also not be required to provide the payment notice, the costs and benefits of which are described below.
Small entities with very low portfolio default rates would still incur some costs to use the Portfolio approach. They would be required to break out covered longer-term loans from the rest of their personal lending activity and calculate the covered portfolio default rate. If that rate exceeded 5 percent, they would bear the costs of making refunds. Because of the risk of having to refund borrowers' origination fees, lenders would be likely to seek to maintain a portfolio default rate lower than 5 percent so as to limit the risk that an unexpected increase in the portfolio default rate, such as from changing local or national economic conditions, does not push the portfolio default rate above 5 percent.
The Portfolio approach would also limit the number of loans that a small entity could make because prior to making a Portfolio approach loan, a lender must determine from its records and the records of its affiliates that the loan would not result in the consumer being indebted on more than two outstanding Portfolio approach loans from the lender or its affiliates within a period of 180 days.
To qualify for the PAL approach, a loan could not carry a total cost of credit of more than the cost permissible for Federal credit unions to charge under regulations issued by the NCUA. NCUA permits Federal credit unions to charge an interest rate of 1,000 basis points above the maximum interest rate established by the NCUA Board (currently, the applicable annualized interest rate is 28 percent) and an application fee of not more than $20. Among other requirements, the loan would need to be structured with a term of 46 days to six months, with substantially equal and amortizing payments due at regular intervals and no prepayment penalty. The minimum and maximum loan size would be $200 and $1,000, respectively.
Small entities making loans under the PAL approach would be required to maintain and comply with policies and procedures for documenting proof of recurring income, but would not be required to gather other information or engage in underwriting beyond any underwriting the lender undertakes for its own purposes. They would also not be required to obtain a consumer report from a registered information system. Moreover, they would have the option of furnishing information concerning the loan either to each registered information system or to a national consumer reporting agency. They would also not be required to provide the payment notice.
The only costs to small entities would be those associated with furnish information, which are discussed above in part VII.4(a).
The proposed rule would limit how payments on a covered loan are initiated from a borrower's checking, savings, or prepaid account and impose two notice requirements relating to those payments. The impacts of these provisions are discussed here for all covered loans.
Note that the Bureau believes that the proposed requirement to assess ATR before making a covered loan or to comply with one of the conditional exemptions would reduce the frequency with which borrowers receive loans that they do not have the ability to repay. This should make unsuccessful payment withdrawal attempts less frequent, and lessen the impacts of the limitation on payment withdrawal attempts and the requirement to notify consumers when a lender would no longer be permitted to attempt to withdraw payments from a borrower's account.
The proposed rule would prevent lenders from attempting to withdraw payment from a consumer's deposit or prepaid account if two consecutive prior payment attempts made through any channel are returned for nonsufficient funds. The lender could resume initiating payment if the lender obtained from the consumer a new authorization to collect payment from the consumer's account.
The impact of this restriction depends on how often the lender attempts to collect from a consumers' account after more than two consecutive failed transactions and how often they are successful in doing so. Based on industry outreach, the Bureau understands that some small entities already have a practice of not continuing to attempt to collect using these means after one or two failed attempts. These lenders would not incur costs from the proposal.
The Bureau notes that under the proposed restriction, lenders still could seek payment from their borrowers, including by obtaining a new and specific authorization to collect payment from a borrower's account or by engaging in other lawful collection practices, and so the preceding estimate represents a high-end estimate of the impact of the restriction on the payments that would not be collected by
If, after two consecutive failed attempts, a lender chooses to seek a new authorization to collect payment from a consumer's account, the lender would have to contact the consumer.
To the extent that lenders assess returned item fees when an attempt to collect a payment fails and lenders are subsequently able to collect on those fees, this proposal may reduce lenders' revenue from those fees.
Small entities would also need the capability of identifying when two consecutive payment requests have failed. The Bureau believes that the systems small entities use to identify when a payment is due, when a payment has succeeded or failed, and whether to request another payment would have the capacity to identify when two consecutive payments have failed, and therefore this requirement would not impose a significant new cost.
The proposal would require lenders to provide consumers with a notice prior to every lender-initiated attempt to withdraw payment from consumers' accounts, including ACH entries, post-dated signature checks, remotely created checks, remotely created payment orders, and payments run through the debit networks. The notice would be required to include the date the lender will initiate the payment request, the payment channel, the amount of the payment, the breakdown of that amount to principal, interest, and fees, the loan balance remaining if the payment succeeds, the check number if the payment request is a signature check or RCC, and contact information for the consumer to reach the lender. There would be separate notices prior to regular scheduled payments and prior to unusual payments. The notice prior to a regular scheduled payment would also include the APR of the loan.
This provision would not apply to lenders making covered longer-term loan under the Portfolio or PAL approach.
The costs to small entities of providing these notices would depend heavily on whether they are able to provide the notice via email or text messages or would have to send notices through paper mail. As discussed in the section-by-section analysis of § 1041.15, most borrowers are likely to have internet access or a mobile phone capable of receiving text messages, and during the SBREFA process multiple SERs reported that most borrowers, when given the opportunity, opt in to receiving notifications via text message.
The Bureau believes that small entities that would be affected by the new disclosure requirements have some disclosure system in place to comply with existing disclosure requirements, such as those imposed under Regulation Z, 12 CFR part 1026 and Regulation E, 12 CFR part 1005. Lenders enter data directly into the disclosure system or the system automatically collects data from the lenders' loan origination system. For disclosures provided via mail, email, or text message, the disclosure system often forwards to a vendor, in electronic form, the information necessary to prepare the disclosures, and the vendor then prepares and delivers the disclosures. Lenders would incur a one-time burden to upgrade their disclosure systems to comply with new disclosure requirements.
Lenders would need to update their disclosure systems to compile necessary loan information to send to the vendors that would produce and deliver the disclosures relating to payments. The Bureau believes small depositories and non-depositories rely on licensed disclosure system software. Depending on the nature of the software license agreement, the Bureau estimates that the cost to upgrade this software would be $10,000 for lenders licensing the software at the entity-level and $100 per seat for lenders licensing the software using a seat-license contract. For lenders using seat license software, the Bureau estimates that each location for small lenders has on average three seats licensed. Given the price differential between the entity-level licenses and the seat-license contracts, the Bureau believes that only small entities with a significant number of stores would rely on the entity-level licenses.
Small entities with disclosure systems that do not automatically pull information from the lenders' loan origination or servicing system will need to enter payment information into the disclosure system manually so that the disclosure system can generate payment disclosures. The Bureau estimates that this will require two minutes per loan. Lenders would need to update this information if the scheduled payments were to change.
For disclosures delivered through the mail, the Bureau estimates that vendors would charge two different rates, one for high volume mailings and another for low volume mailings. The Bureau understands that small entities will likely generate a low volume of mailings and estimates vendors would charge such lenders $1.00 per disclosure. For disclosures delivered through email, the Bureau estimates vendors would charge $0.01 to create and deliver each email such that it complies with the requirements of the proposed rule. For disclosures delivered through text message, the Bureau estimates vendors would charge $0.08 to create and deliver each text message such that it complies with the requirements of the proposed rule. The vendor would also need to provide a Web page where the full disclosure linked to in the text message would be provided. The cost of providing this web disclosure is included in the cost estimate of providing the text message.
The proposal would require a lender that has made two consecutive unsuccessful attempts to collect payment directly from a borrower's account to provide a borrower, within three business days of learning of the second unsuccessful attempt, with a consumer rights notice explaining that the lender is no longer able to attempt to collect payment directly from the borrower's account, along with information identifying the loan and a record of the two failed attempts to collect funds.
The requirement would impose on small entities the cost of providing the notice. Lenders would already need to track whether they can still attempt to collect payments directly from a borrower's account, so identifying which borrowers should receive the notice would not impose any additional cost on lenders. And the Bureau expects that lenders will normally attempt to contact borrowers in these circumstances to identify other means of obtaining payment. If they are contacting the consumer via mail, the lender will be able to include the required notice in that mailing.
The Bureau expects that small entities will incorporate the ability to provide this notice into their payment notification process. The Bureau estimates that vendors would charge $1.00 per notice for small entities that send a small volume of mailing. For disclosures delivered through email, the Bureau estimates vendors would charge $0.01 to create and deliver each email such that it complies with the requirements of the proposed rule. For disclosures delivered through text message, the Bureau estimates vendors would charge $0.08 to create and deliver each text message. The vendor would also need to provide a Web page where the full disclosure linked to in the text message would be provided. The cost of providing this web disclosure is included in the cost estimate of providing the text message.
Most of the costs associated with the procedural requirements of the proposed rule are per-loan (or per-application) costs, what economists refer to as “marginal costs.” Standard economic theory predicts that marginal costs will be passed through to consumers, at least in part, in the form of higher prices. Many covered loans, however, are being made at prices equal to caps that are set by State law or State regulation; lenders operating in States with binding price caps will not be able to recoup those costs through higher prices. While the sections above outline both the limitations on lending and procedural costs of complying with the major provisions of the proposed rule, the overall impacts of the proposal will depend in part on how and to what extent lenders respond to the major proposed provisions. For instance, lenders may respond by changing loan terms to better fit the proposed regulatory structure or by expanding or shifting the products they offer; to the extent that lenders are able to make these and other such changes, it will mitigate their revenue losses. Possible lender responses to the major proposed provisions are discussed for both covered short-term loans and covered long-term loans in turn below.
Small entities may respond to the requirements and restrictions in the proposed rule by adjusting the costs and features of particular short-term loans or by changing the range of products that they offer. If lenders are able to make these changes, it will mitigate their revenue losses. In particular, lenders may mitigate their revenue loses by modifying loan terms—for instance by offering a smaller loan or, if allowed in the State where the lender operates, a payment schedule with comparable APR but a longer repayment period—to satisfy the ability to repay requirement or they may make broader changes to the range of products that they offer, shifting to longer-term, lower-payment installment loans, where these loans can be originated profitably and where legally permitted by State law.
Making changes to individual loans and to overall product offerings would impose some costs on small entities; these changes and their associated costs are discussed in detail in part VI.F.1(c).
Small entities may respond to the requirements and restrictions in the proposed rule by adjusting the costs and features of particular longer-term loans, by lowering the overall total cost of credit to avoid coverage, or by forgoing account access or security interest in a vehicle. If they are able to make these changes, it will mitigate their revenue losses. In particular, lenders may mitigate their revenue losses by modifying loan terms through some combination of reducing the size of the loan, lowering the cost of the loan, or extending the term of the loan. The latter approach could, however, require the lender to build in a larger cushion to account for the increased risk of income volatility.
Making changes to individual loans and to overall product offerings would impose some costs on small entities; these changes and their associated costs are discussed in detail in Section VI.G.1(a).
Section 603(b)(4) of the RFA also requires an estimate of the type of professional skills necessary for the preparation of the reports or records. The Bureau does not anticipate that, except in certain rare circumstances, any professional skills will be required for recordkeeping and other compliance requirements of this proposed rule that are not otherwise required in the ordinary course of business of the small entities affected by the proposed rule. Part VII.4(b) and VII.4(c) summarize the recordkeeping and compliance requirements of the proposed rule that would affect small entities.
As discussed above, the Bureau believes that vendors will update their software and provide small creditors with the ability to retain the required data. The one situation in which a small entity would require professional skills that are not otherwise required in the ordinary course of business would be if a small creditor does not use computerized systems to store information relating to originated loans and therefore will either need to hire staff with the ability to implement a machine-readable data retention system or contract with one of the vendors that provides this service. The Bureau believes that the small entities will otherwise have the professional skills necessary to comply with the proposed rule.
The Bureau believes efforts to train small entity staff on the updated software and compliance systems would be reinforcing existing professional skills sets above those needed in the ordinary course of business. In addition, although the Bureau acknowledges the possibility that certain small entities may have to hire additional staff as a result of certain aspects of the proposed rule, the Bureau has no evidence that such additional staff will have to possess a qualitatively different set of professional skills than small entity staff employed currently. The Bureau presumes that additional staff that small entities may need to hire would
The proposed rule would impose additional requirements on certain forms of credit that are currently subject to the Federal consumer financial laws. In addition to the Dodd-Frank Act, several other Federal laws regulate certain matters related to the extension, servicing, and reporting of credit that would be covered by the proposals under consideration by the Bureau: These laws are described below. However, consistent with the findings of the Small Business Review Panel, the Bureau is not aware of any other Federal regulations that currently duplicate, overlap, or conflict with the proposed rule.
The Truth in Lending Act, implemented by the Bureau's Regulation Z, establishes, among other conditions on extensions of credit, disclosure requirements for credit extended primarily for personal, family, or household purposes.
Section 603(c) of the RFA requires that Bureau to describe in the IRFA any significant alternatives to the proposed rule which accomplish the stated objectives of applicable statutes and which minimize any significant economic impact of the proposed rule on small entities.
1. Limits on reborrowing of covered short-term loans without an ability-to-repay requirement
2. An ATR requirement for covered short-term loans with no Alternative approach
3. Disclosures as an alternative to the ability-to-repay requirement
4. Limitations on withdrawing payments from borrowers' account without associated disclosures
In addition to the major alternatives outlined above, the Bureau has considered and solicits comment on numerous alternatives to specific provisions of the proposed rule, discussed in detail in the section-by-section analysis of each corresponding section.
As an alternative to the proposed ability-to-repay requirements in proposed §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 for covered short-term loans, the Bureau considered a limitation on the overall number of covered short-term loans that a consumer could take in a loan sequence or within a short period of time. This alternative would limit consumer injury from extended periods of reborrowing on covered short-term loans. However, as discussed further in part VI.J.1, the Bureau believes that a limitation on reborrowing without a requirement to determine the consumer's ability to repay the loan would not provide sufficient protection against consumer injury from making a covered short-term loan without reasonably determining that the consumer will have the ability to repay the loan. Accordingly, the Bureau does not believe that a limitation on repeat borrowing alone would be consistent with the stated objectives of Title X to identify and prevent unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices.
The Bureau considered proposing the ability-to-repay requirements in §§ 1041.5 and 1041.6 for covered short-term loans without proposing the alternative set of requirements for originating certain covered short-term loans as proposed in § 1041.7. In the absence of the Alternative approach, lenders would be required to make a reasonable determination that a consumer has the ability to repay a loan and to therefore incur the costs associated with the ability-to-repay requirements for every covered short-term loan that they originate. However, the Bureau believes that the Alternative approach would provide sufficiently strong screening and structural consumer protections while reducing the compliance burdens associated with the ATR approach on lenders and permitting access to less risky credit for borrowers for whom it may be difficult for lenders to make a reasonable determination that the borrower has the ability to repay a loan, but who may nonetheless have sufficient income to repay the loan and also meet other financial obligations and basic living expenses. Accordingly, the Bureau believes that providing the Alternative approach as described in proposed § 1041.7 would help minimize the economic impact of the proposed rule on small entities without undermining consumer protections in accordance with the stated objectives of Title X to identify and prevent unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices.
As an alternative to substantive regulation of the consumer credit transactions that would be covered by the proposed rule, the Bureau considered whether enhanced disclosure requirements would prevent the consumer injury that is the focus of the proposed rule and minimize the impact of the proposal on small entities. In particular, the Bureau considered whether the disclosures required by some States would accomplish the stated objectives of Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act. The Bureau is proposing in proposed §§ 1041.7, 1041.14, and 1041.15 to require lenders to make specific disclosures in connection with certain aspects of a transaction.
Analysis by the Bureau indicates that a disclosure-only approach would have substantially less impact on the volume of covered short-term lending, but also would have substantially less impact on the harms consumers experience from long sequences of payday and single-payment vehicle title loans, as discussed further in part VI.J.3. Because the Bureau believes that disclosures alone would be ineffective in warning borrowers of those risks and preventing the harms that the Bureau seeks to address with the proposal, the Bureau is not proposing disclosure as an alternative to the ability-to-repay and other requirements of the proposed rule.
The Bureau considered including the prohibition on lenders attempting to collect payment from a consumer's accounts when two consecutive attempts have been returned due to a lack of sufficient funds in proposed § 1041.14 unless the lender obtains a new and specific authorization, but not including the required disclosures of upcoming payment withdrawals (both usual and unusual payments) or the notice by lenders to consumers alerting them to the fact that two consecutive withdrawal attempts to their account have failed and the lender could therefore no longer continue to attempt to collect payments from a borrower account. This alternative would reduce the one-time costs of upgrading their disclosure systems as well as the incremental burden to lenders of providing each disclosure. The Bureau believes that in the absence of the disclosures, however, consumers face an increased risk of injury from adverse consequences of lenders initiating payment transfers, especially in situations in which lenders intend to initiate a withdrawal in a way that deviates from the loan agreement or prior course of conduct between the parties, and of believing that they are required to provide lenders with a new authorization to continue to withdraw payments directly from their accounts when they may be better off using some alternative method of payment.
Consistent with the RFA and the Small Business Review Panel Report, the Bureau considered providing a whole or partial exemption for small entities from the requirements of the proposed rule. In particular, the Bureau examined whether small businesses in the affected markets are engaged in meaningfully different lending practices than are larger businesses in these markets. As part of the SBREFA Process and in ongoing outreach, the Bureau heard directly from small businesses about their loan origination and servicing practices. Among other feedback, the SERs provided the Bureau with information about the extent to which these lenders rely heavily on consumers who regularly take out long sequences of short-term loans. Similarly, a study submitted by several of the SERs purports to support their claim that a limit of three covered short-term loans in a sequence would cause a significant decrease in revenue and profit for their businesses.
Section 603(d) of the RFA requires the Bureau to consult with small entities regarding the potential impact of the proposed rule on the cost of credit for small entities and related matters. 5 U.S.C. 603(d). To satisfy these statutory requirements, the Bureau provided notification to the Chief Counsel that the Bureau would collect the advice and recommendations of the same small entity representatives identified in consultation with the Chief Counsel through the SBREFA process concerning any projected impact of the proposed rule on the cost of credit for small entities.
At the Small Business Review Panel Outreach Meeting, the Bureau asked the SERs a series of questions regarding cost of business credit issues.
In general, some of the SERs expressed concern that the proposals under consideration would have a substantial impact on the cost of business credit, both by making their businesses less credit worthy and by reducing access to credit for their customers that are using loans to fund small business operations.
As discussed in the Small Business Review Panel Report, the Panel recommended that the Bureau cover only loans extended primarily for personal, family, or household purposes.
Under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA), 44 U.S.C. 3501
As part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, the Bureau conducts a preclearance consultation program to provide the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on the new information collection requirements in accordance with the PRA.
The Bureau believes the following aspects of the proposed rule would be information collection requirements under the PRA: (1) Development, implementation, and continued use of notices for covered short-term loans made under § 1041.7, upcoming payment notices (including unusual payment notices), and consumer rights notices; (2) obtaining a consumer report from a registered information system; (3) furnishing information about consumers' borrowing behavior to each registered information system; (4) retrieval of borrowers' national consumer report information; (5) collection of consumers' income and major financial obligations during the underwriting process; (6) obtaining a new and specific authorization to withdraw payment from a borrower's deposit account after two consecutive failed payment transfer attempts; (7) application to be a registered information system; (8) biennial assessment of the information security programs for registered information systems; (9) retention of loan agreement and documentation obtained when making a covered loan, and electronic records of origination calculations and determination, records for a consumer who qualifies for an exception to or overcomes a presumption of unaffordability, loan type and term, and payment history and loan performance.
A complete description of the information collection requirements, including the burden estimate methods, is provided in the information collection request (ICR) that the Bureau has submitted to OMB under the requirements of the PRA. Please send your comments to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, Attention: Desk Officer for the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection. Send these comments by email to
Comments are invited on: (a) Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Bureau, including whether the information will have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the Bureau's estimate of the burden of the collection of information, including the validity of the methods and the assumptions used; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology. Comments submitted in response to this notice will be summarized and/or included in the request for OMB approval. All comments will become a matter of public record.
If applicable, the notice of final rule will display the control number assigned by OMB to any information collection requirements proposed herein and adopted in the final rule. If the OMB control number has not been assigned prior to publication of the final rule in the
Banks, banking, Consumer protection, Credit, Credit unions, National banks, Registration, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Savings associations, Trade practices.
For the reasons set forth above, the Bureau proposes to add part 1041 to Chapter X in Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as set forth below:
Appendix A to Part 1041—MODEL FORMS
Supplement I to Part 1041—Official Interpretations.
12 U.S.C. 5511, 5512, 5514(b), 5531(b), (c), and (d), 5532.
(a)
(b)
(a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(i) A covered short-term loan is the first loan in a sequence if the loan is extended to a consumer who had no covered short-term loans outstanding within the immediately preceding 30 days;
(ii) A covered short-term is the second loan in the sequence if the consumer has a currently outstanding covered short-term loan, or if the consummation date of the second loan is within 30 days following the last day on which the consumer's first loan in the sequence was outstanding;
(iii) A covered short-term is the third loan in the sequence if the consumer has a currently outstanding covered short-term loan that is the second loan in the sequence, or if the consummation date of the third loan is within 30 days following the last day on which the consumer's second loan in the sequence was outstanding; and
(iv) A covered short-term is the fourth loan in the sequence if the consumer has a currently outstanding covered short-term loan that is the third loan in the sequence, or if the consummation date of the fourth loan would be within 30 days following the last day on which the consumer's third loan in the sequence was outstanding.
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
(i)
(A) Any charge that the consumer incurs in connection with credit insurance before, at the same time as, or within 72 hours after the consumer receives the entire amount of funds that the consumer is entitled to receive under the loan, including any charges for application, sign-up, or participation in a credit insurance plan, and any charge for a debt cancellation or debt suspension agreement;
(B) Any charge for a credit-related ancillary product, service, or membership sold before, at the same time as, or within 72 hours after the consumer receives the entire amount of funds that the consumer is entitled to receive under the loan and in connection with the credit transaction for closed-end credit or an account for open-end credit;
(C) Finance charges associated with the credit as set forth by Regulation Z, 12 CFR 1026.4, but without regard to whether the credit is consumer credit, as that term is defined in 12 CFR 1026.2(a)(12), is extended by a creditor, as that term is defined in 12 CFR 1026.2(a)(17), or is extended to a consumer, as that term is defined in 12 CFR 1026.2(a)(11);
(D) Any application fee charged to a consumer who applies for a covered loan; and
(E) Any fee imposed for participation in any plan or arrangement for a covered loan.
(ii)
(iii)
(B)
(b) [Reserved].
(a)
(b)
(1) For closed-end credit that does not provide for multiple advances to consumers, the consumer is required to repay substantially the entire amount of the loan within 45 days of consummation, or for all other loans, the consumer is required to repay substantially the entire amount of the advance within 45 days of the advance under the loan; or
(2) For closed-end credit that does not provide for multiple advances to consumers, the consumer is not required to repay substantially the entire amount of the loan within 45 days of consummation, or for all other loans, the consumer is not required to repay substantially the entire amount of the loan within 45 days of an advance under the loan, and the following conditions are satisfied:
(i) The total cost of credit for the loan exceeds a rate of 36 percent per annum, as measured at the time of consummation or at the time of each subsequent ability-to-repay determination required to be made pursuant to § 1041.5(b); and
(ii) The lender or service provider obtains either a leveraged payment mechanism as defined in paragraph (c) of this section or vehicle security as defined in paragraph (d) of this section before, at the same time as, or within 72 hours after the consumer receives the entire amount of funds that the consumer is entitled to receive under the loan.
(c)
(1) Has the right to initiate a transfer of money, through any means, from a consumer's account to satisfy an obligation on a loan, except that the lender or service provider does not obtain a leveraged payment mechanism by initiating a one-time electronic fund transfer immediately after the consumer authorizes the transfer;
(2) Has the contractual right to obtain payment directly from the consumer's employer or other source of income; or
(3) Requires the consumer to repay the loan through a payroll deduction or deduction from another source of income.
(d)
(1) Any security interest in the motor vehicle, motor vehicle title, or motor vehicle registration whether or not the security interest is perfected or recorded; or
(2) A pawn transaction in which the consumer's motor vehicle is the pledged good and the consumer retains use of the motor vehicle during the period of the pawn agreement.
(e)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
It is an abusive and unfair practice for a lender to make a covered short-term loan without reasonably determining that the consumer will have the ability to repay the loan.
(a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(i) Means the combined dollar amount payable by the consumer at a particular time following consummation in connection with the covered short-term loan, assuming that the consumer has made preceding required payments and in the absence of any affirmative act by the consumer to extend or restructure the repayment schedule or to suspend, cancel, or delay payment for any product, service, or membership provided in connection with the loan;
(ii) Includes all principal, interest, charges, and fees; and
(iii) For a line of credit is calculated assuming that:
(A) The consumer will utilize the full amount of credit under the covered short-term loan as soon as the credit is available to the consumer; and
(B) The consumer will make only minimum required payments under the covered short-term loan.
(6)
(b)
(ii) For a covered short-term loan that is a line of credit, a lender must not permit a consumer to obtain an advance under the line of credit more than 180 days after the date of a required determination under this paragraph (b), unless the lender first makes a new determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the covered short-term loan according to its terms.
(2) A lender's determination of a consumer's ability to repay a covered short-term loan is reasonable only if, based on projections in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the lender reasonably concludes that:
(i) The consumer's residual income will be sufficient for the consumer to make all payments under the loan and to meet basic living expenses during the shorter of the term of the loan or the period ending 45 days after consummation of the loan;
(ii) The consumer will be able to make payments required for major financial obligations as they fall due, to make any remaining payments under the loan, and to meet basic living expenses for 30 days after having made the highest payment under the loan on its due date; and
(iii) For a loan for which a presumption of unaffordability applies under § 1041.6, the applicable requirements of § 1041.6 are satisfied.
(c)
(2)
(3)
(A) The amount and timing of the consumer's net income receipts; and
(B) The amount and timing of payments required for categories of the consumer's major financial obligations.
(ii)
(A) For the consumer's net income, a reliable record (or records) of an income payment (or payments) covering sufficient history to support the lender's projection under paragraph (c)(1);
(B) For the consumer's required payments under debt obligations, a national consumer report, the records of the lender and its affiliates, and a consumer report obtained from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or § 1041.17(d)(2), if available;
(C) For a consumer's required payments under court- or government agency-ordered child support obligations, a national consumer report;
(D) For a consumer's housing expense (other than a payment for a debt obligation that appears on a national consumer report obtained pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section):
(
(
(a)
(2)
(b)
(2)
(i) Either:
(A) The consumer paid in full the prior covered short-term loan (including the amount financed, charges included in the total cost of credit, and charges excluded from the total cost of credit), and the consumer would not owe, in connection with the new covered short-term loan, more than 50 percent of the amount that the consumer paid on the prior covered short-term loan (including the amount financed and charges included in the total cost of credit, but excluding any charges excluded from the total cost of credit); or
(B) The consumer is seeking to roll over the remaining balance on a covered short-term loan and would not owe more on the new covered short-term loan than the consumer paid on the prior covered short-term loan that is being rolled over (including the amount financed and charges included in the total cost of credit, but excluding any charges that are excluded from the total cost of credit); and
(ii) The new covered short-term loan would be repayable over a period that is at least as long as the period over which the consumer made payment or payments on the prior covered short-term loan.
(c)
(d)
(1) The consumer is or has been delinquent by more than seven days within the past 30 days on a scheduled payment on the outstanding loan;
(2) The consumer expresses or has expressed within the past 30 days an inability to make one or more payments on the outstanding loan;
(3) The period of time between consummation of the new covered short-term loan and the first scheduled payment on that loan would be longer than the period of time between consummation of the new covered short-term loan and the next regularly scheduled payment on the outstanding loan; or
(4) The new covered short-term loan would result in the consumer receiving no disbursement of loan proceeds or an amount of funds as disbursement of the loan proceeds that would not substantially exceed the amount of the payment or payments that would be due on the outstanding loan within 30 days of consummation of the new covered short-term loan.
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(a)
(b)
(1) The loan satisfies the following principal amount limitations, as applicable:
(i) For the first loan in a loan sequence of covered short-term loans made under this section, the principal amount is no greater than $500.
(ii) For the second loan in a loan sequence of covered short-term loans made under this section, the principal amount is no greater than two-thirds of the principal amount of the first loan in the loan sequence.
(iii) For the third loan in a loan sequence of covered short-term loans made under this section, the principal amount is no greater than one-third of
(2) The loan amortizes completely during the term of the loan and the payment schedule provides for the lender allocating a consumer's payments to the outstanding principal and interest and fees as they accrue only by applying a fixed periodic rate of interest to the outstanding balance of the unpaid loan principal every scheduled repayment period for the term of the loan.
(3) The lender does not take an interest in a consumer's motor vehicle as a condition of the loan, as described in § 1041.3(d).
(4) The loan is not structured as open-end credit, as defined in § 1041.2(a)(14).
(c)
(1) The consumer does not have a covered loan outstanding made under § 1041.5, § 1041.7, or § 1041.9, not including a loan made by the same lender or its affiliate under § 1041.7 that the lender is rolling over;
(2) The consumer has not had in the past 30 days an outstanding loan that was either a covered short-term loan made under § 1041.5 or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan made under § 1041.9;
(3) The loan would not result in the consumer having a loan sequence of more than three covered short-term loans made by any lender under this section; and
(4) The loan would not result in the consumer having during any consecutive 12-month period:
(i) More than six covered short-term loans outstanding; or
(ii) Covered short-term loans outstanding for an aggregate period of more than 90 days.
(d)
(e)
(1)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(B)
(vii)
(2)
(A)
(B)
(
(
(
(C)
(D)
(
(
(
(
(E)
(ii)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(3)
It is an abusive and unfair practice for a lender to make a covered longer-term loan without reasonably determining that the consumer will have the ability to repay the loan.
(a)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(i) Means the combined dollar amount payable by the consumer at a particular time following consummation in connection with the covered longer-term loan, assuming that the consumer has made preceding required payments and in the absence of any affirmative act by the consumer to extend or restructure the repayment schedule or to suspend, cancel, or delay payment for any product, service, or membership provided in connection with the loan;
(ii) Includes all principal, interest, charges, and fees; and
(iii) For a line of credit is calculated assuming that:
(A) The consumer will utilize the full amount of credit under the covered loan as soon as the credit is available to the consumer;
(B) The consumer will make only minimum required payments under the covered loan; and
(C) If the terms of the covered longer-term loan would not provide for termination of access to the line of credit by a date certain and for full repayment of all amounts due by a subsequent date certain, that the consumer must repay any remaining balance in one payment on the date that is 180 days following the consummation date.
(6)
(b)
(ii) For a covered longer-term loan that is a line of credit, a lender must not permit a consumer to obtain an advance under the line of credit more than 180 days after the date of a required determination under this paragraph (b), unless the lender first makes a new determination that the consumer will have the ability to repay the covered loan according to its terms.
(2) A lender's determination of a consumer's ability to repay a covered longer-term loan is reasonable only if, based on projections in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section, the lender reasonably concludes that:
(i) The consumer's residual income will be sufficient for the consumer to make all payments under the loan and to meet basic living expenses during the term of the loan;
(ii) For a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan, the consumer will be able to make payments required for major financial obligations as they fall due, to make any remaining payments under the loan, and to meet basic living expenses for 30 days after having made the highest payment under the loan on its due date; and
(iii) For a loan for which a presumption of unaffordability applies under § 1041.10, the applicable requirements of § 1041.10 are satisfied.
(c)
(2)
(3)
(A) The amount and timing of the consumer's net income receipts; and
(B) The amount and timing of payments required for categories of the consumer's major financial obligations.
(ii)
(A) For the consumer's net income, a reliable record (or records) of an income payment (or payments) covering sufficient history to support the lender's
(B) For the consumer's required payments under debt obligations, a national consumer report, the records of the lender and its affiliates, and a consumer report obtained from an information system currently registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or § 1041.17(d)(2), if available;
(C) For a consumer's required payments under court- or government agency-ordered child support obligations, a national consumer report;
(D) For a consumer's housing expense (other than a payment for a debt obligation that appears on a national consumer report obtained pursuant to paragraph (c)(3)(ii)(B) of this section):
(
(
(a)
(2)
(b)
(2)
(c)
(i) The consumer is or has been delinquent by more than seven days within the past 30 days on a scheduled payment on the outstanding loan;
(ii) The consumer expresses or has expressed within the past 30 days an inability to make one or more payments on the outstanding loan;
(iii) The period of time between consummation of the new covered longer-term loan and the first scheduled payment on that loan would be longer than the period of time between consummation of the new covered longer-term loan and the next regularly scheduled payment on the outstanding loan; or
(iv) The new covered longer-term loan would result in the consumer receiving no disbursement of loan proceeds or an amount of funds as disbursement of the loan proceeds that would not substantially exceed the amount of payment or payments that would be due on the outstanding loan within 30 days of consummation of the new covered longer-term loan.
(2)
(i) The size of every payment on the new covered longer-term loan would be substantially smaller than the size of every payment on the outstanding loan; or
(ii) The new covered longer-term loan would result in a substantial reduction in the total cost of credit for the consumer relative to the outstanding loan.
(d)
(e)
(f)
(a)
(b)
(1) The loan is not structured as open-end credit, as defined in § 1041.2(a)(14);
(2) The loan has a term of not more than six months;
(3) The principal of the loan is not less than $200 and not more than $1,000;
(4) The loan is repayable in two or more payments due no less frequently than monthly, all of which payments are substantially equal in amount and fall due in substantially equal intervals;
(5) The loan amortizes completely during the term of the loan and the payment schedule provides for the lender allocating a consumer's payments to the outstanding principal and interest and fees as they accrue only by applying a fixed periodic rate of interest to the outstanding balance of the unpaid loan principal every repayment period for the term of the loan; and
(6) The loan carries a total cost of credit of not more than the cost permissible for Federal credit unions to charge under regulations issued by the National Credit Union Administration at 12 CFR 701.21(c)(7)(iii).
(c)
(d)
(e)
(1) In connection with a covered longer-term loan made under this section, the lender must not:
(i) Impose a prepayment penalty; or
(ii) If the lender holds funds on deposit in the consumer's name, in response to an actual or expected delinquency or default on the loan: Sweep the account to a negative balance, exercise a right of set-off to collect on the loan, including placing a hold on funds in the consumer's account, or close the account.
(2) For each covered longer-term loan made under this section, the lender must either:
(i) Furnish the information concerning the loan as described in § 1041.16(c) to each information system described in § 1041.16(b); or
(ii) Furnish information concerning the loan at the time of the lender's next regularly-scheduled furnishing of information to a consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis or within 30 days of consummation of the loan, whichever is earlier. For the purposes of this paragraph (e)(2)(ii), “consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis” has the same meaning as in section 603(p) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. 1681a(p).
(a)
(b)
(1) The loan is not structured as open-end credit, as defined in § 1041.2(a)(14);
(2) The loan has a term of not more than 24 months;
(3) The loan is repayable in two or more payments due no less frequently than monthly, all of which payments are substantially equal in amount and fall due in substantially equal intervals;
(4) The loan amortizes completely during the term of the loan and the payment schedule provides for the lender allocating a consumer's payments to the outstanding principal and interest and fees as they accrue only by applying a fixed periodic rate of interest to the outstanding balance of the unpaid loan principal every repayment period for the term of the loan; and
(5) The loan carries a modified total cost of credit of less than or equal to an annual rate of 36 percent. Modified total cost of credit is calculated in the manner set forth in § 1041.2(a)(18)(iii)(A) for calculating total cost of credit for closed-end loans, except that for purposes of this paragraph (b)(5) only, the lender may exclude from the calculation a single origination fee meeting the criteria in paragraph (b)(5)(i) or (ii) of this section.
(i)
(ii)
(c)
(d)
(1) At least once every 12 months, the lender must calculate the portfolio default rate for covered longer-term loans made under this section that were outstanding at any time during the preceding year; and
(2) If the lender's portfolio default rate for covered longer-term loans made under this section exceeds 5 percent per year, the lender must, within 30 calendar days of identifying the excessive portfolio default rate, refund to each consumer that received a loan included in the calculation of the portfolio default rate any origination fee imposed in connection with the covered longer-term loan and excluded from the modified total cost of credit pursuant to paragraph (b)(5) of this section. A lender will be deemed to have timely refunded a consumer if the lender delivers payment to the consumer or places the payment in the mail to the consumer within 30 calendar days after identifying the excessive portfolio default rate.
(e)
(1) Portfolio default rate means:
(i) The sum of the dollar amounts owed on any covered longer-term loans made under this section that were either:
(A) Delinquent for a period of 120 consecutive days or more during the 12-month period for which the portfolio default rate is being calculated; or
(B) Charged off during the 12-month period for which the portfolio default
(ii) Divided by the average of month-end outstanding balances owed on all covered longer-term loans made under this section for each month of the 12-month period;
(2) The portfolio default rate must be calculated as a gross sum using all covered longer-term loans made under this section that were outstanding at any point during the 12-month period for which the portfolio default rate is calculated;
(3) For purposes of this paragraph, a loan is considered 120 days delinquent even if it is re-aged by the lender prior to the 120th day, unless the consumer has made at least one full payment and the re-aging is for a period equivalent to the period for which the consumer has made a payment; and
(4) A lender must calculate the portfolio default rate within 90 days following the last day of the applicable 12-month period.
(f)
(1) In connection with a covered longer-term loan made under this section, the lender must not:
(i) Impose a prepayment penalty; or
(ii) If the lender holds funds on deposit in the consumer's name, in response to an actual or expected delinquency or default on the loan: sweep the account to a negative balance, exercise a right of set-off to collect on the loan, including placing a hold on funds in the consumer's account, or close the account.
(2) For each covered longer-term loan made under this section, the lender must either:
(i) Furnish the information concerning the loan as described in § 1041.16(c) to each information system described in § 1041.16(b); or
(ii) Furnish information concerning the loan at the time of the lender's next regularly-scheduled furnishing of information to a consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis or within 30 days of consummation of the loan, whichever is earlier. For the purposes of this paragraph (f)(2)(ii), “consumer reporting agency that compiles and maintains files on consumers on a nationwide basis” has the same meaning as in section 603(p) of the Fair Credit Reporting Act, 15 U.S.C. 1681a(p).
It is an unfair and abusive act or practice for a lender to attempt to withdraw payment from a consumer's account in connection with a covered loan after the lender's second consecutive attempt to withdraw payment from the account has failed due to a lack of sufficient funds, unless the lender obtains the consumer's new and specific authorization to make further withdrawals from the account.
(a)
(1)
(i) Electronic fund transfer, including a preauthorized electronic fund transfer as defined in Regulation E, 12 CFR 1005.2(k).
(ii) Signature check, regardless of whether the transaction is processed through the check network or another network, such as the automated clearing house (ACH) network.
(iii) Remotely created check as defined in Regulation CC, 12 CFR 229.2(fff).
(iv) Remotely created payment order as defined in 16 CFR 310.2(cc).
(v) An account-holding institution's transfer of funds from a consumer's account that is held at the same institution.
(2)
(i) A payment transfer initiated by a one-time electronic fund transfer within one business day after the lender obtains the consumer's authorization for the one-time electronic fund transfer.
(ii) A payment transfer initiated by means of processing the consumer's signature check through the check system or through the ACH system within one business day after the consumer provides the check to the lender.
(b)
(2)
(i)
(A) The lender has initiated no other payment transfer from the consumer's account in connection with the covered loan.
(B) The immediately preceding payment transfer was successful, regardless of whether the lender has previously initiated a first failed payment transfer.
(C) The payment transfer is the first payment transfer to fail after the lender obtains the consumer's authorization for additional payment transfers pursuant to paragraph (c) of this section.
(ii)
(iii)
(c)
(2)
(ii)
(iii)
(B) A lender may add the amount of one late fee or one returned item fee to the original amount of a payment transfer authorized by the consumer pursuant to this paragraph (c) only if the consumer authorizes the lender to initiate transfers that include such an additional amount. For purposes of this paragraph (c)(2)(iii)(B), the consumer authorizes the lender to initiate payment transfers that include such an amount if the consumer's authorization obtained under paragraph (c)(3)(iii) of this section includes a statement, in terms that are clear and readily understandable to the consumer, that the amount of one late fee or one returned item fee may be added to any payment transfer and specifies the highest amount for such fees that may be charged, and the payment channel to be used.
(3)
(ii)
(A) In writing, by mail or in person, or in a retainable form by email if the consumer has consented to receive electronic disclosures in this manner under § 1041.15(a)(4) or agrees to receive the terms and statements by email in the course of a communication initiated by the consumer in response to the consumer rights notice required by § 1041.15(d).
(B) By oral telephone communication, if the consumer affirmatively contacts the lender in that manner in response to the consumer rights notice required by § 1041.15(d) and agrees to receive the terms and statements in that manner in the course of, and as part of, the same communication.
(iii)
(B)
(C)
(4)
(i) The lender subsequently obtains a new authorization from the consumer pursuant to this paragraph (c).
(ii) Two consecutive payment transfers initiated pursuant to the consumer's authorization fail, as specified in paragraph (b) of this section.
(d)
(1) The payment transfer is a single immediate payment transfer at the consumer's request as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section; and
(2) The consumer authorizes the underlying one-time electronic fund transfer or provides the underlying signature check to the lender, as applicable, no earlier than the date on which the lender provides to the consumer the consumer rights notice required by § 1041.15(d) or on the date that the consumer affirmatively contacts the lender to discuss repayment options, whichever date is earlier.
(a)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(i)
(B)
(ii)
(A) The consumer revokes consent to receive disclosures through that delivery method; or
(B) The lender receives notification that the consumer is unable to receive disclosures through that delivery method at the address or number used.
(5)
(6)
(7)
(ii)
(iii)
(8)
(b)
(2)
(i) A payment transfer in connection with a covered loan made under § 1041.11 or § 1041.12;
(ii) The first payment transfer from a consumer's account after obtaining consumer consent pursuant to § 1041.14(c), regardless of whether any of the conditions in paragraph (b)(5) of this section apply; or
(iii) A single immediate payment transfer initiated at the consumer's request in accordance with § 1041.14(a)(2).
(3)
(ii)
(B) If, after providing the payment notice through electronic delivery pursuant to the timing requirements in paragraph (b)(3)(ii)(A) of this section, the lender loses the consumer's consent to receive the notice through a particular electronic delivery method according to paragraph (a)(4)(ii) of this section, the lender must provide the notice before any future payment attempt, if applicable, through alternate means.
(iii)
(4)
(i)
(B)
(ii)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(iii)
(iv)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(v)
(5)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(c)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(B)
(C)
(iii)
(3)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(d)
(2)
(3)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
(v)
(e)
(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
(iv)
(v)
(a)
(b)
(i) Has been registered with the Bureau pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) for 120 days or more; or
(ii) Has been provisionally registered with the Bureau pursuant to § 1041.17(d)(1) for 120 days or more or subsequently has become registered with the Bureau pursuant to § 1041.17(d)(2).
(2) The Bureau will publish on its Web site and in the
(c)
(1)
(i) Information necessary to uniquely identify the loan;
(ii) Information necessary to allow the information system to identify the specific consumer(s) responsible for the loan;
(iii) Whether the loan is a covered short-term loan, a covered longer-term loan, or a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan;
(iv) Whether the loan is made under § 1041.5, § 1041.7, or § 1041.9, as applicable;
(v) For a covered short-term loan, the loan consummation date;
(vi) For a loan made under § 1041.7, the principal amount borrowed;
(vii) For a loan that is closed-end credit:
(A) The fact that the loan is closed-end credit;
(B) The date that each payment on the loan is due; and
(C) The amount due on each payment date.
(viii) For a loan that is open-end credit:
(A) The fact that the loan is open-end credit;
(B) The credit limit on the loan;
(C) The date that each payment on the loan is due; and
(D) The minimum amount due on each payment date.
(2)
(3)
(i) The date as of which the loan ceased to be an outstanding loan; and
(ii) For a covered short-term loan:
(A) Whether all amounts owed in connection with the loan were paid in full, including the amount financed, charges included in the total cost of credit, and charges excluded from the total cost of credit; and
(B) If all amounts owed in connection with the loan were paid in full, the amount paid on the loan, including the amount financed and charges included in the total cost of credit but excluding any charges excluded from the total cost of credit.
(a)
(2)
(b)
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(i) Sets forth a detailed summary of the Federal consumer financial law compliance program that the entity has implemented and maintains;
(ii) Explains how the Federal consumer financial law compliance program is appropriate for the entity's size and complexity, the nature and scope of its activities, and risks to consumers presented by such activities;
(iii) Certifies that, in the opinion of the assessor, the Federal consumer financial law compliance program is operating with sufficient effectiveness to provide reasonable assurance that the entity is fulfilling its obligations under all Federal consumer financial laws; and
(iv) Certifies that the assessment has been conducted by a qualified, objective, independent third-party individual or entity that uses procedures and standards generally accepted in the profession, adheres to professional and business ethics, performs all duties objectively, and is free from any conflicts of interest that might compromise the assessor's independent judgment in performing assessments.
(6)
(7)
(A) Sets forth the administrative, technical, and physical safeguards that the entity has implemented and maintains;
(B) Explains how such safeguards are appropriate to the entity's size and complexity, the nature and scope of its activities, and the sensitivity of the customer information at issue;
(C) Explains how the safeguards that have been implemented meet or exceed the protections required by the Standards for Safeguarding Customer Information, 16 CFR part 314;
(D) Certifies that, in the opinion of the assessor, the information security program is operating with sufficient effectiveness to provide reasonable assurance that the entity is fulfilling its obligations under the Standards for Safeguarding Customer Information, 16 CFR part 314; and
(E) Certifies that the assessment has been conducted by a qualified, objective, independent third-party individual or entity that uses procedures and standards generally accepted in the profession, adheres to professional and business ethics, performs all duties objectively, and is free from any conflicts of interest that might compromise the assessor's independent judgment in performing assessments.
(ii) Each written assessment obtained and provided to the Bureau on at least a biennial basis pursuant to paragraph (b)(7)(i) of this section must be completed and provided to the Bureau within 60 days after the end of the period to which the assessment applies.
(8)
(c)
(2)
(i) The entity received preliminary approval pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of this section; and
(ii) The entity submits an application to the Bureau by the deadline set forth in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section that contains information and documentation sufficient for the Bureau to determine that the entity satisfies the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) of this section. The Bureau may require additional information and documentation to facilitate this determination or otherwise to assess whether registration of the entity would pose an unreasonable risk to consumers.
(3)
(ii) The deadline to submit an application to be a registered information system pursuant to paragraph (c)(2) of this section is 90 days from the date preliminary approval for registration is granted.
(iii) The Bureau may waive the deadlines set forth in this paragraph.
(d)
(2)
(e)
(1) The entity does not satisfy the conditions set forth in paragraph (b) of this section, or, in the case of an entity seeking preliminary approval for registration, is not reasonably likely to satisfy the conditions as of the deadline set forth in paragraph (c)(3)(ii) of this section;
(2) The entity's application is untimely or materially inaccurate or incomplete; or
(3) Preliminary approval, provisional registration, or registration of the entity would pose an unreasonable risk to consumers.
(f)
(g)
(i) That the entity has not satisfied or no longer satisfies the conditions described in paragraph (b) of this section or has not complied with the requirement described in paragraph (f) of this section; or
(ii) That preliminary approval, provisional registration, or registration of the entity poses an unreasonable risk to consumers.
(2) The Bureau may require additional information and documentation from an entity if it has reason to believe suspension or revocation under paragraph (g)(1) of this section may be warranted.
(3) Except in cases of willfulness or those in which the public interest requires otherwise, prior to suspension or revocation under paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the Bureau will provide written notice of the facts or conduct that may warrant the suspension or revocation and an opportunity for the entity or information system to demonstrate or achieve compliance with this section or otherwise address the Bureau's concerns.
(4) The Bureau will revoke an entity's preliminary approval for registration, provisional registration, or registration if the entity submits a written request to the Bureau that its preliminary approval, provisional registration, or registration be revoked.
(5) For purposes of §§ 1041.5 through 1041.7, 1041.9, and 1041.10, suspension or revocation of an information system's registration is effective five days after the date that the Bureau publishes notice of the suspension or revocation on the Bureau's Web site. For purposes of § 1041.16(b)(1), suspension or revocation of an information system's provisional registration or registration is effective on the date that the Bureau publishes notice of the suspension or revocation on the Bureau's Web site. The Bureau will also publish notice of a suspension or revocation in the
(a)
(b)
(1)
(i) Consumer report from an information system registered pursuant to § 1041.17(c)(2) or (d)(2);
(ii) Verification evidence, as described in §§ 1041.5(c)(3)(ii) and 1041.9(c)(3)(ii);
(iii) Any written statement obtained from the consumer, as described in §§ 1041.5(c)(3)(i) and 1041.9(c)(3)(i);
(iv) Authorization of additional payment transfer, as described in § 1041.14(c)(3)(iii); and
(v) Underlying one-time electronic transfer authorization or underlying signature check, as described in § 1041.14(d)(2).
(2)
(i) For a covered short-term loan made under § 1041.5:
(A) The projection made by the lender of the amount and timing of a consumer's net income;
(B) The projections made by the lender of the amounts and timing of a consumer's major financial obligations;
(C) Calculated residual income; and
(D) Estimated basic living expenses for the consumer;
(ii) For a covered longer-term loan made under § 1041.9:
(A) The projection made by the lender of the amount and timing of a consumer's net income;
(B) The projections made by the lender of the amounts and timing of a consumer's major financial obligations;
(C) Calculated residual income; and
(D) Estimated basic living expenses for the consumer.
(iii) Whether a non-covered bridge loan was outstanding in the preceding 30 days;
(3)
(i) For a consumer who qualifies for the exception in § 1041.6(b)(2) to the presumption of unaffordability in § 1041.6(b)(1) for a sequence of covered short-term loans:
(A) Percentage difference between the amount to be paid in connection with the new covered short-term loan
(B) Either:
(
(
(C) Loan term in days of the new covered short-term loan; and
(D) The term in days of the period over which the consumer made payment or payments on the prior covered short-term loan;
(ii) For a consumer who overcomes a presumption of unaffordability in § 1041.6 for a covered short-term: Dollar difference between the consumer's financial capacity projected for the new covered short-term loan and the consumer's financial capacity since obtaining the prior loan;
(iii) For a consumer who qualifies for an exception in § 1041.10(b)(2) to the presumption of unaffordability in § 1041.10(b)(1) for a covered longer-term loan following a covered short-term or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan: Percentage difference between the size of the largest payment on the covered longer-term loan and the largest payment on the prior covered short-term or covered longer-term balloon-payment loan;
(iv) For a consumer who qualifies for an exception in § 1041.10(c)(2) to the presumption of unaffordability in § 1041.10(c)(1) for a covered longer-term loan during an unaffordable outstanding loan:
(A) Percentage difference between the size of the largest payment on the covered longer-term loan and the size of the smallest payment on the outstanding loan; and
(B) Percentage difference between the total cost of credit on the covered longer-term loan and the total cost of credit on the outstanding loan;
(v) For a consumer who overcomes a presumption of unaffordability in § 1041.10 for a covered longer-term loan: Dollar difference between the consumer's financial capacity projected for the new covered longer-term loan and the consumer's financial capacity during the 30 days prior to the lender's determination.
(4)
(i) As applicable, the information listed in § 1041.16(c)(1)(i) through (iii), § 1041.16(c)(1)(v) through (viii), and§ 1041.16(c)(2);
(ii) Whether the loan is made under § 1041.5, § 1041.7, § 1041.9, § 1041.11, or § 1041.12;
(iii) Leveraged payment mechanism(s) obtained by the lender from the consumer;
(iv) Whether the lender obtained vehicle security from the consumer; and
(v) For a covered short-term loan made under § 1041.5 or § 1041.7: Loan number in loan sequence.
(5)
(i) History of payments received and attempted payment transfers, as defined in § 1041.14(a)(1):
(A) Date of receipt of payment or attempted payment transfer;
(B) Amount of payment due;
(C) Amount of attempted payment transfer;
(D) Amount of payment received or transferred; and
(E) Payment channel used for attempted payment transfer;
(ii) If an attempt to transfer funds from a consumer's account was subject to the prohibition in § 1041.14(b)(1), whether the authorization to initiate a payment transfer was obtained from the consumer in accordance with the requirements in § 1041.14(c) or (d);
(iii) If a full payment, including the amount financed, charges included in the cost of credit, and charges excluded from the cost of credit, was not received or transferred by the contractual due date, the maximum number of days, up to 180 days, any full payment was past due;
(iv) For a covered longer-term loan made under § 1041.12: Whether the loan was charged off;
(v) For a loan with vehicle security: Whether repossession of the vehicle was initiated;
(vi) Date of last or final payment received; and
(vii) The information listed in § 1041.16(c)(3)(i) and (ii).
A lender must not take any action with the intent of evading the requirements of this part.
The provisions of this part are separate and severable from one another. If any provision is stayed or determined to be invalid, it is the Bureau's intention that the remaining provisions shall continue in effect.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
2.
3.
i. Products marketed to protect consumers from identity theft or to alleviate harms caused by identity theft;
ii. Products marketed to alleviate harms caused by the consumer's unemployment;
iii. Products marketed to alleviate harms caused by other hardships that the consumer may suffer, such as credit life, credit disability insurance, or debt suspension products;
iv. Products marketed to alleviate harms resulting from the consumer's wallet or account information being lost or stolen; and
v. Products marketed to keep the consumer informed of information bearing on the consumer's credit record or score.
1.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
i. Under a closed-end commitment, the lender might agree to lend a total of $1,000 in a series of advances as needed by the consumer. When a consumer has borrowed the full $1,000, no more is advanced under that particular agreement, even if there has been repayment of a portion of the debt.
3.
4.
1.
2.
1.
If a loan modification provides for the consumer to receive additional funds, the condition in § 1041.3(b)(2)(ii) is satisfied if a lender or service provider obtains a leveraged payment mechanism or vehicle security before, at the same time as, or within 72 hours after the consumer receives the entire amount of funds that the consumer is entitled to receive under the loan modification. If a lender or service provider has obtained a leveraged payment mechanism on a non-covered loan more than 72 hours after the consumer receives the entire amount of funds that the consumer is entitled to receive under the loan, and a modification of such a non-covered loan provides for the consumer to receive additional funds, the loan modification will result in the non-covered loan becoming a covered loan if the conditions in § 1041.3(b)(2)(ii) are otherwise satisfied. Thus, as of the consummation of such a loan modification, the lender would have to comply with the requirements of part 1041 as they would apply to a new covered loan.
2.
i. Received the entire sum available under a closed-end credit agreement and can receive no further funds without consummating another loan; or
ii. Fully drawn down the entire sum available under an open-end credit plan and can receive no further funds without replenishing the credit plan or repaying the balance (if replenishment is allowed under the plan), consummating another loan (if replenishment is not allowed under the plan), or increasing the credit line available under the credit plan.
3.
i.
ii.
iii.
1.
2.
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
3.
4.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
i. Assume that in connection with a covered short-term loan, a consumer would owe on a particular date $100 to the lender, which consists of $15 in finance charges, $80 in principal, and a $5 service fee, and the consumer also owes $10 as a credit insurance premium to a separate insurance company. Assume further that under the terms of the loan or other agreements entered into in connection with the loan, the consumer has the right to cancel the credit insurance at any time and avoid paying the $10 credit insurance premium and also has the option to pay the $80 in principal at a later date. The payment under the loan is $110.
ii. Assume that in connection with a covered short-term loan, a consumer would owe on a particular date $25 in finance charges to the lender. Under the terms of the loan, the consumer has the option of paying $50 in principal on that date, in which case the lender would charge $20 in finance charges instead. The payment under the loan is $25.
iii. Assume that in connection with a covered short-term loan, a consumer would owe on a particular date $25 in finance charges to the lender and $70 in principal. Under the terms of the loan, the consumer has the option of logging into her account on the lender's Web site and selecting an option to defer the due date of the $70 payment toward principal. The payment under the covered loan is $95.
1.
1.
2.
i. To be reasonable, a lender's determination of a consumer's ability to repay a covered short-term loan must:
A. Include the determinations required in § 1041.5(b)(2)(i), (ii), and (iii), as applicable;
B. Be based on reasonable projections of a consumer's net income and major financial obligations in accordance with § 1041.5(c);
C. Be based on reasonable estimates of a consumer's basic living expenses (see comment 5(b)-(4);
D. Be consistent with a lender's written policies and procedures required under § 1041.18 and grounded in reasonable inferences and conclusions as to a consumer's ability to repay a covered short-term loan according to its terms in light of information the lender is required to obtain or consider as part of its determination under § 1041.5(b); and
E. Appropriately account for information known by the lender, whether or not the lender is required to obtain the information under part 1041, that indicates that the consumer may not have the ability to repay a covered short-term loan according to its terms.
ii. A determination of ability to repay is not reasonable if it:
A. Relies on an implicit assumption that the consumer will obtain additional consumer credit to be able to make payments under the covered short-term loan, to make payments under major financial obligations, or to meet basic living expenses.
iii. Evidence of whether a lender's determinations of ability to repay are reasonable may include the extent to which the lender's determinations subject to § 1041.5 result in rates of delinquency, default, and reborrowing for covered short-term loans that are low, equal to, or high, including in comparison to the rates of other lenders making covered short-term loans to similarly situated consumers.
3.
4.
i. Reasonable methods of estimating basic living expenses may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:
A. Setting minimum percentages of income or dollar amounts based on a statistically valid survey of expenses of similarly situated consumers, taking into consideration the consumer's income, location, and household size;
B. Obtaining additional reliable information about a consumer's expenses other than the information required to be obtained under § 1041.5(c), to develop a reasonably accurate estimate of a consumer's basic living expenses; or
C. Any method that reliably predicts basic living expenses.
ii. Unreasonable methods of estimating basic living expenses may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:
A. Assuming that a consumer needs no or implausibly low amounts of funds to meet basic living expenses during the applicable period and that, accordingly, substantially all of a consumer's net income that is not required for payments for major financial obligations is available for loan payments; or
B. Setting minimum percentages of income or dollar amounts that, when used in ability-to-repay determinations for covered short-term loans, have yielded high rates of default and reborrowing relative to rates of default and reborrowing of other lenders making covered loans to similarly situated consumers.
1.
A. Assume a lender considers making a covered loan to a consumer on March 1. The prospective loan would be repayable in a single payment of $385 on March 17. The lender determines that, based on its projections of net income that the consumer will receive and payments for major financial obligations that will fall due from March 1 through March 17, the consumer will have $800 in residual income. The lender complies with the requirement in § 1041.5(b)(1) if it reasonably determines that $800 will be greater than the sum of the $385 loan payment plus an amount the lender reasonably estimates will be needed for basic living expenses from March 1 through March 17. (Note that in this example the lender also would have to comply with the requirement of § 1041.5(b)(2)(ii). See comment 5(b)(2)(ii)-1.)
2.
1.
i. Assume that a lender considers making a covered loan to a consumer on April 23 and that the loan would be repayable in a single payment of $550 (
1.
A. Assume that a consumer states that her net income is $1,000 every two weeks, pursuant to § 1041.5(c)(3)(i). The deposit account transaction records the lender obtains as verification evidence pursuant to § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii) show that the consumer receives $900 every two weeks. The lender complies with § 1041.5(c)(1) if it makes the determination required under § 1041.5(b) based on a projection of $900 in income every two weeks because it relies on the stated amount and timing only to the extent they are consistent with the verification evidence.
B. Assume that a consumer states that her net income is $900 every two weeks, pursuant to § 1041.5(c)(3)(i). For verification evidence, the lender uses an online income verification service that verifies gross income based on employer-reported payroll information, pursuant to § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii)(A) and comment 5(c)(3)(ii)(A)-1. The verification evidence the lender obtains pursuant to § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii) shows that the consumer receives $1,200 every two weeks. The lender reasonably determines that for a typical consumer, gross income of $1,200 is consistent with net income of $900. The lender complies with § 1041.5(c)(1) if it makes the determination required under § 1041.5(b) based on a projection of $900 in income every two weeks because it relies on the stated amount and timing only to the
C. Assume that a consumer states that her minimum required credit card payment is $150 on the fifth day of each month, pursuant to § 1041.5(c)(3)(i). The national consumer report that the lender obtains as verification evidence pursuant to § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii) shows that the consumer's minimum monthly payment is $160. The lender complies with § 1041.5(c)(1) if it makes the determination required under § 1041.5(b) based on a projection of a $160 credit card payment on the fifth day of each month because it relies on the stated amount and timing only to the extent they are consistent with the verification evidence.
D. Assume that a consumer states that her net income is $1,000 every two weeks, pursuant to § 1041.5(c)(3)(i). The lender obtains electronic records of the consumer's deposit account transactions as verification evidence pursuant to § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii) showing biweekly direct deposits of $750, $850, and $995, respectively, during the preceding six-week period. The lender does not comply with § 1041.5(c)(1) if it makes the determination required under § 1041.5(b) based on a projection of a $1,000 in net income every two weeks.
E. Assume that a consumer states that her net income is $1,000 every two weeks, pursuant to § 1041.5(c)(3)(i). The lender obtains electronic records of the consumer's deposit account transactions as verification evidence pursuant to § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii) showing biweekly direct deposits of $1,000, $1,000, and $800, respectively, during the preceding six-week period. The consumer explains that the most recent income was lower than her usual income because she missed two days of work due to illness. The lender complies with § 1041.5(c)(1) if it makes the determination required under § 1041.5(b) based on a projection of $1,000 in income every two weeks because it reasonably considers the consumer's explanation in determining whether the stated amount and timing is consistent with the verification evidence.
F. Assume that a consumer states that her net income is $2,000 every two weeks, pursuant to § 1041.5(c)(3)(i). The lender obtains electronic records of the consumer's deposit account transactions as verification evidence pursuant to § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii) showing no income transactions in the preceding month but showing consistent biweekly direct deposits of $2,000 from ABC Manufacturing prior to that month. The consumer explains that she was temporarily laid off for one month while ABC Manufacturing retooled the plant where she works but that she recently resumed work there. The lender complies with § 1041.5(c)(1) if it makes the determination required under § 1041.5(b) based on a projection of $2,000 in income every two weeks because it reasonably considers the consumer's explanation in determining whether the stated amount and timing is consistent with the verification evidence.
G. Assume that a consumer states that she owes a child support payment of $200 on the first day of each month, pursuant to § 1041.5(c)(3)(i). The national consumer report that the lender obtains as verification evidence pursuant to § 1041.5(c)(3)(ii) does not include any child support payment. The lender complies with § 1041.5(c)(1) if it makes the determination required under § 1041.5(b) based on a projection of a $200 child support payment on the first day of each month because it relies on the stated amount and timing and nothing in the verification evidence is inconsistent with the stated amount and timing.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
i. For a housing expense under a debt obligation (
ii. Under § 1041.5(c)(1)(ii)(D)(
iii. Under § 1041.5(c)(1)(ii)(D)(
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
2.
3.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
i. Assume that in connection with a covered longer-term loan, a consumer would owe on a particular date $100 to the lender, which consists of $25 in finance charges, $70 in principal, and a $5 service fee, and the consumer also owes $10 as a credit insurance premium to a separate insurance company. Assume further that under the terms of the loan or other agreements entered into in connection with the loan, the consumer has the right to cancel the credit insurance at any time and avoid paying the $10 credit insurance premium and also has the option to pay the $70 in principal at a later date. The payment under the loan is $110.
ii. Assume that in connection with a covered longer-term loan, a consumer would owe on a particular date $25 in finance charges to the lender. Under the terms of the loan, the consumer has the option of paying $50 in principal on that date, in which case the lender would charge $20 in finance charges instead. The payment under the loan is $25.
iii. Assume that in connection with a covered longer-term loan, a consumer would owe on a particular date $25 in finance charges to the lender and $70 in principal. Under the terms of the loan, the consumer has the option of logging into her account on
1.
1.
2.
i. To be reasonable, a lender's determination of a consumer's ability to repay a covered longer-term loan must:
A. Include the determinations required in § 1041.9(b)(2)(i), (ii), and (iii), as applicable;
B. Be based on reasonable projections of a consumer's net income and major financial obligations in accordance with § 1041.9(c);
C. Be based on reasonable estimates of a consumer's basic living expenses (see comment 9(b)-4);
D. Be consistent with a lender's written policies and procedures required under § 1041.18 and grounded in reasonable inferences and conclusions as to a consumer's ability to repay a covered longer-term loan according to its terms in light of information the lender is required to obtain or consider as part of its determination under § 1041.9(b).
E. Appropriately account for information known by the lender, whether or not the lender is required to obtain the information under part 1041, that indicates that the consumer may not have the ability to repay a covered longer-term loan according to its terms; and
F. Appropriately account for the possibility of volatility in a consumer's income and basic living expenses during the term of the loan. See comment 9(b)(2)(i)-2.
ii. A determination of ability to repay is not reasonable if it:
A. Relies on an implicit assumption that the consumer will obtain additional consumer credit to be able to make payments under the covered longer-term loan, to make payments under major financial obligations, or to meet basic living expenses; or
B. Relies on an assumption that a consumer will accumulate savings while making one or more payments under a covered longer-term loan and that, because of such assumed savings, the consumer will be able to make a subsequent loan payment under the loan.
iii. Evidence of whether a lender's determinations of ability to repay are reasonable may include the extent to which the lender's determinations subject to § 1041.9 result in rates of delinquency, default, and reborrowing for covered longer-term loans that are low, equal to, or high, including in comparison to the rates of other lenders making similar covered longer-term loans to similarly situated consumers.
3.
4.
i. Reasonable methods of estimating basic living expenses may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:
A. Setting minimum percentages of income or dollar amounts based on a statistically valid survey of expenses of similarly situated consumers, taking into consideration the consumer's income, location, and household size;
B. Obtaining additional reliable information about a consumer's expenses other than the information required to be obtained under § 1041.9(c), to develop a reasonably accurate estimate of a consumer's basic living expenses; or
C. Any method that reliably predicts basic living expenses.
ii. Unreasonable methods of estimating basic living expenses may include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:
A. Assuming that a consumer needs no or implausibly low amounts of funds to meet basic living expenses during the applicable period and that, accordingly, substantially all of a consumer's net income that is not required for payments for major financial obligations is available for loan payments; or
B. Setting minimum percentages of income or dollar amounts that, when used in ability-to-repay determinations for covered loans, have yielded high rates of default and reborrowing relative to rates of default and reborrowing of other lenders making covered loans to similarly situated consumers.
1.
i. A lender complies with the requirement in § 1041.9(b)(2)(i) if it reasonably determines that for the month with the highest sum of payments (if applicable) under the loan, the consumer's residual income will be sufficient for the consumer to make the payments and to meet basic living expenses during that month, provided that the lender's determination does not rely on a projected increase in the consumer's residual income during the term of the loan. If the same sum of payments would be due in each month, or if the highest sum of payments applies to more than one month, the lender may make the determination for any such month. (See comment 9(b)(2)(i)-2 regarding the requirement to account for the possibility of volatility in a consumer's income and basic living expenses.) For example:
A. Assume a lender considers making a covered longer-term loan to a consumer on March 1. The prospective loan would be repayable in six biweekly payments, the first five of which payments would be for $100, and the last of which payments would be for $275. The lender determines that highest sum of these payments that would be due within a monthly period would be $375. The lender further determines that, based on its projections of net income per month and of payments for major financial obligations per month, the consumer will have $1,200 in monthly residual income, and the lender has no reason to believe this amount of residual income will change during the term of the loan. The lender complies with the requirement in § 1041.9(b)(1) if it reasonably determines that $1,200 will be sufficiently compared to the sum of the $375 in loan payments plus an amount the lender reasonably estimates is adequate for basic living expenses during a monthly period.
2.
1.
i. Assume a lender considers making a covered longer-term loan to a consumer on March 1. The prospective loan would be repayable in six biweekly payments, the first five of which payments would be for $100, and the last of which payments would be for $275, on May 20. The loan would be a covered longer-term balloon-payment loan as defined in § 1041.2(a)(7), so the requirement in § 1041.9(b)(2)(ii) applies. Assume further that the lender reasonably determines in accordance with § 1041.9(b)(2)(i) that the consumer's residual income for the month with the highest sum of payments, (
1.
A. Assume that a consumer states that her net income is $1,000 every two weeks, pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(i). The deposit account transaction records the lender obtains as verification evidence pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii) show that the consumer receives $900 every two weeks. The lender complies with § 1041.9(c)(1) if it makes the determination required under § 1041.9(b) based on a projection of $900 in income every two weeks because it relies on the stated amount and timing only to the extent they are consistent with the verification evidence.
B. Assume that a consumer states that her net income is $900 every two weeks, pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(i). For verification evidence, the lender uses an online income verification service that verifies gross income based on employer-reported payroll information, pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii)(A) and comment 9(c)(3)(ii)(A)-1. The verification evidence the lender obtains pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii) shows that the consumer receives $1,200 every two weeks. The lender reasonably determines that for a typical consumer, gross income of $1,200 is consistent with net income of $900. The lender complies with § 1041.9(c)(1) if it makes the determination required under § 1041.9(b) based on a projection of $900 in income every two weeks because it relies on
C. Assume that a consumer states that her minimum required credit card payment is $150 on the fifth day of each month, pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(i). The national consumer report that the lender obtains as verification evidence pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii) shows that the consumer's minimum monthly payment is $160. The lender complies with § 1041.9(c)(1) if it makes the determination required under § 1041.9(b) based on a projection of a $160 credit card payment on the fifth day of each month because it relies on the stated amount and timing only to the extent they are consistent with the verification evidence.
D. Assume that a consumer states that her net income is $1,000 every two weeks, pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(i). The lender obtains electronic records of the consumer's deposit account transactions as verification evidence pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii) showing biweekly direct deposits of $750, $850, and $995, respectively, during the preceding six-week period. The lender does not comply with § 1041.9(c)(1) if it makes the determination required under § 1041.9(b) based on a projection of a $1,000 in net income every two weeks.
E. Assume that a consumer states that her net income is $1,000 every two weeks, pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(i). The lender obtains electronic records of the consumer's deposit account transactions as verification evidence pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii) showing biweekly direct deposits of $1,000, $1,000, and $800, respectively, during the preceding six-week period. The consumer explains that the most recent income was lower than her usual income because she missed two days of work due to illness. The lender complies with § 1041.9(c)(1) if it makes the determination required under § 1041.9(b) based on a projection of $1,000 in income every two weeks because it reasonably considers the consumer's explanation in determining whether the stated amount and timing is consistent with the verification evidence.
F. Assume that a consumer states that her net income is $2,000 every two weeks, pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(i). The lender obtains electronic records of the consumer's deposit account transactions as verification evidence pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii) showing no income transactions in the preceding month but showing consistent biweekly direct deposits of $2,000 from ABC Manufacturing prior to that month. The consumer explains that she was temporarily laid off for one month while ABC Manufacturing retooled the plant where she works but that she recently resumed work there. The lender complies with § 1041.9(c)(1) if it makes the determination required under § 1041.9(b) based on a projection of $2,000 in income every two weeks because it reasonably considers the consumer's explanation in determining whether the stated amount and timing is consistent with the verification evidence.
G. Assume that a consumer states that she owes a child support payment of $200 on the first day of each month, pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(i). The national consumer report that the lender obtains as verification evidence pursuant to § 1041.9(c)(3)(ii) does not include any child support payment. The lender complies with § 1041.9(c)(1) if it makes the determination required under § 1041.9(b) based on a projection of a $200 child support payment on the first day of each month because it relies on the stated amount and timing and nothing in the verification evidence is inconsistent with the stated amount and timing.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
i. For a housing expense under a debt obligation (
ii. Under § 1041.9(c)(1)(ii)(D)(
iii. Under § 1041.9(c)(1)(ii)(D)(
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
1.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
3.
1.
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
1.
2.
1.
1.
2.
3.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
i. A transfer for the amount of a scheduled payment due under a loan agreement for a covered loan.
ii. A transfer for an amount smaller than the amount of a scheduled payment due under a loan agreement for a covered loan.
iii. A transfer for the amount of the entire unpaid loan balance collected pursuant to an acceleration clause in a loan agreement for a covered loan.
iv. A transfer for the amount of a late fee or other penalty assessed pursuant to a loan agreement for a covered loan.
4.
5.
i. A consumer, on her own initiative or in response to a request or demand from the lender, makes a payment to the lender in cash withdrawn by the consumer from the consumer's account.
ii. A consumer makes a payment via an online or mobile bill payment service offered by the consumer's account-holding institution.
iii. The lender seeks repayment of a covered loan pursuant to a valid court order authorizing the lender to garnish a consumer's account.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
1.
i. A lender, having made no other attempts, initiates an electronic fund transfer to collect the first scheduled payment due under a loan agreement for a covered loan, which results in a return for nonsufficient funds. The failed transfer is the first failed payment transfer. The lender, having made no attempts in the interim, re-presents the electronic fund transfer and the re-presentment results in the collection of the full payment. Because the subsequent attempt did not result in a return for nonsufficient funds, the number of failed payment transfers resets to zero. The following month, the lender initiates an electronic fund transfer to collect the second scheduled payment due under the covered loan agreement, which results in a return for nonsufficient funds. That failed transfer is a first failed payment transfer.
ii. A storefront lender, having made no prior attempts, processes a consumer's signature check through the check system to collect the first scheduled payment due under a loan agreement for a covered loan. The check is returned for nonsufficient funds. This constitutes the first failed payment transfer. The lender does not convert and process the check through the ACH system, or initiate any other type of transfer, but instead contacts the consumer. At the lender's request, the consumer comes into the store and makes the full payment in cash withdrawn from the consumer's account. The number of failed payment transfers remains at one, because the consumer's cash payment was not a payment transfer as defined in § 1041.14(a)(2).
1.
2.
3.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
3.
4.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
i. After a lender provides the consumer rights notice in § 1041.15(d) by mail to a consumer who has not consented to receive electronic disclosures under § 1041.15(a)(4), the consumer calls the lender to discuss her options for repaying the loan, including the option of authorizing additional payment transfers pursuant to § 1041.14(c). In the course of the call, the consumer asks the lender to provide the request for the consumer's authorization via email. Because the consumer has agreed to receive the request via email in the course of a communication initiated by the consumer in response to the consumer rights notice, the lender is permitted under § 1041.14(c)(3)(ii)(A) to provide the request to the consumer by that method.
3.
1.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
3.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
1.
i. An email returned with a notification that the consumer's account is no longer active or does not exist.
ii. A text message returned with a notification that the consumer's mobile telephone number is no longer in service.
iii. A statement from the consumer that the consumer is unable to access or review disclosures through a particular electronic delivery method.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
2.
3.
i. On the seventh business day prior to initiating a transfer, a lender transmits the notice to the consumer via email and immediately receives a notification that the email account is no longer active. The next business day, the lender mails the notice to the consumer. Because the notice is mailed on the sixth business day prior to initiating the transfer, the timing requirement in § 1041.15(b)(3)(i) is satisfied.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
2.
3.
1.
2.
1.
2.
3.
1.
1.
1.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
2.
1.
1.
1.
2.
i. A lender makes non-covered loans to consumers without assessing their ability to repay and with a contractual duration of 46 days or longer and a total cost of credit exceeding a rate of 36 percent per annum, as measured at the time of consummation. As a matter of lender practice for loans with these contractual terms, more than 72 hours after consumers receive the entire amount of funds that they are entitled to receive under their loans, the lender routinely offers consumers a monetary or non-monetary incentive (
ii. A lender makes covered short-term loans to consumers without assessing their ability to repay and with a contractual duration of 14 days and a lump-sum repayment structure. The loan contracts provide for a “recurring late fee” as a lender remedy that is automatically triggered in the event of a consumer's delinquency (
iii. A lender makes non-covered loans to consumers without assessing their ability to repay, and the loans have the following terms: contractual duration of 60 days, repayment through four periodic payments each due every 15 days, and a total cost of credit that is below 36 percent per annum, as measured at the time of consummation. The lender also obtains a leveraged payment mechanism at or prior to consummation. The loan contract imposes a penalty interest rate of 360 percent per annum,
iv. A lender collects payment on its covered longer-term installment loans primarily through recurring electronic fund transfers authorized by consumers at consummation. As a matter of lender policy and practice, after a first ACH payment transfer to a consumer's account for the full payment amount is returned for nonsufficient funds, the lender makes a second payment transfer to the account on the following day for $1.00. If the second payment transfer succeeds, the lender immediately splits the amount of the full payment into two separate payment transfers and makes both payment transfers to the account at the same time, resulting in two returns for nonsufficient funds in the vast majority of cases. The lender developed the policy and began the practice shortly prior to the effective date of the rule that is codified in 12 CFR part 1041, which, among other provisions, prohibits a lender from attempting to withdraw payment from a consumer's account after two consecutive attempts have failed due to nonsufficient funds, unless the lender obtains a new and specific authorization from the consumer. The lender's prior policy and practice when re-presenting the first failed payment transfer was to re-present for the payment's full amount.
3.
Coast Guard, DHS.
Final rule.
The Coast Guard is issuing a final rule for certain design and approval standards for fire protection, detection, extinguishing equipment, and materials on inspected and uninspected vessels, outer continental shelf facilities, deepwater ports, and mobile offshore drilling units. This rule harmonizes Coast Guard approval processes for fire detection and alarm systems, and revises Coast Guard regulations for other types of equipment, materials, and components, such as spanner wrenches, non-metallic pipes, and sprinkler systems. This rule ensures Coast Guard regulations remain current and addresses advances in technology.
This final rule is effective August 22, 2016. The incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in the rule is approved by the Director of the Federal Register on August 22, 2016.
Comments and material received from the public, as well as documents mentioned in this preamble as being available in the docket, are part of docket USCG-2012-0196. You may find this docket on the Internet by going to
For information about this document, call or email Laurence E. Fisher, Office of Design and Engineering Standards, Lifesaving and Fire Safety Division (CG-ENG-4), Coast Guard; telephone 202-372-1447, email
This final rule updates Coast Guard regulations pertaining to certain design and approval standards for fire detection and alarm systems, fire extinguishers, and other fire prevention equipment used on inspected and uninspected vessels, Outer Continental Shelf (OCS) facilities, deepwater ports, and mobile offshore drilling units (MODUs). These updates harmonize our regulations with national and international industry consensus standards, and incorporate other advances in fire protection technologies and standards.
The basis of this regulatory action is the Secretary of Homeland Security's regulatory authority under the following statutes: Section 1333 of Title 43, United States Code (U.S.C), mandates the issuance of safety equipment regulations for OCS facilities; 46 U.S.C. 3306 mandates the issuance of fire fighting material and equipment regulations for Coast Guard-inspected vessels and the issuance of structural fire protection and equipment regulations for small passenger vessels; 46 U.S.C. 3703 mandates fire fighting equipment and material regulations for vessels carrying liquid bulk dangerous cargoes; 46 U.S.C. 4102 authorizes marine safety equipment regulations for fire extinguishers, life preservers, engine flame arrestors, engine ventilation, and emergency locating equipment on uninspected vessels, and authorizes regulations, after consultation with the Towing Safety Advisory Committee, for fire protection and suppression measures on towing vessels; 46 U.S.C. 4302 authorizes safety equipment such as fire fighting equipment regulations for recreational vessels; and 46 U.S.C. 4502 mandates fire extinguisher regulations for some uninspected commercial fishing vessels and authorizes safety equipment regulations for certain other uninspected commercial fishing vessels. Section 1509 of Title 33, U.S.C., authorizes the Coast Guard to promulgate regulations for safety equipment relating to the promotion of safety of life and property in deepwater ports. The Secretary of Homeland Security has delegated these statutory authorities to the Coast Guard through Delegation No. 0170.1.
Under the statutory authorities listed above, the Coast Guard is authorized to develop and maintain standards for fire protection, detection, extinguishing equipment, and materials on inspected and uninspected vessels, OCS facilities, deepwater ports, and MODUs. The Coast Guard implements these authorities through regulations specified in Table 1. Table 1 lists the subchapters in Titles 33 and 46 of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) affected by this regulatory action (collectively referred to as “affected subchapters”), and provides a breakdown of each subchapter by subject matter.
The major provisions of this regulatory action harmonize Coast Guard regulations with national and international industry consensus standards and update Coast Guard regulations to incorporate advances in fire protection technology for specific types of fire protection, detection, extinguishing equipment, and materials. These provisions are discussed below and are grouped by equipment type or topic.
Fire detection and alarm systems:
• Provides vessels with the option to meet either the applicable International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS) and the International Maritime Organization (IMO) Fire Safety Systems (FSS) Code requirements, or updated Coast Guard regulations for the design and installation of fire detection and alarm systems. These changes provide vessel owners and/or operators and designers greater flexibility in fire detection and alarm system design for U.S. domestic vessels.
• Consolidates and updates the fire detection and alarm system requirements in 46 CFR subchapter H (passenger vessels). These changes also affect 46 CFR subchapters C, I, K, and T vessels where the regulations refer to subchapter H for fire detection and alarm system requirements. The consolidation of these requirements makes it easier for industry to locate and meet these requirements. These requirements reflect advancements in the fire detection and alarm systems industry, which include the development of digital technology and modern seamless electronic technology for the much larger land-based market. The Coast Guard does not require retrofitting of currently installed systems, but does require any modifications to installed systems or new installations to comply with the updated requirements after a 5-year compliance period.
• Revises Coast Guard approval processes for fire detection and alarm systems by allowing manufacturers of fire detection and alarm systems equipment the option of seeking approval for an entire system or an individual device; making approval processes easier for manufacturers by allowing some approval tests to be completed by an approved third party nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL); and requiring the use of the most current and widely used national consensus standards for approval of fire detection and alarm systems. These revisions allow for an easier replacement of individual devices and open the market to small manufacturers or to those dedicated to making components but not producing all components necessary for a complete detection system. They also provide manufacturers more flexibility and options for choosing a laboratory; and align our regulations with the most up-to-date national consensus standards that are already widely used by the fire detection industry.
Fire extinguishers:
• Replaces the Coast Guard's weight-based rating system for fire extinguishers with the UL performance-based rating system. Adopting the national industry standard rating system streamlines the selection, inspection, and approval processes for marine fire extinguishers.
• Revises inspection, maintenance and testing requirements for fire extinguishers by adopting National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 10 “Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers” (2010 Edition). NFPA 10 distinguishes between monthly inspections (a visual check) and annual maintenance (a thorough inspection of materials and components, and associated repairs). Vessel crewmembers can continue to perform monthly inspections; however, a certified person is required to conduct annual maintenance. This change aligns Coast Guard regulations with the current industry practice of having annual maintenance performed by certified persons as defined in NFPA 10.
• Codifies the use of UL standards for testing and labeling of fire extinguishers. These standards provide detailed, technical requirements for construction, performance, testing, packaging, and marking of the specific type of extinguisher. This change aligns Coast Guard regulations with current industry practice.
• Reduces the number of spare portable fire extinguishers required on vessels traveling domestic routes. This change is implemented due to the enhanced maintenance requirements that result in more reliable spares, as well as making new spares easier to obtain.
Other fire protection equipment:
• Requires small passenger vessels to carry spanner wrenches for fire hydrants that use 1
Fire protection equipment approvals:
• Adds new specification subparts in 46 CFR subchapter Q to address existing and new approval series for fire protection equipment, materials, and components required for use on SOLAS ships. The new approval series and associated subparts codify the standards and procedures currently used by industry to obtain Coast Guard approval for fire protection equipment, materials, and components required on SOLAS ships, and set forth design, construction, testing, and performance requirements satisfying SOLAS requirements for such equipment, materials, and components.
• Codifies an alternative path to Coast Guard approval through an established Mutual Recognition Agreement (MRA) to which the U.S. is a party. The MRA allows for Coast Guard approvals of certain fire protection equipment and materials issued by other nations that are members of the European Community (EC). This change will reduce manufacturer costs and burdens associated with duplicative testing and evaluation for multiple national approvals.
On January 13, 2014, we published a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM) titled “Harmonization of Standards for Fire Protection, Detection, and Extinguishing Equipment” in the
The Coast Guard received 44 comments in response to the NPRM. These comments were from several maritime organizations, international associations, private companies, and individuals. Eight comments concerned fire alarm and detection systems, eighteen comments concerned fire extinguishers, nine comments concerned other fire protection equipment, and nine comments we classified as general comments. Each comment is discussed below.
The Coast Guard received six comments from four commenters on the changes to approval processes for fire detection and alarm systems.
Two commenters requested that, in addition to the Coast Guard requiring electrical control units and accessories for fire alarm systems to meet UL 864 “Standards for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems, 2003”, the Coast Guard should also require these products to meet FM Global (FM) 3010 “Approval Standard for Fire Alarm Signaling Systems.” The Coast Guard disagrees with this request. It is a long-standing Coast Guard policy to harmonize its shipping regulations with voluntary consensus standards whenever possible. UL 864 is a voluntary consensus standard and it reflects the input of a balanced group of contributors (
Another commenter noted that UL 864 “Standards for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems, 2003” is a consensus standard and should be the preferred standard when determining the appropriate product certification. The Coast Guard agrees with this comment.
One commenter expressed concern that as MODUs are built and have initial acceptance tests conducted overseas, it may prove difficult for the ship builder and/or facility owner to utilize a specific testing entity as required in 46 CFR 161.002-6(a), Testing Requirements, which states that “[d]evices must be tested and listed for fire service by an accepted independent laboratory, as accepted in accordance with § 159.010 of this subchapter, or by a NRTL as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.7.” The Coast Guard disagrees. Certain safety equipment installed or carried on U.S flag MODUs and foreign flag MODUs operating on the U.S. OCS must be type approved by the Coast Guard as set forth in the applicable inspection subchapters of the U.S. shipping regulations. The testing required to obtain these type approvals is the responsibility of the manufacturer of the equipment and is usually done by accepted independent laboratories. Later, when this equipment is installed on the MODU, the installation must be inspected and approved by a classification society and/or Coast Guard inspector. These are two different approvals. Section 161.002 of CFR 46 applies to testing of the equipment for Coast Guard type approval. Under this section, manufacturers seeking type approval of their equipment must have the equipment tested by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard in accordance with § 159.010 or by an NRTL accepted by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) under 29 CFR 1910.7. This final rule gives the equipment manufacturer the additional option of using an NRTL. These tests are different from the initial acceptance tests of safety equipment after installation on vessels, including MODUs, which are not affected by this provision. Instead, acceptance tests of individual installations of type approved systems on inspected vessels will continue to be carried out by classification societies and/or Coast Guard inspectors.
One commenter endorsed the Coast Guard's proposal to allow the different components of alarm and detection systems to be approved individually under the “device method” in 46 CFR 161.002-19, or continue to be approved collectively under the current “system method” in 46 CFR 161.002-18. The Coast Guard acknowledges this comment.
The Coast Guard received two comments on grandfathering and the 2
The same commenter found the manner in which the Coast Guard chose to organize the NPRM's discussion of changes on the grandfathering clause and compliance period for the fire alarm and detection regulations to be confusing and requested the time periods be in numbered paragraphs. Upon review of the discussion in the NPRM (see Section V. A. 4.,
The Coast Guard received ten comments on ratings. One commenter agreed with the Coast Guard's action to replace the Coast Guard-unique fire extinguisher rating system with the performance-based fire extinguisher rating system of UL 711, “Standard for Rating and Testing of Fire Extinguishers” referenced in 46 CFR 162.028-2 and 162.039-2. The Coast Guard acknowledges this comment.
In contrast, another commenter questioned the replacement of the existing Coast Guard weight-based fire extinguisher rating system,
Turning to the specific issues cited by the commenter, the first issue concerns changes over time in the UL 711 rating system for Class A fire extinguishers, leading to different ratings for the same size extinguishers depending on the year of manufacture. The Coast Guard acknowledges that the UL 711 Class A rating system has changed more than once over the years, whereas the Coast Guard rating system has not. However, such changes may be in response to changes in technology or the end user market and are subject to consensus review. Thus, such changes are the reason the maritime industry will benefit from the incorporation of the consensus-based, voluntary UL 711 standard rather than being a reason not to adopt the standard.
Similarly, the second issue concerns two changes to the UL 711 rating system of Class B fire extinguishers, leading to higher recent ratings for the same size extinguishers. Again, these changes reflect changes in technology and are subject to consensus review; these are not a reason not to incorporate the UL 711 standard.
The third issue concerns the test that is used in the UL 711 standard to rate Class B extinguishers, wherein professional test operators extinguish heptane (a flammable liquid) fires in open, flat and unobstructed test pans. Specifically, the commenter is concerned that this test covers only one fire scenario and that the tests on which the rating is based are too difficult for most novices to accomplish. The Coast Guard acknowledges that the UL 711 Class B fire extinguisher ratings are based on only one fire scenario and that the test results reflect the skill of the professional test operators. However, the UL 711 rating system is an effective way of broadly ranking the effectiveness of various extinguishers on Class B fires in a consistent and repeatable manner, carried out by a professional laboratory. Moreover, the Coast Guard's new rules on the number, location, sizes and types of fire extinguishers required onboard for various hazards take into account the rating process.
The fourth issue concerns some extinguisher standards moving away from numerical ratings for Class B fires and instead specifying minimum agent capacities and flow rates for certain fire scenarios. The commenter cites NFPA 10 as requiring minimum quantities and flow rates for certain hazards. While NFPA 10 does specify quantities and flow rates of agents for certain hazards, it still relies on the fire test standard of UL 711 in its general prescriptions for the size and placement of extinguishers for general fire hazards. Again, the Coast Guard's new rules on the number, location, sizes and types of fire extinguishers required onboard for various hazards take into account the expected capabilities of extinguishers classified according to the fire test standards of UL 711.
The fifth issue concerns the commenter's views that the UL 711 test for electrical conductivity is inadequate because it measures the conductivity across the fire extinguishers' discharge stream and not across a pool of the extinguishing agent, and that use of extinguishers approved under the standard could be dangerous. The Coast Guard disagrees. The Coast Guard believes that the UL 711 test adequately measures electrical conductivity of extinguishing agents, that the extinguishers are safe when used properly, and the Coast Guard is not aware of any casualty analysis demonstrating the inadequacy of the UL 711 conductivity test. Moreover, as a voluntary consensus standard, the UL 711 test has broad acceptance and is almost universally used in domestic residential, municipal and industrial applications to good effect.
Another commenter noted that UL 711 is not a certification standard and therefore, those laboratories referenced would strictly be testing laboratories. The Coast Guard acknowledges this comment and notes that the regulations in question, 46 CFR 162.028-2 and 162.039-2, refer to “approval tests.” The commenter added that the appropriate references to the fire extinguisher certification standards are ANSI/UL 8, ANSI/UL 154, ANSI/UL 299, ANSI/UL 626, and ANSI/UL 2129. The Coast Guard acknowledges these designations; however, per guidance from the Office of the Federal Register stating that UL published documents must be incorporated by reference as UL
The same commenter recommends that the requirements in 46 CFR 162.039-3(b) be revised to be consistent with the UL 8 (Section 6.11), UL 154 (Section 6.10), UL 299 (Section 6.11), UL 626 (Section 6.11), and UL 2129 (Section 6.11) such that semi-portable fire extinguishers are designated based on overall weight of 60 pounds rather than 50 pounds. The Coast Guard is maintaining the weight limit at which fire extinguishers are designated as semi-portable at 50 pounds. The 50-pound weight limit was chosen to harmonize with the 23 kg portable extinguisher limit that is prescribed by the International Code for Fire Safety Systems (“FSS Code”). U.S.-flagged vessels engaged in international trade are required to meet the International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea (“SOLAS”) and FSS Code regulations.
One commenter endorsed the Coast Guard's effort to reduce unnecessary complexity and confusion for fire equipment standards on vessels by providing an efficient approach to regulating fire extinguishers through less complex carriage requirements and incorporation of the UL rating system. The Coast Guard acknowledges this comment.
The Coast Guard received five comments on the new maintenance requirements. One commenter suggested that the Coast Guard identify acceptable training organizations to certify personnel before they are allowed to maintain and recharge fire extinguishers. We disagree. In the Coast Guard's experience, service providers who are licensed and certified in the local communities have proven reliable and there does not appear to be a need to change this.
One commenter endorsed the Coast Guard's action of requiring an annual inspection of portable fire extinguishers by qualified service personnel while allowing the appropriate vessel crew members to perform the required monthly visual inspection of portable fire extinguishers. The Coast Guard acknowledges this comment.
Another commenter suggested that our regulations account for the different fire extinguisher designs, special types of service equipment, and personnel training required to service them. While the Coast Guard acknowledges that different types of fire extinguishers may require different equipment and techniques to service and recharge them, we have relied upon service providers who are licensed and certified by local authorities. This practice has proven to be reliable and there does not appear to be a need to change it.
One commenter expressed concern with the requirements in 33 CFR 145.01 and 46 CFR 107.235 and several other regulations which state that fire extinguisher servicing agencies are required to be certified by the state or local jurisdiction, suggesting that this would be problematic on waters bordered by multiple jurisdictions. The Coast Guard agrees with the commenter. We did not intend to specify any particular jurisdiction but rather want to ensure that the certification is conducted by an appropriate authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) to perform the certifications. The Coast Guard has revised these regulations by changing “the” to “a,” to state that “[c]ertification or licensing by a state or local jurisdiction as a fire extinguisher servicing agency will be accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting the personnel certification requirements of NFPA 10 for annual maintenance and recharging of cylinders.”
One commenter endorsed requiring qualified service personnel certified by local AHJs to conduct annual inspections of fire extinguishers, while endorsing vessel crew members to perform monthly visual inspections of fire extinguishers. The Coast Guard acknowledges this comment.
The Coast Guard received three comments on the new spare-extinguisher requirements. One commenter suggested that the new spare extinguisher requirements must specifically address details of the procedures and equipment for recharging spent fire extinguishers. This comment mentioned three specific issues, which we address in the following paragraph. In general, however, the Coast Guard disagrees that the requirements for spare extinguishers require detailed regulations relating to recharging fire extinguishers. The spare fire extinguisher requirements in 46 CFR 34.50-10(a), 76.50-10(a), 95.50-10(a), 108.495, 169.567(a), and 193.50-10(a) refer to the number of complete and ready-to-use fire extinguisher units that must be carried on a vessel. These regulations do not address the carriage of spare charges for extinguishers; therefore, it is unnecessary to include spare-recharge requirements in these regulations.
Turning to the specific issues cited by this commenter, the first is a suggestion that the spare extinguisher regulations establish which types of fire extinguishers may be recharged and serviced by crews underway. First, as mentioned above, the new spare extinguisher regulations refer to complete units and not spare charges. Second, while the Coast Guard acknowledges that some types of fire extinguishers are more easily recharged than others, there have been no indications that existing practices warrant regulatory change. Instead, the Coast Guard will continue to rely on the AHJs to certify personnel to recharge extinguishers, and to rely on these certified personnel to recharge the extinguishers properly.
The third issue raised is that the number of spare fire extinguishers should take into account the different storage, recharge, service and calibration requirements for the different types of fire extinguishers carried. Under the new regulations, however, required spares must be complete and ready-to-go fire extinguisher units. Any spare recharges that may be carried onboard are surplus to this requirement and need not be addressed in the regulations.
The Coast Guard received two comments on the spanner wrench carriage requirements. One commenter agrees with the revisions in 46 CFR 181.310 that will allow 46 CFR subchapter T vessel operators to use two 1
The same commenter agreed with our requirements to install spanner wrenches at all 1
One commenter agreed with the revisions in 46 CFR 182.720 that will allow 46 CFR subchapter T vessels to use non-metallic piping in non-vital systems per the requirements in 46 CFR 56.60-25(a)(3), as an alternative to those prescribed in subchapter T. The Coast Guard acknowledges this comment.
One commenter noted that the requirement in 46 CFR 56.60-25(a)(7) limits the certification of plastic pipe being used for potable water to certain laboratories. It was not our intent to unnecessarily exclude any appropriately qualified independent laboratories. Therefore, the Coast Guard is amending the requirement in 46 CFR 56.60-25(a)(7) to require “[p]ipe that is to be used for potable water must bear the appropriate certification mark of a nationally-recognized, ANSI-accredited third-party certification laboratory” rather than referring to one particular set of laboratories.
The Coast Guard received one comment on 46 CFR 76.25-1, “Application.” The commenter suggested that in addition to requiring Chapter 25 of NFPA 13, “Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems” (2010 Edition), for the design and installation of sprinkler systems, the Coast Guard should also require sprinkler systems to meet the design and installation requirements found in NFPA 15, “Standard for Water Spray Fixed Systems for Fire Protection,” and NFPA 16, “Standard for the Installation of Foam-Water Sprinkler and Foam-Water Spray Systems.” The Coast Guard disagrees. Chapter 25 of NFPA 13 is specifically directed to the unique requirements of marine, onboard, fixed fire extinguishing systems. In contrast, neither NFPA 15 nor NFPA 16 has such specific sections dealing with specifically address marine installations. Although most shore side fire protection engineering principles are adaptable to marine use, nevertheless the design and operating environment of ships is different enough to warrant special consideration. For instance, marine layout and configuration is different from buildings, and the marine environment is harsher due to salt air, salt water, vibrations and rough seas. Thus, fire extinguishing systems must be adapted to this environment.
The Coast Guard received one comment on 46 CFR 147.65, “Carbon dioxide and Halon fire extinguishing systems.” The commenter suggested that the Coast Guard extend the visual inspection requirements of Halon 1301 fire extinguishing systems to clean agent fire extinguishing systems. The Coast Guard disagrees. Halon 1301 fire extinguishing systems no longer need to be periodically emptied, hydrostatically tested, and refilled. In part, this is because the international ban on the production of Halon 1301 requires carefully controlled reclamation and collection of Halon 1301, making the emptying and refilling of Halon 1301 cylinders expensive and impractical for vessel owners. Instead, this testing will be replaced with a visual inspection. This change was made to avoid the risk of accidentally releasing Halon, an ozone-depleting agent that is very harmful to the atmosphere. As an alternative, halocarbon clean agents may be visually inspected per the existing regulations in 46 CFR 147.67. However, the hydrostatic testing method is being kept for the inert gas clean agents, in keeping with the recommendations of NFPA 2001, “Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems” (2012), which is a consensus standard.
One commenter agreed with the Coast Guard's action to allow the use of UL 162, “Standard for Foam Equipment and Liquid Concentrates,” (Seventh Edition) for the type approval of portable foam applicators found in 46 CFR 162.163-3 and 162.163.-4. The Coast Guard acknowledges this comment.
Two commenters endorsed the standards in 46 CFR 159.010-3 for the acceptance of independent laboratories. These comments are acknowledged.
The Coast Guard received nine comments on the NPRM that we have categorized as general comments. Below we discuss the comments and our responses.
One commenter noted that the list of OSHA nationally recognized testing laboratories referenced in “Table 46 CFR 34.50-10(a) Portable and Semi-Portable Extinguishers” footnote 13 should have included UL. The Coast Guard acknowledges that UL is listed as an OSHA NRTL (see
One commenter endorsed the Coast Guard's incorporation by reference of UL 8 “Standard for Foam Fire Extinguishers,” UL 154 “Standard for Safety for Carbon-Dioxide Fire Extinguishers,” UL 299 “Standard for Safety for Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers,” UL 626 “Standard for Safety for Water Fire Extinguishers” and UL 2129 “Standard for Halocarbon Agent Fire Extinguishers” for the testing and labeling of fire extinguishers in 46 CFR 162.028-2 and 162.039-2. The Coast Guard acknowledges this comment.
One commenter advised us that the title to UL 626 was changed to “Standard for Safety for Water Fire Extinguishers.” In response, the Coast Guard has amended the title of UL 626 to reflect the correct name of the standard.
One commenter supported the Coast Guard's recognition and acceptance of certain equipment, materials, and components approved under SOLAS. The Coast Guard acknowledges this comment. However, the commenter requested to know how industry could alleviate any possible conflicts that may exist in other regulations and in published Navigation and Vessel Inspection Circulars with regard to the SOLAS/Coast Guard equivalency provisions referenced in the NPRM (
The Coast Guard received four comments regarding harmonization with national and/or international standards.
While endorsing the new fire extinguisher regulations, one commenter expressed concern about the fire protection, detection, and extinguishing equipment provisions for harmonizing Coast Guard requirements with international standards because they are so complex that it is difficult to determine exactly how they impact towboats that operate only in domestic inland waters. If these standards do apply to such vessels, the commenter requested that the Coast Guard extend the comment period and hold public meetings to better explore the impacts of these revisions on inland towing vessels to ensure that international standards are not automatically applied to inland U.S. mariners and vessel operations since their operating environment is drastically different. The commenter added that it seems as though there are no direct impacts to the domestic towboat industry; however, the commenter urged the Coast Guard to ensure that any future considerations to apply international standards to domestic-only vessels be done only after discussions with domestic inland towing vessel operators. The Coast Guard acknowledges the commenter's concerns. Where international SOLAS or consensus standards apply to domestic vessels in the rule, these standards provide flexibility by allowing for regulatory alternatives to the existing regulations and do not change the existing domestic requirements. For this reason, neither an extension of the comment period nor a public meeting on this subject is needed. One commenter endorsed the Coast Guard's harmonization of standards for fire protection, detection, and extinguishing equipment. This comment is acknowledged.
Two commenters supported the Coast Guard's objective of harmonizing fire protection requirements; however, consistent with that objective and the Coast Guard's commitment to a “one shelf, one standard policy,” the commenter's recommended that in the interest of safety and regulatory efficiency, the Coast Guard and the Department of Interior Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement (BSEE) should promulgate joint fire protection requirements for OCS facilities. Both the Coast Guard and the BSEE have statutory authority for regulation of MODUs and facilities on the OCS. Generally, the Coast Guard regulates the MODUs as inspected and certificated vessels, while the BSEE regulates the MODUs when attached and engaging in drilling operations. Accordingly, the Coast Guard and the BSEE have apportioned the responsibilities for the regulation of the various systems associated with MODUs between themselves as the lead agencies. Under this apportionment, the Coast Guard is responsible for fire protection on MODUs except for the drill floor and related areas. None of the regulations in the current rulemaking affect the drill floor and related areas, therefore the Coast Guard has determined that this final rule does not conflict with any BSEE regulations. Moreover, the Coast Guard and the BSEE systematically coordinate so as to promulgate regulations that foster fire safety, among other objectives, in an efficient manner.
One commenter agrees with the revisions to existing regulations and the issuance of new regulations that preempt state and local regulation with regard to fire protection, detection, extinguishing equipment, and materials on several types of vessels. These vessels include inspected vessels, uninspected vessels, uninspected commercial fishing vessels, towing vessels, deepwater ports, MODUs, and OCS facilities. This commenter urged the Coast Guard to add specific regulatory language stating that the requirements in 46 CFR subchapters H, K, and T completely preempt state and local regulations. The Coast Guard acknowledges this comment, and refers to the preemption section of this preamble below which is consistent with applicable law.
Changes made in the final rule in response to comments are discussed in detail above in Section IV, “Discussion of Comments and Changes”. Additional changes are discussed individually below.
The Coast Guard has added a comma to sections 46 CFR 76.10-10(b)(2) and 95.10-10(b)(2) to make clear that one wye connection supplies two 1
In 46 CFR 76.10-10(d), the existing requirement that there be enough hydrants such that two hose streams reach all parts of the vessel accessible to passengers and crew other than machinery and cargo spaces was inadvertently deleted. We are restoring this two-hose-stream requirement in the final rule.
In the NPRM, the Coast Guard proposed that the number of spare fire extinguishers that must be carried on domestic vessels be reduced from 50 percent of the number of extinguishers required to as low as 10 percent. We also sought specific comments on the appropriate percentage of spares necessary, along with a brief explanation. Because we received no specific comments or suggested percentages of spares in response, we are setting the percentage of spares required at 10 percent in the final rule based on the rationale set forth in the NPRM that a reduction in the number of spares required is warranted by the enhanced maintenance provided by the new regulations and by the ease in the ability to source spares when needed. The tables that specify the 10 percent spare requirement are 46 CFR 34.50-10(a), 76.50-10(a), 95.50-10(a), and 108.495. Tables to 46 CFR 132.220 and 193.50-10(a) are already set at the 10 percent requirement rate. Other fire extinguisher tables do not reference spares, so they remain unchanged.
Spacing and indentation have been changed for the “Spares” row in the required fire extinguishers tables in order to clarify that the “Spares” row is a separate category and not part of the category immediately above it. This change was made to the tables to 46 CFR 76.50-10(a), 95.50-10(a), 108.495, 132.220, and 193.50-10(a). Table to 46 CFR 34.50-10(a) was already correctly spaced.
In response to comments, the Coast Guard revised 46 CFR 56.60-25(7) to allow all nationally-recognized, ANSI-accredited, third-party certification laboratories to be used to certify plastic pipe carrying potable water, rather than specific laboratories.
In response to comments, the Coast Guard revised the following sections to clarify that any appropriate AHJ can be used: See 33 CFR 145.01(b)(1), and 149.408(b); and 46 CFR 25.30-10(b), 31.10-18(a)(1), 91.25-20(a)(1)(i),
In response to comments specifically requesting a change in the compliance period, we revised the following sections to extend the compliance period for new and altered detection and alarm systems from 2
The Coast Guard revised sections 46 CFR 118.310 and 181.310 to extend the compliance period for obtaining 1
As a result of one comment, the Coast Guard revised the following sections to correct the name of UL 626 to “Standard for Safety for Water Fire Extinguishers:” 46 CFR 162.028-1(b)(4), 162.028-3(a)(4), 162.039-1(c)(4), and 162.039-3(a)(4).
To harmonize this regulation with a separate and concurrent rulemaking for commercial towing vessels (see the Inspection of Towing Vessels notice of proposed rulemaking (76 FR 49976, August 11, 2011)), the Coast Guard deleted requirements regarding excess non-approved fire detection systems onboard uninspected towing vessels in proposed 46 CFR 27.203(b)(2) and 27.203(b)(3), respectively. Specifically, the requirements for installation of these systems to conform to 46 CFR chapter I, subchapter J, (Electrical Engineering) and for the Coast Guard to review wiring plans were removed because they exceed those found in the towing vessels proposed rulemaking. Proposed § 27.203(b)(4) was renumbered to § 27.203(b)(2). The Coast Guard does not require these excess systems to be inspected aboard uninspected vessels therefore the requirement for testing and inspection was removed from new § 27.203(b)(2) in the final rule.
Commercial fishing vessels are also uninspected. Proposed 46 CFR 28.155(a)(2) and 28.155(a)(3), mirrored the proposed §§ 27.203(b)(2) and 27.203(b)(3) above and were likewise removed to maintain consistency with uninspected towing vessels. Additionally, proposed § 28.155(a)(4) was renumbered to § 28.155(a)(2), and the statement requiring testing and inspection was removed from new § 28.155(a)(2) for the same reason as discussed for proposed § 27.203(b)(4) above.
The Coast Guard has the authority to test and inspect any and all systems required under the various inspection subchapters in both Title 33 and Title 46 CFR. Superfluous proposed requirements in 33 CFR 149.404(b)(4); and 46 CFR 34.01-5(b)(4), 76.01-5(b)(4), 95.01-5(b)(4), 118.120(b)(4), 132.340(b)(4), 167.45-30(b)(4), 181.120(b)(4), and 193.01-5(b)(4) were subsequently removed in this final rule.
We developed this rule after considering numerous statutes and Executive Orders (E.O.s) related to rulemaking. Below we summarize our analyses based on these statutes or E.O.s.
Executive Orders 12866 (“Regulatory Planning and Review”) and 13563 (“Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review”) direct agencies to assess the costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This rule has not been designated a “significant regulatory action,” under section 3(f) of Executive Order 12866. Accordingly, the rule has not been reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget. A final Regulatory Assessment follows.
As previously noted in Section IV, “Discussion of Comments and Changes”, we received 44 comments in response to the NPRM. These comments were from several maritime organizations, international associations, private companies, and individuals. Eight comments concerned fire alarm and detection systems, 18 comments concerned fire extinguishers, nine comments concerned other fire protection equipment, and nine comments we classified as general comments. We received no comments regarding the regulatory analysis (RA) performed for the NPRM. Therefore, we adopt the methodology and assumptions for the costs and benefits from the NPRM as final. However, we have updated the analysis with the current affected population, wage rates, training costs, and equipment cost estimates as reflected in the revised analysis below. For brevity, we omit all items which we previously determined will impose no new burden on industry and are not expected to result in additional costs. For a detailed discussion refer to the January 13, 2014 NPRM publication entitled, “Harmonization of Standards for Fire Protection, Detection, and Extinguishing Equipment” in the
This RA provides an evaluation of the economic impacts associated with this final rule. The table which follows provides a summary of the final rule costs and benefits.
The final rule contains provisions amending the CFR requirements for fire protection equipment, materials, components, and systems. In the NPRM, Section V, “Discussion of Proposed Rule”, laid out the proposed changes and the rationale for those changes. The provisions fell into two broad categories: (1) Provisions that harmonize Coast Guard regulations with national and international industry consensus standards; and (2) provisions that correct or adjust existing regulations referring to specific issues or equipment. Most of the provisions, both harmonizing and non-harmonizing, were not expected to impose additional costs upon the industry. However, we identified three provisions which we expect to have a cost impact on industry:
(1) Sample extraction type smoke detection systems requirements, which specify that all existing vessels using sample extraction fire detection methods route the gases outside the vessel and install a sensing device that will trigger a visual and audible alarm in the bridge;
(2) Fire extinguisher carriage and maintenance requirements, which eliminate the current Coast Guard-specific rating system for fire extinguisher classification, and specify that individuals performing annual inspection, maintenance, or necessary recharging of fire extinguishers must be certified in accordance with the standards of NFPA 10; and,
(3) Spanner wrench carriage requirements for small passenger vessels, which specify that all subchapter K and T vessels carry a spanner wrench for each 1
Based on these elements, Table 4 shows the total affected population and the numbers of vessels, offshore facilities, and MODUs organized by CFR subchapter. For each of the three provisions noted before, we identified the affected population and the respective economic impacts.
In the following discussion, we describe the impacts for each of the three categories for the provisions listed in the previous paragraphs. As previously noted, we received no comments regarding the RA we performed for the NPRM. We therefore adopt the methodology and cost assumptions as final. However, we have updated this section using 2014 population estimates, wage rates, training costs, and equipment costs.
This requirement implements changes regarding the ventilation of potentially toxic or flammable gases. Previous regulations allowed systems to route these potentially toxic or flammable gases or smoke from the cargo hold to the bridge so that a watchstander could detect a problem by smell. International consensus standards consider this practice unacceptably dangerous, and SOLAS has required routing of sampled gases out of manned spaces since the 1978 protocol, which went into effect May 25, 1980. The new provisions, found in 46 CFR 76.33, require that existing vessels using sample extraction fire detection methods route the gases outside the vessel and install a sensing device that will trigger a visual and audible alarm on the bridge. Existing vessels will have 5 years in which to comply with this provision. Currently, all U.S. vessels that are SOLAS-certificated and built after May 25, 1980, are in compliance with this provision. According to the Coast Guard Marine Information for Safety and Law Enforcement (MISLE) database which documents the types of fire detection systems installed on vessels, the affected population for this provision includes three vessels: two active SOLAS vessels built before May 25, 1980, and one active non-SOLAS vessel.
Information from the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) indicates that the loaded mean hourly labor cost (wages and benefits) is $28 for Sailors and Marine Oilers (BLS occupation code 53-5011
Over the 10-year period of analysis, we estimate the total present value costs of this provision to be about $2,849 and $3,314 discounted at 7 and 3 percent, respectively. We estimate the annualized costs to be approximately $695 and $724 discounted at 7 and 3 percent, respectively. Table 5 summarizes the costs of this provision to industry.
This rule makes parallel changes in each of the subchapters which require vessels, offshore facilities, and deepwater ports to carry Coast Guard approved portable or semi-portable fire extinguishers.
These provisions apply to all the affected populations carrying portable and semi-portable fire extinguishers listed in Table 4, including recreational vessels. These provisions eliminate the current Coast Guard-specific rating system for fire extinguisher classifications, in favor of the classifications specified in the relevant national industry standards. The Coast Guard rating system relied on a prescriptive weight-based standard for the retardant, while the modern industry standards, UL 711 and NFPA 10, are performance-based. Currently, all Coast Guard-approved fire extinguishers are rated by their testing laboratories using both the Coast Guard and the NFPA 10 and UL 711 rating systems. Sections 162.028-4 and 162.039-4 of Title 46 of the CFR require labeling of approved extinguishers with specific language which includes the Coast Guard rating of the extinguisher. As a result, the Coast Guard rating system was a duplicative and confusing requirement that was inconsistent with current industry standards.
With this change, manufacturers of fire extinguishers no longer have to label their extinguishers with the Coast Guard rating. Extinguisher labeling will remain consistent with current industry formats and styles, and manufacturers will not need to redesign their current labels. This simplifies labeling requirements for manufacturers and limits confusion for purchasers of fire extinguishers for marine use. Currently, all fire extinguishers with Coast Guard-specific approval are marked with a UL
The changes also include adjusting the current carriage requirements for fire extinguishers found in each subchapter that are currently based on the Coast Guard ratings (example: B-II) to an equivalent requirement that is based on the NFPA 10 and UL 711 ratings (example: 20-B). However, as previously noted in the NPRM, section “
This rule does not require existing vessels to replace serviceable portable and semi-portable fire extinguishers as long as the equipment is properly maintained. When equipment is replaced, replacement fire extinguishers will have to meet the requirements of this rule. New vessels, constructed after the publication of the final rule, are required to be equipped with extinguishers that conform to the new requirements.
Whenever they become unserviceable, all portable and small semi-portable fire extinguishers will require replacement with UL-rated extinguishers. The examination of marine casualty reports from the MISLE database found positive correlations in extinguisher performance between the Coast Guard weight-based standard and the UL performance standard. The prices of extinguishers obtained from industry catalogues indicate there is no differential in prices between extinguishers approved under the previous Coast Guard standard and comparable extinguishers rated according to the UL standards. For this reason, we do not expect these provisions relating to fire extinguishers in non-machinery spaces to result in any additional cost to industry.
The provisions requiring UL class fire extinguishers will affect certain vessels using large semi-portable CO
To determine if there is a cost differential between the current Coast Guard-approved CO
These provisions require that individuals performing the annual inspection, maintenance, and necessary recharging of fire extinguishers be certified in accordance with the standards of NFPA 10. Currently, all Coast Guard approved portable fire extinguishers have language on the label stating that the extinguisher is to be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10. The NFPA 10 requirements are consistent with long-standing industry standard practices in the U.S., both shoreside and marine, and refer to the inspection and maintenance of fire extinguishers. We do not collect or maintain records of personnel who are currently NFPA 10 certified, so we estimated compliance costs below based on our best available information.
Non-rechargeable (non-refillable) fire extinguishers are replaceable units that are expected to require little or no maintenance; after one use or a maximum service life of 12 years, they are replaced. For these extinguishers, all inspections (monthly and annual) and maintenance can continue to be done by owners, operators or designated crewmembers. Uninspected vessels, including recreational vessels, generally carry these types of extinguishers and are therefore not expected to be subject to any additional costs due to these provisions.
The Coast Guard is not requiring that the vessel owners, operators, or designated crewmembers performing monthly inspections and annual maintenance of rechargeable fire extinguishers be NFPA 10 certified. NFPA 10 requires that a “certified” person perform all annual maintenance of rechargeable extinguishers. Under this rule, monthly inspections can continue to be performed by the owner, operator or a designated crewmember. For annual maintenance required by this rule carried out by persons certified under NFPA 10, the Coast Guard will accept the certification or licensing of a fire extinguisher servicing company according to NFPA 10, granted by an appropriate state or local AHJ for servicing and maintenance.
The Coast Guard's MISLE database contains records on approximately 114,395 fire extinguishers on 17,228 U.S.-flagged vessels which may be affected by these provisions. We do not have information as to which of these extinguishers are disposable and which are rechargeable; for the cost analysis we assumed that all of the extinguishers are rechargeable. We also estimated that more than 90 percent
The costs associated with these provisions include the certification costs for owner/operators who wish to continue performing annual maintenance according to NFPA 10
NFPA 10 certification can be obtained by either taking an online examination that lasts 2
As previously discussed, information from the BLS indicates that the loaded mean hourly labor cost (wages and benefits) is $28 (rounded) for crew members (BLS occupation code 53-5011—Sailors and Marine Oilers). This loaded wage rate includes the hourly base wage rates of $19.56 multiplied by a load factor of 1.43. We assume one crew member per vessel will be certified. We also anticipate that in the initial year of this rule, all vessels performing their own maintenance will have a crewmember certified. Thereafter, we anticipate that
Additionally, we anticipated that industry will incur a cost burden for recordkeeping of crew members' certifications. Vessel owners and operators must have crew members' certificates available when asked by an inspector to verify crew member training. We assume that a person in charge of the vessel will spend 2 minutes filing the certificate and 2 minutes to produce the certificate upon request. Based on information from the BLS, we estimate a loaded wage rate
Over the 10-year period of analysis, we estimate the present total value cost at approximately $1.08 million discounted at 7 percent with an annualized cost of approximately $154,000 discounted at 7 percent. Table 7 summarizes the cost impact of this rule on industry.
These provisions require that all subchapter K and T vessels carry a spanner wrench for each 1
Table 8 summarizes the vessel population and the cost of the potential distribution of spanner wrenches per vessel costs depending on the number of 1
Table 9 summarizes the total costs of this requirement to industry. Although we increased the compliance period from 30 days to 180 days following the publication of the rule, we still assume the costs of this requirement to be incurred in the first year. We estimated costs for this provision based on the average cost range of spanner wrenches to be $20 per spanner wrench. Based on information from MISLE, there are approximately 6,645 1
The total cost of this rule stems from three provisions: (1) Installation of a sensing device for vessels using sample extraction fire detection methods; (2) the NFPA 10 certification costs for owners and operators who wish to continue performing annual maintenance themselves; and (3) the spanner wrench carriage requirement. Table 10 summarizes the total costs for these provisions and Table 11 presents the average total discounted and annualized costs by inspection subchapter (7 percent discount rate). Over the 10-year period of analysis, we estimate total discounted costs of these provisions to be approximately $1.1 million and the annualized (rounded) cost at $156,600 using a discount rate of 7 percent.
As this rule affects a range of commercial vessels regulated under a number of 46 CFR subchapters, we present a summary of those affected vessels organized by CFR subchapter designation in Table 11. This summary aggregates the per-vessel costs based on a vessel's inspection subchapter designation. The summary in Table 11 presents the average 10-year and annualized costs, discounted at 7 percent. We also present the total number of affected vessels and the average annualized discounted cost per vessel (7 percent). Over the 10-year period of analysis, we estimate approximately 1,986 vessels will incur an average annualized cost of $79 per vessel.
The benefits of the rule include harmonization and compliance with current international consensus standards, and harmonization with national industry consensus standards.
For U.S. vessels to receive SOLAS certification, they must be constructed and maintained to international SOLAS standards in addition to Coast Guard regulations. Therefore, harmonizing our regulations with SOLAS requirements reduces the regulatory burden on vessel owners and operators. Further, for SOLAS vessels, compliance with SOLAS standards is necessary to prevent a vessel from being subject to potential detention by Port State Control officers. Port State Control officers can detain a ship in a foreign port and require that any deficiencies be rectified before the ship can depart. Delays of this type can be costly to the owners and operators of vessels. Additionally, permitting non-SOLAS vessels to use certain equipment and materials approved to international SOLAS standards instead of domestic standards will give these vessels more options during the design, installation and outfitting process of the vessel.
For both SOLAS and non-SOLAS vessels, the harmonization with national industry consensus standards allows vessels to take advantage of modern technologies developed for shoreside use. The marine market for fire safety equipment is much smaller than that for the shoreside industry and, by incorporating the use of appropriate national industry consensus standards, this rule allows vessels a wider choice of equipment that still meets the standards required for vessel safety. This increase in availability and selection of products and services allows owners and operators to increase their purchasing power by improving the product and pricing options available through greater competition.
Most of the harmonization provisions, whether international standards or modern industry consensus standards are not expected to impose any additional costs on industry because they will not require the immediate replacement of serviceable current equipment. Current equipment will be replaced only at the end of its serviceable life, in most cases. The cost of replacement equipment that meets the new standards is expected to be the same or less costly than its current counterpart in the marine market. Additionally, these provisions provide additional economic efficiencies through the expansion of markets, particularly international markets.
Because of its relatively large size, the shoreside fire fighting industry drives innovations and the establishment of standards. NFPA 10 certification for individuals maintaining fire extinguishers is an established shoreside standard and practice helping to ensure that pressure vessels are properly handled and maintained. Similarly, NFPA 10 certification for mariners servicing fire extinguishers helps to ensure that those performing the maintenance have been trained to a uniform acceptable standard. These certifications help to preserve the margin of safety necessary when handling pressure vessels, such as portable fire extinguishers. Additionally, national industry consensus standards, incorporated by reference, help to ensure that maintenance is performed in a consistent manner. This allows vessel owners and operators to take advantage of improved methodologies and safe operating procedures as well as removing barriers for the maintenance industry to service the maritime sector, potentially expanding the market of service providers and reducing costs.
Sample gas extraction systems which route environmental samples from the cargo holds to the bridge so a watchstander can detect a problem by smell are considered by international consensus standards to be unacceptably dangerous. These potentially toxic or flammable gases may create hazardous conditions and may present unnecessary and avoidable risks to the watchstander. In recognition of this, the 1978 SOLAS protocol, which went into effect May 25, 1980, directed that the gases be vented to the exterior rather than to the bridge. The need for a reduction of human exposure to potentially hazardous environments is well recognized by OSHA as noted in their implementation of ventilation standards, including exhaust ventilation systems (29 CFR 1910.94(a)(4)). These standards specify that potentially toxic gasses should be routed away from human-occupied spaces.
Additionally, the installation of a detection system provides increased warning capabilities as both a visual and audible alarm are installed. As such, the detection system reduces detection time as the sensitivity to gases, which indicates potential problems, is much more sensitive and consistent than an individual crew member's olfactory sense. Finally, the environmental conditions are improved as potentially toxic or flammable gases are no longer routed into human-occupied spaces.
The requirement for spanner wrenches ensures that the safety equipment installed onboard vessels is available for use. These requirements ensure that a 1
Under the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601-612, we have considered whether this rule will have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The term “small entities” comprises small businesses, not-for-profit organizations that are independently owned and operated and are not dominant in their fields, and governmental jurisdictions with populations of less than 50,000.
In order to determine whether this rule will have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities, we assume the maximum potential impact any single vessel and entity will incur when estimating costs. Table 12 illustrates this possibility should a single entity choose to implement these requirements on the same vessel during the first year. We anticipate that the estimated average annualized discounted cost (7 percent) per vessel to be $79. Table 11 (above) discusses the distribution of costs by CFR subchapter and we note that the annualized discounted costs (7 percent) range from approximately $49 to $90.
We next calculate the expected impact on small entities using a 1 percent revenue impact as a threshold level. In order for a small entity to incur this threshold value, their average annual revenue must be less than the 1 percent revenue listed in table 13 below. Using information from several industry sources which contain revenue and employee size information (such as Manta, Cortera, and ReferenceUSA), the Coast Guard has developed a database of entities in the maritime industry which includes the vessels they own. Table 13 presents the distribution of these entities which is broken down by the vessel inspection subchapter designation, the estimated number of small entities, and the estimated count of small entities with revenue under the threshold value based on the cost impact presented in Table 12.
We classify small entities using the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS) codes for those entities that had revenue and size data. The 2,912 small entities with data are represented by 262 different NAICS codes or categories. We used the Small Business Administration size standards for each NAICS code to determine if a business was small. We found that the top 10 NAICS categories represent about 41 percent, or 1,191 of the 2,912 small entities that we analyzed. The remaining 59 percent, or 1,721 small entities, are represented by 252 different NAICS categories. The top 10 NAICS categories as described by the United States Census Bureau and their approximate revenues are presented in Table 14.
The Coast Guard assumes that entities will choose to minimize revenue impacts for any given year; therefore, we estimate the revenue impact will more closely resemble the discussion presented in Table 11. However, based on the analysis presented in Tables 12 and 13, at most 9 out of 1,362 (1,015 + 347) entities may experience annual costs exceeding the 1 percent threshold. As a result, the Coast Guard assumes this rule will not significantly impact revenues on a substantial number of small entities (
Under section 213(a) of the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, Public Law 104-121, we offered to assist small entities in understanding this rule so that they could better evaluate its effects on them and participate in the rulemaking. The Coast Guard will not retaliate against small entities that question or complain about this rule or any policy or action of the Coast Guard.
Small businesses may send comments on the actions of Federal employees who enforce, or otherwise determine compliance with, Federal regulations to the Small Business and Agriculture Regulatory Enforcement Ombudsman and the Regional Small Business Regulatory Fairness Boards. The Ombudsman evaluates these actions annually and rates each agency's responsiveness to small business. If you wish to comment on actions by employees of the Coast Guard, call 1-888-REG-FAIR (1-888-734-3247).
This final rule calls for a collection of information under the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501-3520. As defined in 5 CFR 1310.3 (c), “collection of information” comprises reporting, recordkeeping, monitoring, posting, labeling, and other, similar actions. The Title and description of the information collection, a description of those who must collect the information, and an estimate of the total annual burden follow. The estimate covers the time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection. This rule will modify an existing collection as discussed below.
As required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3507 (d)), we have submitted a copy of this rule to OMB for its review of the collection of information.
You are not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. OMB has not yet completed its review of this collection. Therefore, we are not making 33 CFR 145.01 and 149.408; 46 CFR 25.30-10; 31.01-2; 31.10-18; 71.25-20; 91.25-7; 91.25-20; 107.235; 169.247; 176.810; 188.01-5; and 189.25-20 effective until OMB completes action on our information collection request, at which time we will publish a
A rule has implications for federalism under E.O. 13132 (“Federalism”) if it has a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. We have analyzed this rule under that Order and have determined that it is consistent with the fundamental principles and preemption requirements described in E.O. 13132. Our analysis is explained in the following paragraphs.
It is well settled that States may not regulate in categories reserved for regulation by the Coast Guard, including categories for inspected vessels. It is also well-settled, now, that all of the categories covered in 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 7101, and 8101 (design, construction, alteration, repair, maintenance, operation, equipping, personnel qualification, and manning of vessels), as well as the reporting of casualties and any other category in which Congress intended the Coast Guard to be the sole source of a vessel's obligations, are within the field foreclosed from regulation by the States. (
This rule regulates fire prevention, protection, detection, extinguishing equipment, and materials on inspected vessels, and therefore the States may not regulate within this category of fire prevention equipment. Therefore, the rule is consistent with the principles of federalism and preemption requirements in E.O. 13132.
Additionally, towing vessels are now subject to inspection under 46 U.S.C. 3301 and 3306. As mentioned above, it is well-settled that states may not regulate within categories covered in 46 U.S.C. 3306 for inspected vessels. Since this rule creates comprehensive regulations for fire prevention, protection, detection, extinguishing equipment, and materials on towing vessels, states may not regulate within this category of fire prevention equipment. Therefore, the rule is consistent with the principles of federalism and preemption requirements in E.O. 13132.
Congress also granted to the Coast Guard, through delegation by the Secretary, the authority to promulgate regulations with respect to fire fighting equipment on uninspected vessels. 46 U.S.C. 4102(a) requires that “[e]ach uninspected vessel propelled by machinery shall be provided with the number, type, and size of fire extinguishers, capable of promptly and effectively extinguishing burning liquid fuel, that may be prescribed by regulation.” This rule regulates, among other things, fire extinguishing equipment on uninspected vessels, and therefore the States may not regulate within this category. Therefore, the rule is consistent with the principles of federalism and preemption requirements in E.O. 13132.
Additionally, with regard to regulations promulgated under 46 U.S.C. 4302 concerning recreational vessels, under 46 U.S.C. 4306, those Federal regulations that establish minimum safety standards for recreational vessels and their associated equipment, as well as regulations that establish procedures and tests required to measure conformance with those standards, preempt State law, unless the State law is identical to a Federal regulation or a State has specifically provided an exemption to those regulations, or permitted to regulate marine safety articles carried or used to address a hazardous condition or circumstance unique to that State. This rule establishes minimum requirements for fire extinguishing equipment for recreational vessels, and therefore the States may not issue regulations that differ from Coast Guard regulations within these fire equipment categories for recreational vessels. Therefore, the rule is consistent with the principles of federalism and preemption requirements in E.O. 13132. Congress also granted the authority, through delegation by the Secretary, to promulgate regulations for uninspected commercial fishing vessels, which requires these vessels to “be equipped with readily accessible fire extinguishers capable of promptly and effectively extinguishing a flammable or combustible liquid fuel fire.” 46 U.S.C. 4502(a)(1). Also, Congress permitted the Secretary to establish minimum safety standards for certain uninspected commercial fishing vessels, including standards for “fire protection and fire fighting equipment, including fire alarms and portable and semi-portable fire extinguishing equipment.” 46 U.S.C. 4502(c)(2)(C). As this rule regulates fire prevention, protection, detection, extinguishing equipment, and materials on uninspected commercial fishing vessels, the States may not regulate within this category of equipment, therefore, this rule is consistent with the principles of federalism and preemption requirements in E.O. 13132.
Additionally, Congress specifically granted the authority to regulate artificial islands, installations, and other devices permanently or temporarily attached to the OCS and in the waters adjacent thereto as it relates to the safety of life to the Secretary of the Department in which the Coast Guard is operating. 43 U.S.C. 1333(d)(1) states that the Secretary “shall have the authority to promulgate and enforce such reasonable regulations with respect to lights and other warning devices, safety equipment, and other matters relating to the promotion of safety of life and property on the artificial islands, installations, and other devices . . . as he may deem necessary.” As this rule
Finally, Congress granted the authority to regulate deepwater ports to the Secretary of Transportation. 33 U.S.C. 1509(b) states that the Secretary of Transportation “shall issue and enforce regulations with respect to lights and other warning devices, safety equipment, and other matters relating to the promotion of safety of life and property in any deepwater port and the waters adjacent thereto.” When the Coast Guard was an agency within the Department of Transportation, the authority to issue regulations with respect to safety on deepwater ports was delegated to the Coast Guard. See 49 CFR 1.46(s). The Homeland Security Act of 2002, Public Law 107-296, transferred the Coast Guard to the Department of Homeland Security. Pursuant to the Homeland Security Act, authorities that were delegated to the Coast Guard remained intact during this transfer by operation of law. The authority was then delegated to the Commandant of the Coast Guard through Department of Homeland Security Delegation 0170.1. Since this rule regulates fire prevention, protection, detection, extinguishing equipment and materials to ensure safety on deepwater ports, it falls within the scope of authority that has been transferred, delegated to, and exercised by the Coast Guard. The States may not regulate within this category of safety equipment. Therefore, the rule is consistent with the principles of federalism and preemption requirements in E.O. 13132.
While it is well settled that States may not regulate in categories in which Congress intended the Coast Guard to be the sole source of a vessel's obligations, the Coast Guard recognizes the key role that State and local governments may have in making regulatory determinations. Additionally, for rules with implications and preemptive effect, E.O. 13132 specifically directs agencies to consult with State and local governments during the rulemaking process.
The Coast Guard invited State and local governments and their representative national organizations to indicate their desire for participation and consultation in this rulemaking process by submitting comments to the NPRM. In accordance with Executive Order 13132, Federalism, the Coast Guard provides this federalism impact statement:
(1) There were no comments submitted by State or local governments to the Notice of Proposed Rulemaking published in the
(2) There were no concerns expressed by State or local governments.
(3) As no concerns were expressed or comments received from State or local governments, there is no statement required to document the extent to which any concerns were met.
The Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995, 2 U.S.C. 1531-1538, requires Federal agencies to assess the effects of their discretionary regulatory actions. In particular, the Act addresses actions that may result in the expenditure by a State, local, or tribal government, in the aggregate, or by the private sector of $100,000,000 (adjusted for inflation) or more in any one year. Though this rule will not result in such expenditure, we do discuss the effects of this rule elsewhere in this preamble.
This rule will not cause a taking of private property or otherwise have taking implications under E.O. 12630 (“Governmental Actions and Interference with Constitutionally Protected Property Rights”).
This rule meets applicable standards in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of E.O. 12988 (“Civil Justice Reform”), to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden.
We have analyzed this rule under E.O. 13045 (“Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks”). This rule is not an economically significant rule and will not create an environmental risk to health or risk to safety that might disproportionately affect children.
This rule does not have tribal implications under E.O. 13175 (“Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments”), because it will not have a substantial direct effect on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes.
We have analyzed this final rule under E.O. 13211 (“Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use”). We have determined that it is not a “significant energy action” under that order because it is not a “significant regulatory action” under E. O. 12866 and is not likely to have a significant adverse effect on the supply, distribution, or use of energy. The Administrator of the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs has not designated it as a significant energy action. Therefore, it does not require a Statement of Energy Effects under E.O. 13211.
The National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act, codified as a note to 15 U.S.C. 272, directs agencies to use voluntary consensus standards in their regulatory activities unless the agency provides Congress, through the Office of Management and Budget, with an explanation of why using these standards would be inconsistent with applicable law or otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus standards are technical standards (
• ANSI/FM 3260 Approvals, American National Standard for Radiant Energy-Sensing Fire Detectors for Automatic Fire Alarm Signaling, February 2004. This standard sets performance requirements for radiant energy sensing fire detectors used for automatic fire alarm signaling.
• ASTM F1546/F1546 M—96 (Reapproved 2012), Standard Specification for Fire Hose Nozzles, approved May 1, 2012. This specification covers the material and performance requirements for adjustable-pattern water spray nozzles intended for general and marine fire fighting use.
• CGA C-6-2007, Standards for Visual Inspection of Steel Compressed Gas Cylinders, Tenth Edition. This standard covers visual inspections required to ensure that compressed gas
• FSS Code, International Code for Fire Safety Systems, Second Edition, 2007 Edition (Resolution MSC.98(73)). This code provides standards for design, installation, and performance of marine fire safety systems including fire detection, alarm, and extinguishing systems.
• 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition. This code sets forth fire test procedures for testing, evaluating and approving products used as the materials of construction of vessels.
• IEC 60092-504:2001(E), Electrical Installations in Ships—Part 504: Special Features—Control and Instrumentation, Third edition, March 2001. This standard is intended to ensure safety in the design, selection, installation, maintenance and use of electrical equipment for the generation, storage, distribution and utilization of electrical energy for all purposes in seagoing ships.
• IMO Resolution A.653(16), Recommendation on Improved Fire Test Procedures for Surface Flammability of Bulkhead, Ceiling and Deck Finish Materials, adopted on 19 October 1989. This resolution specifies a procedure for measuring fire characteristics of bulkhead, ceiling and deck finish materials for characterizing their flammability and resultant suitability for shipboard use.
• IMO Resolution A.753(18), Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships, adopted on 4 November 1993. This resolution sets forth material design properties, performance criteria, and test methods for plastic pipe used in vessels.
• IMO Resolution A.754(18), Recommendation on Fire Resistance Tests for “A”, “B” and “F” Class Divisions, adopted 4 November 1993. This resolution sets forth the fire test procedures for determining the acceptability of products for use as parts of fire resistive decks, bulkheads, etc. in vessels.
• IMO Resolution A.1021(26), Code on Alerts and Indicators, 2009, adopted on 2 December 2009. This code provides general design guidance for shipboard alarms and indicators including information on type, location and priority of alarms and components.
• IMO Resolution MSC.313(88), Amendments to the Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships, adopted 26 November 2010. This resolution sets forth material design properties, performance criteria, and test methods for plastic pipe used in vessels.
• International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), as amended, Consolidated Edition, 2009, including Erratum. This convention sets forth uniform principles and rules for the promotion of maritime safety, including passive and active elements of ship construction and equipment for fire protection, detection, and extinction.
• ISO/IEC 17025:2005(E), International Standard: General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories, Second edition, 15 May 2005. This standard sets forth management and technical requirements for the accreditation of testing and calibration laboratories.
• NFPA 12A, Standard on Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems, 2009 Edition, effective July 18, 2008. This standard provides guidance in purchasing, designing, installing, testing, inspecting, approving, listing, operating, maintaining, decommissioning and removing halogenated agents extinguishing systems such as the legacy Halon 1301 systems used on some ships.
• NFPA 1964, Standard for Spray Nozzles, 2008 Edition, effective December 31, 2007. This standard covers the material and performance requirements for adjustable-pattern water spray nozzles intended for general and marine fire fighting use.
• UL 8, Standard for Safety for Water Based Agent Fire Extinguishers, Sixth Edition, dated February 28, 2005, as amended through July 27, 2010. This standard covers the construction, performance and testing, exclusive of performance during fire tests, of portable foam-type fire extinguishers.
• UL 154, Standard for Safety for Carbon-Dioxide Fire Extinguishers, Ninth Edition, dated February 28, 2005, as amended through November 8, 2010. This standard covers the construction, performance and testing, exclusive of performance during fire tests, of 0portable carbon-dioxide fire extinguishers.
• UL 162, Standard for Safety for Foam Equipment and Liquid Concentrates, Seventh Edition, dated March 30, 1994, as amended through October 10, 2014. This standard sets forth requirements and tests for the approval of fire fighting foam equipment and liquid concentrates.
• UL 299, Standard for Safety for Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers, Eleventh Edition, dated April 13, 2012. This standard covers the construction, performance and testing, exclusive of performance during fire tests, of portable dry chemical fire extinguishers.
• UL 464, Standard for Safety for Audible Signaling Appliances, Ninth Edition, dated April 14, 2009, as amended through April 16, 2012. This standard covers the construction, performance and testing of electrically and electronically operated bells, buzzers, horns, and similar audible signal appliances for fire protective signaling systems.
• UL 626, Standard for Safety for Water Fire Extinguishers, Eighth Edition, dated February 28, 2005, as amended through November 8, 2010. This standard covers the construction, performance and testing, exclusive of performance during fire tests, of portable water fire extinguishers.
• UL 711, Standard for Safety for Rating and Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishers, Seventh Edition, dated December 17, 2004, as amended through April 28, 2009. This standard covers rating, and performance during fire tests, of fire extinguishers intended for use on various classes of fires.
• UL 1480, Standard for Safety for Speakers for Fire Alarm, Emergency, and Commercial and Professional Use, Fifth Edition, dated January 31, 2003, as amended through June 23, 2010. This standard covers the construction and performance of speakers for use in, among other things, fire alarm systems.
• UL 1971, Standard for Safety for Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired, Third Edition, approved November 29, 2002, as amended through October 15, 2008. This standard covers the construction and performance of emergency signaling devices for the hearing impaired.
• UL 2129, Standard for Safety for Halocarbon Clean Agent Fire Extinguishers, Second Edition, dated February 28, 2005, as amended through March 30, 2012. This standard covers the construction, performance and testing, exclusive of performance during fire tests, of portable halocarbon agent fire extinguishers.
This final rule also incorporates by reference the following updated voluntary consensus standards:
• NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition, effective December 5, 2009. This standard applies to the selection, installation, inspection, maintenance, recharging, and testing of portable fire extinguishers.
• NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 2010 Edition, effective August 26, 2009. This standard provides requirements for the design and installation of automatic fire sprinkler systems.
• NFPA 70, National Electronic Code, 2011 Edition. This standard addresses the installation of electrical conductors, equipment, and raceways; signaling and communications conductors, equipment, and raceways; and optical fiber cables and raceways in commercial, residential, and industrial occupancies.
• NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2010 Edition, effective August 26, 2009. This standard covers the application, installation, location, performance, inspection, testing, and maintenance of fire alarm systems and their components.
• UL 19, Standard for Safety for Lined Fire Hose and Hose Assemblies, Twelfth Edition, approved November 30, 2001. This standard covers the construction, performance, and testing of firehoses.
• UL 38, Standard for Safety for Manual Signaling Boxes for Fire Alarm Systems, Eighth Edition, dated July 3, 2008, as amended through December 11, 2008. This standard covers the construction, performance, and testing of manual signaling boxes used in fire alarm systems.
• UL 268, Standard for Safety for Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Systems, Sixth Edition, dated August 14, 2009. This standard covers the construction, performance, and testing of smoke detectors used in fire alarm and suppression systems.
• UL 521, Standard for Safety for Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems, Seventh Edition, dated February 19, 1999, as amended through October 3, 2002. This standard covers the construction, performance, and testing of heat detectors used in fire alarm and suppression systems.
• UL 864, Standard for Safety for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems, Ninth Edition, dated September 30, 2003, as amended through January 12, 2011. This standard covers the construction, performance, and testing of control units used in fire alarm systems.
Consistent with 1 CFR part 51 incorporation by reference provisions, this material is reasonably available. Interested persons have access to it through their normal course of business, may purchase it from organizations identified in 33 CFR 140.7 and 149.3, and 46 CFR 25.01-3, 31.01-2, 32.01-1, 34.01-15, 56.01-2, 71.25-3, 76.01-2, 91.25-7, 92.01-2, 95.01-2, 108.101, 114.600, 125.180, 147.7, 159.001-4, 161.002-1, 162.027-2, 162.028-1, 162.039-1, 162.163-2, 164.105-2, 164.106-2, 164.107-2, 164.108-2, 164.109-2, 164.110-2, 164.111-2, 164.112-2, 164.117-2, 164.136-2, 164.137-2, 164.138-2, 164.139-2, 164.141-2, 164.142-2, 164.144-2, 164.146-2, 164.201-2, 164.207-2, 169.115, 175.600, 188.01-5, and 193.01-3, or may view a copy by the means we have identified in those sections.
Section 608 of the Coast Guard Authorization Act of 2010 (Pub. L. 111-281) adds new section 2118 to 46 U.S.C. Subtitle II (Vessels and Seamen), Chapter 21 (General). New section 2118(a) sets forth requirements for standards established for approved equipment required on vessels subject to 46 U.S.C. Subtitle II (Vessels and Seamen), Part B (Inspection and Regulation of Vessels). Those standards must be “(1) based on performance using the best available technology that is economically achievable; and (2) operationally practical.”
We have analyzed this final rule under Department of Homeland Security Management Directive 023-01 and Commandant Instruction M16475.lD (National Environmental Policy Act Implementing Procedures and Policy For Considering Environmental Impacts Manual), which guide the Coast Guard in complying with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 U.S.C. 4321-4370f, and have concluded that this action is one of a category of actions that do not individually or cumulatively have a significant effect on the human environment. This rule involves design and approval standards for fire protection, detection, extinguishing equipment, and materials and falls under section 2.B.2, figure 2-1, paragraphs (34)(a), (d), and (e) of the Instruction, and under Section 6(a) of the “Appendix to National Environmental Policy Act: Coast Guard Procedures for Categorical Exclusions, Notice of Final Agency Policy” as published in the
Continental shelf, Incorporation by reference, Investigations, Marine safety, Occupational safety and health, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Continental shelf, Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Occupational safety and health.
Administrative practice and procedure, Environmental protection, Harbors, Petroleum.
Fire prevention, Harbors, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Occupational safety and health, Oil pollution.
Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Fire prevention, Marine safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vessels.
Alaska, Fire prevention, Fishing vessels, Marine safety, Occupational safety and health, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Seamen.
Cargo vessels, Foreign relations, Hazardous materials transportation, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Seamen.
Cargo vessels, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Cargo vessels, Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Navigation (water), Occupational safety and health, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Seamen.
Cargo vessels, Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety.
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vessels.
Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Incorporation by reference, Vessels.
Marine safety, Passenger vessels, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Marine safety, Incorporation by reference, Passenger vessels, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Occupational safety and health, Passenger vessels, Seamen.
Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Passenger vessels.
Marine safety, Navigation (water), Passenger vessels, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Cargo vessels, Marine safety.
Cargo vessels, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Cargo vessels, Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Occupational safety and health, Seamen.
Cargo vessels, Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety.
Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Oil and gas exploration, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Vessels.
Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Occupational safety and health, Oil and gas exploration, Vessels.
Communications equipment, Fire prevention, Vessels.
Marine safety, Incorporation by reference, Passenger vessels, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Passenger vessels, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Passenger vessels, Seamen.
Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Passenger vessels.
Marine safety, Passenger vessels, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Administrative practice and procedure, Cargo vessels, Hazardous materials transportation, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Seamen.
Cargo vessels, Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Hazardous materials transportation, Incorporation by reference, Labeling, Marine safety, Packaging and containers, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Business and industry, Incorporation by reference, Laboratories, Marine safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Marine safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Oil pollution, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Fire prevention, Marine safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Schools, Seamen, Vessels.
Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Schools, Vessels.
Marine safety, Incorporation by reference, Passenger vessels, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Passenger vessels, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Marine safety, Incorporation by reference, Passenger vessels, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Passenger vessels.
Marine safety, Passenger vessels.
Marine safety, Passenger vessels, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Marine safety, Incorporation by reference, Oceanographic research vessels.
Marine safety, Incorporation by reference, Oceanographic research vessels, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Fire prevention, Marine safety, Occupational safety and health, Oceanographic research vessels.
Fire prevention, Incorporation by reference, Marine safety, Oceanographic research vessels.
For the reasons discussed in the preamble, the Coast Guard amends 33 CFR parts 140, 145, 148, and 149, and 46 CFR parts 25, 27, 28, 30, 31, 32, 34, 50, 56, 70, 71, 72, 76, 78, 90, 91, 92, 95, 107, 108, 113, 114, 115, 116, 118, 122, 125, 132, 147, 159, 160, 161, 162, 164, 167, 169, 175, 176, 177, 181, 182, 185, 188, 189, 190, and 193 as follows:
43 U.S.C. 1333, 1348, 1350, 1356; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
* * * The regulations in this subchapter (parts 140 through 147) have preemptive effect over state or local regulations in the same field.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subchapter with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG-4), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 25 West 43rd Street, New York, NY 10036, 212-642-4900,
(1) ANSI A10.14-1975, Requirements for Safety Belts, Harnesses, Lanyards, Lifelines, and Drop Lines for Construction and Industrial Use, IBR approved for § 142.42(b).
(2) ANSI/UL 1123-1987, Standard for Marine Buoyant Devices, IBR approved for § 143.405(a).
(3) ANSI Z41-1983, American National Standard for Personal Protection-Protective Footwear, IBR approved for § 142.33(a) and (b).
(4) ANSI Z87.1-1979, Practice for Occupational and Educational Eye and Face Protection, IBR approved for § 142.27(a) and (c).
(5) ANSI Z88.2-1980, Practices for Respiratory Protection, IBR approved for § 142.39(a) through (c).
(6) ANSI Z89.1-1981, Safety Requirements for Industrial Head Protection, IBR approved for § 142.30(a) and (b).
(c) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) IMO Assembly Resolution A.414 (XI), Code for Construction and Equipment of Mobile Offshore Drilling Units, IBR approved for §§ 143.207(c) and 146.205(c).
(2) [Reserved]
(d) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition, effective December 5, 2009, IBR approved for § 145.01(b).
(2) [Reserved]
Sec. 633, 63 Stat. 545; sec. 4, 67 Stat. 462; 14 U.S.C. 633; 43 U.S.C. 1333.
(a) On all manned platforms and on all unmanned platforms where crews are continuously working on a 24-hour basis, Coast Guard-approved portable fire extinguishers and/or Coast Guard-approved semi-portable fire extinguishers must be installed and maintained. On all unmanned platforms where crews are not continuously working on a 24-hour basis, Coast Guard-approved portable fire extinguishers and/or Coast Guard-approved semi-portable fire extinguishers are required to be installed and maintained only when crews are working on them.
(b) Portable and semi-portable fire extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10 (incorporated by reference, see § 140.7 of this chapter) as amended here:
(1) Certification or licensing by a state or local jurisdiction as a fire extinguisher servicing agency will be accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting the personnel certification requirements of NFPA 10 for annual maintenance and recharging of extinguishers.
(2) Monthly inspections required by NFPA 10 may be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(3) Non-rechargeable or non-refillable fire extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10. However, the annual maintenance need not be conducted by a certified person and can be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(4) The owner or managing operator must provide satisfactory evidence of the required servicing to the marine inspector. If any of the equipment or records has not been properly maintained, a qualified servicing facility must perform the required inspections, maintenance procedures, and hydrostatic pressure tests. A tag issued by a qualified servicing organization, and attached to each extinguisher, may be accepted as evidence that the necessary maintenance procedures have been conducted.
The revisions and additions read as follows:
(c) Semi-portable extinguishers must be fitted with a suitable hose and nozzle, or other practicable means, so all of the space can be protected.
(d) Table 145.10(a) of this section indicates the minimum number and size of fire extinguishers required for each space listed. Extinguishers with larger numerical ratings or multiple letter designations may be used if the extinguishers meet the requirements of the table.
(a) Vessels contracted for prior to August 22, 2016 must meet the following requirements:
(1) Previously installed extinguishers with extinguishing capacities smaller than what is required in table 145.10(a) of this part need not be replaced and may be continued in service so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(2) All new equipment and installations must meet the applicable requirements in this part for new vessels.
(b) [Reserved]
33 U.S.C. 1504; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1 (75).
* * * The regulations in this subchapter (parts 148 through 150) have preemptive effect over state or local regulations in the same field.”
33 U.S.C. 1504, 1509; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1 (75).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subchapter with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, the Coast Guard must publish a notice of change in the
(b) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition, effective December 5, 2009, IBR approved for § 149.408(a) through (d).
(2) [Reserved]
The revised section heading reads as follows:
(a) A deepwater port may use fire fighting equipment that is not Coast Guard approved as excess equipment, pursuant to § 149.403 of this subpart, if the equipment does not endanger the port or the persons aboard it in any way. This equipment must be listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL), as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.7, and it must be maintained in good working condition.
(b) Use of non-Coast Guard-approved fire detection systems may be acceptable as excess equipment provided that—
(1) Components are listed by an NRTL as defined in 46 CFR 161.002-2, and are designed, installed, tested, and maintained in accordance with an appropriate industry standard and the manufacturer's specific guidance;
(2) Installation conforms to the requirements of 46 CFR chapter I, subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), with specific regard to the hazardous location installation regulations in 46 CFR 111.105;
(3) Coast Guard plan review is completed for wiring plans; and
(4) The system and units remain functional as intended. To ensure this, marine inspectors may test and inspect the system.
(a) Portable and semi-portable extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10 (incorporated by reference, see § 149.3).
(b) Certification or licensing by a state or local jurisdiction as a fire extinguisher servicing agency will be accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting the personnel certification requirements of NFPA 10 for annual maintenance and recharging of extinguishers.
(c) Monthly inspections required by NFPA 10 may be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(d) Non-rechargeable or non-refillable extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10; however, the annual maintenance need not be conducted by a certified person and can be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(e) The owner or managing operator must provide satisfactory evidence of the required servicing to the marine inspector. If any of the equipment or records has not been properly maintained, a qualified servicing facility must perform the required inspections, maintenance procedures, and hydrostatic pressure tests. A tag issued by a qualified servicing organization, and attached to each extinguisher, may be accepted as evidence that the necessary maintenance procedures have been conducted.
(a) Approved portable and semi-portable extinguishers must be installed in accordance with table 149.409 of this section.
(b) Semi-portable extinguishers must be located in the open so as to be readily seen.
(c) Semi-portable extinguishers must be fitted so that all portions of the space concerned may be covered.
(d) Table 149.409 of this section indicates the minimum required classification for each space listed. Extinguishers with larger numerical ratings or multiple letter designations may be used if the extinguishers meet the requirements of the table.
(e) Semi-portable extinguishers must be fitted with a suitable hose and nozzle, or other practicable means, so that all areas of the space can be protected.
Vessels contracted for prior to August 22, 2016 must meet the following requirements:
(a) Previously installed extinguishers with extinguishing capacities smaller than what is required in table 149.409 of this subpart need not be replaced and may be continued in service so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) All new equipment and installations must meet the applicable requirements in this subpart for new vessels.
33 U.S.C. 1903(b); 46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 4102, 4302; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1(II)(77), (92)(a), 92(b).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subchapter with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG-4), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC), 613 Third Street, Suite 10, Annapolis, MD 21403, 410-990-4460,
(1) Standard A-1-78, Marine LPG-Liquefied Petroleum Gas Systems, December 15, 1978, IBR approved for § 25.45-2(b).
(2) Standard A-22-78, Marine CNG-Compressed Natural Gas Systems, December 15, 1978, IBR approved for § 25.45-2(b).
(3) Standard A-16-97, Electric Navigation Lights, July 1997, IBR approved for § 25.10-3(a).
(c) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition, effective December 5, 2009, IBR approved for § 25.30-10(a) through (d).
(2) NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 2010 Edition, effective August 26, 2009, IBR approved for § 25.30-15(c).
(3) NFPA 302, Fire Protection Standard for Pleasure and Commercial Motor Craft, 1989, IBR approved for § 25.45-2(b).
(d) Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE), 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096, 724-776-4841,
(1) SAE J-1928, Devices Providing Backfire Flame Control for Gasoline Engines in Marine Applications, June 1, 1989, IBR approved for § 25.35-1.
(2) [Reserved]
(e) UL (formerly Underwriters Laboratories), 12 Laboratory Drive, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, 919-549-1400,
(1) UL 1111, Marine Carburetor Flame Arrestors, June 1988, IBR approved for § 25.35-1.
(2) [Reserved]
(a) The provisions of this subpart, with the exception of §§ 25.30-80 and 25.30-90 of this subpart, as applicable, apply to all vessels contracted for on or after August 22, 2016.
(b) Vessels contracted for prior to August 22, 2016 and after November 19, 1952, must meet the requirements of 46 CFR 25.30-80.
(c) Vessels contracted for prior to November 19, 1952, must meet the requirements of 46 CFR 25.30-90.
(a) Portable and semi-portable extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10 (incorporated by reference, see § 25.01-3).
(b) Certification or licensing by a state or local jurisdiction as a fire extinguisher servicing agency will be accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting the personnel certification requirements of NFPA 10 for annual maintenance and recharging of extinguishers.
(c) Monthly inspections required by NFPA 10 may be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(d) Non-rechargeable or non-refillable extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10; however, the annual maintenance need not be conducted by a certified person and can be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(e) The owner or managing operator must provide satisfactory evidence of the required servicing to the marine inspector. If any of the equipment or records has not been properly maintained, a qualified servicing facility must perform the required inspections, maintenance procedures, and hydrostatic pressure tests. A tag issued by a qualified servicing organization, and attached to each extinguisher, may be accepted as evidence that the necessary maintenance procedures have been conducted.
(f) Vaporizing-liquid type fire extinguishers containing carbon tetrachloride, chlorobromomethane, or other toxic vaporizing liquids are not acceptable as equipment required by this subchapter.
(g) Portable or semi-portable extinguishers, which are required on their name plates to be protected from freezing, must not be located where freezing temperatures may be expected.
(h) The use of dry chemical, stored pressure, fire extinguishers not fitted with pressure gauges or indicating devices, manufactured prior to January 1, 1965, may be permitted on motorboats and other vessels so long as such extinguishers are maintained in good and serviceable condition. The following maintenance and inspections are required for such extinguishers:
(1) When the date on the inspection record tag on the extinguishers shows that 6 months have elapsed since the last weight check ashore, then such extinguishers are no longer accepted as meeting required maintenance conditions until they are reweighed ashore, found to be in a serviceable condition, and within required weight conditions.
(2) If the weight of the container is
(3) If the outer seal or seals (which indicate tampering or use when broken) are not intact, the boarding officer or marine inspector will inspect such extinguishers to see that the frangible disc in the neck of the container is intact; and if such disc is not intact, the container must be serviced.
(4) If there is evidence of damage, use, or leakage, such as dry chemical powder observed in the nozzle or elsewhere on the extinguisher, the extinguisher must be serviced or replaced.
(i) Dry chemical extinguishers, stored pressure extinguishers, and fire extinguishers without pressure gauges or indicating devices manufactured after January 1, 1965, cannot be labeled with the marine type label described in 46 CFR 162.028-4. These extinguishers manufactured after January 1, 1965, may be carried onboard motorboats or other vessels as excess equipment.
(j) Semi-portable extinguishers must be fitted with a suitable hose and nozzle, or other practicable means, so that all portions of the space concerned may be covered.
(a) When a fixed fire extinguishing system is installed, it must be a type approved or accepted by the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) or the Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Center.
(b) If the system is a carbon-dioxide type, then it must be designed and installed in accordance with subpart 76.15 of part 76 of subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.
(c) If the system is an automatic sprinkler system then it must be designed and installed in accordance with Chapter 25 of NFPA 13 (incorporated by reference, see § 25.01-3).
The additions read as follows:
(a) * * *
(3) Table 25.30-20(a)(1) of this section indicates the minimum quantity and type of extinguisher to be carried. Extinguishers with larger numerical ratings or multiple letter designations may be used if the extinguishers meet the requirements of the table.
(c) * * *
(5) Table 25.30-20(b)(1) of this section indicates the minimum quantity and type of extinguisher to be carried. Extinguishers with larger numerical ratings or multiple letter designations may be used if the extinguishers meet the requirements of the table.
Vessels contracted for prior to August 22, 2016 must meet the following requirements:
(a) Previously installed extinguishers with extinguishing capacities smaller than what is required in tables 25.30-20(a)(1) and 25.30-20(b)(1) of this subpart need not be replaced and may be continued in service so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) All new equipment and installations must meet the applicable requirements in this subpart for new vessels.
46 U.S.C. 3306, 4102 (as amended by Pub. L. 104-324, 110 Stat. 3901); Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
The regulations in this part have preemptive effect over State or local regulations in the same field.
(b) In spaces other than the engine room, non-approved fire detection systems may be acceptable as excess equipment provided that—
(1) Components are listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.7, and is designed, installed, tested, and maintained in accordance with an appropriate industry standard and the manufacturer's specific guidance; and
(2) The system and units remain functional as intended.
46 U.S.C. 3316, 4502, 4505, 4506, 6104, 8103, 10603; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) Use of non-approved fire detection systems may be acceptable as excess equipment provided that—
(1) Components are listed and labeled by an independent, nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.7, and are designed, installed, tested, and maintained in accordance with an appropriate industry standard and the manufacturer's specific guidance; and
(2) The system and units remain functional as intended.
(b) The regulations in this section have preemptive effect over State or local regulation within the same field.
(c) Semi-portable extinguishers must be located in the open so as to be readily seen.
(d) Table 28.160 of this section indicates the minimum required classification for each space listed. Extinguishers with larger numerical ratings or multiple letter designations may be used if the extinguishers meet the requirements of the table.
(e) The regulations in this section have preemptive effect over State or local regulation within the same field.
The revision and addition read as follows:
(c) The regulations in this section have preemptive effect over State or local regulation within the same field.
The revision and addition read as follows:
(c) The regulations in this section have preemptive effect over State or local regulation within the same field.
46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 3703; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1(II)(92)(a), (92)(b).
* * * The regulations in this subchapter (parts 30, 31, 32, 34, 35, 36, 38 and 39) have preemptive effect over state or local regulations in the same fields.
33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 2103, 3205, 3306, 3307, 3703; 46 U.S.C. Chapter 701; 49 U.S.C. 5103, 5106; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. Section 31.10-21 also issued under the authority of Sect. 4109, Pub. L. 101-380, 104 Stat. 515.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG-4), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition, effective December 5, 2009, IBR approved for § 31.10-18(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) The owner, master, or person-in-charge of a tank vessel must ensure that portable and semi-portable extinguishers are inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10 (incorporated by reference, see § 31.01-2) as specified in paragraphs (a)(1) through (4) of this section.
(1) Certification or licensing by a state or local jurisdiction as a fire extinguisher servicing agency will be accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting the personnel certification requirements of NFPA 10 for annual maintenance and recharging of extinguishers.
(2) Monthly inspections required by NFPA 10 may be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(3) Non-rechargeable or non-refillable extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10; however, the annual maintenance need not be conducted by a certified person and can be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(4) The owner or managing operator must provide satisfactory evidence of the required servicing to the marine inspector. If any of the equipment or records has not been properly maintained, a qualified servicing facility must perform the required inspections, maintenance procedures, and hydrostatic pressure tests. A tag issued by a qualified servicing organization, and attached to each extinguisher, may be accepted as evidence that the necessary maintenance procedures have been conducted.
(b) The owner, master, or person-in-charge of a tank vessel must ensure that the following tests and inspections of fixed fire extinguishing equipment are made:
(c) Deck foam systems must be tested at the inspection for certification and the periodic inspection by discharging foam for approximately 15 seconds from any nozzle designated by the marine inspector. It is not required to deliver foam from all foam outlets, but all lines and nozzles must be tested with water to prove they are clear of obstruction. Before the inspection for certification and periodic inspection of deck foam systems utilizing a mechanical foam system, a representative sample of the foam concentrate must be submitted to the manufacturer who will issue a certificate indicating gravity, pH, percentage of water dilution, and solid content.
(d) At each inspection for certification, periodic inspection, and at such other times as considered necessary, the inspector must determine that all fire extinguishing equipment is in suitable condition and that the tests and inspections required by paragraphs (b) through (g) of this section have been conducted. In addition, the marine inspector may require additional tests to determine the condition of the equipment.
(e) On all fire extinguishing systems, the piping, controls, valves, and alarms must be checked by the marine inspector to determine that the system is in good operating condition.
(f) The fire main system must be operated and the pressure checked at the most remote and highest outlets by the marine inspector. All firehoses must be exposed to a test pressure equivalent to the maximum pressure to which they may be subjected, but not less than 100 psi. The marine inspector must check that the hose couplings are securely fastened in accordance with the regulations of this subchapter.
(g) Steam smothering lines must be tested with at least 50 psi of air pressure or by blowing steam through the lines at the working pressure. A survey must be conducted for detecting corrosion and defects.
46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 3703, 3719; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1; Subpart 32.59 also issued under the authority of Sec. 4109, Pub. L. 101-380, 104 Stat. 515.
(d) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), as amended, Consolidated Edition, 2009, including Erratum, IBR approved for § 32.56-1(b).
(2) [Reserved]
(b) Vessels meeting the structural fire protection requirements of SOLAS, Chapter II-2, Regulations 5, 6, 8, 9, and 11 (incorporated by reference, see § 32.01-1), may be considered equivalent to the provisions of this subpart.
46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(b) Use of non-approved fire detection systems may be acceptable as excess equipment provided that:
(1) Components are listed and labeled by an independent, nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.7, and are designed, installed, tested, and maintained in accordance with an appropriate industry standard and the manufacturer's specific guidance;
(2) Installation conforms to the requirements of 46 CFR chapter I, subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), especially the hazardous location electrical installation regulations in 46 CFR 111.105; and
(3) Coast Guard plan review is completed for wiring plans.
(c) * * *
(1) NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 2010 Edition, effective August 26, 2009, IBR approved for § 34.30-1.
Automatic sprinkler systems must comply with Chapter 25 of NFPA 13 (incorporated by reference, see § 34.01-15).
(a) The provisions of this subpart, with the exception of §§ 34.50-80 and 34.50-90, must apply to all vessels contracted for on or after August 22, 2016.
(b) Vessels contracted for prior to August 22, 2016 but on or after January 1, 1962, must meet the requirements of § 34.50-80.
(c) All vessels contracted for prior to January 1, 1962, must meet the requirements of § 34.50-90.
(a) Approved portable and semi-portable extinguishers must be installed in accordance with table 34.50-10(a) of this section. The location of the equipment must be, in the opinion of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, convenient in case of emergency. Where special circumstances exist, not covered by table 34.50-10(a) of this section, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, may require additional equipment as deemed necessary for the proper protection of the vessel.
(b) For additional portable extinguishers as a substitute for sand, see § 34.55-10.
(c) Semi-portable extinguishers must be located in the open so as to be readily seen.
(d) If portable extinguishers are not located in the open or behind glass so that they may be readily seen they may be placed in enclosures together with the firehose, provided such enclosures are marked as required by § 35.40-25 of this subchapter.
(e) Portable extinguishers and their stations must be numbered in accordance with § 35.40-25 of this subchapter.
(f) Portable or semi-portable extinguishers which are required by their nameplates to be protected from freezing must not be located where freezing temperatures may be expected.
(g) Semi-portable extinguishers must be fitted with a suitable hose and nozzle, or other practicable means, so that all portions of the space concerned can be protected.
(h) Table 34.50-10(a) of this section indicates the minimum required number and type for each space listed. Extinguishers with larger numerical ratings or multiple letter designations may be used if the extinguishers meet the requirements of the table.
Vessels contracted for prior to August 22, 2016, must meet the following requirements:
(a) Previously installed extinguishers with extinguishing capacities smaller than as required in table 34.50-10(a) need not be replaced and may be continued in service so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) All new equipment and installations must meet the applicable requirements in this subpart for new vessels.
43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1; Section 50.01-20 also issued under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507.
(c) The regulations in this subchapter (parts 50, 52, 53, 54, 56, 57, 58, 59, and 61 through 64) have preemptive effect over state or local regulations in the same field.
33 U.S.C. 1321(j), 1509; 43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
The addition and revision read as follows.
(h) * * *
(1) Resolution A.753(18), Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships, adopted on 4 November 1993 (“IMO Resolution A.753(18)”), IBR approved for 56.60-25(a).
(2) Resolution MSC.313(88), Amendments to the Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships, adopted 26 November 2010 (“IMO Resolution MSC.313(88)”), IBR approved for § 56.60-25(a).
The revisions read as follows.
(a) Plastic pipe installations must be in accordance with IMO Resolution A.753(18) and IMO Resolution MSC.313(88) (both incorporated by reference, see § 56.01-2) and the following supplemental requirements.
(1) Plastic pipe and associated fittings must be approved to approval series 164.141 as follows:
(i) All piping, except pipe used on open decks, in cofferdams, void spaces, or ducts, must meet the flame spread requirements of Appendix 3 of IMO Resolution A.753(18).
(ii) Where fire endurance is required in Appendix 4 of IMO Resolution A.753(18) the pipe must, at a minimum, be approved as meeting the fire endurance level required in Appendix 4. Ratings of “0” in Appendix 4 indicate that no fire endurance test is required. Ratings of “N/A” or “X” indicate that plastic pipe is not permitted.
(iii) Piping in accommodation, service and control spaces must be approved for use in those spaces.
(2) Plastic pipe that has not been approved for use in accommodation, service and control spaces is permitted in a concealed space in an accommodation, service or control space, such as behind ceilings or linings or between double bulkheads if:
(i) The piping is enclosed in a trunk or duct constructed of “A” class divisions; or
(ii) An approved smoke detection system is fitted in the concealed space and each penetration of a bulkhead or deck and each installation of a draft stop is made in accordance with IMO Resolution A.753(18) and IMO Resolution MSC.313(88) to maintain the integrity of fire divisions.
(3) Requests for the use of plastic pipe for non-vital systems, as defined in 46 CFR 56.07-5, containing non-flammable or non-combustible liquids in locations that do not require fire endurance testing, as indicated in Appendix 4 of IMO Resolution A.753(18), must be submitted to the Marine Safety Center for review. The proposed piping must meet the following requirements:
(i) The length of pipe must be 30 inches or less;
(ii) The pipe must be contained within the space and does not penetrate any bulkhead, overhead or deck; and
(iii) Material specifications must be provided with the installation proposal.
(4) Pipe that is to be used for potable water must bear the appropriate certification mark of a nationally-recognized, ANSI-accredited third-party certification laboratory. Plastic pipe fitting and bonding techniques must follow the manufacturer's installation guidelines. Bonders must hold certifications required by the manufacturer's guidelines and provide documentation of current certification to the Marine Inspector when requested.
(5) Systems identified by § 56.97-40(a)(1) through (c) that contain plastic piping must be tested to 1.5 MAWP as required by § 56.97-40(a).
(6) Plastic pipe used outboard of the required metallic shell valve in any piping system penetrating the vessel's shell (see § 56.50-95(f)) must have the same fire endurance as the metallic shell valve. Where the shell valve and the plastic pipe are in the same unmanned space, the valve must be operable from above the freeboard deck.
(7) Pipe that is to be used for potable water must bear the appropriate certification mark of a nationally-recognized, ANSI-accredited, third-party certification laboratory.
(8) Plastic pipe must also comply with appropriate requirements for specific uses and arrangements of pipe given elsewhere in this part.
(b) * * *
(5) Nonmetallic flexible hose must have factory-assembled end fittings requiring no further adjustment or field attachable fittings. Hose end fittings must comply with SAE J1475 (incorporated by reference, see § 56.01-2). Field attachable fittings must be installed following the manufacturer's recommended practice. If special equipment is required, such as crimping machines, it must be of the type and design specified by the manufacturer. A hydrostatic test of each hose assembly must be conducted in accordance with § 56.97-5.
46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 3703; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277, sec. 1-105; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1(II)(92)(a), (92)(b).
* * * The regulations in this subchapter (parts 70, 71, 72, 76, 77, 78, and 80) have preemptive effect over State or local regulations in the same field.
33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 2113, 3205, 3306, 3307; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition,
(2) [Reserved]
The revisions read as follows:
(a) At each annual inspection, the inspector must ensure that the following tests and inspections of fire detection and extinguishing equipment have been conducted:
(1) All portable fire extinguishers and semi-portable fire extinguishing systems must be maintained in accordance with NFPA 10, chapter 7 (incorporated by reference, see § 71.25-3). Chapter 7 requires persons performing annual and periodic maintenance, and recharging to be certified. The Coast Guard requires that the servicing persons be properly licensed to perform fire extinguisher maintenance as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. Monthly inspections required by NFPA 10 may be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
46 U.S.C. 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG-4), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), as amended, Consolidated Edition, 2009, including Erratum, IBR approved for § 72.05-1(c).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) The provisions of this subpart apply to the following vessels:
(1) All vessels of 100 gross tons or more.
(2) All vessels with overnight accommodations for more than 150 passengers.
(3) All vessels on an international voyage.
(b) The provisions of this subpart, with the exception of § 72.05-90, apply to all vessels noted in paragraph (a) of this section contracted for on or after May 26, 1965. Such vessels contracted for prior to May 26, 1965, must meet the requirements of § 72.05-90.
(c) Vessels meeting the structural fire protection requirements of SOLAS, Chapter II-2, Regulations 5, 6, 8, 9, and 11 (incorporated by reference, see § 72.01-2), when combined with the stair requirements in § 72.05-20 may be considered equivalent to the provisions of this subpart.
(d) Vessels regulated under subchapter K of this chapter which carry more than 600 passengers or with overnight accommodations for more than 49 passengers must also meet the requirements for stairways, ladders and elevators in § 72.05-20 (see 46 CFR 116.438(a)).
46 U.S.C. 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
The additions and revision read as follows.
(c) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), as amended, Consolidated Edition, 2009, including Erratum, IBR approved for §§ 76.27-1(b) and 76.27-70 introductory text, (a) through (d) and (j).
(2) FSS Code, International Code for Fire Safety Systems, Second Edition, 2007 Edition (Resolution MSC.98(73)), IBR approved for §§ 76.27-1(b) and 76.27-70 introductory text, and (e) through (j).
(3) Resolution A.1021(26), Code on Alerts and Indicators, 2009, adopted on 2 December 2009 (“IMO Resolution A.1021(26)”), IBR approved for § 76.27-70(j).
(d) * * *
(1) NFPA 13-1996, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, IBR approved for § 76.25-90.
(2) NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 2010 Edition, effective August 26, 2009, IBR approved for § 76.25-1.
(a) Where extinguishing systems or equipment are not required, but are installed, the system or equipment and its installation must meet the requirements of this part.
(b) Use of non-approved fire detection systems may be acceptable as excess equipment provided that:
(1) Components are listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as that term is defined in 46 CFR 161.002-2, and are designed, installed, tested, and maintained in accordance with an appropriate industry standard and the manufacturer's specific guidance;
(2) Installation conforms to the requirements of 46 CFR chapter I, subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), especially the hazardous location electrical installation regulations in 46 CFR 111.105; and
(3) Coast Guard plan review is completed for wiring plans.
(a) Approved fire detection and alarm systems must be installed on the following vessels as set forth in subpart 76.27 of this part:
(1) Any vessel on an international voyage;
(2) Any vessel of more than 150 feet (45.72 meters) in length having sleeping accommodations for passengers; and
(3) Any vessel of 150 feet (45.72 meters) or less in length, not on an international voyage, having sleeping accommodations for 50 or more passengers. Vessels in this category are not required to have a fire detection system in the cargo spaces.
(b) The arrangements and details of the fire detection systems must be as set forth in subparts 76.25 through 76.33 of this part.
(a) An approved manual alarm system must be installed in all vessels as set forth in subpart 76.27 of this part.
(b) [Reserved]
Approved fire extinguishing systems must be installed, as required by Table 76.05-20 on all self-propelled vessels and on all barges with sleeping accommodations for more than six persons. Previously approved installations may be retained as long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(a) The size of fire hydrants, hoses, and nozzles, and the length of hose required, must be as specified in Table 76.10-5(a) of this subpart.
(b) On vessels of more than 1,500 gross tons, the 2
(1) The hydrants in interior locations may have wye connections for 1
(2) The hydrants for external locations may consist of two 1
(c) On vessels of 500 gross tons or more, there must be at least one shore connection to the fire main available to each side of the vessel in an accessible location. Suitable cut-out valves and check valves must be provided. Suitable adaptors also must be provided for furnishing the vessel's shore connections with couplings mating those on the shoreside fire lines. Vessels of 500 gross tons or more on an international voyage must be provided with at least one international shore connection complying with ASTM F 1121 (incorporated by reference, see § 76.01-2). Facilities must be available that enable an international shore connection to be used on either side of the vessel.
(d) Fire hydrants must be of sufficient number and so located that any part of the vessel accessible to the passengers or crew while the vessel is being navigated, other than main machinery spaces and cargo holds, may be reached with at least two streams of water from separate outlets, at least one of which must be from a single length of hose. All areas of the main machinery spaces and cargo holds must be capable of being reached by at least two streams of water, each of which must be from a single length of hose from separate outlets. This requirement need not apply to shaft alleys containing no assigned space for the stowage of combustibles. Fire hydrants must be numbered as required by § 78.47-20 of this subchapter.
(e) All parts of the fire main located on exposed decks must either be protected against freezing or be fitted with cut-out valves and drain valves so that the entire exposed parts of such piping may be shut off and drained in freezing weather. Except when closed to prevent freezing, such valves must be sealed open.
(f) The outlet at each fire hydrant must be provided with a cock or valve fitted in such a position that the firehose may be removed while the fire main is under pressure. In addition, the outlet must be limited to any position from the horizontal to the vertical pointing downward, so that the hose will lead horizontally or downward to minimize the possibility of kinking.
(g) Each fire hydrant must have at least one length of firehose, a spanner wrench, and a hose rack or other device for stowing the hose.
(h) Firehoses must be connected to the outlets at all times. However, on open decks where no protection is afforded to the hose in heavy weather, or where the hose may be liable to damage from the handling of cargo, the hose may be temporarily removed from the hydrant and stowed in an accessible nearby location.
(i) A firehose must not be used for any purpose other than fire extinguishing and fire drills.
(j) Each firehose on each hydrant must have a combination solid stream and water spray firehose nozzle that meets the requirements in 46 CFR 162.027. Firehose nozzles previously approved under subpart 162.027 of this chapter may be retained so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(k) Straight stream firehose nozzles approved under 46 CFR 162.027 must have low-velocity water spray applicators for—
(1) Two firehoses within the accommodation and service areas; and
(2) Each firehose within propulsion machinery spaces containing an oil-fired boiler, internal combustion machinery, or an oil fuel unit on a vessel on an international voyage or on any vessel of 1,000 gross tons or more. The length of each applicator must be not more than 1.8 meters (6 feet).
(l) Fixed brackets, hooks, or other means for stowing an applicator must be next to each fire hydrant that has an applicator under paragraph (k) of this section.
(m) Fire hydrants, nozzles, and other fittings must have threads to accommodate the hose connections noted in paragraph (l) of this section.
(n) Firehose and couplings must be as follows:
(1) Fire station hydrant connections must be brass, bronze, or other equivalent metal. Couplings must either—
(i) Use National Standard (NS) firehose coupling threads for the 1
(ii) Be a uniform design for each hose diameter throughout the vessel.
(2) Each section of firehose must be a lined commercial firehose that conforms to UL 19 (incorporated by reference, see § 76.01-2). A hose that bears the label of UL as a lined firehose is accepted as conforming to this requirement.
Automatic sprinkler systems must comply with Chapter 25 of NFPA 13 (incorporation by reference, see § 76.01-2).
(a) Where a fire detection and alarm system is installed, the provisions of this subpart, with the exception of §§ 76.27-80 and 76.27-90, apply to all installations contracted for on or after July 22, 2021. Installations contracted for on or after November 19, 1952, and prior to July 22, 2021 must meet the requirements of § 76.27-80. Installations contracted for prior to November 19, 1952, must meet the requirements of § 76.27-90.
(b) The design, manufacture, installation, and operation of fire detection and alarm systems must be in accordance with either:
(1) Sections 76.27-5 through 76.27-35; or
(2) SOLAS Chapter II-2, Regulation 7 and FSS Code Chapter 9 (both incorporated by reference, see § 76.01-2) as detailed in § 76.27-70.
(a) Detectors, manual alarm stations, control panels, cabinets, alarms, and other notifying devices must be of approved types.
(b) The fire detection and alarm system must be capable of immediate operation at all times that the vessel is in service.
(c) The fire detection and alarm system must control and monitor input signals for all connected detectors and manual pull stations or call points.
(d) The fire detection and alarm system must provide fire or fault output signals to the pilothouse or fire control station.
(e) The fire detection and alarm system must notify crew and passengers of a fire when appropriate.
(f) The fire detection and alarm system must be so arranged and installed that the presence of a fire in any of the protected spaces will be automatically registered visibly and audibly in the pilothouse or fire control station. The visible notice must indicate the zone in which the alarm originated. On vessels of more than 150 feet (45.72 meters) in length, there must also be an audible alarm in the engine room.
(a) Means to manually acknowledge all alarm and fault signals must be provided at the control panel. The audible alarm on the control panel may be manually silenced. The control panel must clearly distinguish between normal, alarm, acknowledged alarm, fault, and silence conditions.
(b) The activation of any detector or manual pull station must cause an audible and visual fire detection alarm signal at the control panel. If the alarm signal has not been acknowledged within 2 minutes, an audible fire alarm must be automatically sounded throughout the crew accommodations and service spaces, control stations, and manned machinery spaces.
(c) A fire detection and alarm system must automatically reset to a normal operating condition after alarm and fault situations are cleared.
(d) Detectors in certain spaces, such as workshops during hot work and ro-ro spaces during on- and off-loading, may be disabled. The system must be restored automatically to normal surveillance after a predetermined time. Spaces must be manned when any detectors are disabled. Detectors in all other spaces must remain operational.
(e) In fire detection and alarm systems with addressable detectors and manual pull stations, every fault (such as an open circuit, short circuit, or ground fault) must be monitored and must not prevent the continued individual identification of the remaining detectors and manual pull stations.
(f) In fire detection and alarm systems with addressable detectors and manual alarm stations, the initiation of the first fire detector and resulting alarm must not prevent any other detector from responding.
(g) Fire detection and alarm systems without addressable detectors and manual alarm stations must identify the zone that contains the activated detector or station upon activation of a detector or manual pull station.
(h) Fire detection and alarm systems may output signals to other fire safety systems including, but not limited to, paging systems, fire alarm or public address systems, fan stops, fire doors, fire dampers, sprinkler systems, smoke extraction systems, low-location lighting systems, fixed local application fire extinguishing systems, and closed-circuit television systems.
(i) Fire detection and alarm systems may accept signals from other safety systems. For example, a signal initiated from actuation of an automatic sprinkler valve may be sent to a fire detection and alarm system.
(j) The fire detection and alarm system may be connected to a decision management system provided that—
(1) The decision management system is compatible with the fire detection and alarm system;
(2) The decision management system can be disconnected without affecting the performance of the fire detection and alarm system; and
(3) Any malfunction of the interfaced and connected decision management equipment must not render the fire detection and alarm system ineffective.
(a) Detectors must be responsive to heat, smoke, or other products of combustion, flame, or any combination of these factors. Detectors responsive to other indicators of incipient fires may be used if approved.
(b) Detectors must be capable of being triggered or tested and restored to service without the replacement of any component.
(c) Heat detectors must be rated not lower than 130 °F (54 °C) and not higher than 172 °F (78 °C). The operating temperature of heat detectors located in spaces of high normal ambient temperatures may be up to 260 °F (130 °C). The operating temperatures of heat detectors in saunas may be up to 284 °F (140 °C).
(d) Fire detectors fitted in passenger cabins must also emit, or cause to be emitted, an audible alarm within the cabin when activated.
(e) The required sensitivity and other performance criteria of detectors must be as set forth in 46 CFR 161.002.
(a) Audible alarms must generate sound pressure levels as set forth in 46 CFR 161.002 and must:
(1) Be at least 75 dBA as measured at the sleeping position in cabins;
(2) Be at least 10 dBA above ambient noise levels existing during normal operation with the ship under way in moderate weather when measured at a point 5 feet (1.5 meters) above the finished floor and at least 3 feet (1 meter) from the source;
(3) Not exceed 120 dBA; and
(4) The sound pressure level must be measured in the third octave band about the fundamental frequency.
(b) Visual alarms must generate light of an intensity and period as set forth in 46 CFR 161.002.
(c) All audible and visual alarms must be audible and visible throughout the spaces they are intended to alert.
(a) The power supply and emergency power supply for all fire detection and alarm systems must be in accordance with 46 CFR chapter I, subchapter J (Electrical Engineering). At the end of the required period for which the fire detection and alarm system must remain operable under emergency power, the system must remain capable of operating all audible and visual fire alarm signals for an additional period of 30 minutes.
(b) All wiring and electrical circuits and equipment must be in accordance with 46 CFR chapter I, subchapter J (Electrical Engineering).
(c) All fire detection and alarm systems must monitor power supplies and circuits necessary for the operation of the system during loss of power and fault conditions.
(a) The fire detection system must be divided into separate zones to restrict the area covered by any particular alarm signal.
(b) The fire detection zone must not include spaces in more than one main vertical zone, except on cabin balconies.
(c) The fire detection zone must not include spaces on more than one deck, except—
(1) Adjacent and communicating spaces on different decks at the ends of the vessel having a combined ceiling area of not more than 3,000 sq ft;
(2) Isolated rooms or lockers in such spaces as mast houses or wheelhouse tops, which are easily communicable with the area of the fire detection circuit to which they are connected; and
(3) Systems with addressable detectors and manual alarm stations that can have their status individually determined.
(d) Any fire detection zone with non-addressable detectors and manual pull stations must not contain more than 25 protected rooms or spaces.
(a) Detectors must be located in all spaces except those having little or no fire risk such as void spaces with no stowage of combustibles, private bathrooms, public toilets, fire extinguishing medium storage rooms, deck spaces, and enclosed promenades that are naturally ventilated by permanent openings.
(b) The detectors must be located on the overhead in the space protected at a minimum distance of 18 in (0.5 m) away from bulkheads, except in corridors, lockers, and stairways. Positions near beams and ventilation ducts, or other positions where patterns of air flow could adversely affect performance should be avoided. Where liable to physical damage, the detector must be suitably protected.
(c) Detectors must be located in accordance with spacing requirements as tested and approved.
(d) Detectors in stairways must be located at least at the top level of the stairs and at every second level beneath.
(e) There must be at least one manual alarm station in each zone.
(f) Manual alarm stations must be located in main passageways, stairway enclosures, public spaces, or similar locations where they will be readily available and easily seen in case of need.
(g) A sufficient number of manual alarm stations must be employed to enable a person escaping from any space to find a manual alarm station on his or her normal escape route.
(h) Cables that form part of a fire detection and alarm system must be arranged to avoid galleys and machinery and other high fire risk spaces except where it is necessary to provide for fire detection and alarms in such spaces or to connect to an appropriate power supply.
(i) Clear information about the installation and operation of a fire detection and alarm system must be displayed on or adjacent to its control panels.
(j) The audible alarms must be identified as required by § 78.47-13 of this subchapter.
(k) The entire main vertical zone containing an atrium must be protected throughout with smoke detectors.
When the design, manufacture, installation, and operation of a fire detection and alarm system is to be in accordance with SOLAS Chapter II-2, Part C, Regulation 7 and FSS Code Chapter 9 (both incorporated by reference, see § 76.01-2) as allowed by § 76.27-1(b)(2), the following requirements apply:
(a) The periodic testing of fire detection and alarm systems required in SOLAS Chapter II-2, Regulation 7.3.2 must be conducted as part of the annual inspection mandated in subpart 71.25 of this subchapter.
(b) Control stations must be included among the spaces to be protected by a fire detection and alarm system under SOLAS Chapter II-2, Regulation 7.5.3.
(c) The Commanding Officer of the U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Center will determine whether a cargo space in a passenger vessel is inaccessible and whether or not it is reasonable to provide fire detection for the space under SOLAS Chapter II-2, Regulation 7.6.
(d) The Commanding Officer of the U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Center will determine whether or not there is risk of fire originating in concealed and inaccessible places that otherwise would require access of a fire patrol under SOLAS Chapter II-2, Regulation 7.8.2.
(e) Any detectors operated by factors other than heat, smoke, or other products of combustion, or flame as addressed in FSS Code Chapter 9.2.3.1.1, may be used if they are approved types.
(f) Notwithstanding the provisions of FSS Code Chapter 9.2.3.1.2, the required sensitivity and other performance criteria of smoke detectors must be as set forth in 46 CFR 161.002.
(g) Notwithstanding the provisions of FSS Code Chapter 9.2.3.1.3, the required sensitivity and other performance criteria of heat detectors must be as set forth in 46 CFR 161.002.
(h) As addressed in FSS Code Chapter 9.2.4.1.3, when a fire detection and alarm system does not include means for identifying each detector individually, no section of detectors and manually operated call points may include more than 25 enclosed spaces.
(i) Notwithstanding the spacing set forth in FSS Code Chapter 9, Table 9.1,
(j) Footnotes to SOLAS Chapter II-2, Regulation 7.9 and FSS Code Chapter 9.2.51 refer to the Code on Alarms and Indicators, 2009, as adopted by IMO Resolution A.1021(26) (incorporated by reference, see § 76.01-2). The provisions of the Code on Alarms and Indicators are recommended but not required under the option in § 76.27-1(b)(2).
Installations contracted for on or after November 19, 1952 and prior to July 22, 2021, must meet the following requirements:
(a)
(2) Unless specifically approved otherwise, every point on the overhead of a protected space must be within 10 feet (3.05 meters) of a detector. Where beams or girders extend below the ceiling, or where the ceiling is installed at more than one level, the detectors must be so located as to be most effective.
(b)
(2) The detectors, the fire detection cabinet, and alarms must be of an approved type.
(3) In general, the detectors must be rated not lower than 135 °F and not higher than 165 °F. However, in spaces where a high ambient temperature may be expected, detectors must be rated not lower than 175 °F and not higher than 225 °F.
(4) The fire detection system must be used for no other purpose, except that it may be integrated with the manual alarm system.
(5) All wiring and electrical circuits and equipment must meet the applicable requirements of 46 CFR chapter I, subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter.
(6) A framed chart or diagram must be installed in the wheelhouse or control station adjacent to the detecting cabinet indicating the location of the various detecting zones and giving instructions for the operation, maintenance, and testing of the system. This chart, or a separate card or booklet to be kept near the chart, must have tabulated spaces for the date and signature of the licensed officer of the vessel who must witness or conduct the periodic tests.
(7) The audible alarms must be identified as required by § 78.47-13 of this subchapter.
(c)
(2) All spaces in a fire detection zone must be accessible from one to another without leaving the deck involved. All doors in watertight subdivision bulkheads and main vertical zone bulkheads must be assumed closed for the purpose of this requirement.
(3) The fire detection zone must not include spaces on more than one deck, except:
(i) Adjacent and communicating spaces on different decks at the ends of the vessel having a combined ceiling area of not more than 3,000 sq ft;
(ii) Isolated rooms or lockers in such spaces as mast houses, wheelhouse top, etc., which are easily communicable with the area of the fire detection circuit to which they are connected; and
(iii) Systems with indicators for individual spaces.
(4) The fire detection zone must not contain more than 50 protected rooms or spaces.
(d)
(i) Repair in kind using the same components as installed and listed on the approved drawings;
(ii) Repair using equivalent components from the authorized component list for the type approval for that system;
(iii) Repair using equivalent components from the authorized component list for the type approval for another fire detection system, provided that the replacement devices are compatible with the installed system; and
(iv) Repair using devices that are currently type approved, provided that the replacement devices are compatible with the installed system.
(2) Any changes to the system that will result in the fire detection system not complying with the approved drawings require the drawings to be revised and submitted to the Marine Safety Center for review.
(a) Installations contracted for prior to November 19, 1952, must meet the following requirements:
(1) Existing arrangements, materials, and equipment previously approved will be considered satisfactory so long as they meet the minimum requirements of this paragraph, and they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Minor repairs and alterations may be made to the same standards as the original installation.
(2) The details of the systems must be in general agreement with §§ 76.27-5 through 76.27-15 insofar as is reasonable and practicable.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Where a pneumatic fire detection system is installed, the provisions of this subpart, with the exception of § 76.30-90, must apply to all installations contracted for on or after November 19, 1952, and prior to July 22, 2021. Installations contracted for prior to November 19, 1952, must meet the requirements of § 76.30-90.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) The tubing must be located on the overhead or within 12 inches of the overhead on the bulkheads. Where liable to physical damage, the tubing must be suitably protected.
(b) In each enclosed space or separate room there must be exposed at least 5 percent of the total length of tubing in that circuit, but in no case may the amount be less than 25 feet.
(c) No spot on the overhead of a protected space may be more than 12 feet from the nearest point of tubing. Where beams or girders extend below the ceiling, or where the ceiling is installed at more than one level, the tubing must be located so as to be most effective.
(a) Where a smoke detection system is installed, the provisions of this subpart, with the exception of § 76.33-90, apply to all installations contracted for on or after November 19, 1952, and prior to July 22, 2021. Installations contracted for prior to November 19, 1952, must meet the requirements of § 76.33-90 of this subpart.
(b) Vessels must comply with the requirements of § 76.33-20(c) of this subpart not later than July 22, 2021.
The revision reads as follows:
(c) No exhaust from the detection cabinet may be discharged in the vicinity of the cabinet to permit the detection of fire by odor. Instead, the exhaust must be directed to the outside. Vessels must comply with this requirement not later than July 22, 2021.
(a) The zoning of the manual alarm system must meet the same requirements as those for the fire detection system set forth in § 76.27-15(d).
(a) Approved portable and semi-portable extinguishers must be installed in accordance with table 76.50-10(a) of this section.
(b) Table 76.50-10(a) indicates the minimum required number and type of extinguisher for each space listed. Extinguishers with larger numerical ratings or multiple letter designations may be used if the extinguishers meet the requirements of the table.
(c) Semi-portable fire extinguishing systems must be located in the open so as to be readily seen.
(d) If portable fire extinguishers are not located in the open or behind glass so that they may be readily seen, they may be placed in enclosures together with the firehose, provided such enclosures are marked as required by § 78.47-20 of this subchapter.
(e) Portable fire extinguishers and their stations must be numbered in accordance with § 78.47-30 of this subchapter.
(f) Portable or semi-portable extinguishers, which are required on their nameplates to be protected from freezing, must not be located where freezing temperatures may be expected.
(c) Each semi-portable extinguisher must be fitted with a suitable hose and nozzle, or other practicable means, so that all areas of the space can be protected.
§ 76.50-80 Locations and number of fire extinguishers required for vessels constructed prior to January 18, 2017.
(a) Vessels contracted for prior to January 18, 2017, must meet the following requirements:
(1) Previously installed extinguishers with extinguishing capacities smaller than are required in Table 76.50-10(a) of this subpart need not be replaced and may be continued in service so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection; and
(2) All new equipment and installations must meet the applicable requirements in this subpart for new vessels.
(b) [Reserved]
33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 6101; 49 U.S.C. 5103, 5106; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) The fire detection, alarm, and automatic sprinkler indicators in the engine room must be identified by at least 1-inch red lettering as “FIRE ALARM” or “SPRINKLER ALARM” as appropriate. Where such alarm indicators on the bridge or in the fire control station do not form a cabinet, the indicators must be suitably identified as above.
(b) [Reserved]
46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; Pub. L. 103-206, 107 Stat. 2439; 49 U.S.C. 5103, 5106; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1. Sections 90.05-20 and 90.10-40 also issued under sec. 617, Pub. L. 111-281, 124 Stat. 2905.
* * * The regulations in this subchapter (parts 90, 91, 92, 93, 95, 96, 97, 98, and 105) have preemptive effect over State or local regulation within the same fields.
33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 3205, 3306, 3307; 46 U.S.C. Chapter 701; Executive Order 12234; 45 FR 58801; 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Executive Order 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subchapter with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition,
(2) [Reserved]
The revision reads as follows:
(a) * * *
(1) Portable and semi-portable extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10 (incorporated by reference, see § 91.25-7) as amended here:
(i) Certification or licensing by a state or local jurisdiction as a fire extinguisher servicing agency will be accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting the personnel certification requirements of NFPA 10 for annual maintenance and recharging of extinguishers.
(ii) Monthly inspections required by NFPA 10 may be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(iii) Non-rechargeable or non-refillable extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10; however, the annual maintenance need not be conducted by a certified person and can be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(iv) The owner or managing operator must provide satisfactory evidence of the required servicing to the marine inspector. If any of the equipment or records have not been properly maintained, a qualified servicing facility must perform the required inspections, maintenance procedures, and hydrostatic pressure tests. A tag issued by a qualified servicing organization, and attached to each extinguisher, may be accepted as evidence that the necessary maintenance procedures have been conducted.
46 U.S.C. 3306; E.0. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(b) * * *
(1) International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), as amended, Consolidated Edition, 2009, including Erratum, IBR approved for § 92.07-1(c).
(c) Vessels meeting the structural fire protection requirements of SOLAS, Chapter II-2, Regulations 5, 6, 8, 9, and 11 (incorporated by reference, see
46 U.S.C. 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
The revisions read as follows:
(b) Equipment installed prior to August 22, 2016 as required by this paragraph (b) may remain in service so long as it is maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
The revision and additions read as follows.
(c) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) FSS Code, International Code for Fire Safety Systems, Second Edition, 2007 Edition (Resolution MSC.98(73)), IBR approved for § 95.05-3(a) and (b).
(2) [Reserved]
(d) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 2010 Edition, effective August 26, 2009, IBR approved for § 95.30-1.
(2) [Reserved]
(e) UL (formerly Underwriters Laboratories), 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, 919-549-1400,
(1) UL 19, Standard for Safety for Lined Fire Hose and Hose Assemblies, Twelfth Edition, approved November 30, 2001, IBR approved for § 95.10-10(n).
(2) [Reserved]
(b) Use of non-approved fire detection systems may be acceptable as excess equipment provided that—
(1) Components are listed and labeled by an independent, nationally recognized testing laboratory as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.7, and are designed, installed, tested, and maintained in accordance with an appropriate industry standard and the manufacturer's specific guidance;
(2) Installation conforms to the requirements of 46 CFR chapter I, subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), especially the hazardous location electrical installation regulations in 46 CFR 111.105; and
(3) Coast Guard plan review is completed for wiring plans.
(a) Fire detection, manual alarm, and supervised patrol systems are not required except in special cases; but if installed, the systems must meet the applicable requirements of 46 CFR, part 76 of subchapter H (Passenger Vessels) of this chapter.
(b) In each compartment containing explosives, and in adjacent cargo compartments, there must be provided a smoke detection system. When used, sample extraction smoke detection systems must meet the requirements in § 95.05-3.
(c) Enclosed spaces that are “specially suitable for vehicles” must be fitted with a fire detection and alarm system.
(a) For vessels contracted for on or after January 18, 2017, a sample extraction smoke detection system must be installed in accordance with chapter 10 of the FSS Code (incorporated by reference, see § 95.01-2).
(b) Periodically, the FSS Code defers to “the Administration.” For U.S. flag vessels, “the Administration” is the United States Coast Guard. The following requirements are provided for the provisions of Chapter 10 that defer to the Administration:
(1) For sequential scanning systems under FSS Code, chapter 10, paragraph 2.1.2, a satisfactory overall response time will be achieved by limiting the maximum allowable interval to 2 minutes.
(2) Under the FSS Code, chapter 10, paragraph 2.2.2, fans of sufficient capacity to provide a satisfactory overall response time will signal an alarm within 3 minutes upon introduction of smoke at the most remote accumulator on a vehicle deck and within 5 minutes upon introduction of smoke at the most remote accumulator in container and general cargo holds.
(3) Means provided to isolate smoke accumulators from liquid or refrigerated cargoes must be to the satisfaction of the Commanding Officer of the U.S. Coast Guard Marine Safety Center.
(4) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in FSS Code chapter 10, periodic testing of sample extraction smoke detection systems must be conducted as part of the annual inspection and include inspection of all piping, valves, controls and alarms, and by introduction of smoke into the accumulators.
The revision reads as follows:
(b) Instead of the 2
(1) The hydrants in interior locations may have wye connections for 1
(2) The hydrants for exterior locations may substitute two 1
Automatic sprinkler systems must comply with Chapter 25 of NFPA 13 (incorporated by reference, see § 95.01-2).
(a) The provisions of this subpart, with the exception of §§ 95.50-80 and 95.50-90, as applicable, apply to all vessels, other than unmanned barges and fishing vessels, contracted for on or after November 19, 1952.
(b) Vessels contracted for prior to August 22, 2016 and on or after November 19, 1952, must meet the requirements of § 95.50-80.
(c) Vessels contracted for prior to November 19, 1952, must meet the requirements of § 95.50-90.
(a) Approved portable fire extinguishers and semi-portable fire extinguishing systems must be installed in accordance with Table 95.50-10(a) of this section. The location of the equipment must be to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. Nothing in this paragraph should be construed as limiting the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, from requiring such additional equipment as he or she deems necessary for the proper protection of the vessel.
(b) Table 95.50-10(a) indicates the minimum required number and type of extinguisher for each space listed. Extinguishers with larger numerical ratings or multiple letter designations may be used if the extinguishers meet the requirements of the table.
(c) Semi-portable fire extinguishing systems must be located in the open so as to be readily seen.
(d) If portable fire extinguishers are not located in the open or behind glass so that they may be readily seen, they may be placed in enclosures together with the firehose, provided such enclosures are marked as required by § 97.37-15 of this subchapter.
(e) Portable fire extinguishers and their stations must be numbered in accordance with § 97.37-23 of this subchapter.
(f) Portable or semi-portable extinguishers, which are required on their nameplates to be protected from freezing, must not be located where freezing temperatures may be expected.
The revision and addition read as follows:
(c) Semi-portable extinguishers must be fitted with suitable hoses and nozzles, or other practicable means, so that all areas of the space can be protected.
(a) Vessels contracted for prior to August 22, 2016 must meet the following requirements:
(1) Previously installed extinguishers with extinguishing capacities smaller than what is required in table 95.50-10(a) of this subpart need not be replaced and may be continued in service so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(2) All new equipment and installations must meet the applicable requirements in this subpart for new vessels.
(b) [Reserved]
43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3307; 46 U.S.C. 3316; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1; § 107.05 also issued under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507.
This subchapter prescribes rules for the design, construction, equipment, inspection and operation of mobile offshore drilling units operating under the U.S. flag. The regulations in this subchapter (parts 107 through 109) have preemptive effect over State or local regulation within the same fields.
The revision read as follows:
(a) Except as provided in the following paragraphs, portable and semi-portable extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition, effective December 5, 2009. The Director of the Federal Register approves this incorporation by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. You may obtain a copy from National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) Certification or licensing by a state or local jurisdiction as a fire extinguisher servicing agency will be accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting the personnel certification requirements of NFPA 10 for annual maintenance and recharging of extinguishers.
(2) Monthly inspections required by NFPA 10 may be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(3) Non-rechargeable or non-refillable extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10; however, the annual maintenance need not be conducted by a certified person and can be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(4) The owner or managing operator must provide satisfactory evidence of the required servicing to the marine inspector. If any of the equipment or records has not been properly maintained, a qualified servicing facility must perform the required inspections, maintenance procedures, and hydrostatic pressure tests. A tag issued by a qualified servicing organization, and attached to each extinguisher, may be accepted as evidence that the
43 U.S.C. 1333; 46 U.S.C. 3102, 3306; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subchapter with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428, 877-909-2786,
(1) ASTM D 93-97, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester, IBR approved for § 108.500(b).
(2) ASTM F 1014-92, Standard Specification for Flashlights on Vessels, IBR approved for § 108.497(b).
(3) ASTM F1121-87 (Reapproved 2010), Standard Specification for International Shore Connections for Marine Fire Applications, (approved March 1, 2010), IBR approved for § 108.427(a).
(c) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) Resolution A.520(13), Code of Practice for the Evaluation, Testing and Acceptance of Prototype Novel Life-saving Appliances and Arrangements, 17 November 1983, IBR approved for § 108.105(c).
(2) Resolution A.649(16), Code for the Construction and Equipment of Mobile Offshore Drilling Units (MODU Code),19 October 1989 with amendments of June 1991, IBR approved for § 108.503.
(3) Resolution A.658(16), Use and Fitting of Retro-reflective Materials on Life-saving Appliances, 20 November 1989, IBR approved for §§ 108.645(a) and 108.649(a) and (e).
(4) Resolution A.760(18), Symbols Related to Life-saving Appliances and Arrangements, 17 November 1993, IBR approved for §§ 108.646(a), 108.647, 108.649(b), (d), (f), and (g), and 108.655(e).
(d) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 2010 Edition, effective August 26, 2009, IBR approved for § 108.430.
(2) [Reserved]
Automatic sprinkler systems must comply with Chapter 25 of NFPA 13 (incorporated by reference, see § 108.101).
(a) Each portable and semi-portable fire extinguisher on a unit must be approved under subpart 162.028 or 162.039 of this chapter.
(b) Vessels contracted for prior to August 22, 2016 must meet the following requirements:
(1) Previously installed extinguishers with extinguishing capacities smaller than what is required in Table 108.495 of this subpart need not be replaced and may be continued in service so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(2) All new equipment and installations must meet the applicable requirements in this subpart for new vessels.
Table 108.495 of this section indicates the minimum required number and type of fire extinguishers for each space listed. Extinguishers with larger numerical ratings or multiple letter designations may be used if the extinguishers meet the requirements of the table.
The revision and addition read as follows:
(c) Semi-portable extinguishers must be fitted with suitable hoses and nozzles, or other practicable means, so that all areas of the space can be protected.
46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) Communication, alarm system, control, and monitoring equipment, with the exception of fire and smoke detection and alarm systems, must meet the environmental tests of—
(1) Section 4-9-7, Table 9, of ABS Steel Vessel Rules (incorporated by reference, see § 110.10-1 of this chapter) or the applicable ENV category of Lloyd's Register Type Approval System—Test Specification Number 1 (incorporated by reference, see § 110.10-1); and
(2) IEC 60533 (incorporated by reference, see § 110.10-1 of this chapter) as appropriate.
(b) Components of smoke detection and alarm systems must be tested in accordance with 46 CFR 161.002.
46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 3703; Pub. L. 103-206, 107 Stat. 2439; 49 U.S.C. App. 1804; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1; § 114.900 also issued under 44 U.S.C. 3507.
The purpose of this subchapter is to implement applicable sections of
(b) * * *
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subchapter with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, the Coast Guard must publish a notice of change in the
(b) American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC), 613 Third Street, Suite 10, Annapolis, MD 21403, 410-990-4460,
(1) A-1-93—Marine Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) Systems, IBR approved for § 121.240(a), (c), (d), and (g).
(2) A-3-93—Galley Stoves, IBR approved for § 121.200.
(3) A-7-70—Boat Heating Systems, IBR approved for § 121.200.
(4) A-22-93—Marine Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Systems, IBR approved for § 121.240(b) through (e).
(5) H-25-94—Portable Gasoline Fuel Systems for Flammable Liquids, IBR approved for § 119.458(b).
(6) P-1-93—Installation of Exhaust Systems for Propulsion and Auxiliary Engines, IBR approved for §§ 116.405, 119.425(c) and 119.430(k).
(c) American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), ABS Plaza, 16855 Northchase Drive, Houston, TX 77060, 281-877-5800,
(1) Rules for Building and Classing Aluminum Vessels, 1975, IBR approved for § 116.300(b).
(2) Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels, 1995, IBR approved for §§ 119.410 and 120.360(a).
(3) Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels Under 61 Meters (200 Feet) in Length, 1983, IBR approved for § 116.300(a) and (b).
(4) Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels for Service on Rivers and Intracoastal Waterways, 1995, IBR approved for § 116.300(c).
(5) Guide for High Speed Craft, 1997, IBR approved for § 116.300(b).
(d) American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 25 West 43rd Street, New York, NY 10036, 212-642-4900,
(1) A 17.1-1984, including supplements A 17.1a and b-1985, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators, IBR approved for § 120.540.
(2) B 31.1-1986, Code for Pressure Piping, Power Piping, IBR approved for § 119.715.
(3) Z 26.1-1977, including 1980 supplement, Safety Glazing Materials For Glazing Motor Vehicles Operating on Land Highways, IBR approved for § 116.1030(b).
(e) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428, 877-909-2786,
(1) ASTM B 96-93, Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar for General Purposes and Pressure Vessels, IBR approved for § 119.440(a).
(2) ASTM B 117-97, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus, IBR approved for § 114.400(b).
(3) ASTM B 122/B 122M-95, Standard Specification for Copper-Nickel-Tin Alloy, Copper-Nickel-Zinc Alloy (Nickel Silver), and Copper-Nickel Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar, IBR approved for § 119.440(a).
(4) ASTM B 127-98, Standard Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS NO4400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip, IBR approved for § 119.440(a).
(5) ASTM B 152-97a, Standard Specification for Copper Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Rolled Bar, IBR approved for § 119.440(a).
(6) ASTM B 209-96, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate, IBR approved for § 119.440(a).
(7) ASTM D 93-97, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester, IBR approved for § 114.400(b).
(8) ASTM D 635-97, Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and/or Extent and Time of Burning of Plastics in a Horizontal Position, IBR approved for § 119.440(a).
(9) ASTM D 2863-95, Standard Test Method for Measuring the Minimum Oxygen Concentration to Support Candle-like Combustion of Plastics (Oxygen Index), IBR approved for § 119.440(a).
(10) ASTM E 84-98, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, IBR approved for §§ 116.405(f), 116.422(b), and 116.423(a).
(11) ASTM E 648-97, Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source, IBR approved for §§ 114.400(b) and 116.423(a).
(12) ASTM E 662-97, Standard Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials, IBR approved for §§ 114.400(b) and 116.423(a).
(f) Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE), IEEE Service Center, 445 Hoes Lane, Piscataway, NJ 08854, 800-678-4333,
(1) Standard 45-1977—Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard, IBR approved for § 120.340(o).
(2) [Reserved]
(g) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), as amended, Consolidated Edition, 2009, including Erratum, IBR approved for § 116.400(c).
(2) Resolution A.520(13), Code of Practice for the Evaluation, Testing and Acceptance of Prototype Novel Life-Saving Appliances and Arrangements, dated 17 November 1983, IBR approved for § 114.540(c).
(3) Resolution A.658(16), Use and Fitting of Retro-Reflective Materials on Life-Saving Appliances, dated 20 November 1989, IBR approved for § 122.604(h) and (i).
(4) Resolution A.688(17), Fire Test Procedures For Ignitability of Bedding Components, dated 06 November 1991, IBR approved for § 116.405(j).
(5) Resolution A.760(18), Symbols Related to Life-Saving Appliances and
(h) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition, effective December 5, 2009, IBR approved for § 115.810(b).
(2) NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 2010 Edition, effective August 26, 2009, IBR approved for §§ 116.439(d) and (e), and 116.440(c).
(3) NFPA 17-1994, Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems, 1994 Edition, IBR approved for § 118.425(b).
(4) NFPA 17A-1994, Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems, 1994 Edition, IBR approved for § 118.425(b).
(5) NFPA 70-1996, National Electrical Code (NEC), 1996 Edition,
(i) Section 250-95, IBR approved for § 120.372(c),
(ii) Section 310-13, IBR approved for § 120.340(d),
(iii) Section 310-15, IBR approved for § 120.340(o),
(iv) Article 430, IBR approved for § 120.320(e),
(v) Article 445, IBR approved for § 120.320(d).
(6) NFPA 92B-1995, Smoke Management Systems in Malls, Atria, and Large Areas, 1995 Edition, IBR approved for § 116.440(d).
(7) NFPA 261-1994, Test For Determining Resistance of Mock-up Upholstered Furniture Material Assemblies to Ignition by Smoldering Cigarettes, 1994 Edition, IBR approved for §§ 114.400(b) and 116.423.
(8) NFPA 302-1994, Pleasure and Commercial Motor Craft, Chapter 6, 1994 Edition, IBR approved for §§ 121.200 and 121.240(a) through (c), (e) and (g).
(9) NFPA 306-1993, Control of Gas Hazards on Vessels, 1993 Edition, IBR approved for § 115.710(a).
(10) NFPA 701-1996, Fire Tests for Flame-Resistant Textiles and Films, 1996 Edition, IBR approved for § 116.423(a).
(11) NFPA 1963-1993, Fire Hose Connections, 1993 Edition, IBR approved for § 118.320(b).
(i) UL (formerly Underwriters Laboratories), 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 1399, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, 919-549-1400,
(1) UL 19, Standard for Safety for Lined Fire Hose and Hose Assemblies, Twelfth Edition, approved November 30, 2001, IBR approved for 118.320(b).
(2) UL 174-1989, Household Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters, as amended through June 23, 1994, IBR approved for § 119.320(a).
(3) UL 486A-1992, Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs For Use With Copper Conductors, IBR approved for § 120.340(i).
(4) UL 489-1995, Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures, IBR approved for § 120.380(m).
(5) UL 595-1991, Marine Type Electric Lighting Fixtures, IBR approved for § 120.410(d).
(6) UL 710-1990, Exhaust Hoods For Commercial Cooking Equipment, as amended through September 16, 1993, IBR approved for § 118.425(a).
(7) UL 723-1993, Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials, as amended through April 20, 1994, IBR approved for §§ 114.400(b), 116.422(b), 116.423, and 116.425.
(8) UL 1056-1989, Fire Test of Upholstered Furniture, IBR approved for § 116.423(a) and (b).
(9) UL 1058-1989, Halogenated Agent Extinguishing System Units, as amended through April 19, 1994, IBR approved for § 118.410(g).
(10) UL 1102-1992, Non integral Marine Fuel Tanks, IBR approved for § 119.440(a).
(11) UL 1104-1981, Marine Navigation Lights, as amended through May 4, 1988, IBR approved for § 120.420.
(12) UL 1110-1988, Marine Combustible Gas Indicators, as amended through May 16, 1994, IBR approved for § 119.480.
(13) UL 1453-1988, Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters, as amended through June 7, 1994, IBR approved for § 119.320(a).
(14) UL 1570-1995, Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures, IBR approved for § 120.410(d).
(15) UL 1571-1995, Incandescent Lighting Fixtures, IBR approved for § 120.410(d).
(16) UL 1572-1995, High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures, IBR approved for § 120.410(d).
(17) UL 1573-1995, Stage and Studio Lighting Units, IBR approved for § 120.410(d).
(18) UL 1574-1995, Track Lighting Systems, IBR approved for § 120.410(d).
33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 2103, 3205, 3306, 3307; 49 U.S.C. App. 1804; E.O. 11735, 38 FR 21243, 3 CFR, 1971-1975 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277, Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(c) Vessels meeting the structural fire protection requirements of SOLAS, Chapter II-2, Regulations 5, 6, 8, 9, and 11 (incorporated by reference, see § 114.600), may be considered equivalent to the provisions of this subpart.
46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
The revisions read as follows:
(d) For vessels contracted for prior to August 22, 2016, extinguishers with
(a) Fire extinguishing equipment installed on a vessel in excess of the requirements of §§ 118.400 and 118.500 must be designed, constructed, installed, and maintained in a manner acceptable to the Commandant.
(b) Use of non-approved fire detection systems may be acceptable as excess equipment provided that:
(1) Components are listed and labeled by a nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.7, and are designed, installed, tested, and maintained in accordance with an appropriate industry standard and the manufacturer's specific guidance;
(2) Installation conforms to the requirements of 46 CFR chapter I, subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), especially the hazardous location electrical installation regulations in 46 CFR 111.105; and
(3) Coast Guard plan review is completed for wiring plans.
(e) Spanner wrenches must be provided for each fire hydrant required by this regulation. Existing vessels must comply with this requirement by January 18, 2017.
(b) * * *
(1) Be lined commercial firehose that conforms to UL 19 “Standard for Safety for Lined Fire Hose and Hose Assemblies” (incorporated by reference, see § 114.600 of this chapter), or hose that is listed and labeled by an independent laboratory recognized by the Commandant as being equivalent in performance;
The revisions read as follows:
(e) Except for continuously manned operating stations as allowed by paragraph (f) of this section, each accommodation space, control space, and service space must be fitted with the following systems:
(1) A smoke actuated fire detection system of a type approved by the Commandant that is installed in accordance with 46 CFR part 76; and
(2) A manual alarm system that meets the requirements in 46 CFR part 76.
(g) An enclosed vehicle space must be fitted with an automatic sprinkler system that meets the requirements of 46 CFR part 76; and
(1) A fire detection system of a type approved by the Commandant that is installed in accordance with 46 CFR part 76; or
(2) A smoke detection system of a type approved by the Commandant that is installed in accordance with 46 CFR part 76.
(a) Each portable fire extinguisher on a vessel must be of a type approved by the Commandant. The minimum number of portable fire extinguishers required on a vessel must be acceptable to the cognizant OCMI, but must be not less than the minimum number required by Table 118.500(a) of this section and other provisions of this section.
(b) Table 118.500(a) of this section indicates the minimum required number and type of extinguisher for each space listed. Extinguishers with larger numerical ratings or multiple letter designations may be used if the extinguishers meet the requirements of the table.
(c) A vehicle deck without a fixed sprinkler system and exposed to weather must have one 40-B portable fire extinguisher for every 10 vehicles, located near an entrance to the space.
(d) The frame or support of each semi-portable fire extinguisher permitted by paragraph (c) of this section must be welded or otherwise permanently attached to a bulkhead or deck.
46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 6101; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
The revisions read as follows:
(d) A manual fire alarm pull station must be conspicuously marked as such in clearly legible letters, and include brief, clear instructions for operation.
(e) An indicator for a fire detection and alarm system must be conspicuously marked in clearly legible letters “FIRE ALARM”.
46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 3307; 49 U.S.C. App. 1804; sec. 617, Pub. L. 111-281, 124 Stat. 2905; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(f) The regulations in this subchapter have preemptive effect over State or local regulations in the same field.
(i) * * *
(2) NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, 2011 Edition, IBR approved for §§ 129.320(e), 129.340(d) and (n), and 129.370(c).
(j) UL (formerly Underwriters Laboratories), 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, 919-549-1400,
(1) UL 19, Standard for Safety for Lined Fire Hose and Hose Assemblies, Twelfth Edition, approved November 30, 2001, IBR approved for § 132.130.
46 U.S.C. 3306, 3307; sec. 617, Pub. L. 111-281, 124 Stat. 2905; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
The revision and addition read as follows:
(b) Table 132.220 of this section indicates the minimum required number and type of extinguishers for each space listed. Extinguishers with larger numerical ratings or multiple letter designations may be used if the extinguishers meet the requirements of the table.
The frame or support of each semi-portable fire extinguisher must be secured to prevent the extinguisher from shifting in heavy weather.
Vessels contracted for prior to August 22, 2016, must meet the following requirements:
(a) Previously installed extinguishers with extinguishing capacities smaller than are required in Table 132.220 of this subpart need not be replaced and may be continued in service so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) All new equipment and installations must meet the applicable requirements in this subpart for new vessels.
(a) A vessel may install fire extinguishing equipment beyond that required by this subchapter, unless the excess equipment in any way endangers the vessel or the persons aboard. This equipment must be listed and labeled by an independent, nationally recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) as that term is defined in 46 CFR 161.002-2, and must be designed, installed, tested, and maintained in accordance with an appropriate industry standard and the manufacturer's specific guidance.
(b) Use of non-approved fire detection systems may be acceptable as excess equipment, provided that:
(1) Components are listed and labeled by an NRTL as that term is defined in 46 CFR 161.002-2, and are designed, installed, tested, and maintained in accordance with an appropriate industry standard and the manufacturer's specific guidance;
(2) Installation conforms to the requirements of 46 CFR chapter I, subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), especially the hazardous location electrical installation regulations in 46 CFR 111.105; and
(3) Coast Guard plan review is completed for wiring plans.
46 U.S.C. 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(d) The regulations in this subchapter (46 CFR parts 147, 147A, and 148) have preemptive effect over State or local regulations in the same field.
The addition and revisions read as follows:
(d) Compressed Gas Association, Inc. (CGA), 14501 George Carter Way, Suite 103, Chantilly, Virginia 20151, 703-788-2700,
(1) CGA C-6-2007, Standards for Visual Inspection of Steel Compressed Gas Cylinders, Tenth Edition, 2007, IBR approved for § 147.65(b).
(2) [Reserved]
(e) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 2001, Standard on Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing Systems, 2008 Edition, IBR approved for §§ 147.66(c) and 147.67(c).
(2) NFPA 12A, Standard on Halon 1301 Fire Extinguishing Systems, 2009 Edition, effective July 18, 2008, IBR approved for § 147.65(b).
(f) Public Health Service (PHS), Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS), Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 710 North Capitol Street NW., Washington, DC 20401, 866-512-1800,
(1) DHHS Publication No. PHS 84-2024, The Ship's Medicine Chest and Medical Aid at Sea, revised 1984, IBR approved for § 147.105.
(2) [Reserved]
(g) UL (formerly Underwriters Laboratories), 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, 919-549-1400,
(1) UL 30, Standard for Metal Safety Cans, 7th Ed., revised March 3, 1987, (“UL 30”), IBR approved for § 147.45(f).
(2) UL 1185, Standard for Portable Marine Fuel Tanks, Second Edition, revised July 6, 1984, (“UL 1185”), IBR approved for § 147.45(f).
(3) UL 1313, Standard for Nonmetallic Safety Cans for Petroleum Products, 1st Ed., revised March 22, 1985, (“UL 1313”), IBR approved for § 147.45(f).
(4) UL 1314, Standard for Special-Purpose Containers, 1st Ed., revised February 7, 1984, (“UL 1314”), IBR approved for § 147.45(f).
(a) Carbon dioxide cylinders forming part of a fixed fire extinguishing system must be maintained as follows:
(1) Cylinders must be retested at least every 12 years. If a cylinder is discharged and more than 5 years have elapsed since the last test, it must be retested before recharging.
(2) Carbon dioxide cylinders must be rejected for further service when they:
(i) Leak;
(ii) Are dented, bulging, severely corroded, or otherwise in a weakened condition;
(iii) Have lost more than 5 percent of their tare weight; or
(iv) Have been involved in a fire.
(3) Cylinders which have contained gas agents for fixed fire extinguishing systems and have not been tested within 5 years must not be used to contain another compressed gas onboard a vessel, unless the cylinders are retested and re-marked in accordance with § 147.60(a)(3) and (4).
(4) Flexible connections between cylinders and distribution piping of semi-portable or fixed carbon dioxide fire extinguishing systems and discharge hoses in semi-portable carbon dioxide fire extinguishing systems must be replaced or tested at a pressure of 6.9 MPa (1,000 psig). At test pressure, the pressure must not drop at a rate greater than 1.03 MPa (150 psi) per minute for a 2-minute period. The test must be performed when the cylinders are retested.
(b) Halon cylinders forming part of a fixed fire extinguishing system must be maintained as follows:
(1) The agent weight must be ascertained annually by one of the methods identified in paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(4) of this section. Measured weights or liquid levels must be recorded and compared with the recommended fill levels and previous readings. If cylinder weight or liquid
(2) The cylinders may be removed from the mounting racks and weighed.
(3) The contents of cylinders fitted with integral floating dipstick liquid level indicators may be measured with the dipstick indicator.
(4) With approval of the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI), liquid level indication measures such as ultrasonic/audio gauging or radioisotope gauging may be used, provided that all of the following conditions are met:
(i) Measurement equipment is calibrated for the cylinder wall thickness and Halon liquid.
(ii) Calibration is verified by weighing the cylinders that indicate the lowest levels of Halon in each release group, but in no case less than 10 percent of the inspected cylinders in each release group.
(iii) The acceptable liquid level is identified by the original system installer or coincides with all other cylinder liquid levels of the same release group.
(iv) Measurements are made by personnel skilled in ultrasonic/audio gauging or radioisotope gauging techniques.
(5) Effective 12 years after commissioning of the system or 5 years after the last hydrostatic test, whichever is later, the following inspections must be completed every 5 years:
(i) Cylinders continuously in service without discharging must be removed from mounting racks and given a complete external visual inspection. The inspection must be conducted in accordance with the CGA Pamphlet C-6 (incorporated by reference, see § 147.7).
(ii) The volume of agent must be ascertained either by removing and weighing the cylinder or by floating liquid level indicators, integral with the cylinder construction, taking into account adjustments necessary for cylinder temperature and pressure.
(6) Flexible connections between cylinders and distribution piping of fixed Halon fire extinguishing systems must be:
(i) Visually inspected for damage, corrosion, or deterioration every year and replaced if found unserviceable; and
(ii) Inspected and tested in accordance with NFPA 12A, paragraph 6.3.1 (incorporated by reference, see § 147.7) except that hydrostatic testing must be performed every 12 years instead of every 5 years.
(7) During any inspection, cylinders must be removed from service if they:
(i) Leak;
(ii) Are dented, bulging, severely corroded, or otherwise in a weakened condition; or
(iii) Have been involved in a fire.
(c) Cylinders that have contained carbon dioxide or Halon and have not been tested within 5 years must not be used to contain another compressed gas onboard a vessel, unless the cylinder is retested and re-marked in accordance with § 147.60(a)(3) and (4).
46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; 49 CFR 1.45, 1.46; Section 159.001-9 also issued under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507.
(b) The regulations in this subchapter (parts 159 through 164) have preemptive effect over State or local regulations in the same field.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG-4), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) Resolution A.739(18), Guidelines for the Authorization of Organizations Acting on Behalf of the Administration, November 22, 1993, IBR approved for § 159.001-3.
(2) [Reserved]
(c) International Organization for Standardization, ISO Central Secretariat BIBC II, Chemin de Blandonnet 8, CP 401, 1214 Vernier, Geneva, Switzerland, +41 22 749 01 11,
(1) ISO/IEC 17025:2005(E), International Standard: General requirements for the competence of testing and calibration laboratories, Second edition, 15 May 2005 (“ISO/IEC 17025”), IBR approved for § 159.010-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
This subpart contains the procedures for obtaining Coast Guard approval under a Mutual Recognition Agreement.
A Coast Guard approval issued by a foreign authority in accordance with the
(a) Manufacturers must specify in writing that foreign approval under an MRA is requested.
(b) The Coast Guard Certificate of Approval will clearly identify as specified in the MRA that the product is approved to the foreign requirements under the MRA.
A product will not be issued a Coast Guard approval number by the Coast Guard if it already holds a Coast Guard approval number issued by a foreign authority under a Mutual Recognition Agreement.
A complete list of equipment and materials approved by the Coast Guard under an MRA, as well as detailed information on marking and identifying items approved by foreign authorities under an MRA, is available online at
(a) * * *
(2) Possess or have access to the apparatus, facilities, personnel, and calibrated instruments that are necessary to inspect and test the equipment or material under the applicable subpart. In addition, for testing conducted on or after July 1, 2012, on equipment subject to SOLAS requirements, they must have ISO/IEC 17025 (incorporated by reference, see § 159.001-4) accreditation from an accreditation body that is a full member of the International Laboratory Accreditation Cooperation (ILAC) or a recognized accreditation body by the National Cooperation for Laboratory Accreditation (NACLA);
46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 3703 and 4302; E.O. 12234; 45 FR 58801; 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; and Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 4302; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Lifesaving and Fire Safety Division (CG-ENG-4), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) FM Global, 1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike, P.O. Box 9102, Norwood, MA 02062, 781-762-4300,
(1) ANSI/FM Approvals 3260, American National Standard for Radiant Energy-Sensing Fire Detectors for Automatic Fire Alarm Signaling, February 2004 (“ANSI/FM 3260”), IBR approved for § 161.002-6(b).
(2) [Reserved]
(c) International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC), 3, rue de Varembe, P.O. Box 131, CH-1211 Geneva 20—Switzerland, +41 22 919 02 11,
(1) IEC 60092-504:2001(E), Electrical Installations in Ships—Part 504: Special Features—Control and Instrumentation, Third edition, March 2001, IBR approved for § 161.002-6(c) and (d), and § 161.002-15(d).
(2) [Reserved]
(d) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) FSS Code, International Code for Fire Safety Systems, Second Edition, 2007 Edition (Resolution MSC.98(73)), IBR approved for § 161.002-15(b).
(2) [Reserved]
(e) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm and Signaling Code, 2010 Edition, effective August 26, 2009 (“NFPA 72”), IBR approved for § 161.002-10(b).
(2) [Reserved]
(f) UL (formerly Underwriters Laboratories), 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, 919-549-1400,
(1) UL 38, Standard for Safety for Manual Signaling Boxes for Fire Alarm Systems, Eighth Edition, dated July 3, 2008, as amended through December 11, 2008, IBR approved for § 161.002-6(b).
(2) UL 268, Standard for Safety for Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Systems, Sixth Edition, dated August 14, 2009, IBR approved for § 161.002-6(b).
(3) UL 464, Standard for Safety for Audible Signal Appliances, Ninth Edition, dated April 14, 2009, as amended through April 16, 2012, IBR approved for § 161.002-6(b).
(4) UL 521, Standard for Safety for Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems, Seventh Edition, dated February 19, 1999, as amended through October 3, 2002, IBR approved for § 161.002-6(b).
(5) UL 864, Standard for Safety for Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems, Ninth Edition, dated September 30, 2003, as amended through January 12, 2011, IBR approved for §§ 161.002-6(b) and 161.002-15(d).
(6) UL 1480, Standard for Safety for Speakers for Fire Alarm, Emergency, and Commercial and Professional Use, Fifth Edition, dated January 31, 2003, as amended through June 23, 2010, IBR approved for § 161.002-6(b).
(7) UL 1971, Standard for Safety for Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired, Third Edition, approved November 29, 2002, as amended through October 15, 2008, IBR approved for § 161.002-6(b).
In this subpart, the term—
(a) The purpose of fire detection systems is to give warning of the presence of fire in the protected spaces. To meet this end, the basic requirements of these systems are reliability, sturdiness, simplicity of design, ease of servicing, and the ability to withstand shipboard shock and vibration and the adverse effects of sea humidity. All fire detection systems must be designed, constructed, tested, marked, and installed according to the applicable standards as incorporated by reference in § 161.002-1 and 46 CFR chapter I, subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of this chapter.
(b) Approvals for detection systems issued before July 22, 2017 will remain valid until July 22, 2021.
(c) Detection systems installed, with a valid approval, before July 22, 2021 may be maintained onboard vessels and repaired as indicated in 46 CFR 76.27-80(d).
(a) Devices must be tested and listed for fire service by an accepted independent laboratory, as accepted in accordance with § 159.010 of this subchapter, or by a NRTL as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.7.
(b) Each fire detection device must comply with the following standards (incorporated by reference, see § 161.002-1) as appropriate:
(1) Control units—UL 864;
(2) Heat detectors—UL 521;
(3) Smoke detectors—UL 268;
(4) Flame detectors—ANSI/FM 3260;
(5) Audible alarms—UL 464 or UL 1480;
(6) Visual alarms—UL 1971; and
(7) Manual Signaling Boxes—UL 38.
(c) All devices must be tested by an accepted independent laboratory, as defined in § 159.010 of this subchapter, to meet the marine environment testing requirements in Table 161.002-6(c) of this section. The test parameters are found in IEC 60092-504 (incorporated by reference, see § 161.002-1).
(d) All fire detection system control units and remote annunciators must have enclosure protection as outlined in part 5 of IEC 60092-504 (incorporated by reference, see § 161.002-1) if the requirements exceed those of 46 CFR 111.01-9. Otherwise, 46 CFR 111.01-9 must be complied with.
(a)
The power supply for a fire detection system must meet the requirements of § 113.10-9 of this chapter.
(a)
(b)
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
The revisions and addition read as follows
(a) * * *
(3) Proof of listing the system devices meeting the requirements of § 161.002-4(b)(2).
(4) One copy of the complete test report(s) meeting the requirements of § 161.002-6 generated by an independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under part 159 of this chapter or an NRTL as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.7. A current list of Coast Guard accepted laboratories may be obtained from the following Web site:
(a) The manufacturer must submit the following material to Commandant (CG-ENG-4), U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509 or they may electronically submit material to
(1) A formal written request that the device be reviewed for approval.
(2) Three copies of the device's instruction manual, including information concerning installation, maintenance, limitations, programming, operation, and troubleshooting.
(3) Proof of listing the device meeting the requirements of § 161.002-4(b)(2).
(4) One copy of the complete test report(s) meeting the requirements of § 161.002-6 generated by an independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under part 159 of this chapter or an NRTL as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.7. A current list of Coast Guard accepted laboratories may be obtained from the following Web site:
(b) To apply for a revision, the manufacturer must submit—
(1) A written request under paragraph (a) of this section;
(2) Updated documentation under paragraph (a)(2) of this section;
(3) Proof of listing the device meeting the requirements of § 161.002-4(b)(2); and
(4) A report by an independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under part 159 of this chapter or an NRTL as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.7 is required to document compliance with § 161.002-6.
(c) If the Coast Guard approves the device or a revision to a device, it issues a Certificate of Approval, normally valid for a 5-year term.
33 U.S.C. 1321(j), 1903; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 4104, 4302; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p.
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of combination firehose nozzles.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, the Coast Guard must publish a notice of change in the
(b) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428, 877-909-2786,
(1) ASTM F1546/F1546 M-96 (Reapproved 2012), Standard Specification for Fire Hose Nozzles, approved May 1, 2012, (“ASTM F 1546”), IBR approved for §§ 162.027-3(a) through (c), and 162.027-4(a) and (d).
(2) [Reserved]
(c) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 1964 Standard for Spray Nozzles, 2008 Edition, effective December 31, 2007, IBR approved for §§ 162.027-3(a) through (c), and 162.027-4(a) and (d).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) Each combination solid stream and water spray firehose nozzle required to be approved under the provisions of this subpart must be of brass or bronze, except for hardware and other incidental parts, which may be of rubber, plastic, or stainless steel, and designed, constructed, tested, and marked in accordance with the requirements of ASTM F 1546 or NFPA 1964 (incorporated by reference, see § 162.027-2).
(b) All inspections and tests required by ASTM F 1546 or NFPA 1964 must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter may be obtained by contacting the Commandant (CG-ENG-4).
(c) The independent laboratory must prepare a report on the results of the testing and must furnish the manufacturer with a copy of the test report upon completion of the testing required by ASTM F 1546 or NFPA 1964.
(a) Firehose nozzles designed, constructed, tested, and marked in accordance with ASTM F 1546 or NFPA 1964 (incorporated by reference, see § 162.027-2) are considered to be approved under the provisions of this chapter.
(c) A follow-up program must be established and maintained to ensure that no unauthorized changes have been made to the design or manufacture of type approved firehose nozzles. Acceptable follow-up programs include factory inspection programs administered by the accepted independent laboratory that performed the initial inspections and tests relied on by the type approval holder, or special configuration control programs implemented through a quality control flow chart and core procedures administered by the manufacturer and certified by an international standards agency such as the International Organization for Standardization (ISO).
(d) Applicants seeking type approval of firehose nozzles must submit:
(1) A cover letter requesting type approval of the equipment;
(2) A test report from the accepted independent laboratory showing compliance of the firehose nozzle with ASTM F 1546 or NFPA 1964;
(3) A copy of the contract for a follow-up program with the accepted independent laboratory or evidence of an ISO 9001 certified special configuration control program or similar program implemented through a quality control flow chart and core procedure; and
(4) Documentation of the firehose nozzle, including an exterior drawing, assembly drawing, components list, and bill of material.
(e) All documentation must be either mailed to Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509 or electronically submitted to
(f) Upon evaluation of the submittal package and approval by the Commandant, a Coast Guard Certificate of Approval will be issued valid for 5 years so long as the follow-up program for the firehose nozzle is maintained.
(g) Upon application, a Certificate of Approval for a firehose nozzle may be renewed for successive 5-year periods without further testing so long as no changes have been made to the products, the follow-up program has been maintained, and no substitutions of or changes to the standards listed in § 162.027-2 have been made.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, the Coast Guard must publish a notice of change in the
(b) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition, effective December 5, 2009, IBR approved for § 162.028-2(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(c) UL (formerly Underwriters Laboratories), 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, 919-549-1400,
(1) UL 8, Standard for Safety for Water Based Agent Fire Extinguishers, Sixth Edition, dated February 28, 2005, as amended through July 27, 2010, IBR approved for § 162.028-3(a).
(2) UL 154, Standard for Safety for Carbon-Dioxide Fire Extinguishers, Ninth Edition, dated February 28, 2005, as amended through November 8, 2010, IBR approved for § 162.028-3(a).
(3) UL 299, Standard for Safety for Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers, Eleventh Edition, dated April 13, 2012, IBR approved for § 162.028-3(a).
(4) UL 626, Standard for Safety for Water Fire Extinguishers, Eighth Edition, dated February 28, 2005, as amended through November 8, 2010, IBR approved for § 162.028-3(a).
(5) UL 711, Standard for Safety for Rating and Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishers, Seventh Edition, dated December 17, 2004, as amended through April 28, 2009, IBR approved for § 162.028-2(a) and 162.028-3(a).
(6) UL 2129, Standard for Safety for Halocarbon Clean Agent Fire Extinguishers, Second Edition, dated February 28, 2005, as amended through March 30, 2012, IBR approved for § 162.028-3(a).
(a) Portable and semi-portable extinguishers must be marked with a combined number and letter designation. The letter designates the general class of fire for which the extinguisher is suitable as identified in NFPA 10 (incorporated by reference, see § 162.028-1). The number indicates the relative extinguishing potential of the device as rated by UL 711 (incorporated by reference, see § 162.028-1).
(a) In addition to the requirements of this subpart, every portable fire extinguisher must be tested and listed for marine use by a recognized laboratory as defined in 46 CFR 159.001-3, and must comply with the following standards (incorporated by reference, see § 162.028-1), as appropriate:
(1) UL 8;
(2) UL 154;
(3) UL 299;
(4) UL 626;
(5) UL 711; and
(6) UL 2129.
(b) Every portable fire extinguisher must be self-contained; when charged, it must not require any additional source of extinguishing agent or expellant energy for its operation during the time it is being discharged. It must weigh no more than 50 pounds when fully charged.
(c) Every portable fire extinguisher must be supplied with a suitable bracket which will hold the extinguisher securely in its stowage location on vessels or boats, and which is arranged to provide quick and positive release of the extinguisher for immediate use. During vibration testing, the extinguisher must be tested in the marine bracket.
(d) Every portable extinguisher may be additionally examined and tested to establish its reliability and effectiveness in accordance with the intent of this specification for a “marine type” portable fire extinguisher when considered necessary by the Coast Guard or by the recognized laboratory.
(a) In addition to all other markings, every portable extinguisher must bear a label containing the Coast Guard approval number, thus: “Marine Type USCG Type Approval No. 162.028/__.”
A list of recognized independent laboratories that can perform approval tests of portable fire extinguishers is available from the Commandant and online at
(a) Manufacturers having models of extinguishers they believe are suitable for marine service may make application for listing and labeling of such product as a “marine-type” portable fire extinguisher by addressing a request directly to a recognized laboratory. The laboratory will inform the submitter as to the requirements for inspection, examinations, and testing necessary for such listing and labeling. All costs in connection with the examinations, tests, inspections, listing, and labeling are payable by the manufacturer.
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, the Coast Guard must publish a notice of change in the
(b) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition, effective December 5, 2009, IBR approved for § 162.039-2(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(c) UL (formerly Underwriters Laboratories), 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, 919-549-1400,
(1) UL 8, Standard for Safety for Water Based Agent Fire Extinguishers, Sixth Edition, dated February 28, 2005, as amended through July 27, 2010, IBR approved for § 162.039-3(a).
(2) UL 154, Standard for Safety for Carbon-Dioxide Fire Extinguishers, Ninth Edition, dated February 28, 2005, as amended through November 8, 2010, IBR approved for § 162.039-3(a).
(3) UL 299, Standard for Safety for Dry Chemical Fire Extinguishers, Eleventh Edition, dated April 13, 2012, IBR approved for § 162.039-3(a).
(4) UL 626, Standard for Safety for Water Fire Extinguishers, Eighth
(5) UL 711, Standard for Safety for Rating and Fire Testing of Fire Extinguishers, Seventh Edition, dated December 17, 2004, as amended through April 28, 2009, IBR approved for §§ 162.039-2(a) and 162.039-3(a).
(6) UL 2129, Standard for Safety for Halocarbon Clean Agent Fire Extinguishers, Second Edition, dated February 28, 2005, as amended through March 30, 2012, IBR approved for § 162.039-3(a).
(a) Portable and semi-portable extinguishers must be marked with a combined number and letter designation. The letter designates the general class of fire for which the extinguisher is suitable as identified in NFPA 10 (incorporated by reference, see § 162.039-1). The number indicates the relative extinguishing potential of the device as rated by UL 711 (incorporated by reference, see § 162.039-1).
(a) In addition to the requirements of this subpart, every semi-portable fire extinguisher must be tested and listed for marine use by a recognized laboratory as defined in 46 CFR 159.001-3, and must comply with the following standards (incorporated by reference, see § 162.039-1), as appropriate:
(1) UL 8;
(2) UL 154;
(3) UL 299;
(4) UL 626;
(5) UL 711; and
(6) UL 2129.
(b) Every semi-portable fire extinguisher must be self-contained; when charged, it must not require any additional source of extinguishing agent or expellant energy for its operation during the time it is being discharged. It must weigh more than 50 pounds, when fully charged.
(c) Every semi-portable fire extinguisher must be supplied with a suitable bracket which will hold the extinguisher securely in its stowage location on vessels or boats, and which is arranged to provide quick and positive release of the extinguisher for immediate use.
(d) Every semi-portable extinguisher may be additionally examined and tested to establish its reliability and effectiveness in accordance with the intent of this specification for a “marine type” semi-portable fire extinguisher when considered necessary by the Coast Guard or by the recognized laboratory.
(a) In addition to all other markings, every semi-portable extinguisher must bear a label containing the “marine type” listing manifest issued by a recognized laboratory. This label will include the Coast Guard approval number, thus: “Marine Type USCG Type Approval No. 162.039/___.”
(b) All such labels are to be obtained only from the recognized laboratory and will remain under its control until attached to a product found acceptable under its inspection and labeling program.
(a) A list of recognized independent laboratories that can perform approval tests of semi-portable fire extinguishers is available from the Commandant and online at
(b) [Reserved]
(a) Manufacturers having models of extinguishers they believe are suitable for marine service may make application for listing and labeling of such product as a “marine type” semi-portable fire extinguisher by addressing a request directly to a recognized laboratory. The laboratory will inform the submitter as to the requirements for inspections, examinations, and testing necessary for such listing and labeling. All costs in connection with the examinations, tests, and inspections, listings and labelings are payable by the manufacturer.
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of portable foam applicators, each consisting of a portable foam nozzle, eductor, pick-up tube, and a portable supply of foam concentrate, in ro-ro spaces and certain machinery spaces, as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that specified in this section, the Coast Guard must publish a notice of change in the
(b) UL (formerly Underwriters Laboratories), 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, 919-549-1400,
(1) UL 162, Standard for Safety for Foam Equipment and Liquid Concentrates, Seventh Edition, dated March 30, 1994, as amended through October 10, 2014, IBR approved for §§ 162.163-3(d) through (f), and 162.163-4(a) and (c).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) The portable foam applicator must produce foam suitable for extinguishing an oil fire at a minimum foam solution rate of 200 l/min (53 gpm).
(b) The portable foam applicator must have a portable tank containing 20 liters or more of foam concentrate, along with one 20-liter spare tank. Five gallon (19 liter) foam concentrate pails are an acceptable substitute for the 20-liter tanks.
(c) Requirements for carriage of portable foam applicators may be met by the carriage of either:
(1) Portable foam applicators in accordance with this subpart, with either integral or separate eductors of fixed percentage and foam concentrate designed, constructed, tested, marked, and approved in accordance with the provisions of this section; or
(2) Components and foam concentrate from deck and heli-deck foam systems approved under approval series 162.033 of this part. Suitable components include mechanical foam nozzles with pick-up tubes, and mechanical foam nozzles with separate inline eductors, along with the corresponding foam concentrate.
(d) Each portable foam applicator to be approved under the provisions of this subpart must be of brass or bronze, except for hardware and other incidental parts which may be of rubber, plastic, or stainless steel and, in combination with a foam concentrate, must be designed, constructed, tested, and marked in accordance with the requirements of UL 162 (incorporated by reference, see § 162.163-1).
(e) All inspections and tests required by UL 162 must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter may be obtained by contacting the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) or at
(f) The independent laboratory must prepare a report on the results of the testing and must furnish the manufacturer with a copy of the test report upon completion of the testing required by UL 162.
(a) Portable foam applicators designed, constructed, tested, and marked in accordance with UL 162 (incorporated by reference, see § 162.163-1) are eligible for approval under the provisions of this chapter.
(b) A follow-up program must be established and maintained to ensure that no unauthorized changes have been made to the design or manufacture of type approved portable foam applicators. Acceptable follow-up programs include factory inspection programs administered by the accepted independent laboratory that performed the initial inspections and tests relied on by the type approval holder, or special configuration control programs implemented through a quality control flow chart and core procedures administered by the manufacturer and certified by an international standards agency such as the International Organization for Standardization (ISO).
(c) Applicants seeking type approval of portable foam applicators must submit:
(1) A cover letter requesting type approval of the equipment;
(2) A test report from the accepted independent laboratory showing compliance of the portable foam applicator with UL 162;
(3) A copy of the contract for a follow-up program with the accepted independent laboratory; and
(4) Documentation of the portable foam applicator, including an exterior drawing, assembly drawing, components list, and bill of material.
(d) All documentation must either be mailed to Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509 or electronically submitted to
(e) Upon evaluation of the submittal package and approval by the Commandant, a Coast Guard Certificate of Approval will be issued valid for 5 years so long as the follow-up program for the portable foam applicators is maintained.
(f) Upon application, a Certificate of Approval for a portable foam applicator may be renewed for successive 5-year periods without further testing so long as no changes have been made to the products, the follow-up program has been maintained, and no substitutions of or changes to the standards listed in § 162.027-2 have been made.
46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 4302; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; and Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
Products approved under approval series 164.106 may be used where products approved under this subpart are required.
Products approved under approval series 164.107 may be used where products approved under this subpart are required.
Products approved under approval series 164.108 may be used where products approved under this subpart are required.
Products approved under approval series 164.109 may be used where products approved under this subpart are required.
Products approved under approval series 164.112 may be used where products approved under this subpart are required.
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of deck assemblies (A-60) for SOLAS vessels as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.105-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) Each deck assembly submitted for type approval must be tested for non-combustibility under Annex 1, Part 1 and then tested for fire resistance under Annex 1, Part 3 of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.105-2).
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as a deck assembly.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of primary deck coverings for SOLAS vessels as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.106-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) Each primary deck covering submitted for type approval must be tested in accordance with the flame spread procedures specified in Part 6 of Annex 1 and the smoke density and toxicity criteria in Part 2 of Annex 1 of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.106-2).
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as a primary deck covering.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of structural insulation (A-60) for SOLAS vessels as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS). Products approved under these requirements may be used in place of products required to be approved as meeting the requirements of § 164.007.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.107-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) Each structural insulation (A-60) submitted for type approval must be tested in accordance with the non-combustibility test under Annex 1, Part 1 and then tested for fire resistance under Annex 1, Part 3 of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.107-2).
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as a structural insulation.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of bulkheads (B-0 and B-15) for SOLAS vessels as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS). Products approved under these requirements may be used in place of products required to be approved as meeting the requirements of § 164.008.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.108-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) Each bulkhead (B-0 & B-15) submitted for type approval must be tested in accordance with non-combustibility under Annex 1, Part 1 and then tested for fire resistance under Annex 1, Part 3 of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.108-2).
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as a bulkhead.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of non-combustible materials for use on SOLAS vessels as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS). Products approved under these requirements may be used in place of products required to be approved as meeting the requirements of § 164.009.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.109-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) Non-combustible materials submitted for type approval must be tested in accordance with Annex 1, Part 1 of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.109-2). Five specimens must be tested and the test need not last longer than 30 minutes.
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as a non-combustible material.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of continuous ceilings (B-0 and B-15) for SOLAS vessels as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.110-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) Continuous Ceilings (B-0 and B-15) (SOLAS) submitted for type approval must be tested for non-combustibility under Annex 1, Part 1, and then tested for fire resistance under Annex 1, Part 3, Appendix 2, of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.110-2).
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as a continuous ceiling.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of draperies, curtains, and other suspended textiles as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.111-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) Draperies, curtains, and other suspended textiles submitted for type approval must be tested for qualities of resistance to the propagation of flame not inferior to those of wool of mass 0.8 kg/m
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as draperies, curtains and other suspended textiles.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of interior finishes (bulkheads and ceiling finishes) for SOLAS vessels as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS). Products approved under these requirements may be used in place of products required to be approved as meeting the requirements of § 164.012.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.112-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) Interior Finishes (Bulkheads and ceiling finishes) for SOLAS vessels submitted for type approval must be tested for surface flammability in Annex 1, Part 5, and the smoke density and toxicity criteria of Annex 1, Part 2, of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.112-2).
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as an interior finish.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of floor finishes for SOLAS vessels as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.117-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) Floor finishes for SOLAS vessels submitted for type approval must be tested for surface flammability in Annex 1, Part 5, and the smoke density and toxicity criteria of Annex 1, Part 2, of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.117-2).
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as a floor finish.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of fire doors as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS). Products approved under these requirements may be used where fire doors of the same class are required in domestic vessels.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.136-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) Fire doors submitted for type approval must be tested for non-combustibility under Annex 1, Part 5, and then tested for fire resistance under Annex 1, Part 3 of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.136-2). Adhesives used in the construction of fire doors need not be non-combustible, but they must be tested for low flame spread characteristics under Annex 1, Part 5 of the FTP Code and should be included in the approved door's follow-up program.
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as a fire door.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of windows as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.137-3(a).
(2) Resolution A.754(18), Recommendation on Fire Resistance Tests for “A”, “B” and “F” Class Divisions, adopted 4 November 1993 (“IMO Resolution A.754(18)”), IBR approved for § 164.137-3(a).
(a) Windows submitted for type approval must be tested for fire resistance under Annex 1, Part 3 of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.137-2). Windows must also meet the thermal radiation test supplement to fire resistance, as outlined in Appendix 1 of Part 3 of the FTP Code, and the hose stream test of paragraph 5 of Appendix A.1 of IMO Resolution A.754(18) (incorporated by reference, see § 164.137-2).
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as a window.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of fire stops (penetration seals) as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.138-3(a).
(2) Resolution A.754(18), Recommendation on Fire Resistance Tests for “A”, “B” and “F” Class Divisions, adopted 4 November 1993 (“IMO Resolution A. 754(18)”), IBR approved for § 164.138-3(a).
(a) Fire stops (penetration seals) submitted for type approval must be tested for fire resistance under Annex 1, Part 3 of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.138-2). Such devices must also be tested in accordance with Appendices A.III and A.IV of IMO Resolution A.754(18) (incorporated by reference, see § 164.138-2).
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as a fire stop.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of fire dampers as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for the Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.139-3(a).
(2) Resolution A.754(18), Recommendation on Fire Resistance Tests for “A”, “B” and “F” Class Divisions, adopted 4 November 1993 (“IMO Resolution A.754(18)”), IBR approved for § 164.139-3(a).
(a) Automatic fire dampers that are installed in A-class divisions that are submitted for type approval must be tested for fire resistance under Annex 1, Part 3 of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.139-2). Such devices must also be tested in accordance with Appendix A-II of IMO Resolution A.754(18) (incorporated by reference, see § 164.139-2).
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as a fire damper.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and shall furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of plastic piping systems. Plastic piping systems include the pipe, fittings, system joints, method of joining, and any internal or external liners, coverings, and coatings required to comply with the performance criteria of this subpart.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.141-3(c).
(2) Resolution A.653(16), Recommendation on Improved Fire Test Procedures for Surface Flammability of Bulkhead, Ceiling and Deck Finish Materials, adopted on 19 October 1989
(3) Resolution A.753(18), Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipe on Ships, adopted on 4 November 1993 (“IMO ResolutionA.753(18)”), IBR approved for § 164.141-3(a) and (b).
(4) Resolution MSC.313(88), Amendments to the Guidelines for the Application of Plastic Pipes on Ships, (“IMO Resolution MSC.313(88)”), adopted 26 November 2010, IBR approved for § 164.141-3(a) and (b).
(a) All plastic piping submitted for approval must meet the flame spread requirements of IMO Resolution A.653(16) as modified for pipes by IMO Resolution A.753(18) and IMO Resolution MSC.313(88) (all incorporated by reference, see § 164.141-2) except that:
(1) The test specimens need not be wrapped in aluminum foil; and
(2) Testing need not be conducted on every pipe size. Testing may be conducted on piping sizes with the maximum and minimum wall thickness intended to be approved. This will qualify all piping sizes within the tested range.
(b) In order to receive approval for fire endurance, pipe must be tested as indicated in IMO Resolution A.753(18) and IMO Resolution MSC.313(88). When satisfying the requirements for L1 or L2 service, the pipe will be approved for use in lesser service grades. The approval of piping systems of sizes different than those tested will be allowed as provided for in Table 164.141(a) of this subpart.
(c) To be approved for smoke and toxicity requirements, piping systems must meet the requirements of Annex 1, Part 2 of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.141-2) with the following modifications:
(1) Plastic piping meeting paragraph 2.2 of Annex 2 of the FTP Code as having very low flame spread when tested to Part 5 are deemed to meet the smoke and toxicity requirements without testing to Part 2.
(2) Testing need only be conducted on piping sizes with the maximum and minimum wall thicknesses intended to be approved.
(3) The test sample should be fabricated by cutting pipes lengthwise into individual sections and then assembling the sections into a test sample as representative as possible of a flat surface. All cuts should be made normal to the pipe wall.
(4) The number of sections that must be assembled together to form a square test sample with sides measuring 3 inches, should be that which corresponds to the nearest integral number of sections which will result in a test sample with an equivalent linearized surface width between 3 and 3
(5) The test samples should be mounted on calcium silicate board and held in place by the edges of the test frame and, if necessary, by wire. There should be no gaps between individual sections and the samples should be constructed so that the edges of two adjacent sections coincide with the centerline of the test holder.
(6) The space between the concave unexposed surface of the test sample and the surface of the calcium silicate backing should be left void.
(7) The void space between the top of the exposed test surface and the bottom edge of the sample holder frame should be filled with a high temperature insulating wool where the pipe extends under the frame.
(8) When the pipes are to include fireproofing or coatings, the composite structure consisting of the segmented pipe wall and fireproofing shall be tested and the thickness of the fireproofing should be the minimum thickness specified for the intended usage.
(9) Test samples should be oriented in the apparatus such that the pilot burner flame will be normal to the lengthwise piping sections.
(d) Where required to be approved, piping systems must comply with the non-metallic materials requirements in 46 CFR 56.60-25(a)(1).
(e) All testing and inspections required by this subpart, except as allowed by paragraph (b) of this section, must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(f) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(g) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as plastic piping.
(h) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(i) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of bedding components as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.142-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) Bedding components that are submitted for type approval must be tested for qualities of resistance to the ignition and propagation of flame of Annex 1, Part 9 of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.142-2).
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as a bedding component.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of upholstered furniture as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.144-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) Upholstered furniture that is submitted for type approval must be tested for qualities of resistance to the ignition and propagation of flame of Annex 1, Part 8 of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.144-2).
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as upholstered furniture.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of fire door control systems as required by the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.146-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) A fire door control system that is submitted for type approval must be tested in accordance with Annex 1, Part 4 of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.146-2).
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as a fire door control system.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of fire-resisting materials for high-speed craft as required by the International Code of Safety for High Speed Craft (HSC Code).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.201-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) Fire-resisting materials for high-speed craft that is submitted for type approval must be tested in accordance with Annex 1, Part 10 of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.201-2).
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as a fire resisting material for high speed craft.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire-testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
This subpart prescribes requirements for approval of fire-resisting divisions for high-speed craft as required by the International Code of Safety for High-Speed Craft (HSC Code).
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) 2010 FTP Code, International Code for Application of Fire Test Procedures, 2010 (Resolution MSC.307(88)), 2012 Edition (“FTP Code”), IBR approved for § 164.207-3(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) Fire-resisting divisions for high-speed craft that are submitted for type approval must be tested in accordance with Annex 1, Part 11 of the FTP Code (incorporated by reference, see § 164.207-2).
(b) All testing and inspections required by this subpart must be performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter is available online at
(c) The independent laboratory must perform an initial factory inspection to select the test specimens and establish the materials of construction, chemical make-up, dimensions, tolerances, and other related factors needed to confirm product consistency during follow-up production inspections.
(d) Production inspections must be performed by the independent laboratory in accordance with subpart 159.007 of this chapter at least annually to confirm that no changes have been made to the product that may adversely affect its fire performance as a fire resisting division for high speed craft.
(e) The independent laboratory must prepare production inspection procedures and a report of the results of the fire-testing program, and must furnish the manufacturer with three copies of each upon completion of the required testing.
(f) Materials approved under this subpart must be shipped in packaging that is clearly marked with the name of the manufacturer, product designation, date of manufacture, batch or lot number, and Coast Guard type approval number.
(a) Manufacturers that desire type approval should submit a written notice to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4) describing the product and its intended uses. The Commandant will evaluate this information and notify the manufacturer of the product's suitability for testing. The manufacturer should then contract directly with an accepted independent laboratory to perform the required tests and inspections.
(b) Upon completion of the required testing and inspections, the manufacturer must submit either a written request for type approval to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4), United States Coast Guard, 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, or electronically submit a request to
46 U.S.C. 3306, 3307, 6101, 8105; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) * * * The regulations in this subchapter have preemptive effect over State or local regulations in the same field.
(b) Use of non-approved fire detection systems may be acceptable as excess equipment provided that:
(1) Components are listed by an independent, nationally recognized testing laboratory as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.7, and are designed, installed, tested, and maintained in accordance with an appropriate industry standard and the manufacturer's specific guidance;
(2) Installation conforms to the requirements of 46 CFR chapter I, subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), especially the hazardous location electrical installation regulations in 46 CFR 111.105; and
(3) Coast Guard plan review is completed for wiring plans.
33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 3306, 6101; Pub. L. 103-206, 107 Stat. 2439; E.O. 11735, 38 FR 21243, 3 CFR, 1971-1975 Comp., p. 793; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1; § 169.117 also issued under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue, SE. Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC), 613 Third St, Suite 10, Annapolis, MD 21403, 410-990-4460,
(1) A-1-78, Marine LPG—Liquefied Petroleum Gas Systems, IBR approved for § 169.703(c).
(2) A-3-70, Recommended Practices and Standards Covering Galley Stoves, IBR approved for § 169.703(a).
(3) A-22-78, Marine CNG—Compressed Natural Gas Systems, IBR approved for § 169.703(c).
(4) H-2.5, Ventilation of Boats Using Gasoline—Design and Construction, 1981, IBR approved for § 169.629.
(5) H-24.9 (g) and (h)—“Fuel Strainers and Fuel Filters” (1975), IBR approved for § 169.629.
(6) P-1-73, Safe Installation of Exhaust Systems for Propulsion and
(c) DLA Document Services, Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111,
(1) Federal Specification ZZ-H-451, Hose, Fire, Woven-Jacketed Rubber or Cambric-Lined, with Couplings, F, IBR approved for § 169.563(c).
(2) [Reserved]
(d) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition, effective December 5, 2009, IBR approved for § 169.247(a).
(2) NFPA 70, National Electrical Code, Article 310-8 and Table 310-13, 1980, IBR approved for § 169.672(a).
(3) NFPA 302, Pleasure and Commercial Motor Craft, Chapter 6, 1980, IBR approved for § 169.703(c).
(4) NFPA 306, Control of Gas Hazards on Vessels, 1980, IBR approved for § 169.236(a).
(e) NIST, 100 Bureau Drive, Stop 1070, Gaithersburg, MD 20899, 301-975-6478,
(1) Special Pub. 440 (SD Cat. No. C13.10:490), “Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names”, 1976.
(2) [Reserved]
(f) UL (formerly Underwriters Laboratories), 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, 919-549-1400,
(1) UL 19, Standard for Safety for Lined Fire Hose and Hose Assemblies, Twelfth Edition, approved November 30, 2001, IBR approved for § 169.563(c).
(2) [Reserved]
(a) At each inspection for certification and periodic inspection and at such other times as considered necessary, all fire extinguishing equipment must be inspected to ensure it is in suitable condition. Tests may be necessary to determine the condition of the equipment. The inspector must verify that the following tests and inspections have been conducted by a qualified servicing facility at least once every 12 months:
(1) Portable fire extinguishers and semi-portable fire extinguishing systems must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10 (incorporated by reference, see § 169.115) as amended here:
(i) Certification or licensing as fire extinguisher servicing agency by a state or local authority having jurisdiction will be accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting the personnel certification requirements of NFPA 10 for annual maintenance and recharging of extinguishers.
(ii) Monthly inspections required by NFPA 10 may be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(iii) Non-rechargeable or non-refillable extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10; however, the annual maintenance need not be conducted by a certified person and can be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(iv) The owner or managing operator must provide satisfactory evidence of the required servicing to the marine inspector. If any of the equipment or records have not been properly maintained, a qualified servicing facility must perform the required inspections, maintenance procedures, and hydrostatic pressure tests. A tag issued by a qualified servicing organization, and attached to each extinguisher, may be accepted as evidence that the necessary maintenance procedures have been conducted.
(2) All parts of the fixed fire extinguishing systems must be examined for excessive corrosion and general condition. Table 169.247(a)(1) of this section provides detailed inspection and test requirements of fixed systems.
(3) Piping, controls, valves, and alarms on all fire extinguishing systems must be checked to be certain the system is in operating condition.
(4) The fire main system is operated and the pressure checked at the most remote and highest outlets.
(5) Each firehose is subjected to a test pressure equivalent to its maximum service pressure.
(b) [Reserved]
(c) Vessels of 90 feet or more must have lined commercial firehose that conforms to UL 19 or Federal Specification ZZ-H-451(incorporated by reference, see § 169.115). The firehose must be fitted with a combination nozzle approved under § 162.027 of this chapter.
The revisions read as follows:
(a) The minimum number of portable fire extinguishers required on each vessel is determined by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, in accordance with Table 169.567(a) of this section and other provisions of this subpart.
(b) Table 169.567(a) of this section indicates the minimum required classification for each space listed. Extinguishers with larger numerical ratings or multiple letter designations may be used if the extinguishers meet the requirements of the table.
46 U.S.C. 2103, 3205, 3306, 3703; Pub. L. 103-206, 107 Stat. 2439; 49 U.S.C. App. 1804; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1; § 175.900 also issued under 44 U.S.C. 3507.
The regulations in this subchapter have preemptive effect over State or local regulations in the same field.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subchapter with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) American Boat and Yacht Council (ABYC), 613 Third St., Suite 10, Annapolis, MD 21403, 410-990-4460,
(1) A-1-93, Marine Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) Systems (“ABYC A-1”), IBR approved for § 184.240(a), (c), (d), and (g).
(2) A-3-93, Galley Stoves (“ABYC A-3”), IBR approved for § 184.200.
(3) A-7-70, Boat Heating Systems (“ABYC A-7”), IBR approved for § 184.200.
(4) A-16-89, Electric Navigation Lights (“ABYC A-16”), IBR approved for § 183.130(a).
(5) A-22-93, Marine Compressed Natural Gas (CNG) Systems (“ABYC A-22”), IBR approved for § 184.240(b) through (e).
(6) E-8, Alternating Current (AC) Electrical Systems on Boats, July 2001 (“ABYC E-8”), IBR approved for §§ 183.130(a) and 183.340(b).
(7) E-9, Direct Current (DC) Electrical Systems on Boats (May 28, 1990) (“ABYC E-9”), IBR approved for §§ 183.130(a) and 183.340(b).
(8) H-2-89, Ventilation of Boats Using Gasoline (“ABYC H-2”), IBR approved for §§ 182.130 and 182.460(m).
(9) H-22-86, DC Electric Bilge Pumps Operating Under 50 Volts (“ABYC H-22”), IBR approved for §§ 182.130 and 182.500(b).
(10) H-24-93, Gasoline Fuel Systems (“ABYC H-24”), IBR approved for §§ 182.130, 182.440(d), 182.445, 182.450(f) and 182.455(c).
(11) H-25-94, Portable Gasoline Fuel Systems for Flammable Liquids (“ABYC H-25”), IBR approved for §§ 182.130 and 182.458(b).
(12) H-32-87, Ventilation of Boats Using Diesel Fuel (“ABYC H-32”), IBR approved for §§ 182.130, 182.465(i) and 182.470(c).
(13) H-33-89, Diesel Fuel Systems (“ABYC H-33”), IBR approved for §§ 182.130, 182.440(d), 182.445(f), 182.450(f) and 182.455(c).
(14) P-1-93, Installation of Exhaust Systems for Propulsion and Auxiliary Engines (“ABYC P-1”), IBR approved for §§ 177.405(b), 177.410(c), 182.130, 182.425(c), and 182.430(k).
(15) P-4-89, Marine Inboard Engines (“ABYC P-4”), IBR approved for §§ 182.130 and 182.420(b) and (d).
(c) American Bureau of Shipping (ABS), ABS Plaza, 16855 Northchase Drive, Houston, TX 77060, 281-877-5800,
(1) Guide for High Speed Craft, 1997 (“ABS High Speed Craft”), IBR approved for § 177.300(c) and (d).
(2) Rules for Building and Classing Aluminum Vessels, 1975 (“ABS Aluminum Vessel Rules”), IBR approved for § 177.300(d).
(3) Rules for Building and Classing Reinforced Plastic Vessels, 1978 (“ABS Plastic Vessel Rules”), IBR approved for § 177.300(c).
(4) Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels, 1995 (“ABS Steel Vessel Rules”), IBR approved for § 183.360(b).
(5) Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels Under 61 Meters (200 feet) in Length, 1983 (“ABS Steel Vessel Rules (≤61 Meters)”), IBR approved for § 177.300.
(6) Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels for Service on Rivers and Intracoastal Waterways, 1995 (“ABS Steel Vessel Rules (Rivers/Intracoastal)”), IBR approved for § 177.300(e).
(d) American National Standards Institute (ANSI), 25 West 43rd St., New York, NY 10036, 212-642-4900,
(1) A 17.1-1984, including supplements A 17.1a and B-1985, Safety Code for Elevators and Escalators (“ANSI A 17.1”), IBR approved for § 183.540.
(2) B 31.1-1986, Code for Pressure Piping, Power Piping (“ANSI B 31.1.”), IBR approved for § 182.710(c).
(3) Motor Vehicles Operating on Land Highways (“ANSI Z 26.1”), IBR approved for § 177.1030(b).
(e) ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428, 877-909-2786,
(1) ASTM B 96-93, Standard Specification for Copper-Silicon Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Rolled Bar for General Purposes and Pressure Vessels (“ASTM B 96”), IBR approved for § 182.440(a).
(2) ASTM B 117-97, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus (“ASTM B 117”), IBR approved for § 175.400.
(3) ASTM B 122/B 122M-95, Standard Specification for Copper-Nickel-Tin Alloy, Copper-Nickel-Zinc Alloy (Nickel Silver), and Copper-Nickel Alloy Plate, Sheet, Strip and Rolled Bar (“ASTM B 122”), IBR approved for § 182.440(a).
(4) ASTM B 127-98, Standard Specification for Nickel-Copper Alloy (UNS NO4400) Plate, Sheet, and Strip (“ASTM B 127”), IBR approved for § 182.440(a).
(5) ASTM B 152-97a, Standard Specification for Copper Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Rolled Bar (“ASTM B 152”), IBR approved for § 182.440(a).
(6) ASTM B 209-96, Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Sheet and Plate (“ASTM B 209”), IBR approved for § 182.440(a).
(7) ASTM D 93-97, Standard Test Methods for Flash Point by Pensky-Martens Closed Cup Tester (“ASTM D 93”), IBR approved for § 175.400.
(8) ASTM D 635-97, Standard Test Method for Rate of Burning and or Extent and Time of Burning of Self-Supporting Plastics in a Horizontal Position (“ASTM D 635”), IBR approved for § 182.440(a).
(9) ASTM D 2863-95, Standard Method for Measuring the Minimum Oxygen Concentration to Support Candle-Like Combustion of Plastics (Oxygen Index) (“ASTM D 2863”), IBR approved for § 182.440(a).
(10) ASTM E 84-98, Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials (“ASTM E 84”), IBR approved for § 177.410(a) and (b).
(f) DLA Document Services, Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19111,
(1) Military Specification MIL-P-21929C, Plastic Material, Cellular Polyurethane, Foam-in-Place, Rigid (2 and 4 pounds per cubic foot), 1991 (“NPFC MIL-P-21929C”), IBR approved for § 179.240(b).
(2) Military Specification MIL-R-21607E(SH), Resins, Polyester, Low Pressure Laminating, Fire Retardant (“NPFC MIL-R-21607E(SH)”), 1990 IBR approved for § 177.410.
(g) Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE), IEEE Service Center, 445 Hoes Lane, Piscataway, NJ 08854, 800-678-4333,
(1) Standard 45-1977, Recommended Practice for Electrical Installations on Shipboard (“IEEE 45-1977”), IBR approved for § 183.340(o).
(2) [Reserved]
(h) International Maritime Organization (IMO) Publishing, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, United Kingdom, +44 (0)20 7735 7611,
(1) Resolution A.520(13), Code of Practice for the Evaluation, Testing and Acceptance of Prototype Novel Life-Saving Appliances and Arrangements, dated 17 November 1983 (“IMO Resolution A.520(13)”), IBR approved for § 175.540(c).
(2) Resolution A.658(16), Use and Fitting of Retro-Reflective Materials on Life-Saving Appliances, dated 20 November 1989 (“IMO Resolution A. 658(16)”), IBR approved for § 185.604(h) and (i).
(3) Resolution A.688(17), Fire Test Procedures For Ignitability of Bedding Components (“IMO Resolution A. 688(17)”), dated 6 November 1991, IBR approved for § 177.405(g).
(4) Resolution A.760(18), Symbols Related to Life-Saving Appliances and Arrangements (“IMO Resolution A.760(18)”), dated 17 November 1993, IBR approved for § 185.604(f).
(5) International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), as amended, Consolidated Edition, 2009, including Erratum, IBR approved for § 177.420.
(i) International Organization for Standardization (ISO), Case postale 56, CH-1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland, +41 22 749 01 11,
(1) ISO 8846, Small Craft-Electrical Devices-Protection Against Ignition of Surrounding Flammable Gases, December 1990 (“ISO 8846”), IBR approved for § 182.500(b).
(2) ISO 8849, Small Craft-Electrically Operated Bilge Pumps, December 15, 1990 (“ISO 8849”), IBR approved for § 182.500(b).
(j) Lloyd's Register of Shipping, 71 Fenchurch Street, London EC3M 4BS, +44 (0)20 7709 9166,
(1) Rules and Regulations for the Classification of Yachts and Small Craft, as amended through 1983 (“Lloyd's Yachts and Small Craft”), IBR approved for § 177.300(a).
(2) [Reserved]
(k) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition, effective December 5, 2009, IBR approved for § 176.810(b).
(2) NFPA 17-1994, Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems, 1994 Edition, IBR approved for § 181.425(b).
(3) NFPA 17A-1994, Wet Chemical Extinguishing Systems, 1994 Edition, IBR approved for § 181.425(b).
(4) NFPA 70-1996, National Electrical Code (NEC), 1996 Edition, IBR approved for §§ 183.320(d) and (e), 183.340(d) and (o), and 183.372(c).
(5) NFPA 302-1994, Pleasure and Commercial Motor Craft, Chapter 6, 1994 Edition, IBR approved for §§ 184.200 and 184.240(a) through (c), (d) and (h).
(6) NFPA 306-1993, Control of Gas Hazards on Vessels, 1993 Edition, IBR approved for § 176.710(a).
(7) NFPA 1963-1989, Fire Hose Connections, 1989 Edition, IBR approved for § 181.320(b).
(l) Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE), 400 Commonwealth Drive, Warrendale, PA 15096, 724-776-4841,
(1) SAE J-1475, Hydraulic Hose Fittings For Marine Applications, 1984 (“SAE J-1475”), IBR approved for § 182.720(e).
(2) SAE J-1928, Devices Providing Backfire Flame Control for Gasoline Engines in Marine Applications, August 1989 (“SAE J-1928”), IBR approved for § 182.415(c).
(3) SAE J-1942, Hose and Hose Assemblies for Marine Applications, 1992 (“SAE J-1942”), IBR approved for § 182.720(e).
(m) UL (formerly Underwriters Laboratories), 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709, 919-549-1400,
(1) UL 19—Standard for Safety for Lined Fire Hose and Hose Assemblies, Twelfth Edition, approved November 30, 2001, IBR approved for § 181.320(b).
(2) UL 174-1989, as amended through June 23, 1994, Household Electric Storage Tank Heaters (“UL 174”), IBR approved for § 182.320(a).
(3) UL 217-1998, Single and Multiple Station Smoke Detectors (“UL 217”), IBR approved for § 181.450(a).
(4) UL 486A-1992, Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs For Use With Copper Conductors (“UL 486A”), IBR approved for § 183.340(i).
(5) UL 489-1995, Molded-Case Circuit Breakers and Circuit Breaker Enclosures (“UL 489”), IBR approved for § 183.380(m).
(6) UL 595-1991, Marine Type Electric Lighting Fixtures (“UL 595”), IBR approved for § 183.410(d).
(7) UL 710-1990, as amended through September 16, 1993, Exhaust Hoods For Commercial Cooking Equipment (“UL 710”), IBR approved for § 181.425(a).
(8) UL 1058-1989, as amended through April 19, 1994, Halogenated Agent Extinguishing System Units (“UL 1058”), IBR approved for § 181.410(g).
(9) UL 1102-1992, Non integral Marine Fuel Tanks (“UL 1102”), IBR approved for § 182.440(a).
(10) UL 1110-1988, as amended through May 16, 1994, Marine Combustible Gas Indicators (“UL 1110”), IBR approved for § 182.480(a).
(11) UL 1111-1988, Marine Carburetor Flame Arresters (“UL 1111”), IBR approved for § 182.415(c).
(12) UL 1113, Electrically Operated Pumps for Nonflammable Liquids, Marine, Third Edition (Sep. 4, 1997) (“UL 1113”), IBR approved for § 182.520(e).
(13) UL 1453-1988, as amended through June 7, 1994, Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters (“UL 1453”), IBR approved for § 182.320(a).
(14) UL 1570-1995, Fluorescent Lighting Fixtures (“UL 1570”), IBR approved for § 183.410(d).
(15) UL 1571-1995, Incandescent Lighting Fixtures (“UL 1571”), IBR approved for § 183.410(d).
(16) UL 1572-1995, High Intensity Discharge Lighting Fixtures (“UL 1572”), IBR approved for § 183.410(d).
(17) UL 1573-1995, Stage and Studio Lighting Units (“UL 1573”), IBR approved for § 183.410(d).
(18) UL 1574-1995, Track Lighting Systems (“UL 1574”), IBR approved for § 183.410(d).
33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 2103, 3205, 3306, 3307; 49 U.S.C. App. 1804; E.O. 11735, 38 FR 21243, 3 CFR, 1971-1975 Comp., p. 743; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification, the owner or managing operator must be prepared to conduct tests and have the vessel ready for inspection of its fire protection equipment, including the following:
(1) Inspection of each portable fire extinguisher, semi-portable fire extinguisher, and fixed gas fire extinguishing system to check for excessive corrosion and general condition;
(2) Inspection of piping, controls, and valves, and the inspection and testing of alarms and ventilation shutdowns, for each fixed gas fire extinguishing system and detection system to determine that the system is in operating condition;
(3) Operation of the fire main system and checking of the pressure at the most remote and highest outlets;
(4) Testing of each firehose to a test pressure equivalent to its maximum service pressure;
(5) Checking of each cylinder containing compressed gas to ensure it has been tested and marked in accordance with 46 CFR 147.60;
(6) Testing or renewal of flexible connections and discharge hoses on semi-portable extinguishers and fixed gas extinguishing systems in accordance with 46 CFR 147.65; and
(7) Inspection and testing of all smoke and fire detection systems, including sensors and alarms.
(b) The owner, managing operator, or a qualified servicing facility as applicable must conduct the following inspections and tests:
(1) Portable and semi-portable extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10 (incorporated by reference, see § 175.600 of this chapter) as amended here:
(i) Certification or licensing by a state or local jurisdiction as a fire extinguisher servicing agency will be accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting the personnel certification requirements of NFPA 10 for annual maintenance and recharging of extinguishers.
(ii) Monthly inspections required by NFPA 10 may be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(iii) Non-rechargeable or non-refillable extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10; however, the annual maintenance need not be conducted by a certified person and can be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(iv) The owner or managing operator must provide satisfactory evidence of the required servicing to the marine inspector. If any of the equipment or records have not been properly maintained, a qualified servicing facility must perform the required inspections, maintenance procedures, and hydrostatic pressure tests. A tag issued by a qualified servicing organization, and attached to each extinguisher, may be accepted as evidence that the necessary maintenance procedures have been conducted.
(2) For fixed-gas fire extinguishing systems, the inspections and tests required by Table 176.810(b) of this section, in addition to the tests required by 46 CFR 147.60 and 147.65. The owner or managing operator must provide satisfactory evidence of the required servicing to the marine inspector. If any of the equipment or records have not been properly maintained, a qualified servicing facility may be required to perform the required inspections, maintenance procedures, and hydrostatic pressure tests.
(c) The owner, managing operator, or master must destroy, in the presence of the marine inspector, each firehose found to be defective and incapable of repair.
(d) At each initial and subsequent inspection for certification, the marine inspector may require that a fire drill be held under simulated emergency conditions to be specified by the inspector.
46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(c) * * *
(3)
(ii) All fiber reinforced plastic (FRP) vessels constructed with general purpose resins must be fitted with a smoke activated fire detection system of an approved type, installed in accordance with § 76.27 in subchapter H of this chapter, in—
(A) Accommodation spaces;
(B) Service spaces; and
(C) Isolated spaces that contain an ignition source as defined in § 175.400 of this chapter.
Vessels meeting the structural fire protection requirements of SOLAS, Chapter II-2, Regulations 5, 6, 8, 9, and 11 (incorporated by reference, see § 175.600 of this chapter) may be considered equivalent to the provisions of this subpart.
46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) Fire extinguishing equipment installed on a vessel in excess of the requirements of §§ 181.400 and 181.500 must be designed, constructed, installed, and maintained in accordance with a recognized industry standard acceptable to the Commandant (CG-ENG-4).
(b) Use of non-approved fire detection systems may be acceptable as excess equipment provided that—
(1) Components are listed by an independent, nationally recognized testing laboratory as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.7, and are designed, installed, tested, and maintained in accordance with an appropriate industry standard and the manufacturer's specific guidance;
(2) Installation conforms to the requirements of 46 CFR chapter I, subchapter J (Electrical Engineering), especially the hazardous location electrical installation regulations in 46 CFR 111.105; and
(3) Coast Guard plan review is completed for wiring plans.
(d) Spanner wrenches must be provided where a 40 millimeter (1.5 inch) diameter firehose is required by § 181.320(b). Existing vessels as of July 22, 2016 have 180 days to comply with this requirement.
The revision reads as follows:
(a) The following spaces must be equipped with a fire detection and alarm system of an approved type installed in accordance with 46 CFR part 76, except when a fixed-gas fire extinguishing system that is capable of automatic discharge upon heat detection is installed or when the space is manned:
(1) A space containing propulsion machinery.
(2) A space containing an internal combustion engine of more than 50 hp.
(3) A space containing an oil-fired boiler.
(4) A space containing machinery powered by gasoline or any other fuels having a flash point of 43.3 °C (110 °F) or lower.
(5) A space containing a fuel tank for gasoline or any other fuel having a flash point of 43.3 °C (110 °F) or lower.
(b) All griddles, broilers, and deep fat fryers must be fitted with a grease extraction hood in compliance with § 181.425.
(c) Each overnight accommodation space on a vessel with overnight accommodations for passengers must be fitted with an independent modular smoke detection and alarm unit in compliance with § 181.450.
(d) An enclosed vehicle space must be fitted with an automatic sprinkler system that meets the requirements of 46 CFR part 76 and a fire detection and alarm system of an approved type that is installed in accordance with 46 CFR part 76.
(e) A partially enclosed vehicle space must be fitted with a manual sprinkler system that meets the requirements of 46 CFR part 76.
(a) Each portable fire extinguisher on a vessel must be of an approved type. The minimum number of portable fire extinguishers required on a vessel must be acceptable to the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, but must not be fewer than the minimum number required by Table 181.500(b) and other provisions of this section.
(b) Table 181.500(b) of this section indicates the minimum required classification for each space listed. Extinguishers with larger numerical ratings or multiple letter designations may be used if the extinguishers meet the requirements of the table.
(c) A vehicle deck without a fixed sprinkler system and exposed to weather must have one 40-B portable fire extinguisher for every five vehicles, located near an entrance to the space.
(d) The frame or support of each semi-portable fire extinguisher permitted by paragraph (a) of this section must be welded or otherwise permanently attached to a bulkhead or deck.
46 U.S.C. 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) Rigid nonmetallic materials (plastic) may be used only non-vital systems and in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. Alternatively, piping systems meeting the requirements of § 56.60-25(a) of this chapter may be used, provided that the installation requirements of paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section are met.
46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 6101; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(e) An indicator for a fire detection and alarm system must be conspicuously marked in clearly legible letters “FIRE ALARM”.
46 U.S.C. 2103, 2113, 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277, sec. 1-105; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1(II)(92)(a), (92)(b).
* * * The regulations in this subchapter (parts 188, 189, 190, and 193 through 196) have preemptive effect over State or local regulations in the same field.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subchapter with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(b) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 10, Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers, 2010 Edition, effective December 5, 2009, IBR approved for § 189.25-20(a).
(2) [Reserved]
33 U.S.C. 1321(j); 46 U.S.C. 2113, 3306, 3307; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 12777, 56 FR 54757, 3 CFR, 1991 Comp., p. 351; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) * * *
(1) All portable fire extinguishers and semi-portable fire extinguishing systems must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10 (incorporated by reference, see § 188.01-5 of this chapter) as amended here:
(i) Certification or licensing by a state or local jurisdiction as a fire extinguisher servicing agency will be accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting the personnel certification requirements of NFPA 10 for annual maintenance and recharging of extinguishers.
(ii) Monthly inspections required by NFPA 10 may be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(iii) Non-rechargeable or non-refillable extinguishers must be inspected and maintained in accordance with NFPA 10; however, the annual maintenance need not be conducted by a certified person and can be conducted by the owner, operator, person-in-charge, or a designated member of the crew.
(iv) The owner or managing operator must provide satisfactory evidence of the required servicing to the marine inspector. If any of the equipment or records have not been properly maintained, a qualified servicing facility must perform the required inspections, maintenance procedures, and hydrostatic pressure tests. A tag issued by a qualified servicing organization, and attached to each extinguisher, may be accepted as evidence that the necessary maintenance procedures have been conducted.
46 U.S.C. 2113, 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(e) Structural fire protection requirements in § 92.07-1(c) of this chapter may be considered equivalent to the provisions of this subpart.
46 U.S.C. 2213, 3102, 3306; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; Department of Homeland Security Delegation No. 0170.1.
(a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. All approved material is available for inspection at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (CG-ENG), 2703 Martin Luther King Jr. Avenue SE., Stop 7509, Washington, DC 20593-7509, and is available from the sources listed below. It is also available for inspection at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030 or go to
(c) National Fire Protection Association (NFPA), 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169, 617-770-3000,
(1) NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems, 2010 Edition, effective August 26, 2009, IBR approved for § 193.30-1.
(2) [Reserved]
(b) Use of non-approved fire detection systems may be acceptable as excess equipment provided that—
(1) Components are listed by an independent, nationally recognized testing laboratory as set forth in 29 CFR 1910.7, and are designed, installed, tested, and maintained in accordance with an appropriate industry standard and the manufacturer's specific guidance;
(2) Installation conforms to the requirements of 46 CFR chapter I,
(3) Coast Guard plan review is completed for wiring plans.
The revisions read as follows:
(a) Vessels must be equipped with independently driven fire pumps in accordance with Table 193.10-5(a) of this section.
(h) Where two fire pumps are required on vessels with main or auxiliary oil-fired boilers or with internal combustion propulsion machinery, the pumps must be located in separate spaces. The pumps, sea connections, and sources of power must be arranged to ensure that a fire in any one space will not put all of the fire pumps out of operation. However, where it is shown to the satisfaction of the Commandant that it is unreasonable or impracticable to meet this requirement, the installation of a fixed fire extinguishing system may be accepted as an alternate method of extinguishing any fire that would affect the powering and operation for the required fire pumps.
The revision reads as follows
(b) In 2
Automatic sprinkling systems must comply with Chapter 25 of NFPA 13 (incorporated by reference, see § 193.01-3).
(a) Approved portable fire extinguishers and semi-portable fire extinguishing systems must be installed in accordance with Table 193.50-10(a) of this section. The location of the equipment must be to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection (OCMI). Nothing in this paragraph must be construed as limiting the OCMI from requiring such additional equipment as he or she deems necessary for the proper protection of the vessel.
(b) Table 193.50-10(a) indicates the minimum required classification for each space listed. Extinguishers with larger numerical ratings or multiple letter designations may be used if the extinguishers meet the requirements of the table.
(c) Semi-portable fire extinguishing systems must be located in the open so as to be readily seen.
(d) If portable fire extinguishers are not located in the open or behind glass so that they may be readily seen, they may be placed in enclosures together with the firehose, provided such enclosures are marked as required by § 196.37-15 of this subchapter.
(e) Portable fire extinguishers and their stations must be numbered in accordance with § 196.37-15 of this subchapter.
(f) Portable or semi-portable extinguishers, which are required on their nameplates to be protected from
The revision and addition read as follows:
(c) Semi-portable extinguishers must be fitted with suitable hose and nozzle, or other practicable means, so that all areas of the space can be protected.
Vessels contracted for prior to August 22, 2016, must meet the following requirements:
(a) Previously installed extinguishers with extinguishing capacities smaller than what is required in Table 193.50-10(a) of this subpart need not be replaced and may be continued in service so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
(b) All new equipment and installations must meet the applicable requirements in this subpart for new vessels.
(a) Vessels contracted for prior to March 1, 1968, must meet the following requirements:
(1) Except as specifically modified by this paragraph, the requirements of § 193.50-10 must be complied with insofar as the number and general type of equipment is concerned.
(2) Existing installations previously approved, but not meeting the applicable requirements of § 193.50-10, may be continued in service so long as they are maintained in good condition to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, and they are in general agreement with the degree of safety prescribed by Table 193.50-10(a) of this subpart. Minor modifications may be made to the same standard as the original installation, provided that in no case will a greater departure from the standards of Table 193.50-10(a) of this subpart be permitted than presently exists.
(3) All new equipment and installations must meet the applicable requirements in this subpart for new vessels.
Executive Office of the President, Office of Management and Budget.
Notice of Standard Occupational Classification Policy Committee Recommendations to OMB and solicitation of comments.
Under 31 U.S.C. 1104(d) and 44 U.S.C. 3504(e), the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) is seeking public comment on the Standard Occupational Classification Policy Committee's (SOCPC) recommendations presented in this notice for revising the 2010 Standard Occupational Classification (SOC) for 2018. The review and revision of the 2010 SOC is intended to be completed by the end of 2016 and then released for use beginning in reference year 2018.
The SOC is designed to reflect the current occupational structure of the United States; it classifies all occupations in which work is performed for pay or profit. The SOC is intended to cover all such jobs in the national economy, including occupations in the public, private, and military sectors. All Federal agencies that publish occupational data for statistical purposes are required to use the SOC; State and local government agencies are strongly encouraged to use this national system to promote a common language for categorizing and analyzing occupations.
In a prior
The classification principles, coding guidelines, and occupations recommended in this notice reflect consideration of the comments received in response to the May 22, 2014, notice and represent the SOCPC's recommendations to OMB. OMB, in consultation with the SOCPC, plans to consider comments in response to this notice in making its final decisions for the 2018 revision and plans to publish its decisions in the
Please include contact information and a phone number or email address with your comments to facilitate follow-up if necessary.
To ensure consideration of comments on the SOCPC's recommendations detailed in this notice, please submit all written comments as soon as possible, but no later than September 20, 2016. Comments received with subject “2018 SOC” by the date specified above will be included as part of the official record. Please be aware of delays in mail processing at Federal facilities due to heightened security. Respondents are encouraged to send comments via email, FAX, or
As indicated in the
Paul Bugg, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, OMB, 10201 New Executive Office Building, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503; email:
The U.S. Federal statistical system is decentralized, with 13 principal statistical agencies that have data collection as their primary mission and over 125 other agencies that collect data along with carrying out another primary mission. OMB coordinates the Federal statistical system by developing and overseeing the implementation of Government-wide principles, policies, standards, and guidelines concerning the presentation and dissemination of statistical information. The Standard Occupational Classification (SOC) is one of several standard classification systems established by OMB to ensure coordination of Federal statistical activities. All Federal agencies that publish occupational data for statistical purposes are required to use the SOC to increase data comparability (and thus, data utility) across Federal programs.
The SOC classifies all occupations in the economy, including private, public, and military occupations, in order to provide a means to compare occupational data produced for statistical purposes across agencies. It is designed to reflect the current occupational work structure in the U.S. and to cover all occupations in which work is performed for pay or profit. Information about occupations—employment levels, trends, pay and benefits, demographic characteristics, skills required, and many other items—is widely used by individuals, businesses, researchers, educators, and public policy-makers. The SOC helps ensure that occupational data produced across the Federal statistical system are comparable and can be used together in analysis. It is important to note that the SOC is designed and maintained solely for statistical purposes. Consequently, although the classification may also be used for various nonstatistical purposes (
To reflect changes in the economy and in the nature of work, the revision of the SOC must be considered periodically. The SOC was first issued in 1977, with a subsequent revision in 1980. Although the 1980 SOC was the basis for the occupational classification system used in the Census of Population and Housing in 1980 and 1990, neither the 1977 nor the 1980 SOC was widely used for other Federal data sources. With the implementation of the 2000 SOC, for the first time all major occupational data sources produced by the Federal statistical system provided comparable data, greatly improving the utility of the data. The 2010 SOC revision structured data collection, improved comparability, and maintained currency.
The SOCPC, comprised of representatives from ten Federal agencies, was originally chartered in 2005 by OMB to coordinate the revision of the SOC for 2010. Beginning in 2006, OMB published notices in the
The 2010 SOC revision resulted in both major and minor changes to the 2000 SOC. Although the 2010 SOC retained the basic 2000 SOC Major Group structure, its revision increased clarity, corrected errors, and accounted for changes in technology and in the nature or organization of work in our economy. The 821 detailed occupations in the 2000 SOC expanded to 840 in 2010—a net increase that combined some occupations with others and added new ones as well. Meanwhile, almost half of the detailed occupations in the 2010 SOC remained the same as in 2000. However, there were significant updates to information technology, healthcare, and human resource occupations.
The 2010 SOC formalized a set of Coding Guidelines to help data collectors code occupations more consistently and to help data users better understand how occupations are classified. The Direct Match Title File was also introduced as a new feature. The Direct Match Title File lists associated job titles for detailed SOC occupations. Each of these titles is directly matched to a single SOC occupation. All workers with a job title listed in the Direct Match Title File are classified in only one detailed SOC occupation code. Documents related to the Direct Match Title File are available at
OMB charged the SOCPC to continue as a standing committee to facilitate smooth processes for supporting the use of the SOC and for conducting future SOC revisions. Given the multiple interdependent programs that rely on the SOC, coordinating the decennial revisions of the SOC with these programs is best accomplished by timing revisions of the SOC for the year following North American Industry Classification System revisions, which occur for years ending in 2 and 7. The next such year is 2018, which has the additional benefit of coinciding with the beginning year of the American Community Survey's five-year set of surveys centered on the 2020 Decennial Census.
To initiate the formal 2018 SOC revision process, OMB and the SOCPC requested public comment in a May 22, 2014,
To carry out the bulk of the revision effort, the SOCPC created eight workgroups to examine occupations in the following Major Groups:
• Management; Business and Financial Operations; and Legal Occupations (codes 11-0000, 13-0000, and 23-0000)
• Computer and Mathematical; Architecture and Engineering; and Life, Physical, and Social Science Occupations (codes 15-0000 through 19-0000)
• Community and Social Service; Healthcare Practitioners and Technical; and Healthcare Support Occupations (codes 21-0000, 29-0000, and 31-0000)
• Education, Training, and Library; and Arts, Design, Entertainment, Sports, and Media Occupations (codes 25-0000 through 27-0000)
• Protective Service; Food Preparation and Serving Related; Building and Grounds Cleaning and Maintenance; Personal Care and Service; Sales and Related; and Office and Administrative Support Occupations (codes 33-0000 through 43-0000)
• Farming, Fishing, and Forestry; Construction and Extraction; Installation, Maintenance, and Repair;
• Production Occupations (code 51-0000), and
• Military Specific Occupations (code 55-0000).
The workgroups were charged with reviewing hundreds of comments received in response to the May 22, 2014,
In response to the May 22, 2014,
The SOC Classification Principles form the basis on which the SOC is structured and provide a foundation for classification decisions. The SOCPC recommends revising the 2010 SOC Classification Principles, available at
Accordingly, the recommended revisions to the 2010 Classification Principles for use in the 2018 SOC would result in the following set of 2018 SOC Classification Principles:
1. The SOC covers all occupations in which work is performed for pay or profit, including work performed in family-operated enterprises by family members who are not directly compensated. It excludes occupations unique to volunteers. Each occupation is assigned to only one occupational category at the most detailed level of the classification.
2. Occupations are classified based on work performed and, in some cases, on the skills, education and/or training needed to perform the work.
3. Workers primarily engaged in planning and the directing of resources are classified in management occupations in Major Group 11-0000. Duties of these workers may include supervision.
4. Supervisors of workers in Major Groups 13-0000 through 29-0000 usually have work experience and perform activities similar to those of the workers they supervise, and therefore are classified with the workers they supervise.
5. Workers in Major Group 31-0000 Healthcare Support Occupations assist and are usually supervised by workers in Major Group 29-0000 Healthcare Practitioners and Technical Occupations, and therefore there are no first-line supervisor occupations in Major Group 31-0000.
6. Workers in Major Groups 33-0000 through 53-0000 whose primary duty is supervising are classified in the appropriate first-line supervisor category because their work activities are distinct from those of the workers they supervise.
7. Apprentices and trainees are classified with the occupations for which they are being trained, while helpers and aides are classified separately because they are not in training for the occupation they are helping.
8. If an occupation is not included as a distinct detailed occupation in the structure, it is classified in an appropriate “All Other” occupation. “All Other” occupations are placed in the structure when it is determined that the detailed occupations included in a broad occupation group do not account for all of the workers in the group, even though such workers may perform a distinct set of work activities. These occupations appear as the last occupation in the group with a code ending in “9” and are identified in their title by having “All Other” appear at the end.
9. The U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics and the U.S. Census Bureau are charged with collecting and reporting data on total U.S. employment across the full spectrum of SOC Major Groups. Thus, for a detailed occupation to be included in the SOC, either the Bureau of Labor Statistics or the Census Bureau must be able to collect and report data on that occupation.
10. To maximize the comparability of data, time series continuity is maintained to the extent possible.
The SOC Coding Guidelines are intended to assist users when assigning SOC codes and titles to survey responses, and in other coding activities. The SOCPC recommends: (1) Removing the last sentence from Coding Guideline 3 which refers to FAQs in the 2010 SOC User Guide, and (2) altering Coding Guideline 4, in line with the changes proposed for Classification Principle 8 above. Accordingly, the recommended revisions to the 2010 Coding Guidelines for use in the 2018 SOC would result in the following set of 2018 SOC Coding Guidelines:
1. A worker should be assigned to an SOC occupation code based on work performed.
2. When workers in a single job could be coded in more than one occupation, they should be coded in the occupation that requires the highest level of skill. If there is no measurable difference in skill requirements, workers should be coded in the occupation in which they spend the most time. Workers whose job is to teach at different levels (
3. Data collection and reporting agencies should assign workers to the most detailed occupation possible. Different agencies may use different levels of aggregation, depending on their ability to collect data.
4. Workers who perform activities not described in any distinct detailed occupation in the SOC structure should be coded in an appropriate “All Other” occupation. These occupations appear as the last occupation in a group with a code ending in “9” and are identified by having the words “All Other” appear at the end of the title.
5. Workers in Major Groups 33-0000 through 53-0000 who
6. Licensed and non-licensed workers performing the same work should be coded together in the same detailed occupation, except where specified otherwise in the SOC definition.
The SOC classifies workers at four levels of aggregation: (1) Major Group;
The SOCPC recommends revising the 2010 SOC for 2018 to include 869 detailed occupations, aggregated into 457 broad occupations. The 2018 SOC would combine these 457 broad occupations into 98 minor groups and the 23 major groups described above. Of the 869 proposed detailed occupations for the 2018 SOC, 623 would remain exactly the same as in the 2010 SOC, while 246 would experience some type of change to the code, title, and/or definition. Significant updates were made to the management, business, finance, information technology, engineering, social science, education, media, healthcare, personal care, extraction, and transportation occupations. Among the occupations new to the proposed structure are “Project Management Specialists” (13-1082), “Sustainability Analysts” (13-1191), “Financial Risk Specialists” (13-2054), “Data Scientists” (15-2051), “Calibration Technologists and Technicians” (17-3028), “Health Information Technology, Health Information Management, and Health Informatics Specialists and Analysts” (29-9021), and “Surgical Assistants” (29-9093). Within the “Computer and Mathematical Occupations” major group, the “Computer Occupations” minor group code would be changed from 15-1100 to 15-1200 to acknowledge the many changes that have taken place within the group. Within the “Healthcare Practitioners and Technical Occupations” major group, the 2010 SOC broad occupation group 29-1060 “Physicians and Surgeons” would be disaggregated into two new broad occupations “Physicians” (29-1210) and “Surgeons” (29-1240). Within the “Physicians” broad occupation group, new detailed occupations would be added for “Cardiologists” (29-1212), “Dermatologists (29-1213), “Emergency Medicine Physicians” (29-1214), “Neurologists” (29-1217), “Physicians, Pathologists” (29-1222), and “Radiologists” (29-1224). Within the “Surgeons” broad occupation group, new detailed occupations would be added for “Ophthalmologists” (29-1241), “Orthopaedic Surgeons” (29-1242), and “Surgeons, Pediatric” (29-1243). The full proposed hierarchical structure and types of changes to the detailed occupation definitions are available on the SOC Web site at
In response to the May 22, 2014,
In addition to general comments on the SOCPC's recommendations for the 2018 SOC, OMB welcomes comments specifically addressing: (1) Changes to the 2018 SOC Classification Principles and Coding Guidelines recommended by the SOCPC; (2) the proposed hierarchical structure of the 2018 SOC, including changes to major, minor, broad, and detailed occupation groups; (3) the titles, placement, and codes of new occupations that the SOCPC is recommending be added in the revised 2018 SOC; and (4) preliminary definitions for revised and proposed new 2018 SOC occupations.
Generally, the definitions for SOC detailed occupations contain the minimum description needed to determine which workers would be classified in a particular occupation. Comments are welcome on corrections concerning typographical or definitional errors and other changes to the proposed 2018 SOC detailed occupations, including the combination of occupations. Suggested changes to proposed detailed occupations may address the occupational title, definition, or its placement in the structure.
While conducting initial outreach before the first
OMB, in consultation with the SOCPC, plans to consider comments in response to this notice in making its final decisions for the 2018 SOC revision and plans to publish its decisions in the
Commenters are strongly encouraged to carefully review the Classification Principles and Coding Guidelines, as these guide the SOCPC's recommendations. Comments that reflect these principles and guidelines are likely to be more pertinent to the SOCPC's deliberations. Because the SOCPC expects to receive hundreds of comments in response to this notice, it would appreciate receiving comments that are concise and well-organized.
OMB expects to consider the final recommendations and approve the final 2018 SOC by spring 2017. After the 2018 SOC is approved, the SOCPC plans to prepare the
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |